XJ
.0868

vol. 1^-16
1891/9^

I

THE JOURNAL

OF THK

Cincinnati
Society of Natural History

>^ICAL
CiAkDEN

Volume XIV

PUBLISHED BY

The Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

No. 108 Broadway.
1891-92.

Contents, Vol. XIV

Proceedings i. 73- '35

North American Fungi. By A. I'. .Morgan. I'ourth Paper .... 5

Fifth Paper 14 >

Notes on the Batrachians and Reptiles of Vigo County, Ind. By

W. S. Blatchley 22

.\ Cincinnati Boy in the Tropics; Travels of Wni. Doherty. By

Charles Dury 36

Notes on Birds. B3' Charles Dury and Ralph Kellogg 43

Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. By Jos. F.

James. Part I 45

Part II 149

Reports of Officers for year ending April 6, 1892.

Treasurer • 80

Secretary 82

Librarian 84

Director of Museum 86

Curator of Photography 87

Trustees 9<^J

On the Age of the Pt. Pleasant, Ohio, Beds. By Jos. F. James . 93

Birds of Warren County, Ohio. By Raymond W. Smith 105

-Accessions to Library during 1891 137

Descriptions of Some Subcarboniferous and Carboniferous Cepha-
lopoda. By S. A. Miller and Chas. Faber 164

Contributions to Indiana Herpetology. No. III. By Amos W.

Butler . . 169

Remarks concerning the Texas Wild Cat lately presented to the

Society. By S. S. Scoville 180

Zoological Notes. By Chas. Dury 1S3

Plates I to 6

THE JOURNAL

- OF Tin: -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Vol,. XIV. • Cincinnati, April, 1891 • No. i.

PROCEEDINGS.

Regular Meeting, January 6, 1891.

President Abert in the chair.

The minutes of the December meeting read and approved.

Miss Lida J. Brown, Dr. Chas. T. Phythian, Bert W. Wil-
liamson and S. Marcus Fechheimer were elected active
members.

The minutes of the Executive Board for November were
read.

The resignations of Miss Ida Murdoch and Dr. Mary E.
Osborn were read and accepted.

The death of Dr. John Davis was announced.

Mr. Davis L. James read by title two papers, one on North
American Fungi, b}- A. P. Morgan; the other entitled a
Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group, by Jos.
F. James.

Dr. Henshall read by title a paper on the Birds of Warren
County, Ohio, by Raymond W. Smith.

Col. J. W. Abert, the President, then addressed the Societ}'
on (i) The Trend of Mountain Chains; (2) The Torsion of
the Earth ; (3) The Theory of Hot Springs.

Mr. Skinner asked whether the diurnal variation of the
magnetic needle was not apparent rather than real, which was
discussed by himself and Mr. Eatham Anderson.

2 CiJicinnati Society of Natural History.

A photograph of a leaf insect from Central America, do-
nated by Mr. T. H. Aldrich, was exhibited.
Adjourned.

Regular Meeting, February 3, 1891.

President Abert in the chair.

Minutes of January meeting read and approved.

Mrs. James IvcBoutillier, Sr., Mrs. Mamie Hall, George
Gregg Johnston, Alexander Starbuck and James Brown Kem-
per were proposed for active member.ship.

On motion of Mr. A. D. Smith, the rules were suspended
and Mrs. Mamie Hall was elected an active member.

On motion of Mr. J. Ralston Skinner, the attention of the
Photographic Section was to be called, by the Secretary, to
the .spilling of water on the floor of the dark room and the
danger of the same to the ceiling of the auditorium.

The minutes of the Executive Board for December were
read.

The resignations of Drs. A. Hoeltge and A. C. Kemper
were read and accepted.

The Secretary read by title a paper entitled: "Notes -on
the Batrachians and Reptiles of Vigo County, Indiana, by
Prof. W. S. Blatchley.

Mr. Chas. Dury exhibited two specimens of Mot-mots from
Central America, and made some interesting remarks con-
cerning the habits of the species in denuding and mutilating
their tail feathers, and of their peculiar and anomalous habit
of living in holes in the ground.

Mr. David \V. Miller then read a paper. "On the influence
of Ocean Currents in the formation of Continents," which
commanded the close attention of those assembled.

Mr. Chas. Dury read by title a paper b\- Mr. A. W. Butkr,
entitled, "Contribution to Indiana Herpetology No. 3."

Adjourned.

Regul.vk Meeting, March 3, 1S91.

A (juorum not being present, owing to the inclemency of
the weather, an informal meeting was held to pass resolutions

Proceedings;^. 3

respecting the memory of Mr. Chas. F. Low and Mr. S. E.
Wright, two members of the Society recently deceased.

The following members were present: Messrs. Skinner,
Langdon, James, Tally. Peck and Henshall.

On motion, Mr. J. R. Skinner took the chair, and stated the
object of the meeting.

The following committees were appointed: On the death
of Mr. C. F. Low, Messrs. Langdon, James and Talley ; on
the death of Mr S. E. Wright, Messrs. James, Talley and
Langdon.

The following resolutions were adopted, subject to approval
of next regular Society meeting :

Report on Mr. Low.

Mr. Charles F. Low, who was favorably and widely known
among scientists for his researches in the departments of
American historj^ archaeology and ethnolog}-, died at his
home in Madisonville, Ohio, February 26, 1891, after a short
illness of acute pneumonia, at the age of fift3--three.

Mr. Low was born at Providence, R. L, April 22, 1837, and
often referred to his early life as a boy along the sea coast.
In 1856 he came west to Athens, Ohio, and finally located at
Chillicothe during the same year, where he became connected
with the M. & C, now B. & O. S. W. R. R. Co., with which
company he remained during all its various changes of name
and ownership, up to the time of his last illness — a con-
tinuous period of thirty-four years' service, during which
time he rose from a clerk in the office to the position of Audi-
tor, and finally Secretary-in-Chief. In 1858 he married Mi.ss
Mary Augusta McClintick, of Chillicothe, who, with eight
children, five sons and three daughters, survives him.

Deceased was a scholarly man, well read in the subjects
above mentioned, and especially noted for his effective labors,
both in the field and with the pen, in connection with the de-
velopment and exploration of the " Madisonville Prehistoric
Cemetery," situated on the Ferris farm, near the town men-
tioned. The publications of that work, mainly the product
of his pen, are to be found in the Journal of this Society for
1880. Mr. Low became a member of this Society in 1878,

4 Ciiuiuua/i Socic/y of Ahilura/ Ilis/ory.

and served on its executive board for two years. While his
residence out of town prechided frequent attendance at the
evening meetings, he was prompt and regular in his execu-
tive board duties, and numbered among the active members
of this Society many warm and appreciative friends. He was
also one of the founders of the lyiterary and Scientific Society
of Madisonville, the bod}' which inaugurated and carried on
successfully about two years, unaided, the original explora-
tions above referred to.

In December, 1890, he, in company with his wife, visited
Southern California for a period of recreation, and while there
made extensive collections and investigations into the geology,
conchology and archaeology of that section. Shortly after his
return he was seized with his fatal illness.

In his death this Society loses a valued member and con-
tributor to its journal; his family a loving and indulgent hus-
band and father ; his personal associates a warm and cultured
friend, and the community a most honorable and useful citizen.
Respectfully,

F. W. Laxgdon,
Davis L. James,
Geo. L. Tallev,

Committee.

Report on Mr. S. E. Wright.

In the death of Mr. Smithson E. Wright, the Society has
lost one of its most trusted and valued members. Mr. Wright
became a member of the Society in 1872, a year or two after
its organization, and was elected trustee and manager of the
funds of the Society, as well as its treasurer. He filled these
positions to the satisfaction and welfare of the organization
for the period of eighteen years, when, because of the in-
firmities naturally attending his advanced age, he felt it nec-
essary to decline the position he had .so worthil\- and accejUa-
bly filled. The sympathy of the Society is respectfull\ ten-
dered to his family in their bereavement.

Da\is L. J.VMICS,

Geo. W. Taij.ev,
F. W. Langdon,

The Hieeting then adjourned Committee.

North .hiuriiait /■'i(it<'i.

NORTH AMERICAN FUNGI.
Bv A. P. Morgan.

r\)urth Taper.

{ConliiiKcd from Vol. A'//., />. //.?.)

(Read January 6, I'Sgi.)

THE GASTROMYCETES.
Genu.s IX. — Lvcoperdon, Tourn.

Mycelium fibrou.s, rooting from the base. Peridium small,
globose, obovoid or turbinate, with a more or less thickened
base ; cortex a subpersistent coat of soft spines, scales, warts,
or granules; inner peridium thin, membranaceous becoming
papyraceous, dehiscent by a regular apical mouth. Subgleba
cellulose, continuous above with the capillitium, rarely
definitely limited ; capillitium originating from the inner sur-
face of the peridium and from the subgleba ; the threads long,
slender, simple or branched, the thickness of the main stem
commonly a))out equal to the diameter of the spores, the
branches tapering; spores small, globose rarely oval or
elliptic, even or warted, mostl>' sessile or with only a minute
pedicel, but usually accomi)anied by the deciduous sterigmata.
Plate I, Fig. i.

Puffballs of small size, growing on the ground in fields and
woods; only two or three species grow on old trunks of trees
and one grows on mo.sses. The peridium is usualh' furnished
with a distinct cellulose base underneath the gleba ; in a few
species the subgleba is nearly or quite obsolete. The threads
of the capillitium usually appear in two distinct sets, first
those which grow inward from the wall of the peridium,
secondly those that arise from the subgleba ; the latter are
often much elongated toward the center and present a thick
tuft rising toward the apex of the peridium, which has been
termed the columella. The capillitium threads are mostly
colored and are thicker than the fine hyaline densely inter-

6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

woven hyphae which compose the wall of the peridiuni ; but
they seem to me generally branches of the latter and hence
fixed at one extremity and free at the other. Possibly free
threads are to be found, at least in some of the species, among
those which proceed from the subgleba ; but if so, they are
generally too long and involved to be easily segregated.

TABLE OF SPECIES OF LYCOPERDON.

Si. Purplk - Spored Sp:rik.s. Mature spores purplish
brown.

a. Cortex consisting of very long convergent spines

I, 2.

b. Cortex composed of long slender convergent spines

3> 4-

c. Cortex composed of minute spinules 5, 6, 7.

d. Cortex a furfuraceous persistent coat 8, 9, 10.

e. Cortex a smooth continuous layer, becoming areo-

late 11,12.

S2. Olive-Spored Series. Mature spores usually brown-
ish-olivaceous.

A. Peridium obovoid or turbinate, the subgleba well

developed.

f. Cortex of long spines mingled with shorter ones, the
former at length fall away, leaving a reticulate surface to the
inner peridium 13, 14.

g. Cortex of stout spines which fall away and leave a
tomentose or furfuraceous surface to the inner peridium 15, 16.

//. Cortex of long spines, curved and convergent at the
apex, which fall away and leave a smooth surface to the inner
peridium 17, iS, 19, 20.

i. Cortex of minute spinules and granules or furfuraceous
.scales. Terrestrial. 21, 22, 23.

/•. Cortex of minute spinules, scales or granules. Ligna-
tile 24, 25.

B. Peridium \er)- small, s^loljose, the sul)gieba iiearl\-

obsolete.
/. Cortex a lliin coat of minute s])inules, scales or granules
26-3 1 .

North Atnerican Fungi. 7

>^i. PrKi>LK-SpoKi-;n vSkkiks. Mass of spores and capilli-
tiuni iinnu-diately after deliquescence, usuall\' olivaceous,
then changing to violet or brownish-purple, and finally to
purplish-brown ; the threads branched, rarely simple, the
main stem with a thickness about equal to the diameter of the
spores, the branches long, slender and tapering, bright
l)urplish-brown in color by transmitted light ; the spores
globose, distinctly warted, mostly sessile, but always accom-
panied by the long hyaline sterigmata, which persist along
with them after deliquescence, sometimes some of them
pedicellate ; when fully matured dark ]nir])lish-brown in color
and opaque.

a. Cortex consisting of very long coyivergent spines.

1. L. ECHINATUM. Pers. Peridium broadly obovoid,
sometimes much depressed, usually with a narrow short and
pointed base; mycelium of long, slender white fibers. Cortex
composed of very long brown spines, converging and often
coherent at the apex, with minute scurfy spinules interven-
ing; the long spines at length fall away, at least from the
upper part of the peridium, leaving the pale brown inner
peridium ornamented with an elegant net-work of dark
brown reticulations ; these finally disappear, leaving behind
a smooth pale-brown shining surface. Subgleba occupying
about a third part of the peridium, sometimes quite shallow;
mass of spores and capillitium olivaceous, then violet to
brownish-purple ; the threads much branched, the main stem
nearly as thick as the spores, the branches long, slender and
tapering; spores globose, distinctly warted, 5-6 mic. in diam-
eter. Plate I, Fig. 5.

Growing on the old leaves in dense woods. New York,
Peck ; Pennsylvania, Schweinitz ; Ohio, Morgan; Wisconsin,
Trelease. Peridium Y^-iY^ inches in diameter, scarcely more
than an inch in height. My specimenSj which are abundant,
agree exactly with European specimens of L. ecJiinatiiam,
Pers; furthermore L. cotistellatuni, Fr., does not appear to be
separable as a distinct species.

2. L. PUiXHERRiMUM, B. & C. Peridium usually obovoid,
sometimes subturbinate. with a short stout base ; the mycelium
forming a thick cord-like root. Cortex consi.sting of very long

8 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

white spines, converging and often coherent at the apex ; the
spines at length fall away from the upper part of the peridium,
leaving the inner peridium with a smooth purplish-brown
shining surface, sometimes faintly reticulated. Subgleba
occupying about a third part of the peridium ; mass of spores
and capillitium at first olivaceous, then brownish-purple ; the
threads much branched, the main stem thicker than the
spores, the branches long, slender and tapering; spores
globose, minutely warted, 4.5-5.5 mic. in diameter. Plate I,

Fig- 3-

Growing in low grounds, in fields and woods. New En-
gland, Frost; Pennsylvania, Michener ; Maryland, James;
Ohio, Morsran; Wisconsin, Trclease ; Iowa, McBridc ; Ne-
braska, Webber ; Kansas, Cra^in. Peridium 1-2 j4 inches in
diameter and 1-2 inches in height. I have accepted this name
of the species on the assurance of Prof. Trelease, for the orig-
inal description of Berkeley is certainly quite inapplicable.
It has hitherto been generally known as L. Froslu, Peck. L.
rima-spinorjim, Cragin, does not appear to differ essentially.
L. asperrinium, W. & C, of the Pacific Coast Catalogue, is
quite likely another name applied to this species; and if this
is truly the species of the Fungi Angolenses it is a still older
name than the one here adopted. The fresh specimens of
this plant have a strong and not unplea.sant fragrance.

b. Cortex composed of ton q^, slender coivergent spines.

3. L. HiRTUM, Mart. Peridium broadly turbinate, de-
pressed above, contracted below into a short, thick, tapering
or pointed base, with a cord-like root. Cortex a dense coat of
soft .spines, long, slender and convergent above, becoming
shorter downward, gray or brownish in color; these finally
fall away, leaving the inner peridium with a brown or pur-
plish-brown smooth, shining surface. Subgleba occupying
from one-third to one-half of the peridium ; ma.ss of spores
and capillitium olivaceous, then brownish-inirjile; the threads
branched, the main stem about as thick as the spores, with
slender, tapering branches; .spores globose, distinctly warted,
5-6 mic. in diameter. Plate I, Fig. 2.

Growing on the ground in woods. Peridium 1-2'^ inches
in diameter and i 'j-2 inches in height. This sjiecies in this

North ^luicricait /w/rii^i. 9

country heretofore has been inchided with A. alropiii purcuin.
I have followed Mr. Massee in keeping them separate. This
is perhaps L. bicolor, W. tS: C, of the Pacific Coast Catalogue.

4. L. ATROi'UKi'URKUM, Vitt. Peridium subglobose,
often irregular, plicate and lacunose underneath, with a
fibrous mycelium. Cortex of slender spines or hairs, long
and convergent ab)ve, bjcjming shorter below, gray or
brownish above and whitish underneath ; tliese at length fall
away, leaving a smooth, shining, pale-brown or pur])lisli sur-
face to the inner peridium. Subgleba broad and shallow,
scarcely occupying a third part of the peridium, sometimes
nearly obsolete ; mass of spores and capillitium olivaceous,
then brownish-purple; the threads branched, the main stem
about as thick as the spores, with long, slender, tapering
branches ; spores globose, distinctly warted, 5.5-6.5 niic. in
diameter.

Growing on the ground in woods. New York, Peck ; South
Carolina, Atkinson; Ohio, Morgan; Wisconsin, Trelcasc.
Peridium 1-2 inches in diameter. This is possibly the L.
nnbrinuni of Schweinitz, N. A. Fungi.

c. Cortex composed of jninide spinides.

5. L. CUPRICUM, Bon. Peridium obconic, depressed
above and tapering downward, the base plicate, with a fibrous
mycelium. Cortex gray or flesh-color, composed of minute
spinules circularly arranged and convergent and coherent at
the apex ; these dry up, becoming dark purplish in color, and
finally fall away from the smooth, shining, copper-colored
surface of the inner peridium. Subgleba occupying nearly a
third part of the peridium ; mass of spores and capillitium, at
length purplish brown ; the threads branched, the main stem
thinner than the spores, with long, tapering branches; spores
globo.se, distinctly warted, 6-7 mic. in diameter.

Growing in sandy soil in woods. New Jersey, Ullis. Pe-
ridium about I inch in diameter and an inch or more in
height. The microscopic features are given from specimens
received from Mr. Ellis.

6. Tv. .\STEROSPERMUM, D. & M. Peridium obovoid or
pyriform, the base short and pointed, with a slender fibrous
mycelium. Cortex a thin coat of minute .spinules with inter-

lo Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

mingled granules, gray or brownish above, paler below; these
dry up and are a long time persistent, but they finally fall
awa}', leaving the inner peridium with a pale brown, smooth,
shining surface. Subgleba obconical, occupying nearly a
third part of the peridium ; mass of spores and capillitium
olivaceous, then brownish-purple ; the threads about as thick
as the spores, with slender tapering branches ; spores globose,
distinctly warted, 5.5-6.5 mic. in diameter-

Growing on the ground in open woods. Ohio, Morgan ;
Nebraska, Webber. Peridium i-ij^ inches in diameter. A
very pretty species of regular form ; its glo.ssy cortex is quite
persistent.

7- L. DELic.VTUM, Berk. Peridium subglobose, plicate
underneath, with a fibrous mycelium. Cortex a thin coat of
minute spinules and granules, gray or brownish above,
whitish below, finally falling away from the smooth, shining,
pale or brownish surface of the inner peridium. Subgleba
very small or quite obsolete ; mass of spores and capillitium
olivaceous, then pale or purplish-brown ; the threads rather
thinner than the spores, with slender tapering branches ; .spores
globo.se, distinctly warted, 5-6 mic. in diameter.

Growing on the ground. Pennsylvania, Gentry. Peridium
1-2 inches in diameter.

d. Cortex a furfuraceous persistent coat.

S. L. GL.VBKLLUM, Peck. Peridium obovoid with a .short
pointed ba.se or turbinate, with a narrow tapering base ; the
mycelium slender, fibrous. Cortex a soft delicate flocculose
covering, white cream-color or yellow, which dries up at ma-
turity to a thin furfuraceous persi-stent coat, scarcely abraded
in occasional patches disclosing the pale, smooth, shining sur-
face of the inner peridium. Subgleba occupying nearly a
third part of the peridium ; mass of spores and capillitium
pale olivaceous, then pale brown or finally purplish-brown ;
the threads about as thick as the spores, with slender tapering
branches ; spores globose, distinctly warted. 5-6 mic. in
diameter. Plate I. Fig. 7.

Growing on the ground in woods. New England, I'rost :
New York, Peck: Ohio, Morgan: Wi.sconsin, Trelcase.
Peridium \-\\-z inches in diameter and about the same in

North American Fungi. it

heij^ht. A beautiful species, regular in form, soft to the touch
and attractive in color.

9. L. ELONGATUM, Berk. Peridium globose above, con-
tracted below into a stout thick base, more or less elongated
and cylindric or tapering downward; m^xelium composed of
thick fibers. Cortex a loose flocculose white or yellowish
coat, drying up into a mealy or furfuraceous persistent layer,
which scarcely reveals the pale shining surface of the inner
peridium. vSubgleba occupying more than half the interior
of the peridium ; mass of spores and capillitium pale oliva-
ceous, then pale brown or finally purplish ; the threads much
branched, the main stem much thicker than the spores, the
branches tapering ; spores globose, distinctly warted, 5.5-6.5
mic. in diameter.

Growing on the ground in damp woods. Ohio, Morgayi.
Peridium 1-2 inches in diameter and 2-3 inches in height,
the base Y^-x inch in thickness. In form it somewhat re-
sembles L. geniDiatiim, but it has a cortex like that of L.
glabclhun. Perhaps Trelease's Figure 2, Plate IX, is referable
to this species.

10. ly. ELEGANS, Morg. n. sp. Peridium large, depressed
globose, plicate underneath and sometimes with a narrow
umboniform base, which is continuous with the thick root.
Cortex at first flocculose, white or yellowish, drying up into a
dense furfuraceous persistent coat, which becomes ochraceous
or brownish in color, and sometimes obscurely areolate. Sub-
gleba broad, convex above, occupying a third part or more of
the peridium; mass of spores and capillitium, olivaceous, then
pale-brown or finally purplish-brown ; the threads much
branched, the main stem thicker than the spores, the branches
long and tapering; spores globose, distinctly warted, 5-6 mic.
in diameter. Plate I, Fig. 4.

Growing on rich soil on the open prairie about Iowa City,
Iowa, Prof. T. H. McBridc. Peridium i>^-3 inches in diam-
eter. In form and size this species somewhat resembles
Calvatia fragilis, but the threads are arranged in two sets as
in lyycoperdon ; the cortex is similar to that of L. glabelhim ;
the mycelium forms a remarkably thick root.

12 Cinciniiali Society of Natural History.

e. Cortex a smooth continuous layer, becoming areolate.

11. Iv. KiMLLATUM, Peck. Peridiuiii depressed— globose
or broadly obovoid, plicate underneath with a slender fibrous
mycelium. Cortex at first a thin, smooth, continuous fibrillose
layer, gray or bluish-gray, .sometimes with a purplish tipge ;
this at length breaks into a network of fine lines or fissures,
gradually dri^ up into minute thin adnate .scales, and finally
falls away from the smooth grayish or purplish-brown .surface
of the inner peridium. Subgleba broad, but distinct, plane
above, occupying about a fourth part of the peridium;' mass
of spores and capillitiuni purplish-gray, then brownish-purple ;
the threads simple or scarcely branched, variable in thickness,
but always thinner than the spores ; spores globose, distinctly
warted, 6-7 mic. in diameter, often pedicellate. Plate I, Fig. 6.

Growing on the ground in fields and open woods. New
Xox"^, Peck ; South Carolina, .-^//vV/.yfw / Ohio, Morgan; Wis-
consin, Trelease. Peridium %-il4 inches in diameter, scarce-
ly an inch in height.

12. L. vp:l.\ti'.m, Vitt. Peridium globose or obovoid,
with a cord-like root. Cortex white or yellowish, at fir.st a
thickish continuous layer, then breaking up into circular or
irregular persistent patches with fimbriate margins. Subgleba
occupying about a third part of the peridium ; mass of spores
and capillitiuni oli\aceous, then purplish-brown ; the threads
branched, the main stem nearly as thick as the spores, the
branches long and tapering ; spores globose, distinctly warted.
5-6 mic. in diameter.

Growing on the ground in woods. South Carolina, Ravenel.
Peridium 1-2 inclies in diameter.

S2. OLIVK-SPORKD SERIES. Mass of spores and cai)illitium
immediately after deliquescence greenish-yellow, becoming
when mature pale or brownish olivaceous, sometimes pale
brown, rarely gray or argillaceous; the threads simple or
l)ranched, usually olivaceous in color by transmitted light,
with a thickness about equal to the diameter of the sjiores, in
a few sj)ecies h\aline and two to tliree times ;is thick as the
spores ; the s])ores globose, rarely oval or elliptic, even or
niinutel>- warted, mostly sessile or with only a minute pedicel,
rarely with a long persistent pedicel, often accompanied by
the short Inaline sterisrmata or their frairments.

North .lincrican Fitufi^i. 13

A. PcridiiDii obovoid or turbinate, the sub^ieba tvell
developed.

/. Cortex of lon^ spines mingled with shorter ones ; the
former at length fall aivay, leaving a reticulate
surface to the hnier peridium.

13. L. CKMMATUiNr, Batsch. Peridium tur])iiiate, de-
pressed al)()\-e, the base short and oljconic or more elongated
and tapering or subcylindric, arising from a fibrous mj'celium.
Cortex consisting of long, thick, erect spines or warts of irreg-
ular shape, with intervening smaller ones, whitish or gray in
color, sometimes with a tinge of red or brown ; the larger
spines first fall away, leaving pale spots on the surface, and
giving it a reticulate appearance. Subgleba variable in
amount, usually more than half the peridium ; mass of spores
and capillitium greenish-yellow, then pale brown ; threads
simple or scarcely branched, about as thick as the spores ;
spores globose, even or very minutel}- warted, 3.5-4.5 mic.
in diameter.

Growing on the ground and sometimes on rotten trunks in
woods, often caespitose. New England, /"r^j-/; New York,
Peck; New Jense}', Ellis; Pennsylvania, Gentry; Maryland,
James; North Carolina, Curtis; South Carolina, Atkinson;
Ohio, Lea; Wisconsin, Trelease ; Kansas, Cragin; California,
Harkness. Found in every part of the world. Peridium 1-2
inches in diameter and 1-3 inches in height. This species is
distinguished from all others by the peculiar large erect terete
spines or warts, the so-called gems which stud its upper
surface.

14. L. PERLATUM, Pers. Peridium turbinate, broad and
depressed above, plicate underneath and contracted into a
short and pointed or sometimes elongated and tapering base ;
mycelium fibrous. Cortex of long slender spines, mingled
with smaller spinules and warts, gray brown or blackish in
color ; the longer spines first fall away, leaving a reticulate
surface to the inner peridium. Subgleba occupying one-third
to one-half of the peridium ; mass of spores and capillitium
greeni.sh-yellow, then brownish-olivaceous; the threads most-
ly simple, some of them thicker than the spores ; spores glo-
bose, even or very minutely warted, 3.5-4.5 mic. in diameter.

14 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Growing on the ground in woods. New York, Peck ; Mar}--
land, y^w^^. Peridium 1-2 inches in diameter and 1-2 inches
in height. This is L.gcmviatum var. hirium of Peck's U. S.
species of Lycoperdon.

^. Cortex of stout spines 7vJnch fall azcay and leave a
tomcntose or Jurjuraceous surface to the ijiner
peridium.

15. L. ExciPULiFORME, Scop. Peridium turbinate, de-
pressed above, plicate below and contracted into a more or
le.ss elongated base. Cortex of large stout spines, conver-
gent above, becoming smaller downward, which at length fall
away, leaving a tomentose surface to the inner peridium.
Subgleba occupying one-half or more of the peridium; mass
of spores and capillitium greenish-yellow, then brownish-
olivaceous; the threads about as thick as the spores, scarcely
branched; spores globose, minutely warted, 4-5 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on the ground in meadows and woods. Pennsyl-
vania, North Carolina, Scfnveinitz ; Canada, Saccardo. Perid-
ium 1-2 inches in diameter and 1-4 inches in height.

16. L. sEPARAxs, Peck. Peridium broadly obovoid, often
much depressed, plicate underneath, with a cord-like root.
Cortex a dense coat of stout white convergent spines ; after
maturity these peel off in flakes or patches, revealing a thin
furfuraceous layer of minute yellowish to pale or dark brown
.scales, covering the surface of the inner peridium ; these also
gradually disappear, leaving a pale, smooth, shining surface.
Subgleba broad, occupying about a third part of the peridium,
definitely limited above ; mass of spores and capillitium pale
to dark brown ; the threads variable in thickne.ss, but some of
them thicker than the spores, scarcely branched ; spores glo-
bose, even, 3.5-4 mic. in diameter. Plate II, Fig. i.

Growing on the ground in pa.stures and meadows. New
Kngland, Frost; New York, Peck ; South Carolina, Atkinson :
Ohio, A/or i^ an ; Wisconsin, Trelease. Peridium 1-2 inches in
diameter and about i inch in hciglit. This is L. separans of
Peck's 26th N. Y. Report and L. W^riolitii var. separans of
Peck's U. S. species of Lycoperdon. It is also no doubt A.
calvescens, B. tS: C. Specitncns of it may ha\e been referred to

North A))ierica>t Fiitigi. 15

L. cniciatiDu, Rostk., but this species is said to grow on
trunks of pines, and hence must be something different.

//. Cortex of /oiii^' sphics, curved and coiiz'cri^oit at the
apex, 'ivhich fall away and leave a smooth surface
to the iiDier peridiinii.

17. L. PKDiCKLLATUM, Peek. Peridium globose or
broadly obovoid, with a slender fibrous mycelium. Cortex
gray or whitish, changing to dirty-brown, consisting of long
spines convergent at the apex ; the.se at length fall awa^-,
leaving a wrinkled or obscurel}' pitted surface to the pale
glabrous inner peridium. Subgleba rather small, occupying
scarcely more than a fourth part of the peridium ; mass of
spores and capillitium olivaceous, then brownish ; the threads
much branched, the main stem thicker than the spores, the
branches tapering; spores globose, even, 3.5-4.5 mic. in
diameter, with long persistent pedicels. Plate II, Fig. 2.

Growing on the ground and on rotten wood in woods.
New York, Peck; Alabama, Atkinson; Ohio, Morgan; Wis-
consin, Trelease. Peridium ^-i/^ inches in diameter. The
long persistent pedicels to the spores are the marked feature
of this species ; they do not break off and fall away in time,
as in other species of Lycoperdon.

18. L. PECKii, Morg. Peridium obovoid, with a slender
fibrous mycelium. Cortex whitish, ochraceous or brownish,
sometimes with a reddish tinge, composed of long spines,
usually curved and convergent at the apex ; these finally fall
away, leaving a pale, smooth surface to the inner peridium.
Subgleba scarcely a third part of the peridium ; mass of spores
and capillitium greenish-^^ellow, then brownish-olivaceous ;
the threads rather thinner than the spores, scarcely branched ;
spores globose, minutely warted, 4-5 mic. in diameter.

Growing on the ground or on decaying wood in woods.
New York, Peck; New Jensey, Ellis; Alabama, Atkinson;
Ohio, Morgan. Peridium 1-I/2 inches in diameter. This is
L. echinatum of Peck's U. S. species of Lycoperdon.

19. L. EXiMiUM, Morg. n. .sp. Peridium obovoid, with a
fibrous mycelium. Cortex white or brownish, composed of
long slender spines, often curved and convergent at the apex,
which at length fall away from above downward, leaving a

i6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

pale, smooth surface to the inner peridium. Subgleba small,
occupying scarcely more than a fourth part of the peridium ;
mass of spores and capillitium greenish-yellow, then brown-
ish-olivaceous ; the threads mostly thinner than the spores,
much branched; spores oval, even, 5-6 X 4-45 mic, usually
furnished with a short pedicel. Plate II, Fig. 3.

Growing on the ground in sandy soil. South Carolina,
Prof. Geo. F. Atkinson. Peridium Y^^-iy^. inches in diameter
and about i inch in height. This species is readily distin-
guished by its large oval spores.

20. ly. CURTISII, Berk. Peridium globose, with a very
short rooting base and a .slender fibrous mycelium. Cortex
consisting of a pale 3'ellowish farinaceous layer, covered by a
coat of .soft, fragile white spines, curved and convergent at the
apex ; after maturity it soon disappears, leaving a pale smooth
surface to the inner peridium. Subgleba small, but distinct,
convex above and definitely limited ; mass of spores and
capillitium greenish-yellow, then pale olivaceous: the threads
long, simple, hyaline, two to three times as thick as the
spores ; spores globose, even, 3.5-4 mic. in diameter. Plate
II. Fig. 4-

Growing gregariouslj-, and sometimes caespitosely, on the
ground, in meadows, pastures and even in cultivated fields.
New England, Wright ; New York, Pick : Maryland, James ;
Carolina, Atkinson: Ohio, Morgan; Wisconsin, Trelease :
Kansas, Kellerman. Peridium -^k-3<4 of an inch in diameter.
This is L. Wrightii var. typicnin of Peck's U. S. species of
Lycoperdon. The peculiar characteristic of the species is the
hyaline threads of the capillitium : although they are of large
diameter, yet the walls are very thin and the threads collapse
in drying.

/. Cortex of minute spinn/es a)id grann/es or furfnra-
ceous scales.

'•■Terrestrial.

21. L. MiscoRiM, Morg. Peridium lurl)inate, globo.se
or depres.scd-globose above, contracted below into a stem-like
base, with a filamentous and fibrous mycelium. Cortex a thin
white or yellowish coat of minute s])inules willi intermingled
granules, which are coarser toward the ajicx ; these wither or
shrivel with age and are mostly persistent on the smooth

North American Funt^i. 17

olive-brown shining surface of tlie inner peridiuni. vSubgleba
occupying little more than the stem-like base ; mass of spores
and capillitium greenish-yellow, then brownish-olivaceous ;
spores minutely warted, 4-4.5 mic. in diameter.

Growing among mosses, especially Polytrichum, in old
meadows and pastures. New York, /'(-rX-. Peridium yz-\Vi
inches in diameter and 1-3 inches in height. This is L. mollc
of Peck's U. S. species of Lycoperdon. " From the long-
stemmed puff-ball ( Calvaiia c/afa) it is with difficulty separated
in its immature state, but when mature the different manner
in which the peridium in the two species ruptures will at once
distinguish them. From its habit of growing among mos.ses
the stem is often elongated, and is sometimes very slender in
proportion to the size of the peridium."

22. L. TURNRRi, R. & E. Peridium obovoid, somewhat
depressed above, plicate underneath, with a mycelium of root-
ing fibers. Cortex white, often gray or brownish above, con-
sisting of minute .spinules with intermingled granules ; these
after maturity dry up and are quite persistent, forming a
minuteh" scabrous coat on the olive-brown shining surface of
the inner peridium. Subgleba broad and shallow, scarcely
occupying more than a fourth part of the peridium ; mass of
spores and capillitium greenish-yellow, then brownish-oliva-
ceous ; the threads with the main stem about as thick as the
spores, and long tapering branches ; spores globose, minutel}'
warted, 4-5 mic. in diameter, mostly with a short pedicel.
Plate II, Fig. 5.

Growing on the ground in woods. Labrador, Mr. L. M.
Turnery ISi ew ]er&&y, E///S ; New England, /////;//>// rn',- New
York, Undericood ; Carolina, Atkinson ; Ohio, Moroan ; Wis-
consin, Bro7i'ii. Peridium 1-2 inches in diameter and 1-2
inches in height. A very pretty puff-ball with a silky shin-
ing coat.

23. L. MOLLE, Pers. Peridium turbinate, depressed
above, abruptly contracted into a short thick base, with a
fibrous mycelium. Cortex a thin, mealy-furfuraceous, sub-
persistent coat, white or yellowish, passing into buff; when
this finally falls away it discloses a smooth, shining, pale oliva-
ceous surface to the inner peridiuni. Subgleba occupying
about a third part of the peridium; mass of spores and
capillitium greenish-yellow, then browmish olivaceous ; the

i8 Cinciiniati Society of Natural History.

threads about as thick as the spores, branched ; spores glo-
bose, very minutely warted, 35-45 niic. in diameter, with a
minute pedicel.

Growing on the ground in open woods and pastures. Wis-
consin, Trelease. Peridium Yi-^yi inches in diameter and
}^-ij4 inches in height. " This species superficially resembles
small plants of L. i^labelhun so closely that it is difficult to
distinguish them." The spores, however, "afford constant
and certain means of distinguishing them."

/•. Cortex of Diinute spinules scales or granules,

** Lignatile.

24. Iv. PYRiFORME, SchaefiF. Peridium obovoid or pyri-
form, with an abundant mycelium of very long white branch-
ing fibers. Cortex a thin coat of minute scales or granules or
short stout spinules, whitish gray or brownish : it is quite
persistent, drying up and becoming reddish-brown in color
and often rivulose or areolate. Subgleba small, white, quite
compact, the cells minute ; mass of spores and capillitium
greenish-yellow, then brownish-olivaceous ; threads thicker
than the spores, branched, those in the center very long and
forming a dense tuft; spores globose, even, 3.5-4.5 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on old timber or sometimes on the ground : usually
caespitose, sometimes in dense clusters several feet in extent.
New England, Frost; New York, Peck: Pennsylvania,
Seine e i 7iit z ; North Carolina, Curtis; 0\i\o, Lea ; Wisconsin,
Trelease; Kansas, Crai^in; California, Harkuess. Peridium
}i-i}i inches in diameter and 1-2 inches in height. The
commonest of all puff-balls, distributed throughout the whole
w(jrld.

25. L. si'iiiNCAKNATUM, Peck. Peridium globose, sessile,
with a mycelium of long branching white fibers. Cortex
pinkish-brown, composed of minute .short stout spinules,
which fall away after maturity, leaving the surface of the
inner peridium deeply pitted. Subgleba quite small, but
usually distinct ; ma.ss of spores and capillitium greenish-
yellow, then brownish-olivaceous: threads long, simple,
livaline, once to twice as thick as the spores; sjiores globose,
minutely warted, 4-4.5 mic. in diameter. Plate II, P'ig. 6.

North AtneHcav Fungi. 19

Growing- in woods on old trunks. New York, Peck ; Penn-
sylvania, Gentry: 0\\\o, Morgan ; Wisconsin, .^;y;7i 7/. Perid-
ium }i-i/i inches in diameter. A singular species well
marked by its very distinctly pitted inner peridium, the little
pits resembling those in a thimble. It is also one of the few
species with simj^le hyaline threads.

/?. Peridium very snia//, g/obose ; the siibo/eba nearly
odso/ete.

I. Cortex a thin coat of n/innte spinn/es, scales or
granules.

26. ly. WRiGiiTii, B. & C. Peridium globose, sessile,
with a fibrous mycelium. Cortex a thin, whitish, minutely
fibrillose-spinulose coat, the spinules often convergent at the
apex, drj'ing up and quite persistent on the pale brown sur-
face of the inner peridium. Subgleba obsolete ; mass of
spores and capillitium greenish-yellow, then brownish-oliva-
ceous ; the threads variable in thickness, sparingly branched ;
spores globose, even or very minutely warted, 3.5-4.5 mic.
in diameter, often with a minute pedicel.

Growing on the ground in woods. New England, Wright ;
New Jersey, Ellis; Ohio, Morgan. Peridium ^-^ofan
inch in diameter.

27. L. PUSiLLUM, Batsch. Peridium globose, sessile,
with a slender cord-like root. Cortex a thin whitish furfura-
ceous coat, drying up into minute squamules which are quite
persistent on the pale brown surface of the inner peridium.
Subgleba obsolete ; mass of spores and capillitium greenish-
yellow, then brownish-olivaceous ; the threads very much
branched, the main stem about as thick as the spores, the
branches tapering; spores globose, even, 3.5-4 mic. in
diameter, often with a minute pedicel. Plate 11, Fig. 7.

Growing on the ground in fields and open woods. New
York, Peck; North Carolina, Curtis; Ohio, Morgan; Wis-
consin, Trelease : Kansas, Crag in Peridium ^8-^ of an inch
in diameter.

28. L. OBLONGiSPORUM, B. & C. Peridium subglobose,
with a slender mycelial cord. Cortex a thin, whitish, furfura-
ceous coat, drying up into minute persistent granules on the
pale brown surface of the inner peridium. Subgleba nearly

20 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

obsolete ; mass of spores and capillitium olivaceous, then
brown ; threads much branched, the main stem about as thick
as the spores, the branches tapering; spores elliptic, even,
5-6 X 3-4 raic, sometimes with a minute pedicel.

Growing on the ground in dense woods. Wisconsin, Tre-
Icasc. Peridium -^8-1 inch in diameter. "This pretty species
previously known only from Cuba, is indistinguishable from
L. pKsillum when immature, the spores affording the only
really characteristic feature."

29. L. CEP^SFORME, Bull. Peridium globose or de-
pressed-globose, plicate underneath, with a cord-like root.
Cortex at first a thin, white, minutely furfuraceous coat, this
soon becomes rimulose and at length breaks up into small
scales and patches, which finally disappear from the pale or
pale-brown surface of the inner peridium. Subgleba nearly
obsolete; ma.ss of spores and capillitium greenish-yellow,
then pale-olivaceous ; the threads very much branched, the
main stem thicker than the spores, the branches long and
tapering; .spores globose, even, 3.5-4 mic. in diameter, often
with a minute pedicel. Plate II, Fig. 9.

Growing on the ground in meadows and pastures. Penn-
sylvania and Carolina, Sc/rccci>iitz : Alabama, Atkinson: Ohio,
Mori^an. Peridium y-z-i inch in diameter. Fries appears to
have included this species with L. pusillum, and the smaller
forms are certainly very liable to be referred to that species.
Saccardo includes these species and two or three others under
L. furfuracens, Schafi". We have been guided by Mas.see and
Quelet. L. prataisc of Schweinitz's N. A. Fungi we take to
be this species.

30. ly. COLORATUM, Peck. Peridium, subglobose, i)licate
underneath, with a fibrous mycelium. Cortex a thin coat of
very minute persistent granules, whitish or yellow, becoming
reddish or pale brown, or finally dark brown with age. Sub-
gleba nearly obsolete ; mass of spores and capillitium at first
pale yellow, then brownish-olivaceous; threads very much
branched, the main stem thicker than the spores, the branches
tapering; spores globose, even, 3.5-4.5 mic. in diameter,
often with a minute i>edicel. Plate II, Fig. 10.

Growing in low grounds in woods. New England, Monian ;
New York, Peck: Ohio, Morgan; Wisconsin, 7'ri/iasi\ Pe-
ridium }\i-i inch in diameter.

North American Fun^i. 21

31. L. ACl'MiNATi'M, I^osc. Peridiuiii globose, then
ovoid, with a mycelium of fine white fibers. Cortex a white
soft delicate continuous coat, dr}-in,L; u]) into a thin furfura-
ceous persistent layer on the surface of the inner peridium.
Subgleba obsolete ; mass of spores and capillitium jiale-oliva-
ceous, then dirty gray ; threads simple, hyaline, two to three
times as thick as the spores; spores globose, even, 3 mic. in
diameter. Plate II, Fig. 8.

Growing on the mosses of old logs and about the base of
living trees. New York, Peck : North Carolina, Curtis : South
Carolina, Rcvencl, Atkinson : Ohio, Moroan ; Costa Rica,
Oersted. Peridium %-% of an inch in height. The perid-
ium is at first globose, the ovoid form appears with the forma-
tion of the mouth ; both forms may be seen on the same
patch of moss. This species was first described under this
name in the Novae vSymbolae of P'ries ; it next appears under
the same name in Curtis's Catalogue, but incorrectly ascribed
to B. & C. L. ca/vptiaefo)nu\ Berk, and L. /cpios/iin, B. & Ra\-.,
are synonyms of this.

Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

NOTES ON THE BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES OF
VIGO COUNTY, INDIANA.

Bv W. S. Blatchley.

(Read b}- Title February 3, 1891.)

For the past three years the writer has given especial atten-
tion to the Batrachians and Reptiles found in the vicinity of
Terre Haute, Vigo County, Indiana. In that time forty-six
species and six sub-species of these interesting vertebrates
have been observed in the locality mentioned, and many notes
have been taken relating to their habits, the causes of their
local distribution, etc

Believing that a list of those seen, together with some of
the notes, would prove acceptable to persons interested in the
study of herpetology, the present paper has been prepared.

Vigo County lies on the western border, and almost midway
between the northern and southern boundaries of the State.
The Wabash River flows through its north-western part, and
in many places its bottoms, which are usually overflowed each
season, are one to two miles in width.

In these bottoms are a number of large ponds, some of
them covering an area of forty to sixty acres, which are the
favorite resorts of many of the batrachians and not a few of
the reptiles mentioned below. The city of Terre Haute is on
the eastern bank of the river, on the edge of a prairie about
two miles in width, beyond which a low range of hills forms
the western border of a tableland which extends to the east-
ern limit of tlic count)-. At tlic point where the tableland
meets the prairie the soil is a loose, black loam, containing a
great deal of sand. Here, in a woodland pasture of a1)out
forty acres, rather thickh' grown u]i with iinderbrush, and
having near its center several shallow ponds, about the mar-
gins of which are numerous logs, liave been collected no less
than tliirty-two of the forty-five species A)uiid in the counl\-.
Of course, many of tlicsc have l)een taken elsewhere, but tlic
sandy soil and other conditions of this woods seems to suit

Notes on the Batrachians and Reptiles of Vigo Co., Itid. 23

the salamanders and tree frogs, especially, as out of ten species
of the former and four of the latter all but one have been seen
here, and nine of the fourteen nowhere else in the county.

On one afternoon in October a class of fifteen zoology pu-
pils took forty-six specimens of salamanders, representing four
species, from this place, and on two other occasions the writer
has found there six different species of the same animals
within less than an hour's time. I have been thus specific in
mentioning the above locality, because I believe that upon
the character of the soil, rather than upon other conditions,
such as latitude, temperature, etc., depends to a great extent
the distribution of our batrachians and reptiles. For ex-
ample, the genus Sfyc/rrpes is represented in Indiana by three
species, bilincatiis, lo)io;icauda and ruber. All of them are rather
common throughout the central and southern portions of the
State where limestone rocks and a drift or clay soil abound,
whereas but a single specimen of one species, bilincatus, has
been found in Vigo County, and it was taken, not from the
loose sandy soil above mentioned, but from a worn out field,
where the soil was wholly clay.

In the list which follows, the nomenclature and order of the
Batrachians is that of Cope's recent and standard work, on
"The Batrachia of North America;" while the revised edition
of Jordan's "Manual of Vertebrates" has been followed in
the naming of the reptiles. Where the .species has been re-
corded from not more than two other .stations in the State,
those records are mentioned that the list may prove more
\-aluable to future collectors.

BATRACHIA.

PROTKIDA.

PROTEID^.

I. NKCTURUS.MAcrLATUS, Raf. — Water Dog. — Mud Puppy.

Common in the Wabash River. Specimens two feet long
and over are often taken in the Spring and Fall. Although
some of the older fishermen have caught hundreds of them,
they yet believe the bite of the animal to be very poisonous,
and they either crush its head before attempting to remove
the hook, or else cut the line and allow it to escape.

24 Cincinnati Society of Xatiiral History.

I'RODELA.
AMBLYSTOMID.-E.

2. Amblystoma opacum, Gravenhorst — Marbled Salamander.

A single specimen, three and a half inches in length, was
taken October 21, 1890, from beneath a log in sandy, upland
woods. It was within six inches of a .specimen of Eutainia
saiirita, and not more than a foot away were two spotted
.salamanders. Its previous Indiana records are New Har-
mony (Sampson) and Wheatland (Ridgeway).

3. Amblystoma puxct.\ti'm, Linn. — vSpotted Salamander.

Common in dry upland woods with a sandy soil. Numerous
specimens from an inch and a half to six inches in length
were taken November 2, 1890, the young being colored simi-
larly to the adults.

4. Amblystoma tigrinum. Green — Tiger Salamander.

Three j^ears ago this was the mo.st common Anib/ystoiiia in
the count}', A. punctatuvi being seldom .seen. Now the latter
far outnumber the former, and but few tJQ;rinum are to be
found. They frequent both upland and bottom woods, and
quite often find their way into cellars in the city. The color
of this species depends greatly on the age, old specimens
having the yellow spots large, and in some individuals cover-
ing more of the surface than the brown, whereas, on June 2,
1888, eleven young about three inches in length were taken,
almost all of which were uniform brown.

5. Amblystoma jeffersonlvnum jeffersonlvnum, Green.

Jefferson's Salamander.

An uncommon species, but two having been taken. They
were found in sandy woods, at some distance from water, Octo-
ber 21, 1890.

6. Chondrotus microstomus, Cope — Small Mouthed Sala-

mander.

Quite common, and in this vicinity more often found be-
neath logs near the margin of ponds and in low damp places,
than in dry woods. A single specimen, .seeminglj' as lively as

Notes on the Balrachians atid Reptiles of Vigo Co., Ind. 25

in Suninier, was taken January 1 1, 1S90, from beneath the fine
drift deposited near the margin of the higli ground l)y an
excessive rise in the river. Another, with a large mass of
eggs, from some of which the young were escaping, was
brought in from a pond on February 16.

PI.ETHODONTID.?:.

7. Hkmidactvi.iuim scutatum, Tschudi — vScaly vSalamander.

Five specimens of tliis handsome Httle animal have been
taken. One was found near the margin of a pond, on May 4, the
others on two different occasions in late Fall, in dry woods.
One of the latter had the entire upper side of tail of the same
shade of yellow as the upper jaw. Other State records are
Franklin and Marion Counties.

8. Plethodox cinrreus cinereus, Green.

8. {a) Plethodon cinereus e;rythronotus, Green. — Red-

Backed Salamander.

These are the most common salamanders found at a dis-
tance from water in upland woods with a clay soil. They are
seldom found in a sandy soil, and never, so far as the writer is
aware, in the low, damp bottoms. They are about equal in
numbers, and often five or six half grown individuals of each
variety are found beneath the same log.

9. Plethodon glutinosus, Green. — Slimy vSalamander.

Frequent in upland woods with both sandy and clay soils.
Usually not far from water, but never in it. The bluish white
markings vary greatly in numbers and size even in adult
specimens. On some they are no larger than pin heads, and
are distributed regularly over the entire upper surface and
sides. On others they are five or six times as large, and are
almost wholly limited to the sides. Recorded before only
from Monroe county.

19. Spelerpes pilineatus. Green — Two-Lined vSalamander.

Rare, but one specimen having been taken or seen. It was
found in a worn out field, where the soil was wholl)' clay.

26 Cincinnati Society of Xatiiral History.

II. DiEMYCTYLUs viRiDESCENS viRiDESCENS, Raf. — Green
Triton.— Newt.

The form viridcrcens of this handsome variety is the only
aquatic salamander found in the county, and it .seems to be
scarce, but two or three specimens having been secured from
cisterns and ponds. The form niiuiatiis, Raf., is more fre-
quently taken and is found beneath logs, usually in sandy up-
land woods, and always at a distance from water. There is
also found a dark colored form, of which a half dozen indi-
viduals have been taken ; one large one from the waters of a
cistern ; the other five, smaller, from beneath logs near the
margin of ponds. They have the back and sides very rough,
as in form miniatus, and are 'a'holly devoid of the verniilion spots,
which are found in both viridescens and miuiatus. The ones
found beneath the logs were taken on November 2. They
average two and a half inches in length, and have the back
and sides to below the middle almost wholly black. The one
from the cistern was taken November 9, and is three and a
half inches long. It is less dark than the preceding, the sides
being heavily shaded with mottlings of dusky.

This, perhaps, is but a form of the above variety, the
change in color being due to some special environment which
it undergoes It is not mentioned by Cope, nor by any one
else, as far as I am aware. Prof. O. P. Hay informs me since
the above was written that he has a single specimen, similar
to the form mentioned, which was taken at Brookville, Ind.

TRACHYSTOMATA.

SI REN ID.*;.

12. vSiRKN KACKRTiN.v, Linn.— Mud Kel. — Siren.

Three specimens of this rare batrachian have been taken in
recent years, two of which are now in the collection of the
State Normal School. They were captured in a pond in the
river bottoms on March 22, i8qo. The third had been taken
the April preceding in a similar locality. Hay records it from
New Harmony, and Cope, on the authority of Profs. Coul-
ter and Jordan, from Lafayette and the White River, re-
spectively.

Xoti-s on the Ralrachians and Reptiles of Vi,s:o Co., hid. 27
SALIENTIA.

BUFONID/K.

13. BuKO LENTiGiNosus ami;kicanus, LeConte. — American

Toad.

Coininon and exceedinj^ly variable in color, some specimens
being wholly black above.

HVLID.K.

14. AcKLS c.KVLLU.s CRHPiTANS, Baird. — Cricket Frog. —

Peeper.

This is the most abundant tailless batrachian in the county.
Hundreds can be seen along any small stream in Spring and
Autumn. They appear less common in vSummer, but are
active in certain localities even in midwinter, lively specimens
having been taken on December 23, January 9, and February 16.

15. CiiOROPHiLUS TRiSERiATus, Wied — Swamp Tree Frog.

Rare, a single specimen having been taken from the edge of
a pond on June 2. " Marion and Franklin Counties."

16. Hyl.v pickeringii, Storer. — Pickering's Tree Frog.

Four specimens of this interesting little frog were taken in
1890; two from the margin of a pond, in the woods men-
tioned in the introduction, on April 8, where they had evi-
dently resorted for the purpose of depositing their eggs, and
two on June 5 in the same woods, but a distance from water.
The first two were kept in captivity for several weeks, and
regularly at about 8 p. m. they began their shrill piping notes,
keeping them up for almost an hour, after which they were
silent till the next evening. Preceding each note the vocal
sac of the throat expanded until it was two-thirds as large as
the animal itself, when suddenly the air thus collected was
forced out, producing the sound b}' its escape. The only pre-
vious Indiana record is Monroe County.

28 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

17. HvLA VERSICOLOR, LeCoiite. — Common Tree Frog.

Al>undaiit; as many as five have been taken in November,
within an area of a square foot, from beneath the bark of an oak
log.

RANID^.

18. Rana virescens virescens, Kalm. — Leopard Frog.

The most common of onr larger frogs, especially about the
river bottom ponds. It, also, is gregarious, a dozen or more
being often found beneath a small log in late Autumn or early
Spring.

19. Rana palustris, LeConte. -Pickerel Frog.-Swamp P'rog.

A rare species in this locality, but two having been seen.
They were taken in May from the grassy margin of an upland
pond. Previously recorded from Monroe and Franklin
Counties.

20. Rana clamata, Daudin. — Green Frog. — Spring Frog.

. A common frog about all upland streams and springs, but
seldom .seen in the low lands. Never more than one or two
are found in a place. During the open Winters of 1.S8.S-89
and 1889-90 several specimens of this, as well as of virescens,
were seen on different occasions in December and January.
On February 16, 1888, they, together with the "peepers,"
were in full chorus.

21. R.\na catesbiana, Shaw. — Bull Frog.

F'requent ; found from April to October in the larger low-
land ponds and the deep still waters of streams, but is more
often heard than .seen. Its numbers are becoming le.ss year
by year, a fact, no doubt, due to the taste which man has de-
veloped for its tender thighs.

22. Rax.v svlvatica, LeConte. — Wood Frog.

A fre{|uent sj^ecies in dense, dam]) woods. Difficult to cap-
ture on account of its (juickness and enormous leaps.

Of the twenty-seven batrachians mentioned by Prof. O. P.
Ha}-, in his " Catalogue of the Amphibia and Rei)tilia of
Indiana," pnblished in 1887, the above twenty-two have been
taken within a radins of five miles of the citv of Terre Haute.

Notes on the llatrachiaiis and Reptiles of Vigo Co., Itid. 29

REPTILIA. .

OPHIDIA.
COLUBRID.Ii;.

I. Stokkkia occ I pi TOM AC u lata, Storer. — Red-Bellied vSnake.

This handsome little snake is rare in Western Indiana, and
for that matter throughout the State. A single specimen
taken from beneath a log in upland woods represents what is
known of the species in Vigo County.

2. Storkria dekavi, Holbrook. — DeKay's Brown Snake.

Rather frequent, especially* in vSpring. I have never found
it near the water, although W. H. Smith, in his Report on the
Amphibians and Reptiles of Ohio, says that it is aquatic.

3. Tropidoclonium kirtlandi, Kennicott. — Kirtland's

Snake.

This species is rare in Vigo County, where but two speci-
mens have been taken, but in Putnam County, forty miles
northeast, it is rather common. It must be nocturnal in its
habits, as every one of the half dozen or more specimens
which I have seen were found coiled up beneath logs or stones,
and usually close to small streams.

4. EuTAiNiA SAURITA, L. — Riband Snake. — Slender Garter

Snake.

This graceful snake is quite common, and is usually found
in the vicinity of water, but has never been seen by the writer
to enter it. For three years it has been the first .species seen
in Spring — the dates being March 23, 18 and 22, respectively.

5. EuTAiNiA FAiREYi, Bd.-Gr. — Fairie's Garter vSnake.

Rare. Two specimens in the collection of the State Normal
School and one in my own are all that I have .seen. Vigo
County is probably near the eastern limit of its range.

30 Cincinnati Society of Xaliiral History.

6. EuTAiNiA siRTALis, L- — Commoii Garter Snake.

6. {a.) EuTAiNiA SIRTALIS ORDIXATA, L. — Grass Snake.

6. ib.) EUTAINIA SIRTALIS DORSALIS, Bd.-Gr.

6. (r.) EuTAiNiA SIRTALIS PARiETALis, Say. — The Red-Sided
Garter Snake.

All four of the above varieties of this variable species are
found in the county, sirtalis and parictalis being our most
common snakes. Ordinata diwd parictalis are mostly found in
upland fields ; the other two about the lowland ponds.
During the high waters, in the second week of January. 1890,
several snakes were reported seen about the river, and on the
afternoon of the nth I set out to verify the report, and after
a short search found two specimens, one sirtalis, the other
parictalis, beneath some fine drift near the margin of the over-
flowed bottoms. Although it was midwinter, they were not
sluggish in their actions, both making a lively attempt to
escape when disturbed.

7. Regina leberis, L. — Queen vSnake. — Leather Snake.

This species, recorded heretofore only from Montgomery
and Franklin Counties, is common in all the larger streams in
this portion of the State, having been taken by the writer in
Putnam, Owen and Vigo Counties. Unlike the next species,
it is seldom, if ever, found about deep pools or ponds, but fre-
(luents shallow, running water, gliding gracefullj' among the
stems of the water willow ( Dianthcra Americana), and other
acjuatic plants, and when pursued takes refuge Ijeneath one of
the many stones usually fi)und in such a place.

8. Tropidonotus sipedon, L. — Water Snake. — Water Moc-
casin.

An abundant species, especially about the river bottom
ponds, where it grows to be of enormous size. It is most
commonly known as the water moccasin, and is usually given
a wide berth — nine persons out of ten l)elieving that its bite
will cause certain death. It feeds principally on frogs, no less
than seven large specimens of Kana vircsccfis having been

\o/e'S Oil the r>alrachians and Reptiles of I'igo Co., hid. 3r

found ill the stomach of one which was dissected on account
of its aldermanic appearance.

9. CoLUHKR OI5SOLKTUS, Sa}'. — Pilot Snake.

A large and rather coininoii snake, found in <h'>-, open
woods, oftentimes in trees and bushes. A specimen fiv^e feet,
seven inches long was kept for some time in captivity in a
vacant room. When approached it would vibrate its tail very
rapidly from side to side, producing a distinct rattling sound,
and on entering the room at night with a lamp it would hiss
with a loud gurgling noise. A large specimen of the great
horned owl. Bubo I'irginianus kept in the same room was
finally attacked by the snake, and when discovered the latter
had two coils tightly wrapped about the owl, and had crushed
it so badly that it soon died.

10. CvcLOPHis vESTivus, L,. — Summer Green vSnake.

At least a dozen .specimens of this beautiful and usually
rare snake have been taken. It is found on rocky hillsides,
mo.st commonly in the vicinity of running water. I have also
seen two specimens in blackberry bushes, about four feet from
the ground. A specimen kept in captivity in a glass case
often rested upon the lower half of its body and raising the
other half almost vertically, it would remain rigid and mo-
tionless for ten or fifteen minutes at a time.

II. Bascanion constrictor, Iv. — Black Snake. — Blue Racer.

Formerl}' very common throughout the State, but becoming
much less so each year, as nine out of ever}- ten seen are
usually killed out of pure wantoness by persons who know
nothing' of their vermin-eating habits. Another cause of
their lessening numbers is undoubtedly the rapid disappear-
ance of the old Virginia rail fences, beneath the bottom rail
of which they were sure of a safe retreat from all attacks. A
few are seen every j-ear in this vicinit}', and if met with in
late Fall, when they are seeking a hibernaculum, are very
vicious, hissing and striking at a person even when several
yards away. The young are very diff"ereiit in color from the
old, being olive brown, with numerous large, darker colored
spots along the sides.

32 Cinciunati Society of Natural History.

12. DiADOPiiis PUNCTATUS, L. — Riug-iiecked Snake.

Rare, but two specimens having been seen. Both were
found beneath the same fence rail on a hillside having a
southern exposure.

12. {a.) DiADOPiii.s PUNCTATUS AMABiLi.s, Baird &: Girard.

A single specimen of this western variety is in the writer's
collection, and was taken May 12, 1SS9, from beneath the bark
of a fallen tree. It has no other Indiana record, but is said to
be occasionally found in Ohio.

13. Ophibolus getulus SAYi, Holbrook. — King Snake

A small specimen of this handsome snake was taken on the
22d of October, 1888, and so far as known is the only one
which has been seen in the State. It has, however, been
taken at Mt. Carmel, Illinois, just across the Wabash River
from Indiana.

14. Ophibolus doliatus, L. — Red Snake. — Corn Snake.

The typical doliatiis, which has been taken before only in
Brown and Pose}^ Counties, is repre.sented from Vigo by two
specimens, one in the collection of the Normal School, and the
other in that of the writer. Nothing is known concerning its
habits.

14. {a) Ophibolus doliati^s tkiaxgulus, Boie. — House

Snake.— Milk Snake.

This variety of the above species is one of our most com-
mon reptiles, and as its name indicates, is often found about
dwellings and outbuildings. The arrow-shaped occipital spot
is as often absent as present, and the size and shape of the
blotches vary in every conceivable way. A specimen seen by
the writer had an unbroken grayish white dorsal stripe about
eight inches in length.

15. Hi;thkoi)o.\ PL.vrvKHiNUS, Latreille.— Spreading Adder.

Blowing Viper.

This species is al.so very common, especiall>' in early Spring
(March 22, 1890), when the>" are fcjund in small companies on

Notes on the Rairac/iiatis ami Reptiles of Vigo Co., Ind. 33

sandy hillsides and prairies. The var. niger is almost as
frequent as the typical species, and, in the writer's opinion, is
but a mere form. On April 13, 1889, a specimen of fi/grrwas
found in copulation with one of the typical platyrhinus, while
but a foot or two awa\' was another platyrhinus. When
separated they opened wide their mouths, turned on their
backs, and coiled and twisted about in a very rapid and curi-
ous manner for about five minutes, when they became quiet
and apparently lifeless. During all these contortions they
had remained on their backs, and when they became quiet and
were turned over they would immediately turn on their backs
again, but otherwise gave no signs of life, even at the end of
an hour's time. By every one except the student of herpe-
tology this is considered one of the most venemous of snakes,
but by experience I know that its bite is no more painful
than that of a mouse.

CROTALID.*;.

No specimens of this family have been seen by the writer
within the county, and hence none are included in the cata-
logue. If, however, the snake stories of the older inhabitants
can be relied upon, two species of rattlesnakes and the cop-
perhead were once frequently to be found in suitable localities
throughout the county.

I.ACERTILIA.

SCINCID.*;.

16. EuMECES FASCiATus, L,. — Blue-tailed Uzard.

This is the only species of lizard found within the county,
and it is not often seen. It frequents dry upland woods,
usually hiding" beneath logs and stones, but has been observed
on several occasions high up on the trunks of trees.

TESTUDINATA.

TRIONYCHID.*:.

17. Amvda mutica, Le Sueur. — Leather Turtle.

A single specimen from the Wabash River is in the writer's
collection. It is, no doubt, frequently taken by the fisher-
men who confound it with the next species, applying the

34 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

name " soft-shelled turtle" to both. From the State it has
been recorded from Delphi and Madison.

i8. AspiDOXECTES spixiFEK, Le Sueur. — Common Soft-
Shelled Turtle.

An aliundant species in all streams, and the one most
utilized as food. I have seen it moving freely about in the
water as late as December ii and as early as March 19.

CHELVDKID.K.

19." Chelvdra serpentina, L.— Common Snapping Turtle.

This common turtle grows to a very large size in the river
bottom ponds, from which it is often taken and used as food,
especially in making the turtle soup sold in the saloons. It
is more frequently found in stagnant water than any other
species. During the severe drouth of the past Summer, when
the beds of mo.st of the .streams were dry or nearly so, five
specimens, none of which weighed less than eight pounds,
were taken from a mudhole in a small creek. The size of the
hole was about 12x3x2 feet. Each of the turtles had at
least fifty fresh water leeches attached to the sides of the neck
or to the carapace.

EMVDID.*;.

20. Malaclemmvs geographicus, Le Sueur. — Map Turtle.

Rather common in the river and larger streams, but seldom
seen except when captured in a seine.

21. Malaclem.mvs lesueuri. Gray. — Le Sueur's Map Turtle.

A single .specimen was taken from the roadside, over a half
mile from water, in May, 1888. It is said by Hay to be found
throughout the State, but is evidently scarce.

22. Chrvsioivs marginat.v, Agassiz. — Painted Turtle.

An abundant species about ponds and the deeper pools of
streams. It is one of the first turtles seen in Spring, the dates
for the last three years being March 7, 1 1 and 21, respectively.
C. picta has never been seen by the writer in western Indiana.

No/es oil the /iatrac/iiaiis ami Reptiles of Vitio Co., Ind. 35

23. CisTUDO CAROLINA, L. — Coiniiion Box Turtle — Land

Terrapin.

This is the only truly terrestrial turtle found in the county.
It is common in sand}' upland woods, but has never yet been
seen in the bottoms. The young evidently remain hidden for
a number of years, for out of perhaps fifty individuals seen
by the writer the smallest was four and a half inches in
length. Specimens of the box turtle were taken in iSgo as
early as April 8 and as late as November 22, and on two
different occasions it has been observed to feed upon a species
of fungus growing upon an oak log.

There are doubtless other reptiles, especially turtles, to be
found in the county, but the above are all that have been seen
b\- the writer.

Since writing the foregoing the following captures have been
made in the hillside woods noted in the introduction :

AMBLVSTOMA Opacum — Graveuhorst.

Two more specimens of this salamander were taken from
beneath logs on March 22d and 28th respectively. When dis-
turl)ed they seem to be more active than the other species of
Ai)ibly stoma found with us.

CARPHOPHIOPS HELEN.*;, (Keuuicott) Helen's Snake.

A single specimen of this graceful little reptile was found
coiled up in some dead leaves on April 14th. This is, as far
as known, the most northern station from which it has been
recorded.

36 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

"A CINCINNATI BOY IN THE TROPICS."

HV CHAKLKS DUKV.

[Read April 7th, 1S91.]

TRAVELS OF WM. D0HI-:KTV.

In the Spring of 1S73 there came to mj- work shop in Avon-
dale, a small, pallid, feeble looking boy, whose head seemed to
be too large for his body. His well chosen language and sage re-
marks indicated an "old head on young shoulders." I never
saw any one so completely infatuated with natural history. He
wished to accompany me on expeditions after birds and in-
.sects. On the first day's trip he became sick, and I was
obliged to leave him exhausted on a log. But his determina-
tion was strong and he tried it again, the long tramps de-
veloped and strengthened him. In March, 187S, William
Doherty being then twenty years old, sought and obtained an
appointment as an assistant of the " Smithsonian Institution "
to the Paris Exposition, in charge of the United States ex-
hibit. After filling, in a creditable manner, his duties, he
received his discharge, and started off to see Europe on foot,
leaving Paris late in July, and going to Holland, Germany,
and Italy, diligently studying French and German, arriving at
Venice in October. From there he went to Turkey, arriving
at Constantinople November i6th. From there he pushed on
to Greece, traveling all through that country on foot, living
cheaply in monasteries. The people were most delightful,
and treated him with the greatest hospitality. The language
spoken was the ancient Greek, in its greatest purity, even by
the common people. He located near Athens, and devoted a
year to the study of language. During iSSo he tramped over
the Holy Land, living with tlie missionaries, one of whom,
Rev. Mr. Iviton, said he had a phenomenal talent for lan-
guage. During his tramp over Egypt lie corresponded for
the New York Tribune. He then went to Erzerum, arriving
November 22, 1880. Here he bought an Arab horse he

A Cincinnati Boy in the Tropics. 37

called " Alp," for a grand trip through Persia: went to Mt.
Ararat, and got into Russian territory, but was promptly
escorted out by the authorities. He rode around the Caspian
vSea, visiting the places famous in the " Arabian Nights."
mastering the Persian language as he traveled, studying by
moonlight and living with the people. At Persopolis he made
a careful study of the famous ruins. Had a .severe attack of
" Caspian fever," but recovered. Came to Rescht May 6, 1881,
from there around to Asterabad, and thence via Teheran,
traveling with a caravan down to the Persian gulf to Shiraz,
where he .sold his Arab steed. On this horse he had traveled
hundreds of miles, .sleeping at night between his fore and
hind legs to keep warm, eating and living with the noble
brute. The parting from this animal was a verj'^ sad one, and
made him sick. He says, near vShiraz the A.siatic lion begins
to show it.self, but is not nearly so dangerous as the tiger of
India. March, 18.S2, finds him yet on the Persian Gulf at
Muscat, in Arabia, deeply engaged in the study of fishes,
under the direction of Dr. Jayako, a Mahretta and man of
science, who has Giinther's great work on fishes. Here he
di.ssected and preserved fishes. He reveled in the gorgeous
tropical fish and coral groves. He says, " I have been dissect-
ing to-day black looking things that look like bits of broken
.sticks a foot long; these are ' Tripang ' or 'Sea Cucumbers.'
I am working on these in view of m}- future profession "
(natural history). He now having gotten well out of reach
of parental control, for the first time mentions the object .so
dear to his heart, and to which he proposes to devote his life,
the study of nature. His parents had forbidden this, wishing
him to study law. From the Persian Gulf he went through
Beloochistan and Afghanistan and thence to the " Punjab " and
the " \"ale of Cashmere," all the time collecting butterflies,
which he sent to Europe to be .sold. He worked along the
southern slope of the Himalayas, traveling with the sheep-
herders, who transport merchandise on the backs of their
sheep into remote places, where the}' take them in search of
new pastures. He once received three letters from his
mother, that were being transported (with mail) on the back
of a sheep, in search of him. From the Punjab he went to
Lucknow^ to study the details of the Sepoy in.surrection. In
a letter from Notinga, vState of Jaipur, December 20, 1882, he

38 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

says: " These simple children of nature, the ' Kandhs," a few
years ago used to buy slaves from the low country and sacri-
fice them on the altar, for the benefit of the next year's crop ;
an old chief informed me that since this practice had been
stopped, they had ne\-er had as good crops. I had established
myself at a camp by the roadside, eleven miles from Sunki,
and had there a rather serious experience. While working
successfully this zoologically unknown country, the cholera
broke out with great force, and every body deserted that
could. I managed to keep my old cook, by not paying her all
of her wages (the great secret of keeping servants in this
country) ; even the dresser or surgeon ran away, leaving the
sick to their fate. There were more than thirty people left in
the camp, many of them in a half dying state, though some
had passed the crisis of the disease; they were all huddled
into two or three huts to escape the tigers, which they seemed
to fear more than fresh contagion. The only well people in
the camp were myself and Mushaludi, my cook, and her
daughter. (Mushaludi was a great thief; the fowls she cooked
for me always lacked their full complement of legs and wings).
I took a sort of grim pleasure in this aflfair so far, and made a
trip to the top of the highest mountain in this country and
got some new insects near the summit. On my way home
from this trip I passed a burned village, the poor people
mourning over the ashes, and grubbing up their scant stock
of "Paddy" from the ruins. Many of them died of hunger
and cold. I made a trip to a neighboring village, to try and
get help for the sick, but I found the people not much con-
cerned with the aff"airs of this world. They were dying like
flies! On January 14th I was taken sick; the same evening
I met a leopard in the cam]), but he ran awaw I went into
my hut that night, I heard the hyenas shrieking all night, and
.some one sneaked in and stole m\" rice. I dosed myself with
chlorodyne ; that stopped the disease, but left me almost in-
sensible. When I recovered, and, though very weak, I went
out; no one was alive in the camp. I saw one man's body
lialf eaten up by wild beasts, and a girl that I thought was
getting better was dead, and teeth marks showed the cau.se of
her death. About thirty people are supjiosed to have died in
and around this camp." From this pestilential country
Doherty went to the Island of Ceylon, August iith, working

A Clin imiali Hoy in the Tropics. 39

all the lime on the natural history of the country, and sellinj^
his collections to pay his expenses. From Ceylon he went to
Calcutta. He had letters to the Indian Museum and also to
British officers, who invited him to go on elephants to visit
the Queen of Burma ; each elephant had a retinue of seventy
men to cut paths and drive away tigers. An elephant can go
almost any where, but a path nuist be cut, as the bamboos
and other vegetation would sweep the rider off, if not cut out
of the way. They were royally received by her Majesty, the
Queen, who chewed tobacco and expectorated into little
dishes, and passed it around for her guests to taste, as a great
mark of esteem ! Dohert}' says, " I made up my mind I would
die before tasting it." On his return to Calcutta, he obtained
permission from the government to visit the Andaman
Islands, and was kindly received at the penal settlements on
Chri.stmas, 1884. In attempting to go over to another one of
these islands in a small boat, he was fired on by the natives,
and his Chinese boatman killed with a poisoned arrow, but he
landed, and with a liberal use of presents, made friends of the
natives, and secured fine collections of the insect fauna. He
went to the Nicobar Islands, and afterwards again to the
Andamans. In 1885 he collected butterflies at Madras and
Bombay. In 1886 he visited Benares to write up the old
wares, china and brasses, and the old idols in the Mogul
temples, for the London Times. Writing from Sarti, he says,
" I came here on an elephant with a guard of Sepoj's, and am
catching lots of butterflies. I never saw bamboo used for
such a variety of purpo.ses as here. A Coolie is now boiling
my tea in a joint of it. These people use it for most every
thing." While in Benares he engaged some Lepchas, who are
the mo.st skillful butterfly catchers in the world. He says, "the
two pests of this country are tigers and the deadly cobra, and
I. am always obliged to keep a bold face while in the jungle,
so as to set a good example to my native collectors. There is
not so much danger from tigers, when one stands erect with a
butterfly net in his hand, but when we are stooping, raking in
the leaves, we are in great danger." He came down the
Mala}' peninsula (coming overland from Calcutta to Penang),
where he was laid up, covered with sores and boils on the
soles of his feet, so he could not walk. When he recovered,
he went to the island of Java, and from there to Celebes, and

40 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

Others of the Malayan Islands, catching butterflies all the
time and selling enough of these beautiful creatures to pay
all expenses. These eastern islands have the famous
Oniif/ioptira or bird-winged butterflies, that are not found in
any other part of the world. These sell for big prices.
December 21, 1887, he went to the great island of Borneo.
This was his first trip there, and it was a most unfortunate
one ; his boxes of implements and supplies went a.stray, and
he never heard of them afterwards. This included his mss.
notes for five years, microscope, books, etc., and in addition
to this, " my remittances for butterflies sold failed to reach
me, and to add to my misery I missed the season for collect-
ing completely. " This wretched year has taken all the youth
out of me." He adds: "Mr. Hoze told me not to venture to the
interior Dayak villages ; that they were cannibals, head hun-
ters, snake eaters and devil worshipers ! and that they would
abandon their villages if I came there, and they would soon
have my head smoking over their fire, that they .spoke no
Malay, but onfy a monkey gibberish. In spite of this dire
prophecy, I went any way. I found the people kind hearted
and honest, though their fear of me was something amu.sing.
but when it wore off we were the best of friends. They do
not now hunt heads, and the old ones they had were taken a
long time ago, and in fair open battle, whereas in Celebes
and even here, up the Barito, it is considered '' coninic il faut"'
to get one's head on the sly, and women going to draw water
and old men too decrepit to fight, are the favorite victims.
The language of these Dyaks I can readily understand. I
can even understand the little children talking to each other,
the .severest te.st of the knowledge of a language. The hon-
esty of the.se Dyaks is surprising. I go away and leave my
])ambo() house open and my things .scattered over the floor
and shelves; and when I return find everything has been ex-
amined and inspected by these people, who have visited the
house during my absence, but not so nuich as a pin is missing.
Here I am with almost nothing to eat, a little rice porridge
and occasionally a scrap of veni.son dried to a c\\\\> over a
slow fire. Oh! when I get back to Pengaron won't I get a
side of bacon and feast ! I have been so weak from this bad
diet I can hardly run fast enough to catch butterflies. How-
ever, I console myself with the reflection that 'good things

A Cincinnati Boy in the Tropics. 41

are better than bad things are bad.' I always get enthusiastic
when I write or think about beefsteak or pork. I will .send
this letter down the river by one of the Dyak diamond
searchers, who has just found a ten carat-stone. He is going
down to Martapura to sell it, and if he makes a good sale, he
will not do any more work for a year or so. There are no
dangerous animals here in Borneo, quite a relief from certain
districts in Java, so terribly infested by tigers." The.se Dyaks
do not seem to resemble tho.se at Sarawak, as described in a
book called " Life in the Jungle." " This book, by the way, is
a remarkable instance of how little effect education has on
literary success. The writer is a showman's assistant. The
same year Forbes' book, the work of a polished English gen-
tleman of high scientific attainment, came out, yet Forbes'
book is a flat failure, while the other is a model of life-like
and interesting narrative. Here in Borneo there are no
flowers, and but little life during this wet season to be .seen ;
every thing is obliterated and crushed out of existence by this
tremendous mass of green foliage. I measured a leaf of a
calladiuni and it was ten feet long by seven and one-half feet
wide, exclusive of the stem." After returning to India and
working up the Chittagong and Assam butterflies, Doherty is
again in the Malayan Archipelago, and expects to go into the
great "terra incognita" for naturalists, the interior of New
Guinea, to collect her unknown trea.sures. He has found
hundreds of species of insects entirely new to science, many
of which he has described and illu.strated with colored plates
in Trans-Asiatic Society. The mo.st extraordinary thing
about this remarkable trip is, that he has more than paid all
his expenses by the sale of his insects. During the present
year his sales will amount to $5,000. He numbers among his
purchasers some of the most eminent men of science in the
world, such as Lord Walsingham, who buys his minute moths ;
Mr. Bates, who buys his Longicorn beetles; Dr. Standinger, of
German}', who buys large moths and butterflies; Neumoegen,
who buys butterflies ; T. H. Aldrich, of Cincinnati, who buys
his shells, and other specialists, who take the different fami-
lies. He saN-s, "my beggar-like and dilapidated garb was my
safeguard against robbers and thieves, and my running after
butterflies was calculated to impress them that I w^as a harm-
less lunatic, and so I got through, where a more pretentious

42 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

personage might have failed." He collects the butterflies,
and after killing them, folds them up in triangular papers,
with their fragile and delicate wings folded over the back.
When softened and spread they come out in all their exquisite
beauty. Naturalists are noted for their enthusiasm, but such
perseverance and enthusiastic devotion to the study of nature
and her works, in the face of difficulties that would appall
most people, is seldom heard of. Doherty has pushed on,
under a tropical sun, sometimes in a pestilential climate,
stricken down with the deadly fevers and cholera, that are
always lurking in those places, some times blinded and covered
with sores from bad food and exposure, often with insufficient
supplies and almost at the point of starvation, living with
.savage natives, menaced with the fearful animal pests of these
countries, traveling long distances on foot through thorny
jungles, j-et never deviating from his object, nor tiring in his
search, for nearly fourteen of the best years of his life. His
is a case unequaled in the history of the many brave and
dauntless spirits, who, in the face of almost insurmountable
difficulties and hard.ships, have wrested from nature .some of
her choicest treasures.

Notes on Birds. 43

NOTES ON BIRDS.

Bv ClIAKLi:S DURY AND RALI'II Kia.LOGG.

This season has been remarkable for the scarcity of many
species of birds that are usually common in this locality. The
Warbleis have been very scarce, and but a single Scarlet
Tanager has been seen by either of us. An exception to this
scarcity was the occurrence of the Golden-winged Warbler,
H. chrysoptcra, always a rare bird in this locality. Two were
taken by Ralph Kellogg May 5th, in an old orchard in Avon-
dak", and seven others were seen in company with Redstarts.

"Bewick's Wren," Thryothorus /'ra'/r/vV (And.)

April 14, 1 89 1, I shot a male of this wren. It was singing
its loud and unwren-like song from the branches of a cherry
tree. April 10, 1891, one was taken by Roland Hazen, and
May 31 a male was observed building a nest in a box near
Mr. Kellogg's house, Avondale. Its mate was never seen. It
remained for about ten days and finally disappeared. These
are the only ones of this species I have any record of from this
locality. In Notes on Birds, by Dury and Freeman, this
Journal, there is mention made of Iwo, March 27, 1879.

ORANCiE Crowned Warbler, HelDunthophila cclata (vSay).

In the July, 1887, number of this Journal, I recorded the
occurrence of this species April 28, 1878. On September 20, R.
Kellogg killed, at one shot, one of this and two Tennessee
Warblers as they were feeding in company.

"Savannah Sparrow," Ammodratnus savanna (Wils).

"Sharp-Tailed Finch," Aninwdramus caiidacutus (Gm).

" Swamp Sparrow," Mclospir:a ocori^iana (Lath).

Specimens of these sparrows taken at Ross Lake, April
and May, 1890 and 1891.

44 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

" King Bird," Tyranmts caroUiicnsis.

A male, shot May April 27; had a living beetle in its throat,
and from its gizzard another was taken of same species dead,
both belonging to the genus Ponip/iopcea, the first of these
beetles ever observed here.

"Least Birrv^R^,'' Botaums cxiiis (Gm.)

On May 20, 1891, seven of this very pretty little Bittern
were taken, five of them males and two females. The.se birds
feed largely on the larvae of "dragon flies" {Libcllulidcc) but
from the stomach of one a " sunfish," as large as a silver dol-
lar, was taken.

"Little Black Rail," Porzana jamaiccnsis (Gm.)

On May 16, 1891, Mr. Kellogg took another one of these in-
teresting and heretofore rare little rails (in the same locality
as the fir.st one). He has very kindly presented it to the Cuvier
Club collection. On the 17th of May another was taken at
the same place. On May 21 another w'as taken by David
Belding. May 23, Mr. Kellogg secured another, and on the
30th three more — one a female, which was caught by the dog
who squeezed an 0.%^, nearly fully developed, from the ovi-
duct. This makes six males and one female, all from the same
locality. When the bird is flushed it flies a short di.stance and
alights, it is then almost impossible to flush it a second time.

"Cl.vppkr Rail,"" Rallus crepitans (Gm.)

May I, 1 89 1, while cro.ssing the Suspension Bridge over the
Ohio River, Henry Cain observed one of these birds running
ahead of him. He captured the bird alive, in good condition,
with his hat.

"Snow Goosk," Choi Jiypcrborca //iiur/is (I'orsi.)

A specimen of this species was shot at Ross Lake, April 1 1,
1891, Ijy Roland Hazen.

Palco)ilology of the Cincinnati Group. 45

MANUAL OF THE PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CIN-
CINNATI CxROITP.

Bv Josi-.i'H F. JAMKS, M. Sc, F. G. S. A.

(U. S. Geological Survey.)

Part I.

The object in view in preparing the series of papers, of
Avliich this is the first, is to present to the students of paleon-
tology of the Ohio valley, in a convenient form, descriptions
of the fossils known to occur in the rocks of Lower Silurian
age in Southwestern Ohio and the vicinity. The generic and
specific descriptions are scattered through many different
volumes, and the writer believes the collation and arrange-
ment of them in a compact form will be an assistance and an
incentive to the study of paleontology. The present, the
first installment, treats of Plautoe and Protozoa.

PLANTS.
ALG/E.

Under the head of Fiicoids, wdiich have generally been con-
sidered as Algce, a number of species have been described by
authors. It is extremel}' improbable that Algcc have left any
remains in this formation. An attentive study of the forms
described as Fiicoids shows the larger number to be referable
to annelid borings or burrows ; or else to be inorganic in
origin. Some may be referred to impressions left by certain
forms belonging to other classes, and possibly to graptolites.
None are, we believe, to be assigned definitely to the class
Alga. The forms of inorganic origin will be treated of here.
Those referred to other classes will be discussed under each,
respectively. (See under C(£lenterata, Hydrozoa, As-
TERiDEA, Annelida and Trails.)

Consult in respect to the supposed Alger "Fucoids of the
Cincinnati group." This Journal, vol. 7, pp. 124-132, 151-

46 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

166, October, 1884, and January, 1885; Dawson's Geological
Histor}- of Plants; Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc, London, vol. 46,
1890, pp. 595-617 ; Nicholson & Lydekker's Manual of Paleon-
tology, vol. 2, 1889, pp. 1480-1489.

SPECIES REGARDED AS OF INORGANIC ORIGIN.

Aristop/ivcus ratnosuvi, Miller and Dyer. Contri. to Paleont.
No* 2, 1878, p. 4.

Var. germanum, M. ik. D., Ibid. 1878, p. 4.

Both the species and the variety were described as branch-
ing stems, the ramifications being sent off without any
definite order, and the smaller fibers inosculating like the
veins of a leaf. They are lioth due to the running of water
over a muddy bank. Mr. S. A. Miller, in the supplement to
his catalogue of Palaeozoic Fossils, 1883, acknowledged these
forms to be inorganic in origin.

C/i/oc'p/iyrus p/nniosuni, Miller and Dyer. Contri. to Paleont.
No. 2, 1878, p. 3.

BiithotrcpJiis jUciforniis, U. P. James. The Paleontologist,

1878, p. 9.

Described as Al^cc with a main, central stem, and with
minor branches jutting out at an angle on either side. Pro-
duced by the trickling of water over a bank of sand or mud.
Since recognized by the authors as of inorganic origin.

Palceopliycus flcxiiosiis, U. P. James. The Paleontologist.

1879, p. 18.

Described as if made of stems flattened by pressure and
laid down close to or overlapping and parallel with each other.
Really produced by the washing of water along the shore,
thus arranging the mud in regular layers. Acknowledged by
the author to be inorganic in origin.

Tricliophycus su/catniii. Miller and I)\er. Contri. to Paleont.
No. 2, 187S, p. 4.

7\ vcnosuni, Miller. Jour. Cin. Soc Xal. Hist., vol. 2, 1S79,
p. 112.

Pah'outoloi^y of Ihc Ciucinnali Croup. 47

Described as cylindrical or semi-cylindrical stems with fine
hair-like markings upon the rounded, upper surface ; the lines
diagonal or longitudinal, and more or less irregular. Probably
the cast of a depression made in the mud by running water.

MARKINGS Ol' ORGANISMS.

Dystactophycus inamniillaniini, Miller & Dyer. (See under

CfKl.KNTERATA.)

Hcliopliycus stel/i/ornic, Miller & Dyer. (vSee under As-

TERIDEA.

For the following, see under Annelida.

Arthraria antiqu.\ta. Killings. Syn. A. biclavata. Miller.

Blastophycus diadematus. Miller & Dyer, as Planolites
DIADEMATUM, M. & D. (sp.). vSyu. Triclwphycus lanosus, M.
& D., Saccopliyciis intoi tus, U. P. James.

Bidhotrephis raniidosa. Miller as Planolites raimulosus
Miller (sp.).

B. succulefis Hall as Planolites succulens Hall (sp. )
Bidhotrephis gracilis, var. crassa, Hall, as Planolites

CRASSA, Hall (sp.).

Licrophycus flabelliim, Miller & Dyer as Planolites (?)
FLABELLUM, M. & D. (sp.).

PalcBophycus radiata, Orton as Planolites radiatus,
Orton (sp.). S^'n. Dactylophycus qiiadripartitum , M. & D., and
D. tridigitatum, M. & D.

P. rugosum, Hall as Planolites rugosa. Hall (sp.).

P. Uibulare, Hall as Planolites tubularis, Hall (.sp.).
Syn. P. simplex, Hall.

P. virgahim, Hall, as Planolites virgatum, Hall (sp.).

Rusophyciis aspcrum. Miller, as Planolites asperum,
Miller (sp.).

R. siibatigiilatum, Hall, as Planolites subangulatum,
Hall (sp.). Sj'n. R. clavatiim, Hall.

ScoLiTHUs DELiCATULUS, U. P. James.

For the following .see under Trails.

Cruziana {Rusophyciis) bilobata, Hall (sp.).

C. CARLEvi, J. F. James.

C. {_Rusophycus) pudica, Hall (sp.).

48 Cituinnati Society of Xatural History.

Scolithus dispar, U. P. James as Eophytox linn^anum,
Torell.

Lockcia si/iquaria, James, see as Dawsonia siliquaria. U.
P. James (sp.) under Hvdrozoa.

Butliotrcphis gracilis, Hall, see as Dendrograptus GRA-
CILLIMU^NI, Lesqx (sp.). Syn. Psilophyton.

RHIZOCARPE.4{.

An order of Heterophyta (Cryptogamia) represented in
existing floras by about four genera and fifty species. Mostly
aquatic, producing two kinds of spores. Leaves either simple
or quadrifid.

Sphenophyllum, Brongniart. Hist, de Veg. P'oss, 1828, p.
68. Lesquereux, Am. Phil. Soc , Proc, vol. 17, 1877, p. 167.
Lesquereux, 2d Geol. vSur. Penn. P, Coal Flora, text, vol. r,
1880, p. 51.

Stem articulate ; leaves verticillate, cuneiform, crenulate,
dentate or lobed at the apex, which is truncated or rounded ;
midvein wanting ; nerves straight, diverging fan-like, simple
at the base, dichotomously forking once or twice.

S. PRiMv^vuM, Lesqx. Am. Phil. Soc. Proc, vol. 17, 1877,
p. 167.

Stems or branches slender ; articulations close, equidistant ;
leaves in whorls, each of four or five leaflets, connected
toward the base and joined by slightly obtuse sinuses ;
leaflets either truncate or crenulate at the apex, or sometimes
deeply split or lobed ; nerves simple at the base, sparingly
dichotomous, forking once or simple. The only species of
the genus so far known from this group.

Localitiis. — Covington, Kentucky ; Limekiln Run, near
Cincinnati, Ohio.

LVCOPODI.VCE.E.

An order of Heterophyta which, in llie existing flora, is
small and of little consequence, though of large size in Car-
l)()niferous times. It comprises at present only four genera,
and from sixty to seventy species. The Club-mosses are the
best known li\ing representatives. These are small, low-
growing ])lants, with scale-like leaves and minute spores, pro-
duced either in the axils of the leaves or in cone-like bodies

PaIcoulolofi;y of the Ciuciuuati Group. 49

at the ends of the branches. The single genus and species
referred to tlie order here, is problematical. Dr. J. S. New-
berry considers it to be doubtfully organic*

Protostigm.v Lesqucreux, Am. Phil. Soc, Proc, vol. 17,
1877, p. 169.

Cylindrical stems with rhonil)oidal scars. Only a single
species known from this horizon.

P. SiGii.L.VRioiDKvS Lesqx. Ibid, p. 169.

Branches or stems cylindrical, scarcely flattened by com-
pression ; surface marked by rhomboidal cicatrices, enlarged
on the sides, contiguous and in spiral order, with indistinct
impressions of oval, vascular scars in the center.

(Consult on this species and on land plants in the Silurian
in general, Dr. J. S. Newberry, as noted above.)

PROTOZOA.

Animals generally of minute size, composed of a nearl}*
structureless jelly-like substance, (sarcode), showing no com-
position out of definite parts or segments, having no body-
cavity, presenting no traces of a nervous system, and having
either no differentiated alimentary apparatus, or but a very
rudimentar}- one.t

Though abundant and of varied form in a living state,
species of this group are rare in the older rocks, becoming
more numerous, however, as modern times are reached.
Though mostly microscopic, some form large communities,
and are then readily perceived as a mass, though the individ-
uals remain minute. Several orders are knowai in both a
fossil and a recent .state. Only two of them, Foraminifera
and Spongida, are known from the Cincinnati group, if we
except an anomalous order, Stromatoporoidea, the position
of which is still a matter of discussion.

Order Foraminifera.

Structureless, gelatinous, generally minute animals, encased
in a calcareous shell, and frequently of considerable size in a
fossil state. The .shell divided into compartments, the walls

* Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 8, 1874, pp. iio-i 13.
t Nicholson's Zoology, p. 44

50 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

of which are pierced with holes, " foramina." The gelatinous
body mass is protruded in the form of filaments from the
numerous orifices.

At the present time these organisms are wonderfully
abundant. D'Orbigny estimated that an ounce of sand from
the Antilles contained 3,Soo,ooo individuals. In pa.st geologi-
cal time the}- were equally numerous, in some places forming
extensive series of rocks. In the Paris basin 58,000 have
been counted in a cubic inch, or 3,000,000,000 in a cubic yard.

At present but one genus is referred to the order, described
below. It is placed here upon the authority of Nicholson and
Ivydekker's Manual of Palaeontology, vol. i, 1889, p. 128.

GiRVANELLiA, Nich. & Ethr., Jr., 1878.

Rounded or oval bodies, composed of "microscopic tubuli,
with arenaceous or calcareous (?) walls, flexuous or contorted,
circular in section, forming loosely compacted masses. The
tubes apparently single cylinders, without perforations in their
sides, and destitute of internal partitions or other structures
of a similar kind." (Fossils of the Girvan District, 1878, p. 23.)

Remarks. — As synonyms of this genus, as described above,
should probably be placed Strcphochctus, Seely, 1885, and
Strcptospongia, Ulrich, 1889. The following is Seely's descrip-
tion of Streplwchctiis : " A free calcareous sponge, showing in
structure concentric layers, composed of minute twining
canals." (Am. Jour. Science, 3d ser., vol. 30, p. 357.)

This name was proposed for certain spongoid bodies found
in the Chaz}- rocks of Vermont. Its main character, as given
in the meager description, is in the twining canals. In a later
paper (Am. Jour. Science, 3d ser., vol. 32, 1886, p. 34), Pro-
fessor Seely says: "The appearance of the members of the
genus may be represented by the smaller fruits, currants,
gooseberries and cherries, distributed through a paste of
oolitic, fragmental or sub-crystalline material. These, in most
cases, have been left in a crushed or torn condition. In
weathered specimens they show a concentric structure, more
or less regular, which is helpful in distinguishing the genus."
This description corresponds exactly with the figures of
(ihvanenia.

Mr. Ulrich's genus, Str(plo.spo>ii^ia, is also founded upon a
form with twisted canals. The description .says that in trans-

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Grotcp. 51

verse section, "the sponge appears composed of labyrinthi-
cally intertwining vertical laminae * * * separated by
tortuous and almost linear interspaces, with here and there an
irregular angular open space. * * * The vertical fracture
shows that this remarkable intertwining is largely produced
l)y connecting processes on the sides of the laminae."
(American Geologist, vol. 3, 1889, p. 244.)

1. G. RiciiMONUENSis, Miller, (sp.) 1882.

Free, globular or sub-spherical, varying in size from two-
eighths to seven-eighths of an inch in diameter; consisting of
numerous irregularly concentric laminae, with the inter-
lamelar spaces filled in most cases with small twining canals
or minute vertical tubes ; diameter of canals 075V0 ^^ ^" inch ;
the vertical tubes have an average diameter of -^^ of an inch.
When weathered the fossil has the appearance of a Stromato-
pora. (Emended description, Seely, Ibid 1886, p. 32). Stroma-
tocerium richnoudcnsc. Miller, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5,
1882, p. 41 ; Strephochehis richmondensis, Seely, op. cit., 1886.

Localities. — Richmond and Madison, Indiana; Turner's Sta-
tion, Kentucky.

Remarks. — The emended description by Professor Seely is
much better than the original. In the remarks upon it Pro-
fessor Seely says: " Not unfrequently it occurs as an incrust-
ing body, having for its core a bit of coral, or a fragment of
'the shell of a brachiopod. * * '■■ The tubes present great
uniformity of direction, though not of size. They run nearly
parallel with each other for a little distance, and then are cut
short by a laminar covering, which may be the basis for a
similar set of slighth' radiating tubes." (op. cit., p. 33.)

2. G. LABVRiNTHiCA, Ulrich (sp.), 1889.

Massive, siliceous, about 50 mm. long b}- 25 mm. wide b}' 30
mm. high. In vertical .section appear labyrinthicall}' inter-
twining vertical laminae, about 0.3 mm. thick, separated by
tortuous and almost linear interspaces, with an occasional
angular open space, i mm. in length. (American Geologi.st,
vol 3, 1889, p. 244) Strcptospongia labyrintliica, Ulrich.

Locality. — Near Lebanon, Kentucky.

Remarks. — This differs from the first described .species
mainly in form, being massive, instead of oval and free.

52 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Only one fragment of a specimen was used l)y Mr. Ulrich in
his description.

Order Spongida.

One of the lowest orders of animals, consisting of an aggre-
gation of minute beings, together forming a soft mass, with
spiculae of various forms, or having a silicious skeleton filled
witli sarcode ; this sarcode or protoplasm traversed by tubes
of varying size, serving to convey nourishment to the indi-
viduals of the mass.

As fossils the members of this order sometimes occur as
amorphous and irregular masses (this is frequently the case
in the Cincinnati group) ; sometimes the spicules forming the
original skeleton are alone preserved; and sometimes the
external frame-work is so well preserved that the species can
be referred to existing orders or families. Generally it is
necessar}' to study the minute structure by means of micro-
scopic slides to determine the generic relations of the forms.
Occasional!}' species occur in rounded or globular masses,
which were evidently free growing, or attached by a single
point to the rocks. Some were anchored in the mud by
bundles of silicious spicules.

The modern arrangement of fossil sponges is by means of
the spicules. In many of the genera found in the Cincinnati
group, spicules have not been observed, and consequently
any strictly scientific arrangement is not now practicable.
That which follows is, therefore, largely, if not wholly, arti-
ficial, though it has been the endeavor to group together those
genera of which the spicules are known, or which seem to
belong together. There have been included in the group two
anomalous genera, of uncertain position, viz : Pasccoliis and
Rcccpiaculitcs, while another group, which has sometimes been
placed with the sponges, St roniatoporoidca , is left for future
consideration.

Key to Genera.

a. Free; conical, globular or cylindrical.

t Surface without plates.

I. Astylospongia — Round, unattached, witli minute external
pores; spicula; star-shaped.

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 53

2. Leptopotcrion — 01)Conical ; surface anmilated or re-
ticulated.

3. Microspongia — Compact; radiate in structure and with-
out large openings.

4. Hindia — Splucroidal ; a central space with spicuhe ;
canals opening at the surface. •

5. Cylindrocoelia — Cylindrical; pointed or truncate, hollow.

6. Rhonibodictyon — Globular or discoid ; rods crossing each
other nearly at right angles, thus forming rhombic spaces.

tt Surface with plates.

7. Pasceolu.s — Plates polygonal and without special arrange-
ment.

8. Receptaculites — Plates arranged in intersecting lines ;
imbricated or c}-lindrical.

b. Body cavity hollow, sponge cup-shaped or funnel-form.

9. Cyathophycus — Hollow, cylindrical, with a reticulated
structure.

10. Chirospongia — Hollow, general form hand-like ; .struc-
ture vesicular.

1 1. Bracliiospongia— Body circular, cup-shaped, with spread-
ing arms.

c. Amorphous.

12. Pattersonia — -Irregular in form, generally compressed,
and appearing as if a number were united-

13. Dystactospongia — Canals on exterior radiating from a
common center.

d. Branching.

14 Heterospongia — Outer surface showing oscula and
mouths of canals.

Genus i. — AsTvi.ospoNCii.v, Roemer, i860.

Free, globular or spherical, and nearly circular. The inner
tissue made up of very regular stellate bodies (spicukc)
united by their rays. Large canals radiate from the center to
the circumference. These cross or are intersected b}' con-
centric canals. (Die Silur. fauna des West. Tenn., 1860,
pp. 7, 8.)

54 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Remarks. — Two species have been referred to this genus
from the Cincinnati group, A. tnmidus, James, and A. subro-
tundus, James. Neither of these seem to belong to Astylos-
pojigia. The first seems to be a species of Pasccolus, as there
are indications of surface plates, and it is referred there pro-
visionally. The second is possibly congeneric with Hindia or
Microspoigia. It is referred to the latter genus provisionally.

Genus 2. — IvEptopoterion, Ulrich, 1889.

Remarks. — This genus and its type species, L. mammifenivi,
was founded upon a single specimen about three inches high,
and a little more than half as wide at the top, and in such a
poor state of preservation that, we are told, the " minute
details of its structure have been almost obliterated by re-
placement with iron pyrites. The outer surface, where best
preserved, is finely reticulated, being traversed by lines and
series of points ranged in very regular diagonally intersecting,
transverse and longitudinal directions." (Am. Geologist, vol.
3, 1889, p. 239). Neither the genus nor the species can be
recognized from the description. No figure has, as far as the
writer knows, been published. The author of the species
may, in the future, have further material to elucidate his
species.

Locality. — Roll's Hill, Cincinnati, O.

Genus 3. — Microspongia, Miller & Dyer, 1878.

" A free calcareous sponge, destitute of an epitheca. The
texture is finely porous, without large canals or openings on
the surface. Spicules (?) very minute and needle shaped."
(Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, 1S7S, p. 37.)

The above is the very unsatisfactory definition of the
authors. Nothing has been added to our infornialioii in regard
to it since the description was publislicd.

I.— M. c.KiccAKiA, Miller c\: Dyer. 1878.

Small, gregarious, glol)ular and calcareous; free, and with-
out an epitheca. In structure fii^rous or minutely porous,
compact. Spicules (?) needle shaped. Varying in size from
one-eighth to more than one-half an inch in diameter. (Jour.
Cin. Soc. Nat. Hi.st., vol. 1, 1878, p. 37.)

Palcoutology of the Cincinnati Group. 55

Locality. — Cincinnati.

Remarks. — It is prol)al)k' that Hindia parva, Ulrich, is a
synonym for this species. It is descriljed as " free, ^loliular in
form, with an even, rounded surface. Specimens vary ])et\veen
5 and 10 mm. in diameter, but in a large proportion of the
specimens seen the diameter varies but little from 7 or S mm.

" The radiating canals are a little smaller than in the com-
mon Ilii/dia spiicroidalis Duncan, of the Niagara, being as a
rule not over 0.27 mm. in diameter." (American Geologist,
vol. 3, 1889, p. 244). From this description it is impossible to
separate the species from M. grcgaria. Further study may
prove it to be distinct.

2. — M. (?) suBROTUNDUS, U. P. James, 1878.

Fig. I.— .1/. '?■ .u</uolundus,^a.ra^s. a. One-half of a specimen showing internal
structure : about three times natural size. d. Surface features, enlarged.

" Corallum small, free, subrotund. Cut polished sections in
different directions show the corallites [canals] as growing
from the center of the corallum [mass] outward in every
direction and increased by fission. No tabulae passing
through the corallites [canals] apparent; they may be
found, however, in other examples. Transverse dissepiments
between the corallites [canals] strong. Calices unequal in
size, some much larger than others, and an average of about
eight in the space of a line. In the cut sections the spaces
between the dissepiments appear like rows of minute pores,
arranged longitudinally between the corallites [canals]."
(The Paleontologist, Sept. 14, 1878, p. 11.)

Remarks. — The above is the original description of the
species, at that time referred to as Cha-tetes siibrottindus, and
regarded as a coral. Subsequently (Ibid, June 10, 1881, p. 34,)
it was placed under Asty/ospof/gia, and so regarded as a sponge.
The so-called calices apparently radiate from what might be

56 Cincitinati Society of Nntural History.

considered the "poles" toward the "equatorial" region. It
is referred to I\Iicrospono;ia with doubt, as the minute struc-
ture of that genus has not, as far as known, been described.

Localities. — Ogden Station, Clinton County, Ohio. Speci-
mens scarcely to be distinguished from it occur in strata of
similar age on Little Maquoketa River, Iowa.

Genus 4 — Hindi a, Duncan, 1879.

Free ; central space occupied by spicules, soon forming a
series of bifurcating, straight, radiating canals, opening at the
surface. Spicules calcareous, more or less in form of a
stemmed tripod with four limbs, and swollen or fringed at the
edges, where junction with others take place. (Annals and
Mag. Xat. Hist., 5th ser., vol. 4, 1H79, p. 91.)

Remarks. — The only species referred to this genus from the
Cincinnati group as ^-et is H. parva, Ulrich. As already
stated, that is apparently a synonym for Microspongia gregaria.

Genus 5 — Cvlixdroccelia, Ulrich, 1889.

Free, cylindrical, with the lower end pointed or truncate.
Hollow in the sub-cylindrical portion ; walls thick, traversed
b}' irregularly di.sposed, radiating canals; a few penetrate the
thin dermal layer on the outer and inner surfaces, and when
the dermal layer is worn away, the sub-circular mouths ap-
pear. (American Geologist, vol. i, 1889, pp. 245, 246 )

I. — C. coviNGTONENSis, Ulrich.

vSub-cylindrical ; tapering in a length of 45 mm. from a
diameter of 25 mm. to one of 32 mm.; diameter of opening at
lower end 6 mm., and at upper 22 mm.: wall var\ing from 3
mm. to 10 mm. in thickness; canals averaging 1.5 mm. in
diameter, with an average of eight in a space 10 mm. square;
canals penetrating the wall in an irregular manner. (Ibid,
p. 247.)

Locality. — Covington, Kentucky.

Remarks. — This species seems almost entirely based upon
size. The diameters of the specimens, the thickness of the
walls, and the size of the canals are given with great minute-
ness. All other features seem to be lacking. Three other
soecies belonging to the genus are described in the volume

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group.

57

quoted, and they are also based mainly upon si/e. None of
them are from the Cincinnati horizon. Probably all the
species are fragments of one. They certainly possess few
recognizable characters, according to the descriptions.

Genus 6. — Riiomhodictvon, Whitfield, i8S6.

" Globular, discoid or broadly cyathiform fossil bodies, com-
posed of two or more sets of more or less rigid rods or threads,
crossing each other at various angles, but not ])i furcating or
dividing, 'and leaving rhombic spaces, which are filled with
carbonaceous or other substance." (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist., Central Park, vol. i, i<S86, p. 347.)

Remarks. — Two species and one variety are described b}'
Profes.sor Whitfield, and referred to this genus. Its affinities
are .stated to be with the Dictyophytons. The following
species is as yet the only one recorded from the Cincinnati
group :

R. GLOBOSU.S, n. sp.

Fig. 2.^Rhombodictyon glohnsiis, n. sp. a. Showing one face of .specimen, wiUi
radiating lines, d. Opposite side of same specimen, r. Ground surface showing
pit-like markings.

58 Cincitinad Society of Natural History.

vSponge body ovoid in form, i% X i X iH inches, the lower
])()rtion having been ground oflF to observe the interior. A
series of lines are observable on different parts of the speci-
men, running parallel with each other, without any seemingly
definite starting point, not bifurcating, and in some cases with
very fine lines crossing at right angles. Where ground oflF
the specimen shows no structure except numerous small pits,
small particles of carbonaceous matter and some irregular
lines. Nothing that can be considered spiculae have been
observed, unless the parallel lines be regarded as such.

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — The s])ecimen upon which this species is founded
is in the collection of the late Mr. U. P. James, and was referred
by him to "R. discum, Whitfield (?)"' It differs from that
species in the much larger size and different form. The exact
horizon of the specimen is unknown.

Genus 7 — P.\scEOLrs, Billings, 1857.

Free, ovate or subglobular; exterior surface marked by
polygonal plates and with one or more circular apertures ; base
with or without point of attachment. (Rept. Prog. Geol. vSur.,
Canada, i853-"54-'55- 56-'57. P- 342-)

Remarks. — The zoological affinities and position of the genus
are uncertain. It has been placed among the Tunicata, the
Foraminifera, and in the place here given to it. The proba-
bilities seem in favor of its being one of the Spongida. It
was so placed in a previous article, "Protozoa of the Cincin-
nati Group," by the present writer (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hi.st.,
vol. 9, 18.S7, p. 248). A similar form. Cyclocrinus, was re-
garded as a Cystidian, and as also one of the Zoantharia.

I. P. (JLOHOsr.s, Billings, 1857.

Hemispherical or subglobular; two or three inches in di-
ameter, base flattened, plate (?) impressions polygonal, or hex-
agonal, about two lines in diameter and without external
openings (Geol. Sur., Canada, Rept. Prog.. i853-'54-'55~"5^">~

'57. P- 343)-

l,oiality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — Tliis is mainly a Trenton species, but it has been
found in a lew localities about Cincinnati.

Polcontoloffv pf the Cincinnati Croup. 59

2. P. DAKWiNii, Miller, 1874.

Upper half of body hemispherical, about 1% inches in di-
ameter, lower half slightly depressed, and with a central, cir-
cular depression ; the entire outer surface marked by crowded
pentagonal and hexagonal depressions, about one line in di-
ameter ; frequently compressed and at times covered with a
polyzoan ; internal structure unknown. (Cin. Quart. Jour. vSci.,
vol. I, 1.S74, pp. 5, 6. J\ c/audii, Miller, 1874. Ibid., pp. 6, 7.)

Localities. — Cincinnati, Ohio, and Maysville, Ky.

Remarks. — The above two species have been generally con-
sidered distinct, but the justice of the separation is doubtful.
The general shape is the same in both, as are also the condition
of preservation and the form of the external markings. P.
globosiis is generally a little the larger; otherwise there is
scarcely any difference. P. claudii is doubtless the young
form. Its description is : " Body spherical, without any depres-
sion where the column or pedicle was attached. Entire sur-
face marked by closely crowded pentagonal or hexagonal de-
pressions, about 7;V of an inch in diameter. Diameter )^ to ^
of an inch.

" It differs from P. darwitiii in size, and in having no depres-
sion where the pedicle was attached. It is possible that it
might be the young of P. darwinii, but at present I think it
is a distinct species." It is associated with P. dar^ciiiii at
Maysville, Ky. Later investigations do not seem to have
changed Mr. Miller's belief that it forms a distinct species, for
it is so regarded in his North American Geology and Palae-
ontology, 1889, p. 162.

3. P. (?) TUMiDrs, U. P. James, 1878.

Hig. ?,—P. y luiitidtts, James. More or less diagraniniatic sketch of the plates on
upper surface.

6o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

"Subglobose, more or less depressed, with a shallow cavity
on one side. Surface rough and generally covered with pit-
like markings ; sometimes quite distinctly lobed ; examples
examined not very satisfactory," (The Paleontologist, No. i.
July 2, i<S7.S. p. I.)

The above is the original description. Some specimens ex-
amined show a series of hexagonal plates with depressed lines
running from the center to the six corners. Owing to the
crushed conditions of the specimens, these plates sometimes
appear round or oval. Internal structure unknown.

Locality. - Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — This species was originally described as Asty-
losponi>;ia tiimidus. It is referred here to J^asccolus with a
query, since it seems more nearly related to that genus than
Astylospongia. The form needs fuller investigation.

Genus 8. — Recp:ptaculitks, DeFrance, 1827.

" Cup or platter-shaped bodies of considerable size, with
walls of definitely arranged spicules. The outer surface is
formed by the rhomboidal head plates of the spicules; be-
neath these are the horizontal rays and robust sub-cylindrical
vertical rays, which are connected with an inner layer or per-
forated plate. Communication with the exterior was carried
on between the margins of the summit plates of the spicules
on the outer surface, and through the cylindrical canals of the
inner surface layer, or, according to Gihnbel, through inter-
marginal canals." (G. J. Hinde, on Receptacultida\ Quart.
Jour. (jCoI. Soc, Lond., vol. 40, 1884, p. 826.)

Rniiarks. — The genus was originally described by DeFrance
in 1827 (I)ictionnaire des vSciences Xaturelles, Tome 45, p. 5).
Its position in classification has been a matter of dispute, and
it is still very doubtful. Hinde (Ibid) concluded it belonged
to the sponges. Billings (Palaozic Fossils, vol. i, 1865, p. 386)
thought its affinities were with Foraminifera ; while other
writers have considered it a cystidean, a coral or a tunicate
mollusk. Nicholson and Lydekker (Manual of Palaeontology,
vol. II, 1889,) do not consider its position as at all definitely
settled. For a full discu.ssion of the famil)- and its affinities,
con.sult Hinde's paper as above, and for details of the structure
of the genus, the remarks of Billings, al.so referred to above.

Paleontology of the Ciucinmiti Croup.

6r

The genus Iscliaditcs is considered distinct by Hindc, but
some other authors place it as a synonym.

From the Cincinnati group Mr. E. O. Ulrich has described
two genera, A)wmaloiiies and LcpidoUtcs, which are here con-
sidered as congeneric with Rcceplaciilitcs. In order that
others may judge, the essential features of the two genera are
given below.

Auomahidcs, Ulrich, 1878: — Hollow, conical, compressed
bodies ; composed uniformly of elongated, c>'lindrical, spine-
like bodies, which are placed parallel with each other and
l^erpendicular to the surface. The affinities of the specimens
were supposed to be with the Echinodermata. (Jour. Cin.
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, 1878, p. 92.)

Mr. S. A. Miller places the genus with the Echinodermata,
and remarks that the word was constructed upon two adjec-
tives, and founded upon a fragment not understood. (N. Am.
Geol. & Palaeontology, 1889, p. 224). An article among the
editorial comments in the American Geologist (vol. i, 1888, p.
324), says, that to place Anonialoides with Reccptaculitcs "is
simply ridiculous." Had the waiter of that paragraph turned
to page 381 of Billings's Paleozoic Fossils, volume one, and
compared figure 354 with that given on Plate IV., figure 6 /;.
of vol. I of the Journal of the Cincinnati Societ}^ of Natural
History, he would have found some resemblance. Turning
to page 380 of Palaeozic Fossils, he would have read: "The
tubular skeleton [of Rcccptacii/itcs], above alluded to, consists
of numerous small, straight, rarely curved, cylindrical tubes,
or hollow spicula, placed parallel to each other, and at right
angles to the planes of the body wall, of wdiich they form the
greater portion." These words are almost exactly those used
by Mr. Ulrich in his definition of the genus. The tw'O figures
referred to are reproduced below for comparison.

Kir,. 4. — a. Receptaculites (after BiUiufjs).
piHars of Aiiot)iaIoidi's.

b. Anomahitdes (after Ulrich)

62 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

Mr. Ulrich's definition of Lepidolites is, in substance, as fol-
lows: Much flattened, calcareous bodies, sub-spherical, or
sub-cylindrical in form. Hollow, with a thin envelope of
imbricated plates or scales. The lower (?) end has an inden-
tation, while the corresponding portion of the interior is
raised into a small cone. The interior of the sack appears to
be lined with a very thin and delicate integument, to the outer
surface of which the scales are attached. (Jour. Cin. .Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. 2, 1879, pp. 20, 21.)

The writer in the Geologist already quoted admits that Lepid-
olites belongs to the Receptaculitidcs, but denies it is congen-
eric with Receptaculites. We are inclined to regard it as be-
longing to the genus as above, considering it likely to be the
outer integument, named by Mr. Billings the " ectorhin." In
his general remarks upon Receptaculites Mr. Billings refers to
the form as being discoid, cylindrical, ovate or globular and
hollow. "In or near the center of the lower side there is
generally to be seen a small rounded protuberance" (p. 379),
and from this the plates radiate in curved lines. The " ector-
hin " is described as " usually composed of numerous small
rhomboidal plates closely fitting together, and arranged in
curved rows, which radiate in all directions from the nucleus
outwards. =•' '=■ * It seems probable that, in .some of the
species, this integument was of a flexible, coriaceous con-
sistence." This description coincides with the features of
Lepidolites, Ulrich, and we should consider that genus as
founded upon an example of the coriaceous membrane re-
ferred to by Mr. Billings.

I. R. RETicuL.\Tus, Ulrich, 1878.

Hollow; composed of an aggregation of sul)c.\iindrical or
club-shaped stems, parallel to each other, and perpendicu-
lar to the surface ; inner ends acutely pointed ; outer ones
rounded, and with a minute pit ; arranged in cur\L'd or flexu-
ous transverse and diagonally intersecting lines. {Atwma-
hides reticiilatiis, Ul., Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i. 1878,
p. 92.)

Locality. — Covington, Kentucky.

Remarks. — For remarks upon this, see after de.scri[)ti()n of
the genus above.

Paleontology of the ( 'itu iinniti (•roup. 63

2. R. DICKHAl'TI, Ulricli, 1X79.

As found, this species was flattened from a subspherical,
subpyriform or subcylindrical shape. Integument bearing the
plates very thin, y^^ of an inch thick, and probably flexible.
Plates imbricated, the exposed margin rounded, arranged in
concentric lines crossing each other in a quincuncial manner ;
smaller about the central indented portion, enlarging toward
the upper portion. Detached plates cuneiform, the widest end
being exposed. {Lepidolites dickhaiiti, Ulrich, Ibid., vol. 2,
1879, p. 21 : L. t'Lvioatus, Ul., Ibid. p. 22.)

Locality. — Covington, Kentucky.

Rcniaiks. — The difference between A. dickhaidi and /,.
clongatus. is mainlj' one of size. There does not seem to be
enough difference to constitute two species.

3. R. ciRCULARis, Emmons, 1856.

"This coral is in a form of a thick, flattened ring, studded
with circular cells, arranged in regular lines traversing it
rather obliquely." (American Geology, part 2, 1856, p. 230.)

Locality. — Lorraine Shales, New York.

Remarks.— T\\^ above meager description is scarcely suffi-
cient to enable one to identify the species. The figure given
shows a half circle, depressed in the center and elevated to-
ward the rim, with numerous pit-like markings scattered irreg-
ular over the surface.

Genus 9. Cyatiiophvcus, Walcott, 1879.

"Hollow^ membranous fronds, with an opening at the upper
extremity of the frond, elongate or hemispherical in form ;
reticulate or plain structure " (Trans. Albany Institute, \'ol. 10,
1879, p. 18).

Remarks. — The above is the original description of the genus.
It was, at the time, supposed to be an Alga, but specimens
secured at a later date showed it to be a true sponge. This
was stated in the Am. Jour, of Science, 3d ser., vol. 22, 1881,
pp. 394, 395, where Mr. Walcott says that "the reticulate
structure mentioned in the original description was found to
be formed of a horizontal and perpendicular series of narrow
bands crossing each other at right angles, so as to form a net

64

Cincinyiati Society of Nalural History

work with rectangular interspaces, the narrow bands being
formed of thread-like spiculse resting on, or one against the
other. The spiculse differ in size ; some are filiform, while
others are stronger and more prominent." The species de-
scribed by I^lr. Walcott are from the Utica, State of New York.
That described below as a new species is from rocks of Cincin-
nati group age.

C. .siLUKiAX.v, n. sp.

iMKure ^. — Cyalhiiphyciis siluiiaiia, ii. sp. a, type speciiiK-n sliowiiijj tlie net work
formed by cross and periiendicular or ol)li([uc lints; /> and c two other specimens
not so weU preserved.

Rounded or flattened cylindrical bodies, varying from one
to two and (jue-half inches in length, and about one inch in
width ; outer surface marked by longitudinal lines starting
from a common point at one end, and radiating in the form of
a cup ; numerous transver.se lines crcssing the longitudinal
ones and so forming an irregular net work. The internal
structure seems to be entirely lacking, the center being filled
with clav, and oiiIn- a jK^rtion t)f the framework remains.

Paleontolos^y of the Citiri?i?iati Croup. 65

Locality. — Cincinnati.

Remarks. — This species is founded upon some specimens in
the collection of the late Mr. U. P. James. They had been
considered by him as fucoids, but the presence upon the outer
surface of well-defined markings has caused them to be re-
ferred to the Spongida. Whether the form is congeneric with
Cvatliopliycus is perhaps a matter of doubt. But the different
state of preservation of the Utica slate species, and this one,
may account for the variation. This is preserved in a calcar-
eous matrix, while the others occur in a fine-grained black
.slate at Utica, New York. The species presents also a resem-
blance to the forms of Raiiffcllia, Ulrich, 1889.

Genus 9. — CniROSPOXCri.\, S. A. Miller, 1889.

" General form hand-like, or somewhat like a compressed
goblet ; composed of internal filamentous or fibrous substance,
which is covered with a thin, lobed, vesicular parenchyma."
Fastened to the bottom by an expanded base ; above, forming
a flattened, obconcoidal cup, with deep sulci down each side ;
hollow ; skeleton vesicular or porous ; spicules supposed to
resemble those of Brachiospongia. (N. Am. Geolog}^ and
Palaeontology, 1889, p. 156.)

Remarks. — This is an indefinite and poorly defined genus.
The one species from the Cincinnati group referred to it is
C. faberi, but the t>-pe is C. ivcnti, from the Trenton, near
Frankfort, Kentucky.

I.— C. FABKRi, vS. A. Miller, 1889.

" This species is founded upon a calcareous fragment of the
parenchyma, about one-third of which is shown in the figure
[not here given]. It is thin, and belonged to the side of a
large, hollow specimen. The semi-elliptical lobes are nearl}-
equal in size, and regularly distributed in rows over the sur-
face. The surface is reticulated with fine papillae, presenting
to the naked eye the appearance of a bryozoum." (Ibid, pp.

156, I57-)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — This species, like the genus, is obscure. It was
founded upon a fragment, and would be almost impossible to

66

Cincitivati Society of Natural History.

recognize from either description or figure. Besides the latter
is wrongly engraved and would thus mislead the student. No
indication whatever is given of the general form of the organ-
ism, nor of the presence or ab.sence of spicules. There is
scarcely anything that indicates a relationship to the type of
the genus, unless it be the lobes, of which, however, no ade-
quate idea can be formed.

Genus ii. — Brachiospoxgia, Marsh, 1867.

" Sponge in the form of a broad cup or vase, with a row of
projecting processes or arms around the periphery of the base,
and into which the gastral cavity extended. Osculum large,
not operculate. Afferent and efferent canal sy.stem well de-
veloped." (Beecher, C. E., Memoirs Peabody Mus., Yale
Univ., vol. 2, 1889, p. 13.)

Reiimrks. — This genus was first described by O. C. Marsh
in Am. Jour. Sci., 2d ser., vol. 44, 1867, p. 68. The descrip-
tion given above is from a monograph of the Brachiospongidse
by Dr. C. E. Beecher. The description of the fir.st species is
from the same paper.

I. — B. DiGiTATA, Owen (sp.), 1857.

Broad, cup-shaped, or short vasiform, with a row of eight
to twelve arms projecting outwards and downwards from
periphery of base. Osculum elliptical; below osculum, walls
of cup or neck vertical, extending from 25 mm. to 40 mm.,
and .slightly expanding below to origin of arms. Base of cup
concave, usually with strong conical or mammiform projec-

Hk;. 6.—Hraihii>spi>iigia i/if:i/a/a, spicules, from iiuitr Mirfacc after llceclier).

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 67

tion near the center. Arms nearly circular, extending out-
ward or upward, terminating in a compressed extremity, and
when perfect closed at the distal ends. vSpicules cruciform.
(Beecher, Ibid, pp. 19-20.)

Localities. — Franklin County, Kentucky; (?) Wilmington,
Ohio.

Remarks. — This species was first described by Dr. I). I).
Owen, in Geol. vSur. of Kentucky, vol. 2, 1857, p. iii, as
Scyphia dioitata. Only one or two specimens in any way
perfect have ever been found. One of these is in the State
Museum at Frankfort. Excellent illustrations of the species
are given in Nettelroth's Kentucky Fossil Shells, and in
Beecher's Memoir, above (quoted. Mr. E. C. Went, of Frank-
fort, was fortunate enough to find the fossil /;/ situ on Cedar
Run, about 2)2 miles south of Frankfort, and he has found a
large number of fragments, but no perfect specimens. Its
horizon is given by Nettelroth as the lower beds of the Cin-
cinnati group, though it has generally been regarded as a
Trenton form. Dr. Beecher was the first to describe and
figure the spicules, some of which are shown in a figure given
above. B. lyoni Marsh, B. roemcrana Marsh and B. hoveyi
Marsh are synonyms.

A second species of this genus was described by Mr. U. P.
James under the name of B. tiibcrculata. (The Paleontologist,
No. 4, Jul}', 1879, p. 25). The description is essentially as fol-
lows : "Fossil consisting of a sub-circular body with nine
arms projecting horizontally somewhat like the spokes of a
wagon wheel, and when placed upon its edge has some resem-
blance to a clumsily constructed, massive wagon-wheel, desti-
tute of tire and felloes. The body is between five and six
inches in diameter, one arm broken off close to the body, the
others left from one to two inches in length, all having been
broken away to such lengths; but the broken, detached end
of one was found, which fits closel}' to the place of fracture,
and makes the length of that arm 3)^ inches, where it
bifurcates ; length of branches of that arm unknown, both
being broken away just beyond the bifurcation. The speci-
men is about two inches thick through the thickest part of
the body, and the arms [are] from ij<( to i>^ inches in diam-
eter at their junction, tapering ver}- little, if an}-, to the frac-
tured ends, except where weathered ; in fact, the one showing

68 Citicinnati Society of jVahtra/ History.

the bifurcation thickens towards the end, and is two-fifths
wider at the bifurcation than where it starts from the body.

"Prominent tubercles, from 's to ]/x of an inch above the
general surface, from X to ^2 an inch broad at their bases, and
from ^ to >2 an inch apart at the bases, are distributed irreg-
ularly over the surface of the body and arms, also a few pit-
like cavities of irregular shapes. One side has, evidently,
been expo.sed to the weather and action of water for some
length of time, and become somewhat worn away ; on the
worn portion the tubercles are all removed. The general .sur-
face of the fo.ssil is rough, but with a good magnifier it is
difficult to determine whether the roughness may have been
cau.sed by pores ; the appearance resembles fine papillae, but
I am unable to detect any openings ; and the internal struc-
ture, at the fractures, .seems destitute of any organized
arrangement ; it is compact and granular-b'ke in appearance."

It diff"ers from />'. digitata, it is .said, in the arms projecting
directly outward from the body and in not tapering : and in
the possession of tubercles. The locality is given as a branch
of Todd's Fork, near Wilmington, Ohio.

I have not been able to see the specimen from which the
above description was made. It would .seem to be the same
as /?. digitata. Its occurrence in Ohio, if the locality be cor-
rectly given, and in beds of the upper portion of the Cincin-
nati group, is interesting, as it greatly extends the range of
the genus in time and in area. Dr. Beecher does not seem to
have been aware of this form, and nowhere makes any refer-
ence to it.

Genus 12. — P.vtteksoni.a., S. A. Miller. 1SS2.

" A solid, amorphous, calcareous sponge, uniform in struc-
ture, vesicular, and destitute of larger canals and openings.
.Spicules (?)." (Jour. Cin. vSoc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, 18X4, p. 43.)

Kcniarks. — The above is the original description given of the
genus. In 1889 Mr. Miller (North American Oeology and
PaUcontology, p. 163) enlarged it as follows: "Solid, amor-
phous ; no large openings ; lobed, pendent expansions on the
ui)])er surface, and bundles of fine filaments at the base, and
in the interif)r, which do not merge into the parenchyma of
the sponge ; .spicules unknown." It is probable that this genus

Palcoitloloi^y of the Cincinnati Croup. 69

and C/iirospo)iiiia are closely allied, if not identical. At all
events the genus Strobilospon((ia Beecher, an undoubted syno-
nym of Pattcrsonia, is very similar to Chirospoui^^ia. The de-
scription of Beecher's genus is given below.

StrohilospoHgia, Beecher, 1889: — "Sponge cyathiform or
globose with more or less concentric rows of lobes or lobcd
expansions, on the surface. Anchored to the .sea bottom by
massive bundles of filamentous spicules (basalia) proceeding
from the interior of the base of the cup. The bundle of
basalia is well defined at its origin and does not merge into
the tissues of the sponge." vSjMcules cruciform (Memoirs
Peabody Mus., Yale University, vol. 2, 1889, p. 14). This
differs from the original definition of /'a//'^;'.f<37/m, and is a good
supplement to it.

I. P. DiFFiciLis, S. A. Miller, 1882.

"Whether the original form of this sponge was globular or
not, we are unable to determine, but as we find it now, it con-
si.sts of a flattened irregular mass, often appearing as a cluster,
but no two specimens having the same form. It is vesicular
in structure, and under a magnifying power of 800 diameters,
bodies are observed somewhat resembling acicular crystals in
the plant Fuchsia, and also a few scattering subcircular or sub-
elliptical forms with irregular outlines, which I have been
unable to class as spiculae " (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol.
5, 1882, pp. 43, 44).

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — Nothing has been added to our knowledge of
this form since the original description as given above.

2. P. TUBEROSA, Beecher, (sp)., i88g.

Somewhat conical, flattened and deeply indented on opposite
sides, from the base to the osculum. Otherwise surface cov-
ered with slightly pendent, solid, tuberose extensions of the
parenchyma. Summit flattened, osculum irregular, sinuous,
margin thin, sometimes convoluted. Base broad, penetrated
by mass of basalia or root tuft of anchor spicules. Height
from 70 to 80 mm. Spicules cruciform, but very imperfectly
preserved (Beecher, 1889, op. cit., p. 26).

Locality. — Turners Station, Kentucky.

70 Citicinnati Society of Xatiiral History.

Genus 13. — Dvstactospongia, S. A. Miller, 1882.

" This is a massive, more or less regularly hemispherical,
fixed, calcareous sponge. It possessed a frame work that rad^
iated from one or more points of attachment, and bifurcated
without any determinable order, so as to constitute a great
part of the body of the sponge. The entire mass is vesicular,
the frame work being more dense than the intervening spaces.
Spiculse not a.scertained " (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5,
1882, p. 42).

Remarks. — Nothing further has been added to our knowl-
edge of this genus.

I. D. ixsoLENS, S. A. Miller, 1882.

" Sponge large, irregular, somewhat hemispherical, and
varying from two to four or five inches in diameter. The
architectural frame work radiates from several different points
of attachment, and divides and subdivides without order, and
constitutes more than two-thirds of the entire mass. As seen
under the higher powers of the- microscope, the structure is
vesicular throughout, and full of amoeba-like outlines which
may possibly represent spiculce * '^^ "■' * *
Under a power of 800 diameters the vesicles are observed to
contain numerous subcircular, subelliptical and amoeba-like
bodies, with irregular outlines, but I am not able to say that
the}' are spicukc or fragments of such forms."

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

2. D. MINIMA, Ulrich, i88g.

" Proposed for a small parasitic sponge, apparently congen-
eric with n. inso/ens, S. A. Miller. It forms thin crusts or
small irregular masses upon bryozoa [polyzoa] and other for-
eign bodies. The largest seen is about 15 mm. wide, and 5
iiini. liigli at the centre. The canals are much smaller than
in any of the other species, and the partitions exceedingly
thin. Al)out five canals occur in two mm. The whole skele-
ton is usually replaced by a brown oxide of iron" (American
Geologist, vol. 3, 1889, p. 243).

Locality. — Hanover, Butler Co. Ohio.

Remarks. — This species, though parasitic, is con.sidered

Paleontology oj the Ciiicitiuali C,'roiif>. 71

congeneric with /h'stoctospoti^ia iiiso/eiis, regarded as a mas-
sive form. Tile description is meager and vague, and unac-
comi)anied b}- an illustration. This renders it difiicult to
recogni/e the species. Future studies may furnish further
information.

(icnus 14. — Hi':tkrospongia, Ulrich, 1889.

vSub-lol)ate, or with irregularly divided, compressed branches.
" Entire surface exhil)iting the mouths of branching and more
or less tortuous canals, which begin near the center, where
they are nearh- vertical, and proceed toward all -portions of
the surface in a curved direction. A limited number of
' oscula,' distinguished from the ordinary canals by being
larger and surrounded by radiating channels, occasionally
present.

"Sponge skeleton between the canals of variable thickness,
sometimes appearing nearly solid, at other times composed of
loosely interwoven spicule fibers. None of the specimens
show the spicules in a satisfactory manner. From the traces
seen it would appear that the}- are mostly very small, and of
the three rayed type." (Ibid, pp. 239, 240.)

Remarks. — Mr. Ulrich considers this genus related to the
preceding, Dvstactospongia, remarking that the four or five
species of Miller's genus known to him are parasitic, or form
amorphous masses. But two species of Dystaetospongia have
so far been described.

I. — K. SUBRAMOSA, Ulrich, 1889.

Sub-ramose or palmate ; branches more or less flattened,
from 9 to 13 mm. thick and from 11 to 30 mm. wide ; surface
generally even, with irregularly distributed canal apertures ;
these of varying size, the average diameter being 0.7 mm.,
with five in five mm.; space between apertures varying from
0.2 mm. to 1.2 mm.; sponge skeleton composed of more or less
loosely interwoven fibers, though the interspaces generally
appear solid and structureless ; spicuke undetermined. (//.
kiiotti, Ulrich, i88g.) (Ibid, pp. 240, 241.)

Locality. — Marion and lyincoln Counties, Kentucky ; Cin-
cinnati, Ohio (?), and Spring Valley, Minn. (?).

Remarks. — We have placed H. knotti as a synonym of this

72 " Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

species, as there is not sufficient difference between the two to
justify a separation. The only essential difference is the
occurrence in H. knotti of oscula, which are scattered over
the surface, these being absent from //. siibramosa. The im-
])crfect preservation, however, might readily account for the
absence of these in the latter species. The canals, too, are
smaller in H. knotti than in the other. Both occur in the
same locality in Kentucky.

2. — H. ASPERA, Ulrich, 1S89.

Irregular in growth, " forming thick, shapeless fronds or
strongly nodulated, lobate or sub-ramose masses, .several
inches in length." When well preserved, the surface rough,
the .spaces between the canals thin and with sharp promi-
nences at intervals ; canal apertures irregular, often sub-
(juadrate, 0.5 mm. in diameter, with 7 or 8 in 5 mm.; in the
nodular examples, canal mouths .sometimes dispo.sed in a
radial manner, but without oscula at the center of the area ;
canal apertures sometimes wanting. (Ibid, pp. 241, 442.)

Locality. — Marion and Lincoln Counties, Kentuckv.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate I.

F'ig. I. — Diagrammatic section of a Lycoperdon, showing the cellu-
lose subgleba and the origin and arrangement of the two sets of
threads.

Fig. 2. — Lycoperdon hirtum, Mart.

Fig. 3. — Lycoperdon pulcherrirauni, B. & C, with spines enlarged
and spores much magnified.

Fig. 4. — Lycoperdon elegans, Morg., with spores magnified.

Fig. 5. — Lycoperdon echinatum, Pen., with spines enlarged.

Fig. 6. — Lycoperdon rimulatum, Peck., with spores.

Fig. 7. — Lycoperdon glabellum, Peck.

Pi..\TR IL

Fig. I

-Lycoperdon separans. Peck., with spores.

Fig. 2. — Lycoperdon pedicellatum, Peck., with spores.
Fig. 3. — Lj'coperdon eximium, Morg., with spores.
Fig. 4. — Lycoperdon Curtisii, Berk.
F'ig. 5. — Lycoperdon Turner], E. & K.

Fig. 6. — Lycoperdon subincarnatum. Peck., with spines an<l pits
magnified.

I'i^- 7- — Lycoperdon pusillum, Batsch.

Fig. 8. — Lycoperdon acuminatum, Berk., with spores.

Fig. 9. — Lycoperdon cep;L'sforme, Bull.

Fig. 10. — Lycoperdon coloratum, Peck.

N'OL.XIV.

f !it\ltnrrvni!ffft1tef hif at^'aiunif ilivhrin^

I'lillcl.

LaorayMorj an D el .

TheHdioersoh-Achert -Kress Uth Co Ckcikiuii

voL.xiv;

It jhmvm [ irf the (tiri>\i r. -XtriVuml f )uvtorp

"" I'lalc II.

Laura YMor^ an Del.

The Henderson AcMERT -Kfias Lnw Co CiKcmnJtn

74 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

The deaths of C. F. Low and S. E. Wright, old members of
the Society, were announced, and the rcsokitions of respect
adopted at the informal meeting of March 3, in reference to
same, were adopted.

The reports of the Treasurer, Secretary, Librarian, Direc-
tor of the Museum, and Curator of Photography were read.

Maj. J. Ralston vSkinner made a few remarks in reference to
the work and progress of the Society and its future.

The election of officers for the ensuing year came next in
order, with the following result :

PRKSIDENT, COI,. J. \V. AUKRT.

First Vice-President, A. Denniston Smith.

Second Vice-President Dr. F. W. Langdon.

Treasurer, Davis L. James.

Secrktarv Dr. Jas. A. Henshall.

Lihrarian, VVm. H. Knight.

Trustee, Wm. P. Anderson.

Members of Executive Board at Large. —

Ai^Ex. Starbuck, T. B. Coi.mer,

T. H. Keu.Ey, W. II. Knight.

Cukatur ok Geology Iv. O. Ui.kich.

Curator ok Botany, ... . . . I). L. James.

Curator ok Zoology Chas. Dury.

Curator ok Anthropology, Dr. \. J. Howe.

Curator ok Photograf'hv, T. B. Collier.

Curator ok Microscopy, .... Dr. B. M. Ricketts.

Curator ok Physics, W. H. Knight.

Curator ok Chemistry, . . . Prok. K. Langknbkck.

The President then appointed the Auditing Committee as
follows: (;eo. Bullock, T. H. Kelley and T. B. Collier.

On motion, the paper of Mr. Chas. Dury on Wm. Doherty
was referred to the Publishing Committee.

On motion, the reports of the Secretary and Treasurer were
referred to the Auditing Committee.

Adjourned.

Ri'XU'LAK MHirriNc, May 3, 1N91.

The Societ\' was called to order at S. 1 3 v. m., President
Abert in the chair.

The mintites of the last meeting were read and approved.

Procecdine;s. 75

The following were proposed for active nieinbcrship:

Will. V. Ebersole, Chas. H. Smith, J. Augustus Kiiapp and

Miss Effie V. Ryan.

The report of the Trustees was read by the vSecretary, and

on motion was referred to the Auditing Committee.

The following resignations were read, and on motion ac-
cepted. Mi.ss Lily Hollingshead, Dr. Wm. Owens, Jr., C. J.
Stedman, Henry A. Gleick and C. H. Sheen.

The Society listened with decided interest to Dr. M. H.
Fletcher's paper on "The Skin and its Appendages" illus-
trated by photo-micrographs.

Adjourned.

Regul-vr Meeting, June 2, 1891.

The Society was called to order at 8.05 p. m., President Abert
in the chair.

There were twenty-six persons present.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.

Chas. E. Smith, Wm. V. Eber.sole, J. Augustus Knai)p and
Miss Effie V. Ryan w^ere elected to active membershi}).

The minutes of the Executive Board for April were read.

The Auditing Committee reported that, upon examination,
the books and accounts of the Treasurer, vSecretary and Trus-
tees were found correct.

Upon motion, the report was accepted and the Committee
discharged.

Mr. Warren K. Moorehead then read a very interesting
paper, entitled " Some Recent Discoveries at Fort Ancient,"
which was received by the audience with great pleasure, and
elicited much favorable comment.

Mr. W. H. Knight then read an instructive and interesting
paper on "The Bright Star Arcturus."*

President Abert made some timely remarks on the import-
ance of obtaining a building site for a new niu.seum in FMen
Park.

'Published iu Scientific American Supplement.

76

Cincinnati Society of jVat/na/ History.

Dr. O. D. Norton called attention to a well being bored near
Wheeling, W. Va., over 4,000 feet in dei)th; he also spoke of
some fossil bird tracks at an unusual horizon in Massachusetts.

The resignations of Miss Laura J. Frank, Miss Amanda
P>ank, Dr. J. L- Anderson and William Archer were read and
accepted.

Adjourned.

Mrs. Iv. Anderson, Sr., . -

50

Eugene Bliss,

25

Julius Kalke,

25

Robert Clarke, ...

50

Julius Dexter,

100

Albert Krkenbrecker,

50

Charles Fleischmann, . .

100

Julius Freiburg, . . . .

25

T. T. GafF,

50

Gambrinus Stock Co., . .

25

H. Goepper & Co., . . .

50

Chas. Ilofer,

100

KaulTman Brewing Co.,

25

Chas. H. Kellogg, Jr., . .

100

James Levy & Bro., . . .

200

C. F. Lunkenheinier, . .

25

Maddux, Hobart & Co., .

25

Alex. McDonald

100

Robert Meier

25

DONATIONS TO JULY i, 1.S91.

The Paul Mohr Collection of Minerals, Fossils and Pre-
Historic relics, numbering nearly 20,000 specimens, and given
to the Society by the following named persons, who sub-
scribed the amounts placed after their names, as follows :

R. Mitchell, $10

Christ. Moerlein. .... 100

Joseph R. Peebles' Sons, 10

J. G. Schniidlapp, ... 200

Mrs. Chas. Schniidlapp, . 100

Thos. Sherlock, 100

W. W. Seeley, 50

Albert Schwill & Co., . . 50

Ed. Senior, 50

J. R. Skinner, 25

Mr. and Mrs. B. Storer. . 50

Volksblatt Co., 25

James Walsh & Co., ... 25

M. Werk, 25

J. Iv. Workuni, 25

Windiscli, Muhlhauser &

Co 50

O. J. Wilson, 100

Paul Mohr, 2,755

Making $5,000, the price asked for the collection.
From Wilbur Dubois : Head of Horned Rabbit, from Hd-
wards, Kansas.

Col. J. W. Abert : i specimen Red Granite, Wild Bad., Ger.;
I specimen Flint, Cherbourg Harbor; i specimen Gold Ore
(Quartz), Sawyer Mine, Maryland ; i specimen Gold Ore, Sen-
ator Sawyer's Mine, Maryland; 1 specimen Travertine, Heal-

Dotiations. 77

ing Springs, Bach County, Va.; i specimen Gold Ore (Pulver-
ized), Dos Cabezas Mine, Arizona; i specimen Silv^er Ore
(Pulverized), vSilverton, Colorado; i specimen Gold Ore, Old
Montgomery Mine, Maryland; i specimen Feld-spar, Wild
Bad., Ger.; i Photograph of Col. Abert as a sculptor.

C. E. MacFarlan : A miscellaneous collection of Fossils and
Minerals.

Wm. R. Jolly: Unios and Turtles, White River, Ind.

T. H. Aldrich : Photograph of I^eaf Insect.

E. O. Hurd: Mallard Duck (Mounted), Tenn.

T. B. Keating : Section of deposit in water pipe, from Walk-
er's Brewery.

Dr. O. D. Norton : 14 specimens of Minerals from Mountain
Park, Hot Springs, North Carolina.

Robt. Nevvlin : Luna Moth

Otto Lai.st : A collection of fine specimens of Minerals from
Lake Superior.

BOOKS AND PAMPHLETS.

From Chas. Schuchert, author: "List of Species of Ameri-
can Pakeontology : Orthis, Spirifera, Spiriferina and Syrin-
gothyris;" "On Syringothyris Winchell, and its American
Species," 1890 (gth Annual Report, New York State Geol.).

E. Dufosse, Paris, Oct. 20, 1890: Americana (Catalogue),
Series 7, No. 4.

Hon. Ben. Butterworth : Reports of U. S. Consuls, 1890;
Reports of Com. Agriculture for 1887 ; 4th and 5th Reports
Bureau Animal Industry, 1887-88; U. S. Experiment Station
Record, November, 1890; U. S. Geol. Report, 1885-86; U. S.
Geol. Report, 1886-87, Parts i and 2; Report vSecretary Inte-
rior, Vol. 3, 1886-87; Report Bureau Ethnology, 1884-85;
vSmithsonian Report, 1887, Parts i and 2 ; U. S. Map of vStates
and Territories; Report National Academy Sciences, 1888;
Fruit Culture in Foreign Countries, 1890; Memoirs National
Academy of Sciences, Vol. IV., Part 2, 1890; Report of Secre-
tary of Interior, Vol. II., 1890; Smithsonian Report, 1888;
Numbers and Values of Farm Animals (Dept. Agric), 1891 ;
Diseases of the Horse (Bur. An. Ind ), 1890; 9th Annual Re-
port of U. S. Geol. Survey ; Report of Secretary of War, Pts.
I and 2, 1889-90.

78 Cincinnati Society of A^atiiral History.

R. Friedlaiuler cK: Solin, Berlin : Catalogue No. 393, Zoo-
logie, 1 89 1.

Board pf Elections: Registered Voters of Cincinnati. 1890.

United States State Department : Report International
American Conference, 1890.

John C. Branner, author: Address, Relations of the State
and National Geol. Surveys, A. A. A. S., 1890.

R. Friedlander & Sohn, Berlin: Catalogue No. 390, Comp.
Anat., 1891.

vState Board of Health, Tennessee. Bulletin, Nov. 20, 1890.

Yale University : Re])ort, 1889-90.

Miss Mary Magurk : Back Nos. of Journal of Cin. Soc. Nat.
Hist.

Dr. A. I. Carson : Report of Bureau Ethnology, 1879-80.

Open Court Pub Co.: The Monist., Oct., 1890.

American Historical Association : Annual Re])ort, 18S9.

Amherst College: Catalogue, 1890-91.

United States Census Bulletin : No. 16, 1890.

Dr. J. Rouvier: Revue Internationale Medicine and Phar-
macy, Vol. II, No. 4.

Dulau cSi Co.: Cat., Zool. and Paleon. Works, Pt. XIII., 1891.

Eos Angelos Pub. Eib.: Annual Report of Directors, 1890.

Geo. H. Rigby, Phila.: Cat. of Americana, No. 2, 1891.

Dr. O. D. Norton: Cat. Botanical Works, Dulau Co., 1891 ;
Bull. Torrey. Bot. Club, Vol. XVII., No. 9.

Jos. F. James: Vick's 111. Monthly Guide, Vol. X., 1887.

E. Dufosse, Paris : Cat. Americana, No. 5.

American Ornith. Union: Address of Prcs., Nov. 19, 1890.

Wm. Doherty, author : Eyccenidce from Lower Tennasserim.

Ad. De Ceuleneer, author, Bru.s.sels: Typ. Indien du Nou-
veau Monde, etc.

Wni. Wesley <S: vSon, E<)ndon : Cat. No. 102, Geol., etc., 1890;
Cat. Botany, Pts. i and 2, 1891 ; Cat. Conchology, 1891.

James Terry, author: .Sculptured Anthropoid Ape Heads,
1 891.

Museo Productos Argentinos : Ano. III., No. 31, Buenos
Ayres, 1890.

Jacob I). Cox, author : The New Apochroniatic Objective,
1890; Deformed Diatoms : Coscinodi.scea;. Pain])lik'ls.

Brof)klyn Institute: Year Book, 1889-90.

Donations. 79

H. F. Koehler, Leipzig: Cat. No. 500, Ivxacte Wissenschaf-
tcn, Cat. No. 502, Botanik.

J. S. Newberry, author : Flora of Great Coal Falls, Mon-
tana; The Genus Sphenophyllum.

S. A. Miller, author: Description of vSubcarboniferous Cri-
noids from Missouri ; Exr/iafn^r, Jour. Ivinnean Soc. of Hot-
any, Vol. VIII.; Jour. Linnean Soc. Zoology, Vol. VIII.; Trans.
Linnean Soc, Vol. XXIV.

Dr. E. G. Betty, author: Critical Examination of the Teeth
of Several Nations.

Florentino Ameghino, author: Revista Argentina de His-
toria Natural, Tomo I., No. i.

Tenn. State Board of Health: Bulletin, March, 1891.

Dulau & Co., London: Cat. Botanical Works, 1891.

Miss Annie Laws : Pro. Am. Ass. for Advancement of Sci-
ence, 1 88 1 to 1890, inclusive.

Department of Agriculture : Report of Secretary, 1890.

U. S. Fish Com.: Bulletin, Vol. VIII., 1888.

Miss Amelia Merrill : Back numbers of Journal of Cin. vSoc.
of Nat. Hist.

Department of Interior : Five Monographs, as follows : Vol.
I., Lake Bonneville, G. K. Gilbert, 1890; Vol. XIII., Geol. of
the Quicksilver Deposits of the Pacific Slope, by Geo. F. Bicker,
1888, with accompanying atlas; Vol. XIV., Fossil Fishes and
Fossil Plants of the Tria.ssic Rocks of New Jersey and the
Connecticut Valley, by John S. Newberry, 1888 ; Vol. XV., The
Potomac or Younger Mesozoic Flora, by William Morris Fon-
taine, Parts I and 2, 1889; Vol. XVI., The Paleozoic Fishes of
North America, by John Strong Newberry, 1889; Mineral
Resources of United States, 1887-1888, by David T. Day, and
24 Bulletins, Nos. 41 to 64, inclusive.

D. C. Bellville : Horned Toad.

Geo. L. Talley : Stag Beetle.

Frank Lukens : vSamia cecropia.

8o Cincinnati Society of Natural Histo>y.

REPORT OK TREASURER, CINCINNATI SOCIETY OF

NATURAL HISTORY, FOR THE YEAR

ENDING APRIL 6, 189I.

Receipts from all sources, f9i575 21

Payments, 9,218 06

I174

48

I.2S3 89

2.283

So

1,800

00

1,200

00

1,762

54

950

00

105

00

8

65

6

85

Balance in Treasury $357 15

RECEIPTS.

Balance, . .

Dues and Initiations,

Interest,

Five Per Cent Bonds sold,

Six Per Cent Bonds sold,

Amount of Building F'und received from Trustees,

Life Memberships,

Donations to Building Fund,

Refunder— W. B. Carpenter & Co.,

Sales of Journal,

I9.575 21

PAVMKNTS.

Salaries and Wages, $1,665 I4

Fuel, etc.,

Treasurer's expensas,

^Printing, etc.,

Custodian's Sundries,

Binding

Gas and Water,

tinsuraiice, five jears on Collection and New Build-

i'lg.

+ Journal,

Repairs,

Museum,

Dues refunded (paid twice),

IIBuilding

Balance

$9,575 21

*This item includes some bills Tor Sundries.

tinsurance for $10,000 on Collection and $3.0110 on New nuildin^^r.
JIncludcs item of $.82. is carried over from jirevions year.
Ill'or detail of iiaymenls. see accompanying i)ai)er marked . /.

74

30

5

94

285

19

194

47

15

00

39

99

261

00

727

87

38

70

87

40

9

00

5,814

06

$9,218 06

357

15

Report of Trcasiocr. 8l

A — PAYMKNTS ON ACCOIJNT OK HUILniNG.

Survc\'injf Lot, A. S. Ilobb}-, $1500

Architect's Plans, 80 00

Architect's Superintendence 80 00

Henry Behrens, Contractor, 4.671 35

John Story, Plumbinj^ and Gas Fitting, 460 61

Bennett & Peck Heating and Ventilating Co., . . 359 60

Electric Fixtures, 127 75

Stained Glass and Sundries, 19 75

f5,8i4 06

BUII^DING FUND.

Derived from the following sources.

Life Memberships,

Building Fund, .

Five Per Cent Bonds,

Six Per Cent Bonds,

Donations,

Balance,

$950

00

1,762

54

1,800

00

1,200

GO

105

00

I5,8i7

54

3

48

During the year jtist ended the collection of due.s and initia-
tions has been in the hands of the Secretary, who has made
returns of aniotmts collected from time to time.

A greater part of the bills paid have been by order drawn on
the Treasurer, by the Secretary, and countersigned by the
President. The exception to this rule was made by special
resolution of the Executive Board, authorizing the Treasurer
to pay gas and water bills, and salaries as they became dtie,
without any special action of the Board. The Executive
Board also authorized the Treastirer to make payments on ac-
count of the building to the contractor on certificate of the
architect.

The vouchers accompanying this report, therefore, consist
of: Orders drawn by Secretary, gas and water bills, receipts
for .salaries and wages, architect's certificates.

A complete list of votichers will be prepared and submitted
wi'h the vouchers to the Auditing Committee.

The Treasurer takes pleasure in reporting that the interest
on the Endowment Ftinds of the Society has been fully and
in most cases promptly paid.

82 Citii innali Society of Naliiral IJislory.

It is not inappropriate in this report to allude to the long
services of my predecessor in office, who has so lately passed
to his lon<^ reward. The value of the service performed for
the vSociety by Mr. vS. E. Wright, during the many years of his
term as Treasurer, can hardly be realized by those unfamiliar
with the details of his work. The care with which the ac
counts were kept scarcely' appears in his reports, complete
and systematic as they are. The duties incident to the office
are much lessened by the present system of collecting dues
and paying bills. To the former duty, during Mr. Wright's
term, was added the care of the Endowment Fund.

Mr. Wright's sy.stem of accounts has simplified greatly the
work of the present Treasurer, and he wishes to record his
obligation to him ; and also to add his tril)ute to the memory
of a firm and true friend of the Cincinnati Society of Natural
Hi. story.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

DavIvS E. J.\mes,

Iriasurcr.

The undersigned committee, to whom has been referred the
Report of the Treasurer of the Society of Natural History for
the year ending April 6, 1891, beg leave to report that they
have carefully examined the books and vouchers exhibited to
them by the Treasurer in connection with said report, and find
the report in all respects correct and true.

Very respectfully submitted,

(riioRCE Bullock,

T. B. CoLLIKK,
T. H. KlvLLKV.

Cincinnati, May iS, 1891. Coniinit/cc.

KKI'OKT OK Till-: Sl^CklCT.VRV.

Cincinnati, O., April 7, 1891.

To THK Privsidicnt and Mkmhkrs ov thk Cincinnati
Society oe Natur.vl History:
In accordance with the retjuirements of the Constitution I
have the honor to submit the following report ;

Report of Secretary. 83

During the past year there have been held nine regular and
one informal meetings — there being no quorum present at the
July, August or March meetings, owing to unfavorable weather.
The average attendence at meetings was thirty.

There were read in full, by abstract or by title, eighteen
papers on scientific subjects, some of which have been pub-
lished in our "Journal."

During the past year there have been elected forty-six
active members, one honorary and one corresponding mem-
ber, and fourteen active members have resigned. Three active
members, one life member and one honorary member have
died. Twenty members have taken life memberships.

We have, at present, nearly three hundred members.

During the year I have collected and paid to the Treasurer :

Dues from Active Member.s, $',205 00

Dues from Life Members, 1,000 00

From Donations to Building Fund ro<j 00

From Subscription and Sale of Journal, 6 00

Total, ... 12,311 00

The Tenth Annual Course of Free Popular Scientific Lec-
tures was given in our New Auditorium, with an average at-
tendance of two hundred persons. The entire expense of the
course was but $30 50. The lecturers were Prof. J. G. Porter,
Dr. F. W. Dangdon, Prof. C. D- Herrick, Prof. Karl L,angen-
beck, Dr. Jno. E. Baker, Mr. Chas. Dury, Dr. David S. Jordan,
Dr. Joseph Ransohoff and Dr. J. A. Henshall, all of whom gave
their services gratuitously.

During the year I have i.ssued Certificates of Membership
to all members in good standing.

I have had the Society's building placed upon the free-water
list by the Board of Public Affairs.

The correspondence of the Society during the year has been
quite extensive, and our standing as a scientific institution is
paramount to any other west of the Alleghany Mountains.

We have added a new addition 30x60 feet, and three stories
in height, furnishing an Auditorium, a Library, rooms for the
Photographic Section, and a Museum room nearly 30x60 feet,
lighted by sky-lights. Respectfully,

J. A. Henshall, Secretary.

84 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

REPORT OF LIBRARIAN.

To THE Cincinnati Society of Natural History:

The plans for the enlargement of the Society's building
during the past year embraced special accommodations for
the library, which is now located in a well-lighted room, on
the second floor, and jointl}' occupied as a reading-room by
the Photographic Section.

In this room our volumes are arranged on the shelves of
ten large book-cases, each provided with glazed double doors.
In addition to these there are three similar cases in the Sec-
retary's room, on the first floor. The latter are occupied
principally by unbound pamphlets, exchanges and the latest
reports.

Our library, at the present date, consists of 2,409 bound
volumes and about 1,800 pamphlets and exchanges. The
bound volumes comprise valuable works of reference in gen-
eral science, comprehensive reports of National and State sur-
veys, and monographs and elaborate treatises on special sub-
jects.

The following departments of science are fairly well repre-
sented, namely : Geology, including paleontology and miner-
alogy; chemistry, physics and microscopy; botany and for-
estry ; zoology, including conchology, ichthyology, entomol-
ogy and ornithology ; anthropology, ethnography and arch-
aeology.

The quarterly Journal, jniblished by our Society, contain-
ing, as it does, a report of the vSociety's proceedings, and the
most important scientific papers contributed by its members,
is highly appreciated by scientists in both hemispheres, and
secures for us a large and valuable exchange list. The.se ex-
changes number one hundred and sixty-eight, of which
eighty, or nearly one-half, are American, and the remainder
come from scientific associations in luirope, Asia, Africa,
Australia and South America.

It has been the custom of our Society to bind from forty to
fifty volumes of exchanges and pamphlets each year, but,
owing to a diversion of the vSociety's funds to building pur-
po.ses during the past year, no additional volumes have been
bound, and there is a considerable accumulation of verv im-

Report of fJbrarian. 85

portant scientific material that is not in a convenient, and
scarcely in an accessible, shape for reference.

As these latest exchanges and pamphlets bring the re-
searches of science cjnite down to date, they are of great
importance to scientific stndents and the working members of
our Society, and at least one hundred volumes should be
bound and made accessible to use at once.

Though we have quite a respectable library, as compared
with many other scientific associations in this country, yet we
occupy a very modest place beside some of the older organ-
izations in the East. I may cite two or three of them, by
way of comparison :

The Franklin Institute, located in Philadelphia, has 35,015
bound volumes and 20,972 pamphlets.

The Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia, has
30,831 bound volumes and 8,621 pamphlets.

The E.ssex Institute, in Salem, Mass., has about 50,000
bound volumes and upwards of 100,000 pamphlets.

It will thus be seen that our librar}- is comparatively small,
and we shall gladly welcome additions of scientific works from
whatever source, and thankfully acknowledge the donations.

In conclusion, I desire to call the attention of those intelli-
gent members of our Society, who have no special scientific
aims or tastes, to the large amount of really interesting mate-
rial stowed away, in one form or another, upon the shelves of
our library.

There are spirited sketches and artistic views, in well-
written and finely illustrated explorations and surveys, and
there are graphic descriptions of curious animal, vegetable
and mineral forms to be found in odd nooks and corners of
the earth, and there are presentations of some branches of
natural science in a style so attractive as to have the fascina-
tion of romance.

It will pay 3'ou well to search out some of these precious
gems, partially buried in the dry and forbidding technicalities
of science, and read the thrilling story of nature, as told by
such masters as Herschel, Lyell and Tyndall, Darwan, Wal-
lace and Huxley, Humboldt and Helmholtz, Arago and Flam-
marion, Aga.ssiz, Gray and Newcomb, and the host of other
brilliant writers on various branches of natural science.

Wm. H. Knight, Librarian.

86 Cincintiad Society of Natural History.

KlCl'ORT Ol'' DIKI'XTOK <J1" MUSKUM.

Cincinnati, April 7, 1891.

To THE President and Mkmhkks of the Cincinnati
Society of Natural History:

As Director of the Museum, I have the honor to report as
follows :

Immediately after the last Annual Meeting the collections
from the old rear building were moved into the main build-
ing, preparatory to re-building that portion. I was forced to
place these additional collections wherever room could be
found for them, without any attempt at orderly arrangement,
as the main building was greatly over-crowded before. Dur-
ing the building operations the Museum was closed to the
public, for ostensible reasons.

The Museum still remains in a crowded and chaotic state, as
nothing can be done in the direction of an orderly arrange-
ment or classification until new cases are provided for the new
room in the third story of the addition. This, it is hojied, we
will soon be able to accomplish, when our valuable collections
can be properly, orderly and scientifically displayed.

During the year we have had donated to the Society the
large and valuable collection known as the Paul Mohr Collec-
tion, and estimated to be worth $10,000, containing, as it does,
some 20,000 specimens of fossils, minerals and pre-historic relics.
It is one of the finest representative collections in the country.

The following are the names of the donors :

J. G. Schmidlapp, Julius Dexter, Ale.x. McDonald, Jas. Levy
& Bro., Chas H. Kellogg, Jr., Christ. Moerlein, Chas. Fleish-
mann. Charles Hofer,Thos. Sherlock, Herman Ooepper 60 Co.,
Thos. T. Gaff, Dr. W. W. vSeeley, Albert Schwill cS: Co., Hdw.
vSenior, Robt. Clarke. Mrs. C. L. Anderson, Windisch, Muhl-
hau.ser Co., Albert Ivrkenbrecker, IC. F. Pliss. Maddux, Hobart
6i: Co., Jno. Kaufliiian Brewing Co., Gambrinus vStock Co., C.
P\ LunkenlKiuKT, Mrs. Bellann- vSlorcr, Cin. \'()lksl)latt Co.,
Mrs. Chas. vSclunidlapp, James Walsh i\: Co., J. Ralston vSkin-
ner, Robt. Mitchell, Jos. S. Peebles .\: Co., O. J.Wilson, T.
H. Aldrich, Robt. Meier, Julius iMieburg, J. L. Workuni, M
Werk, J. A. Hen.shall.

Report of Curator of P/ioto^rap/iy. 87

We have also received (hiring the j-enr, anionj;- other dona-
tions, a large collection of Marine Invertetrates, from the
United States Fish Commission, at my personal solicitation ;
also from the same source a collection of Florida fishes, being
a portion of a collection made by me in the Winter of 1888-89.
(These are not yet unpacked).

I have also added ten new species of Ohio fishes, so that
our collection of Ohio fish fauna is now nearly complete, there
being but about twenty more known species to procure, hav-
ing altogether one hundred and thirty species.

The collections of birds has been added to by Mr. E. O. Hurd,
and the mammals by Mr. Chas. Dury.

Prof. G. Brown Goode, Director of the United States Na-
tional Museum and Assistant Secretary Smithsonian Institu-
tion, visited our rooms twice during the last few months, and
stated that he considered our Society the center of scientific
interest west of the mountains, and as having, by far, the best
Museum. In a recent letter to me he says: "The constant
activity of your Society, and the amount of work which it is
accomplishing, is quite sufficient to justify the construction of
another building, when the scope of its energies and the work
which it will be in a position to accomplish, will doubtless be
very greatly extended."

We hope in the near future to secure a site in Eden Park,
removed from the smoke and soot of the city, and to erect a
fire-proof building for our Museum. Our present building-
should always be retained for offices, the I^ibrary, for lectures
and meetings, and for the Photographic Section.

Respectfully,

J. A. Hknshall,

Director.

REPORT OF CURVTOR OK PHOTOGRAPHY.

Cincinnati, April 7, 1S91.

Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen:

On behalf of the members of the Photographic Section of
this Society, I have the honor and pleasure of reporting that
this section is in a very prosperous condition. Our member-

88 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

ship has increased in the last year from 127 to 150. We have
lost no members l)y death, and but fifteen by resignation.

Our annual excursion, given on Decoration Day, May 30th,
of last year, was attended by about 100 members of this sec-
tion, and was greatly enjoyed, both socially and photograph-
ically, and proved a financial success.

The exhibition of lantern slides, which has been given
annually by this section, was given this year by a few mem-
bers in their individual capacity, so there could be no ques-
tion raised as to whether there was a violation of the consti-
tution of the Society, in charging an admission fee, although
such charge was made solely to raise a fund for the purpose
of defraying part of the expense incurred by this section in
fitting up their quarters. This meeting was very largely
attended, although the weather was most inclement, and was
very gratifying to the members, as showing, beyond doubt,
that there was no lack of interest by the public in the work
of the members.

In the same line with this, is the series of lectures now in
progress, one of which was given in this building a week ago
last Thursday evening, to be followed on ne.xt Thursday
evening by another, and again in two weeks from that date
by the final lecture.

Our equipment, which a year ago was very incomplete and
in a primitive condition, so far as apparatus for practicing
photography was concerned, has been replaced with new and
modern appliances; four dark-rooms added, which, with our
studio, reception and reading-rooms, are the equal of those
owned by any society in this country. All this has been done
without any assistance from the Society at large, except for
those additions which form a part of the permanent addition
to the Society building. Such furniture as the chandeliers in
both the reception and reading-rooms, the carpets, curtains
and photographic apparatus of all kinds, including the gas
fixtures in the auditorium, have been paid for by members of
this section alone. In addition thereto, this .section has fur-
ni.shed the auditorium with 200 very handsome and comfort-
able chairs, and has assumed the payment for same. This
latter is not really a debt which should have been iucurred by
the section, for it benefits the Society at large (juite as much,

Report of Curator of l^hotoiirafyhy. 89

if not more, tlian it does the section, and the payment of same
was assumed l)y the section in tlie hope and with the belief
that the Society would apj^reciate the efforts which the sec-
tion was making to render the auditorium attractive and com-
fortable, by responding liberally to the invitations to attend
the series of lectures which the section has prepared for the
express purpose of raising a fund to pay for the refurnishing
of the auditorium. In this, I regret to say, the section has
been disai)pointed, as very few of the members of the Society
of Natural History', outside of the members of the Photo-
graphic Section and its friends, have responded to the invita-
tions sent out. Further than this, and in the matter of rais-
ing money to pay for the additions and improvements made
on this building during the past year, the Photographic Sec-
tion has responded very nobly. No less than nineteen of its
members have taken life memberships in the Society, and
have either taken for themselves, or b}- personal solicitation
have induced their friends, who otherwise would not have
done so, to purchase notes issued by this Society in the sum

of is2,IOO.

Mention of these facts is made, Mr. President, not for the
purpose of lauding the action of the members of this section,
but to correct an impression which, I am informed, exists in
the minds of certain members of the Society, who are not
members of this section, that this section is not in accord
with the Society, but is a drag upon the Society. This, I am
sure, is a misconception. This section is as loyal to the Soci-
ety as any 'of its other branches are, and has evidenced its
loyalty by causing to be paid into the treasury of the Society,
either by its members, or through their individual friends,
including their annual dues, the sum of $3,700. This is more
than any other section of this Society has done, and as much,
I believe, as all the other sections put together have done.
Very respectfully submitted,

T. B. Collier.

90

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

trustep:s report.

Cincinnati, Ohio, April 27th, 1891.

To TiiK Board of Directors of the Cincinnati Soci-
ety OF Natural History:

Gcntloucn — Absence from the city prevented the presen-
tation of your Trustees' report at the last annual meeting
of the Society. Accordingly, that report for the Trustees, to
date, is herewith transmitted.

The securities, notes and bonds, in possession of the Trus-
tees, are described as follows :

MORTG.\GES SECURED BY REAL ESTATE.

From Date Time Interest Par Value

Martin Hyrnes, April 22, 1S.S7, i year, 6 per cent, |4,ooo

W. S. Baker and Wife, . May 9, 1888, 3 years, 7 " 1,500

Caroline Blyniyer et al, . Nov. 23, 1887, 2 " 6>^ " 8,000

Anthony Coslello, . . . Sept. 19, 1887, 3 " 6 " 1,000

Mary S. Orange, .... Dec. 23, 1880, 3 " 6 " 2,000

Richard Oliver, Aug. 18, 1887, 3 " 6 " 3,000

John A. Bigelow, .... Aug. 31, 1889, 2 " 6 " 1,000

William M. Este, . . . Oct. 14, 1889, i year, 6 " 4,000

Joseph M. Stor}', Nov. 30, 1889, 3 years, 6 " 1,000

William M. Kste, .... Nov. 25, 1889, 2 " 6 " 8,500

Margaret A. Shields,. . . Dec. 3, 1889, 3 " 6 " 4,000

138,000

Total,

BONDS AND OTHER SECURITIES.

Cincinnati Southern Railway Bonds, 7,'^ per cent, |i2,ooo

Note of A. A. Ferris, dated July 26th, 1890, payable on demand,
interest 6 per cent, (held by Davis I^. James, Treasurer;,

amount, 600

One Cincinnati Deficiency Bond, 4 per cent . . 500

" "4 " 100

Total Bonds, etc..

13,200

RECAI'TTUI.ATION.

Mortgage Securities, . . .
Bonds and other securities.

138,000
3,200

Total funds on hand (face value), ;f4i,2(X)

Trust caC Report. 91

It will be observed that there has l)een no change in the
mortgage securities since the report of a year ago. Some of
these mortgages are past due, but, following the rule in vogue
for a number of years, we allow mortgages to run after due,
where the security remains unimpaired, and the interest is
paid promptly. These requirements have been complied
with, and therefore the mortgages remain the same.

In June of last year the Treasurer of the Society made
demand upon the Irustees for what is known as the Building
Fund. From inquiry of the former Treasurer and examina-
tion, it was found the funds in the hands of the Tru.stees
included a specified fund or sum of money which had been
known as the Building Fund, and was not properly a part of
the general funds of the Society. This had been included in
the general fund, and had been invested with the other funds
of the Society, and was, therefore, entitled to interest. This
Building Fund, upon calculation of interest, amounted, on
June 23d, 1890, to the sum of $1,762.54. To provide this
fund, it was necessary to convert some of the Society's secur-
ities into money. The Trustees accordingly disposed of the
U. S. 4 per cent bonds, par value, $2,000, at i22)i(, altogether
amounting to $2,445. O^t of this sum the Trustees paid over
to the Treasurer, Mr. James, the amount of the Building
Fund, as above stated. This left several hundred dollars on
hand for investment.

Mr. Ferris, one of the Trustees, said to Mr. James, that he
could use $600, and would pay interest on the amount ; and
accordingly he gave a note for that amount, payable on
demand, which is in the hands of Mr. James, the Treasurer.

The note of Miss Emily Orange for $540, appearing in our
report of a year ago, has been recently paid, and the proceeds
of that note and the other surplus money on hand have been
invested in the Deficiency Bonds, above noted.

The bond for $500 was purchased at 102 j{, and the Sioo-
bond was purchased at 105^.

The Trustees will exhibit their accounts and securities to

the Board, or a committee that may be appointed, at any time

agreeable to the wishes of the Board.

Respectfully submitted,

Aaron A. Ferris, ) _

TT7 Ti A , 1 rnstces.

W. P. Anderson, )

92 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

The undersigned committee, appointed to audit the fore-
going report of the Trustees of tlie vSociety's funds, beg leave
to report that the}' have examined the securities in the hands
of said Trustees, and find that they have been accurately
described and listed, and that the said report is, in all re-
spects, a correct statement of the financial condition of the

Society.

Very respectfully submitted,

Gec>r(;i-: Bi'llock,
T. B. Collier,

T. H. KULLKV,

Cincinnati, May i8, 1S91. Coiiniiittcr.

Aj;^c of the Pt. P/casatit Beds. 93

ON THI-: AGK OF TIIIC PT. I'LKAvSAXT, OHIO, HIU)S.*
Bv Pkof. Josici'ii K. Ja.mI'S, M. vSc, F. O. S. A.

(Ass't Geologist, U. S. Geoloj^ical Survey.)

The rocky strata in the vicinity of Cincinnati have been
observed and studied for many years and by many persons.
It is probable that even the very early settlers noticed the
rocks exposed in the hills, and used them for the foundations
of their houses. The hill slopes could not have presented the
same aspect they now have, for the easily disintergrated rock
and shale must have formed a regular slope with few, if any,
rocky ledges projecting. The streams between the liills prob-
ably exposed the character of the formation ; and it could not
have been man}- years before the main features of the strata
were shown. Not only were practical men attracted to the
rocks, but as time passed students came from various parts
of the world to see and collect the fossils so abundant in the
vicinity. The locality now has a world-wide reputation as a
spot abounding in wonderfully preserved organic rocks.

A mere list of the authors who have written upon the rocks
and fossils of Cincinnati and its vicinity would be a long one.
It would include the greater number of the early geologists of
our own country, and not a few of those from abroad. As far
back as 181 5 Dr. Daniel Drake, in his " Picture of Cincinnati,"
described, in a general way, the characters of the rocks, noting
that they were in layers from one to eighteen inches thick,
the limestone alternating with clay or slate. He also men-
tioned various fossil corals and shells that had been found,
but gave no definite description of them.

In 1 81 8 the same writer published another paper entitled
" Geological Account of the Valley of the Ohio,"t in which he

-Published by permission of the director of the U. S. Geolo,?ical Survey.
+Am. Phil. Soc. Trans., new ser., vol. 2, 1818, pages 124-139.

94 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

describes the limestone as nearly horizontal ; and he gives
also the details of a section across the river from Cincinnati to
Newport, illustrating it by a colored plate.

In 1829 Vanuxem called attention to the resemblance the
strata of parts of Ohio, Kentucky and Tennessee bore to rocks
occuring at Trenton P'alls, New York,* concluding from the
fossils that the rocks of the East and of the West were of ap-
proximatel}' the same age. This is the fir.st direct correlation
made of the strata about Cincinnati with those of New York.
But it was not the last, for since that time many others have
instituted similar comparisons. A few of these will be here
referred to.

In 1841 Conrad mentioned the limestone of Cincinnati as
the "equivalent or continuation of the black limestone of
Trenton Falls,"! the correlation being based upon the fossil
contents of the rocks.

In the following year Hall stated + that there was at New-
port, Kentucky, opposite Cincinnati, a green shale occupying
the same position, and containing' the same fossils as the Utica
Shale of New York ; saying also that the rock below it, "which
is seen in place only during low water in the Ohio," is proba-
bly the equivalent of the Trenton limestone of New York.
This correlation is made upon stratigraphical position.

Previous to this, and to Conrad's correlation mentioned
above, Prof. John Locke|| had given an admirable description
of the blue limestone of southwestern Ohio, stating that it
was found as far south as Lexington, Kentucky, but that at
Frankfort, the Cliff limestone was found. The latter is now
known to be of Trenton and not of Niagara age, as Dr. Locke
supposed. No comj^arison was made by him with rocks in the
eastern vStates.

In I.S43 Mall published a paper?^ in which lie examined the
structure of the rocks along a line from Cleveland to the Mis-
sissippi River, in the course of which he referred to the strata
in the vicinitv of Cincinnati, and other localities in Ohio and

■"Ani. Jour. Sci., vol. 16, 1829, page 256.

fPiflh Aiiniiat Rtporl Geol. Siir. of New York, 1841, page 27.

JAni. jDiir. Sci., vol 42, 1^42, page 61

llSecoiid Ann. Repl. Geol. Sur. Ohio, 1838, page 207.

(* I'rans. Am. Asso. Geol. and Nat., 1843, pages 267-293.

Ai^c of the Pt. Pleasant Beds. 95

Kentucky. A study of the rocks at Maysville, and of the fos-
sils contained therein, led him to refer them to the Hudson
River Group of New York. He said that neither the charac-
ter of the rocks nor the fossils indicate the Trenton Group.
He described a .section as seen at Cincinnati, and concluded
upon the evidence of Tria) llnus bcckii and fossils in the
overlyinjT rocks, that the Utica slate was represented ; and
that althou^Hi a lower rock was exposed, it niij^ht (^r might not
be the Trenton. He then descril)es the overlying .series form-
ing the main mass at Cincinnati, concluding that they repre-
sent the Hudson River Group. The remains of /sW^/z/.v [Asa-
phiis) had usually been considered sufficient proof of the
identity of the Cincinnati rocks with tho.se of Trenton age in
New York, but Hall said that all the specimens he had seen
were different from Trenton forms. " So that," he continues,
" although certain species of the genus do occur in the Tren-
ton limestone and are characteri.stic of that formation, others
are not necessarily so, and unless we take wide ranges in our
groupings, we can not depend on generic types In this case
the amount of evidence seems to be about equally divided be-
tween the Trenton and Hudson River Groups ; but since there
are fossils decidedly typical of the latter, and we know that in
New York they never occur in a lower position, we are com-
pelled to admit that this formation is of the .same geological
age."*

In all the subsequent publications of Prof. Hall, this term
has been applied to the rocks of this age in the Missi.ssippi
Valley. He has been followed by mo.st of the writers who
have referred to the rocks up to the year 1865. In this year
Meek and Worthen proposedf the name "Cincinnati Group "
to cover the strata of Ohio and other western States, pre-
viously referred to the " Hudson River Group." The term
"Cincinnati Group" has, since its proposal, been generally
u.sed, especially by western geologists, as they recognized it
as a convenient and applicable term. Its employment has,
however, always been resisted by Hall and some others, who
continue to use Hudson River and Utica Shale. We are not
now concerned with the application of any special term, being

*Ibid, page 276.

tPliil. Acad. Nat. Sci. I'roc, vol. 17, 1865, page 155.

96 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

inclined to accept Mr. C. I). Walcott's suggestion to refer to
these rocks as the Cincinnati shale and limestone in the Hud-
son Terrane.*

Upon the organization of the vSecond Geological Survey of
Ohio, under Dr. J. S. Xewberr}-, special attention was naturally
directed to the rocks in the vicinity of Cincinnati, and in the
first volume of the final report, t Prof. Kdw. Orton proposed
to divide the rocks into three series as follows :

Lebanon Beds, 293 feel.

Cincinnati Beds, proper, 425 "

Point Pleasant Beds, 50 "

Total, 76.S feet.

The Cincinnati Beds are again divided into the —

Hill Quarry Beds, 125 feet.

Eden Shales, 250

River Ouarry Beds 50

Total, . 425 feet.

Details are given of these different series, together with an
account of the fossils obtained from various strata.

It is to the lowest division of the Cincinnati rocks, called
by Prof. Orton the Point Pleasant Beds that particular atten-
tion is directed at the present time. This series is stated to
contain the lowest rocks of the State, and it takes its name
from the exposure at Point Pleasant, a little settlement on the
Ohio, some twenty-five miles above Cincinnati. The beds of
the series begin at low water mark at Cincinnati, and descend
gradually toward the east as far as Point Pleasant, when they
rise again. At this point the strata are about fiftv feet in thick-
ness, below the lowest level of the Cincinnati rocks. They
have been described by Prof. Orton as being lighter in color
than the ui)per courses, and to be sometimes slat\- in struct-
ure, " while in others they have a tendency to a.ssume lentic-
ular forms of concretionary origin, sometimes to such an ex-
tent as to destroy their \alue as building rock. The layers

"■Value of the Icnn Hudson Rivc-r Croup in Cfologic Nomenclature, null. Gcol.
Soc. of Am , vol. I, 1S90, pngc 353.
fCcoloify, vol. I. 1873 page 373.

Age of the PI. Pleasant Beds. 97

are also exceptionally heavy, attaining a tliickncsN ol sixteen
or eighteen inches, and are often so free from fossils as to af-
ford no indication of the kinds of life from which they were
derived. "='■ It was this series that was subsequently referred
to the Trenton horizon by S. A. Miller, of Cincinnati, and Prof.
Orton, the State Geologist of Ohio ; and it was also visited and
studied by the writer of this last year, under the auspices of
the United States Geological Survey. It will be interesting
to refer still further to the literature l)efore detailing the re-
sults of my own examination.

• The first volume of the Geology of Ohio, cited above, was
severely critised by Mr. S. A. Miller, in a paper read before
the Cincinnati Society of Natural History in August, and pub-
lished in the Ciiicin)iati Enquirer of August 7, 1873. The
author states that he had examined the rocks at Point Pleas-
ant, and all the exposures on the river as far as Cincinnati ; and
that there were neither lithological nor paleontological char-
acters to distinguish this series from that exposed at Cincin-
nati. He advocated discarding Prof. Orton's designation, con-
sidering it " wholly unwarranted," and a " drag upon the sci-
ence." He thought the rocks represented a lower horizon
than those of Cincinnati, but did not consider them any more
worthy of a special name than "every exposure at each sepa-
ate hill throughout the blue limestone region." He also crit-
icised the division into River Quarry Beds, Eden S/ta/es and
Hill Quarry Beds, believing there were no facts to warrant
anj' such division. Throughout the article, neither the names
Hud.son River nor Trenton, as applied to any of the Ohio
rocks, appear.

This opinion was materially modified about six years later
in a report of a committee of which Mr. Miller was Chairman. f

The committee was appointed to report upon some system
of nomenclature for the Cincinnati rocks, and they referred
the strata to the Utica and Hudson River Groups, stating also
that probably the Trenton is represented in the banks of the
Ohio River, " a few miles east of the city." This refers
doubtless to the rocks at Point Pleasant. It is a return to the

-Ibid, pages 373-.i;4-

tjour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, 1S79, pages 193-194.

98 Cituinnati Society of Natural History.

opinion expressed by Prof. Hall in 1842.* This report has
been quite extensively quoted, and it has been erroneously
considered to represent the views of the majority of the Cin-
cinnati geologists. It was criticised by Mr. U. P. James in
i'^79,t who, after giving the evidence adduced in favor of re-
ferring the rocks to the Hudson River and the Utica vSlate,
says that if the name " Cincinnati " be dropped, "it would seem
more approi)riate to take the Trenton Group, not Utica Slate,
nor Hudson River; the proportion of Trenton fossils in the
Cincinnati being more than tico to o)ie of the Utica Slate or
Hudson River." He was not, however, in favor of using Tren-"
ton, but of retaining the term Cincinnati, basing his argument
on the fact that only about one hundred out of the five hun-
dred species known from the Cincinnati Rocks, are identical
with species from either the Trenton, Utica or Hudson rocks
of New York ; and out of the one hundred, sixty-five are con-
fined to the Trenton, eighteen to the Utica and Hudson, and
the remainder are common to all three groups.

In 1.S82 Mr. W. M. Linney.t of the Kentucky (leological
Survey, said lliat llie building stone (piarried at Point Pleasant,
Ohio, was doubtless the same as the gray limestone forming
the u])per part of the Trenton of New York.

In 1882 Prof. Edw. Orton|| changed his reference of the Point
Pleasant Beds from the Cincinnati Group to the Trenton, thus
following Miller. The reference was made from the fact that
the Utica Shale was found to be three hundred feet thick at
Findlay, Ohio, and contained the characteristic fossil, Lcpto-
bolus It'pis; and this shale having disajipeared from the lower
])art of the State, the Hudson rc^cks must rest directly uixni
the Trenton (iroup, which thus became exposed at Point
Pleasant. But this fact does not agree with the statement
made on page yyo of the same volume, that the Hudson River

'-It is noteworthy that of the meiiihers of the coiuiiiittee reporting thus, two
of the five, who have since written npon the subject, have returnnl to the use of
the term "Cincinnati Group;" and this, too, within a year after the adoption
of the report. These two are A G. Wetherby and E. O. I'lrich. Messrs. MiUer,
Dyer and Mickleborouxh stiU adhere to Hudson River and I'tica Slate. As far as
known to the writer, the other five have not published any papers dealing with the
subject.

fThe I'aleontologist, No. 4, pages 27-2S,

JNotes on rocks of Central Kentucky, 1S82, page 6.

IIGeol. Sur. of Ohio, vol 6, 1888, page 5.

^ix'^c- of llic I'l. I'Uasiuit Ih-ds. 99

Group is one huiulred and twenlN-four feet, and the lUica shale
one hundred and thirty-five feet thick at Cincinnati, l^elow
which conies tlie Trenton limestone. This statement is based
ui)on the record of a well bored at Cincinnati. Now, the
mouth of this well was only about seventy feet above low
water in the Ohio River; of this .seventy feet, forty-eight were
drift materials, leavini^ twenty-two feet of rock down to low
water. Deducting this from the thickness assigned to the Hud-
son River Rocks we find it extending one hundred feet below
low water in the Ohio; and if to this we add the one hundred
and thirty-five feet assigned to the Utica Shale, we have two
hundred and thirty-five feet of rock below low water in the
Ohio, at Cincinnati, before the Trenton limestone is touched.
How, then, is it possible upon this evidence to a.ssign the beds
at Point Pleasant, only fifty feet lower than the lowest rocks
at Cincinnati, to the Trenton terrane? In a second well, it is
estimated that the Trenton w^as reached at a depth of about
two hundred and fifty feet below low water in the Ohio River.

In the same year, iSSS, Mr. Iv O. Ulrich, in an article en-
titled " A Correlation of the Lower vSilurian Horizons of Tenn-
essee, and of the Ohio and Mississippi Valleys, with those of
New York and Canada,'"'^ mentions the Point Pleasant Beds
and assigns them to the lower p^rt of the Cincinnati rocks.
On another page of the article,!' he correlates the beds with
rocks occurring at Lexington, Kentucky.

In 1889 Prof. Orton, in the course of a paper on " The Tren-
ton Limestone as a Source of Petroleum and Natural Gas in
Ohio and Indiana,"]! again refers to the Point Pleasant Beds
as of Trenton age. He says this reference was made in 1873 by
some geologists, among them Mr. S. A. Miller, citing the
Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural His-
tory. This date is an obvious error for 1879, because the
first volume of the Journal was not issued until 1878-1879,
and in January, 1S79, the report of the committee already al-
luded to was published. No special description of the strata
is given, but mention is made of the composition of the lime-
stone, and it is compared with the Trenton of other localities. ||

■••■American Geologi.st, vol. i, 1.SS8, page 307.

tibid, page iSi.

tEighth .^lui. Kept. U. S. Geol. Sur., part 2, ifsSg. page 546.

llUjid, pages 550-552-

loo Cincinnali Society of Xaliiial /lisiory.

In I.S90 the same reference is a.^ain made by Prof. Orton,"'^
but no details beyond those already mentioned are given.

The references above given comprise some of tho.se that
have been made to the rocks of Cincinnati, and they are all,
we believe, that have considered the Trenton to occur in out-
crop in Ohio. In order to study the section at Point Pleasant,
I visited it last year (1890) and secured the data given below.
A careful study of the fossils collected, and of other localities
in the neig'hborhood, will add something to the account here
given, but it is not believed the conclusions will be materially
modified. Tlie section studied is in the bed of a small stream
that heads near the top of tlie hill. It is situated about half a
mile below the village of Point Plea.sant, and two openings
have been made in the hill near the wagon road, about fifty
feet from the water's edge.

vSl<;CTION .\T POINT I'l.HAS.VNT, OHIO.

Feet. In.

Hill slope (covered) . . — —

Liinestone, with a few thin l)aii(ls of shale 40 —

Sliale, with occasi(jiial thin layers of limestone, . . . . 37 — •

TriiiKclcits concoitricus was fotiiid in a limestone la\cr
o\e riving a layer containing mud cracks.

Limestone, with occasional b;ds of shale, 30 4

There are two very decidedly waxed la\ers in this
distance of 30 feet 4 inches. One is near the t(jp and
the other near the bottom. In the latter, the distance
from crest to crest of the waves was 4 ieet 6 inches.
This layer was largely made up of crinoid stems.

Heavy bed of limestone 2 —

This course is remirkable for its C()m])actness, thick-
ness and extent. It contains mau\' fossils, such as
branching sj^ecies of Montictilipora, vStrophomena, etc.
It is plainly visible about midway in the cjuarry open-
ing on either side of the ra\ine, and it is a marked fea-
ture in the (luarries along the road between New Rich-
mond and Point Pleasant. In one of the.se quarries a
great mass had fallen down, more or less concretionary

'■'I'irst .\mi. Rci)ort Gt-ol. Sur Oliio Uiird org.-oiizatioii , 1890, page 12.

y1_(rc of llic PI. ricasanl /Infs. loi

I'ect. In.

in its structure, j)ortions peeled off lia\-iu,L:^ a couchoidal
fracture. The fossils observed in the ravine were also
v-isi])le in this large mass.

Covered 6 4

Ivitnestone and slialc, 5 8

A heavy layer of limestone about N inches thick occurs
about a foot from the top, underlain by a foot of shale.
The rest is limestone in broken courses.

Limestone and shale, 5 S

This interval contains waved limestone layers and 4
beds of shale, 10 inches, 8 inches, 10 inches and 6 inches
thick respectively. The limestone contains quantities
of corals, brachiopods, and fragments of Asap/ms. In
one of the laj'ers, Strop/ionicna altcr^iata, Monticiilipora
viamillata and stems of Glyptocrinus occur. Fig. i, pi.
3, shows the character of the strata in this section.

Limestone and shale 5 S

In this series the limestone is in broken courses of
varying thickness, and with a few thin seams of shale.
It forms a series of steps in the stream bed. On the
bank, about midway, is a large slab of rock i foot 8 in-
ches thick, 3 feet 10 inches wide and 4 feet 10 inches
long, upon the surface of which were specimens of
SfrophoDicua altcrnata, Orthoceras with septa Y^ of an
inch wide, Orf/iis, Zygospira and a Murchisoiiia like
M. orarilis. Fig. 2, pi. 3, shows the character of the sec-
tion, with the large slab of rock on the bank at the right.

Limestone and shale, i 6

The limestone is in thin courses, and more or less
waved. The shale lies between broken courses below
and a heavy waved course above, formed of finely com-
minuted material. The top forms the approximate bot-
tom of the quarry opening on the eastern side of the
ravine.

Limestone, i 6

Concealed, 20 —

It is impossible to give the character of this portion

I02 Cinciunati Society of Natural History.

Feet. In.

of the .section, a.s it i.s covered b}- heavy stone set on
end to form a culvert under tlie road. About 6 feet
from the top, liowever, a heavy waved layer of limestone
was .seen. From about this point down are the 50 feet
which have been called the Point Pleasant Beds, or the
Trenton of some authors. In the beds of other ra-
vines, in one in particular about a mile to the west-
ward, is an extensive bed of shale, not slaty, however,
and apparently destitute of organic remains. This, in
fact, is the case with all the shale beds of the region.
While the limestone layers are generally full of fossils,
the shale beds are barren. Above this point limestone ,
predominates; below it the limestones and shales are in
about equal proportions.

Shale and limestone, • ■ 1 1 4

This interval is also largely concealed, being covered
by debris brought 1)>" tlie stream from above or washed
out of the banks on either side. The shale alternates
with the limestone in courses. The slabs in the stream
bed are covered with fragments of brachiopods, crinoid
stems, etc. Corals are also abundant, particularly in
the upper portion. Asaphus, Strophonicna, various forms
of Gasteropoda and Urtlioccras also occur. One layer
of limestone 2 feet 3 inches thick, lies in three courses,
and is largely made up of finely comminuted fo.ssils.

Limestone and shale, tlic former with a few obscure and

irregular " fucoidal " markings i 3

Litnestone, compact and unlike most of the layers in
beintj unfossiliferous; it breaks across the beddinj^ into
oblonji, rectangular blocks shaped like scythe stones,
but on an enlarged scale, — 2

Yellow shale, 1 2

Limestone, forming a waved layer above, and separated
from an uneven lower course by yellow shale. The
upper layer is formed of fragments of crinoids, brachi-
opods, etc I 9

Blue and yellow shale, 1 4

This contains a thin layer of limestone, with sjjccies
of Or t /lis, Asaf>/iiis, Ciilyiiutu\ /.externa scritra, etc.,
mostly (except the last) in a fragmentary condition.

Age of the Pt. Pleasant Beds. 103

l'"lCt. In.

Limestone, more or less waved and formed of fraj(nients
of Hrachiopoda, .Isaphus, Monticii/ipora, etc. These

last are all braiichinj^ or parasitic, — 6

Yellow shale — 6

Limestone, — 2

Blue shale — 7

Limestone and shale, 1 4

The shale is largely covered by deliris, l>ut the lime-
stone is well exposed, and is markedly waved, the dis-
tance between crest and crest of the undulations l^eing
3 feet 6 inches, and the depth of the hollow about 6 in.
The rock is formed of finely comminuted fragments of
crinoids, .Isap/iiis, Ort/iis, etc., and contains specimens
of StropJiODicna and Ptilodictya falciformis (f)

Limestone and shale, the former seamed and broken, . . — 6
Limestone and shale, i —

The shale has nodules in it containing specimens of
Orthis testudhiaria or O. Jnoosa. The limestone is
made up of countless fragments of crinoid stems, and
with what appear to be basis of crinoids or of species of
Ptilodictya. Monticulipora, Ortlwccras, Asaphus, etc.,
also occur.

Limestone, very uneven in itsl)edding, — 4

Shale, — 3

Limestone, in a compact layer, underlain b}' a seam of blue

shale, — 2

Covered, 1 1 6

Total 189 6

Section cut off by river.

The lower portion of the section below the top of the sup-
posed Point Pleasant Beds has been given in considerable de-
tail, to determine, if possible, whether there were any features
of the rocks different from those ordinarily seen in the rOcks
at the base of the Cincinnati section. None were observed.
The section is a continuous succession of shales and limestones,
the latter sometimes in heavy, and again in thin, courses.- The
heavy layers are not specially prevalent in the lowest 50 feet ;
indeed, the heaviest layer is over 80 feet above the river. There
is no break in the deposition, unless it be in the 20 feet now
covered, and no marked change in the characters presented.

I04 Cincinnati Society of iWitural History.

As far as present information goes, there seems to be no more
reason for assigning the Point Pleasant Beds to the Trenton,
than there would be in making a similar disposition of the
lowest beds at Cincinnati.

During the same season a visit was made to Ludlow, Ken-
tucky, opposite Cincinnati, where the lowest beds of the vicin-
ity are exposed. The water was higher than it had been when
Point Pleasant was visited, but from previous knowledge I can
say that the rocks exposed even at extreme low water, do not
differ materially from those seen on this visit. Nor do they
differ from the lower strata at Point Pleasant, except in being
more extensively exposed. One section having a vertical
height of from 25 to 30 feet was seen in the bed of a small run,
and the two views on plate 4 show the character of the ex-
posure from bottom to top. There are alternations of lime-
stone and shale, some of the former being quite heavy, from
8 to 12 inches thick, and conspicuou.sly waved. They are also
covered with inorganic or the so-called "fucoidal" markings.

The conclusion is reached, after a study of the Point Pleas-
ant section, and a comparison with the lowest layers as seen
cfn the Ohio at Ludlow, Kentucky, that there are neither litho-
logical, paleontological, nor sedimentary characters, by which
to place the two series in two different terranes, unless an
arbitrary line be drawn between them; and while there is and
can be no question as to the existence of the Trenton lime-
stone beneath a large part of the State of Ohio, there is no
good reason to say that it outcrops at the surface in any local-
ity within her l)orders.

The Birds of Warren County, O. 105

A LIST OF THE BIRDS OF WARREN COUNTY, OHIO.

With a Sttppi^kmentakv List oi' Birds of Probable
occurrknck.

Raymond W. Smith.

(Read by title, January 6, 1891.)

The County of Warren is situated in the south-western part
of Ohio. Its southern border is but twenty miles north of
Cincinnati, while its western border is about the same dis-
tance from the Indiana State line. For all practical purposes
of description, it is a square, twenty miles on the side. Acro.ss
its north-western corner flows the Great Miami, which, with
its tributaries, the most important of which are Clear Creek
and Shaker Creek, drains the north-western and western part
of the county. But the main drainag^e valley and the county's
great arterj- of bird migration is that of the Little Miami River,
which flows directly through it from northeast to southwest,
receiving, as comparatively important tributaries, Turtle Creek
on the north, Caesar's Creek on the east, and Todd's Fork on
the southeast. The two rivers and the numerous creeks have
all ctit deep valleys, so that the surface of the country is much
diversified.

When first settled, in the latter part of the last century, the
entire county was covered by forests, but these have been
cleared away, until at the present time cultivated land exceeds
by several times the area of woodland. With the clearing of
the land has come the drainage, to a large extent, of a great
tract of wet, swampy woodland in the western part of the
county, the once extensive "Shaker Swamps" being now re-
duced to a comparatively limited area. All this change must
have had an effect upon the avian fauna of the county, but
there is no record of it to which to refer.

But another change in the geographical features of the
county is of sufficiently recent date to be a matter of both
record and memory. Until a few years ago there were two

106 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

comparatively large bodies of water in the count}', one, the
Lebanon Reservoir, originally built as a feeder to the Lebanon
and Middletovvn Canal, situated just north of the town of Leb-
anon ; the other, what was know'n as Shaker Pond, located
about five miles due west of Lebanon. But about eight years
ago, during a rainy Summer, both the reservoir and the pond
burst their banks. The former was repaired, but broke down
its walls again the same year, since which time the county has
been without anything in the way of large bodies of water.
For a number of years previous to their destruction both were
used as the supplies of mill races, and in dry seasons the water,
becoming very low, would leave exposed large banks of black
alluvium, which attracted great numbers of wading birds.
Then again, each Spring and Fall, both the reservoir and pond
were the regular stopping places of many varieties of water-
fowl. So the destruction of the two little artificial lakes has
resulted in the changing of many birds (mainly, however, of
those included in the orders Pygopodes, Longipennes, Anseres,
Paludicokc and Limicoke) as far as this county is concerned,
from regular and common Spring and Fall migrants to rare
migrants, and even rare and irregular visitants ; and some birds,
formerly not uncommon, have since been observed very sel-
dom or not at all.

The following list is very largely the result of personal
ob.servation. An important factor, however, has been a hand-
some collection of mounted birds, prepared by Mr. J. F.
Gould, then of this place, now of Cincinnati, in 1879 and the
Spring of 1880, all of which were taken in the immediate
vicinity of Lebanon. Facts concerning the few birds now
extinct in the county, have been furnished by the older res-
idents. P>ut the large portion of the list has been worked out
single-handed, and represents the results of odd hours and
holidays of .several otherwise busy }ears, and about four
months ot steady observation and collecting in the Winter
and vSpring of 1890. It is by no means perfect or complete,
as the large list of " Birds of Probable Occurrence " shows for
itself; and the above-mentioned rather limited opportunities
must serve as an excuse for the omission from the list proper
of a number of species which careful observation will cer-
tainlv demonstrate to occur in the countv.

The Birds of Warren County, O. 107

In the following pages the A. O. U. nomenclature has been
followed as a standard, and as to the common or vernacular
names, the Code is also followed in most cases, the exceptions
being birds well-known in the county by the names which
appear in the list, rather than those given in the Code. The
dates of arrival and departure, which are necessarily approx-
imate, are given so as to include all but the very early or late
stragglers.

CI.ASS AVES.

Sub-Order Carinat.k. — Carinate Birds.

Order Pvgopodes. — Diving Birds.

Family podicipidtK. — Grebes.

1. CoLVMBUS AURiTis Linn. — Horned grebe. Rare Spring
and Fall migrant. A pair in the collection of Mr. Gould was
shot on the old reservoir in April, 1880.

2. PoDiLYMBUS PODiCEPS (Linn.) — Dipper ; pied-billed
grebe. Regular Spring and Fall migrant, by no means as
common now as in the days of the reservoir, on which " dip-
pers " were abundant during the Spring and Fall months, and
a few remained during the Summer and probably bred.

Family urinatorid.^. — Loons.

3. Urinator imber (Gunn.) — Loon. Spring and Fall
migrant, now quite rare At times, however, as many as fif-
teen and twenty have been seen at once on the Lebanon Res-
ervoir.

Order Longipennes. — Long-wdnged Swimmers.
F.AMiLY STERCORARiiD.5-:. — ^Jaegers.

4. Stercorarius parisiticus, (Linn.) — Parasitic jaeger.
Accidental. As far as I can learn, this is the first record of
the occurrence of this bird in the State, or of its appearance
so far inland. The .single specimen, on which this record is
based, was found, while still living, but completely exhausted,
in a field near Lebanon, at the close of a week of very stormy
weather, in the latter part of March or the early part of April,
1880. Its captor placed it in a cage and offered it corn and

io8 Cincinnati Society of Xatiiral History.

bread, which diet soon completed the work of the storm. The
bird was then brought to Mr. Gould and is now in his collec-
tion. The description given by Dr. Coues, of this bird, in
the state just preceding adult plumage, well describes this
Warren County specimen.

Family larid.e. — Gulls and Terns.

5. L-'VRUS -VRGENTATUS SMiTHSONiANUS Coucs. — Amer-
ican herring gull. A specimen, in immature plumage, now in
Mr. Gould's collection, was taken at the Lebanon Reservoir
in the Spring of 1880, and large gulls, almost certainly of this
species, were then not uncommon in Spring and Fall. Of
late none have been observed, though probably of not infre-
quent occurrence on the Miamis.

6. IvARUS PHiL.VDELPHi.v (Ord.) — Bonaparte's gull. Form-
erly occurred regularly. Spring and Fall, on the reservoir,
usually after severe storms. Is still a Spring and Fall migrant,
though rather irregular, on the Miamis.

7. Stp:rna hirundo Linn. — Common tern. Several spec-
imens, now in Mr. Gould's collection, were taken at the Leb-
anon Reservoir. None observed of late years.

8. HvuROCHELiDON NIGRA suRiNAMENSis (Gmel ) — Black
tern. Irregular Spring and F'all migrant on the Miamis.
Formerly of quite regular occurrence on the Lebanon Reser-
voir in the Fall, and not uncommon in the Spring.

Ori)i-:k vStkg.\nopodes. — Totipalmate Swimmers.
F.wiiLV PHALACROCORACiDyK. — Cormorants.

9. Ph.vl.A-Crocorax dii.opiius FLORinANUs (And.) — P'lorida
cormorant. One specimen, a bird in immature plumage, now
in Mr. Gould's collection, was taken at the Lebanon Reser-
voir in the Spring of 1880. Now a rare and irregular migrant
on the Miamis.

Ordick Anseres. — Lamellirostral Swimmers.
I'amilv AnaTiii.K.— Ducks, Geese and Swans.

10. LoPHODYTES cucuLL.\Tus (Linn.) — Hooded mergan.ser.
vSpring and Fall migrant, not uncommon.

The Birds of Warren County, O. 109

ir. Anas hoschas Umi.— Mallard. Regular Spring and
I"*all migrant, not seen or taken nearly as often since the
breaking of the reservoir, although this may be said of any
of the species of the order.

12. Anas Americana Gmel. — Widgeon. vSpring and Fall
migrant. One of the first ducks to arrive in the Spring.

13. Anas carolini':nsis Omel. — Oreen-winged teal. Com-
mon Spring and Fall migrant on the Miamis.

14. Anas discors Linn. — Blue-winged teal. Spring and
Fall migrant. In the days of the old reservoir more common
than the last species. Now, apparently, the conditions are
reversed.

15. vSpatula clvpKATA, (Linn.) —Shoveller ; spoonbill.
Spring and Fall migrant, tolerably common.

16. Dafila acuta (Linn.)— Pintail. Spring and Fall mi-
grant.

17. Aix SPONSA (Linn.)— Wood duck. Spring and Fall mi-
grant, and occasional Summer resident. Has been known to
breed on the Little Miami, and a pair which spent the Sum-
mer of 1879 at the Lebanon Reservoir probably raised a brood.

18. Aythva AMERICANA (Eyt.)— Red-head. A rare migrant.
Specimens have been taken at the Lebanon Reservoir.

19. Aythya AFFiNis I Eyt.) — Lesser scaup duck. Common
Spring and Fall migrant on the Miamis and their tributaries.
One of the first ducks to arrive in the Spring and tne last to
leave in the Fall.

20. AvTHYA coLLARis (Douov.) — Ring-ueckcd duck. Mi-
grant with the last, but quite rare.

21. Charitonetta albeola (Linn.) — Butterball. One of
the most common Spring and Fall migrants on the Miamis
and their tributaries.

22. Erismatura rubida (Wils.) — Ruddy duck. Formerly
of uncommon occurrence on the reservoir and now a rare
migrant.

23. Branta canadensis (Linn.) — Canada goo.se. A regular
Spring and Fall migrant. At any rate, large flocks are .seen
passing overhead each vSpring and Fall, although few of them
ever alight. vSpecimens have been taken, however, on the
Miamis and on Turtle Creek.

no Cincinttati Society of Xaluial History.

Order Hkrodiones. — Herons, Storks, Ibises, Etc.
Family ardeid.e. — Herons, Bitterns, VXz.

24. BoTAURUS LENTIGNOSUS (Moiitag.) — American bittern.
A not uncommon Spring and Fall migrant.

25. Ardea herodias Linn.— Great blue heron. Common
Spring and Fall migrant and a Summer resident. Breeds.
What remains of the old Shaker swamps furnishes these birds
a breeding place, and quite a number nest there each year.

26. Arde.\ EGRETTA Gmel. — Great white egret. Formerly
a tolerably regular visitant, during the later Summer and early
Fall, at the Lebanon Reservoir, quite a number of specimens
having been taken there; nine in one day, upon one occasion.
Now comparatively rare.

27. Ardea virescens Linn. — Green heron. Common
Summer resident, from the middle of April to October.
Breeds.

28. Nvcticokax nycticorax N/ivVius (Bodd.) — Night
heron. Rare Spring and Fall migrant. The single specimen
in my collection was .shot from the top of a tall elm, in the
middle of a field, a long distance from any water or swamjjy
ground.

Order Paludicol.E. — Cranes, Rails, Coots, Etc.
Family rallid.i;. — Rails.

29. RALLU.S ELEGANS Aud.— King rail. Rare, but reg-
ular, vSpring and Fall migrant, in April and October; more
common in the vSpring. Several of these birds have been
captured in barns and other out-buildings, in the \icinity of
Lebanon, in recent years, which, if not simply coincident
accidents, would indicate a peculiar tendency of this species.

30. Rallus viRGi.M.VNi'S Linn. — \'irginia rail. Rare
Spring and Fall migrant, arriving and departing with the last
named s])ecies.

31. P(^RZ.\N.v CAKOLi.v.v (Liiiu.) — Sora ; Carolina rail.
Rather common .Spring and I'all migrant, in .\pril. May and
September.

32. FuLlCA .\mi:ric.vx.\ Gmel. — Coot. I-'ormcrly a rallier
common Spring ami l""all migrant at the Lebanon Rescrxoir
and Shaker pond. Now, in comparison, rare.

The Rirdx of Warren County, O. in

OrdivR LiMicoK.i-;. — vSliore Birds.
I'\\Mii,v Ri-xrKViKOSTKin.i-;. — Avocets, Stilts, Ktc.

33. Ri'XUKX'iKOSTKA AMERICANA Ciiii. — A\ocet. Acci-
dental. One specimen, in Winter plumage, taken at the Leb-
anon Reservoir, in the Spring of iSSo, and now in Mr. Gould's
collection. With the exception of Dr. Kirtland's rather indef-
inite note (," This ttnique bird has been killed by sportsmen
in the vicinity of Cincinnati"), this is, as far as I can learn,
the second authentic record of its occurrence in the State, Mr.
Dtirj' having identified it at Cincinnati some years ago.

Family Scolopacid.k. — Snipes, Sandpipers, Etc.

34. Philohela minor (Gmel.) — Woodcock. Not uncom-
mon Spring and Fall migrant and rare Summer resident, from
March to November. Breeds.

35. Gallinago delicata (Ord.) — Jack .snipe. Migrant in
April, Ma3^ October and November. In some years very
abundant, in others so rare, or apparently so, as to be scarcely
observed. More common, as a rule, in the Spring than in the
Fall, but sometimes these conditions seem to be reversed.

36. Tringa maculata Viell. — Pectoral sandpiper. Mi-
grant in March, April and October; more common in the
Spring.

37. Tringa minitilla Viell. — Least sandpiper. Form-
erl}' a regular migrant, quite common at the Lebanon Reser-
voir and Shaker pond, in August and the early Fall. Now
rare, but still more common in the Fall than in the Spring.

38. Tringa alpina pacifica (Coues.) — Dunlin. Very rare
migrant. One specimen only, taken at the Lebanon Reser-
voir in the Fall of 1879, and now in Mr. Gould's collection.

39. Ereunetes pusillus (Linn.) — Semipalmated sand-
piper. Rare Spring and Fall migrant.

40. ToTANUS MELANOLEUCUS (Gmel.) — Great yellowlegs.
Rare Spring and Fall migrant. Formerly rather common on
the reser\'oir in Augtist and September.

41. ToTANUS FL.WIPES (Gmel.) — Yellowlegs. P'ormerly
abundant in August and September, the time of low water at
the old reservoir. Now a not very common migrant in ^L^y
and September.

112 Cincitinad Society of Natural History.

42. ToTANUS soLiTARius f Wils.) — Solitary sandpiper.
Common Spring and Fall migrant in April, May, August
and September.

43. Symphemia semipalmata (Gmel.) — Willet. Two spec-
imens, shot out of a flock of about fifteen, at the Lebanon
Reservoir, in the Spring of 18S0, are now in Mr. Gould's col-
lection. Wiilets, in such flocks, were not uncommon visi-
tants at the old reservoir in the Spring and Fall, but are now
rare.

44. AcTiTis macularia (Linn.) — vSpotted Sandpiper. A
common vSummer resident, from April to vSeptember. Breeds.

Family Ch.\radriid.e.— Plovers.

45. Cii.VR.VDRius DOMiNicus (Mull.) — Golden plover. Rare
Spring and Fall migrant.

46. ./Sgialitis vocifera (Linn.) — Killdeer. A common
Summer resident, from March to November. Breeds.

Order Gallin.*;. — Gallinaceous Birds.
Family Tktraonid.1v— Grouse, Etc.

47. CoLiNUS virginianus (Linn.) -Quail. An abundant
resident. Breeds.

48. Bonasa UMBELLUs(Linn.) — Ruffed grouse. Formerly,
in the early days of the county, before the timber was cleared
away, "partridges" w^ere common, many of the older resi-
dents of the county remembering them, and, more particu-
larly, their drumming in the Spring. They bred, of cour.se.
Just when they disappeared from the county is not definitely
known, but it was not far from i860.

Family Phasi anid.i:. — Turkevs.

49. Meleagris (i.vij.OPAVO Linn. — Wild Turkey. Form-
erly a common resident, breeding; now extinct in the county.
It was never abundant after about 1845. but occurred in the
county as late as early in the sixties.

Oki)1-;k Coeumb.E. — Pigeons and Doves.
1"'amily Coh'MBID.i:. — Pigeons and Doves.

50. FX'TOPiSTi-;s MIGR.VTORILS (Linn.)— Wild Pigeon. l'"orm-
erly abundant, the great flights of wild pigeons being well

The Birds of Warren County, O. 113

remembered. Now an irregular Spring and Fall migrant;
more common in the Ivall.

51. Zenaidura macroura, (Linn.)— Mourning dove; tur-
tle dove. A common resident, abundant in vSpring, vSummer
and Fall, and rare in Winter, when it is represented only by
small flocks in the corn-fields. The great bulk of them arrive
in March and go South in October and November. In the
Fall they gather in flocks, which sometimes numl)er as high
as a hundred individuals. Breeds. Three and, exceptionally,
four and five broods are rai.sed in a season, the birds not
unfrequently nesting on the ground, though the ne.st is usu-
ally found in thick, Inisliy trees, not far from the ground, or
in evergreens.

Order Raptores.— Birds of Prey.
F.\MiLY Cathartid.*;. — North American Vultures.

52. Cathartes aura (Linn.) — Turkey vulture. Resident
from March to December, during which time it is common.
In mild seasons, a few winter along the river hills. Breeds.

53. C.VTHAKiSTA ATRATA (Bartr.)— Black vulture- A rather
uncommon, but regular, Summer resident, from March to
October, in the north-east part of the county, along the Little
Miami and Caesar's Creek hills, where it breeds, and is each
year becoming more common. On the farm of Commissioner
W. J. Collett is a large sycamore tree, in the hollow of which
a pair of turkey vultures had nested for a number of years.
A few years ago, Mr. Collett informs me, when the turkey
vultures had completed their nest, they were driven from it
by a pair of black vultures, which took possession, and have
used it as a nesting-place each year since. This is, I think,
the northernmost record of this vulture breeding, and the
first record of its breeding in the State. The first positive
record of its appearance in the county I have is my own
observation of a pair near Lebanon, in December, i8<S3. The
Caesar's Creek country residents vary greatly as to the time
of the first appearance of the " new kind of buzzard," but it
was about eight or ten years ago, .since which time they have
steadily increa.sed in numbers, and, although even now they
are by no means common, yet they are regular vSummer resi-
dents and breed here each vear.

1 14 Cincinnati Society of Xa/nral Hislory.

Famh<y I'aixoxid.K.- Falcons, Hawks, Ktc.

54. PvLANoiDKS KORFICATUS (Linn.) — vSwallow-lailed kite.
Formerly an abundant resident in all parts of the vState ; now
seldom, if ever, occnrrinj^ and it has l>een practically extinct
in the State for twenty years. The older residents of the
county well recollect a " swallow-tailed hawk" that was form-
erly of quite common occurrence in the county, which was,
unquestionably, this species.

55. Circus Hi'DSOxius (Linn.) — Marsh hawk. Rare Spring
and Fall migrant, more common in the Fall than in the
Spring.

56. AcciPiTER COOPEKI (Bonap.) — Cooper's hawk. Common
resident from March to November, a few stragglers occa-
sionally remaining through the Winter. Breeds.

57. BuTEO ROREALI.S (Gmel.)— Red-tailed hawk. A not
uncommon resident, much more abundant some years than
others. Breeds

58. Butp:o IJNKATUS (Gmel.) — Red-shouldered hawk. Com-
mon resident. Breeds. Our most common large hawk.

59. BuTKO LATissiMUS (Wils.) — Broad-winged liawk. Rather
uncommon resident, from April to November. Breeds.

60. Aqfil.v ciirvsaetos (Linn.) — Golden eagle. Rare mi-
grant, or more properly, an occasional visitant. One or two
specimens of this species and several of the next have been
taken along the Little Miami hills in recent years.

61. Hali.KETUS lhucocepiialus (Linn.) — Bald eagle. Ir-
regular visitant, usually in the Fall or Winter.

62. P'alco coM'Mn.VRiu.s Linn. — Pigeon hawk. A rare
Spring and Fall migrant.

63. Falco vSI'ARV'Ekus Linn.— Sparrow hawk. Common
resident : the most abundant representative of the order.
Breeds. Less common in Winter, l)ut a consideralile number
remain.

64. PaNDION IIAMAICTIS C A K( )I,I .\ ICNSIS < Gmel. ) — iMsh

hawk. Uncommon Spring and Fall migrant, and is also of
irregular occurrence during the vSummer.

The Birds of Warren County, O. 115

Famii^v STKioinyi-;. — Owls.

65. Asio wii.soNiANUS (Less.) — Long-eared owl. \'ery rare
Winter resident. I lia\e i)ers()nal knowledge of but two spec-
imen.s, one of which was brought to nie to mount in the Win-
ter of 1SS4-5, by some one whose name I have lost; the other
I found dead in the fork of a small tree, in which it had
apparently ])een caught while in pursuit of some small bird
or mammal. This was in December, 18S6. Mr. Dury also
records a long-eared owl from this county in 1SS6.

66. Asio ACCIPITRINUS (Pall.) — vShort-eared owl. Ordi-
dinarily a rare Winter resident. But during the Fall and
Winter of 1886, short-eared owds w^ere abundant throiighout
the county. They were associated in flocks of from five to
thirty individuals. When disturbed from their roosting places,
which were usually along drains and water-washed hollows in
meadow fields, they would fly rapidly for a short distance and
then, sweeping in w'ide circles, would rise to a height of three
or four hundred feet, where they would remain, soaring in
large circles, until danger was past. Few have been seen since.

67. Syrnium nebulosum (Forst.) — Barred owl. An un-
common resident, possibly more common in Winter. Breeds.

68. Megascops asio (Linn.) — Screech owl. A common
resident. Breeds.

69. Bubo virginianus (Gmel.) — Great horned owl. A
common resident. Breeds in Februarj' and March. In speak-
ing of this bird, Dr. Coues says " Eggs said to be 3-6, not
known to me to be more than two in number." In the limb
of a hollow tree, felled by wood-choppers in March, 1883, near
Lebanon, was found a horned owl's nest containing four young
owls. One was killed by the fall, but the other three were
kept for some time as pets b)^ one of the choppers.

70. NvcTEA XVCTEA (Linn.) — vSnowy owl. Visitant in
severe Winters. Quite a num])er of specimens have been
taken in the count}', the last instance of which I have record
being the taking of a pair in Harlan, the .south-eastern town-
ship of the county, early in 1887.

ii6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Order Psittaci.— Parrots, Etc.
Family Psittacid.'E.— Parrots.

71. CoNURUS CAROLiXENvSis (Liiiti.) — Paroquet. Formerly
an abundant vSumnier resident, breeding within the memory of
persons now living. Has been extinct in the county for many
years.

Order Coccvge.s. — Cuckoos, Kingfishers, Etc.
Family Cuculid^-:. — Cuckoos.

72. Coccvzrs AMHRiCAxus (Linn.)— Yellowbilled cuckoo;
rain crow. An abundant Summer resident from May to
September. Breeds.

73. Coccvzrs ERVTHROPHTHALMU.s (Wils.) — Black-billed
cuckoo. Rare Summer resident, arriving and departing with
the last. Probably breeds.

Family Alckdiniu.k.— Kingfishers.

74. Ceryle .\lcvon (Linn.) — Belted kingfisher. A com-
mon resident from March to December, and during open sea-
sons a number winter along the creeks and rivers of the
county. Breeds.

Order Pici. — Woodpeckers.
Family Picio-*; — Woodpeckers.

75. Drvohates villosus I Linn.) — Hairy woodpecker.
Resident; common in Winter, rare in Summer. Prol)ably
bree s.

76. Drvobates pubescexs (Linn.) — Downy woodpecker.
Common resident, much more common than the last. More
abundant in Winter. Breeds.

77. Sphyr.\picu.s varrts ([/inn.) — Yellow-bellied wood-
pecker. A regular, but not very common vSpring and h'all
migrant in April and November.

78. CeophlcEUS pileatus (Linn.) — Pileated woodpecker;
log cock. Formerly a common resident. Bred. Well
remembered as occurring abundantly by men of middle life,
but has been extinct in the county for 20 or 25 years.

79. Melanerpics ERVTHROCi:pn.\i,us (Linn.) — Rcd-hcaded
woodpecker. Resident from March to November in nbund-

The Rirds of Warren County, O. 117

ance. Breeds. In Mr. Gould's collection there is a ver}' curi-
ous albino of this species. In it, the red and white are dis-
tributed as in the ordinary bird, but the blue-black area is
replaced by one of pale, shaded chocolate. The bird was taken
near Lebanon in the Fall of 1879.

80. Melanerpes CAROLINUS (Linn.) — Red-bellied wood-
pecker. Resident; rare in vSummcr, abundant in Fall, Winter
and Spring.

81. CoLAPTES AURATUS, (Linn.) — Flicker; yellowhanimcr.
An abundant resident. Breeds.

Order Maciirociiires. — Goatsuckers, Swifts, Etc.
FamiIvY CAPRiMULGiDyK. — Goatsuckcrs.

82. Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.) — Whip-poor-will. A
rare Summer resident, proVjably breeding. Is more common
in May. Not observed in the Fall.

83. Chordkiles vikginianus (Gmel.) — Night hawk. Un-
common Summer resident, probably breeding. Common dur-
ing May, and abundant in September and October.

Family Micropodid^k— Swifts.

84. Ch.^tura pelagica (Linn.) — Chimney swift. Abund-
ant Summer resident, from April to October. Breeds.

Family Trochilid^. — Hummingbirds.

85. Trochilus colubris Linn. — Rubj'-throated humming-
bird. A common vSummer resident, from May i to vSeptem-
ber 15.

Order Passeres. — Perching Birds.
Family Tyrannid^. — Tyrant Flycatchers.

86. Tyrannus TYRANNUS (Linn.) — Kingbird. A common
Summer resident, from May to September. Breeds.

87. Myiarchus crinitus (Linn.)— Crested Flycatcher. A
common Summer resident, from the first of May to the mid-
dle of September. Breeds.

88. Sayornis PH(Eim (Lath.) — Peewee; phoebe. Common
Summer resident, from the last of March to the first of Octo-
ber. Breeds. . Two and frequently three broods.

iiS Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

89. CoNTOPUS viRENS (Liim.) — Wood peewee. Common
Summer resident, from May to October. The commonest of
the small flycatchers. Breeds.

90. Empidoxax FLAVivENTRis Baird. — Yellow-bellied fly-
catcher. Spring and Fall migrant; not uncommon.

91. Empidonax acadicus (Gmel.) — Acadian flycatcher.
Resident from May to September. Breeds.

92. Empidonax minimus Baird. — Least flycatcher. Spring
and Fall migrant, in May and September, arriving and depart-
ing with flaviventris.

Family Alaudid^. — Larks.

93. Otocoris alpestris (Linn.) — Horned lark. Resident
from October to April, although very severe Winters drive
the great bulk of them farther vSouth. Usually abundant in
November, when they gather in the meadows in large flocks,
but in some seasons only a few are seen.

Family Corvid.K. — Crows and Jays.

94. CvANOCiTTA cristata (Liuu.) — Blue jay. A common
resident. Breeds.

95. Corvus americanus Aud. — Crow. A common res-
ident. Breeds. In speaking of the crow as a resident, it
should be stated that the crows to be seen in all parts of the
county any Winter day, return every evening to the great
crow roost at Clifton, a suburb of Cincinnati. F^very morn-
ing, from November to March, they arrive in the vicinity of
Lebanon about an hour after sun-rise. The day is spent
searching for food along the numerous water-courses of the
county, and about three o'clock in the afternoon they may be
seen returning, in small flocks, to the Clifton roost. So,
while during the daytime, in Winter, crows are more abund-
ant than at any other time of the year, by five o'clock in the
afternoon tliere is probably not a crow left in the county.

Family IcTKRin.i;. — Orioles.

96. DoLiCHONYX orvzivorus, (Linn.) — Bobolink. Uncom-
mon migrant, early in May, in small flocks. Breeds at Yellow
Springs ( Wheaton), twenty miles north of the Warren County

line.

Till' Birds of Warren Coittity, O. 119

97. Moi.OTHRUS ATER (Bodd.) — Cowbird. Abundant Sum-
mer resident, from the last of February to October. Breeds.

98. Agelaius PHcENiciU'S (Linn.)— Red-winged blackbird.
Common Summer resident, arrixing and departing with the
last species. Aljundant during the migrations. Breeds.

99. Sturnella magna (Linn.) — Meadow lark. An abund-
ant resident from March ist to December ist, and, except in
verj' severe seasons, a number remain throughout the j-ear.
Breeds.

100. Icterus spurius (Linn.) — Orchard Oriole. Rather
common Summer resident, from May ist to September ist.
Breeds.

loi. Icterus GALBULA (Linn.) — Baltimore oriole. Common
Summer resident, from the last of April to the middle of Sep-
tember. Breeds.

102. ScOLEOPHAGUS CAROLINUS (Miill.) — Ru.sty blackbird.
Common Spring and Fall migrant, in April, May, October
and November.

103. QuiscALUS ouiscuLA .-ENEUS (Ridgw.) — Bronzed
grackle; blackbird. Abundant resident, from the last of
February to the first of November. Ver}' numerous, in great
flocks, during the migrations. Breeds. One seen December
30, 1887.

Family Fringillid.^. — Finches, Sparrows, Etc.

104. Carpodacus purpureus (Gmel.) — Purple finch. Mi-
grant in April, May and October. Probably a rare Winter
resident.

105. LoxiA CURVIROSTRA MINOR (Brehm.) — American cro.ss-
bill. Rare and irregular Winter visitant. None have been
observed in this county in recent years, but a flock of them
appeared at Wilmington, some eight miles east of the county
line, in February, 1887.

106. LoxiA LEUCOPTERA, Gmel. — White-winged cro.s.sbill.
Very irregular Winter visitant ; not observed for a number of
years.

107. Spinus tristis (Linn.) — Goldfinch. Abundant res-
ident ; less common in Winter. Breeds.

I20 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

io8. Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn.) — Snow bunting.
Irregular Winter visitant ; not observed for several years.

109. POOC/ETES GRAMINEUS (Gmel.) — Grass finch. A com-
mon resident, from April to November. Breeds.

no. Ammodramus sandwicheNvSis savanna (Wils.) —
Savanna sparrow. A not uncommon Spring and F'all mi-
grant.

111. Ammodramus savannarum passerinus, (Wils.) —
Yellow-winged sparrow. A very rare Summer resident. One
specimen only, identified at Franklin, in the northwestern
part of the county, June 30, i8go, which was in .song at the
time. Probablv breeds.

1 1 2. Choxdestes grammacus (vSay.) — Lark finch. Migrant
during the la.st of April and the first of May, and the last of
August and the first of September. I'ucommon. Is a rare
Summer resident and breeder.

113. ZoNOTRiCHi.i EEUCOPHRVS (Forst.) — Wliite-crowucd
sparrow. Migrant with the next species, but less common.

114. ZoNOTRiciiiA ALBicoLLis (Gmel.) — White-throated
sparrow. Common Spring and P'all migrant, in April, May,
October and November.

115. Spizella monticola (Gmel.) — Tree sparrow. Com-
mon Winter resident, from October to April.

116. vSpizelIvA sociALiS (Wils.)— Chipping sparrow. Abund-
ant Summer resident, from the last of March to the last of
October. Breeds.

117. Spizella pitsilla (Wils.) — Field sparrow. Common
Summer resident, arriving and departing with the last species.
Breeds.

118. JUNCO HVEMALis (Linn.)— vSnowbird. Abundant Win-
ter resident, from October 15 to April 15.

119. Melospiz.v KAsciATA (Gmel.) — vSong sparrow. Abund-
ant resident. Breeds.

120. Melospiza LiNCOLNi(Aud.) — Lincoln's sparrow. Rare
migrant. One s])ecimen only, taken near Lebanon, May 2,
1 890.

121. Mi;i,()Spiza ceorc.iana (Lath.) — Swamp sparrow.
SjiriuL; and Kali nilL^raiit, in .\pril and (October.

The Birds of IVarren Coiiiify, O. 121

122. Passerella iliaca (Merr.) — Fox sparrow. A not
uncommon Spring and Fall migrant.

123. PiPiLO ERYTHKOPHTHAEMUS (Linn.) — Ground robin.
Common resident, from March to November, and a few may
Winter in the county in mild seasons. Breeds.

124. Cardinalis CARDinaeis (Linn.) — Cardinal grosbeak;
redbird. A common resident. Breeds.

125. Habia LUDOViCE\NA (Linn.) — Rose-breasted grosbeak.
Uncommon Spring and Fall migrant, in April, Ma}' and Sep-
tember.

126. Passerina cyanea (Linn.) — Indigo bunting. A com-
mon resident, from May to October.

127. Spiza AMERICANA (Gmel.) — Dickcissel. Abundant
Summer resident from May to September. Breeds.

128. Passer DOMESTicus, Linn. — English sparrow. Abund-
ant resident. Breeds. Introduced about 1875.

.Famh,y Tanagrid^E. — Tanagers.

129. PiRANGA ERVTHROMELAS Viell. — Scarlet tanager.
Rare Summer resident, quite common during May and Sep-
tember. Breeds.

130. PiRANGA RUBRA (Liun.) — Summer tanager. Arrives
and departs with the last species. Less common during the
migrations, but more remain during the Summer. Breeds.

Family Hirundinid^. — Swallows.

131. Progne SUBIS (Linn.) — Martin. A common Summer
resident, from April to September. Breeds.

132. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say.) — Eave swallow.
Common Summer resident, from the middle of April to the
middle of September. Breeds.

133. Cheeidon erythrogaster (Bodd.) — Barn swallow.
Common Summer resident, from April to September. Breeds.

134. Tachycineta bicolor (Viell.)— White-bellied swallow.
Uncommon migrant in May and September.

135. Clivicoea riparia (Linn.) — Bank swallow. Common
Summer resident, from April to September. Breeds.

122 Ciiicitinali Society of Xaiiiral History.

136. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.)— Rough-winged
swallow. Summer resident, arriving and departing with the
last species. Breeds.

Family Ampelid.*:. — Waxwings.

137. Ampelis cedrorum (Viell.) — Cedar bird. A very ir-
regular bird. Usually common during the migrations, but in
some seasons quite rare. Sometimes an uncommon Summer
resident, probably breeding, again not observed at all during
other Summers. At times appearing so late in the F'all and
so early in the Spring (November 29th; January 25th), as to
give the impression that in some years it may be a rare Win-
ter resident.

F.A.Mii,v Laniid.^;. — Shrikes.

138. Lanius ludovicianus Linn. — Loggerhead shrike.
Spring and Fall migrant and uncommon Summer resident.
Breeds.

139. Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides (Swain.) —
White-rumped shrike. Migrant and resident with the last.
Probably breeds.

The shrikes of this locality are just on the borderline between
the loggerheads and the white-rumps, and in many ca.ses it is
almost impossible to distinguish the variety. Dr. F. W. Lang-
don, of Cincinnati, who is an authority on the birds of this
.section, considers the white-rump our common variety. I
have never found it nesting in this county, as I have undoubted
loggerheads, but it unquestionably breeds.

Family Virkonid/K. — Vireos.

140. ViREO olivaceus (Linn.) — Red-eyed vireo. Common
Summer resident, from May to October. Breeds.

141. Vireo gilvus (Viell.) — Warbling vireo. Common
Summer resident, arriving and departing with the last. Breeds.

142. Vireo flavifrons Viell. — Yellow-throated vireo.
Migrant in May and September. Po.ssibly a rare Summer
resident, but not noted as such.

143. Virf:o noveboracensis (Gmel.)— White-eyed vireo.
Summer resident. May to vSepteniber. Breeds.

The lUrds of Warrcti County, O. 123

l'\\.Mir,\' M x I ()T n,T I D.i:. — Warblers.

144. Mniotilta \akia (Liun.) vSuimuer resident, from
May to September. Breeds. As in the case with all warblers
which are vSummer residents in the county, is much more com-
mon during the migrations.

145. Helminthopiiila pinus (Linn.) — Blue-winged warb-
ler. Rather uncommon Summer resident. Breeds.

[46. Helminthophila peregrina (Wils.) — Tennessee
warbler. Common Spring and Fall migrant.

147. Dendroica .KSTiv.v (Omel.) — Yellow warbler. Abund-
ant Summer resident, from the middle of May to the last of
August. Breeds.

148. Dendroica c.Erulescens (Gmel.) — Black-throated
blue warbler. Uncommon migrant, in May and September.

149. Dendroica coronata (Linn.) — Yellow-rumped war-
bler. A common migrant, in April, May and October.

150. Dendroica maculosa (Gmel.) — Black and yellow war-
bler. Migrant in May and September ; much more common
in the Fall.

151. Dendroica c.Erulea (Wils.) — Cerulean warbler.
Rather common migrant and rare Summer resident, from
May to August. Breeds.

152. Dendroica pensylvanica (Linn.) — Chestnut-sided
warbler. Spring and Fall migrant ; common in September.

153. Dendroica castanea (Wils.) — Bay-breasted warbler.
Spring and Fall migrant ; common in September.

154. Dendroica striata (Forst.) — Black-poll warbler.
Rare migrant, in May and September.

155. Dendroica blackburni.^ (Gmel.)— Blackburnian war-
bler. Migrant in May and September; much more common
during the latter month.

156. Dendroica dominica albilora, Baird. Sycamore
warbler. Common migrant in April, and is one of the first,
if not the first, of the warblers to arrive. Not observed in
the Fall.

157. Dendroica virens (Gmel.)— Black-throated green war-
bler. Common Spring and Fall migrant.

124 Cincinnati Society of Satural History.

158. Dexdroica palm arum (Gmel.) — Yellow red-poll war-
bler. Migrant in April and October ; more common in the
Fall.

159. Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn.) — Golden-crowned
water thrush. Summer resident, from April to September.
Breeds.

160. Skiurus motacilla (Viell.) — Large-billed water
thrush. Common Summer resident, in the thickly wooded
hills along the Little Miami ; comparatively rare elsewhere
in the county. Arrives early in April and leaves the last of
August. Breeds.

161. Geothlypis FORMOSA (Wils.) — Kentucky warbler.
Uncommon Summer resident. Probably breeds.

162. Geothlypis .\gilis (Wils.) — Connecticut warbler.
Very rare migrant One specimen only, taken near Lebanon,
in Ma3% 1879, and now in Mr. Gould's collection.

163. Geothlypis Philadelphia (Wils.) — Mourning war-
bler. Rare migrant. One specimen only, taken at Ft.
Ancient, May 26, 1890.

164. Geothlypis trichas (Linn.) — Maryland yellow-throat.
Summer resident, from May to September ; common during
the migrations. Breeds.

165. Icteria virens (Linn.) — Yellow-brea.sted chat. Com-
mon Summer resident, from the middle of May to the first of
September. Breeds.

166. SetophaCxA ruticilL-V (Linn.) — Redstart. Summer
resident, from Ma}- to September ; much more common dur-
ing the migrations. Breeds.

F.XMiiA' MoTACiLLin.K.— Wagtails.

167. Antiius pensilvanicus (Lath.) — Titlark. Spring and
I'^all migrant, in March, April and November, in flocks.

I'amii.v Tkoci.odvtid.K. — Wrens.

16S. MiMUS polyc.lottos (Linn.) — Mockingbird. A rare
Summer resident. Breeds. Mr. Gould's collection contains
an albino mocking l)ird. It is not ]nirc while, and all the
markings of the ordinarx' bird can l>e niatle out, but the col-

The Birds of Warren County, O. 125

oring is so light that, at a little distance, it seems to be
almost white. It was shot in a swamp in Mississippi, early
in 1882.

169. CiALEOscoPTKS CAROijNKNSis (Linn.) — Catbird.
Abundant Summer resident, from the middle of April to the
first of October. Breeds.

170. Harporhvnciius KUFiTs(Linn.) — Brown thru.sh. Com-
mon Summer resident, from April to September. Breeds.

171. TuRYOTHORUvS LUDOViciANUS (Lath.) — Carolina wren.
Common resident. Breeds.

172. Thryothorus hewickii (Aud.) — Bewick's wren. A
rare Summer resident, probably a comparatively recent addi-
tion to the fauna of the county. Its rarity prevents the giv-
ing of dates of arrival and departure, with anything like cer-
tainty, but I have seen it as early as April 15th and as late as
August loth. Probably breeds.

173. Troglodytes aedon (Viell.) — House wren. Formerly
a rather common resident. Of late years, quite rare. Breeds.

174. Troglodytes iiiemalis Viell. — Winter wren. Un-
common Winter visitant, November to April.

175. CiSTOTHORUS PALUSTRLS (Wils.) — Long-billed marsh
wren. Rare Spring and Fall migrant.

Family Crrthiid.k.— Creepers.

.176. Certhlv famill\rls AMERICANA (Bonap.) — Brown
creeper. Common migrant in March, April, October and
November, and rare Winter resident.

FAi^riiA' PARiD/ii. — Nuthatches and Titmice.

177. SiTTA CAROLINENSLS Lath. — White-bellied nuthatch.
Resident ; more common in Winter. Breeds.

178. SiTTA CANADENSLS Liuu. — Red-bellied nuthatch. Ir-
regular Winter visitant, sometimes in considerable numbers.
Not observed since December, 1888.

179. P.-VRUS BicoLOR Linn. — Tufted titmou.se. Resident;
more common in Winter. Breeds.

180. Parts carolinensis Aud. — Carolina chickadee. A
common resident, more numerous in Winter. Breeds.

126 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Family SvIvVIID.K. — Kinglets, Etc.

i8i. Rkoulus satrapa Licht. — Golden-crowned kinglet.
Common Spring and Fall migrant, usually in .small flocks. A
rare Winter resident.

182. Rkcuu.us calendula (Linn.) — Ru])y-cro\vned kinglet.
Uncommon, but regular migrant, in April and October.

183. PoLiOPTiLA c.KRULEA (Linn.) — Blue-gray gnatcatcher.
Summer resident, April to August ; more common in the
Spring. Breeds.

Family Turdid.K. — Thrushes.

184. TuKDUS MUSTELiNUS Gmel.— Wood thrush. Com-
mon Summer resident, from April to October. Breeds.

185. TuRDUS ALici.^ Baird.-- Gray-cheeked thrush. Mi-
grant in May, September and October.

186. TuRDUS usTULATUS swAiNSONii (Cab.)— Olive-backed
thrush. A very common migrant in April, May and Sep-
tember.

187. TuRDUs AONALASCH^PALLASii (Cab.)— Hermit thrush
Common migrant, in April, May, September and October.

188. Merula migratoria (Linn.) — Robin. Abundant res-
ident, from February to November, and a small number some-
times Winter in the county. Very numerous, in large strag-
gling flocks, during the migrations. Breeds.

1S9. Si.VLiA si.VLis (Linn.) — Bluebird. Common resident,
from February to November, and a few nsuall\- remain
through the Winter. Breeds.

IJST OF HIKD.S VtV PROHAHIJ-; ( )CCr KK ICNCE.

In the following list are the names of a number of birds,
which, to a practical certainty, occtir in the county, so much
so that quite a number of them might have been included
in the list proper with perfect safety, and were only barred
out by the rigidly adhered to rule of including no V)ird whose
indentification within the county lines was not positive and
certain. It is true that the majority of these will be found
to be rare, but as they are tiiuiuestionabl>- of tolerabl\- reg-

The Birds of Warren County, O. 127

ular occurrence in the county, the irregularity of my own ob-
servations must account for the fact that I have overlooked
them and have no other records to which to refer. Birds of
this class may be distinguished in the following list by the
quotations attached to their names, the Cincinnati quotations
being from Dr. F. W. Langdon's list of Cincinnati birds, and
those from the State at large from Dr. Wheaton's work on the
birds of the State, published in the report of the Ohio Geolo-
gical Survey. Any other authorities are named. The birds
to which no quotations are attached are birds which have oc-
curred in the State, many of them being recorded from the
vicinity of Cincinnati. They are birds w^hich are liable to oc-
cur in the county any year (except a few species here included
on the probability of their occurrence in former years, of which
some record may yet be found), but such occurrences will in
all probability be found to be very irregular, and many of them
w'ould come under the head of accidental.

Family Podicipid^.

1. CoLYMBUS HOLBCELLii (Reinh.) — Holboell's grebe.

Family Urin.\torid.^.

2. Urinator lumme (Gunn.) — Red-throated loon.

Family Larid^,.

3. Larus marinus Linn. — Great black-backed gull.

4. Larus delaw.vrensis Ord. — Ring-billed gull.

5. Larus atricilla Linn. — Laughing gull.

6. Geochelidon nilotica ( Hasselq. ) — Gull-billed tern.

7. Sterna forsteri Nutt. — Forster's tern.

8. Sterna doug.vlli Montag. — Roseate tern.

9. Sterna .vntillarum (Less.) — Lea.st tern.

Family Pp:lecanid^:.

10. Pelecanus ervthrorhvnchus Gmel. — White-pel-
ican.

Family Anatio.b.

11. Merganser americanus (Cass.) — Merganser.

128 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

12. Mkkganser serrator (Linn.) — Red-breasted mergan-
ser.

13. Anas obscura Gmel. — Dusky duck. "vSpring and Fall
migrant " at Cincinnati. Probably a rare migrant on the Mi-
amis.

14. Anas strepera Linn.— Gadwall.

15. Aythva vallisneria (Wils.)— Canvasback. "Rare mi-
grant " at Cincinnati. In the State "common on Lake Erie, less
common at the St. Mary's Reservoir, and rather rare generally
throughout the State."

r6. Aytiiva marila nearctica Stejn. — vScaup duck.

17. Glaucionetta clangula AMERICANA (Bonap.) — Gol-
deneye. "An uncommon migrant" at Cincinnati. In the State
"not very common " Spring and Fall migrant and Winter resi-
dent.

18. OiDEMiA FUSCA (Linn.) — Velvet scoter.

19. Chen hvperborea (Pall.) — Lesser snow goose.

20. Anser alhifrons gamheli, (Hartl.) — White-fronted
goose.

21. Br.vnta hernicla (Linn.) — Brantgoo.se.

22. Olor coi.umbianus (Ord.) — Whistling swan.

23. Olor buccin.vtor (Rich.) — Trunii)eter swan.

Family Ibidid^.

24. Pi.EGADis autumnalis (Ha.s.selcj[.) — Glo.s.sy ibis.

F.\MILV ClNCONID.K.

25. Tantalus loculator Linn. — Wood ibis.

Famii,v .Akdicid.i:.

26. BoTAURiis ivXiEis ((hucI.)— Least bittern. "Rare Spring
and Ivill migrant" at Cincinnati. Not common resident in the
Northern part of the vState. Doubtfully identified in this
county.

27. ARni:.\ c.VNDissiMA Gniel. — Suown- heron.

I'amilv Gi<rii).i:.

2.S. Gri'S .\mi;kic ana (Linn.) — \\'h()()])ing crane.
2y. Grus Mi'.xiCAN.v (Miill.) — vSandhill crane.

The Birds of Warren County, O. 129

FamiIvY Rali.id.k.

30. PoRZAXA NOVEBORACENSis(Gmel.)— Yellow-rail. "Rare
Spring and Fall migrant" at Cincinnati. " Not common Spring
and Fall migrant, probably Summer resident" in the vState.

31. PoRZANA jAMAiCENSis (Gniel.) — Black rail.

32. loNORNis MARTiNiCA (Linn.) —Purple gallinulc.

33. Gallinula gal.-vtka (Ivicht.)— Florida |^allinule.

Famiia' Phalargpodid^.

34. Crymophilus fulicarius (Linn.) — Red phalarope.

35. Phalaropus lobatus (Linn.) — Northern phalarope

36. Phalaropus tricolor (Viell.)— Wilson'.s phalarope.

Family Recurvirostrid/E.

37. HiMANTOPTus MEXiCANUS (Miill.)— Black-necked stilt.

Famii^y Scolopacid.-E.

38. Macrorhampus Griseus (Gmel.j— Red-breasted snipe.
"Rare Spring and Fall migrant" at Cincinnati. "Not common
migrant" in the State.

39. MiCROPALMA HiMANTOPUS (Bonap.) — Stilt sandpiper.

40. Tringa CANUTU.S Linn. — Knot.

41. Tringa bairdii (Coues.) — Baird's sandpiper.

42. Calidris arenaria (Linn.) — Sanderling.

43. LiMOSA FEDOA (Linn.) — Marbled godwit.

44. LiMOSA h.f:mastica (Linn.) — Hudsonian godwit.

45. Bartramia longicauda (Bechst ) — Upland plover.

46. Tryngytes subruficollis (Viell.) — Buff-brea.sted
sandpiper.

47. NuMENius LONGiROSTRis Wils. — Long-billed curlew.

48. NuMENius HUDSONicus Lath. — Hudsonian curlew.
49 NuMENius BORE ALLS (Forst.) — Eskimo curlew.

F A M I L Y C H A R A I ) R 1 1 D.K .

50. Charadrius sox'ATArola (Linn.) — Black-bellied plover.
"Rare Spring and Fall migrant " at Cincinnati. "Rather rare

130 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Spring and Fall migrant, more frequenth' seen on the lake
shore than elsewhere" in the State.

51. ^GiALiTis SEMiPALMATA Bonap. — Semipalniated
plover. "Uncommon Spring and Fall migrant "at Cincinnati.
"Not common in Spring, more abundant in Fall" in the State.

52. ^Egialitis meloda (Ord.) — Piping plover.

Family Ai'hri/.id.k.

53. Arexakia ixterpres (Linn.) — Turnstone.

Family Tktraonid.k.

54. TvMPAxi'CHUS AMERic.vxis (Reicli.) — Prairie chicken.

Family Falconid.-E.

55. AcciPiTER VELOX (Wils.) — Sharp-shiiined hawk. "Rare
Summer resident" at Cincinnati. "Breeds" at Cincinnati— Dury.
In the State, "common resident in northern, less common in
middle and southern Ohio."

56. AcciPiTER ATRiCAPiLLUS (Wils.) — Goshawk.

57. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johaxnis (Gmel.) —
Rough-legged hawk.

58. Falco peregrixus axatum (Bonap.) — Duck hawk.

Family Strigid.e.

59. Strix pratixcola Bonap. — Barn owl.

60. Uu'L.v cixEREA (Gmel.) — Great gray owl.

61. NvcT.VLE ACADic.v (Gmel.).— Saw-whet owl. "Rare visi-
tant in Winter" at Cincinnati. In the State " not common resi-
dent in the northern, resident or Winter visitor in middle and
southern Ohio."

62. SuRNiA ULULA c.vp.VRoCH (Miill.) — American liawk-

owl.

Family Picid.k.

63. C.VMPEPiiii.i s PRINCIP.M.IS (Linn.) — Ivory-billed wood-
pecker.

I'amilv TYRANNin.i:.

64. C()NTt)PUS noRivAi.is (vSwains.) — Olive-sided fl\calch(.r.

The Birds of Warreu County, O. 131

65. EMPiDf)NAX prsiLLUs TKAiLLii (Aud.) — Traill's fly-
catcher. " Rare migrant in May and September," at Cincin-
nati. " Common Summer resident in central Ohio, from May
to September. Breeds."

66. Otocoris alphstkis praticola Hen.sh. — Prairie
horned lark. "Habitat, upper Mississippi Valley and the
region of the great lakes."— A. O. U. Checklist. Almost cer-
tainly identified. Probably a rare Summer resident. On July
2, 1890, I .saw, about two miles south of Lebanon, what was
unquestionably a horned lark. What was probably the same
bird, was seen at the same place the following day, making
the identification certain as to species, but not as to variety,
which, however, was almost certainly that named above. The
bird was in song, and probably was breeding.

F.\MILY CORVID.E.

67. CoRVUS CORAX sinuatus (Wagl.)— Raven. Formerly
a not uncommon resident in this part of the vState, at which
time it almost certainly occurred in this county, but I have
been unable to get any certain record of its appearance here.

Family Fringillid.e.

68. AcANTHis LiNARiA (Linn.) — Redpoll.

69. Spinu.s pinus (Wils.) — Pine linnet. At Cincinnati
"abundant in the Winter of 1868-9."— Dury. In the State
"abundant, nearly resident; po.s.sibly breeding in northern
Ohio ; Winter visitor in other parts of the State."

70. Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.) - Lapland longspur.
" Rare and irregular visitant" at Cincinnati. " Common and
tolerably regular Winter visitor in the vicinity of Columbus."

71. Guiraca c.4iRULEA (Liuu.) — Blue grosbeak.

Family Laniid.k.

72. Lanius -BOREALis Viell.— Butcher bird. "Rare Fall
and Winter visitant" at Cincinnati. In the State, " irregular
and not ^■erv common Winter visitor."

132 Ciiicinnaii Socicly of Natural History.

Family Vireonid.i:.

73. ViRKo I'iriLADKLPHicus (Cass.) — Philadelphia vireo.
" Rare migrant in May and September," at Cincinnati. " Not
very common, but regular. Spring and Fall migrant" in the
State.

74. \'iRKo soLiTAKius (Wils.) — Solitary vireo. At Cincin-
nati "rare migrant in May," — Byrnes, Dury, " and Septem-
ber,"— Shorten. In the State, " not common Spring and Fall
migrant in southern and middle Ohio."

Family INIxioTii/rin.i:.
75 Protonotakia citrea (Bodd.) —Prothonotary \varl)ler.

76. Hklmintherus vERMi\'ORrs (Gmel.) — Worm-eating
Avarbler. " Rare Summer resident May to August," at Cin-
cinnati. In the State, " rare Summer resident."

77. Helminthophila chrvsoptera (Linn.) — Golden-
winged warbler.

78. Helminthophila ruficapill.v (Wils.) — Nashville
warbler. " Migrant in April, May and vSeptember," at Cin-
cinnati. "Regular vSpring and Fall migrant; common" in
the State.

79. Helminthophila celata (Say.) — Golden-crowned
warbler.

80. CoMsoTHLVPis .\:merican.\ (Linn.) — Parula warbler.
" Not common migrant in May and September," at Cincin-
nati. In the vState, " not common Spring and Fall migrant in
southern and middle, vSummer resident in northern Ohio."

Si. Dendroica tic.rina ((^imel.) — Cape May warl)ler.
" Rare migrant in .Ma>- and vSeptember," at Cincinnati and
throughout the vState.

.S2. Dendroica kirtl.^ndi Baird. — Kirtland's warbler.

83. Dendroic.v vic.orsii (And.) — Pine warbler. "Rare
migrant in April," at Cincinnati. In the .Stale, " not common
vSpring and Fall migrant."

84. Dendroica discolor ' \"iell. ) — Prairie warbkr. "Rare
migrant in May," at Cincinnati. In southern and middle
Ohio "a rare .Spring and I-'all migrant."

The Birds of W'arrcu County, O. 133

85. Seiurus novkbokacknsis (Gmel.) — Water thrush.
'' Rare niigrant in May," at Cincinnati. In the State, " com-
mon Spring and Fall migrant."

86. Sylvania :\iitrata (Gmel.) — Hooded warbler. "Rare
migrant in May," at Cincinnati. In the State, " rare vSummer
resident." Doubtfully identified in this county.

87. Svi.VANiA pusiLL.v (Wils.) — Wilsou's warbler. " vSpring
and Fall migrant, not common " at Cincinnati. In the vState,
"not common migrant in the vSpring ; abundant in the Fall."

88. SvLVANiA CAN.VDiCNSiS (Linn.) — Canadian war]:)ler.
" Migrant in May and vSeptember ; rather rare" at Cincinnati.
In the State, " rather common migrant in the vSpring; more
rare in the Fall."

Family TROGLODYTiDyE.

89. CiSTOTHOKUS STELLARis (Licht.j — Sliort-billed marsh
wren.

Family Parid.^v.

90. Parus atricapillx'S Linn. — Black-capped chickadee.
" Rare Winter visitant " at Cincinnati. In the State, " abund-
ant resident in northern and probably eastern Ohio ; not com-
mon Winter visitor in central and southern Ohio."

Family Turdid.^.

91. TuRDUS FUSCESCENS Stcph. — Wilsou's thrush. "Rare
migrant in April," at Cincinnati. In the State, " Spring and
Fall migrant in southern and central Ohio ; Summer resident
in northern Ohio."

if^c JocJPiQal of hl^e &\n. goc. yNahiJpal "-Hifjhor^y.

Vol.. XIV

Plale III.

Fig. I. C ki;i-;k ai rr. I'i.i.asam, (J. i.Miniii.K mouiklx . J. i'. J., Aic.isr, i.>yo.

Fig. 2. Creek Ar i'r. I'Li.AbA.Ni, O. .Lower 1'akt . J. !■ . J., .\i «.ust, iSyo

if^G loLiPiQal of Wie CiiQ. goc. /^lahupal +li^t:opy.

Vol. XIV.

I'lalc IV

Fig. 3. Upper Part of Section at Ludlow, Ky., No. 4). Cin. Gkoui-. J. V J,, Sept., 1S90.

Fig. 4. Lower Part of Section, .^.bove water's edge, Ludlow, Kv. J. F. J., Sept., 1S90.

THE JOURNAL

- OK Tin -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Voi,. XIV. • Cincinnati, Oct., 1891,-jAN., 1892 • Nos. 3 & 4-

PROCEEDINGS.

Regular Mep:ting, August 4, 1891.

The Society was called to order at 8.15 p. m.. President
Abert in the chair.

Mr. D. W. Miller read a paper on "The Science of Har-
mony, or Use of Harmonics and Resultant Tones in the
Formation and Progression of Chords," which was well re-
ceived by the small but appreciative audience.

There being no quorum present, no further business was
transacted.

Regular Meeting, September i, 1891.

The Society was called to order at 8.20 p. m., President
Abert in the chair.

President Abert read a paper entitled "Comparative Mea.s-
urements and Proportions of the Human Form," which was
listened to wath much interest bj' those present.

As there was not a quorum of members present, no business
was transacted.

For the meetings of July, October, November and Decem-
ber there was no quorum present, and no papers read.

136 Chiciiitiafi Society of Natural History.

DONATIONS TO JAXl'ARY i, 1892.

From O. J. Wilson, W. P. Anderson, Frank J. Jones, L. B.
Harrison, Jnlius Dexter and Robert Clarke: A fine collection
of East India Corals and Marine vShells, valued at S400.00.

From J. Ralston Skinner: Several specimens of Fungus
(Astraeus hygrometricus), from Watch Hill, R. I.

From The Cuvier Club: The D. H. Shaffer collection of
Shells, Minerals and Fossils.

From Col. Jacob Bauer : Skin of a Catfish, tanned.

From E. O. Hurd : Red Squirrel and Long-tailed Duck,
both from Minnesota, mounted.

From Miss Bessie Owens : Texas Wild-cat, mounted.

BOOKS AND P.VMPHLETS.

From Hon. B. Butterworth : Reports of Smithsonian Inst.,
1888-89; Bulletin of U. S. Fi.sh Com., Vol. VIII, 1888; Re-
port of Director of U. S. Geological Survey, Vol. I\'.,
1888-89; Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, Vol. VI., Fourth
Annual Report Bureau of Ethnology, 1882-83 ; Reports of S.
P. Langley, 1889-90; Bulletin No. i, U. S. Board of Geo-
graphic Names; Bibliography of the Chemical Influence of
Light; Monographs U. S. Geol. Sur., Vol. X.; Tenth Annual
Report U. S. Geol. Sur.; Bulletins of U. S. Geol. Sur., Vols.
IV. and v.; Report of Sec. of Int., 1.S86-87, Vol. Ill, part 2 ;
Bulletins 14, 15, 16 and 17. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey ;
U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey of the Territories of Wyoming
and Idaho, parts i and 2, with maps ; Report of Explorations
made during 1888 in the Allegheny Region of \'irginia, N.
Carolina and Tennessee, and in Western Indiana, with an ac-
count of the Fishes found in each of the river basins of these
regions, by David Starr Jordan ; Suggestions for the employ-
ment of improved types of vessels in the market fisheries,
with notes on British fishing steamers, by J. W. Collins ; The
most recent methods of Hatching Fish Ivggs ; Notes on the
P'ishes collected at Cozumel, Yucatan, by Tarleton H. Bean ;
Ivxplorations of the Fishing Grounds of Alaska, Washington
and Oregon during 1888, by the U. vS. Fish Com. Steamer
Albatross; The F'isheries and Fishing Industries of the Tniled

Dona/ions. 137

States; Bulletin 6, Experinieiit vStation ; Insect lyife, Vol. I.,
No. I ; Journal of Mycology, Vol. VI., No. 2 ; Experiment
Station Record, Vol. I., Nos. 2, 5 and 6, Vol. II., Nos. i, 5, 6
and 7; Report of Microscopist for iS.Sg; Bureau of I^duca-
tion, Circular of Information, No. 9, i8go.

From Prof. Jos. F. James, author: Manual of the PaUeon-
tology of the Cincinnati Ciroup.

From vState Historical Society of Wisconsin : Wisconsin
Historical Collections, Vols. 2 and 3, unbound, and Vols. 4, 8,
10 and 1 1 bound.

From S. A. Miller: Advance sheets of the 17th Report
of the Geological Survey of Indiana, Pakcontology ; Two
copies of 1 6th Report of the State Geologist of Indiana.

From Robert Clarke : The Solar Parallax and its Relative
Constants.

From Erwin F. Smith, author: Chemistry of Peach
Yellows; The Black Peach Aphis.

From Dr. Jas. A. Henshall : Bulletins of the Department of
Agriculture, France, 1890, Nos. 2 and 5, 1891, Nos. i, 2 and 5 ;
the 13th, 14th and 15th Annual Report of the Ohio Fish and
Game Commission.

ACCESSIONS TO THE LIBRARY DURING THE YEAR 189I :

American Museum of Nat. Hist. Bulletin, Vol. III.

American Journal of Science, Vols. XLI and XLII.

American Naturalist, Vol. XXV.

American Philosophical Society, Pro., No. 135.

American Antiquarian, Vol. XIII.

American Ass. for Advancement of Science, Proceedings of
39th Meeting.

Auk, Vol. VIII.

American Monthly Microscopical Journal, Vol. XII.

American Geographical Society, Vol. XXIII., Nos. i, 2, 3
and 4, Part i.

Anthropological vSociety, Vol. IV.

Argentina Historia Natural Revista, Tomo i, No. ^a.

Academy of Nat. Sciences, Pro., 1891, Parts i and 2.

American Garden, Vol. XII.

American Geologist, Vols. VII and VIII.

Arkansas Geol. Survey, 1890, Vol. I.

138 Ciucinnaii Society of A'a/ura/ 11 i story.

liotanical Gazette, \'ol. X\'I.

Botanischeii Verein der Provinz.

Brandenburg Verhandlung, Vol. XXXII.

Bureau of Education, Circular of Information, Xo. 10,
Rules for a Dictionary Catalogue.

Braunschvvieg Verein fur Naturvvissen.schaft Jaliresbericht,
6th.

Bremen Xaturwissenschaftlichen Verein, Abhandlung, Vol.
XII, Heft I.

Buffalo Historical Society, Annual Report, 1891.

Birds of Indiana, Prof. A. W. Butler.

Bureau of Ethnolog}-, Fourth Annual Report, 18S2-83.

Bibliography of the Chemical Influence of Light.

Bureau of Education, Circular of Information, Xo. 9.

Black Peach Aphis, Erwin F. Smith.

Cassel \^erein for Xaturkunde Bericht, Vols. XXX\'I
and XXXVII.

Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XXIII.

Canadian Record of Science, Vol. IV.

Contributions to Canadian Palaeontolog}-, \'ol. III.

Canadian Institute, Annual Report, 1890-91.

Canadian Institute, Transactions, \"ol. II, Part i.

Comite Geologique du Russie, Memoirs, Vol. VIII, Xo. 2.

Comite Geologique du Russie, Memoirs, Vol. X, No. i.

Columbus Horticultural Society, Vol. VII.

Comparative Medicine and vSurgery, \'ol. XII.

Colorado College Scientific Society, 2d Annual Pub.

Contributions to N. A. Ethnology, Vol. VI.

Chemistry of Peach Yellows, ICrwin F. Smith.

Department of Agriculture : Reports of Statistician, Nos. 84,
•"^5. '"^6, 87, 88, 89; Album of Agricultural vStatistics for 1891 ;
Album of Agricultural Graphics for 1891 ; Division of Ento-
mology, Bulletins 7, 22, 23, 24, 25 ; Forestry Division, Bulle-
tin 5; What is Forestry? Annual Reports of Secretary,
1890-91 ; Botanical Division, Catalogue of Economic Plants.

Department of Agriculture, France: Bulletins, 1890, Nos.
2 and 5; Bulletins, 1891, Nos. i, 2 and 5.

Essex Institute, Bulletin, Vol. XXIII.

Ivntomological vSociety, \'ol. II, No. i.

lintomologica Americana, Vol. VII.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Soc, Vol. \"III., Pt. i.

ICntomological News, Vol. II.

Accfssions lo the Library. 139

Explorations of the I'^ishing ('.rounds of Alaska, Washing-
ton and Oregon during 188S, by the V . S. P'ish Com. vSteamer
Albatross.

Geological Soc. of London, Proceedings No. 561-577.

Geological vSurvey of Missouri, Bulletin No. 5.

Geological Survey of India, Records, Vol. XXI\'., i, 2, 3.

Geological Survey, Contentsi^nd Index of First 20 \'ols.

Geological Survey, Palaeontologia Indica Se. 10, \'ol. \\ .

Illinois State Laboratory of Nat. Hist., Vol. III.

Indiana State Geologist, i6th Report of.

India, Survey Department, General Report on Operations,
18S8-89, 1889-90.

Italy, Ministero di Agricoltura Industria and Commercio,
Annali 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187. Avifauna Locali, Parte
3. Statistic a Agraria, 1891.

Insect Life, \'ol. W .

Johns Hopkins University, Circulars, \'ol. X.

Journal of Mycology, Vol. VII.

Kaiser Leop-Carol Deutschen Akademie der Naturforschen,
Nova Acta LVL, No. 2, LVII. i.

Kaiser Konig Geologischen Reichsanstalt \'erhandlung,
1891, I to 14.

K. K. Naturhisterischen Hofmuseum, Annalen, Band \'I.,
I and 2.

Kongl ^'etenskaps Akademens Forhandlinger. Afoersigt.
Arg 48, Nos. I to 7.

Kentucky Geological vSurvey. Geology of Whitley County.
Geology of Clinton County. Geology of parts of Jackson
and Rockcastle Counties.

Kansas City Scienti.st, Vol. V.

Linnean Soc. of New South Wales, Pro., \'ol. \ .

Leipsig Verein fur Erdkunde, Mettheilungen, 1890 and 1891.

Linnean Soc. of New York City. Abstract of Proceedings
for 1890-91.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Proceed-
ings, Vol. W .

Museo Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. Archives, \'ol. \"IL

Manitoba Historical and vScientific Society, Pamphlets No.
40 and 41.

Missouri Botanical Garden, Annual Report, 1891.
Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences, Bulletin, \'ol. III.,
Nos. I and 2.

Most Recent Methods of Hatching Fish Eggs.

140 Ciiuiitiia/i Sociefy of Natural History.

Manual of the Pakeontolog}- of the Cincinnati Group, by
Jos. F. James.

Monographs of V . S. Geological Survey, \'ol. X.

Notes on the Fishes Collected at Cozumel, Yucatan.

Nautilus, Vol. V.

Natural History Soc. of Trencsin, Hungary, Jahreshilt.
Evfolyam, Xni. and XIV. «

Netherland Zoological Society, Deel HI, Af i, 2.

Nova Scotian Institute of Natural vScience, \'ol. \'II., Part 4.

New York Microscopical Society, Journal, \'ol. \'II.

New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions. \'ol. X.
Annals, Vol. V., Extra X^os. i, 2 and 3.

New York Experiment Station. Bulletins, 34, 35 and 36.

New South Wales, Department of Mines. Annual Report,
1890. Palaeontology, No. 5, Part i.

New Jersey Geological Survey. Report for i8go.

Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. W

Ornithologist and Oologist, \'ol. XVI.

Peabody Museum of Arch, and Ethnology. Annual Re-
ports of Trustees, 23d and 24th.

Psyche, Vol. VI,

Public Museum of Milwaukee, 9th Annual Report of
Trustees.

Royal Society, Edinburgh. Proceedings 1889-90.

Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh. Proceedings 1889-90.

Royal Microscopical Soc, 1891. Parts i, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.

Societa Toscana di Scienza Naturali. Memorie, \'ol. \'I.
Proce.ssi Verbali, Vol. VII., pp. 235 to 345.

vSchool of Mines Quarterly, Vol. XII.

Sociedad Cientifica Antonio Alzate. Memorias, Tomo W .

Societatum Litterae, Frankfort on Oder, Monatliche Mett-
heilgen, 8th year.

Staten Island Nat. Science Ass. Pro. 1891.

Societe Zoologique de France. Bull., Vol. X\'I.

Societe Entomologique de France. Bull. 1S91.

Torrey Botanical Club. Vol. X\'III.

U. S. Fi.sh Com. Bull., \'ol. \-III.

II. vS. Geological Survey. Bull, s"^ to Si.

Verein fur Vaterlandische Xaturkundc in \\'urU'm])urg.
Jahreshefte, 1891.

West American Scienti.st. \\)1. \II.

Wisconsin Historical Collections. \'ols. 2, 3, 4, 8, 10 and 1 1.

North American Fioi^i. 141

NORTH AMP:RICAN FUNGI.
By a. p. Morgan.

Fifth Paper.

{Coil ti mud from ]'o/. XIJI., p. 21.)

(Read I'ebrviary 2, 1892.)

THE GASTROMYCETES.

Genus X. — Bovistella, Morg., nov. gen.

Mycelium funicular, rooting from the base. Peridium sub-
globose, with a well-developed base ; cortex a dense floccose
subpersistent coat; inner peridium thin, membranaceous,
dehiscent by a regular apical mouth. Subgleba cellulose,
cup-shaped above and definitely limited, persistent; capilli-
tium originating within the tissue of the gleba ; the threads
free, short, several times dichotomously branched, the main
stem thicker than the diameter of the spores, the branches
tapering; spores small, globose or oval, even, pedicellate.

A puff ball of moderate size, growing in fields and open
woods; it has the peridium of a Lj^coperdon and the capilli-
tiuni of a Bovista. The threads of the capillitium originate
within the tissue of the gleba, along with the spores, and
after deliquescence are left perfectly free within the peridium ;
they are altogether different from the slender subhyaline
hyphse which compose the wall of the inner peridium and
have no connection with them.

I. B. Ohiensis, Ellis & Morgan. Peridium globose or
broadly obovoid, sometimes much depressed, plicate under-
neath, with a thick cord-like root. Cortex a dense floccose
coat, sometimes segregated into soft warts or spines, white or
grajash in color ; this dries up into a thick bulT-colored or
dirty ochraceous layer, which gradually falls away, leaving a
smooth, shining pale-brown or yellowish surface to the inner
peridium. Subgleba broad, ample, occupying nearly one-half
the peridium, a long time persistent; mass of spores and
capillitium lax, friable, clay-color to pale-brown ; the threads

142 Ciiiciniiaii Society of A'a/ura/ /fistory.

.6-.8 mm. in extent, three to five times branched, the main
stem 6-8 mic. in thickness, the branches tapering ; spores
globose or oval, even, 4-5 mic. in length by 3.5-4 mic. in
breadth, with long hyaline persistent pedicels. See Plate
v., Figs. I, 2, 3.

Growing on the ground in old pastures in fields and open
woods. South Xl^arolina, Ravcnel, Atkinson; Florida, Brou-n ;
Mississippi, Tracy: Louisiana, /Mn^/ois; Ohio, Morgan;
Indiana, Gentry; Illinois, ScJnicck ; Missouri, Trclcase.
Peridium i ' j-3 inches in diameter and about the same in
height. This is Mycenastriun 0/iiense, Ell. & Mor. Journal
of Mycology, Vol. I, p. 89.

Genus XI. — C.vt.vstom.v, Morg., nov. gen.

Mycelium filamentous, proceeding from all parts of the
surface. Peridium subglobose, without a thickened base ;
cortex a fragile coat of loosely interwoven hyphac, after ma-
turity torn asunder, leaving the lower part in the ground and
a cap-shaped portion adherent above ; inner peridium sub-
coriaceous, dehi.scent by a basal aperture. Capillitium orig-
inating from the inner surface of the peridium ; the threads
long, branched, subhyaline, after maturity gradually breaking
up into short pieces, which appear among the spores as free,
short, simple or scarcely branched threads with blunt extremi-
ties; spores globo.se, warted, pale-brown, sessile or pedicellate.

PufFballs growing just beneath the surface of the ground
and connected immediately with it by filamentous threads,
which issue from every part of the cortex : after maturity,
when the peridium breaks away, the lower ])art of the outer
coat is held fast by the soil, while the upper portion, which
has attained the surface, remains, covering the inner peridium
like a cap or inverted cup ; consecpiently the apparent apex at
which the mouth is situated is the actual base of the plant as
it grows. The capillitium threads are similar to the densely
interwoven hypha.-, which form the inner peridium and are
evidently branches of tliem radiating into the interior. It is
plain that the affinities of these plants are clo.sest with
Tylostoma and Astrceus, but the needs of a systematic arrange-
ment, according to more obvious characters, causes us to place
them next lo Hovista.

Norih .hm-ricaii /■'lo/j^i. 143

I. C. ciKCiMSCissiM, B. <S: C. Pcridiiiin subglobose,
more or less depressed, and often quite irrej^ular ; cortex
thickish, fragile, usually rough and uneven from the adhering
soil, after niaturit>- torn away, leaving the lower two-thirds or
more in the ground; inner peridiuni depressed - globose,
subcoriaceous, rather thin, pallid, becoming gra}-, minutely
furfuraceous, with a small regular basal mouth. Mass of
spores and capillitium soft, compact, then friable, olivaceous,
changing to pale brown ; the pieces of the threads short, un-
equal in length, flexuous, hyaline, 3-4 mic. in thickness ;
spores globose, minutely warted, 4-5 mic. in diameter, often
with a minute pedicel. vSee Plate V., Figs. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.

Growing in heavy clay soil in old lanes and pastures,
especially along the hard-trodden paths. Maine, Blake ;
Ohio, Morgan; Kansas, A'el/cniiaii : Nebraska, Webber.
Inner peridium Yi-yi of an inch in diameter. This is Bovista
circiunscissa, B. & C, of Berkeley's Notices of N. A. Fungi.
It grows in great abundance wnth us some seasons, right in
the hard-trodden barnyard, and along the lane to the cattle
pasture. Araclnuon album, Schw., usually keeps it company.

2. C. SUBTERRANEUM, Peek. Peridium subglobose, often
irregular ; cortex thickly incrusted and browned by the ad-
herent soil, fragile, after maturity torn asunder, leaving much
the greater portion in the ground; inner peridium subglobose,
somewhat irregular, subcoriaceous, thickish, smooth, whitish,
becoming brown, dehiscent within the base by an irregular
lacerate aperture. Mass of spores and capillitium soft, com-
pact, then friable, olivaceous, changing to brown ; the pieces
of the threads short, unequal in length, flexuous, hyaline,
3-4 mic. in thickness; spores globose, distinctly warted, 6-8
mic. in diameter, sessile.

Growing in thick grass in sandy soil. Wisconsin, Trelease;
Dakota, Irish ; Colorado. Webber. Inner peridium J/^-i inch
in diameter. This is Bovista sublerranea, Peck, Botanical
Gazette, Vol. I\'., p. 216. It is readily distinguished from the
preceding species by its much larger spores, more distinctly
warted.

3. C. PEDicELLATUM, Morg. n. sp. Peridium subglobose,
more or less irregular; cortex rather thin, incrusted with
soil, fragile, after maturity- torn away, leaving the greater part
or sometimes the whole in the ground ; inner peridium

144 Cincifitiati Sociefy of Natural History.

depressed-globose, subcoriaceous, thinnish, pallid or gray be-
coming brown, smooth and shining, dehiscent at the base by
a small regular mouth. Mass of spores and capillitium soft,
compact, then friable, olivaceous, changing to brown : the
pieces of the threads short, unequal in length, flexuous,
hyaline, 3-4 mic. in thickness ; spores globose, distinctly
warted, 8-g mic. in diameter, with a long, persistent hyaline
pedicel.

Growing in sandy soil. South Carolina, Ravcnel. Inner
peridium ^-i Yi^ inches in diameter. This was sent to me for
Bovista nigrescens, but neither threads nor spores would per-
mit such a reference. There are quite likely more species of
these curious things in the southern and western sections of
the country. George Massee's article on Bovista, in the Jour-
nal of Botany, Vol. XXVI., p. 129, shows there is a consid-
erable number of species elsewhere.

Genus XII.— Bovi.st.\, Dill.

Mycelium fibrous or sometimes filamentous. Peridium
subglobose, without a thickened base ; cortex a thin fragile
continuous layer, shelling off or disappearing at maturity,
except sometimes a small portion about the base ; inner
peridium thin, membranaceous, becoming papyraceous, dehis-
cent by an apical mouth or opening irregularh-. Capillitium
originating within the tissue of the gleba ; the threads free,
short, several times dichotomously branched, the main stem
much thicker than the diameter of the spores, the branches
tapering; spores small, globose or oval, even, brown.

PufFballs of small size, growing in fields and woods; they
mostly grow above ground, but one is hypogoeous. They
are speciall)- characterized by the peculiar threads of the
capillitium ; these originate within the tissue of the gleba
along with the spores, and after deliquescence are left wholly
free within the peridium. Each thread has a short, thick
primary stem, three or four times thicker than the diameter
of the spores, which sends out branches in l^oth directions,
these again branch several times with constantly diminishing
thickness, the ultimate branches tapering to a fine point.
The fine slender hyphae, which compose the wall of the inner
peridium, and branches of which form a fleecy lining \\\Mn\ its
inner surface, do not resemlile tlie capillitium-threads, nor are
they connected with them.

Nortli .hiiriicaii /''/o/^i. 145

a. PeridiiDii 'u'it/i an irregular lacerate mouth, the
spores sessile.

1. B. piLA, B. (S: C. Peridiuin globose or o])ovoid, with a
stout cord-like root. Cortex a thin, white, smooth continuous
coat, breaking up at maturity into minute scales, which soon
disappear; inner peridium thickish, tough, rigid, becoming-
brown or pnr])lish-lirovvn, smooth and shining, a long time
persistent, and finally, with age, often fading to silvery-gray;
dehiscence taking place at length by an irregular torn aperture
at or about the apex. Mass of spores and cai)illitium very
firm, compact and persistent, at first clay-colored pale-brown
or olivaceous, at length dark or purplish-brown ; the threads
rather small, .6-. 8 mm. in extent, three to five times branched,
the main stem 12-15 mic. thick, the ultimate branches rigid,
nearly straight, tapering to a fine point ; spores globose,
even, 4-5 mic. in diameter, sessile or with only a minute
pedicel.

Growing on the ground in woods. New England, Humph-
rey ; New York, Peck: Pennsylvania, Gentry; Ohio, Jl/oroan.
Wright; Wisconsin, Lapham, Trelease : Iowa, McBride.
Peridium i3^-2j^ inches in diameter. This Bovista is re-
markably tough, it maintains its shape firmly and persists a
long time ; it breaks aw^ay from its root and rolls about over
the old leaves before the wind even till the following season.
There is nothing in the description of B. stuppea, Berk., to
separate it from this species; B. tabaciua, Sacc, is said to be
this same thing. Mycenastrum Oregonense, E. & E., was
founded on specimens of this pufFball.

2. B. MONTANA, Morg. n. sp. Peridium subglobose with
a cord-like root. Cortex a thin white continuous layer, break-
ing up at maturity into a mealy or furfuraceous coat, which
soon falls awa}- ; inner peridium thin, flaccid, becoming brown,
smooth and shining, dehiscent by an irregular torn aperture
about the apex. Mass of spores and capillitium soft, lax, at
first ochraceous or pale-brown, finally purplish-brown ; the
threads curled and flexuous, verj' large, with an expanse of
1. 25-1. 75 mm., four to seven times branched, the main stem
15-20 mic. in thickness, the ultimate branches long and taper-
ing; spores globose, even, 4.5-5.5 mic. in diameter, often wath
a minute pedicel.

• 46 Cinciiniati Society of Natural History.

Growing on the ground. Rocky Mountains, Jones. Perid-
ium 1^-2 inches in diameter. Tliis differs from the preceding
species in being soft, flaccid, and soon collapsing ; it, no doubt,
is not so persistent. Microscopically it is readily distin-
guished by its much larger threads. I have no knowledge of
B. obovata, Massee, described in the Journal of Botany, \'ol.
XX\'I., p. 134, and said to come from New Mexico.

b. Pcridium 'a'ii/i a regular apical mouth, the spores
a'ith long pedicels.

3. B. NiGKESCENS, Pers. Peridium .subglobose, with a
fibrous mycelium. Cortex a thin, smooth, white continuous
layer, at maturity breaking up into scales, which soon disap-
pear; inner peridium thin, flaccid, becoming dark-brown,
smooth and shining, dehiscent at the apex by a lacerate
mouth. Mass of spores and capillitium soft, lax, at first
ochraceous or olivaceous, at length purplish-brown ; the
threads flexuous, about i mm. in extent, three to five times
branched, the main stem 12-18 mic. thick, the ultimate
branches tapering; spores globose or oval, even, 5-6 mic. in
diameter, with long hyaline pedicels.

Growing in old pastures, in fields and woods Canada,
Saccardo ; Pennsylvania, ^^//ar/;///: ; North Carolina, Curtis:
Ohio, Lea; California, Harkness. Peridium 1-2 inches in
diameter. I have never .succeeded in obtaining an American
specimen of this species ; my description is drawn up from
European specimens.

4. B. PLUMBEA, Pers. Peridium depressed-globose, with
a fibrous mNxelium. Cortex a thin, smooth, white continuous
coat, loo.sening at maturity and shelling off", except sometimes
a small portion about the base: inner peridium thin, tough,
smooth, lead-colored, dehiscent at the apex by a round or
oblong aperture. Mass of spores and capillitium soft, lax,
ochraceous or olivaceous, then purplish-brown , the threads
.8-1.0 mm. in extent, three to five times branched, the main
stem 12-16 mic. thick, the ultimate branches long, straight
and tapering to a fine point; spores oval, even, 6-7 by 5-6
mic, with long hyaline pedicels.

(/rowing on the ground in meadows and pastures. New
England, Frost; New York, Peck; Pennsylvania, Sclnceinitz :
Carolina, Curtis; Ohio, .Morgan; Indiana, (ientry ; Wiscon-

North America)! Fungi. 147

sin, '/'re/case; California, /A?/'/v/r.s\v. Peridium ^y4~'^/i inches
in diameter. I have never seen specimens with globose spores,
and probabl)' our plant is referable to B. ovalispora, Cke. &
Mass. I have described it under the name by which it has
alwaj's been known in this country.

5. B. iMiNOR, Morg. n. sp. Peridium subglobose, deeply
sunk in the soil and connected with it h\ a filamentous
mycelium, which issues from every part of the surface.
Cortex thickish, rough and irregular from the adherent soil,
fragile, falling away at maturity, except sometimes a small
portion about the base ; inner peridium thin, smooth, flaccid,
reddish-brown, dehiscent by a regular apical mouth. Mass
of spores and capillitium olivaceous, then reddish-brown ; the
threads curled and flexuous, with an expanse of i. 0-1.5 mm.,
two to four times branched, the main stem 10-15 niic. thick,
the ultimate branches very long and tapering to a fine point ;
spores globose or slightly oval, even, 3.5-4.5 mic. in diameter,
with long hyaline pedicels. vSee Plate V., Figs. 10, 11, 12.

Growing in damp shaded situations. Ohio, Mor^^an ;
Nebraska, Webber. Peridium /2-^4 ^f ^^^ inch in diameter.
A species well marked by its peculiar habit. The curled and
flexuous threads are interesting microscopic objects.

Genus XIII. — Mycenastrum, Desv.

Mycelium funicular, rooting from the base. Peridium
subglobose, without a thickened base ; cortex a smooth con-
tinuous layer, at first closely adnate to the inner peridium,
after maturity gradually breaking up and falling away ; inner
peridium thick, tough, coriaceous, becoming hard, rigid and
corky, the upper part finally breaking up into irregular lobes
or fragments. Capillitium originating within the tissue of
the gleba : the threads free, short, thick, with a few short
branches, acutely pointed and with scattered prickles ; spores
large, globose, sessile, brown.

Puff balls of considerable size, growing in the sandy soil of
dry regions. A very distinct genus, in no way related to
Scleroderma, and resembling it only in its thick, corky, inner
peridium. The threads of the capillitium originate \vithin
the tissue of the gleba, along with the spores, and are set free
by deliquescence, the same as in Bovista.

148 Ciiiciiinaii Society of Natural History.

I. M. spiNUivOSUM, Peck. Peridiuin globose, depressed
globose, sometimes elongated and often irregular, with a
thick, cord-like root. Cortex at first a thickish, white,
smooth, continuous layer; after maturity it cracks or becomes
furrowed into large polygonal areas, and at length falls away
in large flakes or scales; inner peridium very thick, at first
white and coriaceous, becoming hard, dry, brown and rigid,
the upper part finally breaking up into irregular lobes or frag-
ments. Mass of spores and capillitiuni compact, then friable,
at first olivaceous, then dark purplish-brown ; the threads
bent, curved and flexuous, subhyaline, .2-. 7 mm. in length,
about the same thickness as the spores, with a few short
branches, and with scattered prickles, which are most abun-
dant toward the acute extremities; spores globose, very
minutely warted, opaque, 9-12 niic. in diameter, often with a
minute or slender hyaline pedicel. See Plate \'., Figs. 13, 14.

Growing on the sandy soil of the western prairies. Wis-
consin, Brown; Dakota, Ellis ; Nebraska, Webber ; Colorado,
Trcleasc ; Kansas, Kellerman, Cragin : New Mexico, Irish.
Peridium 2-4 inches in diameter. The plants are said to
grow together in groups, sometimes of many individuals ;
after maturity they are easily loosened from their place of
growth, and are then rolled about by the wind. It has been
stated that Prof. Peck's name is a synonym for M. corium,
Desv., but it is not clear what this species is. In Saccardo's
vSylloge the diameter of the spores is given as 8 mic, in
Grevillea X\'I., p. 33, Dr. Cooke gives their diameter as 15
mic; neither of these measurements apply to our plant. So
far as description goes, our plant appears to be the same as
the South American M. cliilcnse, Mont. Montague states
that he compared his plant with an authentic specimen of Af.
coriuni from Desvaux, antl tliat they differed in the color and
appearance of the capillitiuni and mode of branching of the
threads. With abundant specimens from widely different
regions of the west, I have been unable to detect l)ut this
single species.

Paleontology of the Ciiicitniati Croup. 149

MANUAL OF THK PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CIN-
CINNATI GROUP.

Bv Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A.
Part IL

(Continued from Vol. xiv, p. 72).

CCELENTERATA.

An extensive sub-kingdom, comprising a great variety of
forms in both a living and a fossil state ; widely scattered over
the world and found in all geological formations from the most
ancient to the most recent.

It is divided by Nicholson^^ into two classes, Hvdrozoa
and Anthozoa, and these again are divided into sub-classes.
Both classes are represented by fossils in the Cincinnati group.

The Ccelentp:rata show a considerable advance over the
Protozoa, there being present a simple or divided cavity,
which acts as an alimentary tract, and which is sometimes
divided into two parts. The body wall consists of two layers,
an "ectoderm" or outer skin, and an " endoderm " or inner
skin. Between these, an intermediate layer, " mesoderm," is
usually developed.

Thread cells, possessed of peculiar stinging powers, are
present. They are provided with long lasso-like filaments,
that lie coiled up in the cells when at rest, but are shot out
rapidly when a necessity arises for their use. The tip of the
lasso is furnished with a number of barbs or hooks, by means
of which the "sting" is inflicted. A nervous system is gen-
erally developed. Reproductive organs are present, but a-
sexual reproduction, (budding or gemmation) also takes
place. (See Nicholson, as above, and T. Rymer Jones, "Ani-
mal Kingdom," 4th edition, pp. 57-59, for fuller details.)

"Manual of Palentology, vol. i, 1SS9. pp. iyo-191. I am also indebted to this same
author for most of the account of the sub-divisions of this sub-kingdom, which
foUows.

150 Ciiuitniali Society of S'atmal History.

Class. — HVDKOZOA.

This class comprises those Co-lenterates in which the walls
of the bod}' enclose a simple undivided cavity. No oesopha-
geal tube is present, but the upper end of the alimentary
tract may be prolonged into radiating canals united by a
peripheral ring. The reproductive organs are external buds,
often developed into specially modified zooids. (Nicholson,
Ibid, p. 192.)

The simplest living type is the fresh-water //vrt'r^r. In this,
as in all the other members of the class, the ovum gives rise
to a " polypite," often capable of throwing out buds. These
generally remain attached to the parent " zooid," and a com-
pound organism is produced. Frequently the zooids are
differentiated into two sets; the members of one of these
supply the food, while the others act as the reproductive
bodies of the colony. These last are termed "gonophores,"
and may remain attached to or become free from the parent.
The colonies are either free or attached by a modified end.
The ectoderm frequently secrets a chitinous or calcareous
outer layer, that may cover only the fleshy stem or " cceno-
sarc," or be extended into little cups or " hydrotheccc." When
the.se last are present the body of the polypite is contained
within the cup, while the tentacles are protruded from the
open end.

But few genera of this class are preserved in a fossil state,
though great numbers are now found in the oceans. The
bodies are generally soft and illy-adapted for preservation ;
and although certain of these soft bodied animals (/. c. Mcdusce
or jellyfish) are supposed to have left impressions on the
rocks, generally only those secreting a horny, chitinous or
calcareous skeleton have been preserved.

Three sub- classes are represented in the Cincinnati Group
in Ohio. These are Hvdroida, Graptolitoidka and
Stromatoporoidk.v. The features of these sub-classes are
given under their respective heads.

Sub-class HvnROiD.\.

A single order, Thkcapiiora, is represented. The general
features are : organism attached or at least capable of attach-
ment ; branching and plant-like, consisting of numerous

I\i/c'()iito/ogy of the Ciiiciiinati Croup. 151

polypites united by a coniinon stem or "cceuosarc;" outer
covering chitinous or corneous, investing the crcnosarc, and
prolonged into hydrothecie.

To this order two genera, generally classed under Grapto-
lites, are referred by Nicholson. They are Dendrograpius
and Dictyoncnm, and are readily distinguished from each
other. In the first the stem is branching and plant-like ; in
the second it forms a reticulated net-work. The two genera
differ mainly from the true Graptolites by having a base for
attachment, tlic typical Oraptolitoidea lacking this.-''

Genus i. — Dendrograptus, Hall, 1862.

Fronds simple or aggregate, consisting of a strong foot-
stalk, sometimes furnished below with a distinct root, or
root-like bulb, and above variously ramified and divided into
numerous branches and branchlets, slightly divergent-; the
whole thus appears shrub-like ; fronds some times flabellate
(?) ; branches celluliferous on one side ; cellules appearing
sometimes as simple indentations on the surface, sometimes
distincth' angular, with conspicuous denticles ; substance of
stipe and branches corneous ; solid or tubular ; surface
striated ; the denticles are sometimes absent from some
branches. (Hall, Geol. of Wisconsin, vol. i, 1862, name
onl)-, p. 21. Grap. of Quebec Group. Can. Organic Remains,
Decade H, 1865, p. 126; Nicholson, Mon. of Brit. Graptolitidse,
pt. I, 1872, p. 127. Biithotrcphis in part. Psilophyton in part.)

Remarks — This genus was first proposed in the Geology of
Wisconsin, as noted above, but it does not seem to have been
described until 1865, when the "Graptolites of the Quebec
Group" was published. It is probable that the species de-
scribed by Hall as Buthotrcphis gracilis is really a graptolite,
and there is no doubt in the mind of the writer that Psilophy-
ton graci/IiiiiNDi, Lesqx., is really one.

I. I). GRACiLiJMUM, Lesqx. (sp.) 1877.

"Stem very slender, dichotomoush' branched, smooth or
naked half round, slightly channeled in the length, branches
numerous, of various length, filiform." (Am. Phil. Soc,

*Kor numerous references and notes in the portion which fonovvs I am indebted
to Dr. R. R. Gurley, of the U. S. Fish Commission. He has been engaged for sev-
eral years past in the study of the group of GraptoHtes.

152 Ciiuitniati Society of Natural History.

Proc, vol. 17, 1877, p. 164, as Psilophytum gracillimum,
Lesqx.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, in bed of Crawfish creek; Kentucky,
in bed of Licking river.

Remarks. — The above species was originally described as a
land plant belonging to the genus P.^i/op/iytcvi of Dawson. It
is, however, associated with marine organisms, and can
scarcely be considered as of any other than animal origin.
Walcott notes this fact in his paper on " Fossils of the Utica
Slate" (advance paper of Albany Institute Trans., vol. 10,
1879, p. 21), where he says: "Their occurrence with algae,
graptolites, trilobites and brachiopods in the same layers of
shale, in a position indicating their growth /;/ situ, taken with
their graptolitic structure, precludes the idea of their being of
other than marine origin." The specimens as found at Cin-
cinnati are generally greatly broken up, and occur in a soft,
blue clay, with stems of crinoids, brachiopoda, etc. The
species greatly resembles D. tcnuiraniosiis and D. simplex,
Wale, from the Utica slate, and D. gracilis Hall, from the
"Quebec " group. A form oi Bidhotrephis {B. gracilis Hall)
is also very similar to this, and appears to be distinct from
other forms referred to the same species. (See Paleontology
of N. York, vols, i and 2, 1847, 1852).

2. D. TEXUIR.VMOSUS, Walcott, 1879.

Stipe slender, compressed ; branches bifurcating irregularly,
frequently subdividing, terminating in filiform extremities;
surface a])parently smooth; celluliferous side with smooth,
simple, round pits or depressions along the center of the
branches; substance corneous, and probably tubular. (Sep-
arate from Trans. Albany Insti., vol. 10, 1879, p. 10).

Ac>ra///i'.— Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — This species was originally described from the
Utica slate of New York, but it also occurs in the Cincinnati
group. Ulrich gives its horizon as between low water in the
Ohio at Cincinnati and 200 feet above A specimen in the
collection of the late Mr. IT. P. James shows all the characters
of the sjiecies. It is closely related to D. gracillimum and
occurs at a])()ul the same hori/on at Cincinnati.

Paleoiilolooy of the Ciiii iinia/i (iroup. 153

(ic'ims 2. — DiCTYONEMA, Hall, 1S52.

Fronds circular, flabclliforin. funnel-shaped or conical,
sometimes arranged in j^roups composed of radiating
l)ranclies, which frequently divide, but run nearl}- i)arallel
with one another; all the ])ranches united by delicate
transverse bars or dissepiments; cellules forming distinctly
angular denticles, arranged on the sides of the branches in an
alternate manner; frond rooted (?) ; substance corneous.
(Palentol. of New York, vol. 2, 1S52, p. 174. Enioid., Nichol-
son, Mon. Brit. Graptolitidic, 1S72, p. 129.)

Remarks.— 'X\\^ genus was originallj^ described by Prof. Hall
as a coral, the type species occurring in the Niagara Group.
Prof. Hall noticed its resemblance to the Graptolites, how-
ever, and in 1857 referred the genus to that family.''^ Only a
single species has been recorded from the vicinity of Cin-
cinnati. This has been generally referred to as D. irrcgulaj'e,
but Dr. Gurley says it is not that species as it occurs in New
York. He places it in the species as given below with the
accompanying comments.

I. — D. ARBUSCULUM, Ulricli (sp.) 1879.

" Frond small, originating in a single stipe at the base, branch-
ing and spreading above ; branches varjdng in size, biit nar-
row, not exceeding two-one-hundredths of an inch in width,
with strong, prong-like projections rising from the sides at
variable intervals ; bifurcations numerous ; surface with faint
longitudinal or diverging corrugations irregularly distributed;
free extremities of branches usualh' pointed. (Jour. Cin.
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1879, p. 28; as Inocaulis arbuscuia.)

" To this description I add the following from an examina-
tion of specimens in the cabinet of the late Mr. U. P. James:

" Specimens consisting of a portion of the network, show-
ing it to be formed principally by the curving toward each
other of adjacent branches, dissepiments, however, being
present. In consequence of the curvilinear direction of the
branches the meshes have a rounded-oblong, or rounded-dia-
mond shape. Branches varying in thickness, but about two-

*In the Rept. Prog. Can. Surv., 1S57, p. 142, where Grapiopoia, Salter wa.s noted as
a synonym. HaU al.so records the discovery of hydrothecse ("ceUules' and modi-
fies the original description to include these. R. R. G.)

154 Ciucinuati Society of Natural History.

one-luindredths of an incli or more. Length several times
the breadth, so that the spaces are frequently long and narrow.

" Locality. — Covington, Ky., 150 feet above low water in the
Ohio River; run emptying into the Little Miami River, near
Symmes Station, on the Cincinnati, Washington and Balti-
more R. R.

"Remarks. — Mr. Ulrich informs me that a study of better
material than that upon which his original description was
based has convinced him of the identity of three species
enumerated in his ' Catalogue of Fossils occurring in the Cin-
cinnati Group,' 1880, p. 6. These are D. irregulare, Hall (U.
P. James), Dictyograptus rcticiilatus, Ulrich, (named, but not
described) and Inocaulis arbuscula, Ulrich.

" In the cabinet of the late Mr. U. P. James are two speci-
mens identified by him as D. irregn/arc, Hall. A comparison
of these with Mr. Ulrich's figure of hwcanlis arbuscula .seems
to rather favor his views of the identity of the two forms. I
may also add that the species is undoubtedly a Diciyouema,
and it is distinct from the Calciferous form. Specimens of the
latter from the type locality show the branches more angularl}-
bent, so the meshes are more nearly rectangular ; whereas
in the present form the branches are more slender and more
roundly curving, thus making the interspaces rounded dia-
mond shape."

In the original description Mr. Ulrich compares his species
to Inocaulis bclliis, H. & W., from the Niagara. J. W. Spencer
says (Bull. Mus. Univ., Missouri, No. i, 1884, p. 13) that it
" resembles and is probably a species of Calyptograptns,'' a
new genus proposed by himself (Can. Nat., new ser., vol.
8, 1878).

The original description of D. irrrgiilarr, Hall, is as fol-
lows: "Frond spreading, diffuse, branches lax, frequently
bifurcating; bifurcations unequal ; branches equal to one-half
the usual width of the interspaces, or a little less ; connecting
filaments generally slender, expanding with their junction
with the branches. Fenestrules extremely irregular in form
and proportions, varying from a width greater than the
length, to a length three or four times as great as the width ;
those with a length and l^readth nearly equal, often appear
hexagonal. Near the base of the frond the fenestrules are
sometimes elongate and triangular. Cellules undetermined.

Paleoutology of the Ciiiriiinafi Croup. 155

Surface witliout distinct organic markings. Branches ar-
ranged in the proportion of from 25 to 28 in the space of an
inch." (Canadian Organic Remains, Decade II, 1865, p. 136).

Sub-class (jKAI'Tolitoidica.

Hydrozoa, in which tlic hydrosoma is compound and free,
consisting of numerous polypites united by a coenosarc, the
latter being enclosed in a strong tubular polj'parj^ while the
former are protected by hydrothecce. The polypites not sep-
arated from the coenosarc by any partition, and the polypary
generally supported by a chitinous rod or solid axis. (Nichol-
son, Monograph Brit. Grapto., 1872, p. 99. See also for a full
explanation of the features of various members of the sub-
order, Manual of Paleontolog}^ Nicholson, vol. i, 1889, pp.
210-222).

Remarks. — In this sub-class are included the majority of the
Graptolites. The limited number of species known from
Cincinnati scarcely justifies an elaborate classification, but
the key presented below is perhaps as natural a one as can be
given with our present knowledge of the more obscure forms.

Key to Genera.

a. MoNOPRiONiD.^v — /. e., polypary with cells on one side
only.

1. Graptolithus — Polypary simple and unbranched.

b. DiPRioxiD.!-;— /. e., polypary with cells on both sides.

2. Diplograptus — Cell mouths at the end of projecting
denticles.

3. Climacograptus — Cell mouths apparently sunk beneath
the substance of the stipe.

4. Dicranograptus — Cell mouths as in No. 3 ; the main stem
with cells on both sides ; the branches with cells on one
side onh'.

c. MuLTiPRiONiD.K — J. e., with many cells, without definite
arrangement.

5. Megalograptus — Cell scattered over polypary, but not on
margin.

d. Insert.E Sedis — i. e., of uncertain position.

6. Inocaulis — Cells unknown ; branched and rough, gen-
erally in groups.

7. Dawsonia — Polypary unknown ; ovoid bodies supposed
to be ovarian capsules.

156 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Genus i. — Graptolithus, Linn, 1768.

Polypary simple, linear, commencing with a more or less
attenuated, generally curved base, and possessing only a
single row of cellules on one side ; the cellules generally
overlap to a greater or less extent, and are never separated
by non-polypiferous portions of common canal. (Emend,
Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Grap., 1872, p. loi, as Graptolitcs).

RtDiarks. — Nicholson notes that the above definition does
not correspond to the original one of Linnseus, nor to the
later definition of Hall. It is made to include, however, those
forms that in an adult condition have only a single row of
cellules on one side. The two species commonly referred to
this genus from the Cincinnati group are G. gracilis and G.
subtenuis. As regards the genus itself Dr. Gurley says :

" Graptolithus has practically been abandoned ; because,
first, it was established for, and as at first defined included,
only inorganic objects {Dendrites, etc.), and second, it has
been used for everything until it now means nothing. When
used at all by the latest writers, it is in the sense of the ex-
clusively Upper Silurian Monograptusy

In regard to the form identified as G. gracilis, from Cincin-
nati, Dr. Gurley says.: " So far as can be determined from
the material I have seen, the specimens identified as Grapto-
lithus gracilis, Hall, and Dcncirograptus gracillinnini, Lesqx.,
seem much alike. I judge, how^ever, from single specimens
of each, and these leave much to be desired. The only
criteria are the thickness and general aspect of the branches,
which seem much the same. This gracilis bears no relation
to Stepha)iograptus gracilis, from Norman's Kill, New York,
which is the only ' Graptolithus gracilis' Hall described.
Better specimens might show different features, h\\\. jirobably
that called G. gracilis is Dendrograptus gracilliniuni, Lesqx.
Dendrograptus gracilis. Hall, is, I think, Cnlciferous, which is
strong presumptive evidence against the reference of the Cin-
cinnati form to that .species."

In regard to G. subtenuis. Hall, and G. tenuis, Portlock, Dr.
Gurley writes: " Portlock's species is Monograptiis tenuis of
the Upper Silurian. To it has been referred almost every
species which was slender and had the theca> confined to one
side. The American species that has been referred to it is

Pah'outolooy of I be (iiiciniia/i Croup. 157

Leptotrraptiis {Graptolit litis) sub-tcnitis, Hall (s])). This is a
Norman's Kill, New York, form, and I should doubt very
strongly its presence in the Cincinnati group. There can be
no question whatever as to the distinctness of Portlock's and
Hall's species, and I strongly suspect the Cincinnati form is
referable to neither."

Upon this authority, therefore, what has been called at Cin-
cinnati G. oracilis is referred to Jhiidroorap/iis graci/liniiivi,
(which see ante) ; and (i. sttb-tcniiis is dropped altogether.

Genus 2. — Diplograptus, McCoy, 1S54.

Polypary composed of two simple, monoprionidian stipes,
united back to back, their dorsal walls uniting to form a
median septum, along the center of which runs the solid axis ;
cellules alternating with one another on the two sides of the
frond, the cell mouths being situated at the end of projecting
denticles; base usually furnished with a radicle, and the solid
axis probably always prolonged beyond the distal end of the
polypary. (Nicholson, Mon. Brit. Grap., 1872, p. 115).

Rouarks. — McCoj^'s original description of this genus con-
sists of the statement that he restricts Graptolithiis to those
species having cells only on one side. For those with cells on
both sides he proposed Diplograpsiis [now DipIograptiis\.
(Brit. Pal. Foss., 1854, p. 3).

Of the two species commonly referred here, one {spinulosiis)
has been placed in the genus iilossograptiis. The other
( WJiitfieldi) remains with the genus. Both are, however, here
retained in Dip/oorapiiis, as I can not see the justice of sep-
arating the two species. Glossograpius was defined as fol-
lows : " Column free ; thin membranaceous, ligulate, extremi-
ties rounded, axis distinct." (Emmons, Amer. Geology, pt.
2, 1856, p. 108).

I. — D. spiNULOSUvS, Hall, 1859.

Stipe simple, flat; sides sub-parallel, gradually expanding
from the base, which is furnished with several minute setiform
radicles; serratures not distinct, the margins sinuous; the
principal parts extended into slender, spiniform processes.
These spinules are about one-sixteenth of an inch apart.
(Paleont. of New York, vol. 3, 1859, p. 517.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

158 Cincinnati Society of Nalnyal History.

Remarks. — Dr. Gurley remarks that this species is doubt-
fully distinct from Glossograptus ciliatus, Emmons. The de-
scription of the latter species is as follows : " Straight linear
crenulations faintly developed and prolonged into ciliie, equal
in length to the width of the ligulate body ; cilice surrounding
the whole body or membrane. The axis is prolonged beyond
the membrane, forming the column or stem. Length one
inch." (Emmons, loc. cit., p. icS).

2. — D. WHiTFiiCLDi, Hall, 1X59.

vStipe simple, flat, gradually expanding from the base to
near the middle of its length, the upper part gradually nar-
rowing in the direction of the apex, rarely continuing of the
same width above the middle ; serratures shallow, angular ;
the upper margin of the denticle short and nearly rectangular
to the axis, the lower side twice as long as the upper, the tips
furnished with mucronate or short setiform extensions which
project in a line with the upper margin of the denticle.
vSerraturcs from 22 to 28 in one inch. Length one to one and
a half inches. (Paleont. of New York, vol. 3, 1.S59, p. 516).

Locality. — Cincinnati.

Remarks. — Dr. Gurley says the occurrence of this species at
Cincinnati is doubtful, as it, like the previous one, is a " sub-
Utica" form in New York. It is also possible, he thinks, that
both may be errors for (jiiactriiinnronatNS, Hall, a "Utica"
species.

Genus 3. — Cli.m.vcogk.vptus, Hall, 1865.

Polypary composed of two simple, monoprionidian stipes
united back to back, their dorsal walls coalescing to form a
median septum, in the center of which runs a solid axis, the
cellules so welded together that their mouths appear as if
sunk below the general surface of the polypary ; solid axis
]irolonged beyond the di.stal extremity of the frond, and
usually beyond its proximal extremity as well. (Hall, Grap.
Quebec Group. Can. Organic Remains. Decade II, 1S67, p.
III. Nicholson, /oc. cit., 1S72, p. 117).

Remarks. — Though originally described by Hall, the above
description is that given by Nicholson. It differs .somewhat
in terminology from Hall's description, but the characters are
the same. Two sj^ecies of the genus have generally been

Paleontology of Ihc CincUniati Croup. 159

credited to the Cincinnati rocks. C. bicornis and C. typicalis.
Dr. Gurley informs me that in New York the former very
rarely ranges above the lower Trenton, and that probably the
Cincinnati forms heretofore referred to this species should be
called C. typicalis. The two descriptions are, however, in-
serted here for comparison.

I. — C. nicoKNis, Hall, 1847.

Stipe linear, elongated, compressed, narrow, gradually
widening from the base upwards ; one line or less wide ;
serrated on both sides ; serratures slightly oblique ; teeth
about one-half the width of the stipe, obtuse; axis capillary;
base bifurcate, slit extending about one-half way to the axis ;
about one-half as thick as wide, round on one side, flat on the
other, often covered with carbonaceous material. (Pal. of
New York, vol. i, 1847, p. 268, as Graptoliilnis bicornis).

Locality. — Cincinnati (?).

Roitarks. — For remarks on this species see under the
generic description above.

2. — C. TvpicALis, Hall, 1865.

Stipe linear, serrated on both sides ; orifices sunk beneath
the surface of the polypary, transversly oval, or, when flat-
tened, rectangular or slightly oblique and semi-oval; axis
filiform, central or sub-central and apparently solid ; cellules
joined to the axis at the base, the cell partitions consisting of
triangular plates, with an unequal arching or convex upper
surface, and a concave lower surface ; at the base of the
cellules and along the entire length of the stipe is a longitu-
dinal depressed line.

Locality. — Cincinnati.

Remarks. — This species, while named by Hall in 1865 in
Canadian Organic Remains, (Grap., of Quebec Group,) 1865, p.
57, and explanation of plate A, is not expressly defined by
him. Consequently the description above given has been
compiled from remarks made in the course of the discussion
of C. bicornis on pages 29-30. On plate A nine figures of the
species are given. Nicholson rather questions the absence of
a vertical septum in this species, saying it is certainly present
in the type species of the genus, and in all others examined

i6o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

by him. " If it should be proved," he says, " that such a
vertical septum is truly wanting in C. typicalis. Hall, a new
genus must, I think, be established for its reception." (See
Mon. Brit. Grap., 1S72, p. iiS).

Genus 4. — Dickanograptus, Hall, 1865.

Polypary having its proximal portion diprionidian, but
dividing distally into two monoprionidian branches, which
have cellules on their outer aspect only ; cellules so welded
together that their mouths appear as if sunk below the gen-
eral surface of the polypary ; solid axis prolonged proximally
as a minute radicle, flanked by two minute lateral spines.
(Nicholson, Brit. Grap. loc. cit., p. 119).

Remarks. — In this case, as with Climaco^raptus typica/is, no
definite description is given by Hall on the original proposal
as the name. (Canadian Organic Remains ; Grap. of Quebec
Group, 1865, p. 112). The description given above is, there-
fore, taken from Nicholson's Monograph. But one species
has been recorded from the Cincinnati group, given below.

I. — D. RAMOsus, Hall, 1847.

Stipe linear, narrow, about one line wide, compressed,
serrated on both sides, except branches ; teeth obtuse, distant,
somewhat narrowed toward the base, more than one-half the
width of the stipe ; stipe bifurcating or ramose ; branches
linear, .serrated only on outer margin. (Pal. of New York,
vol. I, 1847, P- 270, as GraptolitliHs ramosus).

Locality. — Cincinnati.

Remarks. — This species, under the name of (irapto/it/iiis
ramosus, is frequently mentioned in Hall's " Graptolites of the
Quebec Group." Nicholson also refers to it (Mon. Brit.
Grap., 1872), and gives an excellent figure.

Genus 5.— Megalograptus, S. A. Miller, 1874.

Stipe large, cylindrical or sub-cylindrical ; surface covered
with cells ; fronds with spinous processes on the margins ;
carbonaceous film covering one side. (Cin. Quart. Jour.
vScience, vol. i, 1874, p. 343).

Paleontology of the Ciiiciniiati Group. i6i

Remarks. — This is quite an anomalous genus, being entirely
distinct from an}- other known graptolite. Its position in any
system of classification is as yet undetermined. Only one
species is known.

I. — M. WELCiii, Miller, 1874.

Surface of polypary smooth, mostly covered with cells im-
mersed in the body of the frond ; openings circular, about
one thirty-second of an inch in diameter and one-sixteenth of
an inch apart ; cellules not extending to the edge of the
polypary, but ceasing about one-quarter of an inch from the
edge ; numerous spines borne on the edges of the frond,
varying from one-quarter to one-half an inch in length, sharp
and sometimes branched ; frond divided into sections by
transverse constrictions, each section bearing from two to four
spines; spines probably originally round, but flattened by
compression ; whole surface, when well preserved, covered by
a black, carbonaceous film, the cell openings only lacking this.
(Ibid, pp. 343-346).

Locality. — Clarksville, Clinton County, Ohio.

Remarks. — As noted above, there is only one species in this
genus. No one has written upon it except Mr. Miller. In
his "North American Geology and Palaeontology" (1889), his
original figures are reproduced, but no new information is
given.

Genus 6. — Inocaulis, Hall, 1852.

Frond composed of numerous flattened, corneous or scab-
rous bifurcating stems, having a fibrous or plumose struc-
ture. (Pal. of N. Y., vol. 2, 1852, p. 176).

Remarks. — This is also an anomalous genus, and its position
in the order is very uncertain. No cellules are known in any
species referred to it. In a previous paper (Fucoids of the
Cincinnati Group, this Journal, vol. 7, p. 164), by the writer,
it is suggested that a form described by Miller and Dyer as
LicrophycHs flabellum should be referred to the present genus.
It is evident, however, that this was an error. The species in
question is more likely the burrow of an annelid. Only one
species has been referred to this genus from the Cincinnati
group. It is here referred to the genus Dictyonema as D.
arbi(sei<Iui>i, which see (ante).

i62 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Genus 7. — Dawsoxia, Nicholson, 1873.

Horny or chitinous capsules of a rounded, oval, conical, or
campanulate shape, furnished in most cases with a little spine
or mucro, and having a marginal filament exactly resembling
the solid axis of a graptolite. The marginal fiber sometimes
complete, sometimes ruptured opposite to the mucro. The
mucro sometimes apparently wanting, sometimes marginal,
sub-marginal, sub-central or central. The surface smooth or
concentrically striated. (Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4th .ser.,
vol. II, 1873, p. 139). Lockcia, U. P. James. The Paleon-
tologist, 1879.

Remarks. — The above name was proposed by Dr. Nicholson
for certain bodies found associated with graptolites in vScot-
land and in Canada, which he considered the ovarian capsules
of graptolites of different species. The generic name, Lockcia,
was propo-sed for similarly shaped bodies found at Cincinnati,
and supposed to be the remains of marine plants. There can
be no question that the bodies under consideration are not
plant remains. Their resemblance to figures and descriptions
of Dajcsoiia cause them to be considered as synonymous with
that genus. I find, however, that in 1868, Dr. Daw.son refers
as follows to a species of trilobite. After describing Micro-
discus daivsoni, Hartt, he says: " Mr. Hartt had originally de-
scribed this species under the new generic name of Da-wsonia,
but Mr. Billings regards it as a species of Microdiscus of
vSalter." (Acadian Geology, 1868, p. 655). Whether under
these circumstances the name Dawsonia was pre-occupied by
Hartt is a question to be decided by others. In case it be de-
cided in the afiirmative, it is evident that Lockcia must be
used. For the present we shall u.se Dazcsonia, Nicholson.
The description o{ Lockcia is as follows: Elongated, convex,
obtuse or sharp-pointed bodies, seed-like in appearance,
slightly attached to the surface of the rock, with or without a
longitudinal depression. (The Paleontologi.st, 1879, p. 17).
Only one species is known from these rocks, as given below.

1). siijQUARiA, V . P. James (.sp.) 1879.

Convex, elongated elevations from one-eighth to one-half
an inch long, one-half to one and one-half lines broad at base,
and one-half to one line high in center; sloping and tapering

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 163

to sharp or more or less obtuse ends ; rounded or sharply
ridged longitudinally ; scattered over the surface of the rock

Fic. -.— Dj7vsonia (l.ockcia) siliquaria. Nat. size. Original.)

irregularly, sometimes in the form of a star, one in the center
and five others placed quite regularly around it with their
longer axis pointing inward ; again they lie in groups or
overlie one another: The specimens have been likened to
grains of wheat.

Locality. — Ohio River bank, near Ludlow, Ky., between
low and high-water mark.

Remarks. — Placing these bodies with graptolites is, of
course, purely conjectural. They do not present any carbon-
aceous appearance, but from their resemblance to some forms
of Da'a'sonia, it seems evident that they belong to that genus,
whatever place it may be considered to occupj'.

[to be continued.]

164 (^iticiiiHaii Society of Natural History.

DESCRIPTION OF SOME SUBCARBONIFEROUS AND
CARBONIFEROUS CEPHALOPODA.

By S. a. Miller and Chari.ks Faher.

(Presented January 5, 1892.)

GONIATITES MISSOURIENSIS, 11. .sp.

Plate 6, Fiii'. I, side tvVrr, natural size.

Shell luediuni .size, .subglobose, rounded on the dorsum.
Umbilicus large, abrupt, deep and showing very little of the
inner whorls. Volutions few, increasing rather rapidly in
size, broadly rounded upon the sides of the inner whorls, but
more and more flattened laterally as the body chamber is ap-
proached ; transverse diameter of the inner whorls equal to
or greater than the width from the dorsal to the ventral side,
but near the aperture the dorso-veiitral diameter is twice as
great as the transverse. \'olutions profoundly grooved within
for the reception of the inner whorls. Our specimen reveals
only the septate portion, and hence the body chamber and
aperture are unknown.

Septa close, fairly crowded and deeply sinuous. There are
three lobes and three saddles on each side. The saddles are
linguiform, being regularly rounded, at the ends, and the
superior ones being longer than the inferior ones or those
nearer the umbilicus. The lobes are lanceolate, as long as
the saddles, and sharply pointed at the e.Ktremities, which hug
closely the saddles on the superior side. Dorsal lobe and
saddle not determined.

The general form, closely crow^ded septa, and direction of
the extremities of the lobes toward the superior saddles will
distinguish this species from all others.

SulnarhDuifcroifi and Carlnniifi'rous Cephalopoda. 165

Found on Brusli Creek, in the Upper Coal Measures, near
Kansas City, Missouri, and now in the collection of Charles
Faber.

GoNIATITl-:s SCIOTOKNSIS, n. sp.

Plate 6, J'ig. 2, side vie-w, )iatural size ; Fi^. ?, dorsal vieic 2vitli
anterior end turned downward, and, shozvini^' radiatii/o fur-
roivs curving backward over the dorsum.

Shell medium, or rather above medium size; somewhat
lenticular in form, obtusely rounded on the dorsum. Umbili-
cus consisting of a shallow, funnel-shaped fossette, without
exposing any of the volutions. Volutions few, rapidly en-
larging the outer ones profoundly grooved for the reception
of the inner ones, and depressed convex on the sides. The
greatest transverse diameter is at the margin of the umbilical
fossette, and it is about two-thirds the dorso-ventral diameter.
Seven furrows radiate from the margin of the umbilicus on
each side, curve gently forward at the superior lateral sides
and then curve more abruptly backward across the dorsum,
as shown in our specimen. Probably, if the specimen was
perfectly preserved, it would show eight of these radiating
furrows. Surface between the furrows showing traces of finer
similarly sinuous lines. Body chamber and aperture unknown.

The sinuosities of the septa, as near as they can be deter-
mined from our specimen, may be described as follows:
Dorsal lobe lanceolate and pointed, superior lateral lobes
longer than the dorsal, and pointed at the extremities; dorsal
saddle sublinguiform, gradually narrowing and rounded at
the extremity, lateral saddles similar in outline, the three in-
ferior lobes short with corresponding saddles.

The lenticular form, funnel-shaped umbilical fossette, and
the surface markings, including the radiating furrows, will
distinguish this from all other species.

Found above Sciotoville, on the Ohio River, in rocks
usually classed with the Waverly Group, but they are above
the Waverly sandstone proper, and probably belong to the
upper part of the Subcarboniferous system. The specimen
described belongs to the collection of Charles Faber.

i66 Ciitcitniati Society of Natural History.

GONIATITES OCCIDENTALIS, n. sp.

Plate 6, Fig. 6, lateral view, natural size ; Fig. 7, dorsal view,
showing end of siphtincle at the upper margin and two spots
where it is brokeji into on the dorsum, a radiating furrow and
the outlines of t'wo septa crossing the dorsum.

Shell below medium size, globose, broadly rounded on the
dorsum, or rather semi-circular from the margin of the um-
bilicus on one side to the margin of the umbilicus on the
other. Umbilicus large, abrupt, deep, exposing very little of
the inner whorls. Volutions very gradually enlarging, the
outer ones profoundly grooved for the reception of the inner
ones; transverse diameter one half greater than the dorso-
ventral diameter. Four broad, shallow, indistinctly defined
furrows radiate from the uni])ilicus and pass straight across
the dorsum. Surface between the furrows marked with fine
transverse lines, and having the border of the umbilicus
crenated or subnodose. Siphuncle small and close to the shell
on the outer margin. Body chamber and aperture unknown.

vSepta form a sigmoidal flexure in crossing the dorsum, with
a single angular lateral lobe.

The general form, surface markings, including the radiating
furrows, and sigmoidal flexure of the septa on the dorsum,
will distinguish this from all other species.

Found in the Coal Measures, on Elkhorn Creek, Kentucky,
and now in the collection of Charles Faber.

GONIATITKS I.IMATUS, U. sp.

Plate 6, Fig. 8, lateral viezo, natural size ; Fig. g, dorsal view,
the fracture at the end destroys the saddles and lodes, leaving
only the three inferior indentations.

Shell small, elegant, thin, discoidal, rapidly expanding in
circumference, with very slight increase in thickness ; sides
flat and dorsum narrowly rounded. Umbilicus small, abrupt,
exposing very little of the inner whorls. Volutions rapidly
expanding dorso-ventralh' with very little increase trans-
versely ; the outer ones fully embracing the inner ones, flat-
tened on the sides from the umbilicus to the middle of the
superior lateral saddles, from which a flat depression extends

Su/)c'ar()oiii/frnus and Carbo)ii fcrous Cephalopoda. 167

to the margin of the roimded dorsum. Our specimen shows
only the septate portion, and hence the 1)ody chamber and
aperture are unknown.

Septa very close, crowded, sinuous. Dorsal lobe narrow,
twice as long as wide, linguiform; dorsal saddles a little
wider than the dorsal lobe, quite as long, linguiform ; superior
lateral saddle broader than the dorsal, gradually contracting
and rounded at the extremity ; lateral lobe obtusely angular.

The thin, discoidal, flattened form, depression at the superior
lateral saddles, and sinuosities of the septa will distinguish
this from all other described species.

Found in the St. lyouis Group, at Crab Orchard, Kentucky,
and now in the collection of Charles Faber.

GoNI.VTITEvS LEVICULUB, U. sp,

Plate 6, Fi^ii'. 10, lateral vieiv, natural size ; Fig. 11, dorsal I'iezv,
shoxcing the septa on the dorsuui and an end viezv.

vShell very small, discoid, broadly rounded on the side and
dorsum forming about half an ellipse from the margin of the
umbilicus on one side to the margin of the umbilicus on the
other, and consisting of many volutions. Umbilicus large,
abrupt, deep or open, and exposing very little of the inner
whorls. Volutions numerous (four are visible in the speci-
men illustrated, and as many are seen in a much smaller speci-
men), very slowly enlarging, the outer ones profoundly
furrowed fur the reception of the inner ones ; transverse
diameter of the inner whorls greater than the dorso-ventral,
but toward the aperture the dorso-ventral diameter exceeds
the transverse. Our specimens show only the septate portion
of the shell, and consequently the body chamber and aperture
are unknown.

Septa close and moderately sinuous. Dorsal lobe about as
wide as long, and arcuate at the extremity; dorsal saddles
rather narrower than the dorsal lobe and sublinguiform, but
spreading over the lateral borders ; lateral lobe very obtuse,
the septa in a side view being somewhat sigmoidal.

The form, great number of volutions, and character of the
septa, will distinguish this from all other described species.

Found in the St. Louis Group, at Crab Orchard, Kentucky,
and now in the collection of Charles Faber.

i68 Ciiiciiniaii Society of Xatural flistory.

Trematoceras ohioense, n. sp.

Plate 6, Fig. 4, lateral vie'v, natjiral size ; Fig. 5, dorsal view,
looking forwa rd.

Shell medium or below medium size, discoidal, rather
rapidly enlarging. Umbilicus broad, showing all the inner
whorls and perforated in the middle. Volutions gradually in-
creasing in size, coming in contact, without embracing,
broader transversely than dorso-ventrally. The sides of the
volutions are narrowly rounded, the dorsum bears a wide de-
pre.s.sed convex keel in the central part, with a depressed
sulcus or concave furrow on each side, bounded laterally by
an obtuse angle. Surface ornamented with fine longitudinal
lines.

Septa moderately concave and distant nearly one-fourth the
transverse diameter ; they arch backward in crossing the
dorso-lateral furrows and slightly forward in ascending the
median ridge, which they cro.ss transversely without extending
as far forward as they do on the sides of the volution. Body
chamber long, continuing to gradually enlarge and bearing
the dorsal keel and furrows. Aperture and siphuncle un-
known.

This species most resembles 7". trisiileatus, from which it is
distinguished by being proportionally wider, transversely,
more narrowly rounded on the sides of the volutions, shallower
dorso-lateral furrows, and convex instead of furrowed median
keel ; neither do the septa extend as far forward in crossing
the median dorsal ridge.

Found near Sciotoville and near the top of the hill, in rocks
usually classed with the Waverly (iroup, but they are above
the Waverly sandstone proper, and belong to the upper part
of the Subcarboniferous system. The specimens examined
belong to the collection of Charles Faber.

Coult ibutioiis lo linliaiia I fcrpctology. 169

CONTRIBUTIONS TO INDIANA HKRPKTOLOGY.

No. 3.

By Amos W. Butler.

URODELA— THE SALAMANDERS.

Genus CRYPTOBRANCHUS, Leuck.vrt.

1. Crypiobranclnis alle^Jieniensis,Vi2i\\(S\\\. Hellbender;
Mud Devil. Only two published accounts of the occurrence
of this species in the State have appeared, and they both upon
the same authority. Both Mr. Hughes and Prof. Hay give it
upon the authority of Mr. E. R. Quick (Bull. Brookville Soc.
Nat. Hist., No. 2, p. 44, and this Journal, 1887, p. 60). At
the time Mr. Quick gave the information upon which these
notes were based, he had seen no specimens for some j-ears.
In May, 1888, he brought me a specimen of this Amphibian,
which is now in my collection. This specimen was caught
on a hook by Mr. H. Kohlbran, about one mile south of Brook-
ville, on the night of May 5th. On the same day another
was caught about a mile further down the river. I am con-
fident that in 1.S77 there were at least two of these animals in
the collection of Hanover College, and Prof. A. H. Young in-
forms me that he thought there was such a specimen, but has
failed to find it. He stated, however, that he caught a speci-
men of this species at Hanover Landing, on the Ohio River,
in August, 1886.

Genus AMBLYSTOMA, Tschudi.

2. Afuhlystoma punctatiim, L- Spotted Salamander. A
specimen from Richmond, Wayne County, is in Purdue Uni-
versity collection (No. 269).

3. Amblystoma jcffersonianum , Green. Jefferson's Sala-
mander. Rather common in the western part of Franklin
County. Mr. W. P. Shannon has taken it in Decatur County.

170 Ciuciuiia/i Sociely of Natural History.

5. Amblvstoma jcffcrsonianuin fiisciim. Hallow. Brown
vSalamandkk, Found with the preceding among the high-
lands in the western part of Franklin County.

GKNU.S PLETHODOX, T.schudi.

5. P/ci/iodon cimrcus, Qr^QW. CiNKREUvS vSalamander ;
Ashy Lizard. The Winter of 1888-9 Mr. E. R. Quick
brought to me a specimen of this vSalamander from a spring
house near Brookville.

6. Plethodon cinercus crythronotus, Green. Red-backed
Salamander; Chestnut-backed Lizard. Very common
in Franklin County and throughout the White Water Valley
o-enerally, where it is found in damp places, away from water,
beneath logs, stones and other cover.

7. Plethodon cincreus dorsa/is, Baird. AsHV Lizard. A
specimen from Pjloomington, Ind., seems to be this .species.
(Coll. Indiana University).

Genus GYRINOPHILUS, Cope.

8. Cryrhwphilus inaculicaudus, Cope. Spotted-T.viled
Salamander. This species was described by Prof. E. D.
Cope in "The American Naturali.st," for October, 1890, pp.
966 and 967. It is thought by some to be uncertain that this
is Gyrinophilus, but I have preferred, for the present, so to re-
gard it. It is a peculiar form, in several respects approaching
Sptlerpcs longicatidus, and in others differing much therefrom.
In 1888, at the annual meeting of the Indiana Academy of
Science, the writer had occasion to .speak concerning this
Salamander as follows :

" It is desirable that a good .series of specimens of Cave
vSalamanders be obtained as soon as possible, in order that the
relationship of the individuals found wnthin our State may be
determined. So far as I have learned, those of the western
part of the vState appear to be typical /oti^icandus. But one
of this kind has been found in the southeastern part of the
State. The specimens from that region have the form of
lo7ifficaudus, but instead of the lemon-yellow coloring of that
form approach the reddish appearance of ruber, but lack the
peculiar form of the latter."

At the time of a visit made by Prof. Cope to Brookville,
following the meeting of the American As.sociation for the

Coiitiibutioiis to Indiana hlcrpctoloi^y. 171

Advancement of Science at Indianapolis, in Angust, 1S90,
I spoke to him of the peculiarities of a form of Cave Sala-
mander found near Brookville. They had been called
Spelerpes longicaudus, but I was satisfied they were not that
form, yet I could not satisfy myself as to their identifica-
tion. He expressed a desire to see one alive, since I spoke
of their bright color in life. Through the kindness of Mr.
Bayard Quick, he was presented with two living specimens,
and I was enabled to furnish him an alcoholic specimen
from my collection. These he took with him to Philadelphia.
I take the liberty of presenting Prof. Cope's remarks concern-
ing these specimens entire, since it may be possible some, to
whom this paper will come and who are interested, may not
have seen the paper quoted: "The three specimens repre-
sent young, middle-aged and mature individuals, which have
passed their metamorphosis. They agree nearly in their
characters. They belong to a species which resembles the
Spelerpes /oiiiiicaiidus, but are distinct in form, color and
habits, and belong, moreover, to the genus Gyrinophilus. The
premaxillary bones are of feeble structure, and the spines are
distinct and widely separated, contrary to the structure of the
genus Spelerpes. The mature individuals, of which Mr.
Butler possesses several, are much more robust than those of
S. lo7igicaiidits, having a short body and relatively long
preaxillary region and head. With this the tail is as long as
in the .S". lo7igicaudiis, and is similarly compressed. The en-
tire animal is larger. The color is different from that of the
5". lono^icaiidus. It is vermilion-red, as in ^. ruber, and the
superior surfaces of the head and body are irregularly spotted
with dark brown. The sides of the tail are similarly irregu-
larly brown-spotted, the spots not showing the least tendencj^
to form the vertical bars characteristic of the S. lo7igicandiis.
The form of the series of vomerine teeth is different. Instead
of commencing at the posterior border of the internal nares,
they commence opposite to the anterior border of the same,
and .send posteriorly a .short branch along the internal border
of the choana, thus giving a hook-shaped outline to each
series. The proportions are as follows :

" Width of head five times in length of head and body to
groin. Tail one and a half times the length of the head and
body. When the limits are extended, the posterior toes reach

172 Ciiiciiiiia/i Society of Natural History.

the distal extremities of the metacarpals. Thirteen costal
folds. The width of the head is half the length to above the
middle of the humerus. The canthus rostralis is distinct,
though not so strongly marked as in Gyrinophihis porphyri-
ticHs. Total length, 152 mm.; length to angle of mouth, 8
mm.; to axilla, 23 mm.; to groin, 53 mm.; to extremity of
vent, 62 mm.

" In the adult specimens the subnareal processes are quite
prominent. In 3'oung specimens the ground-color is yellower
than in those of medium and full size.

" I propose to call this species Ciyrinophiliis iuaculicaudus.
In its habitat in cold springs, it resembles Spelcrpes ruber,
with which it agrees in color. The ,5. longicaiidus is a terres-
trial species. The first specimens of G. viaculicaudtis were
found by Mr. K. R. Quick, of Brookville, Indiana."

This species is only known from Franklin County, in the
vicinity of Brookville, and from the northeastern part of the
county, also from some caves in the neighborhood of West-
port, Decatur County, where Mr. Edw. Hughes obtained sev-
eral specimens, which are now in the collection of the Brook-
ville Society of Natural History. It is possible that two
specimens from Cincinnati, donated by Mr. J. N. B. Scar-
borough to the Smithsonian Institution (Nos. 8,818 and 8,841),
and identified as Spelcrpes ruber is this species, also that a
specimen from Columbus, O., donated by the late Prof. L.
Lesquereaux, (No. 3,872) should be referred to this form.

The onl)' other species of Gyrinophilus is G. porphyriticus,
Green. It seems to range throughout the Allegheny Moun-
tain region. Its nearest approach to us is Columbus, Ohio,
where Prof. Lesquereaux obtained a specimen.

Since writing the above I find, in the American Naturalist
for December, 1S91, pp. 1133-1135, an article by Prof. O. P.
Hay, entitled, " Note on Gyrinophilus niaculieaudus. Cope,"
which, since it relates to the subject under consideration, I
take the opportunity to in.sert here.

" In the year 1889, Mr. A. W. Butler, of Brookville, Indiana,
presented to Prof. E. D. Cope some specimens of a tailed
batrachian that had been taken near the town named, in
Southeastern Indiana. They had been collected, I believe, by
Mr. E. W. (R.) Ouick, and had been suspected by both Mr.
Butler and Mr. Ouick to be an undescribed species related to

Conlribulhuis lo /iidiaiia IIcrf>clology. 173

Spe/erpcs /ongicaiidus, which they greatly resenil^led. Prof.
Cope's practiced eye iniinediately perceived that they were
not members of the species named, and the results of his
examination of the specimens were published in the Ameri-
can Naturalist, Vol. XXIV., page 967. Prof. Cope named the
species (ivrinophilus-))iaculicaudus, assigning it to this genus
because he found the premaxillaries distinct, instead of being
anchylosed, as they are in Spclcrpes. The species is otherwise
distinguished from Spclerpes longicaudus by having a broader,
flatter head ; differently disposed vomerine teeth ; by a ground
color of vermilion ; and by a different arrangement of the
black spots. The limbs are also longer than those of 5.
longicaitdtis. I have had opportunities to examine several
specimens, both living and alcoholic, of this beautiful species.
Some of these have come to me from Brookville, through the
kindness of Messrs. Butler and Quick. Two others had been
taken in the vicinity of Bloomington, Indiana, by Prof. B. W.
Evermann, of the State Normal School. After making a
careful examination of the premaxillaries of several speci-
mens of rnaciclicaudiis and comparing them with those of
longicaudus, I am compelled to differ from Prof. Cope as to
the generic position of this animal. In the case of all the
specimens that I have dissected, except one, I find the
premaxillaries to be consolidated. I have taken the premax-
illaries out, dried them, and examined them with a sufficiently
high power of the compound microscope, without perceiving
any evidences of a suture between them. I can see but
slight differences between the premaxillaries of it and ^S.
longicaudus. In Gvrinophilus the premaxillaries are easily
separated. In the case of the exceptional specimen men-
tioned above, the premaxillaries had been broken by accident
just a little to one side of the middle line. Had the fracture
been exactly in the middle line, I should have concluded that
in this specimen the two bones had not united. This suggests
that possibly an accident had happened to the specimen
examined by Prof. Cope. If, however. Prof Cope's specimen
really had the premaxillaries distinct, while in mine they are
anchylosed, the genus Gyrinophiliis can not stand. In anj'
case, the species will, according to my view, have to bear
the name Spclerpes maculicaudus.

"This animal is regarded by those who have observed it in
its native haunts to be more aquatic in its habits than is 5".

174 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

/onj^icaiidns. (On the contrary, it is perhaps less aquatic
than Spclerpes loiigicaudus, — A. W. B.) The ones that I kept
for some time in a small aquarium showed a disposition to
remain out of the water. They would often climb up on the
perpendicular glass wall of the aquarium above the water,
and rest there for a long time. If, when thus adhering to the
glass, this was turned in a horizontal position, they would
continue to stick to the under side of it. I was not successful
in my endeavors to get them to eat while in confinement.
They appear to endure imprisonment well.

" During the Summer of the present year my son, W. P. Hay,
secured two additional specimens of this cave salamander in
the region about Bloomington. One of these was taken in
May's Cave, about five miles south of Bloomington and a mile
west of Clear Creek Station. It was found sticking to the
wall of the cave, about four feet above the water and aliout
one hundred yards from the cave's mouth. The other was
captured in Kern's Cave, one mile southwest of Bedford, in
Lawrence County. This locality is twenty miles south of
May's Cave, and both are about a hundred miles west of
Brookville, the original place of the discovery of the .species.
This shows that the animal is pretty well distributed through-
out the .southern portion of Indiana, and will probably occur
also in the caverns of Kentucky. The specimen taken in
Kern's Cave was also found clinging to the wall above the
water, and at a distance of about a quarter of a mile from the
entrance. Neither of the specimens made any effort to escape
capture. Attention was attracted to both by the gleaming of
their eyes in the candle-light."

Gknus DKSMOGNATHUS, B.vikd.

9. DesDwgyiathus fusca, Raf. Brown Triton. A common
species in the more broken parts of Franklin County, about
springs and creeks. Doubtless found throughout the White
Water Valley. It is also said to be common in Monroe
County. The Monroe County form was wrongly identified
in a previous paper (Journ. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., January,
iS.Sy, p. 265). D.fusca has also been taken by Prof. W. P.
Shannon in Decatur County. The form D. fusca auricnlata
Holb. has been taken near Cincinnati, and is represented in

Coutributioiis to IiufiaiKi I fcif^cloloiiy. 175

the Smithsonian Institution ])y ten specimens (No. 8,819)
collected by Mr. J. N. B. vScarixJiougli.

SALIENTIA.— THE TAILLESS BATRACHIANS.
Genus CHOROPHILUS, Baird.

10. Clwrophilus triseriatus, Wied. Striped Tree Frog ;
Tree Frog ; Peeper. Rather common in Franklin County,
where discovered by Mr. Edw. Hughes, March 16, 1889, on
which day he took three specimens. They frequent the
ditches and sloughs of our uplands, rarely being found in our
river valleys.

Genus HYLA, Laurenti.

11. Hy/a pickeriii^ii, Storer. Pickering's Hyla ; Pick-
ering's Tree Toad. Common in Franklin County. Mr.
Hughes found it very numerous on the uplands, where they
frequent the ditches, sloughs and roadside ponds. Not so
common in the valleys.

12. Hyla sqiii?ei /a, Bosc. Squirrel Tree Toad ; Squir-
rel Hyla. Two specimens of a peculiar frog from Franklin
County, were sent to Prof. Cope for examination in 1887. He
wrote upon receiving them that he thought the specimens
were this species, but requested the privilege of examining
them more carefully at his leisure. After doing so he wrote
me, saying: "I have examined the little green frog of the
first lot more fully and find it to be Hyla squirclla, of darker
color than usual, and with pale lateral line behind the angle
of the mouth absent." One specimen was retained by him
and the other returned. In some way my specimen disap-
peared, and no specimens of this species have since been
taken. This is the only localit>' in the State from which the
species has been reported.

REPTILIA— THE REPTILES.

OPHIDIA— THE SERPENTS.

Genus EUT^NIA, B. &. G.

13. Euta-nia sirtalis graminca, Cope. Grass Snake;
Grass Gartp:r Snake. A new sub.species described by-
Prof. E. D. Cope, from a specimen in the collection of

176 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Purdue University, No. 295, Richmond, Ind., (Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mu.s., 1888, p. 399). The author say.s: " This form is a
uniform light green above, below yellow, clouded with
green. Lips, chin and throat uniform yellow. No stripes
or spots on the bod}', nor markings of any kind on the head.
Scales, 19 rows; superior labials, 7; temporals, 1-3, first
large; gastrosteges, 150; anal, i; urosteges, 66 pair, four of
the latter undivided: lowest row of scales smooth: length,
495 mm.; tail, 107."

"This form is the extreme in the direction taken by the E.
S. ordinata, where the l)ands are entirely wanting, but the
quadrate lateral .spots remain. In the entire absence of black
marks on the labial and abdominal plates, this form differs
also from its immediate allies."

14. Eutcrnia butler i, Cope. Butler's Garter Snake.
A garter snake in the Purdue I'niversity collection. No. 264,
from Richmond, Ind., was sent to Prof. Cope for examination.
He determined it to be a new species, and described it under
this name. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, p. 399-400.) Of it
Prof. Cope says : " Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows, the
inferior much the widest and keeled. Superior labials, seven.
Temporals, i-i ; the second large extending from parietal to
labials. Oculars, 1-3. Parietals with the external border
abruptly contracted. Gastrosteges, 144; anal, i: urosteges,
62. Head very little distinct, muzzle conical, a little protu-
berant; eye not large. Ground color, above olive-brown,
which is marked by the usual three longitudinal yellowish
bands. The median covers one and two half rows of scales,
and the lateral covers the second, third and fourth rows.
Both are black bordered on both edges, the border of the
latter band interrupted. The segments of the superior border
of the lateral 1)and represent the inferior spots of the lateral
series; the superior row is wanting from the scales. Ciastros-
teges and urosteges olive, yellowish in front, dark behind,
with a vertical black spot at the anterior border of each end
of each of the gastrosteges. Labial scuta without black
borders; head olive above without markings, except two
small, yellow, black-edged parietal .spots in the usual position.

" There is but one specimen of the species (No. 264), which
is labelled as coming :rom Richmond, Ind. It is remarkably
distinct from everything which occurs in the United vStates,

Coutrihiitiotis lo Indiana Ilcipctology. 177

and has only superficial resemblances to the E. flavilabris,
Cope, of Mexico. Its peculiar characters are the great width
of the lateral color band, which covers three rows of scales,
one more than in any other species ; the black borders of the
bands ; the absence of well-defined dorsal lateral spots, and
the absence of markings on the head and labial scuta. Be-
sides these color marks, the presence of a large second tem-
poral plate extending to the labials is peculiar to this species
if found constant ; and the narrow conical head is character-
istic. In the E. ftavilabris the general appearance is some-
what similar, but the labial plates are broadly black edged,
and the lateral band covers but two rows of scales ; there is a
large postoral yellow dark-edged crescent, and the second
temporal plate is smaller, and does not reach the labials.

" It gives me much pleasure to dedicate this handsome
species to Mr. Butler, whose interest and labor in the natural
sciences have resulted in many interesting discoveries."

15. Eutccnia radix iiic/aiiokniia, Cope. Black-spottkd
Garter Snake. Two specimens were in the Purdue Uni-
versity collection (Nos. go and 312). They were sent to Prof.
Cope with the others just mentioned, and were considered to
be a new form, and described as this species. (Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1888, pp. 400-401). The following is the descrip-
tion: " Scales in twenty-one longitudinal rows, the inferior
largest and keeled. Superior labials, 7 (8); frontal wide,
oculars, 1-3. Parietals long, borders regular. Temporals,
1-2, the second above, moderate. Gastrosteges, 153; anal, i ;
urosteges, 68. Head distinct ; muzzle short, not protuberant.
Lateral stripe on third and fourth rows of scales, not black
bordered above or below. Dorsal band on one and two half
rows of scales nearly completely black bordered. Between
these the dorsal ground color is dark olive-brown, but the
space is nearly occupied with the two rows of quadrate black
spots. Below the lateral stripe two rows of alternating black
spots, one on each row of scales, which sometimes coincide,
on an olive-brown ground. Gastrosteges with a black longi-
tudinal spot near the end of each, which is frequently con-
fluent with the adjacent ones, from two to five running to-
gether to form an interrupted lateral central black stripe.
Between these, the gastrosteges black edged, except on the
anterior fourth of the length. Length, 285 mm.; tail, 65 mm.

178 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Anterior dorsal region and top of head nearly black : two
parietal spots. Labial plates and chin yellow, the former with
broad, black posterior edges on the upper lip.

" In this species the scuta present no exceptional features,
except that the frontal and prefrontal plates are more than
usually wide, as compared with their length. In one speci-
men there are eight superior labials on one side, but this is
probably an abnormality. Its tw^enty-one rows of scales sep-
arate it from the typical Eiitcc7iia radix, the species to which it
has closest affinity, to say nothing of various peculiarities of
coloration. It is nearest the subspecies haydeni of the E.
radix, but differs from it in the interrupted lateral ventral
black band and the black labial borders. It also approximates
the E. flavilahris, but differs in a way opposite from the E.
biitlcri. The dark colors predominate in the present species,
and the lateral stripe of the gastrosteges is also peculiar to it.
In the E. flavi/abris there is also a large postoral yellow
black-edged crescent, as in E. luarciana, of which no trace
appears in E. r. ntclanotccniay

Genus STORERIA, B. cS: G.

16. Storeria dckayi {Yio\\)XOoV). DkKav's Snakk. Vigo
County, (Collection State Normal School, Prof. B. W. Ever-
mann). Somewhat common in Miami County, (J. C. Cunning-
ham). Monroe County, not common, (C. H. Bollman). Two
specimens have been taken near Metamora, Franklin County,
and these two are the only records from the White Water
Valley.

Genus ELAPS, Schneider.

17. E/ops/ii/vius (h.). BiCAi) Snake. Harlequin Snake.
" ViiMiK." A specimen of this snake, in the collection of
Moore's Hill College, Moore's Hill, Ind.. was taken in Ripley
County (H. F. Bain). An account of this specimen was pre-
sented, by Prof. A. J. Bigney, to the Indiana Academy of
Science, December 30, 1891. The only other evidence known
to me, of the occurrence of this form so far north, is afforded
by a specimen in the collection of the Cincinnati Society of
Natural History, which was ])rcscnted by my esteemed friend,
the late Dr. John A. Warder. The record shows it to be from

Coiilributicms to ludiaua Ifi-rpe/o/o,<^y. IT)

Ohio. Dr. Warder's home was at North Bend, and possibly
this specimen came from there.

Gknus SCELOPORUS, Wkigmann.

i<S. SiciopoiKS iind/t/aiiis (\)zi\\(\'\n). Hkown Swikt; Com-
mon Lizard; Pini; Trkic Lizard; Allkvator Lizard.
Known to our country people b}' the names, "Fence Lizard,"
" Brown Lizard" and " Blue-throated Lizard." It appears to
be common only in certain localities in the White Water
Valley. In suitable localities in Franklin County it is very
abundant. It has been taken in Jefferson County, near Madi-
son, by Mr. G. C. Hubbard. Prof. O. P. Jenkins obtained a
specimen on the banks of Fourteen Mile Creek, Clarke
County, August 2C, 1887.

Brook\'ili.H, Ixd., Februarj' 9, 1892.

l8o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

REMARKS CONCERNING THE TEXAS WILD CAT
LATELY PRESENTED TO THE SOCIETY.

By S. S. Scoville, M. D., Lkbanon, 0/="

(Read February 2, 1S92.)

This cat was about eighteen months old at tlie time of its
accidental death, in vSeptember, 1891. It was captured near
Red River, in Wilbarger County, Texas, when but three or
four weeks old, and presented to my little eleven-year old
granddaughter, Bessie Owens, then residing with her parents
in the above-named locality. It was fed on cow's milk, and at
first would not lap, and had to receive its nourishment from a
teaspoon. It was not long, however, until raw flesh became
its exclusive diet. It never, up to the time of its death, could
be induced to take the smallest particle of cooked meat of
any kind. It was exceedingly fond of small birds, especially
the English sparrow.

Upon the return of my son-in-law's family to Lebanon,
they brought the cat and also a pet prairie wolf with them.
These animals were then about four months old. Both were
kept tied by means of a leather strap passed around the neck.
Confinement was necessary, on account of their ungo\ernable
propensity to nab up chickens. During the cat's life in Te.xas
it was not confined, and was a constant associate of a common
house cat, a setter dog and the above-mentioned prairie wolf

•'Lehanon, ()., January 25, 1S92.
JAS. A. Hen.siiai.l Secretary C. S. N. H.:

Dear .S'/> — Mr. Rayiiioiul Smith informed me that some members of the
Society would like to have something' from me in relation to the Texas Wild Cat
that was presented to the Society's museum through Mr. Dury. This desire, per-
haps, arose from the fact that they had heard that the cat had heen tamed ?1.

I here enclose a short and hastily prepared paper regarding this cat, which, if
you think interesting you can read to the .Society. And possibly it might be worthy
of publication in the JoruNAL. However, I will leave you to make such disposi-
tion of the paper as you see proper.

And permit me to say that it will please me very much if you will give the
credit of the presentation of this animal to Miss Hcssie Owens, instead of myself.
It was her cat, and her attachment to it was wonderful.

Yours respectfully, S. S. Scovii.i.k.

Ri'iiiarks Coiict-niiii^- Uic Texas Wild Cat. i8i

Occasionally the wild cat would steal off and ])row] around
the premises, but would soon return to join its com-
panions. Almost from the time of its capture it became very
playful, and was fond of being taken into the lap of some
member of the family. Little Bessie was its special favorite,
and from her it received the name of Joan, which, in one re-
spect, was quite appropriate, for we know that the Maid of
Orleans was an accomplished fighter. Upon its arrival at
Lebanon, and up to the time of its death, it manifested this
playful disposition. Nothing would please Joan better than
to have a romp with children, or some animal that had the
courage to approach within playing distance. But few dogs,
however, would venture near her, and the domestic cat never.
Her long sharp claws often imparted to her playful pranks an
unpleasant sensation, and the person who courted lively sport
with the cat, would often draw off, washing that he had gone
at it "with gloves." At the approach of night she would
often seem lonesome, and was very fond of being brought
into the house with the family. This was frequently done, to
the great amusement of all present. After a general tear
around the room, she would go for the house cat, frightening
it nearly out of its wits. And next would be a rough and
tumble play with the dog, one of her Texas companions. It
was amusing to see how she would manage to spring upon
the dog, which was more than twice her weight, and throw
him sprawling upon the floor. The dog would often get
mad and become furious, while the cat would show no real
temper. It could be seen, how'ever, by the little flying tufts
of hair that the dog w^as being severely punished. The fracas
would generally end by the dog drawnng off for repairs. The
cat was always disposed to continue the sport, and it was only
by being taken upon the lap of some member of the family
that it w^ould quiet down.

Bessie would often carry Joan around in her arms, and occas-
ionally lead her out upon the street, to the great delight— and
sometimes fright — of the town children. She had a special
fondness for the wolf, but this animal, though quite pla5'ful,
kept very shy of her catship.

Judging from what I witnessed, respecting the disposition
and habits of this particular cat, I am disposed to think that
our opinions concerning the wild cat have been, in many re-

i82 Ciucinuati Society of Natural History.

spects, quite erroneous. That it can be fairly well tamed,
especially when taken young, there can be no question. It
has a purr very similar to the domestic cat, but not nearly so
loud in proportion to the size of the animal. It never spits
and "gets its back up," as does the house cat. Its cr^^ of
hunger, of suffering, or for companionship, has no resem-
blance to the noises made by the last-named animal. Except
when mad, it utters but one sound, which is not loud, and re-
sembles somewhat the croak of a small frog. The growl,
when mad, or when disturbed while taking its meal, is loud
and frightful. It is a real tiger growl, having but little or no
resemblance to that of the house cat. This cat, of which I
have been speaking, was wakeful, and generally on the move
during the day time. It slept, as a rule, during the night.
Probably this is not the habit of the wild cat in its wild state.
In sending this animal to Mr. Dury for mounting, I called
it the Texas wild cat, simply because it was captured in Texas.
As to whether there is a cat entitled to this designation, I do
not know. I know comparatively little about the wild cats of
America. Many years ago I saw one that was captured in the
west part of Marion County, Ohio, that was quite different,
in several respects, from the one that has formed the subject
of this paper.

Note.— This "Wild Cat," Lynx rii/iis (Raf., is the southern form of the animal.
It has been mounted, and is now in the Society's collection.— Charles Dcry.

Zoological Notes. 183

ZOOLOGICAL NOTES.

By Charles Dury.

what i found in the nest of a field mouse.

It is well known to entomologists that some very curious
and interesting insects live in the nests of mice and other
small mammals. December 13, 1891, I went out to hunt nests
of "field mice," in hopes of finding a very wonderful little
beetle, called Leptinus testaanis, said to live in such nests.
This species was especial desiderata with me, as I had never
succeeded in finding it. I went to an old orchard, and under
the first log rolled over I discovered a nest and secured a
mouse as she rushed out. She proved to be the " Short-Tailed
Meadow Shrew " Dlarina brevicatida (Say). The nest was
made of small bits of leaves of the "Sycamore tree," lined
with grass fibers, and situated in a hole or pocket excavated
in the ground. I lifted the nest into the sifting net and sifted
it over a sheet of white paper, and was overwhelmed at the
result. The fine debris was a jumping, crawling mass of in-
sect life, beetles, fleas, ticks and larvae. I gathered and
bottled 107 Leptinus, and many ran over the edge of the paper
and escaped. There were over a hundred large vicious-look-
ing fleas, most energetic biters (as I discovered from those
that secured a lodgment in my clothing). How the mouse
could live in such a den is a mystery. The other beetles asso-
ciated with Leptinus were Staphylinidcs, or "rove beetles" of
species new to me, and so far I have been unable to identify
them. Leptinus is a small, flat beetle, of a pale testaceus
color, one-eighth inch long, without any trace of eyes.

AvoNDALE, February 2, 1892.

OCCURRENCE OF THE " PIGEON HAWK," Falco Columbarius,

IN CINCINNATI.

A male and female of this hawk were shot on the grounds
of the Marine Hospital, Third and Kilgour Streets, December
16, 1891. A "screech owl," Scops Asio, was also killed at the

184 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

same time. The}' had been feeding on the sparrows that con-
gregate there in great numbers.

DEATH OF OLD ABE, THE MALE GIRAFFE AT THE ZOO.

The magnificent male "Giraffe" {Camclopardalis Giraffe)
died at the. Zoo, January 20, 1892. He was the finest speci-
men of his kind in captivity, stood over 16 feet high. The
disease was tuberculosis of the lungs. His elongated cervical
vertebrae and leg bones are quite remarkable. Both skin and
skeleton have been preserved.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. I. — Bovistella Ohiensis, Ellis & Morgan. A specimen, natural
size.

Fig. 2. — Diagrammatic section of B. Ohiensis, showing the cellulose
and definitely limited subgleba and the free threads of the capillitium.

Fig. 3. — Thread and spores much magnified.

Figs. 4, 5, 6, 7. — Catastoma circumscissum, B. & C. Specimens nat-
tural size, showing how it grows in the ground, finally breaks away
and turns over.

Fig. 8. — Pieces of the threads and the spores much magnified.

Fig. 9. — Diagrammatic section, showing the origin of the threads of
the capillitium.

Fig. 10. — Bovista minor, Morg. n. sp.

Fig. II. — Its spores and one thread much magnified.

Fig. 12. — Diagrammatic section of Bovista, illustrating the free
threads of the capillitium.

Fig. 13. — Mycenastrum spinulosum. Peck.

Fig. 14.— Threads and spores much magnified.

€ i( e ^iiuniul of Mii^€m.^a;C.Hiifeml § iiMw,

VOI.XIV

IM.itc V

LanraYMorgan Del

The Henderson fcHcRiKntesLiiK Co Crncn

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VL

PAGE.

Goniatites missouriensis, n. sp., 164

Fig. I, side view, natural size.

Goniatites sciotoensis, n. .sp., 165

Fig. 2, side view, natural size.

Fig. 3, dorsal view with anterior end turned downward, and

showing radiating furrows curving backward over the

dorsum.

Trematoceras ohioense, n. sp., 168

Fig. 4, lateral view, natural size.
Fig. 5, dorsal view, looking forward.

Goniatites occidentalis, n. sp 166

Fig. 6, lateral view, natural size.

Fig. 7, dorsal view, showing end of siphuncle at the upper
margin and two spots where it is broken into on the
dorsum, a radiating furrow and the outlines of two septa
crossing the dorsum.

Goniatites limatus, n. sp., 166

Fig. 8, lateral view, natural size.

Fig. 9, dorsal view, the fracture at the end destroys the
saddles and lobes, leaving only the three inferior inden-
tations.

Goniatites leviculus, n. sp., 167

Fig. 10, lateral view, natural size.

Fig. II, dorsal view, showing the septa on the dorsum and
an end view.

if^c JouPQal of Wie Q'm. goc. yNatupal 4Hi^l:oPY-

Vol. XIV.

Plate VI.

Index Volume XIV.

Abcrt, J. \V., Comparative Measure-
ments of the Human l''onn, 135.

Accipiter cooperi, 1 14.

Acris gryllus, 27.

Actitis maciilaria, ri2.

Adder, Spreading, 32.

^gialitis vocifera, 112.

Agelaius phcL-niceus, 1 19.

Aix sponsa, 109.

Algae of Cincinnati Group, 45.

Amblystoma, 169; opacum, 24, 35;
punctatum, 24, 169; tigrinum,
24; jeffersonianum, 24, 169, 170.

Animodramus caudacutus,43; A. sa-
vanna, 43 ; sandwichensis savan-
na, 120; savannus passerinus, 120.

Ampelis cedrorum, 122.

Am\-da mutica, 33.

Anas boschas, 109; americana, 109;
carolinensis, 109; discors, 109.

Anomaloides, 61 ; reticulatiis, 62.

Antlius peiinsilvanicus, 124.

Antrostomus vociferns, 117.

A(juila chrysaetos, 114.

Arac/iinion a/bii»i, 143.

Arcturus, paper by W. H. Knight,

75-
Ardea egretta, iio; herodias, iio;

virescens, no.
Aristophj-chus rainosum, 46.
Arthraria antiqua, 47; bic/aiHita, 47.
Asio accipitrinus, 115; wilsonianus,

115-
Aspidonectes spinifer, 34.
Ast\lospongia, 52, 53, 55; subrotun-

dus, 54 ; tumidus, 54, 60.
Auditing Committee appointed, 74;

report of, 75.
Aythya americana, 109; affinis, 109;

collaris, 109.
Bascanion constrictor, 31.
Batrachians of Vigo County, Ind., 22.
Bewick's wren, 43.
Birds, notes on, by Chas. Bury and

Ralph Kellogg, 43.

Birds of Warren County, Oliio, by
R W. Smith, 105; nomenclature
of, 107.

Bitterns, no; Least, 44.

Blarina brevicaiula, 1S3.

Black bird, red winged, 119; rusty,
119.

Blastophycus dtadeniatus, 47.

Blatchley, W. S., notes on batrach-
ians and reptiles of Vigo County.
Indiana, 22.

Blue bird, 126.

Bobolink, nS.

Bonasa umbellus, n2.

Books and pamphlets donated, 77.

Botaurus exilis, 44; lentiginosus,
no.

Bovista, 144; pila, 145; sinppca, 145:
iahaciiia, 145; montana, 145
oboz'ata, 146; nigrescens, 144, 146
plumbea, 146 ; ovalispora^ 147
minor, 147 ; circuwcissa, 143
subterranea, 143.

Bovistella, 141 ; ohioensis, 141.

Brachiospongia, 53, 65, 66 ; digitata,
66, 68; hovcyi, 67; lyoui, 67;
roeuieratia, 67.

Branta canadensis, 109.

Bronzed grackle, n9.

Brown creeper, 125.

Bubo virginianus, 115.

Bufo lentiginosus aniericanus, 27.

Bunting, snow, 120.

Buteo borealis, n4; lineatus, 114;
latissimus, 1 14.

Butler, A. W., contributions to In-
diana Herpetology, 169.

Btithotrephis filci/ormis, 46 ; gra-
cilis var.crassa,/^-] ; ramulosa, 47;
siicculeiis, 47; gracilis, 48, 151, 152.

Calvatia fragilis, n; elata, 17.

Calytograptus, 154.

Camelopardis giraffe, 184.

Cardinalis cardinalis, 121.

Cardinal grosbeak, 121.

Ciuciiniaii Society of Xa/ii7al History.

Carphophiops heleiue, 35.
Carpodacus purpureus, 119.
Catastoma, 142; circumcissum, 143 ;
suliterraneum, 143 ; pedicellatum,

143-
Cat bird, 125.
Cathartes aura, 113.
Catharisla atrata, 113.
Cedar bird, 122.
Ceophl(L-us pileatus, 116.
Certhia familiaris americana, 125.
Cerjle alcyon, 1 16.
Cluttetes snbrotuiidus, 55.
ChtL-lura pelagica, 117.
Charadrius doniinicus, 112.
Charitonetta albeola, 109.
Chat, yellow breasted, 124.
Clielidon erythrogaster, 121.
Chelydra serpentina, 34.
Chen hyperborea nivalis, 44.
Chickadee, Carolina, 125.
Chirospongia, 53, 65, 69; faberi, 65;

wenti, 65.
Chloephycus plumosuin, 46.
Chondes'tes granimacus, 120.
Chondrotus niicrostonius, 24.
Chordeiles virginianus, 117.
Chorophihis triseriatus, 27, 175.
Chryseniys marginata, 34.
Cincinnati Boy in the Tropics, 36.
Cincinnati Group, 95, 9S.
Cincinnati Group, Palcontolog}' of,

45; Part II, 149.
Circus hudsonius, 114.
Cistothorus palustris, 125.
Cistudo Carolina, 35.
Climacograptus, 155, 15S; bicornis,

159; tyi)icalis, 159, 160.
Clivicola riparia, 121.
C(clenterata, 149.
Coccyzus aniericanus, 116; ery-

throphthalnius, 116.
Colaptes auratus, 117.
Colinus virginianus, 112.
Coluber obsoletns, 31.
Colynibus auritus, 107.
Contopus virens, iiS.
Conurus carolinensis, 116.
Coots, 1 10.
Cormorants, loS.
Corvus americana, i iS.
C<iwbird, 1 19.
Cranes, 1 10.
Cross bill, american, 119; white

winged, 1 19.
Crow, I iS.
Cruziana bilobala, 47: c.irleyi, 47;

puilica, 47.

Crjptobranchus allegheniensis, 169.
Cuckoo, yellow billed, 116; black

billed, 116.
Curator's report, photography, 87.
Cyanocetta cristata, 118.
Cyathophycus, 53, 63; siluriana, 64.
Cyclocrinus, 58.
Cyclophis aestivus, 31.
Cylindrocoelia, 53, 56; covington-

ensis, 56.
Dactylopliyctis quadiipar/iluni, 47;

tyidigitatuni, 47.
Dafila acuta, 109.
Dawsonia, 155, 162; sili(iuaria, 48,

162, 163.
Dendrites, 156.
Dendrograptus, 151 ; gracillinium,

48,151, 156; irregulare, 154; reti-

culatus, 154; tenuiramosus, 152.
Dendroica ;etiva, 123; blackburnitt',

123; ciurulea, 123; CiL-rulescens,

123; castanea, 123; coronata, 123;

dominica-albilora, 123; maculosa,

123; palmaruni, 124; pennsyl-

vauica, 123; striata, 123; virens,

123.
Desmognathus fusca, 175; fusca

auriculata, 175.
Diadophis punctatus, 32 ; punctatus

aniabilis, 32.
Dickcissel, 121.
Dicranograptus, 155, i6<i; raniosus,

160.
Dictyonema, 151, 153, 154; arbus-

culum, 153, 161.
Diemyctylus viridescens, 26.
Diplograpsus, 157.
l)iplograj)tus, 155, 157; spinulosus,

157; whitfieldi, 158; <iuadrinui-

cronatus, 158.
DiprionidLU, 155.
Director of museum, 86.
Dolichonyx oryzivorus, iiS.
Donations, 76, 136.
Donors of Paul Mohr Collection, 76.
Doherty, William, travels of, 36, 73.
Doves, 1 12.
Drvobates villosus, 116; pubescens,

ri6.
Ducks, geese and swimmers, loS.
Durv, Charles, ])aper on William

Doherty, 73; Cincinnati Hoy in

the Tropics, 36; notes on l)irds.

43; zoological notes, 183.
Dvstactojihvcus mamniillai\um, 47.
Dystactospongia, 53, 70, 71; inso-

lens, 70, 71 ; minima, 70.
Ivaglc, golden, 1 \.\ ; bald, 1 14.

Tndex — I 'oIudic XI I

I'Mc'ii shales, c/i, 97.

Ivotopistcs iiiiKratorius, 112.

Ivlaiioidfs furfioatus, 114.

Hlaps fulvius, 178.

ICk'Ctioii of officers, 1890^91, 74.

Kni])idonax flavivetitris, iiS; aca-

(licus, iiS; iniiiiimis, 118.
lvo])hvton liiiiKuanum, 48.
I'lreuiieU'S pusillus, iii.
I'^risinatiira rubiila, 109.
luiineces fasciatus, 33.
Hutainia saurita, 29; faireyi, 29;

sirtalis, 30.
Eutiunea sirtalis irraminea, 175;

hutleri, 176, 178; radix nielaiio-

tienia, ^77, 178; flavilabris, 178.
I'aber, Chas., and Miller, S. A.,

])apers by, 164.
l-'aloo oolmiibarius, i 14, 183 ; spar-

verius, 1 14.
I""alcons, 1 14.
I'Meld mouse, nest of, What I Found

in, 183.
Finch, 119; purple, 119; gold, 119;

grass, 120; lark. T2o.
Fletcher. Dr. ?tl. H., paper on the

skin and its appendages, 75.
Fly catcher, crested, 117; yellow

bellied, 118; acadian, 118; least,

118.
Flicker, 117.
Foraminifera, 49.

Fort Ancient, paper on recent dis-
coveries, 75.
Frog, bull, 28; cricket, 27; leopard,

28; spring, 28 ; swamp, 28 ; wood,

28.
F^ucoids of Cincinnati Group, 45.
Fulica aniericana, no.
Galeoscoptes carolinensis, 125.
Gallinago delicata, in.
Crasteronu'cetes, 5, 141.
Geothlypis agilis, 124; forniosa,

124; Philadelphia, 124; trichas,

124.
Giraffe, death of, at Cincinnati

Zoological Garden, 184.
Girvanellia, 50; richmondensis, 51 ;

labyrintheca, 51.
Gnatcatcher, 126.

Graptolithus, 155, 156, 157 ; gracilis,
156; subtenuis, 156; ramosus, 160.
Graptilotoidea, 151, 155.
Graptopora. no/c, 153.
Grebes, 107.
Green Triton, 26.
Glassograptus, 157; ciliatus, 158.
Goatsuckers, 1 17.

(roose, snow, 44.

Goniatites missouriensis, 164; scio-

toensis, 165; occidentalis, 166;

limatus, 166; leviculus, 167
Gould, J. 1'"., collection of birds by,

106.
Grosbeak, cardinal, 121; rose

breasted, 121.
Grouse, i 12.
Gulls. 108.
Gyrinophilus maculicaudus. 170,

'72, 173; porphyriticus, 172.
llabia ludoviciana, 121.
IlaliiL'tus Icucocephalus, i 14.
Hall, James, quoted, 94.
nar])orhynchus rufus, 125.
Hawk, 114; marsh, 114; red tailed,

1 14 ; Coopers, 1 14 ; red shouldered,

114; broad winged, n4 ; jjigeon,

114.
Hell-bender, 169.
Helminthophila celata, 43 ; pere-

grina,'i23; pinus, 123.
Heliophycus stelliforme, 47.
Hemidactyliuni scutatum, 25.
Henshall, J. A., report as Secretary,

82 ; report as Director of Museum,

86.
Herons, no.
Herpetology, Indiana contributions

to, 169.
Heterodon platyrhinus, 32.
Heterospougia, 53, 71 ; aspera, 72 ;

kuotti, 71, 72 ; subramosa, 71.
Hill Ouarry Beds, 96, 98.
Hindia, 53 ; parva, 55, 56 ; spheroi-
dal is, 55.
Hiidson River Group, 95, 98, 99.
Hudson Terrane, 96.
Humming bird, ruby throated, n7.
Hydrochelidon nigra surinaniensis,

108.
Hydroidea, 150.
Hydrozoa, 150.

Hyla pickeringii. 27, 175; versi-
color, 28; scjuirella, 175.
Ibises, no.

Icterus spurius, ng; galbula, 119.
Indiana Herpetology, contributions

to, 169.
Indigo l)unting, 121.
Inocaulis, 155, 161 ; arbuscula, 153,

154 ; bellus, 154.
Insertte Sedis, 155.
Ischadites, 61.
Icteria virens, 124.
Isotelus, 95.
James, D. Iv, Treasurer, report, 80.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Jatncs, Joseph F., Manual of the

Paleonloloj^y of the Cincinnati

Group, Part I, 45; Part II, 149;

On Age of Point Pleasant, Ohio,

Beds, 93.
James. U. P., quoted, 98.
Jay, blue, 1 18.
Junco hyenialis, 120.
Kellogg, Ralph, notes on birds, 43.
King bird, 44. i ry.
Kingfisher, belted, 116.
Kinglet, golden crowned, 126; ruby

crowned, 126.
Kite, swallow tailed, 1 14.
Knight, \V. II., paper on Arcturus,

75 ; re])ort as Librarian, 84.
Lanias ludovicianus, 122; ludovicia-

nus excurbitorides, 122.
Land Terra])in, 35.
Lark, horned, i iS.
Larus argentatus sniithsonianus,

108; ])hiladelphia, 108.
Larus Philadelphia, 108.
Lebanon beds, 96, 97.
Lectures, course of free. 83.
Lepidolites dickhatiti, 63; elonga-

tus, 63.
Leptinus testaceus, 1S3.
Leptopoterion, 53; niamniifcruni,

Librarian, report of, 1890-91, 84.

Library, Society, extent of, 84.

Library, accessions to, 136.

IJcrop/iyciis Jlaf)efti<)n, 47, i6r.

Linney, W. M., quoted. 98.

Lizard, blue tailed, 33.

Locke, John, <juoted, 94.

Lockeia, 162.

/.ocfccia sitit/naria, 48.

Loons, 107.

Lophodytes cucullatus, 108.

Low, C. I'^., report of Committee on
Death of, 3.

Loxia curvirostrata minor, 119;
leucoptera, 1 19.

J<udlow. Ky., strata at, 104.

Lycf)podiaceiL-, 48.

Lycoperdou, definition of genus, 5;
table of species, 6; jiurple sjjored,
7; olive si)ored, 12; L. acumina-
tum, 21; aspcrri)ntiin, 8; aster-
iospermum, 9; atropurpeum, 9;
hicotor, 9; calz'csccns, 14; calyp-
InL-forme, 21; cespaesforme, 20;
coloratum, 20; constcllatiiut, 7;
crui iatiim, 15; cupricum, 9;
Curtisii, 16; delicatum, 10; echi-
natum, 7, 15; elegans, 11 ; elou-

gatum, II ; excipuliforme, 14; ex-
imium, 15; Frostii, 8; furfura-
ceus, 20; gemmatum, 13; gem-
matumvar. hirtum, 14; glabelluni,
10; gtabcttum, 11, 18; hirtum, 8;
leprosuni, 21; molle, 17; mus-
corum, 16; oblougisporum, 19;
Peckii, 15; pedicellatum, 15;
perlatum, 13; pusillum, 19, 20;
pulcherrimum, 7 ; pyriforme, 18;
pratcnsc, 20; rimulatum, 12;
ritna-spinoriiviy 8 ; separans. 14 ;
sub-incarnatum, 18; 'i'urneri, 17;
velatum, 12; Wrightii, 19;
Tcrig/itii, var typicum, 16.

Malaclemmys geographicus, 34 ;
lesueri, 34.

Manual of Paleontology of the Cin-
cinnati Group, 45, 149.

Martin, 121.

Meadow lark, 1 19.

Megalograptus, 155, 160; welchi,
i6r.

Megascops asio, 115.

Melanerpes erythrocephalus, 116;
carolinus, 1 17.

Meleagris gallipavo, 112.

Melospiza lincolni, 120; geogiana,
43, 120; fasciata, 120.

Members elected, 1,2,73, 75 1 pro-
posed, 75.

Merula migratoria, 126.

Microdiscus dawsoni, 162.

Microspongia, 53, 54 ; gregaria, 54,
56; subrotundus, 55.

Miller, I). W., paper on the Science
of Harmony, 1^5.

Miller, S. A., quoted, 97, 99.

Miller, S. A., an<l I'aber, Chas., on
subcarboniferous and carbonifer-
ous ce])halopoda, 164.

Mimus polyglottus, 124.

Mniotilta varia, 123.

Mocking bird, 124.

Mohr (Paul) collection donated, 76.

Molothrus ater. 1 19.

Monograptus, 156; tenuis, 156.

Mon()])rionid;L', 155.

Moorehead, Warren K., recent dis-
coveries at POrt Ancient, 75.

Morgan. A. P.. paper on North
American P'ungi, 5, 141.

Mud devil, 169.

Mud eel, 26.

Mud pup])y, 23.

Mu]tii)rionid;i-. 155.

Myccnogastrum Ohiootse, 142;
Oregonensc, 145.

Index — Volume XIV.

Myceno,t(astruni spiiuilosuiii, 14.S ;

Chilense. 148; coriiDH, 148.
Mjiarchus criiiitus, 117.
Necturu? maculatus, 23.
Night hawk, 1 17.

Nomenclature, Cincinnati rocks, 97.
North American Fungi, 5, 141.
Norton, O. D., on deep well near

Wheeling, 76.
Nuthatch, white bellied, 125; re<l

bellied, 125.
Nyctea nyctea, 1 15.
Nycticorax luuvius, i ro.
Oljituaries. i, 3, 4.
Officers elected, 1S90-91, 74.
Ophibolus getulus sayi, 32; dolia-

tus, 32 ; doliatus triangulus, 32.
Orange crowned warbler, 43.
Orioles, 118, 119; orchard, 119;

Baltimore, 1 19.
Orton, Edward, Division of Cincin-
nati rocks, 96; On Point Pleasant

l)eds, 96; quoted, 97, 98, 99.
Otocoris alpestris, 118.
Owl, long eared, 115; short cared,

115; l:arred, 115; screech, 115;

great horned, 115; snowy, 115.
Paht'ophycus flexuosus, 46.
I'aUcopliycus radiata, \']\ P. ruj^o-

s/n/i, 47 ; tubular e^ 47 ; simplex, 47 ;

virgatutn, 47 ;
Pandion haliietus carolinensis, 114.
Parrots, 1 16.

Parus bicolor, 125 ; carolinensis, 125.
Pasceolus, 52, 53, 58 ; claudii, 59 ;

darwinii,59; globosus, 58; tumi-

dus, 59.
Passer domesticus, 121.
Passerella iliaca, 121.
Passerina cyanea, 121.
Pattersonia, 53.
Pattersonia, 53, 68, 69; difficilis, 69;

tuberosa, 69.
Peeper, 27.
Pee-wee, 117.

Petrochelidon lunifrons, 121.
Phalacrocorax dilophus floridanus,

108.
Phiohela minor, iii.
Pigeons, r 12.

Pigeon hawk, in Cincinnati, 183.
Pipilo erythrophthalmus, 121.
Piranger er3'thromelas, 121 ; ruV)ra,

121.
Planolites crassa, 47; diadematus,

47; asperum, 47; flabellum, 47;

radiatus, 47 ; ramulosus, 47 :

simplex, 47; succulens, 47; ru-

gosa, 47; tubularis, 47; tubuhire,

47 ; virgatuvi, 47.
Piectrophenax nivalis, 120.
Plethodon cinereus, 170; cinerens

dorsalis, 170; erythronotus, 25,

170; glutinosus, 25.
Plovers, 1 12.

Podilymbus ])odiccps, 107.
Point Pleasant, beds, 93, 96; section

at, icx); fossils in, 102, 103.
Polioptila c;L-rulea, 126.
Poocaetes gramineus, 120.
Porzana jainaicensis, 44.
Porzana Carolina, ikj.
Proceedings, i, 73, 135.
Progne subis, 121.
Protostignia sigillaroides, 49.
Protozoa, 49.
/'sli/opliylDu, 48.

V'~.\\o\)\\y\.on graci Hi »tum, 151, 152.
Ouail, 112.

Quiscalus quiscala tcneus, 119.
Rail, no; little black, 44; clapper,

44-
Rallus crepitans, 44; elegans, no;

virginianus, 1 10.
Rana catesbiana, 28 ; clamata, 28 ;

palustris, 28 ; sylvatica, 28 ; vires-

cens virescens, 28.
Rauffellia, 65.
Red bird, [21.
Redstart, 124.
Receptaculites, 52, 53,60; circularis,

63 ; dickhauti, 63 ; reticulatus, 62.
Recurvirostra americana, in.
Regina leVjeris. 30.
Regulus satrapa, 126; calendula, 126.
Reptiles of Vigo County, Ind., 22.
Resignations accepted, 73, 75, 76.
Rhizocarpett, 48.

Rhombodictyon, 53; globotus, 57.
River quarry beds, 96, 97.
Robin, 126; ground, 121.
Ruffed grouse, n2.
Rusophycus asperutii, 47 ; suhangu-

latum, 47 ; clavatum, 47.
Saccophycus inlortus, 47.
Salamanders, Vigo County, Ind., 24,

25. 35-
Salamander, spotted, 169.
Sandpipers, n i.
Savannah sparrow, 43.
Sayornis phoebe, 117.
Sceloporus undulatus, 179.
Scoleophagus carolinus, 119.
Scolithus delicatulus, 47 ; S. dispar,

48.
Scops asio, 183.

Cinciunati Society of .Wilitral Hislot y.

Scoville. Dr. S. S., on Texas wild

cat, i8o.
Scyphia digitaia, 67.
Secretary, report of, 1 890-9 r, 82.
Seiurus aurocapillus, 124; inota-

cilla, 124.
Setophaj^a ruticella, 124.
Sharp-tailed finch, 43.
Shrike, loj:jjierhead, 122; while

rutiiped, 122.
Sialia sialis, 126.
Siren lacertina, 26.
Sitta canadensis, 125; carolinensis,

' 25-
Skin (The) and its appendages, 75.
Smith, Raymond W., on birds of

Warren County, Ohio, 105.
Snakes, Vigo County, Ind., 29, 30,

,V> 32. 35-
Snipes, 1 1 1.
Sparrow, swamp, 120; fox, 121 ;

luiglish, 121 ; savanna, 120 ;

yellow winged, 120; tree, 120;

white crowned, 120; white

throated, 120; chipping, 120;

field, 120; song, 120; I.incoln's,

120.
Spatula clypeata, 109.
Sjjelerpes bilineatus, 25 ; longirau-

dus, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174; ruber,

171. 172.
Sphenoph^llum prinucvum, 48.
Sphyrapicus varius, 116.
Spinus tristis, 1 19.
Spiza aniericana, 121.
Spizella monticola, 121); pusilla,

120; socialis, 120.
Spongida, 52 ; key to genera of, 52.
Stajdiylinidie, 1S3.
Sleigidopterix serripennis, 122,
Stercorarius parisiticus, 107.
Sterna hirundo, 108.
Stephanograptus, 156.
Storeria occipitomaculata, 29; <le-

kayi, 29, 178.
Stories, 1 10.
Slrcp/oc/if/us, 50.

Slreplospougia, 50; labyriu tinea. 51.
Slrohilospougia, 69.
Str(^mato])oroidea, 49, 52.
Slurnella magna, 1 19.
Subcarboniferous and carbonifer-
ous cephalopoda, 164.
Swallow, 121 ; eave, 121 ; barn, 121 ;

white bellied, 121; bank, 121;

rough winge<l, 122.
Swani]) sparrow, 43.
Swift, chimney, 117.

Sympteniia semipalmata, 112.

Syrnium nebulosum, 115.

Tachycineta bicolor, 121.

Tanager, 121; scarlet, 121 ; sum-
mer, 121.

Terns, 108.

Texas Wild Cat, remarks concern-
ing. Dr. S. S. Scoville. i8<^.

Thecaphora, 150.

Thrusii, wood, 126; gray checked,
126; olive-backed, 126; hermit,
126; golden-crowned water, 124;
large-billed' water, 124; 1)rown,

'25-
Thryothorus bewickii. 43.
Thryothorus ludovicianus, 125;

bewicki, 125.
Titlark. 124.
Toad, american, 27.
Totanus flavipes, ni; uielanoleu-

cus, III; solitarius, 1 12.
Treasurer, report of. 1890-91, 80.
Tree frog, common, 28; pickerings,

27 , swamp, 27.
Trematoceras ohioense, 168; trisul-

catus, 168.
Trenton, 95, 98.
Triarthus becki, 95.
Tricophycus sulcatum, 46 ; veno-

sum, 46.
Trieliophycus lauosiis, 47.
Tringa maculata, ill; minutilla.

Ill; alpina pacifica. iii.
Trochilus colubris. i 17.
Troglodytes aedon, 125; hiemalis,

125.
Tropidoclonium kirtlandi, 29.
Tropiilonotus sipedon. 30.
Trustees report, 90.
Tufteil titmouse, 125.
Turdus aliciie, 126; aonalaschte

pallasii. 126; mustelinus. 126;

ustulatus swainsonii, 126.
Turkeys, 1 12.

Turtle's, Vigo Co., Ind., 33. 34. 35.
Tyrannus carolinensis, 44 ; tyran-

nus. 117.
ririch. v.. O.. quoted. 99.
I'rinalor imber, I07.
I'tica shale, 95, 98. 99.
\'anuxem. ()Uoted, 94.
Vigo County. Indiana, batrachians

and reptiles of, 22.
Vireo, red eyed. 122; warbling, 122;

yellow throated, 122; white eyed.

122; flavifrons, 122; gilvus, 122;

novaboracensis, 122; olivaceous,

122.

Index — Vo/i(nir X/V.

VulturL's, 113; turke)-, .113; black,

"3-

Wagtails, 124.

Walcott. C. D., quoted, 96.

Warl)lers, 123; blue wiugcd, 123;
Tennessee, '23; yellow, '23;
black throated, 123; yellow
ruiuped, 123; black and 3'ellow,
123; cerulean, 123; chestnut
sided, 123; bay breasted, 123;
black - poll, 123; black])urnian,
123; sycamore, 123; black
throated green, 123; yellow red-
poll, 124; Kentucky, 124; Con-
necticut, 124; mourning, 124;
^Maryland yellow throat, 124.

Warren County, Ohio, birds of, 105 ;
brief description of 105.

Warren County, Ohio, geographical
features of, 105.

Warren County, birds of jjrobable

occurrence in, 126.
Water dog, 23.
Waxwings, 122.
Whip-poor-will, 117.
Woodpecker, downy, 116; hairy,

116; ])ilcated, 116; red headed,

116; yellow bellied, 117.
Wood pee-wee, iiS.
Wren, 124; Carolina, 125; bewick's,

125; house, 125; winter, 125;

long billed marsh, 125.
Wriglit, S. \i., report of committee

on death of, 4.
Yellow hammer, 117.
Zenaidura macroura, 112.
Zonotrichia leucophrys, 120; albi-

collis, 120.
Zoological notes by Chas. Dury, 183.

THE JOURNAL

OF THE

Cincinnati
Society of Natural History

Volume XV.

PUBLISHED BY

The Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

No. loS Broadway.

1892-93.

Table of Contents.

VOL. XV.

p. AGE.

Proceedings i- 59' '^'^'3

Donations 2, 104

In INIenioriani, Dr. A.J. Howe 3

Weather, Water and Disease. By Dr. Wm. Carson 5

North American Helicospone. By A. P. Morgan 39

Photographing Natural Objects without a Camera. By W. A.

Kellerman 53

Variations and Intermediate Forms of Certain Asters. By W. C.

Werner 55

Report of Treasurer 64

Trustees' Report 65

Report of Director of Museum 67

Report of Secretary 68

Report of Curator of Photography . . 69

Memoir of Dr. R. M. Byrnes 7^

Preservation of Plants as Fossils. By Joseph F. James 75

Some New Species and New Structural Parts of Fossils. By S. A.

Miller and Chas. Faber 79

]\Ianual of Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. Part III. By

Joseph F. James ■• 88

Remarks on the Stems and Roots of Crinoids from near Lebanon,

Ohio. By Dr. D. T. D. Dyche loi

Exchanges 104

Observations concerning Fort Ancient. By Dr. S. S. Scoville iii

MordellidiL- in the Vicinity of Cincinnati. By Chas. Dury .... 123

Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley. By A. P. Morgan, ist Paper 127
Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. Part IV.

By Joseph F. James I44

Microscopical Study of Ohio Limestones. By G. Perry Grimsley, 160

Niagara's Water Power. By B. M. Ricketts, M. D 168

Description of a New Phalloid. By A. P. IMorgan 171

THE JOURNAL

- OF THr. -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

Voi,. XV. • Cincinnati, April, 1892 • No. i.

PROCERDTNCxS.

Regular Meeting, January 5, 1892.

J. Ralston Skinner, President />;<? to)!.

Minutes of last regular meeting read and approved.

The following named persons were proposed for active
membership: J. L,. Cleveland, E. H. Crowell, John B. Mitch-
el, E. Hazard Wells, Dr. J. E. Baker and Geo. M. D. Morris.

As these names had been proposed for several months, but
were not acted upon for want of a quorum at previous meet-
ings, the vSecretary, Dr. Henshall, moved that the rule regu-
lating the proposal of members be suspended, and the candi-
dates for this evening voted upon, which motion prevailed.

The following gentlemen were then unanimously elected to
active membership: J. E. Cleveland, E. H. Crowell, John B.
Mitchell, E. H. Wells, Dr. J. E. Baker and Geo. M. D. Morris.

The minutes of the Executive Board were then read for
the meetings from June to December, 1891.

The resignations of Miss Amelia Merrell, Chas. J. Herrick,
J. C. Wright, E. L. Anderson, Larz Anderson and E. W.
Hobart were read, and upon motion accepted.

The resignation of Wm. H. Knight, as Librarian and mem-
ber of the Executive Board, was read, and upon motion,
accepted.

The Society then went into an election for a member of the
Executive Board, to fill the vacancy made by the resignation
of Wm. H. Knight.

2 Cinciiniati Socic/y of Natural History.

Mr. F. A. Autenheimer and Dr. O. I). Norton were nomi-
nated, and balloted for with the following resnlt : Dr. Norton
received nine vote.s and Mr. Autenheimer eight votes, where-
upon Dr. Norton wa.s declared elected.

Mr. Chas. L. Falser read a paper, entitled, "The Age of the
Point Pleasant Beds," upon the conclusion of which the paper
was discussed by Mr. Faber, Mr. E. O. Ulrich and Mr. J.
Ralston Skinner, and the paper was referred to the i)u1)lishing
committee.

Dr. (). D. Norton made some allusion to the deep well now
being bored at Wheeling, and to a large specimen of quartz,
containing silver, which would probably be donated to the
Society next Spring.

The death of Mr. Wm. Gibson, a life-member, was
announced.

Adjourned.

Regular Meetixc, February 2, 1S92.

President Abert in the chair.

Mr. T. B. Collier elected Secretary />;<> tnii.

The minutes of last meeting were read and approved.

The resignation of Mr. Alex. Starbuck, as member of the
Executive Board, was read, and upon motion, action on the
same was indefinitely postjioned.

Mr. D. L. James read by title a paper by Mr. A. P. Morgan,
oil North American Fungi, and a paper on the Paleontology
of the Cincinnati Group, part two, by Jo.seph F. James.

Mr. James also read a very interesting letter from Dr.
Scoville, of Lebanon, Ohio, in relation to the history of a wild
cat, now in the museum of the vSocicty.

Adjourned.

DONATIONS, JANUARY TO MARCH. INCLI^SIVE.

Ed. C. Pickering: Chronological HistorN' of Plants.

Joseph F\ James: vStudies in Prot)lemalic Organisms
(pamphlet).

vS. A. Miller: vSi.xleenth Report State Geologist of Indiana
(two copies).

/'roieeJiiigs.

In Mi>;mokiam.

Dr. Andrew Jackson Howe was born in Paxton, Mass.,
April 14, 1826, l)ein(;;^ of the fourth generation of his family,
whose birth place was here. His great-great-grandfather
came to Paxton from Marlboro in 1743, and thence he traced
his ancestry to the baronial family in England.

After attending the public school, he fitted for college at
Leicester Academy, and entered Harvard University in 1.S49,
graduating in the class of 1.S53.

He studied medicine in the Worcester Medical College, and
at the Jefferson Medical Institute, Philadelphia, and attended
lectures and visited the hospitals of New York City. The
first practice of his profession was in Lowell, where he took
care of Dr. Burnham's surgical practice six months while the
latter was in the State Senate. Dr. Howe then opened an
office in Worcester, and was in.stalled into the Chair of
Anatomy in his alma mater, leaving it to take a similar posi-
tion in the Cincinnati College of Medicine, which held its
se.ssions in the Mercantile Library Building.

This determined his removal to Cincinnati. He was mar-
ried in 1858 to Georgiana Lakin, who .still survives him. In
1863 he was called to the Chair of Anatomy in the Eclectic
Medical Institute, and from this, in 1871, was transferred to the
Chair of Surgery, which he occupied at the time of his death.
He was the author of the following works, namel}- "The
Art and Practice of Surgery," "A Treati.se of Fractures and
Dislocations," and "Operative Gynaecology." He was a stated
contributor and assistant editor of the Eclectic Medical Journal,
and wrote a number of papers for other magazines. Dr.
Howe secured many valuable .specimens for the collection of
this Society. Among them were some skeletons of the
curious mammals of New Zealand, which he obtained through
his correspondence with that distant island. He was an
indefatigable and tireless worker, widely known as a skillful
surgeon with a large practice, 3'et he always had a keen
interest in zoological studies. A man of such strong physique
to go so soon, taken before his work was done. To him the
beautiful lines of Bryant's " Hymn to Death" fitly apply:

'Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

" Oh, cut off
Untimely! when thy reason in its strength
Ripened by years of toil and studious search,
And watch of nature's silent lessons, taught
Thy hand to practice best the lenient art
To which thou gavest thy laborious days.
And last, thy life. And therefore, when the earth
Received thee, tears were in unyielding eyes
And on hard cheeks, and they who deemed thy skill
Delayed their death-hour shuddered and turned pale
When thou wert gone."

Charles Durv,
Geo. W. H.\rper,
Davis L. James,

Coiniiiitti't

IVcai/ier, Walci- and J)iscase.

WEATHER, WATlvR AND DISEASE *
Bv Dk. \Vm. Carson.

Our morning salutations to our friends and neighbors, per-
taining to the weather, are not things of social significance
only. They serve an admirable purpose, as a sort of introduc-
tion to the more serious business of the day, and are not
intended to be analytical or profound. They imply, however,
an outside world, a relation of it to the individual, experi-
ential and dependent as to the latter — in the imperial prese je
of nature's law.

The individual comes into his environment, with adjust-
ments of structure and function, prepared by many successive
generations. He dies after leaving to his de.scendents the
essential features of his constitution- — but the eternal forces
of nature survive him — to demon.strate in an inipres.sive way
the perpetuity of the environment and the transient existence
of the individual. It is from this point of view — the mutual
relations between the individual and weather, water and
disease — that we propose to speak this evening. In the pro-
gress of science, or knowledge in general, there are two
methods by which results are accomplished — first, that of
observation; second, that of experiment. Centuries may
elapse between the ob.servation of a phenomenon, or fact, and
its experimental or scientific proof or explanation, so that we
may paraphrase a sentence and say that in the vastness of
science " One day is as a thousand years and a thou.sand years
as one day." Various causes have proved obstructive. The
survival and spread of myths have curiously shaded the bright
light of correct observation. The tenacity of theological
dogmas has interposed effectual barriers, against which scien-
tific methods have slowly prevailed.

Hippocrates, the Father of Medicine so-called, wrote thus
more than 2000 years ago: " Whoever desires to understand

'A lecture delivered in the Free I^ecture Course of tlie Society, March 3, 1892.

6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

medicine thoroughly can by no means ntglect the subject I
am about to consider. The different seasons of the year, and
what each is capable of affecting, will prove a source of
reflection to him. They differ altogether from each other.
Diversity exists in their respective constitutions, and even in
their individual variations. We study the winds both as to
heat and cold. Those that are common to all countries ; and
those that are peculiar to certain regions. We ought also to
examine the properties of the waters, since all are not alike
in taste, or gravity, so neither are they in virtues. Whosoever,
therefore, arrives at a town, of which he is not an inhabitant,
should begin by regarding its position in relation to the winds
and the rising of the sun ; he will not consider it as a matter
of indifference, whether its exposure is to the north, the south,
the east or the west ; on the contrary, he must have a .strict
regard to its position and to the nature of its waters; he must
examine whether they are muddy, hard or soft : if they pass
through high and stony places ; if of a .saline nature ; and if
they sit light on the stomach, and are well adapted for cook-
ing vegetables. He should inspect the soil ; and notice
whether it be naked and arid, or covered and moist ; if sunken
and sultry, or high and air}'. -•'■ * * * Should it be
objected that the information which I thus require appertain
to meteorology, I reply, that a knowledge of the situation of
the heavenly bodies is not one of the parts least essential to
form the physician ; on the contrary, it is highly useful. The
succession of the seasons is accompanied with remarkable
changes in all the cavities of the body." We have here an
outline, simply expressed, of the knowledge necessary for a
physician to have in relations to weather, water and disease.
It embodies the observation of the time and comes down to
us with its guarantee for the usefulness of its inculcations.
It is observation and not experiment.

Weather is a product of many complex units. It has its
cosmic or world-wide elements, and its telluric or local ones,
each of different ])()tentialities. Among the local ones, we
may mention the topographic features of land and water and
vegetation, which exercise a limited influence comi^arcd with
those which have principally their origin from the sun.

The i)rincij)al factt)rs of weather are atmosphere, with its

lVeat/ui\ IVaier and Disease. 7

natural and invariable constituents — oxygen and nitrogen^ — in
certain proportions, and its accidental and variable ones.
Important among these is the weight of air, light, tempera-
ture, humidity and winds. We .shall endeavor to a.s.sess the
value of each of these units in its relation to its effect upon
the individual. Practically, there is no such actuality as their
acting as units, complete disassociation can not occur, nor can
they act in entire combination at any one period of time,
because, in the first supposition, there can be no severence of
relations established by a common derivation ; and in the
second ca.se the change of the earth's position in its move-
ments around the sun compels succession of results and not
simultaneity. It can not blow hot and cold at the same time.

Probably there is no more complete correspondence than
that which has been brought about, in process of evolution,
between the structure and function of the lungs— in the abso-
lute necessity of the inhalation of oxygen and the exhalation of
carbonic-acid gas and moi.sture. Respiration mu.st be carried
on, and there is not left to the individual ability to modify it
in any wa}^ except by violent and destructive means. He can
not commit suicide b}' simply holding his breath, nor is there
any hibernation for the human animal. A certain rate of
respiratory movement is foreordained. The movement is
about eighteen to the minute in the adult human being in
quietude or ordinary motion. This will be modified by
bodih' effort, a nervous excitement, rarefied air, or high alti-
tudes, or disease. Provision is made for a return to the
normal rate on cessation of the exciting cause. There is a
very wide variation in the animal kingdom in the number of
respirations per minute, running from one in the hippopota-
mous to one hundred in the rat while sleeping and two hun-
dred waking.

The red blood corpuscles are moving in rotation, carrying
their precious load of oxygen to all parts of the body, and the
lungs are exhaling the excretory product carbonic acid, with
a certain amount of moisture. While we have spoken of the
stability of the mechanism of respiration, the human being
has a limited amount of power to alter the composition of the
atmosphere in his immediate surroundings. There is much
perversity in the wa5^s by which we exclude the fundamental

8 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

element of our being, the ox^'gen of the external air, from
our houses, and substitute its toxic element, carbonic-acid
gas, thus neutralizing to some extent the vital necessities of
our existence. It is scarcely too much exaggeration to saj^
that the worst outside air is better than the best inside air.
If the results are not rapidly explosive in appearance they
are certainly devitalizing in results. Altitude may diminish
the absolute or relative amount of oxygen in mountain
resorts, but there is compensation in the increased amount of
respirator)' movements, and in the otherwise greater purity
of air.

Any obstruction to the entrance of the proper amount of
oxygen into the lungs is liable to modif}' the whole series of
nutritive processes going on in the tissues of the body.
Correlated with oxygen we mention ozone — as found in the
air. It has been sup]:)0Sed to be a form or derivative from
oxygen. It is an active oxidizing agent, and a purifier of the
atmosphere. It is found in larger cpiantities outside than
inside of cities. It exists in considerable proportion in ever-
green forests, and much good has been ascribed to it in the
"Wood's life" of the consumptive. There is, however, much
difference of opinion as to its true constitution and import,
and it has not been availal)le practicall}'.

LIC.HT.

Of light, in its relations to health, we can say naught, except
of its beneficences. It has not such direct vital relations with
the human system as the atmosphere ; it is not .so demon-
strably necessary as it is — yet there is no doubt of its import-
ance in the molecular changes going on at the surface of the
l)ody. Mrs. Browning has given a poetical expression of this,
when she speaks of "taking the winds into our pulses and
mixing sunshine with our blood." Light is more pervasi\-e
in its distri])ution than oxygen, l)ut necessarily, on account
of the alteration of night and day, is not continuous in
action. Its necessity in ]->romoting vegetable growth is
common knowledge. vSuch a reversal as takes i)lace in
the atmospliere during the night in regard to the (|uantil>-
of carbonic acid and oxygen is sufficient evidence of the
importance of light to the vegetable world. This is produced

Wcallicr, U'alfr ami Disease. 9

by the combined action of the luminous, calorific and chemical
rays of the sun, and is not, therefore, exclusively due to
the chemical ones. Neither is growth always suspended
during the niglit, for it is stated that some ])lants accumulate
reserve material, which enables them to continue growth in
some of their parts that Ijcgin in daylight. Add to this state-
ment all of the instances of the known effect of the chemical
rays of light in producing chemical combinations of an
inorganic kind, and the instances of disassociations of com-
pounds, sometimes with explosive force, and we may well
be convinced that such a power will not stop short of the
vegetable kingdom. It will exercise some of its force, at
least, in the molecular action going on at the exposed sur-
faces of the human body. The changes in the pigment mat-
ter are an instance of it. The withdrawal of the rays of the
sun is indirectly instrumental in modifying other elements of
our environment, as the humidity and temperature of air and
soil. The damp, cool air of the night, the heavy deposition
of moisture from a warm air, on the cooler ground, or the
rapid radiation from the soil, which takes place into a dry air,
will not unfrequently furnish conditions sufficient to disturb
the equilibrium of health in an unstable constitution. The
latter combination is what brings about largely the extreme
variations found in mountain climates between mid- day and
mid-night, and again.st which unhealthy persons must care-
fully guard themselves.

The depressing effect of long-continued cloudy weather is
to /be mentioned. Few escape it entirely. The contrasted
effect of succeeding sunshine is one of our delightful experi-
ences, and operating through our nervous system influences
favorably our bodily condition.

These statements are proof of what we said of the benefi-
cence of this element of our surroundings; we do not accept
our opportunities. We perversely shut out the light from our
houses, and in doing so often corrupt the air within them.
We bleach our faces and those of our children, instead of sun-
painting them. It is said darkness is dirt, and dirt is disease,
or at lea.st its ne.sting place. In proof of this we may men-
tion the effect of light on various kinds of microbes. It has
been investigated experimentally by English, French and

lo Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

German bacteriologists, with the following results : That the
light retards or prevents their development whenever the
experiment is tried in the presence of air, and that the retard-
ing effect is owing to diffuse light, and above all to the actinic
rays of the solar spectrum (Arloing, Les Vivus, p. 93). The
action is nearly independent of temperature. Typhoid bacilli
are affected by light injuriously, so that there will be a diiTer-
ence of two days in growth between those exposed to light
and those protected from it.

In the calorific rays of the sun we have another essential
factor of weather, that of temperature. Unlike the quiet
action of the luminous and chemical rays, we have in heat the
great motive power of weather. Chemical rays have a limited
power of originating motion in the plants. Sach's "Text
Book of Botany," p. 738, says: "Chemical action, so far as
they are in the main dependent on light, are produced chiefly
by rays of medium or low refrangibility, (viz : the red, orange,
yellow, or green). This is the ca.se. for instance, in the pro-
duction of the green color of chlorophyll, the decomposition
of carbon dioxide and the formation in chlorophyll of starch
or sugar. On the other hand, the rays of high refrangibility
(the blue or violet, as well as the invisible ultra-violet rays,)
are the principal, or the only ones, which produce mechanical
changes, so far as these are dependent on light. It is these
rays which influence the rapidity of growth, alter the move-
ments of the protoplasm, compel swarm-spores to adopt a
definite direction in their motion, and change the tension of
the tissues of the motile organs of many leaves, and hence
affect their position."

Compare these limited motions within the plant entirely,
with those originating in differences of temperature and
humidity, such as the lightest breeze can produce, and the
contrast is .striking. Temperature is, therefore, much more
potential than mere light, and has greater bearings on the
human being, as a unit of weather. The same rays of light
that travel from the sun through space, with a temperature
— 200°, are differentiated when they reach our atmosphere
and the earth, some acting with silent ecjuablc force on the
vegetable world and others develoi)ing the prodigious energy
of our storms ; some originate molecular and others cyclonic

U'ea/Zicr, IVa/cr and Disease. 1 1

motions. Here begins a prominent characteristic of our
weather — its variabilit}-. We all take the privilege of com-
menting on it and condemning it, forgetting that the average
temperature of a series of years does not vary much. The
law of correlation of forces ensures that. vStrict uniformity
of temperature, whether low, medium or high, is not desirable
in a health point of view. The simple fact, that such a thing
does not exist, is proof of it. A man or woman without some
reactionary power toward the infinite diversity of human life,
is enervated and insipid. The weather, without some insur-
rectionary power, deprives you of much healthy stimulus to
all your functions. In a mixed population, composed of
great varieties of constitutions, temperaments and acquired
weaknesses, all will not respond to external stimuli with safe
and equal resistance. Action and reaction are not always
equal in physiology or pathology as in physics. The capacity
to endure heat and cold is no doubt part of the hereditary or
acquired power of each individual. vSome endure cold bet*ter
than heat or heat better than cold, so that, in the actual condi-
tions of life, it can not be said that severe changes never do
harm. Physicians recognize these constitutional susceptibili-
ties, and always advise against the chances of chill — a word
we use as against the idea of mere cold. Simple reduction of
temperature is not productive of disease — there must be .some
other element wnthin the individual that has impaired his reac-
tive powers. If he be healthy, he can over-ride degrees of cold
that would be sure to destroy another with taint of constitution
or accidental weaknes.ses. Like a vessel in a storm, with a
competent commander, he will come out of it with whole
timbers and renewed strength for the next emergency. A
so-called cold (a phrase which has been used both by physi-
cians and laity as explanatory of a great variet}' of diseases) is
composed of two elements, a predisposing one and an exciting
one — a pre-existing unhealthy state of the system and a rela-
tively too great external impression from reduction or varia-
tion of temperature. The so-called bilious disturbance of the
system is a common predisposing cause of serious so-called
colds. Other conditions, capable of bringing about similar
predisposing causes, will be noticed later.

12 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Many severe tests of our constitutional strength come to
us with our cyclones. On eastern margins of these storms, or
near their centers, before rain begins, we often have quite a
warm and oppressive atmosphere. Within varying, but .short
periods of time, extreme drops of temperature occur. What
may result from one of these storms is illustrated by a state-
ment from Mr. Wm. A. Eddy, in the "Cosmopolitan" of
October, 1S91. He .says: "That in the great .storm of
Feb. 10, 1884, about 800 people were killed, 2,500 wounded, and
the homeless and destitute numbered from 10,000 to 15,000."
We can well imagine that much sickness must have followed
it. This is part of the record of the greatest storm that ever
visited the United vStates, and a special investigation of it was
ordered by Congre-ss. To what extremes of temperature we
may be exposed can be shown by reference to Signal vService
Reports as given by Lieut. Greely ("American Weather," p.
129, etc.): " The highest recorded readings have been 119°
at P\irt McDowell and Phoenin, Arizona, June 18, 1883; 118°
at Fort Yuma, Arizona, July, 1878. P'rom other observations
are (juoted temperatures of 128° at Mammoth Tank, Cal.,
July, 1887; 122° at Humbolt, Cal., July, 1887; 121° at Fort
Miller, Cal., June, 1853; 120° at Fort McCrae, N. M., June,
1873; 119° at Fort Mojave, Arizona, August, 1875; June,
1876, and July, 1877.

The lowest Signal vSer\ice temperature was observed at
Poplar River, Montana, January 7, 1885, — 63.1°; Fort Assini-
boine, — 554° (February). Many others ranged between
— 47.5° — 39-1°, which latter was at Pike's Peak.

What is of more importance, we have very great daily varia-
tions. Our resistance is tested by those more than In' occas-
ional extremes of heat and cold. Quoting Lieut, (ireely
again: "The highest daily range occurs as a rule, in the
vSummer months, from May to July, inclusive, except along
the vSouth Atlantic and (ailf Coasts. At F'ort Apache,
Arizona (elevation 5050 feet), the mean daily range for June is
no less than 42.6°. These ranges are exceeded at Campo,
Cal. (2,710 feet), where the mean range from June to October
averages 44.8°. At Denver, Col., the greatest resort for con-
sum])tives, a fall of 60.4° took jilace — 34.3° in eight hours.
Yet consuin])lives, with ()r()pcr ])recauti()ns, tlo well there.

IVca/ficr, U'dtcr and Disease. '3

Many more illustrations can be given of ecjual rises of tem-
perature in less than sixteen hours at Denver.

It will be realized from these figures that there is need for
unusual powers of resistance at intervals at least.

How much a storm may include in its embrace at any one
station in its ])rogress, and how many indixiduals it may affect,
can be realized from T. Russel's statement in "The Kngineer-
ing Magazine," December, 1891, as to the "conditions of a
cold wave." He says: " A cold wave is a fall in temperature
of twenty degrees or more in twenty-four hours, free of diurnal
range, and extending over an area of at least 50,000 square
miles of country, the temperature somewhere in the area going
at least as low as .36°." In one of the greatest cold waves in
recent years, that of February 17, 1883, the temperature at 7
A. M. was twenty degrees lower than at the same hour on the
day preceding throughout an area of 1,065,000 square miles,
extending from I^ake Superior and Georgian Bay on the north
to the Rio Grande on the south, and from Kansas City to Cin-
cinnati. Inside of the area of twenty degrees fall there was
an area of thirty degree fall of 640,000 square miles ; inside of
the area of thirty degree fall there was an area of 187,000
square miles; inside of the forty degree fall there was 31,000
square miles of fifty degree fall, and inside of the fifty degree
fall a fall of sixty degrees at Keokuk, Iowa, the center of the
cold wave. In ten years there have been two cases with the
falls at the center greater than sixty degrees; the greatest
being sixty-three degrees at Moorehead, Minn. There have
been sixteen cases with the greatest fall between fifty and
sixty degrees ; sevent5'-seven between forty and fifty degrees;
284 between thirty and forty degrees and 278 betw^een twenty
and thirty degrees." It is a fascinating story of the great
upper ocean of the atmosphere. Add to it a calculation of
the weight of this air moving in its fury over a million and
more of square miles, and we need not wonder at the myths of
old, which put " Vulcan forging thunder bolts, Jupiter hurl-
ing them at his enemies, and Eolus directing in the cave of
the winds." Or the later conceptions of theological origin,
which saw demons and witches riding or originating storms
for sinister purposes.

Another component of weather is the atmosi)heric pressure —
which, at sea-level, is nearly fifteen pounds to the square inch.

14 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

There are modifications of this, which have more or less rela-
tion to personal comfort or health. Altitude modifies it in
some regularity of proportion to ascent above sea-level. The
effect of sudden change from low to high levels has often been
experienced and described b}- those who have made balloon
ascents. These voyages, wdien undertaken for scientific
purposes, have been to such extreme heights as to afford no
basis proper for experiences that would be applicable to the
residents of low levels, or even the ordinarj^ high ones. The
time consumed in the change is the very important condition
of such experiments. As a consetjuence, there is no vigor of
constitution or elasticity of adjustment of the organs of cir-
culation and respiration that will prevent asphyxia or heart
failure when the change is very rapid, or to very high levels.
The late Paul Bert, an eminent member of the French
Academy, has given us the most scientific treatise on barome-
tric pressure, has investigated experimentally the results on
animals and vegetables. He proved, by many experiments,
that seeds and plants germinated and grew more slowly under
diminished pressures, and endeavored to determine to what
this was due, the rarified air as a ph^^sical condition or the
diminished oxygen as a vital one. His conclusion is that the
diminished amount of oxygen is the true cause. He says :
"I am entirely authorized to draw, from all of the facts, the
conclusion that, at low barometric pressures, an animal con-
sumes, in a given time, a notabh- less (quantity of oxygen and
produces a notably less quantity of car])onic acid than at
normal pressure," and farther, " that it remains proved that
at low pressures the diminished activity of chemical phe-
nomena bears not only upon those which result in the produc-
tion of carbonic acid, l)Ut that the whole series of intra-
organic oxidations is diminished when the air is sufficiently
expanded."

Where change of altitude is made slowly and with as little
fatigue as possible, tolerance becomes established without
danger, and the acclimatizing process is facilitated. It is the
uniform advice of physicians to patients going to high alti-
tudes, not to go abruptly, but by easy stages.

The exjieriments of Paul l^ert furnish the scientific justifi-
cation of such advice. It often ha])pens that in our weather

IVeal/ier, U\Ui'r uiuf Disease. 15

chanj^es, the barometric pressure is suddenly lowered to what
it would be at a much higher level, and that it, therefore,
comes in as one element in tlie uncomfortable effects notice-
able in a good many people during storms. The storm effect
is the same in kind, if not in degree, as the altitude rarefac-
tion and diminished ox\gen brings about. There is an
approximate standard of air pressure in every locality. If
there be sudden and considerable change from it by the
approach and movements of storm, it contributes its share to
the healthy or unhealthy effect. As a prognostic, a sudden
change means a sudden reaction. The capacity of living
under extreme \-ariations from sea level to 15,000 feet or more
is demonstrated by well known facts, but Jourdanet, the
French writer on climatology, after his own experience and
observation at high levels in Mexico, where he lived, says
that people living above 8,00c feet are not health}'.

HUMIDITY.

Where there are land and water, and an atmosphere coexist-
ing, with the solar rays pouring their heat down upon them,
there must be humidity or the vapor of water in that atmos-
phere. The direct genesis is from the water and heat. The
land is a receptacle and reservoir for the precipitation of the
vapor in the form of rain, and returns the vapor to the atmos-
phere in varying degrees and rates. The condition of a rapid
return is that the radiant heat shall not be obstructed by
bodies of visible vapor, by fogs, or clouds. The dryer the
superimposed air the quicker the radiant heat passes into the
space above, and the lower the temperature of the ground and
layers of air immediately above become. The barometric
pressure is greater and oxygen more abundant. If fog, mist
or cloud overlie the ground, they absorb the radiant heat, and
the earth and atmosphere are warmer. Rapid evaporation
means cooler temperature and dryer air — hence, the great
difference between sun and shade and liability to nocturnal
chill. A cloud passing between the sun and a thermometer
not suspended directly in the sun will sometimes produce an
increase of heat in a few minutes, because of a diminution or
suspension of radiant heat.-'' Tyndall's graphic statement as

•TyndaU, p. 428.

i6 Citiciiniati Society of Natural History.

to absorption of radiant heat by vapor of Avater is worthy
of reference: "Aqueous vapor is a blanket, more necessary
to the vegetable life of England than clothing is to man.
Remove for a single Summer night the aqueous vapor from
the air, which overspreads this country, and you would
assuredly destroy ever}^ plant ca])able of Ixing destroyed
by a freezing temperature. The acjueous va])or constitutes a
local dam, by which the temperature at the earth's surface is
deepened."

In the air, .saturated, or nearly .so, with moisture, you have
less barometric pressure, less oxygen and a warmer tempera-
ture. All of us have experienced such weather. The exces-
sive humidit}^ invests us so that the natural transpiration
through the skin and lungs is obstructed, the oxygen is dimin-
ished and retention of carbonic acid is increased, and we are
enervated. The deposition of this excessive moisture, in the
form of rain, is a great relief from the depression caused by
the previously existing humidity, low pressure and calm. It
cools and purifies the air by allowing more evaporation and
bringing down the impurities of the air.

WIND.

Wind is air in motion, arising from differences of tempera-
ture a.nd largely determined and directed by differences of
barometric pressure between two places or regions more or
less remote from each other. It promotes evaj^oration, and is
cooling on the surface or individuals within its range. It
tempers the heat of vSummer and removes bodies of vapor that
may be interfering with radiant heat. It removes, for the time
being, the foreign or accidental products in the air. Its inter-
connections are with temperature and humidity ])rincipally.
A cold, damp wind in Winter, such as we know our north-
easters to be, is very trying to our feelings and vigor, and
are the dangerous winds to the infirm or the aged, even. A
warm wind is a pleasant change from a close, nuiggy, stifling
and calm atmo.sphere. The south-west wind is the rain-bear-
ing wind of our latitude ; the south the warm one ; the north
and the north-west the cold and dry, or anti-cyclonic ones. We
have thus imperfectly gone over some of the relations of the
units of weather to the individual.

Weaiher, Water and Disease. 17

nrsT AND For,.

We come now to what may be called accidental features of
our air. Fir.st, its dust and fog. Our present knowledge
of it has been obtained by scientific and precise processes ; we
can literally count the floating dust of our atmosphere.
Tyndall's electric light demon.strated its abundance and its
presence everywhere. Aitkin has invented recently an in-
strument for counting the infinitely small atoms. We shall
give the resi:lts of his investigations, and especially as they
bear on our sanitary state {A^a/z/rc, Nov. 5, i8gi, p. 10, etc.
Dr. W. J. Russel, at the Hygienic Congress). His basic
principle is that a change of state, a gas passing to a liquid
or a liquid to a solid, really always occurs at what he terms a
"free surface;" that as long as a molecule of liquid water
is surrounded by like molecules, and the .same with gaseous
water, we do not know at what temperature, or whether at
any, they would change their state ; but if in contact with a
solid then at the surface, where they meet, the change will
occur. The dust always in the atmosphere offers this free
surface to the gaseous water, and thus induces its condensa-
tion. This specific action of dust varies very considerably.
First, 'with regard to its composition, and second, with regard
to the abundance and size of the particles present. Sulphur
burnt in the air is a most active fog-producer, so is salt.
Many hygroscopic bodies form nuclei having .so great an
affinity for water that they can cause its condensation from an
unsaturated atmosphere.. At the same some, non-hygroscopic
bodies, such as magnesia, and many others, are powerful fog-
producers.

The products of combustion, even when the combustion is
perfect, are powerful fog-producers. He shows how exceed-
ingly small an amount of matter is capable of inducing fog.
One one-hundreath of a grain of iron wire, however, after it
was heated, involved on each heating sufficient dust to cause
a visible fog, then with still more delicate apparatus, that
tt/oo of a grain of either copper or iron gave a similar result,
and he infers that 'even tWttuo of a grain would yield
sufficient nuclei to cause visible fog. This small amount of
dust can be filtered out, and then no fog will occur. Mr.
Aitken has invented an instrument, small enough to go into

i8 Ciiiciiniati Society of Natural History.

his pocket, by which he can count the number of particles in
the air at any place. He has counted 7.500,000 of dust
particles in one cubic inch of the ordinary air of Glasgow ;
4,000,000 in a cubic inch of air outside the Royal Society
Rooms, Edinburg ; inside the rooms, after the fellows had met
for two hours, on a winter evening, the fire and gas having
been burning, 6,500,000 in a cubic inch, four feet above the
floor, but near the ceiling no fewer than 57,500,000 in the
cubic inch ; in one cubic inch of air right above a Bunsen
burner 489,000,000 of dust particles. These fog deposits have
also been weighed, so that in the Chelsea district of London
it amounted to the rate of six tons to the square mile. Purely
gaseous emanations can not pass away from a town while fog
exists. Take four in 10,000 volumes of air as the normal
proportion of carbonic acid, in case of a dense fog, it
amounted to as much as 14.1, thus seriously contaminating
the air while it lasts. The analysis of fog deposits at Chel.sea
showed :

Carbon 39.0

Hydrocarbon 12.3

Organic bases (pyridines) 2.0

Sulphuric acid 4.jy

Hydrochloric acid 1.4

Ammonia 1.4

Metallic iron and magnetic ore iron 2.6

Mineral matter (chiefly) silica and ferric oxide . . . 31.2
Water, not determined (say difference) 5.S.

1 00.0

It is said of this deposit, " it was like a brown paint, it
would not wash off with water, and could only be scraped off
with a knife." The fog collected from Ancuba leaves at Man-
chester had six to nine per cent of sulphuric acid and five to
seven per cent of hydrochloric acid. Three days of fog in
Manchester deposited per square mile of surface one and a
half per cent sulphuric acid.

Dr. Russel shows, from the Registrar Generars report, that
the fogs are followed by an increa.sed death rale, mainly by
rea.son of the fact that fogs are accompanied with falls of
temperature. In one case, where there was a temperature
above the average, the death rate was not increa.sed. There is

IVeat/ier, IVatfr and Disease. 19

no case of depression of teniperatnre not followed b\- increase
of death rate. Two English writers, in the P'ebruary number
of the " Contemporary Review," say : " The painful irritation
to the eyes, the choking sensation in the chest, together with
the general depression of the spirits and many other ailments,
are the lesser sufferings that few who are exposed to it escape.
But it is not yet realized what an amount of serious illness, or
how many deaths one week of London fog causes. It may be
accepted that every ten days of this terrible visitation kills
2,500 people, and if we calculate nine serious cases of illness
to each death, we have near 25,000 laid upon beds of sickness."

On plant life the effect of town fogs is great. At Kew gar-
dens and hot houses, plants inside of some cover were pre-
vented from growth. " Bushels of healthy looking leaves
were picked up almost every morning. There is al.so great
absorption of light by fogs. The .slower vibrating red rays
can struggle through a fog which is absolutely impervnous to
the more refrangible ones. A mist but slightly tinged with
smoke is opaque to the blue rays, but heat rays pass readily
through." The shutting out of the blue rays cuts off the
most active chemical ones. The number of sunshine hours
counted at five stations, one in the heart of the city of lyon-
don, and others not far from the city, were as follows : In
November, December, January and February 95.8 in the city,
at the others 150, 17, 17, 205.9 and 26S.3. It will be seen that
fog, as a factor in weather, may Vjecome injurious to health b}-
interfering with the action of light, bj- the retention of exces-
sive quantities of carbonic acid, which would otherwise
escape, by the low temperature which accompanies it, and by
the much reduced number of sunshine hours, and by encour-
agement of bacterial growths, or rather preventing the noxious
effect of sunlight on those already in the air.

The next factor of air as an agent of disease is the bacterial.
Here we enter a field where acute and accurate scientific
methods have the most successful illu.strations. The effect
has been that the germ theory is almost common knowledge.
P'or over 200 years it has been at times within the horizon of
the human mind, going and coming like a planet, whose orbit
had not been calculated. Man}' able and ingenious minds
have been and are now working with wonderful enthusiasm

20 Cincinnati Society of Xaiiiyal History.

and industn- on this subject. They liave achieved results of
not only high scientific interest, but of practical benefit. The
history of its development and present status has very much
of interest, and corresponds to that which has been known in
the historj' of many other scientific subjects.

Progress has been slow, manj' obstructions and miscon-
structions have appeared, until now it has apparently solid
foundation, though it is evident much remains to be done.

On this theory the germs are of vegetable origin. They
are exceedingly minute, being much smaller than the white
corpuscles of human blood — amazingly abundant in and out
of the human system — pervade air and water and the soil, and
grow with great rapidit}'. They have their anatomy, which is
of the simplest, such as that of protoplasm ; they have their
ph^'siolog}', chemistry and biological characteristics, that have
been elaborately studied and determined, and they have enor-
mous reproductive power. Their shapes are varied ; some
are rounded ; some rod-shaped and others are spiral. They
are called respectively micrococci, ])acilli and spirilli. The
rounded are the simjjlest forms of about .,--\»(i of an inch in
diameter. Some live without oxygen and others must have
it. The number of bacteria in the air is large : greater in
Summer than in Winter: greater at low levels than on
mountains, in the cities than out of them, in the dark than
in the ex])osed places. Their number diminishes after a rain.
They live at varying temperatures.

There are two main divisions, so far as their modes of liv-
ing are concerned; one called Saprophytes, who live on dead
matter — animal or vegetable. They resolve it into carbonic
acid and ammonia, which serve as foods for the vegetable
world. They are not hurtful to the living human ])ody.

The other division is called Parasites, and they obtain their
foods from human or vegetable matter. The products of their
life proces.ses are noxious to the living matter, and in IJiis
way this class l)ecomes the source of man\- diseases.

Instances of benefits from bacteria are known in two
im])()rtant relations — they intervene in the i)rocess of diges-
tion and jHomote it. They form the "tertium ([uid " between
the structure of the stomach and its ultimate function diges-
tion. Tlie entire digestive tract is a productive " hal)itat" for

Wea//ie>\ iratrr and Disease. 21

microbes. Another important function is, that they prepare
soils for vegetable life. A soil that is sterili/.ed or deprived
of all its microbes will not afford the proper nourishment for
the plants existing on it.

Another instance of active intervention is that there is a
microbe found in ferruginous springs, or stagnant pools, which
produces a deposition of an iron salt from this water, and when
the microbe dies the deposition stops.

These facts were, more or less, admitted for sonic lime be-
fore the germ theory of disease had been demonstrated in any
instance. The growth of confidence in this theory proceeded
through different stages of evidence. Guesses and suggestions
of its truth had been offered to the public and to the medical
profession many times before. Pasteur, a chemist, prepared
its first stage by his researches on the different ferments,
showing each form of fermentation had its specific form of
micro-organism as its cause. It w^as not unnatural to connect
disease with a fermentative process in connection with the
human or animal bod}'. There resulted active examinations
of blood and serum and the animal tissues by different experi-
menters.

Davaine first proved that ])acilli found in the blood of what
is called "Splenic Disease" were the cause and not the con-
sequence of the disea.se. This was another and important
stage, and in very quick succession have followed demonstra-
tions of the causal connection of specific microbes in quite a
number of diseases.

A popular audience can not be led through all the elabor-
ated and complicated evidence which appeals to a professional
or scientific one, but there is a body of knowledge before the
public now long enough that ought to be conclusive as to the
germ theory of disease. We cite first the case of the disease
produced by the Trichina spiralis. This is of the animal
kingdom, but microscopic, and its connection with trichinosis
in the human subject so often proved, that the public at large
has accepted it, and w^e have seen that our Government has
been obliged to give it National recognition in its management
of our foreign commerce. Another body of knowledge the
public have been educated to: that is, the fact of the wonder-
ful success in surgical operations and in the prevention of all

22 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

forms of blood-poisoning, by the application of antiseptic
precautions, having for basis the germ theory of disease.
Hospital statistics everywhere show this. This evidence
appeals to every family in the land, and requires no com-
plicated demonstration.

We come to another stage in the development of these
studies. These micro-organisms do not simply act mechan-
ically. But in their living and dying, a very short period
often, there are elements produced which have, in numerous
instances, been proved to be very poisonous. This discovery
has brought workers more to the chemical, instead of the
biological, aspects of the subject. The.se products have been
called ptomaines, diastasis, etc., and are the direct agents in
the production of specific disea.ses. They have not been
isolated in all cases, even where we are .satisfied that germs or
microbes are directly the true cause concerned, but time will
most probably develop them. To antidote these deadly
poisons is now the object of very much laborious work.
These antidotes have been found and proven successful in a
nunijjer of instances, mostly in animal diseases, but not
al\va\s. The practice is in effect a vaccination, by which
aboliti(jn of a natural su.sceptibility to a disease is brought
al)<)ut. The process of preparation is vcr\- ilifficult and subtle,
and need not be explained here. We can, however, give
some results recently published h\ Dr. Arniand Ruffer, of
England.

There is a disease of cattle called " 1)lack-quarter," which
attacks cattle. It has its bacillus and doubtless its " ptomaine "
(jr active principles of the disease. An attenuated form of
the virus is made and the animals are inoculated. In France
5,835 cattle were inoculated; mean mortality before was
10.84 per cent., and not infrequently it was 1 7 ])er cent. After
inoculation mortality fell at once to 2.15 per cent. In Switzer-
land, in 18S4, 2,190 animals were inoculated. Of these .22
l)er cent, died ; of the unvaccinated cattle 6.1 percent, died.
Much more evidence of same kind can l)e produced, as to the
di.sease. Of more direct interest tt) us is the record in regard
to inoculation for rabies or hydrophobia. Dr. Ruffer has
collected most of the statistics on the mortality of persons
bitten on any i)arl of the ])o(l\', and before \accination was

]i'cat/iiT, U'a/rr and Disease. 23

practiced, and found it varied between 15 and 50 per cent.
He assumes, however, 15 per cent as the correct figure.

In Table A of his statistics, which includes onl\- ])ersons
known to have been bitten by dogs undoubtedly rabid, the
figures show the total mortality to be a little over one per
cent. Before Pasteur's treatment was applied, the mortal-
it}' among people l)itten in the face was 80 per cent. In
the years from 18S5 to 1889, 593 persons bitten in the face
were inoculated at the Pasteur Institute. The total mortality
is 2.23 per cent.

Tetanus or lock jaw is a disease of which we all have, very
justly, a horror. It is found to be an infectious disease, and
to be produced by a bacillus, which is found in and on the
soil — on manure piles and in staljles, and is very widely
diffused over the globe. An active principle, called tetanin,
has been produced by cultivation, that, injected into animals,
will produce symptoms of tetanus. Attenuations of this have
been used, and successfully, in curing the disease in animals.
These examples are enough to prove the relations which these
impurities of the atmosphere, etc., bear to disease, as well as
the great advance made in antidoting such deadly poisons as
these disea.ses or bacilli bring with them. The discovery of
these disease - producing active principles has eliminated
almost entirely the idea of cold as a cause of different dis-
eases, as, for instance, in the case of tetanus. That element
of weather has not near as much to do with producing disease
as formerly supposed.

Pneumonia, of which there is so much dread in every family
nowadays, is now known to be an infectious disease, though
it is not definitely settled as to the direct infecting agent.
The popular and even professional explanation has been that
cold was its sufficient cause. That, however, can be only a
predisposing cause. The true one is a microbe, or probably
two, and their products. They are nearly always present in
the secretions of the mouth in a harmless condition. The}- are
in a state of masterly inactivity until the sy.stem is prepared by
some fault in our habits — indiscretions in diet, until certain
antoxic or self-poisoning states arise ; some depression from
sudden cold and humidity which the system resents by chilly
sensations. Then the soil is ready for this very active

24 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

microbe. We have before us a talile of the mortality from
pneumonia in Cincinnati for ten years, from i8Si to 1890,
inclusive, compiled from Cincinnati Board of Health reports.
For Deceml)er, January, February and March we have 2,316
deaths. For June, July, Augu.st and vSeptember S23, not much
more than one-third of the number. The year 1884 had an
immense rainfall, as we all know, and was followed in January
and February, 1885, by a great increase in death rate from
pneumonia, namely, 123 in January and 104 in February.
These statistics can be paralleled by those from many different
sources and countries.

These figures, with reference to sea.sonal prevalence, do not
exclude the bacterial influence. But they at least sustain the
idea of the depressing effect of cold upon the system, and at
least some agencj' in impairing its power of resistance.

We have all become sufficiently fiimiliar with the complica-
tions of our influenza epidemic, now ])ast, to know that pneu-
monia and its microbe and its toxic element have obtruded
their dangerous interference, and that without any question
of cold as a cause. The microbe of the influenza, by its
virus, depresses the system and opens the way for the pneu-
monia virus. vSuch cases become what physicians know as
"Mixed Infection," and are, therefore, the more dangerous.

Phthisis pulmonalis or consumption has, by Koch's discov-
ery, l)een eliminaLed from the list of diseases caused by cold.
It is generally believed now to rank as a microbic disease.
Koch's proposed cure was worked out on the ]:>lan of an
attenuation of the virus peculiar to the bacilli tuberculosis.
It is a solace for a consumptive patient to feel that the aggra-
vations of his disea.se are traceable to a cold, but his physician
interprets them as the evidences of progress in the destruc-
tive work of the microbe and its virus.

Most of human infectious diseases have their greatest
development during the cold months. Tonsillitis, diphtheria,
crouj), scarlet fever, etc., prevail mostly in Winter, but they
show such sjiecific differences and such infection.^" j^hases as
not to be explained by a single cause, like llial of coUl or heat.

Instances of this comjilex relationship between external
conditions and internal liredisjionents and diseases are found
during the hot months of the \ear. IvxpLriment has shown

Weafficr, Jl'afcr ami Disease. 25

that excess of heat may produce disease and destroy life, but
that direct effect is rare in conditions of daily life. Usually a
predisponent intervenes to complete the connection. In-
stances of Summer or hot weather diseases are Asiatic cholera,
cholera infantum, heat stroke, yet they are largely more fatal
under the influence of bad habits and various other predis-
posing causes. Indirectly, heat will develop various toxic
substances in food, and then serious attacks of illness may
result, as in cheese, fish and ice cream poisoning.

It will be a familiar statement to most people that neural-
gias, headaches and rheumatic pains are importantly related
to the meteorological elements above enumerated. Probably
the most complete effort ever made to differentiate the factors
most concerned in this result is the one initiated over fifteen
years ago, by Dr. Weir Mitchell, of Philadelphia, with Captain
Catlin, of the United States Army, as his patient, and carried
on since then with infinite patience by the Captain. In 1864
he was wounded below the knee and the leg amputated. As
happens at times, it left what is known as a neuralgic stump.
He has ever since suffered neuralgic attacks. He has, within
a year, given the medical profession and others the results of
his long work. We herewith give his main conclusions. He
has platted his observations on a system of curves, in connec-
tion with curves of weather observation : "The comparison
of the weather elements, such as pressure, temperature, force
of wind, humidity — relative and absolute, days of rain, depth
of rain, hours of sunshine, number of storms and ozone with
pain, covers a period in no case of less than five years. Of
these the increasing temperature curve, the hours of sunshine
curve, and the absolute vapor curve, operate to diminish pain,
while all the others are identified more or less with pain."
During great magnetic storms pain of unusual intensity pre-
vailed. " Maximum pain bears a direct proportion to storm
frequency', and an inverse proportion to temperature and
elastic force of vapor, and minimum pain bears an inverse
proportion to .storm frequency, and a direct to temperature
and ela.stic force of vapor; while depth of rain accompanies
the number of storms and maximum pain. Charts of relative
storm frequency and geographical pain charts are thus related.
He found that the eastern edge of the neuralgic crescent lies

26 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

more than six hundred miles, or about twenty-three hours to
the east of the center of the " Lows." Dr. Mitchell's own con-
clusions, given from observations on this case, in 1S77, are:
" Every storm, as it sweeps across the continent, consists of a
vast rain area, at the center of which is a moving space of
greatest barometric depression, known as the storm center,
along which the storm moves like a bead on a thread. The
rain usually precedes this by 550 to 600 miles, but before and
around the rain lies a belt, which may be called the neuralgic
margin of the storm, and which precedes the rain about 150
miles." Clinical experience has long since noted the effect of
conibined cold and wind in producing neuralgia.

The relations of water to disease appear in the various forms
of myths prevalent among large numbers of .savage tribes
and nations. As Tylor, in " Primitive Culture," vol. 2, p.
20.S, says: " In all that water does, the poets fancy can dis-
cern its personality of life. It gives fish to the fisherman,
and crops to the husbandman ; it swells in fury, and lays
waste the land; it grips the bather with chill and cramp, and
holds with inexorable grip its drowning victim.

" Tweed said to Till,
What gars 3-6 rin sae still.
Till said to Tweed,
Though ye rin wi speed.
And I rin slaw.
Yet where ye drown ac man.
1 drown twa."

vSurvixals of these myths appear even in times not very
remote. " In Australia special water demons infest pools and
watering places. In the native theory of di.sease and death,
no personage is more prominent than the water spirit, which
affects those who go into unlawful pools, or bathe at unlawful
times, the creature which causes women to pine and die, and
whose very presence is death to the beholder, .save to the
native doctor (an important exception), who may visit the
water-spirits' subatpieous abode and return with bleared eyes
and wet clollies to tell the wonders of their stay."

" Carver mentions the hal)it of the Red Indians when they
reached the shores of Lake vSuperior or the banks of the
Mississijjpi, or any other great body of water, to present the

U'cd/Zwr, U'airr und Disease. 27

spirit who resides there some kiiid of offering." FrankHii
saw a similar sacrifice made by an Indian, whose wife had
been afflicted with sickness by the water-spirits, and who,
accordingly to appease them, tied in a small bundle a knife
and piece of tobacco and committed them to the rapids.

The Bohemians will go to pray on the river-bank where a
man has been drowned, and there they will cast in an offering,
a loaf of raw l)read and a pair of wax-candles. On Christmas
eve they will put a spoonful of each dish on a plate, and after
supper throw the food into the well, with an appointed
formula, thus :

" House-father j^ives thee f^reetiug,
Thee b}- me entreatin};^
Springlet, share our feast of Yule,
But give us water to the full;
When the land is plagued with draught
Drive it with thy well-spring out."

"Perhaps Welshmen no longer offer cocks and hens to vSt.
Tecla at her sacred well and church of Llandegla, but Cornish
folk still drop into the old holy wells offerings of pins, nails
and rags, expecting from their waters cures for disease, and
omens from their bubbles as to health and marriage."

Between this mythological standpoint and (jur present one,
much hard work has been done. It has consisted principally
of chemical investigations, until a recent period. There was
no provision in the savages animistic theory of nature for
anything except the satisfaction of his fears. He looked to a
propitiatory sacrifice, but not to any practical provision for
his wants. He satisfied them as he came to the river, lake or
spring, nor was it necessary that in the midst of nature's
al)undance he should do otherwise. But when there came an
aggregation of individuals in towns, communities, or cities,
some provision was necessary for continuous and certain
supply.

In estimating its quality, the unaided senses w^ere relied
upon for testing it. The more scientific methods have not
even yet supplemented them. They can give you information
as to color, odor, sediment and taste, so that a fair judgment
may be rendered. The standard requires water to be colorless
or nearly so— without odor, fre.e frqjn sediment and without

28 Ciuciumxli Society of Natural History.

unpleasant taste — though we know there are differences in
taste between specimens of water that are equally harmless,
or healthy. There is no precision in a standard established
l)y such imperfect tests; as far as they go they have a value.

The next method in hi.storical .sequence is the chemical one.
vSimple as water is in its constituent elements, its chemical
analysis was always difficult by reascni of the amount of for-
eign ingredients, which its solvent ])owers enabled it to hold.
There must be wondrous skill in nature's laljoratories, when
we see waters issuing from thousands of springs that are !-:o
varied, subtle, .selective, constructive and constant in their
ingredients. At that time they are pure, and scarcely not one
of them contains an ingredient that will prove acutely toxic
to the consumer. The potentiality of ])oison begins after-
ward, and, as we shall see, usually after man has impressed
them into his service.

The chemical standard admits of great precision, though
variations are found. The u.sual saline ingredients are not
nece.ssarily hurtful, they are often helpful in nutrition. After
all of the amount of chemical work applied to the determina-
tion of a .standpoint of purity, the most important ingredient,
so far as disease is concerned, is the organic matter. Chemis-
try can not sa}' exactly what is a harmful amount. It will
give some help in ascertaining its origin, as, for instance, in
sewage contamination. Perhaps, in this countrj', the best work
of this kind in our country has been done in Massachusetts,
under the auspices of the vState H(jard of lieallh. Dr. W'al-
cott''- of that Hoard states that their e.xamiuations ha\e shown
that the amount of chlorine may be assumed as the standard,
"That it survives all the changes" that mixtures of sewage
and water undergo. The\' liave constructed a chart, which
shows all the sources of etpial amounts of chlorine, which,
being connected as isobars on weather maps, are called
" Isochlors." When a water brought in for analysis shows an
amount of chlorine greater than that designated by the
" Isochlor" of that locality, the presumption of pollution b\
sewage, more or le.ss remote, is seldom a mistake. This is as
simple a standard as we know of.

After all, our most conclusive knowledge as to the relations

'-'.\B80ciation Aiiierican I'liysicians. VqI. h, p. 222.

Wiat/wr, U'd/ff ixiid Disease. 29

of water to disease is that wliich clinical experience has
given. As far V^ack as 1S4S and iS5<\ when cholera was pre-
vailing in London. Dr. vSnow noticed that in one neighbor-
hood, where many people were using water from a well, a
consideral)le proportion of them sickened and died from
cholera. He believed that it was due to contaminations from
cholera excreta, and proved great organic contamination. He
maintained that the contagium was particulate and living, but
methods now available were not so then. The repetition of
such sources of infection have been so frequent since that
the evidence is convincing to both the professional and non-
professional public ; jet such waters have been .so apparently
pure, that in the early experience of such cases, people would
insist upon using them. More than a hundred of such
demonstrations of the connection of impure water with
typhoid fever have occurred in England and the United States
alone. Dr. Walcott saj-s, in regard to the Merrimac River :
" There is nothing in the appearance or taste of the water to
deter a community from its use, nor does the chemical
analysis indicate a water too polluted for drinking." Yet the
following are his figures in regard to the two cities of Lowell
and Lawrence, situated on that river: "The average death
rate from typhoid fever for all the cities of Massachusetts, for
twelve years, from 1S78 to 18S9, was 4.62 per 10,000; for the
same period the rate in Lowell was 7.63 and in Lawrence 8.33
per 10,000. For the four years — 1886-89 — average rate in
Lowell per 10,000 is 9.55 and 10.30 for Lawrence; while in the
other cities in the vState the rate was 4.59. Scarlet fever has
been transmitted through milk, diluted with water, where
families have had scarlet fever, also diphtheria.

Some years ago, when our Deer Creek was a center for pork
killing and packing, for two Winters there was prevalent an
obstinate and serious form of dysentery. A committee was
appointed by the medical society to report upon it. I was
chairman, and we found that the Deer Creek sewage was
being pumped into our reservoir, and that the disease pre-
vailed only among the consumers of the city supply ; others,
who were using other sources of supply, were exempt.

Much more might be said on this particular branch of our
subject. We come now to new methods of water examina-

30 Citiciuiiali Sociefy of Xalioal History.

tions — that of the bacteriological. If the air be full of
microbes the water is almost equally so. Many of them are
harmless, but it is a vehicle or source of nutrition for the
good and bad alike. If chemical analysis gives us a test of
organic impurities, and clinical experience locates these
impurities in well or river, bacteriological examinations dis-
cover the guilty individuals in certain microbes and their
to.xic products. The germ theory finds "confirmation" in
the precise connections of bacterial growths in water with
di.sease. The methods are so complete that the number of
microbes in each cubic centimeter have been counted.

Miqual ( Bacteriological Analysis of Waters, p. 4.SS) gives
following figures as to bacteria in one cubic centimeter :

MIOUKL'S ST.\NDARI) ok rURlTV IS .\S KOLI.UVVS.

Bacteria to cubic centimeter.
17 minims.

Water excee(lin.t(ly pure o to 10.

Water very pure 10 to lofj.

Water pure 100 to 1,000.

Water mediocre 1,000 to 10,000.

Water impure 10,000 to loo.ocx).

Water very imjiurt- 100,000 and more.

WATKRS OF THK KIVKR SKINK— I.X .WICRAOHS HV SKASONS.

At Ivry.

Winter 43i500

vSpring 26,570

Summer '3,7 10

Autumn 46,340

His numerous experiments have established that these
waters are most pure in vSummer — July, August and Septem-
ber. No relation then exists between the temperature of the
water and its wealth in micro-organisms. The sewer waters of
Paris, on an average, contain i3,Srx),(KK:>, demonstrating the
great immense bacterial contamination in those places, as
compared with outside waters. These waters, filtered through
the soil when returned to vSeine, are 1,800 times purer, v'^c^me
of them, filtered through an artificial filter of soil about six
feet thick, lose about 999 of every 1,000 bacteria — having
originally 2o,o<xD,c)r)o to the cubic centimeter (17 minims).
These few facts demonslrate the purifsing effect of filtration

At St. Main.

Ourc(|.

63,940

84. 955

14,490

i9.7«o

1 0, 1 40

8,105

56,640

io(j,485

11 '(■(!///(■)-, Il'd/rr and Pisrase. 31

throug^h soil. But the one all-important fact in regard to the
purification of water is tliat boiling is absolutely necessary,
and then protection from further contact with impurities in
air and vessels.

The rapid de])ositi()n, from the alm()S])liere of microbes, in
water, while being exi)osed to the air, re(|uires that, for pur-
poses of analysis especialh', the specimen be perfectly pro-
tected from the air, or that the analysis be made at the place
from which tlie water is taken.

The waters so crowded ultimately become ])oisonous to the
l)acteria, or the food retpiired becomes exhausted, so that
there is a purifying process going on in that way. A Black
Hole of Calcutta sacrifice takes place.

The water of the soil for variable depths below the surface,
or to a point where drainage is obstructed by impermeable
strata, is called the "Ground-Water." It is found that this
water furnishes a large proportion of supply to wells or super-
ficial basins, and is especially rich in bacteria and liable to
infection. The clo.ser the level of this ground water to the
surface the more rapidly the air above becomes impure with
carbonic acid and bacteria, which are present in the soil. If
the water level lies uniformly close to the surface, it forms an
unhealthy condition of dampness of soil, which is favorable
to the production of such diseases as consumption and typhoid
fever. If the water level is far below the surface it gives you
a dry soil, favorable to the activity of such bacteria as find
food and living there, and to the production of carbonic acid.
In the fall of the year, when the ground water is at its
lowest, typhoid fever develops. A rise again to its highest
level brings to the surface the carbonic-acid gas and the
bacteria to the atmosphere, and there is again chance for
infection, but the soil is not then so fit for farther growth of
carbonic-acid microbes — not until recession again occurs.
These statements have been illustrated in the histor}- of
epidemics of typhoid fever that have occurred in Berlin,
Munich and other places. This ground-water, in its varia-
tions of movement up and down, may, in its upward move-
ment, force impure air into houses. It has been shown by
exhaustive experiments by PettenkofFer and by Marker and
Shultze, that in a room with an external temperature of 32°,

32 Ciucinnati Society of Natural History.

the internal being 34° higher, all openings in the wall being
sealed, 1,066 cubic feet of air passed per hour through the walls
and floor into the room and up the chimney. Again, with a
difference of only a few degrees between the internal and
external temperature, it was found that the air passing
through a superficial yard of wall line per hour varied 4.7
cubic feet for sandstone, 7 and 7.9 for brick, 10 for tufaceous
limestone to 14.4 for nuid. The bearings of these facts upon
cellar and first-floor rooms for habitation are evident.

Ice, formerly supposed to be a purifier, is now known to be
quite infectious at times — contains microbes in considerable
numbers — and has produced local outbreaks, notabl)- in the
case of a hotel at Rye Beach, N. H., where the ice was
obtained from a pond to which much sawdust and debris had
drifted.

PURIFICATION OF W.VTKKS.

Recent investigations show that the self-i)urification of
rivers is due to three main factors :

1. The rush of pure water and the consequent dilution of
the inquire substances.

2. The chemical processes which take place under the
influence of the atmospheric oxygen and of micro-organisms,
and perhaps also the intervention of a(|uatic plants.

3. The deposition of the heavy substances, and the nmd on
the bed and sides of the river.

" All of these researches ha\e more or less completely
demonstrated that the organic substances, the ammonia, the
bacteria, introduced into the waters of the rivers that have
been studied, diminish at a conqiaratively short distance from
the point of pollution, while at the same time those products
increase which indicate that oxidation lias taken ]:>lace, such
as nitrous and nitric acids."

(The Sanitary Record, Februar\ i. 1S92, ]). 381.)
The former belief in regard to ]nirification of running
water in rivers, etc., was that within short distances the
oxidation of the inq)urities and their neutrali/.ation was
secured by motion and the presence of the oxygen in the
water. vSince the introduction of bacteriological methods,
tliat is not relied ujion. Though chcuiical examination iiia\-

Weather, Water and Disease. 33

determine the amount of chlorine as a test of sewage impuri-
ties, yet the main reliance is to be placed on the bacterial
tests, especially with reference to typhoid fever.

We have thus given an imperfect review of the factors in
our environment, pertaining to weather, water and disease,
and indicated to some degree how they can injuriously affect
the individual. It remains now to consider what opposing
forces the individual can bring to ])ear, in order that he may
counteract the unfavorable conditions to which his environ-
ment may expose him

It may be said in a general wa}-, that it is a testimony to the
successful contest of a nation with the forces of nature where
it grows in numbers, without extraneous additions, when the
proper proportion between births and deaths is maintained,
when it advances in arts and sciences and enjoys all the com-
forts of life, when it has been able to control some of the most
dangerous forces of nature, and make them minister to its
happiness.

But in this aggregate of life and activit}' the individual
must carry on his own struggle for existence, so far as it con-
cerns his health.

The superstructure of life is built mainly on the basis fur-
nished b}' heredity. While it ma}- be said that no one is
exempt from influences producing disease, yet the liabilities
are diminished very much in the case of him or her, who
most nearly approaches the physiological standard. This
approach can be estimated numerically in a few particulars.
Numerous investigations, physiological and clinical, have
shown that there is a close relation between pulse, respiration
and temperature, expressed generally as 70 to 75 for pulse ; 16
to 1 8 for respiratioti, and 9<S>^ for temperature in the adult.
Any persistent variation from these figures is reason to sus-
pect disease of some sort. They are representative of the
important functions of the heart, the lungs and the complex
phenomena of nutrition, including chemical and nervous
activities. We know that nervous excitement, or shock, will
accelerate the movements of the heart and lungs and seriously
derange our digestion. Insurance companies have their
standards, and may be considered as forming a body of select
livers, but they estimate eligibility on the basis of a single

34 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

examination, and can take very little count of future changes.
They include the important matter of family history or
heredity and predispositions, and form their conclusions.
The army standard is intended to secure healthy men : and is a
reliable one. Both of these standards fail in properly estimat-
ing the personal e(juation pertaining to every one, or the
amount of reserve force available, or how far conclusions
based on heredity may be subject to variations. It is neces-
sary, therefore, that your constitution should be kept up to its
highest point, and also that you should hold a stock of reserve
force, for in time of sickness it will hold you in good stead.
If your health account is on the debtor side when the epidemic
comes, or pneumonia pri-vails, you may easily become irre-
trievably bankrupt.

In the way of protective influence for the individual we
may refer to a well-known fact that in families there are .some
members, or even all of them, who have an amount of exemp-
tion from prevailing disea.se, by which they escape infection
altogether, or receive it in perfectly safe quantities, so that
their illness is without danger. This is called natural immun-
ity, in contradistinction to acquired immunity, which is
brought about by artificial means.

This question is now the .subject of much experimental
work and thought. It is admittedly not yet solved. Instances
of natural immunity among animals may be mentioned. No
undisputed case of typhoid fever transmitted to animal from
the human being has appeared. Injections of human saliva,
which contain the micro-organisms of pneumonia, will kill a
house mou.se in a few hours, as stated above, but will not
affect a field mouse. Probably the healthier habits of the
latter, his nomadic life, are the cause of this diflerence.
Inoculations with the glanders bacillus will destroy a guinea
pig. but will produce only slight eflect on a rabbit. Cattle are
immune against glanders. In the serum, or what nia,\- be
called the watery portion of the blood, is supposed to reside
that power of producing immunity from certain infectious
disea.ses. As for instance, in tuberculosis. The serum of the
dog has been used in a human subject as l)eing antidotal to
the bacillus of tuberculosis and its products. The (piestion
as to what element in the blood sernm it is which produces

Wiallu'i\ Water and Disease. 35

imniuiiity is just undergoing earnest study. There is another
theory as to how bacterial growths and products can be dis-
posed of after getting access to the body. A French investi-
gator has proven, under the microscope, that the white blood
corpuscles, or leucocytes so-called, which have the power of
motion, will, by a slow movement, al)sorb the bacillus, which
is much smaller, and by a sort of digestive process destroy
the bacillus, and thus put it out of the way of doing farther
harm. This can not be called a battle of giants, for the cor-
puscle is about Y^Vo of ^" '"<^li a"*^^ ths micro-organism much
smaller, y^n^oir. It depends upon the comparative strength of
bacillus, or leucocyte, or blood corpuscle, whether the indi-
vidual become infected or not. To read some of the accounts
of this procedure, we would fear that the personal element of
the mythological era was returning to the scientific age. It
reminds one of the eager action of bass or trout when the
fisherman casts his fly on the waters. It is snapped up in
short order.

The other form of imnumity is acquired. Vaccination for
small-pox is an instance. One attack of scarlet fever or
measles or typhoid fever generally prevents return. Attenua-
tion of bacterial virus is being used to produce immunity
against certain diseases. Pasteur's vaccinations for sheep
disease, hydrophobia, etc., are some of the earliest results of
immunity acquired in that way ; more recently the attenuated
virus of the pneumonia microbe has been used to prevent and
relieve pneumonia. Also, the attenuated virus of diphtheria
has been used with success for the same purpose in animals.
The duration of the immunity varies considerably. It is not
an impossible thing that, in the future, compulsory vaccination
for consumption may become a law. These experiments, so
far, have been nearly all on animals. One result of this prac-
tice, in six cases of pneumonia in the human being, was a
reduction of 3° to 4° within twelve hours. Our capacity for
defense again.st disease is limited in a very remarkable way.

Bacteriological work has disclosed a series of results which
show how one may be made liable to the inroads of disease.
It is now known that the human system, with its complexities
of function and structure, becomes at times autotoxic or self-
poisoning. If the action of the skin become suppressed, and

36 Ciucinnati Society of Natural History.

its elimination of fluid and solid matters be suspended b}' cold
and moisture, or if open sores or wounds exist on it, or on the
mucous surface of mouth or throat, if digestion be interfered
with by food improper in qualit}^ and (luantity, or if the entire
ran_t^e of processes of preparation of food for assimilation be
interfered with, poison of a deadly character may develop.
A great many chemical poisons have been found in the fluids
and tissues of the body ; each organ of the body may con-
tribute its quotum, and some of them are, when injected into
the body of animals, deadly in their effects ; so-called bilious-
ness is explained in this way. The headache, bad taste, dry
tongue, pain in the body and limbs, malaise, indifference and
inabilitj' to work, and sleepiness, are the results of "ptomaine"
poisoning. This word is applied to a class of these agents
which chemists ajid bacteriologists have found in our bodies.
Taking cold is not simply the result of exposure to winds or
sudden alterations of weather, but the ptomaines poi.soning
has opened a way for these ".sappers and miners," micro-
organisms and their stealthy work.

If microbes, with their minute anatomical structures and
limited lives, can produce such mischief to human ])eings and
animals, what may not be expected from the comjilexity of
structure and function in a human ])eing when its vital
chemistry becomes perverted. It is no wonder that in this
new field of animal chemistr}' have been found so man>- com-
plex organic poisons that may interpose their deadly effects.
An atom of vegetable matter in microbe form, in the process
of living and dying, leaves a legacy of virus that can infect
ultimately the entire mass of huge animals; like a piece of
wood on a railroad track, with the train at high speed, that will
precipitate the immen.se mass of wood, iron and flesh into
instant wreck. We have no reason to be ])roud in view of
such possibilities.

Predisposition to disease cjualifies the health in (juite a
number of instances. It is well known that families show
these tendencies, and they dominate their pathological his-
tories. The weak organs may be the digestive ones, or it may
be the lungs that are abnormally sensitive. These ]iredisp()si-
tions show themselves at dilTerent ages, as. for instance, con-
suni])li()n between tw(.nt\- and thirtw 'I'hc cliildren of a

Wealher, IVaier and Disease. 37

family early show predispositions. They diminish the vigor
of individuals and open the way for diseases other than that
which the predisposition would produce. There is, however,
a modifying effect in age, by which the predisposition disap-
pears. If an individual, by heredity liable to consumption,
gets beyond thirty years of age, his immunit}^ increases each
year beyond that time, and with care he maj' escape it entirely.
Sometimes old age in such cases brings a decreasing immunity.

We may allude to another source of weakness in some por-
tions of our population. The census returns for 1880 show
that we had then a population of over 6,000,000 people foreign
born. It is well known that the process of acclimatization
makes its subjects more liable to disease, especially in their
epidemic forms. The history of cholera, small-pox and
scarlet fever in our city shows their greatest infringment on
the foreign-born population. This result may be ascribed
largely to the climatic changes and want of adjustment to
them, which the native population have already secured.
Considering the numbers above will give an idea of how much
disease may be attributed to that part of our population.

The summary- of this paper is as follows : An attempt to
outline each factor of weather as an opposer to the indi-
vidual— for there is no complete harmony between the two.
While there is an appreciable influence in each component, it
is in its association with one or more besides that we usuajly
see and feel it. Types of weather are thus formed. Cold or
heat with humidity ; cold with wind. Another, heat and
wind and low-air pressure are some of these types. Few
efforts have been made to correlate exactly disease with a
single factor, or with associated ones. Dr. Mitchell's and
Capt. Catlin's are the most scientific and practical ever
attempted. Besides these strictly meteorological elements,
we have considered the ^etiological effect of accidental impuri-
ties of the air and water and ground, such as dust, fog and
bacteria. That the microbes of air and water and soil through
their products or virus stand in closer causal relations to dis-
ease than mere meteorological elements. We have endea-
vored to signify, in a limited degree, what the defenses of the
individual must be in the struggle — principally good health
and certain immunities from liabilities to disease conferred by

38 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

nature, or acquired by the protective influence of one attack
of a disease. Also, we have indicated the hopes and chances
of artificial immunity in the use of attenuated virus of
microbes. We think there is hope that this may become a
great preventive, and a therapeutical or curative measure.

North Anuritau Helicospor(V. 39

NORTH AMIvRICAN HKIJCOSPORyB.

BV A. P. MOROAN.

The Helicosporic is a section of the families of Hyphoiny-
cetous fungi, established by Saccardo, under which to arrange
such genera, with their species, as are furnished with elon-
gated spores that are spirally coiled. In my search for speci-
mens of Hyphomycetes, a large part of the examples I have
met with belong to this section, and the different forms seem
well nigh endless. In my endeavor to arrange the species, I
have found it impossible to separate them into genera by the
characters of the hyphcC. But in the critical examination of
great numbers of specimens, the observer soon becomes im-
pressed with three t3'pes of spores ; in the first the spores are
long, slender, and flexible when wet, very sensitive to the
influence of moisture ; in the second and third, the spores
maintain a rigid, fixed coil, which in the second is flat, and in
the third is an oblong or ellipsoidal body. In the following
arrangement, I have not been able to present all the species
that have been reported in North America, but only those of
which I possess abundant material for critical examination ;
most of these have been found living and growing by myself;
the few species described from dried specimens are credited
to the persons from whom they were received.

HELICOSPOR.E. vSacc.

Hyphomycetous fungi, with elongated spores spiralh' coiled.

I. Hyphae and spores not involved in mucus. {Mucedinece
and DematiecB.)

Genus I. — Hei.icomvces, Link.

Hj'phie creeping, septate, branched, bearing the spores on
minute lateral teeth or at the apex of short lateral branches.
Spores long, filiform or linear, hyaline, loosely coiled into an
irregular or flat spiral.

The spores in this genus are very susceptible to the action
of moisture.

40

Cinciuuati Society of Natural History.

lltliconivces olivaceus.

a. spores Jili form, the thread about i iiiic. thick.

1. Hklicomvcks olivaceus, Peck. Effused, fonning a
thin, flocculose, olivaceous stratum. Fertile hyphse, simple,

erect, rigid, tapering, sep-
tate, black, seated upon
a net - work of very fine,
delicate, creeping hyaline
threads : the spores borne
in a spicate manner, on mi-
nute pellucid teeth, along
the lower half of the
thread, leaving the upper
part naked. Spores fili-
form, hyaline, indistinctly
guttulate, usually coiled
about three times : the
thread 70-90 mic. in length
and scarcely i mic. in
thickness. (Fig. i.)
(jTowing in small patches on old wood of Acer, Lirioden-

dron, etc. The

black points of

the fertile hyphoe

a])pear above the

greenish stratum

of the spores;

they are 175-250

mic. in length by

4-5 mic. in thick-
ness.

2. IIl'.I.ICO.MV-
CKS C. K.\CII,IS,

Morg., n. s]). Kf-
fused, forming a
thin, flocculose,
greenish - yellow
stratum. Ilyplue
creeping, septate,
branched, green-

ish-hvaline ; the V'\\i- i Uclicoinyccs gracilis.

North .UHcrirtJii //rliiospoiyr.

41

spores borne on niinntc pellucid teeth, along the lower part
of ascending fertile branches. vSpores filiform, hyaline, con-
tinuous, usually coiled about three times; the thread 70-9C
mic. in length, and about i niic. in thickness. (Fig. 2.)

Growing in small patches on old bark of vSassafras. While
the spores in this species are similar to those in //. olivaceiis,
the hyphce are very different ; the ascending greenish-pellucid
fertile branches arc similar to the creeping hyplue, and some-
times they are branched.

/'. Spores Ii)i((U\ the llncad 2.^-^ mic. thick.

3. Hklicomy-
cks cinkreus,
Peck. Kffused,
forming a cine-
reous, velvet}'
stratum. Hyphce
creeping, much
branched, with
long, flexuous,
ascending bran-
ches, septate,
brownish - hyal -
ine, bearing the
spores on lateral
teeth or pedicels
of the prostrate
stems and bran-
ches. Spores lin-
ear, hyaline, gut-
tulate, coiled
quite regularly
3-4 times ; the

big. 3. llcliconiycos cinereus. thread 1 60 - 1 9O

mic. in length, and about 2.5 mic. in thickness; the inner ex-
tremity acute, the outer obtuse. (Fig. 3.)

Growing on old wood and bark of all kinds, and very com-
mon. The ascending, flexuous branches rise above the stra-
tum of spores ; the hyphse are twice as thick as the thread of
the spores ; there is often an intervening, short, hyaline pedi-

42

Chicimiati Society of Natural History.

eel between the spore and the minute tooth of the hypha ;
sometimes it falls oflf with the spore, sometimes it stays on
the tooth, but usually it is deciduous from both.

4. H K LI CO .M vc K s
I'.inja's, Morg.,n.sp. Ef-
fused, forming a thin,
flocculose stratum, gra}^
with a pinkish tinge.
Hyphae creeping, sep-
tate, branched, brown-
ish-hyaline, bearing the
spores on minute lateral
teeth. Spores linear, hy-
aline, guttulate, faintly
multiseptate, coiled quite
regularly 2}^-3^2 times;

Helicomyces bellus.

the thread 140-180 mic. in length by
2.5-3 i^iic. in thickness ; the inner ex-
tremity acute, the outer obtuse. (Fig.4.)
G r o wing on old
wood of Lirioden-
dron, Juglans, etc.
The hyphie creep
close to the substra-
tum and are nearly
concealed by the
abundant spores: they
are nearly twice as
thick as the thread of
the spore.

5. II i". i.icoiMvc i: s
scANi)i':xs, Morg., n.
sp. Kflfused, forming
a rose - colored, setu-
lose stratum, llyplue
climbing, hyaline, sc])-
latc, brauclicd, bear-
ing thesjiorcsin dense

Htlieomyces scandcns clusterS OU miuute kit-

A'oi/// .1/1/1/ /Id// //('/!< (>s/>(>/vr.

43

eral teeth. vSpores linear, hyaline, sometimes gnttulate, faintly
nuiltiseptate, coiled 3-4 times: the thread 150-200 mic. in
length, 2.5-3 "i'<-'- '" thickness: the inner extremity acute,
the outer obtuse. (Fig. 5.)

Growing on old wood and bark of Oak, Hickory, etc. The
habit of this plant is very peculiar ; it is exactly that of the
species of Graphium. The hyaline threads run constantly in
parallel bundles, but I have not been able to satisfy myself
that the black pointed threads which they u.sually inclo.se are
not the erect .stems of some old black mould. This is an
abundant species.

c. Spores linear, the thread 4.5-6 iiiic. thick.

Fig. 6. Helicoinyces fuscus.

6. Helicomyces fuscus, B. & C. Effused, forming a thin,
brown, pubescent stratum. Hyphae brown, creeping, septate,
sending up long, simple, ascending branches which bear the
spores lateralh' on minute hyaline teeth. Spores linear,
brownish-hyaline, multiseptate {40-50), coiled usually 3-4
times ; the thread 350-450 mic. in length, 5-6 mic. thick in
the middle, tapering gradually, and 3-4 mic. thick at each of
the obtuse extremities. ( Fig. 6.)

44

Ciinuiitafi Society of Nalitral History.

Growing on old wood of Oak, Maple, etc. The fertile
branches are 200-250 mic. in length by 6-7 mic. in thickness.
The spores have the appearance of being furnished with a
short pellucid pedicel. This is an elegant species.

7. Hklicomvcks clarus, Morg.. n. sp. Effused, forming
a thin, tonientose, ])inkish-white stratum. Hyplue creeping,
septate, branched, hyaline, with the spores terminal on short,
lateral branches. ,Spores linear, hyaline, guttulate, in linear
series, coiled irreg-
ularly ; the thread
180- 220 mic. in
length, about 4.5
mic. thick at the
thickest part and ta-
pering gradual!}' to
each end ; the ex-
tremities obtuse.
(Fig. 7.)

Growing on old
pod of Tecoma radi-
cans. The hyplut
creep very close to
the substratum.
Most of the spores
in the specimen were
pellucid and contin-
uous ; the large ellip-
tic, shining guttuke of the well-developed spores are quite
characteristic.

<S. Hi<:ijco.MVCK.s pn.KCiANS, Morg., n. sj>. Effused, form-
ing a thin, flocculose stratum, flesh colored or pale rose-color.
Hyphie creeping, septate, much branched, brownish-hyaline,
bearing the spores on lateral teeth and at the apex of lateral
branches. vSpores linear, hyaline, irregularly coiled, nuilti-
septate (40-50) ; the septa commonly indistinct : llic cell-con-
tents broken and confused; threads 240-310 mic. in length,
5-6 mic. thick in the middle, tapering gradually to 3-4 mic. at
each obtuse extremity. (Eig. S.)

Growing on old bark and wood of I'latanus, Acer, etc.
The bright-colored stratum is composed entirely of the very

I'ig.

HcHcfimyces clarus.

North .hufiicaii [Iclicosponr.

45

large spores ; the brown hypluu creep very close on or be-
neath the surface of tlie substratum, and are much branched
and entangled.

l-'ig S. Heliconiyces elegans.

Genus II. — Helicoma, Corda.

Hyplue creeping, septate, branched, bearing the spores on
lateral fertile branches. vSpores rather thick, usually septate,
hyaline or sometimes brownish, closely coiled into a flat, fixed
spiral.

The spores in this genus are not hydrotropic.

a. Spores in a si?iole coil.
I. Helicoinia l.\k-
VALE, Morg., n. sp. Ef-
fused, forming a thin,
puberulent stratum,
dirty-gray or brownish
in color. Hyphce stout,
thick, much branched,
septate, brownish, the
spores terminal on slen-
der hyaline branches.
Spores brownish, in a
single coil, transversely
7-septate, with a fine,
dark line running nearly midway lengthwise ; the coiled spore
16-20 mic. in diameter; the thread 35-40 mic. in length, and

Fig. 9. Helicoma larvale.

46

Cincinnati Society of Natural Kistory.

about S iiiic. in thickness in the middle and narrower at each
end ; the basal segment hyaline and truncate, the apical ex-
tremity obtuse. (Fig. 9.)

Growing on old pod of Tecovw radicans. The young spores
are hyaline and continuous, like their long, slender pedicel,
but septa soon appear, and the fully matured spore is brown
and uniformly 7-septate.

b. Spores coiled / '2 litnes.

2. Hei.icoma aivibikn.s, Morg., n. sp. Effused, forming a
brown hirsute stratum. Hyphse brown, creeping, septate,

with ascending,
flexuous, fertile
branches, bearing
a few scattered
spores on minute
lateral teeth,
spores hyaline, <S-
septate, the septa
sometimes indis-
tinct; coiled about
I '.- times; the coil
14-17 mic. in di-
ameter; the
thread 50-60 mic.
in length ; about
6 mic. in thick-
ne.ss ; the inner extremity obtuse, the outer oblicjuely acute.
(Fig. 10.)

Growing on the inner bark of .-^cer saccharinuni. The spore
is at first hyaline and continuous ; the septa appear one after
another until the fully grown spore is uniformly 8-septate. I
sometimes find t)ld specimens in which the spores are tinged
with brown and have added a few half septa, so as to appear
9-12 septate. This is a common species.

3. Hhijcom.x POi,YspoRi':\i, Morg., n. sp. IvfTused, form-
ing a thin, rose-colored .stratum. Hypha' intricately nuich
branched ; the branches .short, thick, hyaline, covered every-
where ])y the dense layer of spores, which grow on minute
obtuse processes. Spores hyaline, i2-i5-.scptate, coiled about

I-'ij;. 10. Ileliconia anihiens.

North .liiicrictiii I Iclicosporcr.

47

times; the coil 16-19 mic. in diameter; the thread 60-70

mic. in length, about 5 mic.
in lliickness ; the inner ex-
tremity obtuse, the outer ac-
uminate. (Fig. II.)

Growing on the inner bark
of Acer sacr/iaiiiiuni. The
rose-colored stratum is a con-
tinuous mass of .spores; the
*" t^ - 1 .spore IS quite regular in

shape and very beautiful.

c. Spores coiled 2-^ times.

4. Hklicom.\ repens, Morg., n. sp. EfFu.sed, forming a
minutely flocculose, pinkish stratum. Hyplue creeping, sep-
tate, hyaline, with very short ascending branches, which are
covered by the abundant
spores. Spores hyaline, multi
guttulate, coiled nearly 2)-
times; the coil 18-21 mic. in
diameter; the thread 80-100
mic. in length, about 4 mic.
thick; the inner extremity ob

tuse, the outer long and taper- ^^/ v^^^ fil-

ing. (Fig. 12.)

Growing on the inner bark
oi Acer saccharimim. The hyph^e are very fine and creep on
or beneath the surface so clo.sely as to be distinguished with
difficulty; the colored stratum is formed entirely by the
abundant spores. The guttuke sometimes give the spore the
appearance of being faintly septate.

5. Hemcoma eimpidum, Morg., n. sp. Effused, forming
a minutely flocculose, pale stratum. Hyphae creeping, sep-
tate, brownish-hyaline, the spores borne at the apex of short
lateral branches. Spores hyaline, multiseptate (15-20); the
septa sometimes indistinct ; coiled 2-3 times ; the coil
20-25 mic. in diameter; the thread 80-110 mic. in length,
about 4 mic. thick; the inner extremity acute, the outer
obtuse. (Fig. 13.)

PMg. 12. Heliconia repens.

48

Cincinnati Sociely of Natural History.

Growing on old wood of
Kim. The outer extremity
of the spore does not taper^
and is obtuse or some-
times truncate.

6. Hkijcoma kp:kkk-
LKVi, Curt. Effu.sed, form-

Fig. i.^. Helicoma linipiduni.

ing a minutely flocculose, grayi.sh stratum. Hyphce brown,
creeping, septate, l)ranched, the .spores borne at the apex of as-
cending lateral branches. Spores hyaline, multiseptate (i.S-30);

h'ig. M. Helicoma Bcrkckyi

the septa sometimes indistinct, coiled 2-3 times ; the coil 25-
35 mic. in diameter: the thread 100-150 mic. in length, 5-6
mic. in thickness, ta])ering slightly toward each end ; the
inner extremity obtuse, the outer subtruncate. (Fig. 14.)

Growing on old wood of Kim, Maple, etc. The spores
sometimes have a shining, bronzed appearance, and I have
found old specimens in which the spores had become brown.

This is an abundant species.

d. Spores coiUd ^-^ timrs.
7. IIi;mc()M.\ .\Mmc.uuM, Morg., n. s]). ICffused, forming
a very thin, flocculose, rose-colored stratum. Ilyplue slender,
creeping, septate, branched, hyaline, bearing the spores at the
apex of lateral branches. vSpores hyaline, the cell-contents
broken up into irregular masses, and often with large, round
guttuke, irregularly and fre(iuentl>- indistinctly septate ;

Norf/i Americau I lelicosporic.

49

coiled 3-5 times, the spires rising one above another ; the
coil 40-50 niic. in diameter; the thread 350-400 mic. in

Fig. IS. Heliconia anibigiiuni.

length, 6-7 mic. thick in the middle and tapering gradually
to each extremity. (Fig. 15.)

Growing on a patch of old Sphcerice on wood of Platanus.
The hyphcc appear to creep beneath the surface ; they are
more slender than the thread of the spores. This species
tends toward Hr/icoihi.

Genus III. — Helicoon, Morg., nov. gen.

Hyplue various. Spores very large, spirally coiled into an
elongated ellipsoidal body.

a. Spores /lya/iiic.

1. Hklico<'")n thvsanophorum, E. & H. Densely csespi-
tose or sometimes effused, cinereous. Hyphie brown, creep-
ing, branched, bearing the

spores at the apex of ,,_^ ^^^ /$'

very short, erect branches.
Spores h5'aline, conic-cylin-
dric,consistingofS-iospires
rather loosely coiled ; spore i.-,g. ,6. Heiicor,,, thysanophorum.
25-30 X 15 mic. ; the thread about 2 mic. in thickness. (Fig. 16.)

Growing on the pitchy bark of an old Pine log: Newfield
N. J., Mr./. B. Ellis.

2. Helicoon sessile, Morg., n. sp. Effused, forming

50

Cincinnali Society of Na/tii a/ History.

minutely pulverulent, pale stratum. Hypha? consisting of
extremely fine threads, running on and beneath the surface,
so that the spores appear to be sessile upon ihe matrix.
vSpores hyaline, ellipsoidal, com-
posed of 6-8 spires, closely coil-
ed; spore 40-48 X 25 mic. ; the
thread 5-6 mic. in thickness.
(Fig. x{.)

Growing on old wood of Kim.
The spores appear to be sessile
immediately upon the wood ; the
hyphse are so fine as to be scarcely discernible.

b. Spores colored.

3. Helico')n AUK.iTUM, ElHs. Effused, forming a thin,
pulverulent, golden-yellow stratum. Hyphae erect, septate,
simple or rarely branched, brown below, the apex hyaline,
each terminated by a single .spore. Spores golden-yellow,
ellipsoidal, composed of 12-15 spires, closely coiled; spore
37-44x25 mic; the thread about 3 mic. in thickness. (Fig. 18.)

iig. I

I'ig. IN. HlUcoiiii aiiraliiiii.

Growing on old wood of Acer ruhrimi, Newfield, N. J., Mr.
J. B. Ellis. The apex of the erect hyplue at first runs out
into a minute hyaline cork-screw ; the coils continue to mul-
tiply and come closer together, gradually ac(|uiring their
golden-yellow color.

4. II 1:1,1 C()<iN HiJ.ii'TKTM, Peck. ICffused, forming a
thin, velvety olivaceous .stratum, llyphic abundant, creeping,

A' or III .Inicriiaii J Iclicosporcr. 51

septate, olivaceous, intricately and somewhat reticulatel}-
branched, bearing the spores on minute lateral teeth. Spores

Fig. 19. Helico•^^ elHpticum.

olivaceous, ellipsoidal, composed of 6-8 spires, closely coiled ;
spores 30-36 X 20-24 ^^^^c. ; the thread 3-4 mic. in thickness.
(Fig. 19.)

Growing on Hemlock wood: Newfield, N. J., Mr. J. B. Ellis.

The spores are formed by the coiling of a lateral branch ;
they are very abundant.

II. Hyphae and spores involved in a gelatinous or gran-
ular element {Tuherculariece).

Genus IV. — Evkrhartia, vSacc. & Ellis.

vSporodochium superficial, verruciform ; hyphce very slen-
der and delicate, branched, involved in a gelatinous mass ;
the spores borne at the apex of slender branchlets. vSpbres
closely coiled into a flat, fixed spiral. The spores are similar
to those of H(lico))ia.

^P I. EVERH.VKTIA HVMENULOIDES,

v2) /ivj vSacc. & Ellis. Sporodochium verru-

^ ciform, scattered, brownish, \-\ mm.

^^ [1« in diameter ; hyphae very fine and del-

^!7 icate ; l)ranches hyaline, involved in a

vellowish mucus ; the spore terminal

Fig. 20. iiverhartia hymeii-

uioides, on sleuder branchlets. vSpores hyal-

ine, guttulate, multiseptate (15-20), coiled about twice; the
spiral 14-18 mic. in diameter; the threads about 2.5 mic. in
thickness. (Fig. 20.)

52

Cincitmati Society of Natural History.

Growing on old leaves of SorgJnnn nutans, Newfield, N. J.,
Mr. J. B. Ellis. In the old specimen, at this time, the spores
at first seemed a mere hyaline sack, but, after soaking awhile,
the spiral arrangement became visible.

(jenus \\ — Troposporium, Harkness.

Sporodocbium superficial, verruciform, farinaceous: hyplKc
long, slender, flexuous, branched, the spores borne at the

Kijj. 21. Troposporiiiiu album.

apex of slender branchlets. Spores s])irally coiled into an
elongated ellipsoidal body. The spores are like those of
Helicot'hi.

I. Troposporh'.m .m.ium, Hark. Sporodocbium white,
verruciform, thick, often confluent; hypha- slender, flexuous,
branched, h>aline, the spores borne at the ends of slender
branchlets. Spores hyaline, oblong-ellip.soidal, compo.sed of
3-7 spires, clo.sely coiled ; sjiore 40-45x18-22 niic; the thread
about 7 mic. in thickness, continuous. (Fig. 21.)

Growing on dead stems of Coryhis rostrata: Calilornia,
Harkncss.

The stroma consists of numerous granules and oil globules,
which are set free by breaking.

Photographing Certain Natural Ol>jects. 53

photographing; certain natural objects
without a camera.

Bv W. A. KRI. LKKMA N , PlI. I).
Prof. I'otany, Ohio State University.

Read at meetiiis^ of the Ohio .Academy of Sciences, Dec. 30, 1891.

The object.s referred to in the title of this note are tho.se
which are transparent or transhicent, more particularly,
ordinary foliage leaves, and other botanical specimens, wings
of certain insects, fins of fishes, etc. The jirocess consists in
tising the object itself as the negative and printing from it in
the photographer's printing frame, in the ordinary manner.

The subject was first brought to notice by V. Fayod, in
Ma/pii^/iia, Anno III., fasc. iii.-iv., 1889, p. 120, under the
title, "Note sur une nouvelle application de la Photographic
en botanique," accompanied with a ])late illustrating results
obtained.

In the above-mentioned article, the details of the method
are given, which have, in general, been followed in preparing
the numerous specimens here placed before you. I have
experimented briefly, but with a variety of objects, and have
brought both poor and good photographs, in order that j'ou
might see the necessity of heeding certain precautions to
in.sure .success.

The majority of foliage leaves can be used, if it is desired
to .secure exact reproductions of their patterns of venation.
Of many orders, such as Rosacese, Leguminosce, Passiflo-
racece, Urticacece, Gramineae, most of the leaves have veins
sufficiently translucent to admit of their being u.sed as neg-
atives, without any preliminary preparation — even previous
pressing and drying not being necessary.

But in case of many leaves of the orders CompositcC, Eri-
caceae, Umbelli ferae, Chenopodiaceae, etc., they must be sub-
jected to a process of l^leaching in alcohol, followed by
immersion in hot ])otassic hydrate; this is to be followed by
thorough washing in jnire and finalh' acidulated water, and

54 Citiciumiti Society of Natural History.

pressing the leaves till dry between sheets of bibulous paper.
vSuch prepared leaves will give pictures in which the veins
and veinlets are dark and the remainder of the leaf light col-
ored, just the reverse of the photographs obtained by using
the fresh or dried leaves without further preparation. In
either case the venation — even in minutice — will be well
shown.

Sometimes young leaves, in other cases fully matured
leaves, give the best results. Leaves from the herbarium can
be used at will. If the veins or petiole are very much thicker
than the remainder of the leaf, they can be shaved down.
Other specimens may, in .some cases, need trimming.

It is neces.sary that the leaf (or other object) to be photo-
graphed be brought into very close contact with the sensitized
paper, for, otherwise, all parts of the print will not be per-
fectly distinct. For this reason, the under side of the leaf —
where, as a rule, the veins are more prominent — should be
placed next to the clear glass in the printing frame, and the
upper surface next to the sensitized paper. A layer of cotton
or soft blotting paper can be placed over the back of the
sensitized paper, which will insure closer contact with all
])arts of an object that may be somewdiat uneven.

The time of exposure in bright sunlight will vary from a
minute or two (for transparent wings), to fifteen or twenty
minutes (for foliage leaves) — depending, of course, on the
degree of transparency or tran.slucency of the object. The
print can be inspected from time to time and the proper dens-
ity of the picture secured.

After exposure the prints can be fi.xed in a solution of
hyposulphite of soda. Or if handsome photographs are
desired, they can lie toned in the gold solution commonly
used by photographers, and fixed in the usual manner.

The process is so simple, comparatively inexpensive, some
interesting results obtainable, and besides, many of the prints
would ])r«)ve useful in a variety of ways to botanists, ento-
mologists and others. It is, therefore, believed that the
reward will be full\- commensurate with the time and energy
expended.

l/'aria/ioiis and lutcrviediale Forms of Certain Asters. 55

VARIATIONvS AND INTERMEDIATE FORMS OF
CERTAIN ASTERS.

By W. C. Wkrnkk.

Assistant in Botany, Ohio State University.

Read at the ineetin.1^ for the formation of the Ohio Academy of
Science, December 30, 1891.

Of otir native (lowering plant.s the asters are among the
mo.st difficult for the sy.steniati.st to dispose of. This is quite
discouraging to the amatetir botanist who wishes to study the
genus. Color can not be depended on ; every character laid
down in the books is more or less inconstant. This is
especially noticeable in the section Hctcrop/iy/li, the subject
of this paper.

In Gray's Manual, in the description of y^,s7<?/- Shortii, Hook.,
the words " naked petioles" are emphasized by italics, yet I
find undoubted forms of this species with winged petioles.

Again I find Aster undiilalus, L., meeting A. Shortii half
way.

I can not draw a distinctive line between the outlying forms
of the two species, which approach and apparently meet.

I find the same state of afi"airs existing between Aster
undulatus and Aster cordifolius. When I came to Columl)Us,
a year ago, the common blue aster in the immediate vicinity
of the city was of considerable interest to me, for two reasons,
viz : because of its polymorphic habit, and its persistence in
evading every description of the books. Coming nearest to
Aster sagittifolius, Willd., some of the extremely large-leaved
and larger flowered forms I thought might be A. Lindleyanus.

The latter, however, is a strictly northern species ; Labrador
to Lake Superior, Saskatchewan, borders of British Colum-
bia and New Hampshire is the range given in Gray's Manual
and the Synoptical F'lora. During October I looked for varia-
tions that might connect the ordinary form of A. sagittifolius
with that answering to the description of A. Undleyanus.

56 Cinci7inati Society of Natuial History.

I sent a set of such as I obtained to Harvard University,
labeling all A. sagittifolius, except tlie doubtful A. Lindley-
anus. Mr. Sereno Watson said in reply :

" The specimens differ considerably. They are certainly
part and probably all A. sagittifolius. -'^ * * The most
interesting plant of your collection is the A. Lindleyanus,
T. and G., which, so far as I know, has not been reported
south of the great lakes. -•■ * * Aster Lindleyanus is
unfortunately a rather indefinite thing, and seems to grade off
imperceptibly into A. sagittifolius. Indeed, some of your
specimens of A. sagittifolius, with large heads and loose
involucre, may be regarded as more or less transitional."

Aster sagittifolius, as I find it in northern Ohio, is the most
constant in general aspect and characteristic details of any of
this section of Asters. The plants invariably live up to the
typical characters, such as erect and rigid stems, inflorescence
closely paniculate, and scales of the involucre linear with
long attenuate tips.

The Columbus plants that we must under present arrange-
ments refer to, A. sagittifolius, are just the opposite of this.
I have thus far been able to detect but one character that
appears at all constant. This is the late flowering of the
larger forms approaching tlie description of A. Lindleyanus.
I found one .specimen having the erect stem and in a modified
way the inflorescence of the northern Ohio form, thus showing
affinity to what maj^ be considered the type of the species.

Referring to the Columlnis plants, A. sagittifolius, I spoke
of their polymorphic habits. Taking as a type the smaller-
leaved, loosely-flowered form (which is the one commonly
met with), I find three distinct lines of variation, i.st. Into
A. Lindleyanus; 2d, toward the northern Ohio plants, and
3d, connecting with cordifolius. In the light of my present
knowledge of this Aster I do not think it worthy of specific
rank, yet it seems to have good varietal characters. It is
probable that the ranges of the typical plants of northern
and the central Ohio forms meet and overlap.

We all know that among a lot of seedlings, the progeny
of one plant will show many slight diff'erences. In some
cases these indi\i(lual difl'erenccs will l)e well marked. When
such is the case, and when the characters are constant, but vet

I'arin/iiUis mid hilcrmcdiatc /''or>iis of Certain Asters. 57

connected with the typical form, we speak of them as varie-
ties; we not only find this variation within the species, but the
outlying varieties of too closely allied species often present
variations approaching each other, until it is impossible to
draw a clear line of demarcation.

Variation within the species, and not taking on any of the
characters of other species, is well represented in the set of
Aster cordifolius from Georgesville, near Columbus.

Two closely allied species, approaching each other through
variations, is illustrated by specimens intermediate between
Aster Shortii and A. undulatus, between A. undulatus and A.
cordifolius, and between A. sagittfolius and A. Lindleyanus.

Again, variation may be due to hybridit}-. In a certain
field, near Painesville, Ohio, A. undulatus and A. sagittifolius
grow together. I found one specimen intermediate between
the two species; it has the erect rigid growth of A. sagittifo-
lius, the close, hoary pubescence of A. undulatus, with leaf
characters tendingthat way, and involucre intermediate between
the two. Forms of A. cordifolius partaking of characters of A.
sagittifolius may be due to cross fertilization. A lanceolate
leaved form found with A. cordifolius suggests hybridization.

In many genera the species have quite permanent charac-
ters, and are easy of determination. In those of wide varia-
tion, and when the differences blend into each other, we can
not always say that a certain specimen belongs to either one
of the two species, but must of necessit}' speak of it as inter-
mediate between the two. Plants presenting these variations
are too often disregarded by collectors. Indeed, some botan-
ists are inclined to look upon these intermediate forms with
displeasure, preserving as specimens only those that serve as
types to specific descriptions. It is just these intermediate
and puzzling forms that ought to be the most interesting, as
showing the gradations of connections between closely allied
species. Instead of bewildering the systematist, the}- aid him
in unraveling the snarl of intermingling characters.

THE JOURNAL

- OF THIv -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Vol. XV. • Cincinnati, July, 1892 • No. 2.

PROCEEDINGS.

Annual Meeting, April 5, 1892.

President Abert in the chair.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
approved.

Mr. J. Ralston Skinner made a few appropriate remarks
upon the death of A. J. Howe, and upon his motion the Chair
appointed a committee, consisting of Geo. W. Harper, Charles
Dury and Davis L. James, to take proper action regarding the
same.

The annual reports of the Secretary of the Society, the
Director of the Museum, and the Curator of the Photographic
Section were read by the vSecretary pro teni., and upon motion
were ordered received and filed.

Mr. Davis L- James then read the report of the Treasurer
of the Society, and that of the Trustees. These reports were
received and ordered filed.

Mr. J. Ralston Skinner then made a brief address, in which
he congratulated the Society upon its financial condition, and
urged a continuance of the same economic policy during the
year to come.

Mr. T. H. Kelley moved a vote of thanks to the Trustees
for the faithful and skillful manner with which the funds of
the Society in their hands had been managed during the past
year.

6o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Mr. R. A. Holden moved that a committee of three be
appointed by the Chair to audit the accounts of the Treasurer,
and to examine the securities held by the Trustees of the
Societ}'. Carried.

The President appointed Messrs. Kelley, Bullock and
Collier.

President Abert then delivered his annual address to the
Society, and upon its conclusion, Mr. Davis L. James moved
that the President appoint tellers of election, and that the
Society proceed to the election of officers for the ensuing
year. Carried.

The President appointed Messrs. Dury, vShipley and Andrew
as tellers.

The Chair then called for nominations for the officers of the
Executive Board, and the following names were proposed .

For President, T. B. Collier.

For First Vice-President, V . W. Ivangdon.

For Second Vice-President, B. M. Ricketts.

F^'or Treasurer, Davis L. James.

For Secretary, T. H. Kelley.

There being no other candidates for the above offices, the
vSecretary pro tern, was instructed, upon motion of Mr. Dury,
to cast the ballot of the Society for the gentlemen named for
the respective offices, which was done, and they were declared
duly elected.

Nominations for four members of the Executive Board at
large being next in order, the following names were proposed :

Mr. Charles Dury, Mr. R. A. Holden, Jr., Dr. O. D. Norton,
Prof. G. W. Harper and Col. J. W. Abert. The ensuing vote
resulted in the following gentlemen receiving the highest
number of ballots, and they were declared elected :

Mr. Charles Dury, Mr. R. A. Holden, Jr., Dr. O. D. Norton
and Prof. G. W. Harper.

Mr. A. A. F'erris was nominated for a Trustee of the Society,
and Dr. M. Cassatt for Librarian. There being no opposition,
the Secretary f>ro teni. was instructed to cast the ballot of the
vSociety for the gentlemen, which he did, and they were
declared duly elected.

Procecditigs. 6i

Nominations were next called for to fill the various Cura-
torships. The following named gentlemen were proposed :

For Curator of Geology, E^. O. Ulrich.

For Curator of Botany, Davis L,. James.

For Curator of Zoology, Charles Dury.

F^'or Curator of Anthropology, Dr. O. D. Norton.

For Curator of Photography, T. B. Collier.

For Curator of Microscopy, B. M. Ricketts.

For Curator of Physics, J. D. Hurtig.

For Curator of Chemistry, Dr. Arch. Carson.

There being no opposition, the Secretary pro tan. was
instructed to cast the ballot of the Society for these gentle-
men, which he did, and they were declared duly elected.

Regular Meeting, May 3, 1892.

President T. B. Collier in the chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and approved.

The following candidates for membership were proposed,
and their names ordered laid before the Society for the usual
period, to-wit :

Walter H. Maxwell, Harry J. Mills, E. W. Weaver, William
Sampson, Kdward I,. Reynolds and Clark W. Davis.

The report of the committee to audit the report of the
Treasurer was read, and, upon motion, was received and filed.

A list of resignations was read, and, upon motion, the
matter of their acceptance was laid over.

The resignation of W. P. Anderson, as one of the Trustees
of the Society, was read and accepted. The election of his
successor was laid over until the June meeting, and the Secre-
tary was instructed to give notice of the election of his suc-
cessor at that meeting.

Mr. Davis L. James recommended the election of Wm. H.
Knight, of L,os Angeles, Cal., as a corresponding member.
Upon motion of Mr. Fisher, he way duly elected such corre-
sponding member.

A communication from Amos W. Butler, of Brookville, Ind.,
inviting the Society to attend the annual meeting of the

62 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Indiana Academy of Science, at Richmond, on May 12 and
13. Upon motion of Prof. Harper, the invitation was accepted
with thanks, and the Secretary instructed to acknowledge
same.

Mr. Dury, on ])ehalf of the committee appointed to draft a
memorial on Dr. A. J. Howe, submitted a report, which was
received, and referred to the Publication Committee.

Mr. Davis L. James, on behalf of the Publication Com-
mittee, read the following papers by title, to-wit :

North American Helicosporae, by A. P. Morgan.

Variations of Intermediate Forms of Certain Asters, by W.
C. Werner.

Photographing Natural History Objects Without a Camera,
by W. A. Kellerman.

And were, upon motion, referred to the Publishing Com-
mittee.

Mr. Charles Dury reported to the Society a new species of
slug (Limax maximus) brought to this country from (lermany.

Col. J. W. Abert being called. upon, gave an interesting talk
upon artistic topics, discussing in order some strange features
of perspective-reflection in the water, and a comparison of
the work of Guido and Raphael.

Rkoular MpnrriNC, June 7, 1S92.

President T. \\. Collier in the chair.

Minutes of last meeting read and approved.

Tho.se gentlemen whose applications were recorded at the
last meeting were duly elected.

Dr. P. M. Bigncy was nominated by Prof. G. W. Harper for
Trustee. Upon motion of Mr. Dury, the Secretary was
instructed to cast the ballot of the Society for Dr. Bigney,
which he did, and the gentleman was declared duly elected.

The President called attention to the deaths of Dr. R. M.
Byrnes and Mr. Jo.seph ("ireen. Upon motion, the Chair
appointed the following committees :

Upon death of Dr. Byrnes — J. Ralston .Skinner, Dr. O. I).
Norton and Prof. G. W. Harper.

Upon death of Mr. Green - T. II. Kellcy, \\. J. Car|)enter
and R. D. Jones.

Proceedings. 63

The following papers were read by title, to-wit :

The Preservation of Plants as P'ossils, by Joseph F. James.

Manual of the Palaeontology of the Cincinnati Group, Part
III, by Joseph P\ James.

Upon motion, they were referred to the Publishing Com-
mittee.

Mr. Dury reported still further about the imported German
slug (Limax maximus) and dis])layed specimens of same.

A general discussion followed upon imported pests.

64 Cincintiati Society of Natural History.

REPORTvS PRESENTED AT THE ANNUAL
MEETING.

REPORT OF THE TREASURER OF THE CINCINNATI

vSOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY, FOR THE

YEAR ENDING APRIL 5, 1S92.

SUMMARY.

Balance on hand. April, 1891, 5357 15

Total receipts from all sources, 3495 93

$3,853 08
Expenditures, 3,182 30

Balance $670

RECEIPTS.

Balance on hand last report $357 '5

Dues and Initiations, 9S0 32

Interest, 2,491 11

Journal, sold copies, 24 50

$3,853 08

EXPENDITURlvS.

Salaries and Wages, |i,o75 00

House expenses, including postages and sundries for

Custodian and Janitor, 207 61

Printing notices and stationery, 89 25

J""rnal, 374 75

Gas bills, 29 24

Repairs, ... 98 57

Bonds cancelled, 900 00

Interest paid, 159 32

Fuel, 1 19 00

Binding, Library account, 62 60

Museum expenses (Taxidermy, rernoving Mohr

Collection, etc.), 66 96

$3.»82 30

The total receipts from ordinary sources, iucliulitig dues,
sales of Journal, atid interest on endowment funds, have been
$96.06 less than the preccdinj^ year. This difference is owing
to the smaller amount of annual dues paid in. This amounted

Tnis/t'cs' Rcporl. 65

to about $300.00, and is clue to the fact that in the previous
year a large amount of back dues was collected.

The Treasurer has, by order of the Executive Board, paid
nine of the six per cent bonds issued'by resolution of February
17, 1 89 1, leaving yet outstanding three of this series, and
eighteen of the five per cent series, or twenty-one hundred
dollars ($2,100) in all. The interest charges on these notes
amounts to $108.00 a year.

The vouchers, orders and bills for items of expenditure will
be presented to the Auditing Committee, together with a list
of the same.

The interest on the endowment funds has been in most
cases promptly paid.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Davis L. JamEvS,

Cincinnati, April 5, 1892. Treasurer.

The undersigned committee, appointed to audit the report
of the Treasurer, beg leave to report that it has carefully
examined the bills and vouchers submitted by the Treasurer
with his report, and find that the same are in all respects
correct. Respectfully submitted,

T. B. Collier,
T. H. Kelley,
Cincinnati, April 20, 1892. Auditing Committee.

TRUSTEES REPORT.

To THE Board of Directors of the Cincinnati Soci-
ety OF Natural History:

Gentlemen — The undersigned Trustees of the Society beg
leave to submit their annual report, showing the funds of the
Society invested as follows :

MORTGAGES ON REAL ESTATE.

FKOiM. Date. Time. Interest. Par Value

Martin Byrnes, .... April 12, 1S87, i year, 6 per cent, $4,cxjo 00

W. S. Baker, .'..... May 9, 1888, 3 years, 7 " 1,500 00

Caroline Blymj'er et al, Nov. 23, 18S7, 2 " 6)^ " 8,coo 00

Anthony Costello, . . . Sept. 19, 1887, 3 " 6 " 1,000 00

66 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

From. Date. 'J'ime. Interest. Par Value

IMary S. Orange, .... Dec. 23, ihSo, 3 years, 6 per cent, 2,000 00

Richard Oliver, ... Aug. 18, 1887, 3 " 6 " 3,000 00

John A. Bigelow, . . . Aug. 31, 1889, 2 " 6 " 1,000 00

Joseph M. Story, . . . Nov. 30, 18S9, 3 " 6 " 1,000 00

ISIargaret A. Shields, . . Dec. 3, 1889, 3 " 6 " 4,000 00

Henry Snow, Dec. 12, 1891, 3 " 6 " 2,coo 00

Alwin Knop Jan. 18, 1892, 4 " 6 " 6,000 00

Hester V. Froome ct al . Mar. 16, 1892, 5 " 6 3,000 00

Total, ^36,500 00

BONDS .\ND NOTKS.

Cincinnati Southern 7-30 bonds, f2,ooo 00

One Cincinnati deficiency bond (1901), 4 per cent, . . 530 00

One Cincinnati deficiency bond (1905), 4 percent, 100 00

Note of A. A. Ferris, July 26, 1890, on demand, 6 per cent. . . 600 00
Cash on hand, 1,500 00

Total I'4.70o 00

REC.M'I'rUI^ATION.

Real estate mortgages, 1136,500 00

Bonds, notes and cash 4,700 00

Total *4 1,200 00

Since our last report both loans made to William M. Este
have been paid, aggregating $12,500.00. This amount has all
been re-invested except $1,500.00, which are still awaiting a
favorable investment. The re-inve.sted funds are represented
by the mortgages to Snow, Knop and Froome. In all of the
loans made during the past year, the Trustees have stipulated
and required that the principal of the loan should l)e payable
in gold dollars, and the three last-named loans are made pay-
able in that form. The interest notes are payable in the cur-
rent funds. It was thoitght advisable to require pa\ment of
l)rincipal in gold to gtiard against any tampering with the
money of the country, and to avoid any substantial change
in the value of the dollar by any legislation that might take
place in Congress. The Trustees request that a committee
be appointed to examine the securities of the vSocicty, as .set
forth in the foregoing report.

Respectfully submitted,

A.\K()N A. Fkkkis, Trusttc.

Cincinnati, April 5, 1S92.

Report of /)i rector of Afttsciun. 67

Klvl'OKT OI' DIRI-X'TOK OI* :\IUSHl'M.

Cincinnati, April 4, 1892.
To THii Pkksidknt and MkmiuvRS of tiik Cincinnati
Socip:ty op Natural History:

As the Director of tlie Museum of the Societ}', I have to
report that the collections are in a good state of preservation,
having been carefully looked after, and the perishable speci-
mens well disinfected and poisoned. The alcoholic specimens
are also in good condition.

During the past year the Paul Mohr Collection has been
transferred to our Museum, and the most attractive poi^tion is
now on exhibition in the third story of the new addition.

A fine collection of East India corals and shells, costing
$400.00, has been donated to the Society, principally through
the efforts of Robert Clarke, Esq. This collection is also dis-
played in the new room alluded to above.

In order to add more light for the proper exhibition of the
articles on the fourth floor of the old building — principally
Osteological specimens — a sky-light should be placed in the
roof. This would also give more light to the stairway.

Our building is very dark and old, and not at all suited to
the proper display of natural history specimens ; and it does
not seem as though it could l)e put in better condition, being
so illy-adapted for the purpose — except at a large outlay of
money. The better thing to do is to secure a lot and a new
building at as early a day as possible, and in view of this it
would be very unwise to spend any money on the old build-
ing, or to buy temporary cases for the specimens, as has been
l^roposed. The onl}^ improvement or outlay I would suggest
is the sky-light before mentioned. This is really necessary
for the proper lighting of the fourth floor, since the back
windows have been closed by the new addition.

The attendance of the public at the Museum has been
greater than ever before — being more than six persons a day
during the entire year.

There have been a number of other donations during the
year, which have been noticed in the Journal of the Society.
Among these is the Shafer Collection of shells and fossils,
donated by the Cuvier Club, but not yet put on exhibition,
owing to a lack of cases suitable for the purpo.se.

68 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

I would also suggest, in the way of permanent improve-
ments for the building, that the front steps should be re-set,
and the front pavement raised and levelled. There should
also be a sidewalk elevator put in the cellar, for the purpose
of raising ashes and other heavy matter.

Respectfully submitted,

J. A. H]:xsiiALL.

REPORT OK THK SKCK]-:TAKV.

Cincinnati, April 5, 1892.

To THE President and Memhers op the Cincinnati
Society of Natural History :

In accordance with the requirements of the Constitution, I
have the honor to submit the following report :

During the past year seven regular meetings of the Society
have been held.

Twelve papers have been read in full, by abstract or by
title, most of which have been published in the Journal of
the Society.

Twenty-three active members have been elected during the
year, and twenty-four members have resigned. One active
member and one life member have died.

Since my last report I have collected and paid over to the
Treasurer the following amounts :

Dues from Members 59^^ 22

Subscription and sale of Journal 24 50

Total fi,oo4 82

And donation to chair fund ^lo.cx), paid to T. H. Kelley, Esq.

Our list of exchanges has been increased by the addition of
the publications of the following societies :

Natural Hist. Soc. of Trentschin, Trentschin, Hungary.

Royal Soc. of South Australia, Adelaide, So. Australia.

State Historical Soc. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.

Societie Vandoise des Sciences Naturelles, Lausanne.

Argentine Society of Nat. History, La Plata, Buenos Ayres.

The library of the Society has received one hundred and
sixty-two volumes and parts of volumes, mostly pamphlets,
by donation and exchange'. vSeventy-seven volumes have
been bound during the year.

Report of Curator of the Photographie Section. 69

Over eighteen lumdred persons have visited the Museum of
the Society since April last.

The Eleventh Annual Course of Free Popular Scientific
Lectures was given during January, February and March, in
our new auditorium, with a very satisfactory attendance.
The lecturers were Gen. B. R. Cowen, Dr. Thos. M. Stewart,
Prof. Chas. A. Harper, Dr. M. H. Fletcher, Dr. A. N. F:ilis,
Prof. Thos. French, Jr., Col. Latham Anderson, Dr. A. B.
Thrasher, Dr. William Carson and Mr. E. H. Wells, who all
gave their services gratuitously, and are certainly entitled to
the thanks of the vSociety.

The entire expense of course was only $18.75.
Respectfully submitted,

J. A. HlCNSIIALL.

report of curator ol' the i'hotociraphic section.

Mr. Pre.sident and Members of the Cincinnati
SociETv of Naturae History:

On behalf of the Photographic Section, I have to report an
undiminished interest in all matters pertaining to Photography.

Our membership is now 113.

We have lost during the past year by death, none.

B}- removal from the cit}', two.

And by resignation, nine.

And have dropped from membership, for non-payment of
dues, 31.

While we have gained ten new members.

In accordance with the custom inaugurated .some years
since, our Annual Outing was given on May 30th last (Decora-
tion Day), and was attended by more than one hundred mem-
bers of this Section and their friends. The place selected
was Foster's Crossing, on the Little Miami R. R., a very
beautiful spot, and convenient of access. In addition to the
Annual Outing, a number of Saturday afternoon excursions
were planned, carried into execution during the past Summer
by a limited number of our members, and proved a most
enjoyable relaxation from the cares of business and pro-
fessional life.

70 Cincintuxti Society of Naluial History.

Our Annual Print Exhibition was given in the studio of E.
H. Barton, in this city, and an exhibition of photographs
made by members of this Society was one of the features of
the fair held at Carthage, Ohio, last Fall, under the auspices of
the Humane Society. Our Annual Lantern Slide Exhibition
was given on the evening of March 25th last, at the Odeon,
and although hardly up to the standard of some of our pre-
vious exhibitions, it called out an audience which, in point of
numbers and intelligence, far exceeded that of any former
exhibition, clearly indicating that the public have not lost
their interest in this kind of an entertainment. The Semi-
monthly exhibitions given by the Photographic Section in this
hall, have been unusually well attended, both by members of
the Natural History Society and by the general public.

This vSection has spent a large amount of money in fitting
up its reception and operating rooms, in the former of which
may be found publications from all parts of this country and
from Europe relating to matters photographic, while in the
latter we have the most improved apparatus known to the
profession, where every convenience is provided for amateurs
to become proficient in the use of the camera by the practice
of in-door photography. The only drawback to the complete
enjoyment of the quarters we occupy has been the untidy
and neglected condition of our operating room, which has
been due, perhaps, as much to the financial policy of the
vSociety, which has been too economic, as to any other cause,
and which has been the ground of serious complaint on the
part of our members. This vSection, embracing, as it does, a
very large proportion of the members of the Society, feel
very much dissatisfied at the manner in which their depart-
ment has been neglected, and are unanimous in their demand
for a radical change in this regard during the coming year. I
would very respectfully recommend to the incoming board,
that special attention be given to the care of the rooms occu-
l>ied by the Photographic vSection. es])ecially as their meeting
room is the only apartment in this Imilding which can l)e used
as a reception or waiting room by the members of the vSociety
and visitors.

Very respectfully submitted,

T. B. COI.MKK.
Cincinnati, Ai)ril 5, 1.S92. Curator.

iJtm

q^^^ ^

Memoir of Pi-. Richard M. liyriies. 71

MEMOIR OF DR. RICHARD M. BYRNKvS*

This brief notice of one who occupied a prominent place in
the Cincinnati Society of Natural History for so many years,
and contributed so materially to its establishment and pros-
perity, and was so well loved and highly esteemed by all the
members, is a simple token for the records of the Society.

Richard Mahan Byrnes was born at Pittsburg, Pennsylvania,
on the 2d day of November, i<S35. He received a moderate
education in his youth, and when quite young came to Cin-
cinnati and entered a jewelry store as a clerk, where he after-
ward became the traveling salesman and most trusted employe
of Garrett T. Dorland, the jeweler, then at the corner of Main
and Pearl streets. While so employed he studied mineralogy,
and when an opportunity was afforded, in his travels, he col-
lected minerals, and gradually became a general collector and
student of Natural History. He also studied' medicine and
attended the Ohio Medical College, where he graduated in the
Spring of 1863. He passed the examination for assistant sur-
geon in the army, hxxi was not called into service. He had a
mind for investigation and accurate observation and carried
his .studies, unaided, through all branches of nature and
nature's productions, until he had made a thorough scholar of
himself when he graduated in medicine, notwithstanding he
had snatched the opportunities from the busy life of a clerk
and salesman. The energy and taste thus displayed is an
example which entitles him to the remembrance of all natural-
ists who desire the spread of learning and diffusion of knowl-
edge among the people, for it shows that all intelligent men,
whatever their station or position, may become educated or
remain in ignorance of everything .surrounding them, that is
worth knowing, as their tastes and judgment may determine.

Soon after he graduated, he located at Middletown, Ohio, to
practice his profession, but he only remained there two years.

*Submitted by coimnittee appointed on death of l)i . K. M. Byrnes, as ])arl of
their report.

72 Citiciutiafi Society of Natural History.

because he thought a better opportunity to accumulate this
world's goods was thrown open to him ; but here was a fatal
mistake. He formed a partnership with H. H. Hill, in the
wholesale and retail drug business, at the corner of PMfth and
Race streets, and invested all he had. Drugs were very high
at that time, but they soon began to decline in value, and their
stock was of such a character that heavy losses ensued, and,
notwithstanding the faithful attention to business for fifteen
ensuing years, the losses were never overcome, and when the
partnership was dissolved and the business closed he was a
much poorer man than when he entered the business. During
all this time, however, he had not neglected the study of
natural science, which was in such perfect harmony with his
pleasant and mild temperament. He had become an analytical
chemist, as well as a druggist, an analytical mineralogist,
and an expert in determining the value of ores : he collected
and published a catalogue of all the fresh water and land
shells of Ohio, and as a scientific botanist he catalogued all
the plants indigenous to this part of the State, except the
mosses and fungi, as well as being proficient in the medicinal
virtues of all known to the pharmacopteia. He had become
a geologist and a palceontologist, and managed to make a very
large and valuable collection of fossils. It is difficult to con-
ceive a career within the bounds of natural history more
versatile and at the .same time more accurate in details than
that which marked the course and pursuits of Dr. R. M.
Byrnes, as all will testify who ever had occasion to call upon
him for information, in any of the various branches in which
he was so proficient.

He was at the head of the movement for the estal)lishment
of the Society of Natural History, and if any one can be said
to be its father it was Dr. R. M. Byrnes. He attended all the
preliminary meetings, and kept the Ijook for the signatures of
those who would take part in founding the institution and
securing its incorporation. He specially solicited signatures
from among those whom he thought from their learning and
habits would be of value to the institution, and no one did
more in this regard than he, though Ludlow Apjoncs and two
or three others were active particijiants, in the beginning,
in establishing the vSocic-ty. When the I)c])artment of Min-

3Ii)iioir of Dr. Kicliard JM. Byrnes. 73

eralogy was established, in 1S71, he was elected Curator,
which position he continued to hold by the annual re-elec-
tions until April, 1880, when he was elected President of the
Society. He was twice re-elected President, thus filling the
office for three consecutive years, after which he was elected
a member at large of the Executive Board. He was a regular
attendant at the meetings of the vSociety and a frequent visitor
at the rooms, and spent a great deal of time in cleaning and
arranging the various collections. He made an excellent pre-
siding officer, and was always commended for his sincerity and
fairness in all the matters that came before the meetings, and
as the minutes will show, he was always in the chair to fill the
position and perform the duties for which he was elected.

He was one of the founders of the College of Pharmacy,
with which he was officially connected in some capacity for
more than twenty years. He was appointed by the Court of
Common Pleas a member of the examining board for two suc-
cessive terms, and he served as trustee for ten years, beside
serving on the L,ecture Committee, and being President of the
College.

He was appointed a special assistant on the Geological vSur-
vey of Ohio, as will be seen on the title page and in the preface
to Volume IV, to prepare an article on the Mollusks of the
vState. He did the work, but it was never printed, as the
second volume on zoology and botanj' never appeared.

He was an all-around naturalist; honest, generous, kind and
beloved by all who knew him ; and when the fabric of his life
is unfolded, it will be found free from spot or blemish, a model
of even workmanship, valuable and lasting in all its parts and
beneficial, not only to contemporary students, but to those
who shall examine it for a long time to come.

He resumed the practice of medicine in this city in 1881, in
which service he continued until the approach of his untimely
death. La Grippe and partial paralysis .struck him down two
3'ears ago, from the effects of which he never entirely recov-
ered. In March last he went to Eldridge, Iowa, hoping the
trip might benefit him, but his health gradually failed and he
expired, at that place, on the 28th day of May, at the age of
56 years. His body was interred here at Spring Grove
Cemetery.

74 Cincinuati Society of Natural History.

On the 8th day of August, i860, he married, at Pittsburg,
Pa., Elizabeth A. Kwing, a ver}- estimable lad}', who survives
him, with four sons, to mourn the loss of an affectionate hus-
band and father, and in whose grief the members of this
Society deeply sympathize and offer this testimonial of their
condolence. S. A. M.

The Preservation of I'lants as J'ossils. 75

THI-: PRESERVATION OF PLANTS AS FOSSIES.
Bv J().si;pH F. Jamks, M. Sc, F. G. S. A.

(Read bj- Title June 7, 1892.)

The subject of the preservation of plants in a fossil state is
of great importance to all who look back into the past and try
to ascertain the origin of our present flora. To some it mat-
ters little whether the primeval seas were filled with alg?e or
devoid of vegetable life ; to some the species and genera
which grew and absorbed the sunlight of long-ago Carbon-
iferous times are matters of the utmost indifference. But
whether of interest or not, no one can deny the value of those
.stores of coal which have resulted from the presence of plant
life ; which have given light and life to the world, and have
made human exi.stence possible in .spots which otherwise
would have remained desert wastes.

It is a peculiar trait of the human mind to be curious about
subjects which come directly under its ob.servation. To this
trait, and to that other frequently abused characteristic - — dis-
satisfaction, are to be ascribed many of the advances of the
world. To the curious we owe the increa.se and perfection of
our knowledge to the dissatisfied we are indebted for many
improvements in our social and ph^-sical condition.

The.se curious folk who have delved in the bosom of the
earth to gather some information relative to past conditions,
have brought to light many facts of great interest. It is true
we know but few of the details of the earth's hi.story. That
is one reason for the existence of that bane of the paleontolo-
gist— the imperfection of the geological record, to which con-
stant reference is made when some hiatus becomes manifest.
This being filled, it might round out some of our nearl}' com-
pleted theories. It might also .serve to dissipate some of our
crude but beloved hypotheses.

There are some statements of geologists which, although
made inferentially, may be considered as having reached the
stage of probability ; others which may be considered certain-

76 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

ties; still others that are still highly problematical. Among
the certainties may be placed that which asserts the origin of
coal from forests of cryptogamous plants, in what is known as
the Coal era ; among the probabilities, that which says the
early Cambrian and Silurian seas were filled with algte ; while
among the highly problematical statements is that which
asserts the preservation as fossils of much of the early algal
vegetation.

When our early searchers began their investigations they
frequently met with curious objects which bore no resemblance
to animals, and which did not seem to be related in any way
to ordinary plants. Finally, Adolphe Brongniart, in 1822,
coined the genus Fucoides, into which he placed those
fossil objects considered by him to be the remains of algae.

It is not the intention here to enter into a disquisition on
the genus Fucoides. That may be reserved for another occa-
sion. It mu.st suffice to say that the genus was eagerly
accepted by the grateful students of geology, who forthwith
proceeded to unload into it all the objects which were certainly
not of animal origin, but which they thought must be the
remains of some living thing of by-gone ages. The result of
this was that before many years the genus began to overflow,
and then, like an overloaded wagon, broke down. Originally
designed as a receptacle for alga-, it soon contained an
agglomeration of objects which bore no likeness to anything
but themselves. Of late years this chaotic mass has been
sifted out. Among the debris we find tracks of crustaceans,
burrows of worms, trails of moUusks, marks made by trailing
tentacles of niedusce, markings made by the tide or waves,
rills made by running water, and holes formed by burrowing
worms. The study of this mass of material has revealed the
fact that tho.se phenomena, which can be seen on the shores of
our oceans, lakes and rivers to-day, were just as common in
times past. We, therefore, seem ju.stified in a.ssuming that
conditions prevailing now were in existence then.

The conditions governing the preservation of plants in a
fossil .state vary greatly. So, too, what may be termed the
"expectation" of j^rcservation varies. For example, a leaf or
a branch falling to the ground and lying ex]>osed to the
elements is far less likely to be ])reserved than one which is
])r()U'cU(l from these destroying agencies. Also, a plant of a

The Preset valioji of I'/aii/s as Fossils. 77

hard, woody, vascular nature stands a better chance of being
preserved than one of cellular structure ; while one of a
silicious nature, such as a diatom, has the best "expectation"
of all three. There are certain requisites necessary to insure
preservation of any plant. One of these is that it must be in
a position to be almost immediately covered by some material.
It may fall into the water, and sinking to the bottom of a lake,
or swamp, or morass, be covered by mud or sand. Or it may lie
on the sea shore and be covered by sand brought in with the
tide ; or finally, it may, through certain chemical properties
it possesses, so act upon the stone upon which it lies as to be
preserved, not in actual substance, but as an intaglio.

As now generally recognized, the plants of the Coal era
grew upon the .shore or in the waters of swamps or marshes
situated upon or near the .shores of the sea, so that the tides
could enter, if not daily, at lea.st at intervals. O.scillations of
the land, an alternate rising and falling, allowed the sea
ingress, and then was deposited a mass of sand or gravel
which compressed the vegetable matter lying on the bottom,
and under the pressure turned it into coal. In this way was
preserved not only the outline, but the actual substance of the
plant. This, however, is not always the case. Very frequently
leaves occur in a fossil state which are impressions merely.
The sandstone shows no traces of carbonaceous matter,
but the outlines and the venation are as perfect as if the
actual leaf were before us. In these instances the particles
of organic matter have been replaced, particle by particle,
by silica. This also occurs in those cases when branches
or leaves are immersed in hot water, having silica in solution,
as in certain geysers of the Yellowstone region. Here, when
at times a tree .stands near enough to a geyser to receive the
water periodically thrown up, it will be found gradually tran.s-
formed into stone, suffering a living death.

Perhaps the most remarkable method by which plants or
their outlines may be preserved, is by what may be termed the
chemical process. The possibility of this occurred to me one
day last Fall, as I walked along the street in the rain, and
looked at the fallen leaves on the pavements. I first noticed
numerous irregular, discolored patches on the stone slabs.
Looking more closely, I found that these discolorations had
been caused by the leaves, which had left their impress on the

jS Cincifuiati Society of Natural History.

Stone. In many cases this impression was so distinct that
there was no difficulty in recognizing the species. The leaves
were tho.se of the .soft maple, one or two species of oak, tulip
tree and sycamore. There is here a po.ssibility of the pre-
servation of the remains of plants, or at all events of their
impress upon stone, had it occurred under more favorable
circumstances. But on a pavement, where people were pa.ss-
ing constantly, the impressions were worn off and soon disap-
peared. The rain, however, did not seem to wash them away,
so they were something more than mere surface markings.

This method of preservation of plants has been noticed as
long ago as 1858, and in the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History printed in that year,'^- Mr. Chas. Peach publi.shcd a
paper in which he speaks of the "Nature-printing" of .sea-
weeds on the rocks of one of the Orkney Islands, off the
coast of Scotland. The genera and species were easily
recognizable from the impressions, these being of a yellowish
color on a dark background. Some of the slabs of .stone were
two or three feet long and half as wide, lying from one-half to
one-third way between tide marks. The .stones were coated
with an olive-brown seaweed, Ralfsia verrucosa, and Mr.
Peach makes the following remarks in regard to it :

" This coatinj^ may be likened to the chemical preparation in photog-
raphy, the Rat/sia being the sensitive part to be eaten away by its
overlying corrosive brother. The impress is thus made and the stone
wheji washed by the next flowing tide is cleared of all the vegetable
matter, both of the decaying /)cs)fiarcstia and dissolved A'at/'sia : the
picture is then beautifully shown (fi.xed) on the light-yellow coated
slab. Not onlv does the Des)iiarcstia destroy the Ra/fsia. it also dis-
solves some of the rock; and thus, as well as the dejjression left by
the \j'ashing out of the alga, it is engrave<l in the stone; and probably
this depression is added to, time after time, by the carbonic acid in the
sea-water, and thus the more indelible it becomes."

The writer goes on to state that impressions of this sort
are quite common in various geological formations, and con-
cludes by expressing the belief that while .some of the many
problematical markings may have been produced by annelids
and Crustacea, most of them represent algal remains. While
we can not agree with this conclusion, the ob.servations of
Mr. Peach are of great interest, as indicating a method of
preservation of i)lant impressions which has not been gen-
erally noticed or comnicnUd ui)()n.

*3d ser.. vol. ii., pp. so-s-i.

Nezv Species and .Yew Slyuclural Parts of Fossils. 79

SOME NEW vSPECIICvS AND NEW STRUCTURAL
PARTS OF FOSSILS.

By S. a. Miij.KK AND Charlies Fahkk.

(Read Auj^ust 2, 1892.)

MoniOKoi'Sis cokkuc;ata, n. sp.

Plate /, Fig- 1, left side view, natural size.

Shell above medium size, oblong, widening behind the beaks,
both on the cardinal and basal lines; height a little more than
the thickness ; truncated at an angle of nearly forty-five
degrees in front of the beaks, and rounded into the basal mar-
gin ; posterior end rounded. Basal margin very slightly con-
tracted by a shallow undefined cincture that arises below and
in front of the beak on each valve and extends obliquely to
the basal margin. vSoniewhat winged on the cardinal line
posterior to the middle of the shell. Beaks at the anterior
end of the shell and extending quite beyond the hinge line.
Umbones moderately large ; umbonal ridge swelling in the
middle of the shell and fading away toward the postero-basal
margin. Surface marked by strong ribs, that originate on the
hinge line and at an undefined depression above the umbonal
ridge and curve backward and downward to the base, where
they are most strongly defined. The posterior cardinal wing
is ribbed in- straight and also in slightly curving lines, directed
upward and backward from the same undefined depression.
A few obscure shallow concentric depressions are seen on
some of the casts. The muscular impression is not deep or
large, and it is located below and anterior to the beaks. Ex-
ternal shell unknown.

This species is distinguished by the general form, and by
the posterior cardinal wing, from M. plwladiformis, which the
.surface markings of the .shell would, otherwise, seem to all}' it.
It need not be compared with any other defined species.

8o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

It is in the collections of both authors, but the type belongs
to Mr. Faber. Found in the Hudson River Group, near the
top of the hills, in Cincinnati.

MODIOLOPSIS I.ONGA, n. sp.

Plate /, /vV. 2, left side vieic; Fii^. ^, cardinal vie~a\ natural
size.

Shell very loni;-, gradually enlarging from the front to the
posterior third, and even widening posterior to this: hinge
line straight, basal margin nearly straight in the middle part
of the shell ; cardinal and basal lines gradually converge from
near the posterior end to the beaks ; height greater than the
thickness ; anterior and posterior ends rounded ; a flattened
area exists below and behind the beaks extending obliquely
to the basal margin, but it does not produce any contraction
of the basal margin. Beaks near the anterior end of the shell
and extending beyond the cardinal line. Umbones quite small
and umbonal ridge soon disappearing in the graduallj' increas-
ing ventricose character of the valves behind the beaks. Mus-
cular impressions small and very little below and anterior to
the beaks. The casts at hand do not preserve any of the sur-
face markings, though the casts are in a good .state of preser-
vation. External shell unknown.

This species is distinguished by its general elongated form,
converging basal and cardinal lines, undefined umbones, and
expanding and wedge-shaped posterior end. There is no
defined species with which it can be confounded.

Found by Charles Faber, in the Hudson River Group, on
the hills, at Cincinnati, and now in his collection.

MoDiOLOPSis sin.cAT.v, n. sp.
/'late /, /•"/<,'. 7, left side rieie, natnral si:e.

vShell about medium si/.e, elongate, subelliptical in (nilline :
height greater than thickness; both anterior and po.sterior
ends rounded ; cardinal line .slightly arched behind the beaks;
basal margin broadly and gently rounded. Basal margin very
slightly contracted by a shallow undefined cincture, that arises

New Species and Xezc Stnicdiral Parts of /''ossils. 8i

at the beak on eacli valve, and is directed ol^liquely downward
and backward, lieaks at the anterior end of the shell and ex-
tending beyond the hinge line. Umbones of moderate size
and nmbonal ridge gradually enlarging until it passes the
middle of each valve and then tapering to the postero-basal
margin. Posterior end wedge shaped. vSurface of each valve
marked by a rather broad furrow that arises at the cardinal
line behind the beaks and extends in an oblique line to the
postero-basal margin, and above this, near the middle of the
shell another furrow arises and extends to the posterior end of
the shell, and above this within the posterior third of the .shell
another furrow arises and extends to near the postero-cardinal
margin. Below the finst described furrow, the sHell is ribbed
in slightly curving lines to the basal margin, where they are
most strongl)^ defined. A few obscure concentric lines are
seen on the cast behind the commencement of the principal
oblique furrow. The muscular impression and external shell
unknown.

This species is di.stinguished by its subelliptical outline, and
by three oblique furrows on each valve. This latter pecul-
iarity we have never observed on any other species in this
genus.

Found by Charles Faber, in the Hudson River Group, on
the hills, at Cincinnati, and now in his collection.

AviCL'LOPECTKN (;ERM.\NUS, U. Sp.

Plate /, Fi^. (j, left valve, natural size.

Shell small, a little higher than long ; inequilateral ; oblique;
base regularly rounded ; antero-basal and po.stero-basal mar-
gins rounded. Hinge oblique, nearly straight, not quite equal-
ing the greatest length of the valves below. Posterior ear
extends to the lateral border, with which it forms nearly a
right angle ; it graduates into the .shell below, without the
presence of a sinus. Anterior ear rather shorter than the pos-
terior one, angular at the extremity and rounding on the mar-
gin below into a notch, and arching from the wing into a deep
and distinct sinus that separates it from the posterior margin
of the shell. Umbo tumid and umbonal slopes diverging

82 Cincintiati Society of Natural History.

to the margin. Beak high, pointed and projecting beyond the
cardinal margin a little forward of the middle of the hinge
line. There are two costse on the po.sterior ear, and three or
more finer ones on the anterior ear. There are about twelve
principal radiating ribs on the body of the shell and about
half as many rudimentary and intercalated shorter ribs between
them ; they are separated by wider flattened spaces. It is dif-
ficult to tell from our specimens whether or not there were
any concentric lines, though they are quite well preserved ;
if there were such lines they were very fine.

This species approaches more nearly to A. rectilaioarius
than to any other, but it may be readily distinguished by the
scarcity of the radiating ribs and the wide flattened spaces
between them ; the beak, too, is higher and more pointed, as
well as having a more tumid umbo.

Found in the Coal Measures on Elkhorn Creek, in Kentucky,
and now in the collection of Mr. Falser.

Oktiiodesm.v mundum, n. sp.

Plate /, /'Vi,'. //, left valve slightly brokeji at the fostcrior
Old ; Fig. J 2, cardinal vietv, natural size.

Species a little below the medium size. Shell elongate, more
than twice as long as wide, thickness less than half the width.
Cardinal and ])asal lines diverging at a slight angle posteriorly.
Anterior end forward of the beaks very thin, contracted
beneath the beaks, then somewhat extended and abruptly
rounded to the basal margin. Posterior end broad, obliquely
rounded and produced at the postero-ba.sal angle, which is
abruptly rounded into the base. Beaks anterior, small and
produced beyond the cardinal line. Umbones compressed
and flattened toward the basal margin and forming a ridge on
each valve directed toward the postero-basal angle, above
which they are depressed into a thin, wing-like expansion
toward the postero - cardinal border. vSurface marked with
fine concentric lines.

This species can not be readily confounded with any other
described form, and no comparison is, therefore, necessary.

Found in the Hudson River (iroup, near the top of the hills,
at Cincinnati, and now in llie collection of Mr. h'aber.

Neiu Species and A'ew Slriiclunxl Paris of Fossils. S3

Pk()T().scoi,I':x macni s, n. sp.

Plate /, /vi,'. 5, Haliiral size : P/]^ . 6, niag7iificd lico diatnelers.

This species is larger tlian any defined by Mr. ITlrich, but
otherwise very much like P. ornalKs. His diagnosis of the
genus is limited, and no idea of the character or substance of
the shell is indicated, and, therefore, in attempting to describe
this species there will necessarily be a commingling of generic
and specific characters, to a certain extent.

The test is very thin and exceedingly fragile. If one could
conceive of a crinoid column composed of very thin plates and
possessed of a thin epidermal coating, which it could shed, and
such coating could become fossilized and more or less com-
pressed, it would be a very good ideal representation of the
tests in this genus. Generally they are finely granular and
black or brownish black, but, sometimes, they have a grayish
color something like that of a crinoid, but without the crystal-
line structure. They are not any thicker than the coating of
a Graptolite, and do not have the same .shining black color or
corneous texture. They occur in soft blue shale or semi-in-
durated mud.

As above remarked, the}' appear as compressed, elongate,
cjdindrical bodies, composed of very thin segments. In the
species under consideration, the length of about ten segments
will equal the greatest diameter of the body, in its compressed
condition. Each segment is ornamented with a single row of
six or eight papilke. All specimens observed are curved more
or less, and all taper a little toward one end. The length of
the specimen, part of which only is illustrated, is one and three-
fourths inches, and the larger end is not complete, and it is
doubtful about the completeness of the smaller end.

That these bodies are not crinoid columns, in any state of
mineralization, the following evidences are offered:

1. No crinoidal matter enters into the substance of the test.

2. We know of no crinoid columns, in any group of rocks,
having undergone such destruction and mineralization as to
leave only the representation of the extreme outer coating, in
a fossil condition.

3. We know of no crinoid columns in the group of rocks,

84 Cinciniiali Sociely of Natural History.

in which these fossils occur, having such thin plates as the
segments of these bodies represent.

4. The outer papillae bearing covering of crinoids is the
first to suffer destruction, and it is rare, in pakeozoic rocks, to
see this part represented in any state of preservation.

We have no evidence to offer to show that they represent
the tubes of Annelida, but probably they do, and as we can
not class them anywhere else, we leave them where others
have placed them.

Found by Mr. Kaber in rocks of the age of the Utica Slate,
near low water mark, below Mowry's Foundry, in Cincinnati,
and now in his collection.

Cyclocvstoidks cincinn.\tikn.sis, n. sp.
Plate /, Fio-. 7, natural size : Fig. <S\ niaguijicd t'U'o dianutcrs.

This species, so far as known, consists of a ring composed
of thirty equal subcuneate plates, surrounded with a thin
rim composed of minute granular plates. The plates of the
ring are narrow and separated by rather wide furrows, the
sharper edge being on the inner side of the ring ; they show
no surface ornamentation. The groove on the inner side of
the ring can be seen distinctly, but the rest of the internal
part is unknown. The outer rim is composed of such minute
plates, that they can hardly be distinguished with an ordinary
magnifier. The diameter of the specimen illustrated is al)out
one-third of an inch, but the width of the rim is only about
two-hundredths of an inch.

This species is distinguished from such species as C. vmgnus
and C. hellulns, by the character and structure of the outer
rim alone, and it will be distinguished from most other species
by the shape of the plates in the ring, and, as we think the
number of plates in the ring is of sjiecific importance (and it
is, so far as any learning and research has 3'et extended), that
character will distinguish it from all heretofore described, as
none have been defined having thirty plates. There is no
described species with which it is necessary to make a com-
pari.son, for the purpose of distinguishing it.

Found in the Hudson River Croup, near the top of the hills,
in Cincinnati, and now in the collection of Mr. Faber.

New Species and Ne7v Shuctnial Parts of h'ossils. 85

Cyclocystoidhs, sp.

Plate I, Fig. I ^, fragment of superior side, showing part of the
ring, the outer rim, having manimillaryjcars, and below and
beyond this, plates from the other side ; on the interior of the
ring may be seen the commencement of the iiiternal rays, and
belo7V this the plates bclo7iging to the other side ; Fig. 14,
plates on the dorsal side of the sa?ne specimen; Fig. 15, the
same magnified tivo diameters.

The ring is mineralized and cracked, so it does not show the
plates, and, therefore, the species to which this fragment
belongs can not be determined. Judging from the rim it
belongs to C. magnus, or an allied species. The plates on the
dorsal side, not only cover the internal disc, but they cover
the dor.sal side of the ring and rim and may be seen extend-
ing beyond even that. Probably, in a better preserved speci-
men, an outer rim of minute plates exists .beyond the rim of
mammillary elevations. The dorsal plates are so large that it
is remarkable that they have remained unnoticed until this
time.

Found in the Hudson River Group, on the hills, in Cincin-
nati, h\ Mr. Faber.

Agkl.vcrixus pileus?
IVate /, Fig. 10, the under side, sho7ci)ig part of the structure.

We suppose the specimen before us is the under side of
Agelacrinus pileus, because of its depth, but it may be A. cin-
cinnatiensis. Probaby the lower side of each is constructed
substantially alike, as there is very little diflference between
their upper faces. We have no recollection of ever having
read a description of the under side of any specimen, in this
genus, except that given by Meek, in Ohio Pal., vol. 2, p. 55,
as follows :

" The under side of each arm or ray is here seen to be com-
posed of a single series of quadrangular pieces, that are not
imbricating ; while the disc plates near the outer margin show,
on their inner surfaces, little parallel ridges, directed inward,
and apparently fitting into corresponding furrows in the lap-
ping edges of the contiguous pieces."

86 Cificiiinaii Society of Natural History.

Our specimen must be much better preserved than his, as
it shows much more than his did. The iml:)ricating plates, of
course, are simply the reverse of the opposite side. It is in
the arms and central part that we note important structural
discoveries. The under side of the rays, as seen from below,
consist of a row of plates on each side of the furrow, which
interlock at the bottom of the furrow, and are, therefore,
without reference to abutting imbricating plates, pentagonal
instead of quadrangular, as Meek described them. They
extend beyond the margin of the imbricating plates into the
visceral cavity, half the depth of the ambulacral furrows, and
are separated from each other, in their extension laterally into
the visceral cavity, so as to present a strongly serrated edge,
as shown in the illustration. The furrows are covered with
thin non-imbricating plates, that do not cover the serrated
edges above described. Part of the covering is preserved in
our specimen, as shown in the illustration, on two rays, but
the plates are so small and the sutures so indistinct, that they
could not be shown, except in a greatly magnified view. The
coverings of the rays are united near the center of the fossil
by a subpentagonal rim, that extends deeper into the visceral
cavity than any part of the internal rays, and, we believe,
extended to the very bottom of the test, and formed the part
of the organism that adhered to the foreign object to which
these animals attached. Three sides of this projecting rim
are preserved and shown in the illustration, and the surface is
flattened, as if for the purpose of attachment. Within this
pentagonal rim there is a pit showing the five subovate
mouths of the amljulacral canals, which are also indicated in
the illustration.

This internal framework of Agelacrinus, we believe, has
never before been illustrated or described. We regret that
the side of the central pit, on which the anal opening is
situated, and the internal part of that orifice, are destroyed in
our specimen; for it would be very interesting to know
whether or not the two were connected, and, if so, in what way.

The specimen illustrated was found near the top of the
hills, in Cincinnati, in the Hudson River Group, and belongs
to Mr. Faber.

Nc7C' species aud New Sir uc I ma I Parts of Fossils. 87

Hoi,ocYSTrri';s afi'inis, n. sp.

Plate /, Fig. 16, anterior side vica' ; I'ig. //, posterior side
vic7c ; Fii^. /<S', sininiiit viejc.

Species nicdiuni size, sessile, subovate to sn1)j^lol)ose, pos-
terior and left side more tuinid than the anterior and right
side, and the most tiiniid part is below the middle. There are
al)out seven ranges of plates of unequal size and a few inter-
calated ones. The mouth is large and a little anterior to the
central part of the summit. Ambulacral orifice near the pos-
terior central part of the summit, and surrounded with four
prominent arm bases. All the plates are ornamented with
large pustules, and pierced with numerous pores. There are
a number of the large circular openings or pits irregularly
distributed on various parts of the test, like those described
on //. eleganSy H. rotundiis and H. iurbiiiatus, the economy of
which has not been ascertained, and which may represent
only a diseased test.

It would seem to be most nearly related to such forms as
H. ornatissinius and H. subovatus, but a comparison with the
illustrations will show it is distinguished by its form and the
location of the mouth and ambulacral orifice, as well as by the
number of the plates and by the circular pits, if that charac-
ter indicates a specific difference. These pits cross sutures
and ma}' embrace the angles of three or four plates, or they
ma}' be embraced wholly within a plate ; when they cross a
suture the suture seems to disappear and the plates at that
place are anchylosed. This anchylosis and some of the rock
which adheres to the specimen illustrated has prevented us
from correctly outlining all the plates. The Holocystites are
so variable in all respects that it is hard to tell exactly what
should be considered specific characters and what should be
regarded as variations among fossils belonging to the same
species.

Found in the Niagara Group, near Madison, Indiana, and
now in the collection of Mr. Faber.

88 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

MANUAL OF THE PALKOXTOLOOV OF THK
CINCINNATI GROUP.

By Joski'H F. Jamks, M. Sc, F. G. vS. A.
Part III.

(Continued from Vol. xiv, p. 163.)

(Read l)y Title June 7, 1S92.)

Sub-class vStk()MATop()K()I1)i:.\.

A group of Hydrozoa, with a calcareous and frequently
large-sized " coenosteum " or skeleton ; varying in form from a
spherical or irregular and sometimes branched mass, to a thin,
flattened expansion ; frequently attached to some foreign body
by a single point, or by an epithecal membrane ; exhibiting,
more or less clearly, a series of concentric laminx, separated
by interlaminar spaces ; the former arising from processes
given off at certain definite points from rods or pillars running,
either between two lamina;, or crossing several in succession ;
outer surface with numerous minute pores, or obtuse, imper-
forate projections.

The group is confined to Silurian and Devonian rocks, and
is made by Nicholson to include the aberrant Dcatricea, as
well as the typical Stroniatopora, (Man. of Pal., vol. i, 1889,
pp. 229-231). In the Cincinnati Group three genera are
represented, the characters of which arc given below.

Genus i. — Stromatoi'ORA, Goklfu.ss, 1S26.

Skeleton (ccenosteum) consisting of concentric, calcareous
lamince, separated by distinct interlaminar spaces, which are
cros.sed by numerous radial pillars; radiating water canals
and surface grooves sometimes present, and placed around
minor centers: openings of large canals (o.scula) al.so some-
times ])resent ; growing in irregular masses, sometimes with

Palconlology of the Cincinnati (.'roup. 89

a foreign body as a nucleus ; spreading out into extended
expansions, covered inferiorly by a thin, striated, calcareous
epitheca, or else growing in thin layers parasitically upon for-
eign objects. (Goldfuss, Petrefac. Germ., 1826, p. 22; Nich.
& Murie, Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool., vol. 14, 1.S77, p. 217).
Ri-niarks. — First defined by Goldfuss in icS26, the above
description is taken from Nicholson and Murie's Monograph
of the Stromatoporoidea. Although it has been stated by one
author that the genus does not occur in Lower Silurian rocks,
there are certainly some species that with the present defini-
tion can be referred here with justice. The forms given
below have been found in the Cincinnati Group.

I\rv to Species.

a. Free; hollow, tubular or cylindrical.

1. tubularis; outer surface without monticules.

2. subcylindrica ; outer surface with prominent monticules.

/;. Parasitic, incrusting shells, corals and other sub-
stances.

3. lichenoides ; surface rugose ; occasional large canals.

4. scabra ; surface with prominent monticules.

5. papillata ; surface granular, papillae closely set.

6. ludlowensis ; both free and parasitic ; surface rough
and with both minute pores and large oscula.

c. Massive.

7. hindei ; surface with low, obscure monticules.

8. indianiensis ; monticules v^ery numerous and prominent.

I. — vS. TUBUi.ARis, IT. P. James, 18S4.

Cylindrical or tubular, hollow, 2 to 2>4 inches in diameter
and I inch or more long; laminae about oV i^ch thick, irregu-
lar, wavy, with .serrate edges ; interspaces thin ; oscula at
irregular intervals ; central cavity of tube filled with broken
shells, corals, or masses of clay, or sometimes entirely
empty. (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1884, p. 139.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Morrow and Lebanon, Ohio.

Remarks. — A curious and well-marked species, showing in
weathered specimens the characteristic laminae. Some speci-

go Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

mens still have the central cavit}' filled with foreign material,
as in the original figured specimen, while in others this has
entirely disappeared. The specimens are then circular, one
in particular being napkin-like in shape, without any indica-
tion of its having been broken at either end.

2. — S. suBCVLiNDRic.v, U. P. James, 1.SS4.

Subcylindrical, hollow, sometimes compressed ; exterior
surface covered with prominent monticules, y'y to i,V of ^^
inch high, irregularly distributed; apices and slopes of these
with radiating lines or depressions, giving them a stellate
aspect ; spaces between the monticules covered with circular
or elongate papillae, ^V of an inch apart ; no surface pores ;
specimens curved, 2 to 2)2 inches long; internal structure
irregularly porous. (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1884,
p. 20). Labechia montifera, Ulrich, Contrib. to Am. Paleont.,
vol. I, 1886, p. 33.

Locality. — Morrow and Clarksville, Ohio, and Madison,
Indiana.

Remarks. — This species is readily distinguished from the
previous one. Both are hollow, the interior cavity being
filled with some foreign substance in each, but the outer sur-
face is very different in having prominent monticules, the
tops and sides of which have openings in them. Labechia
viontifera, referred to here as a synonym, was described in
1886. There are no features given for it which justify its
separation as a distinct species.

3. — S. (?) ijcnKN<)iDp:s, U. P. James, 1879.

C<x.-nosteum a thin expansion, irregular in outline, parasitic
on corals; Y^ to X' inch in diameter, and ){ to '.- line or more
thick; surface rugo.se or undulating, and with small, irregu-
larly-shaped pores, with occasional larger, circular oscula-
like openings ; in some S])ccimens larger and more irregularly-
shaped pores are found about the margin. (The Paleontolo-
gist, No. 3, Jan. 15, 1879, p. 18).

Locality. Cincinnati, Lebanon, IJatavia, HIanchester, etc., ().

ralcontology of the Cincinnati Group. 91

Remarks. — This species differs markedly from both the
foregoing. It is a parasitic form, growing on various species
of brachipoda and corals. The outer surface shows both
large and small pores.

4. — S. SCAUKA, U. P. James, 1S79.

Coenosteum a thin crust on foreign bodies, (shells or corals),
one line or less thick, made up, apparently, of very thin
laminae; surface marked with prominent, conical or elongated
monticules, Yz line to a line high, and from one to two lines
apart ; entire surface covered with closely set papilhe, gen-
erally with small, circular openings at the apex ; varying in
size from one to two inches square. (The Paleontologist, No.
3, Jan. 15, 1879, p. 18.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Lebanon, Blanchester, etc., O.

Remarks. — Resembles the preceding, {licJienoides), in being
parasitic, but differs in its prominent monticules, and the
presence of papilke between them. In this respect it re-
sembles the species that follows, ])ut that one is without any
monticules.

5. — vS. PAPiLLATA, U. P. James, 1S78.

Co^no.steum a thin crust on corals, shells, etc.; outer surface
with small, closely set, prominent papillae or tubercles, giving
a granular appearance ; papillae with or without circular
openings at the apices ; 6 to 8 papillae in one line, the inter-
spaces non-poriferous. (The Paleontologist, No. i, July 7,
1878, p. I.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Lebanon, Blanchester, etc., Ohio.

Remarks. — As noted in the remarks on the previous species,
this one differs mainly in having no monticules.

6. — S. LUDLOWKNSis, U. P. James, 1884.

Ccjcnosteum varying in outline and in size; 4 /^ by 3 inches,
and 2^2 inches thick; sometimes parasitic, and then varying
from yV to ^ of an inch thick ; laminae irregular, undulating,
from 4 to 6 in yV of an inch, including interspaces; transverse
sections show numerous circular or oval oscula (?) irregularly

92 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

distributed ; surface irregular and rough, showing numerous
minute pores and a greater or less number of oscula. (Jour.
Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1884, p. 140.)

Locality. — Ludlow, Ky., etc.

Remarks. — This species occurs under both a parasitic and a
free form. The presence of small pores and larger oscula at
the surface, will serve to distinguish it from the others
described.

7. — S. HiNDKi, Nichol-son, 1874.

There is a specimen of the present genus in the collection
of the U. S. National Museum without a name which has
man}' of the characters of .S. Iiindci. It is massive, and only a
fragment of a large specimen. The polished section does not
show the large oscula said to be one of the characters of 5".
/ti)id('i. The lamime are very sinuous, and close together,
averaging about five to a line. A portion of the outer surface,
which is still preserved, shows rounded monticules, not very
prominent. A condensation of the original description of Dr.
Nicholson is given below to serve for identifying the species,
should it actually occur in the Cincinnati Group.

Fossil forming thin crusts, or hemispheric masses, com-
posed of concentrically dispo.sed strata, each made up of cal-
careous laminae separated by interspaces ; lamiuse sometimes
connected by transverse pillars, but more commonly bent and
curved so as in inosculate, thus giving the whole a vesicular
appearance ; about 8 laminae in one line ; upper surface shows
linear openings, and also large rounded or oval canals from a
line to a line and one-half in diameter. (Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., 4th ser., vol. 13, 1874, p. 12.)

Locality. — Richmond, Ind.

Remarks. — ^. //zV/rt'r/ is stated b\- Nicholson to be from the
Niagara group, and it is, of ctnirsc, i)ossibk- that the form under
consideration is not that species.

8. — vS. INDIANMKN'.SIS, U. Sp.

There is a second specimen of Stromato/)ora in the U. S.
National Museum, also without a name. This is a massive
species, about 8 inches long, 6 inches wide and 5 inches high.
The monticules are very numerous and <|nile large and jiromi-

Palcoiitoloi^y of the Cincintiati Croup. 93

nent. The internal structure can not be ascertained, because
of the presence of calcite in a crystallized form, but at one
point the characteristic layers of Stromatopora can be observed.
For this specimen the name, 5. indianicnsis is proposed, inas-
much as it seems to be undescribed. In its prominent monti-
cules it bears considerable resemblance to S. tuberculata,
Nicholson, but that species is parasitic, while the present one
is massive.

Locality. — Near Connersville, Indiana, in the upper layers
of the Cincinnati Group, associated with Bcatrica nodulosa
and Bcllerophon bilobaliis. Collected by A. C. Benedict.

Genus 2. — Stromatocerium, Hall, 1S47.

Skeleton (ca^no-steum) massive, composed of dense, thick,
calcareous, horizontal and concentric lamina.% separated by
narrow and irregular interspaces ; laminae irregularly dis-
posed ; no radial pillars crossing interlaminar spaces ; entire
mass perforated by vertical tubes without walls at short and
irregular distances ; the tubes place the interlaminar spaces
in communication, but can not be said to run from top to
bottom. (Hall, Pal. of N. Y., vol. i, 1847, p. 48; emend.,
Nich. & Murie, Jour. Linn. Soc. Loud., Zoology, vol. 14, 1877,
p. 222.)

Remarks. — The original description of this genus was very
meager and unsatisfactory, and the emended one given by
Nicholson and Murie, as above, is preferred. It is perhaps
doubtful whether it occurs at Cincinnati. It is given, how-
ever, to serve as a means of identification in case it be found.

I.— S. CAN.'VDKNSK, Nichol.sou & Murie, 1878.

Skeleton (cfcnosteum) in the form of large, rounded or
irregular masses, composed of numerous dense, concentric
laminae, about five of which, (including the interlaminar spaces),
occupy one line ; interlaminar spaces open, without radial
pillars; the whole mass transversed by numerous di.scon-
tinuous vertical canals, J„ to „V "^ ^" i"ch or less in diam-
eter. (Ibid., p. 223.)

Locality. — Peterborough, Ontario.

94 Ciuciunati Society of Natural History.

Remarks. — The fact that Hall's description of 6". rugosum
(Pal. of N. Y., vol. I, 1847, p. 48) was so meager that the
species could not be recognized b}- it, led to the coinage of
the name above given. The two maj' and ma)' not be the
same.

Genus 3. — Be.vtricka, Billings, 1857.

Tree-like, nearly straight, cylindrical stems, from 1 to 14
inches in diameter, perforated by a cylindrical and nearly
central tube, which is transversely septate ; outside of tube
composed of numerous concentric layers like those of an
endogenous tree. (Rept. Prog, of (.tCoI. Sur. of Canada,
1853-54- 55-56, 1857, p. 343.)

Remarks. — This strange genus has been the subject of con-
siderable di.scussion, and its position in classification is still a
matter of conjecture. It was originally described as a plant.
Prof. Alpheus Hyatt examined a series of specimens, and
then considered the genus more nearly allied to the Cephalo-
poda than any other group, and proposed a new order,
{Ccrolites) and a new family {Ceriolidce) for its reception.
(Am. Jour. Sci., 2d .ser., vol. 39, 1865, p. 266). At a subse-
quent date this opinion was modified and he called it a large
foraminifer, (Proc. Am. Asso. Adv. Sci., vol. 33, 1885, p. 492,)
stating then that it was "neither a sponge, an all}' of Stroma-
topora, a coral allied to Cystiophyllum, a cephalopod allied to
Endoccras, nor a mollusk allied to the Hippuritidcs, as sup-
po.sed by various authors." Nicholson considers its position
still very uncertain, but he nevertheless puts it among the
Stromatoporoidea. (Man. of Pal., vol. i, 1889, p. 234.) S. A.
Miller places it with the sponges. (N. Am. Geol. and Paleont.,
1889, p. 155.)

In a private letter of the late Mr. U. P. James to Mr. W. M.
lyinney, of the Kentucky Geological Survey, dated August,
1879, are some remarks on this genus, which seem worthy of
record. Mr. James says : "I have split longitudinally some
of the Beatricea, and find, after rubbing them down smooth,
a very remarkable structure. One specimen, less than an inch
in diameter and about two inches long, shows a central core,
about one-third the size of the specimen, with cup-shaped
diaphragms, outside of which is a sort of reticulated structure

Pixlcotiloloi^y of Ihf Cinciiiiiati Group. 95

made up, apparently, of short pieces, with interstices (?) dis-
tinct, and rather open nearest the core and becoming more
and more compact outwardly, till, at the outer edge, they are
very close together, with hardly any divisions visible. In
another specimen, i ^4 inches long and the same in diameter,
the core has become decomposed and left a hollow space, with
indistinct marks of the diaphragms, but otherwise the char-
acters are the same." After referring to Billings's belief, that
the fossils were plants, and to Hyatt's that they were ceph-
alopods, Mr. James says : "I do not feel fully satisfied with
the conclusions of either, but until more light is thrown upon
the subject, it is the best, perhaps, that can be done with
these remarkable fossils." Two species only of the genus
have been described. These are given below.

I. — B. NODULOSA, Billings, 1857.

Surface covered wnth oblong, oval, or sub-triangular projec-
tions, I to 3 lines high, with rounded, blunt points nearer one
end of the prominence than the other; projections varying in
size, sometimes with a nearly circular base, sometimes 6 or 7
lines long and one-half as wide, distant i or 2 lines from each
other, arranged in rows or spirals ; whole surface fretted with
minute points, showing perforations when w^orn ; septa thin,
very concave, one line to one inch apart. (Rept. Geol. Sur.
Canada, for i853-'54-'55-'56, 1857, p. 343.)

Locality. — Anticosti Island; Marion County, Ky.; Conners-
ville, Indiana. It has not been recorded from Ohio as far as
known.

2. — B. UNDULATA, Billings, 1857.

Surface sulcated longitudinally by short, irregular, wave-
like furrows, from two lines to one inch across ; otherwise
like the preceding ; specimens sometimes 10 feet long and
from 8 to 14 inches in diameter. (Ibid., p. 344.)

Locality. — Anticosti Island; Marion County, Ky.; Rich-
mond, Indiana.

Remarks. — These two species are very closely allied and
have been united b}' some writers. (Knott, Geol. of Marion
County, Kentucky, p. 32). Prof. Hyatt considers them dis-
tinct, and says they can be separated by internal characters.

96 Cinciuiiati Society of Natural History.

The first species lias been found at Connersville, Indiana,
by Mr. A. C. Benedict, and the second at Richmond, Indiana,
by Dr. C. E. Beecher, of Yale College Museum. The latter
gentleman has furnished the following statement as to the
size of the specimen, which is in two pieces, and evidently
does not represent the full length. One piece is 13 inches
long, 25 8 inches in diameter at the larger, and 1^8 inches at
the smaller end. The other is \'-,)'{ inches long, xY^ inches in
diameter at the larger end, tapering to a flattened extremity
}i ^y H inches. Its total length must have been over 32
inches.

Class. — AcTiNozoA.

A division of the CcELKNTKRata, comprising the sea
anemones, corals and allied forms, in which the mouth opens
into an oesophageal tube, which, in turn, opens into the gen-
eral body cavity ; the oesophagus separated from the body
wall by an intervening space, which is divided into a series of
compartments by radiating vertical partitions, to the faces of
which the reproductive organs are attached. (Nicholson,
Man. of Paleont., vol. i, 1889, p. 240.)

The forms may be simple, like a sea-anemone, or composite
like a coral. They may increase in size in various ways : ist,
by lateral gemmation or budding; 2d, by calicular gemma-
tion ; 3d, by internuiral gemmation; 4th, by basal gemmation,
and 5th, by fission or division. The classification of the
group is tentative. The members have been arranged under
four sub-clas.ses, but Nicholson (Ibid., p. 256,) arranges them
under three, viz: Zoanthakia, Alcyonaria and Ctkno-
PHORA. The first two of these are represented in the Cincin-
nati Group. To the.se .should probably be added Monticu-
ijPORoiDiCA, which is here regarded as Calenteratal. This
group is now entirely extinct. Lack of knowledge of the soft
parts of the animal renders it impossible to place it with cer-
tainty. It has by some authors been transferred bodily to
the Polyzoa; and by one it has been split up in such a way as
to be part Coelenteratal, part Polyzoal. In the latter case,
unfortunately, many genera, seemingly closely allied, have
been widely separated.

Paleotitology of Ihc Ciuriiniali Croup. ^J

vSub-clasS ZOANTHA K I A .

Tliis has been split up into varions orders, of vvhicli the
Zoa>itf;an'a sdcrodcnnala or Madrcporaria of Nicholson,
(Ibid., p. 263,) alone lias representatives in the Cincinnati
Group. Of the four sections of the order, aporosa, riigosa,
fiDigida and perforata, three are known to occur, the first,
second and last.

Section i. — Madrcporaria aporosa.

Here the corallum is "composed of more or less compact
and solid sclerenchyma, the theca or wall surrounding the
visceral chamber being complete and not perforated by aper-
tures or pores." (Nicholson, Ibid., p. 264.) Of the numerous
genera, only one is found in our section, as below.

Genus i. — Columnaria, Goldfuss, 1S26.

"Corallum composite, massive, composed of polygonal,
closely-compacted and contiguous corallites, which are united
by their walls, but do not possess mural pores. Walls of the
corallites not excessively thickened. Septa well developed,
typically extending nearly to the center of the visceral cham-
ber, and alternately large and small. Tabulce extremely well
developed, complete and horizontal. No columella or crtnen-
chyma." (Nicholson, Pal. Tabulate Corals, i<S7g, p. 191 ;
Goldfuss, Petrefacta Germanise, vol. i, 1826, p. 72; Ibid., 2d
ed., vol. I, 1862, p. 67.) Favistclla, Hall, 1847, Pal. of N. Y.,
vol. I, 1847, p. 275.

Remarks. — The description above given is that of Nichol-
son, and is more comprehensive than the original. It does
not, however, diflfer essentially. Tliere can be no doubt
about Favistella, Hall, being a synonym, but for comparison
it is given below.

Favistella, Hall, 1847. — "Coral massive, hemispherical or
globose, composed of polygonal tubes or cells, which increase
by interstitial tubes or by lateral development of tubes upon
the margins of the mass ; cells divided transversely by
closely arranged diaphragms, and longitudinally by radiating
dissepiments ; extremities of the tubes star-form ; rays (dis-

98 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

sepiments) about 12, more or less, meeting in the center.
The rays generally reach one-half or two-thirds of the distance
from the margin to the center." The following species have
been found in the rocks about Cincinnati.

I. — C. ALVKOL.\TA, Goldfuss, 1 826.

Corallum massive, subhemispheric or pyriform, often attain-
ing a very considerable size ; corallites prismatic, hexagonal
or pentagonal, but often more or less drawn out along one
axis, the larger ones being from rather less than two to over
three lines in their long diameter, and having numerous much
smaller tubes interspersed among them ; walls of the corallites
more or less amalgamated, the line between contiguous tubes
still remaining quite distinct ; mural pores apparently want-
ing ; septa unequally developed, alternately large and small,
the latter quite rudimentary, and the former extending usually
across two-thirds of the distance between the wall and the
axis of the visceral chamber, or even reaching the last men-
tioned point ; septa thin and flexuous, but completely lamellar,
the number of each series varying from 12 to 15 or more;
tabulce complete, horizontal or somewhat flexuous, about six
in the space of two lines; calices polygonal, unequally sized,
moderately deep, with thin margins, usually closely con-
tiguous, but sometimes separated by slight interspaces; the
floor formed by the uppermost tabula, the surface of which is
striated by the radiating septa. (Nicholson, Pal. Tabulate
Corals, 1.S79, p. 195; Goldfuss, Pet. Germ., vol. i, 1826, p. 72;
Ibid., 2d ed., vol. i, 1862, p. 68.) Favistella stellata, Hall.
Pal. of N. Y., vol. I, 1847, p. 275.

Locality. — Cincinnati and various places in the vicinity;
New York, Canada, etc.

Remarks. — The above is the description given by Nicholson,
and is much fuller than the original. There is no doubt about
Hall's Favistella stellala being a synonym.

2. — C. CAMCIN.A, Nicholson, 1S-4.

"Corallum subhemispheric or jiyriform, of moderalf but
not very large dimensions. Corallites partially in contact,

I'alcouloloi^y of the Cindiiiia/i (.roiift. 99

and jiartially more or less completely separate from one
another, averaging al)out two lines in diameter, but varying
from less than a line up to three lines. When the corallites
are more or less uniformly contiguous (as always toward the
base of the colony), they are prismatic and polygonal. In
diverging from the base, however, the tubes separate from one
another to a greater or less extent, so as to leave more or less
conspicuous intervals between them. In these portions of
their course each corallite is surrounded by a distinct and
separate wall, which is marked exteriorly by strong vertical
ridges, and intervening grooves, about five of which occur in
the space of one line, together with five encircling striae.
Septa alternately large and small, 28 in number altogether,
the primary ones being continued over the upper surfaces of
the tabulae to near the center of the corallites, whilst the
secondary ones are marginal and rudimentary. Tabulae well
developed and complete, about three in the space of one line.
Increase by calicular gemmation, combined with parietal
budding." (Nicholson, Pal. Tabulate Corals, 1879, p. 197.)
Favistella calicina, Nich., Rept. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci., 1874; 2d
Rept. Pal. of Ontario, 1875, p. 24. Columiiaria hcrtzeri,
Rominger, Foss. Cor. Michigan, 1876, p. 90.

Locality. — Cincinnati and vicinity, Kentucky, Ontario.

Remarks. — As will be observed, Nicholson first referred this
species to Favistella, but later changed it to the genus here
given. Rominger's description is as follows :

C. hertzeri: " Colonies of tubes, partially in close con-
tiguity, of polygonal form, and intimately united with their
walls ; partially free, circular, laterally joining into chain-like
rows, not unlike Halysites, or opening singly on the surface.
Diameter of tubes three mm. Structure otherwise entirely
corresponding with the associated form. Columnar ia stcllata.
Is described by Nicholson under the name Favistella calycina.'"
(Palaeontology. Fossil Corals [of Lower Peninsula of Michi-
gan] Geol. Sur. Mich., vol. 3, pt. 2, 1876, p. 91.)

3. — C. (?) HALLI, Nicholson, 1879.

" Corallum forming large massive colonies, which vary
from a few inches to several feet in diameter, and which are

loo Cincinnati Society oj Natural Ilisiory.

composed of variously-sized polygonal corallites, in close
contact with one another throughout their entire length.
The walls of the corallites are not excessively thickened, and
they are so completely amalgamated in contiguous tubes that
even under the microscope the original line of demarcation
between the tubes can be made out with difficulty or not at
all. The large tubes are usually from two to three lines in
diameter, though occasionally considerably smaller than this ;
and the smaller corallites are of all sizes. Septa marginal, in
the form of obtu.se longitudinal ridges, which vary in number
from 20 to 40, do not extend to any distance into the visceral
chamber, and are not divisible into an alternating longer and
shorter series. Tabulae strong, horizontal and complete,
about half a line apart or sometimes closer." (Pal. Tabulate
Corals, 1879, p. 200.)

Locality. — Cincinnati or places in vicinity (?).

Remarks. — This species was establi.shed by Nicholson to
include the coral described by Hall, Billings and others as
Coluninaria alvcolata. It is not that species, however, and Dr.
Nicholson has, therefore, given it this new name. It has been
recorded from Cincinnati by Mr. Ulrich, (Cat. Foss. Cin. Gr.,
1880), but Nicholson says it is mainly a Trenton form.

[TO BK CONTINUED.]

S/fi/is atid A'oo/s of Cr inoiiis.

ri-:marKvS on the vSTKms and rooTvS of

CRINOIDS FROM NKAR I.f:BANON, OHIO.
Bv Dk. D. T. D. Dvchr.

Two or three years since, I concluded to find out, if I could,
the character of the termination of the column of the crinoid
Heterocrinus subcrassus.

Having a lower silurian slab with about one hundred speci-
mens of the calyx, with a great profusion of the columns
diverging in every direction, I selected a column attached to
its calyx and followed it by uncovering, until I was rewarded
by discovering the column diverging into well-defined roots;
length of column from calyx 12^ inches, about 1% inches
under the surface.

At this time I believed that the genus Glyptocrinus floated,
and was devoid of bases, or roots. About eighteen months
ago, something caused me to doubt this, and I commenced
the investigation of the termination of the column, and now,
after a great deal of work, and after many discouragements, I
have been able to so far develop roots on the terminations of
the columns of Glyptocrinus neali, G. dyeri, and G. baeri,
that I have a specimen of each species, showing the calyx,
column, and roots intact on the slab, one slab of G. baeri
having on its surface several specimens of that character.

One character of the specimens surprised me. The diver-
sity of the length of the columns between calyx and roots in
the specimens just mentioned. The column of G. neali from
two to four or five inches, G. baeri from one-half inch to
six or eight, G. dyeri from one to four or five inches between
calyx and roots.

I have also found a specimen of Heterocrinus simplex,
showing calyx, column, and inverted saucer-like base attached
to another column.

EXPLANATION OF TLATE I.

PACK.

Modiolopsis corrugata, n. sp., 79

Fij( I, left side view, natural size.

Modiolopsis longa, n. sp., 80

Fig. 2, left side view ; Fig. 3, cardinal view, natural size.

Modiolopsis sulcata, n. sp 80

I'ig. 4, left side view, natural size.

Protoscolex magiuis, 11. sp., 83

Fig. 5, natural size ; FMg. 6, magnified two diameters.

Cyclocystoides cincinnatiensis, 11. sp., 84

Fig. 7, natural size ; F'ig. 8, magnified two diameters.

Aviculopecten germanus, n. sp. Si

F'ig. 9, left valve, natural size.

Agelacriniis pileus ? 85

Fig. 10, under side, showing part of the structure.

Orthodesina niuiuluin, 11. sp., 82

Fig. II, left valve, sliglitl}- broken at the posterior end ; I'ig.
12, cardinal view, natural size.

Cyclocystoides, sp., 85

F'ig. 13, fragment of superior side, showing part of the ring,
the outer rim having mammillary scars, and beyond and
below this, plates from the other side ; on the interior of
the ring may be seen the commencement of the internal
rays, and below this the plate belonging to the other side ;
Fig. 14, plates on the dorsal si<le of the same specimen ;
Fig. 15, the same magnified two diameters.

Holocystites affinis, 11. sp., 87

I'ig. 16, anterior side view ; F'ig. 17, posterior side view ; Fig.
iS, summit view.

il^c JoupiQgvI of \\l^ 6ir2. goc. /Matupal "fli^hor^^.

Vol. XV

Plate I.

f

^- ^^

'**^'5,iis^;*i

/r

r /v>",'nvvi«/itjt> .Df

THE JOURNAL

- (IF Tin, -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Vol. XV. • Cincinnati, Oct., 1892, Jan., 1893 • Nos. 3 & 4.

PROCEEDINGS.

September 6, 1892.

The regular September meeting of the Society wa.s called
to order at 8. 19 p. m., with President Collier in the chair.

The minutes of June 7 were read and approved.

The application of W. F. Howell, as an acting member, was
ordered posted.

Upon motion, the President was instructed to write each of
the several persons whose resignations are now before the
Society, calling attention to the changes that have been made
in the Museum, and urging their reconsideration.

The report of the Committee upon the Death of Dr. Byrnes
was read and ordered filed.

Mr. Dury made some remarks upon Albino robins, calling
especial attention to their enemies.

A general discussion followed concerning the Albinos of
different birds and mammals.

Adjourned.

December 6, 1892.

The regular December meeting of the Socie*y was called to
order, with Vice-President Langdon in the chair.

The minutes of September 6 were read and approved.

The applications of Messrs. Charles Barnes and W. A.
Eudaly were read and ordered posted.

I04 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

The reading of the minutes of the Executive Board was
postponed.

Mr. Davis L. James read an interesting paper upon the
Mango (Magnifera indica), which was followed by a very
hearty general discussion.

The following donations were presented and received, to-wit :

From Mr. D. L. James, three vShort-Tailed Shrews (Blarina
brevicauda).

From R. H. Galbreath, by Dr. O. D. Norton, one Agate
and one Turkish Turquois.

DONATIONS.

D. ly. James, three Short-Tailed Shrews (B. brevicauda).

R. H. Galbreath, by Dr. O. D. Norton, one Agate and one
Turkish Turquois.

A. Mclyaughlin, one Great Horned Owl (Bobo virginianus).

Carlisle Murdock (seven years old). Green Snake Eggs
(Eiopeltis vernalis).

Donors name unknown, one Silver Lamprey (Ichthyomy/.on
argenteum).

Seth Hayes, Skull of Dog (Canis familiaris), Skull of Cat
(Felis domesticus). Skull of European Swan (Cj'gnus der),
Tongue of European Swan (Cygnus der).

Mrs. B. Van Ham, by Dr. O. D. Norton, one Skull from
Florida mound.

EXCHANGES.

American Museum of Natural History, New York City.
American Journal of Science, New Haven, Conn.
American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Boston.
American Naturalist, Philadelphia.
American Philosophical .Society, Philadelphia.
American Antiquarian, Mendon, 111.

American Association for Advancement of Science, Salem,
Mass.
The Auk, New York City.

American Monthly Microscopical Journal, Washington.
American Geographical Society, New York City.

Exchanges. 105

Anthropological Society, Washington.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Albany Institute, Albany, N. Y.

American Oarden, New York City.

American Geologist, Minneapolis, Minn.

Arkansas Geological Survey, Little Rock, Ark.

Boston -Society of Natural History, Boston.

Botanical Gazette, Crawfordsville, Ind.

Bureau of Education, Washington.

Bureau of Ethnolog}', Washington.

Biological Society of Washington, Washington.

Buffalo Historical Society, Buffalo.

Connecticut Agricultural Experiment vStation, New Haven,
Conn.

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

Cambridge Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass.

Chicago Academy of Sciences, Chicago.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, New Haven.

Columbus Horticultural Societj^ Columbus, O.

California State Mining Bureau, San Francisco.

Colorado Scientific Society, Denver.

Comparative Medicine and Surgery Journal, New York City.

Colorado College vScientific Society, Colorado Springs, Col.

Denison Scientific Association, Denison University, Gran-
ville, Ohio.

Davenport Academy of Sciences, low^a.

Department of Agriculture, Washington. : Reports of
Statistician ; Division of Chemistr}"; Division of Entomology;
Division of Forestry ; Division of Botany ; Division of
Economic Ornithology and Mammalogy; Division of Pomology;
Reports of the Secretary ; Office of Experiment vStations ;
Bureau of Animal Industry; Journal of Mycology; Insect
Life ; Section of Vegetable Pathology ; Weather Bureau.

Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.

Entomological Society, Washington.

Entomologica Americana, Brooklj-n.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Entomological News, Philadelphia.

Geological Survey' of Alabama, Montgomery.

io6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Geological Survey of Missouri, JeflFerson City.

Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, Champaign.

Indiana State Geologist, Indianapolis.

Illinois Geological Survey, vSpringfield.

Illinois State Museum of Natural History, Springfield.

Iowa Academy of Sciences, Des Moines.

Iowa Agricultural College, Ames.

Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore.

Kansas Hi.storical Society, Topeka.

Kansas University Quarterly, Lawrence.

Kentucky Geological vSurvey, Frankfort.

Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington.

Kansas Experiment Station, Manhattan.

Kansas City Scientist, Kan.sas City, Mo.

Linnean Society of New York City.

Leander McCormick Observatory, University of Virginia,
Charlottesville.

Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture, Boston.

Michigan State Agricultural College, Agricultural College,
Mich.

Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey, Minne-
apolis.

Maryland Academy of Sciences, Baltimore.

Meriden Scientific Association, Meriden, Conn.

Marine Biological Laboratory, Wood's Holl, Mass.

The Microscope, Washington.

Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences, Minneapolis.

Missouri Botanical (iarden, vSt. Louis.

The Nautilus, Philadelphia.

Newport Natural History Society, Newport, R. I.

New Jersey Natural History Society, Trenton.

New York Microscopical Society, Flatbush, L- L, New York.

New York Academy of Sciences.

New York vState Museum, Albany.

New York Experiment Station, Geneva.

New Orleans Academy of Sciences.

New Jersey Geological vSurvey, New Brunswick.

Natural History Society of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.

Natural History of New York, Alljany.

National Academy of Sciences, Washington.

Exiliaiigcs. 107

Oberlin College Library, Oberlin, Ohio.

Ohio State Board of Agriculture, Columbus.

Ohio Agricultural I<vXperinient Station, Wooster.

Ornithologist and Oologist, Boston.

Peabody Museum of Arch, and Ethnology, Cambridge, Mass.

Psyche, Cambridge, Mass.

Philosophical Society, Washington.

Public Museum, Milwaukee, Wis.

Pennsylvania Geological Survey, Philadelphia.

Rochester Academy of Science, Rochester, N. Y.

St. lyouis Academy of Natural Sciences, Mo.

State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison.

School of Mines Quarterly, Columbia College, New York
City.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Staten Island Natural Science Association, New Brighton.

Torrey Botanical Club, Columbia College, New York City.

Technical Society of the Pacific Coast, San Francisco.

United States National Museum, Washington.

United States Fish Commission, Washington.

United States Geological Survey, Washington.

United States Naval Observatory, Washington.

University Studies, University of Nebraska, Lincoln.

University of Minnesota, Agricultural Experiment Station,
St. Anthony Park, Minn.

University of Iowa, Iowa City.

United States General Weather Service, Washington.

Vassar Brothers' Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.

War Department, Surgeon General's Office, Washington.

Washburn College Laboratory, Topeka, Kas.

Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts and Letters, Madison.

Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia.

West American Scientist, San Diego, Cal.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia.

FOREIGN.

Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova, Argentine Re-
public.

Augsburg Naturhistorischen Verein, Augsburg, Germany.

io8 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Argentina Historia Natural, Florentine Ameghino, Buenos
Ayres.

Academic des Sciences, Inscriptiones et Belles-lettres,
Toulouse, France.

Botanical Society, Edinburgh, Scotland.

Botanischen Verein der Provinz Brandenburg, Berlin.

Braunschweig Verein fur Naturwissenschaft, Braunschweig,
Germany.

Bristol Naturalists Society, Bristol, England.

Barcelona Academia de Ciencias y Artes, Barcelona. Spain.

Basel Naturforschenden GeselLschaft, Basel, Switzerland.

Bremen Naturwi.ssenschaftlichen. Bremen, Germany.

Bern Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Bern, vSwitzerland.

Belgique Societa Malacologique, Brussels.

Ca.ssel Verein fur Naturkunde, Cassel, Germany.

Canadian Entomologist, London, Ontario.

Canadian Record of Science, Montreal.

Canada Geological and Natural History Survey, Ottawa.

Canadian Institute, Toronto.

Comite Geologique du Russie, St. Petersburg.

Deutschen Gesellschaft fur Natur und Volkerkunde
Ostasicens, Yokohama, Tokio.

Deutschen Wissenschaftlichen Verein zu Santiago, Chili.

Deutschen Wissenschaftlichen Verein in Mexico.

Edinburgh Geological Society, Scotland.

Ethnologi.sche Mittheilungen aus Ungam, Budapest, Hun-
gary.

Geological Society of London, England.

India Geological Survey, Calcutta.

India Survey Department, Calcutta.

Italy, Ministero di Agricoltura Industria e Commercio,
Rome.

Japan Imperial I'uiversity, Tokio.

Kaiser Leop-Carol. Deutschen Akademie der Natur forschen,
Halle, Prussia.

Kaiser Konig Geologischen Reichsanstalt, Vienna.

K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseum, \'ienna.

Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens Forhandlinger, Stockholm.

Kiew, Societe des Naturalistes. Kiew, Russia.

La vSociete Botanicjue vSuisse, Geneva, vSwitzerland.

Foreign Exchanges. 109

L' Institute Royal Geologique de la vSwede, Stockholm.

Linnean Society, New South Wales.

Leipzig, Verein fiir Erokuude, Germany.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical .Society, England.

Museo Nacional, Rio de Janerio.

Manitoba Historical and Scientific Society, Winnipeg.

Museo Nacional de Mexico, Mexico.

Museo Nacional, Republica de Ccsta Rica, vSan Jose.

Naturforschenden Ciesellschaft, Ziirich.

Natural History Society of Trencsin, Hungary.

Netherland Zoological Society, Leiden, Holland.

Natural History Society, Glasgow, Scotland.

Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Sciences, Halifax.

New vSouth Wales, Department of Mines. Hon. Minister
for Mines, Sidney, Australia.

Oberhessiche Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heil-kunde,
Giesen.

Ottawa Field Naturalists Club, "Ottawa Naturalist," Canada.

Ontario Entomological Societ)', London, Ontario.

Roj'al Society, Edinburgh.

Royal Physical Society, Edinburgh.

Royal Society, New South Wales.

Royal Microscopical Society, London.

Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Penzance, England.

Royal University of Norway, Christiania.

Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh.

Revue Internationale de Bibliographic, Beyrouth, Syria.

Royal Society of South Australia, Adelaide.

Societe des Sciences Naturelles, Nantes.

South African Philosophical Society, Cape Town.

Societa Toscana di Scienza Natural!, Pisa, Italy.

Sociedad Mexicana de Hi.storia Natural, City of Mexico.

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscow, Moscow,
Russia.

Sociedad Cientifica Antonio Alzate, City of Mexico.

Societe Africana d' Italia, Naples.

Societatum Litterae, Frankfort on Oder.

Societe Entomologique de France, Paris.

Schweizeri.schen Botanischen Gesellschaft, Ziirich, Switzer-
land.

I lo Cincinnati Society of Natj^ral History.

Torino Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata, Turin,
Italy.

Verein fiir Vaterlandische Xaturkunde in Wurtteniburg,
vStuttgart, German}'.

Victoria, Public Library, Museum and National Gallery.
Melbourne.

Westfalischen Provinzal Verein fur Wissenschaft und Kunst,
Munster, Germany.

(V><;rr7'ii/!i>i/s Conrmiin; /'or/ .hnit'ii/.

OBSERVATIONS CONCERNING FORT ANCIENT.
By Sklden S. Scovillk, M. I)., Lkbanon, Ohio.

(Paper read by Abstract, at the Rochester Meeting of The American
Association for the Advancement of Science, 1892.)

There have been so many articles and maps published
descriptive of Fort Ancient, that we shall take it for granted
that all are familiar with its situation and general features.

Our remarks will include a description of the ground and
water courses at the eastern part of the works, and the char-
acter of the high embankments that cross the neck of the
peninsula, with observations regarding the purposes of the
gate-wa^-s, and also a few thoughts bearing upon the question
as to whether all the earth-works seen at Fort Ancient were
constructed at the same period of time.

It is to be regretted that no map has ever been published
which fully illustrates the topography of the ground at the
eastern part of the fort, and that extending to the northeast,
on which the two large mounds and long parallel walls are
situated. In our description of the ground and water courses,
we shall not claim to be strictly accurate, as we have made no
regular .survey, but we hope to be approximately correct.

The two streams — twin streams we may call them — which
pass down, one on either side of the peninsula, on which the
fort stands, rise about three-fourths of a mile northeast of the
fort. In their upper parts they have excavated quite wide,
though not deep beds, in the glacial clays ; but before reach-
ing the fort they begin to cut down vigoroush- into the lower
Silurian shales and limestone, and soon form large hollows or
ravines. A short distance from their sources they diverge
and are more widely separated for some distance, but upon
approaching the fort come much nearer together, forming
what has been known as the neck of the peninsula or plateau,
on which the fort proper is situated. They again diverge at

112 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

this point, the north stream taking a due west course to reach
the Little Miami River ; the other a south-west direction to
reach the same stream nearly three-fourths of a mile below
the mouth of its companion.

At the neck of the peninsula the north stream has formed
a ravine fully seventy feet in depth ; while the one to the
south has acquired a depth of from thirty-five to forty feet.
From the brow of the north ravine, in a S. S. W. direction, to
the brow of the .south ravine, the distance is about sixty-two
rods. The direction here indicated is that taken by the line
of high embankments in crossing this neck of ground. But
the line is by no means .straight. To follow its devious
course the distance is about seventy-five rods, or thirteen rods
greater than a direct line.

On this neck of land, about midway between the large
ravines, rises a little stream or branchlet, which runs south,
bearing a trifle west to enter the large ravine that lies in this
direction. It is only about thirty rods in length, but by the
time it reaches the ravine it has excavated a bed fully twenty
feet in depth. In the upper part of its course it makes quite
a curve to the west.

About eight or ten rods north of the head of this branchlet
rises another similar stream, which runs north, bearing a little
west, to enter the north ravine. It is from twenty to twenty-
five rods in length, and in its course curves somewhat to the
east, or in an opposite direction from the one just described.
This branchlet, a few yards before it enters the large hollow,
is joined by another tiny stream coming down from the
southeast. It is only ten or twelve rods in length.

It is proper to state that the two branchlets first described,
particularly in their upper parts, are not at this time well
defined. The wearing down of the high embankments, which
were constructed immediately on their western borders, and
the cultivation of the adjacent fields have, in places, almost
obliterated them. This is noticeable particularly with the one
that enters the north ravine. It is at this time well defined
only in its lower part, where it has formed a gully fifteen feet
in depth. The construction of the Chillicothe and Lebanon
turnpike, which emerges from the Fort here, contributed to
its obscurity. A number of years ago we were informed by

Obsfr2'atioiis Cancer ni)ig Fort ^lucient. 113

an elderly gentleman, who knew the place when covered with
the primitive forest, that these streamlets were well defined,
and during wet seasons of the year contained quite an amount
of running water.

The idea has been advanced that these small streams were
at first artificial ditches, formed during the construction of the
line of embankments. There is nothing to favor such an
idea. In proof of their being natural, and having existed
when the fort walls were constructed, we have but to call
attention to the singular and devious course the line of
embankments takes in crossing the neck of the peninsula.
Instead of pursuing a direct course, as undoubtedly would
have been the case had these branches not existed, it makes
reverse curves, and in shape resembles the letter S, though
the curves are not as short or abrupt as seen in this letter.
The line of embankments was constructed on the western
borders of the streams, and made to conform to their curves,
which we have described above. There is evidence that
during the building of the walls these streams, in their upper
parts, were deepened, in order to afford greater protection to
the works, and to obtain material for the embankments.

We are now prepared to say that the narrow piece of ground
between the heads of the first branchlets described, and which
is only eight or ten rods wide, must be regarded as the true
neck of the peninsula on which the fort is situated, and was
the only place that an entrance could be effected without
encountering natural defenses in the way of branches, ravines
and valleys. By viewing the ground immediately outside of
the fort, we shall not fail to see that the neck of ground named
marks the true divide or water-shed between the large ravines.
This can not be determined by observations on the inside of
the fort, because here the ground, in order to obtain material
for the walls and for other purposes, was leveled off to almost
the evenness of a brick yard.

The middle of the Chillicothe and Lebanon road, where it
passes between the two large mounds, marks the true water-
shed at that point. This is about twenty-two rods east of
where the road leaves the fort, and about ten rods further
north than the point we have described as the true neck of
the peninsula.

114 Ciyuiiniati Society of Natural History.

The two parallel walls, which form the guarded road-way, as
it has often been styled, start off, we know, from the large
mounds, and run in a north-east direction for the distance of
over half a mile. This guarded-way commences on the true
w^ater-shed, and by the direction taken, it is enabled to keep
on the divide, thus avoiding the larger streams and their numer-
ous branches.

A careful study of the character of the ground immediately
to the north and south of the two large mounds can not fail
to throw some light on the nature of the two ditches that are
seen here. We will be convinced that the}' are artificial, and
that they were not constructed simply for drainage purposes,
as has been frequently suggested. The natural drainage from
the mounds is good in both directions : and if it had been
desirable to improve this by constructing open sewers, differ-
ent directions would have been taken, as being more efficient
and much less expensive. Kspecialh- will this apply to the
moat that starts from the mound on the south side of the road.
Here the natural course for a drain is toward the southeast,
where it could, in a short distance, be made to enter a small
ravine. It bears, however, more toward the south on higher
ground, and throughout most of its course has less fall than
if carried in a different direction.

The directions and positions of these moats at once suggest
that they were constructed for defensive or strategic purposes.
They could be used as rifle-pits, or more properly bow-pits ;
and, besides, would serve as passways to enable persons to
enter the guarded roadway from the large ravines unobserved.
Warriors from the villages in the river bottoms, by means of
the large ravines, these moats and the guarded-way, could
pass entirely unobserved to the high ground northeast of the
fort, which would make a distance of fully a mile and a
quarter.

The guarded-way, we have said, is over half a mile in
length. Its direction from the large mounds is generally
given as northeast. Its true bearing, however, is a few
degrees further toward the east. Whatever may have been
the real object in constructing this long passway, it seems to
have been necessary that it should reach the high ground
east of the fort. This could have been accomplished in about

Obscri'aiions Concerning- l-'ort Atuicnt. 115

half the distance by taking a south-east direction. And to
have gone directly east would have shortened the distance
nearly one-third. But neither of these routes was practicable,
on account of the valleys and streams that lie in these direc-
tions. The only practical route was the one taken. Had the
builders varied the direction either way, to the extent of only
three or four degrees, the heads of several little streams
would have been encountered.

The high ground referred to consi.sts of a wide ridge, with an
elevation above the ground at the fort of thirty-five or forty
feet. From this ridge a view could be had in every direction
for at least eight or ten miles, provided the country was devoid
of timber, which was probably the case, except along the
larger water courses.

While the real object in constructing this guarded-way is in
great doubt, we can see how it might have been of great
service in times of danger. The little mound that stands in
the farther end, on the high ground, could be u.sed as an
observatory, or as a place from which to make signals, either
by flags, fire or smoke, to the surrounding villages belonging
to the Fort Ancient nation. A strong out-post, if necessary,
could be maintained in the expanded end of the road-way
which encloses the mound. Large forces could be thrown
out into the road-way to harrass the flanks of an advanc-
ing foe.

All the indications tend to show that this guarded roadway
was constructed for military purposes. And it is quite certain
that the enemy most dreaded by the inhabitants in and about
Fort Ancient were a people inhabiting the country to the
northeast.

Our attention will now be directed to the line of high
embankments which crosses the neck of the peninsula from
one large ravine to the other. This is divided by the openings
or gate-ways into six sections. Their length on top varies
from about seventy-five to a hundred and fifty-seven feet.
The .seven gate- ways have a top width of from fifty to seventy-
seven feet. The perpendicular height of the embankments
varies from seventeen to twentj^-two feet. These sections of
wall, taken collectively, form two curves, as we have illu.s-
trated. But taken separately, they are found to be perfectly

ii6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

straight. It will be seen, then, that the turns or changes in
direction take place at the openings or gate-ways. This
arrangement exhibits quite a high degree of engineering
skill. By adopting this plan, the sections of wall could be
built straight, thus savang much labor.

The third section of wall, south of the north ravine, and
which .stands immediately south of the Chillicothe and
Lebanon road, has the greatest elevation, which is twenty-two
feet. It has a top-length of seventy-eight feet and a width of
base of seventj'-four feet. The angle of slope of sides is
about thirty-six degrees. Its summit, though well rounded
off, is cjuite massive, so that by a very little leveling down, it
would be sufficiently wide to accommodate a standard-gauge
railway. In all respects, except in size and length, this sec-
tion of wall does not differ materially from the others.

A person standing some distance to the west, on the inside
of the fort, will be surprised at the evenness of the summits
of this and the next two much longer sections of embank-
ments that extend to the south. And he will be more sur-
prised when he notices how closely their tops range with each
other, and at the almost exact horizontal line which is thus
formed against the eastern sky. The straightness of this line
is slightly marred by a downward curve of from eight to ten
inches in the top of the section next to the road, caused,
doubtless, by water standing at its base on the outside of the
fort. This has affected the ground beneath the middle of the
wall, causing it to settle.

This accurate summit-range is the more remarkable, when
we consider that these sections of wall vary considerably in
height, as measured from the surface of the ground. We
must conclude that this accurate top-range was intentional on
the part of the builders, and that the reason of its remaining
unchanged is owing to the fact that the height of the embank-
ments has ])een but very little affected since their construc-
tion. If these sections of wall had been carried up to a con-
siderable distance above their present elevation, and to quite
a narrow ridge, as many suppose, and then worn down by
natural agencies to the height we now find them, there would
be no such accurate summit-range. The extent of wearing of
the different sections would not l)e the same. And it would

Observations Concerning Fort .Indent. 117

be very strange if the top of each section did not present a
very uneven appearance.

From our frequent visits to Fort Ancient, and a careful
study of these high eni1)anknients, we can come to no other
conclusion than that when first constructed they had flat
summits, and that their elevation, as we have endeavored to
show, was never but slightly greater than at present.

At a number of the openings in the embankments of the
fort, we can ascertain the original width of base of the walls
by finding stones which were evidently used to retain the
first earth placed in the embankment by the builders.

Some twenty-five years ago, when visiting the fort, I dis-
covered that there had been considerable earth removed from
the end near the ground of the high section of embankment,
next to the Chillicothe and Lebanon road. The object was to
widen the passage of this thoroughfare. By an examination
of the excavation, I discovered stones placed in such positions
as to clearly indicate the original width of base of the
embankment. This, as near as I could measure at the time,
was found to be fifty-four feet. About ten feet of earth on
either side of the embankment lay outside of these little
retaining walls, and which had been washed down since the
earth-wall was first constructed. This section of embank-
ment, it will be remembered, has at the present time a
ground-width of seventj'-four feet.

The question now arises as to where the earth that has been
carried down since the embankment was constructed came
from. Certainly not from off the very top or center of the
wall, if we concede that there has been no great change in its
height. It must have come chiefly from the sides at or near
the top. If the top of the wall was flat, as we have claimed,
the first and important wear would be upon the angles, and
not until these were well worn ofif would the center of the
embankment be much afiected.

By estimating the amount of earth that lies on either side
of the walls, outside of their original bases, we may form
some idea of not only the original top-width of these embank-
ments, but the angle of slope of their sides. In our recon-
struction of these high embankments, we would give them
the form of an elongated truncated pyramid. Taking the

1 18 Cincinnali Society of Natural History.

highest section, or that which stands immediately south of the
road, we would sa}- that its original height was twenty-four
feet, or two feet higher than at present. The decrease in
elevation we would attribute in part to settling of the wall.
The width of base was fifty-four feet, as before stated. Width
of summit, somewhere between fifteen and twenty feet.
Slope of sides, fifty or fifty-five degrees.

We think it highly probable that all of the enclosing walls
of Fort Ancient had flat or level summits. But it was at the
north-eastern part of the fort where .such a form of embank-
ment was most needed. Here was the place of greatest dan-
ger. It has been the custom in all ages of the world for the
inhabitants of a walled town or city, when the place was
attacked, to make their defense principally from the tops of
the walls. And it was often necessary to have room for quite
a large force, in order to repel the a.ssaults of the enemy.
Now, we can not suppose that the inhabitants of Fort Ancient
formed an exception to this mode of defensive warfare.

There is evidence that the north-eastern part of the fort was
set apart as a place of assembly, whether for civil, religious,
social or military purposes, we can not, of course, positively
determine. But we believe that it was used as a military
camp, or at least as a place of general rally of the warriors in
times of danger. Here are a number of acres that have been
smoothed off very evenly. The portion of this level area
adjoining the high embankments pre.sents a most remarkable
evenness of surface. To fully appreciate this a person should
view it from the road just inside of the fort.

All indications go to show that the north-east part of the
fort was regarded by the inhabitants as the point of greatest
danger. Hence this military campus, and the massive walls
with wide summits, ready to be mounted with files of hardy
warriors, armed with bow and battle-ax, wliencver the fort
was in danger of l:)eing assaulted.

In this connection we will refer briefly to the earth-work in
the northern part of the fort, known as the crescent or semi-
circle. It is 270 feet long, about sixteen feet wide at base and
not over two feet high. From a careful study of its charac-
ter, location and immediate surroundings, we have come to
regard it as the remains of a complete circle that once

Obscrva/iotis Coiici'riiiiit^ h'orl Aiicwtit. 119

existed here, the diameter of wliich was about 2.S0 feet. Like
nearly all circular earth-works, it probably had but one open-
ing or gate-way, and this is still plainly visiljle near the center
of the portion remaining. It is twenty-four feet wide, and
looks to the northwest. This opening is so distinct that w^e
have been surprised by not .seeing it mentioned by any of the
writers on Fort Ancient who have spoken of this crescent.

Assuming that our opinion concerning this earth-work is
correct, a little moie than two-thirds of the circle which lay
to the southeast has been removed ; and, as we believe, by the
builders of the fort, in order to extend the area of level
ground, to which reference has been made. The material was
used either in the construction of the large investing embank-
ments, or in filling up the head of a ravine that is seen a short
distance south of the road. There is evidence that the heads
of several small ravines were filled in preparing this level
piece of ground.

The gate-ways of Fort Ancient. The first one south of
the Chillicothe and Lebanon road, in the line of high embank-
ments, was, doubtless, the grand entrance for this part of the
fort. It is situated at the true neck of the peninsula which
we have described. It had, when first constructed, a top-width
of probably sixty feet, and a ground-width of from twenty to
twenty-six feet. Situated on the inside of the fort, and
extending a short distance into the gate-way, there was a
parapet, most likely circular in form, with an elevation but
little more than one-fourth that of the embankments. The
remains of this parapet are easily recognized.

There are, we know, over seventy artificial openings or
gate-ways in the enclosing wall of the fort. The presence of
so man}' is a puzzling question, in view of the quite positive
evidence that the works were constructed for defensive pur-
poses. There are full}- as many, if not more, at places where
the builders apprehended danger, as elsewhere. We have an
illustration of this at the north-eastern part of the fort. At all
points, where the works could be more easily approached by
an enemy, the walls were made higher. But in no instance
was the number of gate-ways lessened

Shall we conclude that there was something strategic in the
design of these openings? Did they serve as places where

I20 Cincinuali Society of Natural History.

the besieged could make sallies and retreats, in order to draw
the enemy within the enclosure to be captured? We know
that almost all barbarous, or semi-ci\ilized people, regard the
capture of their enemies of as much or more importance as
killing them in battle.

While these openings may have served the purpose here
indicated, the weight of evidence seems to favor the idea that
they were designed to afford ready means of egress and
ingress for the inhabitants of the place and surrounding
country, the same as we find with all walled town or cities in
both ancient and modern times. Probably they were fur-
nished with means of closure, but no evidence of such pro-
vision has as yet been discovered. However, no thorough
exploration of these passages has ever been made. They are
generally filled with two or three feet of earth that has been
carried down from the ends of the walls.

It appears somewhat strange that nearly all the earth-works
in Ohio and elsewhere in the Mississippi valley, which afford
positive evidence of having been constructed for defensive
purposes, have numerous openings or gate-ways. While
those suspected of having a ceremonial or symbolic significa-
tion, have, as a rule, very few. The circular ones generally
have but a single opening.

Most likely, if we could know all the circumstances under
which these old works at Fort Ancient were constructed, we
would have a better idea of the purposes of the openings.
The three and a-half miles of massive walls were not planned
and constructed under circumstances of immediate danger.
Evidence of cool deliberation and wise calculation is stamped
on every feature of the works. Perhaps few modern engineers
could show greater skill in constructing earth-works than that
exhibited by the old Mound Builders at Fort Ancient.

The indications, we think, favor the idea that when the
building of the heavy enclosing walls was first contemplated,
the circumstances surrounding the people had greatly changed.
While pressing emergencies did not actually exist, they were
discerned in the near future — probably the long and relent-
less struggle for supremacy in the Mississippi X'alley, between
the Short Heads from the South, and the more barbarous
Long Heads from the North, had already assumed a very

Observations Conccruing Fort Ancient. i2i

serious aspect, and it was thought necessary to fortify by
building a Chinese wall (?) around the town. Not, perhaps, to
protect simply the town itself, but to afford a place of refuge
for the inhabitants of the surrounding country in times of
great peril. But why do we associate the investing line
of embankments at Fort Ancient with a defensive work of
the Orientals by calling it a Chinese wall? The answer to
this question, we trust, will be found in the following brief
remarks :

We shall not be much at variance with eminent authority
on archaeology by saying that there are strong grounds for the
belief that in very early times there appeared in the great
Mississippi Valley, as occupants of the country, people repre-
senting the two leading branches of the great Mongolian
family of Eastern Asia. There were the wild North American
Indians, who came from the old Chinese Tartars, and who, it
is to be presumed, found their way into the New World by the
way of Behring Straits. The other adventurers were a less
barbarous people, and came from the more enlightened
Chinese. At a time long ago, they drifted from their home in
the Ea.st across the Pacific into Central America, or Yucatan,
and finally, by the extension of their civilization northw^ard,
reached the Mississippi Valley.

We know something of the hostilities that existed in the
East between these Mongolian branches, and that it was
thought necessary on the part of the more civilized people to
build a great wall 1,200 miles in length, as a defense against
their wild and ferocious brethren.

Here in the Mississippi Valley, by the same Mongolian
blood, was engendered a similar strife for supremacy ; and
defensive works, such as we see at Fort Ancient, were
ultimately constructed by the more civilized party to the
warfare. But the results of fortifying, it would seem, were
not as successful as in the case of the Celestials in the East.

There is, we think, unmistakable evidence that the large
earth-works constructed on sites strongly fortified l)y nature,
such as we see at Fort Ancient, mark the beginning of the
end of the old Mound Builder civilization, at least so far as
regards the Ohio \'alley. The last permanent occupants, and
perhaps the builders of the fort, were, most likely, the people

122 Cinciunali Society of Xatural History.

whose remains are found in rude stone cists in the embank-
ments, and in other places, particularly in the river bottoms.
Their bones are much better preserved than those found in
tlie mounds about the fort, notwithstanding the conditions
of sepulture were very unfavorable for the preservation of
human remains.

There is no question but that there is a vast difference in
the age of the earth-works in Ohio and elsewhere in the
Mississippi Valley. And we are of the opinion that there is
quite a differance in the age of those seen at Fort Ancient.
There are indications that the parallel walls, the different
mounds, the crescent, and perhaps the two moats, were con-
structed long before the heavy enclosing walls. When these
minor works were first seen by the white settlers, they were
much more worn than any portion of the investing walls.
Before the land was cleared and cultivated, the parallel walls
were so flattened down as to ver}^ much resemble ordinary
road-beds. The early settlers always spoke of them as road-
ways. The crescent, although it has never been disturbed by
plow or harrow, is much worn down, and so smoothly and
compactly blended, as it were, with the natural ground, that
the casual observer would hardly suspect that it was artificial.
It has every indication of being much older than the large
embankments. We have already indicated that it existed
when the Fort proper was built.

There can be but little doubt that the peninsula, on which
the fort stands, was occupied by the Mound Builders long
before it was invested with high walls. And if our opinion
is correct, the artificial defenses consisted of the long guarded-
way, probably the two moats, and the contiguous mounds.
These works, however, partook largely of a strategic character,
and were not designed wholly for the protection of the
dwellers on the peninsula, but for the inhabitants of the
surrounding villages as well. There were at least two of
these old-time villages in the river bottom near the fort.
Their sites are now three feet or more below the surface of
the grf)und.

Mordt'//i(f<r in (he Vicinity of Cinciinia/i, O. 123

MORDELLID.^ IN THE VICINITY OF CINCINNATI,

OHIO.

Rv Chaklks Dury.

The Mordellido' , as collected by most collectors (if taken by
them at all, which is seldom the case), are so poorly handled
that they are almost worthless for study. Many of those
which I have received have been almost buried in glue, thereby
ob.scuring the characteristic markings ; when an attempt is
made to clean them they fall to pieces. During the Summer
of 1892, I devoted much of the season to this family, with
gratifying success. The locality .seems to be very rich. Some
of them occur in prodigious numbers. Imperfect and denuded
specimens give but a poor idea of the beauty of these nimble
little insects when fresh, and with their pubescence perfect.
They should always be collected in a cyanide bottle, and kept
dry and perfectly clean. None of the family .should ever be
pinned, but always mounted on triangles of thin card board.
They are quite difficult to mount, owing to their narrow,
flattened form, and the glue should be thick and quick setting
to hold them in an upright position on the triangle until dry.
Use a very small quantity of glue, too much obscures char-
acters. The posterior legs in Mordcllisiena should be drawn
out behind to better exhibit the ridges on tibia and tarsi,
which seem to be such an excellent specific character. A
strong glass and good light are necessary to properly study
the.se ridges. The excellent synopsis of the family by John
B. Smith (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, July, i<S82,) leaves little to
be desired. While many of the species occur abundantly on
blossoms, I get some of the rarest and most interesting by
sweeping weeds growing in the woods with a sweep net.
Early morning and late in the afternoon are the best times to
secure them, for during the heat of mid-day they are so active
jumping around in the net or umbrella, and flying away so

124 Cincinuali Society of Natural History.

quickly, that it is very difficult to get them into a bottle. With
us the first individuals of the family appear about the middle
of May, and reach their maximum numbers during June, but
by the middle of July most of them have gone. I give below
notes on some of the species, and also a list of them, which
may assist in throwing a little light on geographical distri-
bution :

Pentaria.

trifasciata Mels., common, taken abundantly on the foliage
of an osage orange hedge, June.

Anaspls.

rufa Say, common.

TOMOXIA.

bidentata Say, common,
linella Lee, common,
hilaris (Say), rare.

The three species above are found about dead beech

timber, but with the destruction of the trees the beetles

have become scarce.

MOKDKLLA.

melaena Germ., rare,
scutellaris Fab., common,
octopunctata Fab., common,
marginata Melsh., common,
lunulata Hel., rare.

serval Say, abundant ; always found resting on the under-
side of logs, mostly beech,
oculata Say, abundant,
triloba (Say), abundant,
undulata Mels., rare,
discoidea Mels., not common.

GMI'ODES.

sericans Mels., rare.

Mordelliiice in the Vicinity of Cincinnati, O. 125

MORDELLISTENA.

bicinctella Lec, rare; a very variable species both in size
and markings. In one the thorax is entirely black ; in
another there is a dark basal cloud ; in another the thorax
is very pale. The width of elytral bands is also variable.

arida Lec, rare.

lutea Melsh., common.

trifasciata Say, rare.

lepidiila Say, rare.

limbalis Melsh., not rare.

biplagiata Helm,, an abundant species, and the first that
appears in the Spring (May), occurring on blossoms of the
" Haw " (Viburnum).

decorella Lec, rare.

bipustulata Hel., rare.

picipcnnis Smith, rare.

fulvicollis Melsh, rare.

militaris, Lec, rare.

comata Lec, common.

aspersa Mels., rare.

tosta Lec, abundant.

arnica Lec, rare.

infima Lec, rare.

varians Lec, common.

gramica Lec, common.

ustulata Lec , common.

My series point to the conclusion that the three above are
color varieties.

semiusta Say, rare.

nigricans Mels., rare.

pustulata Mels., abundant.

convicta Lec, not rare.

splendens Smith. I have a specimen which I think is this
species, but it differs from the type in having one ridge
less on the first joint of tibia. When fresh, was of a sage-
green color, but in drying has faded to pale silvery. A
very pretty species.

morula Lec, rare.

ambusta Lec, common.

126 Ciiirinua/i Sociefy of A'a/mal Hislt>ry.

unicolor Lee. with pustulata, our most abundant species.

marginalis Say, common.

pubescens Fab., common.

bihamata Mels., common. This species is exceedingly
active, jumping about in the net like a flea. M. discolor
resembles it superficially, but is not nearly so active.

liturata Mels., common.

fuscata Mels., common.

suturella Helm., one specimen.'

attenuata vSay, one specimen.

discolor Mels., two specimens.

Kmula Lee, one specimen (teste Horn).

In addition to the fifty-three species enumerated above,
I have several Moydcllistoia which I think are new; one of
them is near the Californian vilis, Lee. I hesitate to describe
them, as there seems to be too man\- species now.

AvOND.\i<E, January 6, 1893.

The Myxoiiiycctcs of the Miatni l\xllcy. Ohio. 127

THE MYXOMVCKTRS OF THK MIAMI VALLEY,

OHIO.

Bv A. P. Morgan.

First Paper.
(Read January 3, 1893.)

MYXOMYCETES, Wallr.

Fructification essentially a minute membranaceous
vesicle, the sporangium inclosing the sporHvS, the
product of a motile protoplasmic body called the

PLASMODIUM.

Microscopic organisms with the habit of the Fungi. The
ripe spore of the Myxomycetes is globose or ellipsoidal in
shape, with the epispore colorless or colored, and smooth or
marked by characteristic surface — sculpture according to the
species ; the spore in germination gives rise to an elongated
protoplasmic body, which exhibits amoeboid movements, and
is known by the name of szvarm-cell. The swarm-cells mul-
tiply by bipartition, which may be repeated through several

Preston, Hamilton County, Ohio. December 28, 1892.
Mr. Davis L. Jame.s:

Dear Sir — Won^ with this I send you the first installment of the papers,
entitled " The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio."

The work in these papers is based upon my ample collection of Myxomycetes
growing in this region, comprising more than one hundred species; these have
been diligently compared with specimens obtained from correspondents elsewhere
in this country and in Europe.

At the same time, I have also included many extrr limital species. This has
been done chiefly to more clearly elucidate the subject in places where the local
material is not sufBcient.

The only apology I can make for the arrangement which I present, is that I
have been obliged to choose from several different systems. I have aimed not to
hamper myself, by attaching paramount importance to some particular character
throughout.

I purpose to furnish a synopsis of the whole at the end of the work.

Very truly yours. A. P. Morgan.

128 Cincinnati Society of Xaturat History.

generations ; they then unite together to form the large
motile protoplasmic bodies named plas))wdia. The newly-
formed Plasmodium is distinguished by its greater size from
the swarm-cells, while it exhibits essentially the same move-
ments and changes of shape. The plasmodia gradually
increase in size, and as they grow assume commonly the form
of branched strands ; these spread over the surface of the
substratum, which is usually the decaying parts of plants, in
the form of veins and net-works of veins, giving rise to a
copiously-branched reticulated or frill-like expansion, which
covers surfaces varying in extent from a few to several centi-
meters. They are chiefly composed of a soft protoplasm of
the consistence of cream, which may be readily spread out
into a shapeless smear, and is usually colorless, but sometimes
exhibits brilliant colors of yellow, orange, rose, purple, etc.
The development of the plasmodium ceases with the forma-
tion of the spores within their sporangia.

The formation of the sporangia out of the plasmodium
appears under three general forms, which, however, pass into
each other and are, therefore, not strictly limited.

First : An entire plasmodium spread out on its substratum
becomes transformed into a sporangium, or it divides into a
variable number of unequal and irregular pieces, each of
which undergoes transformation. Such a sporangium lying
flat on the substratum, more or less elongated and flexuous,
often branched and reticulate, is termed a plasmcdiocarp.

Second: Erect sporangia on a narrow or stalk-like base,
begin as node-like swellings on the branches of the plasmo-
dium, and gradually rise to their ultimate form as the sur-
rounding protoplasm flows into them and assumes an upward
direction. These sporangia are nearly always perfectly
regular in shape ; they may be globose, obovoid, somewhat
depressed, or more or less elongated, and are either stipitate
or sessile.

Third: A number of plasmodia collect together from
every side and become fused into a single body, often of con-
siderable dimensions; from these combinations originate the
large spore receptacles which are called u-t/ia/ia. The com-
ponent sporangia may be regular in shape, standing close
together, in a single stratum, with entire connate walls: more

The .'\ryxoiiiyi'("tes of (he Miami I'a/Zey, Ohio. 129

often, being elongated and flexuous, the}' branch and anasto-
mose freely, their walls Ijeconiing perforated and more or less
defective ; in other cases, the cethalinm is a compound plas-
modiocarp, the narrow sinuous sporangia branched and
anastomosing in all directions, forming an intricate network,
closely packed together and inseparable. The surface of the
aethalium is often covered by a continuous layer of some
excreted substance, which is called the common cortex.

The wall of the sporangium, typically, is a thin, firm mem-
brane, colorless and pellucid, or colored in various shades of
violet, brown, yellow, etc.; it is sometimes extremely delicate,
as in Lamproderma, or is scarcely evident, as in Stemonitis;
in other instances it is thickened by deposits on the inner
surface, as in Tubulina, or by incrustations on the outer sur-
face, as in Chondrioderma. The stipes are tubes usually with
a thick wall, which is often wrinkled and folded lengthwise,
and is confluent above with the wall of the sporangium ; in
some cases the stipe also enters the sporangium, and is more
or less prolonged within it as a cohonella. The stipe com-
monly expands at the base into a membrane, which fastens
it to the substratum, and is called the hypothallus ; when all
the stipes of the same group of sporangia stand upon a single
continuous membrane, it is called a commo)i hypotJialhis.

In the simplest forms, the cavity of the sporangium is filled
exclusively with the numerous spores ; but in most all of the
genera, tubules or threads of different forms occur among
the spores and constitute the capillitium. The capillitium
first makes its appearance in Reticularia, in which upon the
inner surface of the walls of the sporangia there are abundant
fibrous thickenings ; next in Cribraria it is spread over the
inner surface of the wall, and is early separated from it; here,
also, it first assumes a more definite form and arrangement ;
in Physarum it is in connection with the wall of the sporan-
gium only b}^ its extremities while it traverses the interior
with a complicated network ; in Stemonitis and its allies the
capillitium originates wholly from the columella ; in most
species of Arcyria it issues from the interior of the stipe.
The capillitium in Trichia consists of numerous slender
threads which aire free, that is, are not attached in any way;
they are usually simple and pointed at each extremity : the
surface of these threads exhibits beautiful spiral markings.

130 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Order I. LICKACE^.

Sporangia always sessile, simple and regular or
plasmodiocarp, sometimes united into an asthalium.
The wall a thin, firm, persistent membrane, often
granulose-thickened, usualh' rupturing irregularly.
Spores globose, usualh" some shade of umber or
olivaceous, rarely violaceous.

The species of this order are the simplest of the Myxomy-
cetes; the sporangium, with a firm, persistent wall contains
only the spores. There is no trace of a capillitium, unless a
few occasional threads in the wall of Tubulina prefigure such
a structure. To the genera of this order is appended the
anomalous genus Lycogala, which seems to me better placed
here than elsewhere.

Table of Genera of Liceace.k.

1. LiCEA. Sporangia simple and regular or plasmodiocarp,
gregarious ; hypothallus none.

2. Tubulina. Sporangia cylindric, or by mutual pressure
becoming prismatic, distinct or more or less connate and
aethalioid, seated upon a common hypothallus.

3. Lvcoc.OEA. ^^thalium with a firm membranaceous
wall; from the inner surface of the wall proceed numerous
slender tubules, which are intermingled with the spores.

I. LICIC.A, vSchrad. Sporangia sessile, simple and regular
or plasmodiocarp, gregarious, close or scattered ; hypothallus
none; the wall a thin, firm meml)ranc, sometimes thickened
with .scales or granules, breaking up irregularly and falling
away or dehiscent in a regular manner. Spores globo.se,
variously colored.

The sporangia are not seated on a common hypothallus;
they are, conseciuently, more or less irregularly scattered about
on the substratum.

The Afy.voiiiyrrfrs of the I\fianii I'allcy, Ohio. 131

1. LiCKA VARIABILIS, Sclirad. Plasinodiocarp not much
elongated, usually scattered, sometimes closer and confluent,
somewhat depressed, the surface uneven or a little roughened
and not shining, reddish-brown or blackish in color; the wall
a thin, firm pellucid membrane, covered by a dense outer layer
of thick brown or blackish scales, rupturing irregularly.
Spores in mass pale ochraceous, globose or oval, even or
nearly so, 13-16 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. Plasmodiocarp 1-1.5 mm. in length,
though sometimes 'confluent and longer. The wall is thick
and rough, not at all shining. It is evidently the species of
Schweinitz referred to by Fries under this name.

2. LiCEA IviNDHKiMERi, Berk. vSporangia sessile, regular,
globose, gregarious, scattered or sometimes crowded, dark
bay in color, smooth and shining ; the wall a thin membrane
with a yellow-brown outer layer, opaque, rupturing irregu-
larly. Spores in mass bright bay, globose, minutely warted,
opaque, 5-6 mic. in diameter.

Growing on herbaceous stems sent from Texas. Sporangia
about .4 mm. in diameter. The bright bay mass of spores
within will serve to distinguish the species. The thin brown
wall appears dark bay with the inclosed spores.

3. lyiCEA BiFORis, Morgan, n. sp. Sporangia regular, com-
pressed, sessile on a narrow base, gregarious ; the wall thin,
firm, smooth, yellow-brown in color and nearly opaque, with
minute scattered granules on the inner surface, at maturity
opening along the upper edge into two equal parts, which
remain persistent by the base. Spores yellow-brown in mass,
globose or oval, even, 9-12 mic. in diameter. See Plate III,
Fig. I.

Growing on the inside bark of Liriodendron. Sporangia
.25-. 40 mm. in length, shaped exactly like a bivalve shell and
opening in a similar manner. I have also received specimens
of this curious species from Prof. J. Dearness, London, Canada.

4. LiCEA PUvSiLLA, Schrad. Sporangia regular, sessile,
hemispheric, the base depressed, gregarious, chestnut-brown,
shining; the wall thin, smooth, dark-colored and nearly
opaque, dehiscent at the apex into regular segments. Spores
in the mass blackish-brown, globose, even, 16-18 mic. in
diameter.

132 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Growing on old wood, Sporangium about i mm. in diam-
eter. On account of the color of the .spores the genus Proto-
derma was created for this species by Rostafinski. It is num-
ber 2,316 of Schweinitz's N. A. Fungi.

II. TUBULINA. Pers. Sporangia cylindric, or l^y mutual
pressure becoming prismatic, distinct or more or less connate
and aethalioid, the apex convex, seated upon a common hypo-
thallus; the wall a thin membrane, minutely granulose, firm
and quite persistent, gradually breaking away from the apex
downward. vSpores abundant, globose, umber or olivaceous.

The sporangia u.sually stand erect in a single stratum, with
their walls separate or grown together: in the more compact
cethalioid forms, however, the sporangia, becoming elongated
and flexuous, pass upward and outward in various directions,
branching and anastomosing freely. See Plate III, Figs. 2, 3, 4.

1. TuBULiNA CYLiNDRicA, Bull. Sporangia cylindric, more
or less elongated, closely crowded, distinct or connate, pale
umber to rusty-brown in color, seated on a well developed
hypothallus; the wall thin, firm, with minute veins and gran-
ules, semi-opaque, pale umber, often iridescent. Spores in
mass pale umber to ru.sty-brown, globose, most of the surface
reticulate, 6-8 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, mosses, etc. .'Ethalium circular or
irregular in shape, from one to several centimeters in extent,
the individual sporangia 2-4 mm. in height. Plasmodium at
first milky-white, soon changing to bright red, then to umber,
becoming paler when mature and dry.

2. TuBULiNA Casparyi, Rost. Sporangia more or less
elongated, closely crowded and j^rismatic, connate, pale um-
ber to brown in color, seated on a conspicuous hypothallus ;
the wall thin, firm, minutely granulose. semi-opaque, pale
umber, iridescent when well matured; all or many of the
sporangia traversed by a central columella, from which a few
narrow bands of the membrane stretch to the adjacent walls.
Spores in the mass pale umber to brown, globose, the surface
reticulate, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old prostrate trunks. .Kthaliuni two or three
to several centimeters in extent, the individual sporangia 3-5

The 3fyxo>nyii'/es of thr Miami \'allc\\ Ohio. 133

mill, in height. Pla.siiiodium white, the ininiature .sporangia
dull-gray tinged with .sienna color. The columella, with its
radiating bits of membrane, i.s the .same substance as the wall;
it may be a reentrant edge of the prismatic sporangium,
caused by excessive crowding together ; at least, this may be
regarded as its origin; there may have ari.sen some further
adaptation. The species is Siphoptychiinn Casparyi, Rost. I
am indebted to Dr. George A. Rex for the specimens I have
examined.

3. TuBULiN.v C.KSPITOSA, Peck. Sporangia short-cyliiidric,
clo.sely crowded, distinct or connate, argillaceous olive to olive-
brown in color, seated on a well-developed hypothallus ; the
wall a thin membrane, with a dense la3'er of minute dark-
colored round granules on the inner surface. Spores argilla-
ceous olive in the mass, globose, minutely warted, 6-8 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on old wood. >'Ethalium in irregular patches
sometimes several centimeters in extent, the single sporangia
about I mm. in height. Plasmodium dark olivaceous, the
sporangia blackish if dried when immature, taking a paler
shade of olivaceous, according to development and maturity.
This is Perichcena caspitosa. Peck, in the 31st N. Y. Report.

III. LVCOGALA. Mich. .-Ethalium with a firm membra-
naceous wall ; from the inner surface of the wall proceed num-
erous slender tubules, which are intermingled with the spores.
The material of the wall appears under three different forms :
the inner layer is a thin membrane, uniform in structure, of a
yellow-brown color, and semi-pellucid ; the outer layer consists
of large flat roundish or irregular vesicles, brown in color,
filled wath minute granules, and arranged in one or more
strata; from these vesicles originate the tubules, which trav-
erse the wall for a certain distance, and then enter the interior
among the spores ; the tubules are more or less compressed,
simple or branched, and the surface is ornamented with warts
and ridges, which sometimes form irregular rings and reticu-
lations.

If the sporophores in this genus be regarded as simple
sporangia, which is the view that Rostafinski takes of one of

134 Ciiicitttiati Society of Nahnal History.

the species, the tubules are simply the peculiar threads of a
capillitium. If, however, the aethalium is a compound plas-
modiocarp, the tubules stand for the original plasmodial
strands and, consequently, represent the component spor-
angia.

1. IvYCOGALA CONICUM. Pers. ^thalia small, ovoid-conic,
gregarious, sometimes close together with the bases confluent,
the surface pale umber or olivaceous marked with short brown
lines, regularly dehiscent at the apex. The wall thin ; the
outer layer not continuous, the irregular brown vesicles di.s-
posed in angular patches and elongated bands, which have a
somewhat reticulate arrangement. The tubules appear as a
thin stratum upon the inner membrane ; they do not branch,
and they send long slender simple extremities inward among
the spores. Spores in mass pale ochraceous, globose, min-
utely warted, 5-6 mic. in diameter. vSee Plate III, Fig. 5.

Growing on old wood, ^thalium 2-5 mm. in height, the
tubules 3-8 mic. in thickness. This is Dermodium conicnm of
Rostafinski's monograph, but the structure is essentiall}- the
same as in the other species. Massee evidently did not have
specimens of this species. I have never seen any branching
of the tubules either in the wall or in the free extremities of
the interior.

2. Lycogala exiguum, Morg. n. sp. yEthalia small, glo-
bose, gregarious, the surface dark brown or blackish, min-
utely scaly, irregularly dehiscent. The wall thin ; the vesi-
cles with a dark polygonal outline, disposed in thin irregular
reticulate patches, which are more or less confluent. The
tubules appear as an interwoven fibrous stratum upon the
inner membrane ; they .send long slender branched extrem-
ities inward among the spores. Spores in mass pale ochra-
ceous, globose, nearly smooth, 5-6 mic. in diameter. See
Plate III, Fig. 6.

Growing on old wood, ^thalium 2-5 mm. in diameter, the
threads 2-10 mic. in thickness, with very slight thickenings
of the membrane. The polygonal vesicles give a reticulate
appearance to the dark-brown patches which ornament the
surface of the wall.

3. IvYCOGALa Hi'iDKNDKiM, Buxb. ..^tlialia sub-globose,

The Myxomycctes of t lie Miami \ alley, Ohio. 135

gregarious, sometimes closely crowded and irregular, the sur-
face umber, brown or olivaceous, minutely warted, at length,
irregularly dehiscent at or about the apex. The wall thick,
the brown vesicles loosely aggregated and densely agglutin-
ated together, traversed in all directions by the much-branched
tubules, which send long-branched extremities inward among
the spores ; the main branches thick and flat, with wide
expansions, especially at the angles, the ultimate branchlets
more slender and o])tuse at the apex. Spores in the mass
from pale to reddish ochre, globose, minutely warted, 5-6 mic.
in diameter. See Plate III, Fig. 7.

Growing on old wood. .-Ethalium 5-12 mm. in diameter,
the width of the tubules varying from 12-25 "lic. in the main
branches, with broader expansions at the angles, to 6-12 mic.
in the more slender final branchlets. This is one of the most
common of the Myxomycetes ; it grows in all countries, and
in this region may be found on old trunks at all seasons of the
year.

4. LvcoGALA FLAVOFUSCUM, Ehr. ^thalia large, sub-
globose or somewhat pulvinate, solitary or gregarious, the
surface at first silvery-shining, becoming 3'ellow-brown, min-
utely areolate, irregularly dehiscent The wall verj' thick
and firm, hard and rigid; the thick outer layer of roundish
brown vesicles closely compacted in numerous strata ; from
the vesicles of the lower strata the long and broad much-
branched tubules proceed into the interior among the spores;
the ultimate branchlets clavate and obtuse at the apex. Spores
in the mass pale ochre, cinerous or brow^ni.sh, globose, minutely
warted, 5-6 mic. in diameter. See Plate III, Figs. 8, 9.

Growing on old trunks. ^-Ethalium 1 to several centimeters
in diameter, the width of the tubules varying from 25-60 mic.
in the main branches, with sometimes much broader expan-
sions at the angles, to 10-25 "''ic. in the ultimate branchlets.
The brown vesicles of the outer wall are easily separated from
each other and emptied of their contents by maceration ; it is
then seen that a thin pellucid membrane incloses numerous
roundish granules, much resembling the .spores, but usually a
little larger, 5-8 mic. in diameter.

136 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Order II.— RETICULARIACE.€.

Sporangia simple, regular and stipitate, or com-
pound, forming an sethalium ; the wall a thin mem-
brane with distinct fibrous thickenings upon the
inner surface, the membrane, or at least certain
portions of it, disappearing usually at the maturity
of the spores, leaving behind the more permanent
fibrous thickenings as a more or less definite capilli-
tium. Spores globose, purple, brown, ochraceous,
rarely violaceous.

In this order the threads of a capillitium first make their
appearance ; but they are confined to the inner surface of the
wall of the sporangium, being set at liberty by the early decay
of the outer membrane.

Table of Genera ok Reticulariace/E.
a. ^Et/ialia.

1. Reticularia. .'Ethalium composed of numerous slen-
der sinuous sporangia which repeatedly branch and anasto-
mose.

2. Clathroi'Tvciiium. ^Ethalium composed of numerous
regular erect sporangia.

Ik Sporani^ia simple.

3. Cribraria. Capillitium of slender threads combined
into a network of polygonal meshes.

4. DiCTVDiUM. Capillitium of numerous con\ergent ribs,
which extend from base to apex, and are united by fine trans-
verse fibers, thus forming a network of rectangular meshes.

I. RliTlCULARIA, Hull. .Uthalium composed of numer-
ous slender sinuous sporangia, which repeatedly branch and
anastomose, closely packed together and seated upon a com-

The Myxomycetes of the A/iaini I'alley, Ohio. 137

mon hypotliallus, the apices of the final branches coherent at
the surface, and naked or covered by an additional corticate
layer. Walls of the sporangia consisting of a thin menibrane,
with abundant fibrous thickenings, presenting broad expan-
sions, narrowing to thin flat bands, and reduced in many
places to slender fibrous threads. Spores abundant, globose,
umber or violaceous.

After the maturity of the spores disintegration of the spor-
angial wall begins, the thin membrane disappearing more
rapidly than the fibrous thickenings or the portions of the
sporangial walls near the base, which are more compactly
grown together; there is thus left at each stage an increasing
number of the shreddy fibers mingled with the spores.

1. Reticularia splendens, Morg. n. sp. ^thalium
pulvinate, circular or more or less elongated and irregular,
seated on a conspicuous silvery hypotliallus ; the surface
naked, bright umber, smooth and shining. Walls of the
sporangia firm and quite persistent, pale umber, slowly disin-
tegrating, consisting for the most part of wide expansions,
with their angles tapering to narrow bands and slender
threads. Spores in the mass pale umber, globose, most of
the surface reticulate, 7-9 mic. in diameter. See Plate III,
Fig. 10.

Growing on old wood, .^thalium from i to several centi-
meters in extent and 5-10 mm. in thickness, usually growing
singly, rarely close enough to be confluent. This species has
lately been referred to Reticularia rozeana, Rost., but it varies
greatly from the account given of that species in the Journal
of Botany for September, iSgi.

2. Reticularia umhrina. Fr. ^thalium pulvinate,
roundish, more or less irregular, the surface covered by a
thin, silvery, shining, common cortex, which at the base is
confluent with the hypotliallus. Walls of the sporangia
umber or rusty-brown next the base, with broad expansions
in places thickly grown together, toward the surface passing
into narrow bands and abundant fibrous threads, which
rapidly disintegrate. Spores in the mass umber or rusty
brown, globose, most of the surface reticulate, 7-9 mic. in
diameter.

138 Ctftchniati Society of Natural History.

Growing on old trunks, ^vthalium one to several centi-
meters in extent, and 5-15 mm. in thickness. The walls of
the sporangia are much more reduced to the shreddy fibrous
condition than in the preceding .species, and on this account
they much more rapidly disintegrate, causing the sethalium
soon to collapse. It is Reticnlaria Lycopcrdon, Bull.

3. Reticulari.v atra, a. & S. ^Ethalium pulvinate, vari-
able in form and size, covered with a thin, fragile, blackish,
cortical layer. Walls of the sporangia violaceous, next the
base with broad expansions, in places more thickly grown
together, toward the surface becoming narrow with more
abundant fibrous threads, sometimes presenting a loose
irregular network, the whole structure, however, quite varia-
ble, according to the stage of the disintegration. vSporcs
globose, violet, minutely warted, 14-16 mic. in diameter.

Growing on wood and bark, especially of pine. .Ethalium
2 or 3 to several centimeters in extent. This is Amaurocho'te
atra of Rostafinski's monograph, but the structure appears to
be altogether similar to that of Reticnlaria umhriiia.

II. CLATHROPTYCHIUM, Rost. .Ethalium compo.sed
of numerous regular erect sporangia, seated in a single compact
stratum, on a well-developed hypothallus, the surface formed
by the coherent apices. Sporangia at first cylindric, with the
apex convex and the wall entire; soon, by mutual pressure,
they become prismatic and the lateral faces disappear, leaving
the edges and the apex permanent. Spores globose, ochra-
ceous.

I. CLATHROPTYCHIUM RUGULOSUM, Wallr. ^thalium
composed of numerous very slender sporangia, closely com-
pacted into a single stratum, and seated on a conspicuous
silvery hypothallus; the surface ochroleucous, honey color or
olivaceous. The sporangia are typically hexangular when
the lateral faces disappear, leaving at the edges six simple
triangular threads, extending from the angles of the hex-
agonal apex downward to the base. Spores in the mass
ochraceous, yellowish or brownish, globose, minutely warted,
8-10 mic. in diameter.

The Myxomycetes of the Miatni J'al/ey, Ohio. 139

(Growing on old wood, ^^vthalium somewhat circular, or
often quite irregular in shape, i to several centimeters in
extent, the individual sporangia nearly i mm. in height, but
scarcely .1 mm. in thickness. Deviations from the typical
form of the sporangia sometimes occur, they are not seldom
pentangular, and I have seen the apices quadrangular, with
only four threads, or even triangular, and with but three ; the
threads, too, are said occasionally to branch and anastomose.
Rcticularia plumbea, Fries, S. M. Ill, 88; and Ostracoderma
spadkeum, Schw., N. A. Fungi No. 2,381.

III. CRIBRARIA, Pers. Sporangia simple, globose or obo-
void, stipitate, often cernuous ; the wall regularly thickened
on the inner surface in two ways, the lower basal portion by
radiating ribs consisting of minute brown granules, the upper
part by slender threads combined into a network of polygonal
meshes ; the basal portion of the membrane is commonly per-
sistent with its thickening and is called the calycidns, the
upper part nearly always disappears from the network at
maturity ; there are usually nodules of the brown granules at
the angles of the network. Spores globose, purple, brown,
ochraceous.

a. Sporangium, large.

I. Cribr.vria argillacea, Pers. Sporangia globose or
obovoid, stipitate or nearly sessile, standing close together on
a thin and evanescent hypothallus; the wall quite firm,
silvery-shining, the greater portion persistent, breaking awaj'
about the apex ; calyculus small, the brown radiating ribs
soon passing into a network of polygonal meshes, the threads
with irregular granulose-thickened portions at intervals
throughout their whole extent. Stipe very short, erect,
brown. •Spores in the mass argillaceous, globose, 5-7 niic. in
diameter.

Growing in large irregular patches on rotten trunks. Spor-
angia .6-. 8 mm. in diameter, the stipe always much shorter
than the sporangium, sometimes nearly obsolete. The resem-
blance of this species to some forms of Tiibiilina ceespitosa is
verv great.

140 Cii!cii!>ia/i Society of Natural Ilislory.

2. Ckihkaria vi'LGARis, vSclirad. vSporangiuni large, glob-
ose, stipitate, somewhat cernuous; the calyculus brown,
finely ribbed and granulose within, occupying Init a small
part of the sporangium ; the network of slender threads, with
very small nodules at the angles, each with several (3-7)
radiating threads, sometimes with one or two free extremities,
the meshes triangular or rhombic. Stipe rather short, stout,
tapering upward, usually a little bent or curved at the apex,
dark purplish brown in color. Spores in the mass pale ochra-
ceous, globose, even, 5-7 niic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium .5-. 7 mm. in diameter,
the stipe two or three times the diameter of the sporangium
in length. Recognized b}^ the large sporangium and the very
small nodules with their few radiating threads.

3. Cribraria dictvdioides, C. & B. Sporangium large,
glol)ose, stipitate, cernuous; the calyculus small, with thick-
ish brown ribs, from which the outer thin membrane often
disappears soon after maturity; the network of slender
threads, with large brown nodules at the angles, more or le.ss
elongated and irregular in shape, each with numerous (5-15)
radiating threads, usually some with free extremities, the
meshes largely triangular. Stipe long, tapering upward,
flexuous, curved at the apex, dark purplish-brown in color.
Spores in mass pale ochraceous, globose, even, 5-7 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on rotten wood, especially of oak. Sporangium
.5-. 6 mm. in diameter, the stipe from three to five times as
long. This species appears to be intermediate between Cri-
braria vulgaris and Cribraria intricata ; the nodules are usually
large and irregular, but the characteristic parallel threads of
C intricata do not often occur. The outer membrane of the
calyculus is by no means always absent.

4. Crihraria ivLKGANS, B. & C. Sporangium ratfter large ,
globose, sti])itate, somewhat cernuous; the calyculus thickly
coated inside with dark purple granules, faintly ribbed, occu-
P3'ing about a third part of the sporangium ; the network of
slender threads, with large irregular dark i)urple nodules, quite
variable in shape and size, angular and lobed, below sometimes
much elongated, the meshes very irregular. Stipe rather

The Myxomycctcs of the Miami I'al/ey, Ohio. 141

short, tapering upward, bent at the apex, dark purple in color.
Spores in the mass bright purple, globose, even, 5-7 niic. in
diameter.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium .4-. 5 mm. in diameter,
the stipe two or three times as long. It does not appear to be
greatly different from Cribraria purpurea, Schrad.

b. Spora)iq;iuni, small .

5. Crihrari.v texella. Schrad. Sporangium small, glob-
ose, stipitate, cernuous; the calyculus browm, shining, granu-
lose within and faintly ribbed, occupying from one-fourth to
one-half the sporangium, sometimes the outer thin membrane
early disappearing; the network of slender threads with small
roundish or irregular nodules at the angles, each with several
(4-8) radiating threads, sometimes two or three with free
extremities, the meshes triangular or rhombic. vStipe long,
tapering upward, flexuous, curved at the apex, purplish-brown
in color. Spores pale ochraceous in mass, globose, even, 5-7
mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. The sporangium .3-.4 " mm. in
diameter, the stipe three to five times as long. This is a much
more delicate species than Cribraria dictydioides. The caly-
culus is variable in size ; in some examples the thin connect-
ing membrane between the ribs has disappeared.

6. Cribraria microcarpa, vSchrad. Sporangium very
small, globose, stipitate, somewhat cernuous ; the calyculus
represented by a few short brown ribs, the outer membrane
soon disappearing ; the netw^ork of slender threads, with small
roundish nodules at the angles, each with several (4-6) radia-
ting threads, with an occasional free extremity, the meshes
largely rhombic. Stipe very long, slender, somewhat flexuous,
bent at the apex, purplish-brown in color. Spores in mass
pale ochraceous, globose, even, 6-7 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium .22-. 27 mm. in diameter,
the stipes 1-2 mm. in length. Readily distinguished by its
very small sporangium and the comparatively very long stem.
I am indebted to Dr. George A. Rex for specimens of this
species.

142 Cincitinati Society of Natural History.

7. Crihraria cuprea, Morg. n. sp. vSporangium very
small, oval or somewhat obovoid, stipitate, cernuous : the
calyculus copper-colored, finely ribbed and granulose within,
occupying from one-third to one-half the sporangium ; the
network of slender threads, with rather large triangular or
quadrilateral meshes, and with large irregular dark copper-
colored nodules, each having several (4-7) radiating threads,
with an occasional free extremity. vStipe not very long,
tapering upward, curved at the apex, of the same color as the
sporangium or darker below. Spores pale coppery in mass,
globose, even, 6-7 mic. in diameter. See Plate III, Fig. 11.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium .30-.35 X .25-. 30
mm., the stipe two to four times as long as the sporangium.
A minute species, easily recognized by its almost uniform
color of bright new copper.

IV. DICTYDIUM, vSchrad. Sporangium simple, depressed-
globose, .stipitate, cernuous; the wall regularly thickened on
the inner surface by numerous convergent ribs, which extend
from base to apex and are united by fine transverse fibers,
thus forming a network of rectangular meshes ; the basal
portion of the membrane sometimes persists as a calyculus,
the upper part disappears at maturity. Spores globose, pur-
plish.

The ribs run from base to apex like the meridians on a
globe ; they are simple, or here and there they separate into
two divergent branches, which sometimes again converge into
one ; at the apex of the sporangium there is usually a small
irregular net in which all the ribs terminate.

I. DiCTVDiUM CERNUUM, Pers. Sporangium depressed-
globose, umbilicate at the apex, stipitate, cernuous, purplish-
l^rown in color; the calyculus granulose within, occupying
from one-fourth to one-third of the sporangium, the ribs
united by firm, persistent fibers. Stipe not very long, erect,
tapering upward, bent at the apex, purplish-brown, the apex
pale and pellucid, standing on a small hypothallus. Spores
purplish-brown in mass, globose, even, 5-7 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium .4-. 5 mm. in diameter,
the stipe two or three times longer than the diameter of the

The flfyxomyct'ft's of the Miami I'alley, Ohio. 143

sporaiigiuin. This appears to be the species figured and
described by Rostafinski and by Massee.

2. DiCTYDiUM LONGii'ES, Morg. u. sp. Sporangium large,
depressed-globose, the apex umbilicate, stipitate, cernuous,
dark purple in color ; calyculus usually wholly wanting, the
ribs united by weak fibers, which are easily torn asunder,
allowing the ribs to curl up inwards. vStipe very long, flexu-
ous, tapering upward, curved and twisted at the apex, dark
purple in color, standing on a thin hypothallus. vSpores in
the mass dark purple, globose, even, 5-7 mic. in diameter.
See Plate III, Fig. 12.

Growing on rotten wood, mosses, etc. Sporangium .5-.7
mm. in diameter, the stipe three to five times as long. This
is a mucli larger species than the preceding ; it has a uniform
dark purple hue, the stipe is very long and much bent and
twisted, the ribs of the sporangium are soon torn apart and
rolled inward.

144 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

MANUAL OF THE PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CIN-
CINNATI GROUP.

Bv Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. vS. A., etc.

Part I\'.

(Continued from Vol. xv, p. i(X5.)

(Read by Title, January 3, 1^93.)

Section 2. — Madreporaria riigosa.

This section includes such well-known forms as Zaphrentis,
Cxathophylhim and Streptelasvia. Its general characters are
given by Nicholson as follows : ^- Coralluni simple or com-
posite, composed of compact, solid sclerenchyma, the theca
complete and imperforate ; septa usually well developed and
lamellar, with smooth or dentated edges ; sometimes rudi-
mentary, generally alternately long and short ; mode of in-
crease in the composite corolla mosth' by lateral or calicular
budding. Three of the genera of our corals are referred here,
viz., Zaphrnitis, Slreptelasma and Palceophylhnn.

Genus i. — Z.\phrentis, Rafinesque and Clifford, 1820.

"Corallum simple and trochoid ; calice deep, septal fossula
strongly developed and occupying the place of one of the
.septa ; no columella ; tabukc moderately developed and bear-
ing on their upper surface a series of septa, which extend
from the wall to the center of the visceral chamber, and are
denticulate all along their calicular edge." (Ann. Sci. Phys.
de Bruxelles, tome v, 1820, p. 234; Ed. and Haime, Brit. Foss.
Cor. (Pakcont. vSoc. Pub., (London, 1850, p. Ixv.)

Remarks. — The above description is not the original one of
Rafinesque and Clifford, this not being accessible, but the

"Mamial of I'ala'f)iilol.. isx'.i. vol. 1. \>. 'J7ii.

Paleontology of the Cincinnati (ironp.

145

later one of Edwards and Haime. Only one species lias been
recorded from the Cincinnati gronp.

I. — Z. (?) oiiioi'iNSis, James, 1S79.

Fig. 8. — Zaphrenlis ?; ohioensis. James. Two examples iiat. size. Original.

Corallum small, simple, .sub-cylindrical, expanding quite
rapidly from the base upward ; sharply curved about the
middle; epitheca thin; slight undulations, and numerous fine
encircling lines crossing the small, closely set, longitudinal,
sinuous costit ; margin of calice thin ; interior and septa not
known, being covered in all the examples by rock or other
corals ; three-fourths of an inch in diameter across the cup
and one inch in length. (The Palaeontologist, No. 4, July 10,
1879, p. 26.)

Locality. — Mt. Auburn, Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — Subsequent to the published description, the
author of this species was inclined to question its validity.
It is inserted here in order that it may receive study from
others. The figures are from type specimens in Mr. James's
collection.

Genus 2. — Streptelasma, Hall, 1847.

Corallum simple, turbinate, free ; epitheca well developed ;
septa well developed, more or less twisted and united with one
another toward the center of the visceral chamber, where thej^
sometimes form a species of vesicular tissue; no columella and
no dissepiments ; tabukc remote, irregular, and poorly devel-
oped ; a single septal fosette. (Pal. of N. Y., vol. i, 1847, p.
69; Nicholson, Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2, 1875, p. 217.)

Remarks. — The above is the description given by Nicholson,
as it is fuller than that of Hall. Numerous species have been

146 CivcitDiali Society of Naiura/ His for v.

referred to the genu?, some of them from our own section,
but there does not seem good reason for making more than
one from the Cincinnati group. It has also been questioned
whether it is not the same as Petraia described by Munster in
1837. Billings and others have so considered it, but we shall
here regard it as distinct.

I. — S. coKxicTLr.M, Hall, 1.S47.

Corallum conical, slightly curved or nearly straight, aver-
aging from one to four inches long, and from ten lines to i^
inches in diameter; septa from 90 to 160, alternately large
and small ; smaller ones rarely extending much beyond the
margin, but the larger ones reaching to the center, where
they become more or less twisted and united with one an-
other, forming a mass of vesicular tissue : calice moderately
deep; septa very thick, often appearing as if double; tabulae
remote and irregular, sometimes elevated toward the center
of the visceral chamber ; no dissepiments ; epitheca with
longitudinal ridges corresponding to the septa within ; other-
wise smooth, or, rareh', with a few encircling folds. (Pal. of
N. Y., vol. I, i<S47, p. 69; Nicholson, Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2,
1875, p. 218.

Loca/iiy. — Oxford, Waynesville, Lebanon, Loveland, Cincin-
nati and other places in Ohio and Indiana.

Remarks — One of the most common of the fossils of the
Cincinnati group, and generally known as the " bull's horn
coral." It varies greatly in size— from ]2 inch to 4 inches in
length. It may be nearly straight or considerably curved,
and with a sharp, or a rounded, blunt point. The description
above is from the Pakcontology of Ohio. It is possible that
Zaphrentis (.^) ohioensis may be only a small variety of this
species.

(lenus 3.— P.\L.v:()i'iivi,i,rM, Billings, 1857.

Corallum fasciculate or aggregate ; corallites surrounded b\'
a thick wall ; radiating sej^ta extending the whole length ;
transverse diaphragms either rudimentary or none ; increasing
by lateral budding. (Geol. Sur. of Canada, Kept. Prog, for
''^53. 54' '55> '5^^' '^57' P- ''^•'^; Nicholson, Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2,
1875, p. 219.)

Palconloloffy of the Ciiidmiati (,'roup. I47

Remarks. — This genus is closely allied to Strcptclasma, differ-
ing from it only in forming masses instead of being single

and simple.

1. — P. DIVAKICAXS, Nicholson, 1S75.

Corallum usually free, sometimes apparently attached, com-
pound, formed of from 2 to 6, conical, turbinate corallites,
produced by lateral .y^emmation, or by fission, directed
outward from the parent at a more or less open angle
and not again in contact; septa from 58 to 62, alternately
large and small, large ones twisted toward center of visceral
chamber; no dissepiments or columella; tabuke unknown;
epitheca well developed, with ridges corresponding to the
septa within, with faint encircling stride and a few shallow
annulations of growth ; calice deep, with a flattened space at
bottom ; free edges of septa without spines or denticulations.
(Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2, 1875, p. 220.)

Locality. — Oxford, etc., O.

Section 3. — Madnporaria perforata.

Simple or composite, with the corallum more or less porous
or reticulate : septa solid or porous, represented by irregular
trabecule [plates or bar.s] or calcareous spines ; dissepiments
usually present, and tabuke commonly developed. (Nicholson,
Man. of Pal., r88g, vol. i, p. 306.)

This section includes many of the large, widely distributed
and best known genera of Paleozoic corals, among them being
Favosites. Only three genera are represented in our section,
and these with only a few species. They are Alveolites, Pro-
tar cca, and Calapd'cia {Colnnniopora).

Genus i. — Alveolites, L,amarck, iSoi.

Corallum massive, incrusting or ramose, composed of con-
tiguous, compressed corallites, which possess thin walls and
open obliquely upon the surface by sub-triangular or .semi-
lunar calices ; .septa .sometimes obsolete, but often present in
the form of longitudinal rows of spinules, which may be
equally developed or reduced to a single, double or treble row
by the suppression of the others ; tabulse well developed, com-

I4.S

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

plete : mural pores generally few in number, of large size and
irregular in their distribution. (Systeme des Animaux sans
\'ertebres, 1801, p. 375; Nicholson, Palaeozoic Tab. Corals,
1879, p. 117.)

Remarks. — The description given above is that of Nicholson,
and it is much more complete than the original of Lamarck.
The generic characters are very fully discussed by the former
writer, (Ibid., pp. 11S-125), and those seeking more detailed
information are referred to the above-cited volume.

I. — A. (?; GR.^NiLosrs, James, 1S72.

V\i...().— Alveolites \.>'\ granulosus, larac^— a. \.yx>^ specimen reduced one-half; (T.
Holm, del. ; b. corallite.s enlarged : c. monticule original .

Corallum massive, irregular in form, apparently built up of
successive layers, variable in thickness, i line to ]/z inch
thick, or more, with apparently solid interlaniinar spaces ;
corallites very thin walled, 3 or 4 in one line : groups of coral-
lites sometimes radiating from different points, growing
irregularly, at various angles, short or long, and curving in
different directions; surface covered with granules, often
with monticules from % \.o ^2 an inch apart, and elevated i or
2 lines ; calices apparently irregular, crescentric, oval or trian-
gular ; tabuke present. (Cat. Foss. Cin. Croup, 1872, p. 2.)

I.otalitv. — Warren and Clinton Cnunties, Ohio.

I'alconlology of the Cine iunali (,'> oiip. 149

Rrinarks. — This is a peculiar form, and while the type
specimen seems to be massive, it has some appearance of being
made up of a number of masses which may have a central
nucleus. The weathered edges show the corallites to be com-
plete and with rather numerous tabulse. The surface shows
only granules l^etween quite large monticules, and no clearly
-defined openings.

Genus 2. — Protar.KA, Ed. and Ilaime, 1S51.

" Corallum incrusting; walls simple, polygonal, bearing at
the angles of a majority of the calices small projections ;
calices shallow, septa less trabeculate than in a majority of the
Poritides ; margin dentate, the innermost teeth looking like a
small columella, no pales." (Mon. des Polyp. Foss. des Terr.
Palaeoz., Archives du Mus. d' Hist. Nat., Paris, 1851, p. 208.)

Remarks. — The above is the description given by Edwards
and Haime for a coral described by Hall as Porites (f) vctusta.
(Pal. of N. Y., vol. I, 1847, p. 71.) I have been unable to find
any additions to it by later writer?.. Only one species, with a
possible variety, is known.

I. — P. VETUSTA, Hall, 1847.

" Corallum expanding so as to form a very thin crust, fixed,
ordinarily, upon shells of brachiopods, and from which its
shape is derived; calices polygonal, somewhat unequal, shal-
low; walls simple, moderately thick, and often showing at
their angles small, column-like prolongations, such as are seen
in Styloocnia; 12 septa, alternating, somewhat unequal, rather
thick outside, slightly prominent, and forming crenulations
upon the wall, free at the margin, dentate, thinner within,
where the teeth are much finer, and simulate in the center a
columella; papillae somewhat irregular; calices ijj mm. to 2
mm. in size." (Ed. and Haime, Ibid., pp. 208-209.) {Porites (f)
vetusta, Hall, 1847.)

Locality. — Oxford, Cincinnati, etc., Ohio.

Remarks. — The above is a free translation of Edwards and
Haime's description. The species is also described in the
Ohio Palaeontology, vol. 2, p. 221. The original description
of Hall, which is meager, is as follows : "A sub-hemispheric

15" Cincinmili Society of Aahaa/ Hist or v.

coral, composed of irregular concentric lamina^ ; cells vertical
to the laminae ; openings upon the surface nearly circular,
with internal vertical lamellae, which reach one-half way
to the center." (Pal. of N. Y., 1.S47, vol. i, p. 71.) The
form described by Edwards and Haime as Protaraa verneuili
(1. c. p. 209) does not show any characters sufficient to sepa-
rate it, even as a variety. The description is as follows :
" Corallum forming a convex, elevated ma.ss; calices polygonal,
somewhat unequal, separated by walls that are rather thin,
and show at their angles small, slender columns; a score
of the septa somewhat unequal, rather fine; size of the
calices three mm. in diameter. — Alexanderville, Ohio."

Genus 3. — Calapceci.\, Billings, 1865.

" Corallum composite, forming hemispherical or sub-spheri-
cal colonies ; corallites slender, tubular, perforated as in
Favosites, and with their outside striated by imperfectly de-
veloped costse ; radiating septa {in the species at present
known), about twenty-four; tabulae thin, and apparently, in
some instances, not complete. When the corallites are not in
contact, the space between them is filled with a variously
formed vesicular tissue. This genus resembles Heliolites, but
differs therefrom in having double the number of septa and
the walls perforated." (Canad. Naturali.st, 2d .ser., vol. 2,
i(S65, p. 425). {CohoiDwpora Nicholson, Geol. Mag. new ser.,
vol. I, 1874, p. 253; Hoiig/itonia Rominger, Foss. Cor. Michi-
gan, 1S76. p. 17.)

Remarks.— Vox a discussion of the affinities of this genus
.see Nicholson's " Palaeozoic Tabulate Corals," 1.S79, pp. 159-
164. Since that volume was written Dr. Nicholson has aban-
doned his genus in favor of that given above. (See Manual
of Pakeontology, vol. i, 18S9, j). 317.)

I.— C. CKiHKiKOKMis, Nicliolson, 1S74.

Corallum massive, hemispheric or pyriform, var}ing from
ten lines to six inches in diameter, and from eight lines to
three inches or more in height; corallites spreading from base
ot attachment, polygonal, generally in close contact and the
walls thick and fused together; occasional!)- sub-circular,

/'a/coii/o/o,i;v of the Ciiiciniiali Croup. 151

partially st-parated 1)\- iiiters])accs toward their luoutlis; calices
rounded or polygonal, about i '_• lines in diameter, olten with
smaller ones intercalated, the niar^^ins thick and crenulated
by the septa; septa about twent}-, more or less, forming
strong longitudinal ridges ])assing only a short distance
inward ; mural pores large, oval, arranged in rows between
the septa, separated generally by a space less than their own
diameter ; tabulae numerous, complete, flexuous, often uniting
with one another, about eight in the space of one line.
(Geol. Mag., new ser., vol. i, 1874, p. 253.) {Coliimnopoya
cribrifonnis, Nicholson.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — As above noted, this species w'as originally de-
scribed as a Co/iinmopora, and it has been generally placed in
this genus. Dr. Nicholson has discarded his name in favor
of the older one, Calapixcia.

vSub-claSS. — AlC VON ARIA.

This sub-class is characterized by the possession of " polypes
with eight pinnately fringed tentacles, the mesenteries and
intermesenteric chambers being also eight in number. The
corallum is usually sclerobasic or spicular, or formed of both
an axial sclerobasis and detached spicules. In other types,
the polypes composing the colony ma}' be provided with
separate theca?."* The eight tentacles and eight mesenteries
chief!}' distinguish the sub-class from the ZoaiitJiaria. The
corallum is compound and variable in form, being branching,
linear, discoid, frondescent, etc., either fixed by a root-like
process or floating free. The corallites are tubular and the
tabuke well developed.

There are numerous living and comparatively few fossil
genera, at least in our section. Indeed, there are but two occur-
ring, so far as knowai, in the Cincinnati Group in Ohio. These
have been referred to separate families, and constitute the
typical genera. They are Hcliolites placed in the Hclioliiida'
and Tetradiiim in the Tetradiidce. We give here the generic
and not the family characters. Hcliolites has one species, and
Tetradiiim two or three in our section.

'■'Nicholson, Manual of Palteoii., vol. 1. ]s.s;), p. :\2.\.

152 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Genus i. — Heliolites (Guettard) Dana. 1846.

Corallum spheroidal, pyriform, hemispherical, or rarely
ramose, composed of numerous closely contiguous corallites,
divisible into two series; larger corallites cylindrical, com-
paratively few, with twelve lamellar infoldings of the wall, of
the nature of pseudo-septa, which fall short of the axis of the
visceral chamber ; small corallites completely investing the
larger ones, more or less polygonal, with distinct walls, com-
pletely amalgamated with one another and with the walls of
the larger tubes, but not known to be provided with apertures
allowing lateral communication ; small tubes without septa,
but with numerous straight and complete tabukc, similar but
less numerous ones being found in the larger tubes ; no col-
umella. (Mem., vol. 3, p. 454, pi. 22, Figs. 13, 14; Dana, U. S.
Exploring Exped., vol. 8, Zoophytes, 1846, p. 541 ; Nicholson,
Pal. Tab. Cor., 1S79, p. 243.)

Remarks. — As noted above, the generic name appears to
have been first used by Guettard, and was adopted by Dana
in 1846. His description is quite meager, and therefore the
more complete one given above has been taken from Nichol-
son.

I. — M. .SHEi'-VKDi, James, 1878.

Corallum hemispheric or discoid, from one-half an inch to
an inch in diameter ; cell apertures one-half a line to a line in
diameter, generally two or more lines apart, sometimes only
one line ; margins thin, little, or not at all elevated above the
surface; septa twelve, well developed; spaces between the
corallites thickly set with pit-like markings (cells) ; base of
corallum flat, convex, or with a groove between the outer
edge and a saucer-like depression in the center ; internal
structure unknown. (The Paloeontologist, No. i, July 2, 1878,
p. 2.)

Locality. — Brush Creek. Adams Co . O.

Remarks. — It is to be regretted that it is impossible to figure
this species. Only four specimens were known to Mr. James,
and these, together with a description, were deposited with
the publication committee of a scientific society, and have
never been seen since. The pul)lication of the description in

Palcontoloiiy of the Cincinuati (tjoiip. 153

this place may lead lo the discovery or identification of other
specimens.

Genus 2. — TirrKADH'M, Dana, 1846.

Corallum massive, composed of long, i)rismatic and closely
contignous corallites, without mural pores; septa distinct,
few, generally four, short, not reaching to the center of the
visceral chamber, appearing like inflections of the wall ;
calices generally petaloid ; tabulae numerous, complete ; in-
crease apparently by fission of old tubes. (U. S. Explor.
Exped., vol. 8, Zoophytes, 1846, p. 701 ; Nicholson, Pal. Tab.
Cor., 1879, p. 231.)

Remarks. — The above is Nicholson's description of the
genus. That given by Dana, although short, covers the main
points. It is as follows: "Corallum massive, consisting of
four-sided tubes, and cells with very thin septa or parietes ;
cells stellate, with four narrow lamellae." Safford made the
following remarks later on : (Am. Jour. Science, 2d ser., vol.
22, 1856, p. 236.) "The tubes in the different species vary
from y{ of a line to nearly i line in breadth ; they are \^xj
long, and are most frequently united throughout laterally,
forming massive coralla, resembling, more or less, those of
Favosites and Clurlctcs: sometimes, however, they are united
in a single intersecting series, as in Ha ly sites catenulata, Linn.;
not unfrequently, too, the tubes are isolated, or only united at
irregular intervals, thus forming loose fasciculated coralla,
resembling certain forms of Syringoporay

I. — T. FiBRATi'M, vSaflford, 1856.

" Coralla massive, hemispherical or flattened hemispherical,
composed of diverging tubes; cell tubes four-sided, with thin
and slightly rugose walls ; the four lamellae distinct, nearly
reaching the center of the tubes; breadth of full-grown tubes
usually about, or but little more than Yz a line, varying occa-
sionally from ' 3 to ^ of a line ; transverse septa usually
absent; a few have been seen in one specimen, which were
about twice the breadth of a tube apart." (Am. Jour. Sci., 2d
ser., vol. 22, 1856, p. 237.)

Locality. — Oxford, Ohio, and other places in the upper beds
of the group.

154 Cincinnaii Society of Nalural History.

R( marks. — ^This species frequentl}- forms masses of consid-
erable size, and when weathered shows long parallel tubes,
like organ pipes on a small scale.

2.— T. MINUS, vSafford, 1856.

Corallum massive, hemispherical or amorphous, composed of
slender, closely approximated corallites diverging from an
imaginary axis ; corallites sometimes 3 inches long, about )'},
to j^ of a line wide, the walls tolerably thick and four or five-
sided ; septa 4, imperfectly preserved and often detected with
difficulty ; tabula.' well developed, complete and remote, 5 or
6 to a line. (Ibid., p. 238; Nicholson, Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2,
1875, p. 222.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Lebanon, Wayne.sville, etc, Ohio.

Remarks. — The description given of this species by Safford
is very meager, consisting of the statement that the specimens
are generally small, the tubes ^4 to ' .^ of a line broad, regular
or irregular, generally four-sided, and with the lamelkie as in
T. fibratiim. We have, therefore, given the above descrij^tion
as printed in the Palaeontology of Ohio.

3. — T. coLrMN.VRK, Hall, 1847.

Corallum massive, a foot or more in diameter, hemispherical
or sub-globose, consisting of a series of parallel or diverging
polygonal tubes; tubes four or five-sided, simple, without
visible transverse dissepiments or connecting pores; interior
of cells apparently rugose or denticulate. (C/urtetes co/iinniaris.
Hall, Pal. of N. Y., 1847. vol. i, p. 68.)

Locality. — Upper part of Cincinnati Group.

Remarks. — This species, originally described as a species
of Cha-tctes, is recorded by Ulrich (Cat. Foss. Cin. Or., 1880,)
as occurring in the upper part of the Group. While it differs
from the two other species in its general appearance and mode
of growth, it seems to belong to the present genus, where it
was, in fact, placed by vSafiford as long ago as 1856. (1. c, p.
237.) It has the characteristic sc^uare tubes, and, while the
cruciform character is not well marked, there are indications
of indentations of the walls in well-preserved specimens.

ralcoutoloi^y of the Ciiicitniali Croitp. 155

A fourth species is given by I'lrich, '/". {Phyiopsis) celln-
/osinn. Hall, but this is evident!)' a form belonging to a lower
hori/on than the Cincinnati Group.

vSul)-claSS. — MoXTICfLIlHJKOIDEA.

A group of fossils presenting a great diversity of forms,
known only from Paleozoic formations and occurring mainly
in the Lower Silurian ; corallum varying from massive to
discoid, laminar, ramose or parasitic, and made up of corallites
contiguous throughout their entire length, but each possess-
ing a distinct wall ; mural pores absent; spiniform corallites
frequently present about the calices and usually at the angles
of junction of the corallites ; cells all of the same size or in
two sets, one large and one small ; tabuke generally present,
complete and straight, or incomplete and curved; an epithe-
cal membrane sometimes present and the cell openings fre-
quently closed b}- opercula.

As the soft parts of the animals are entirely unknown,
nothing can be said about their structure. As here consid-
ered there is but one genus, with three sub-genera. Some
authors have divided the genus Monticulipora into five sub-
genera, and consider the three here placed as sub-genera, viz.,
Dekayia, Fistiilipora and Constellaria, as distinct. The five
sub-genera given by Nicholson and other conservative authors
are Heteroirypa, Dlplotryt>a, Afonotrypa, Prasopora and Peron-
opora. Others have coined a large number of names that may
and may not be considered valid in the future. With that we
are not here concerned.

Genus i. — Monticulipora, D'Orbigny, 1850.

Corallum variable in shape, massive, ramose, laminar, fron-
descent, incrusting, or assuming a certain peculiar form ;
attached or floating free ; composed of numerous tubular
corallites, the walls not amalgamated with each other, and
without pores, tubes mostly of two kinds, one, (interstitial)
smaller than the other, and differing in internal features ;
interior of the tubes with few or many complete tabulae, or
diaphragms, or more or less vesicular (in sub-genus FisTULi-
pora) ; the interstitial cells more close!)' tabulate than the

156 Cinciiuiati Society of Natural History.

larger ones, and sometimes so numerous as to completely
isolate the large tubes from one another (in sub-genus Fistuli-
foka) ; the apertures of the cells generally straight, sometimes
more or less oblique, varying in sha])e from circular, oval,
hexagonal or polygonal, to square or rhombic ; surface often
showing at intervals areas occupied by corallites larger or
smaller than the average ; if elevated above the surface
known as " monticules," and if on or below it, as " macukc ;"
sometimes forming (in sub-genus Constellaria), star-
shaped elevations, more or less thickly scattered over the
surface ; spiniform corallites more or less numerous, placed
either at the angles, on the edges of the cells, or, at times,
projecting into the cell cavity : sometimes (in sub-genus Dkka-
via), projecting above the surface as conspicuous blunt spines.
(Prodrome de Paleont , tome i, 1850, p. 25; Nicholson, Pal.
Tab. Corals, 1S79, p. 269; The Genus Montic, 1.S81, p. 30
<"/ scq.)

Remarks. — The above description has been purposely made
broad enough to cover the many genera that have, from time
to time, been published. The reasons for this are more fully
set forth in another place,* to which the student is referred.
Attention is also called to Nicholson's " The Genus Monticu-
lipora " for a very full exposition of the features of the genus
and descriptions of many species. In the references to the
species given below, generally only the original place of pub-
lication will be cited.

The genus is divided into six groups, founded on the exter-
nal form of the corallum. While this may be considered an
artificial arrangement, it is, at the same time, believed to be
one more useful to the student than what might be termed a
natural arrangement based upon internal structure. The
groups are: I. Massive; II. Discoid: III. Dendroid or Ra-
mose; W . Laminar ox Frondesceui : \. Incrnstim^ or Para-
sitic ; VI. vSpecies imitating foreign bodies. Ptach of these
groups will be separately considered.

*Oii the MoiiliciiliporoidiCoials of the Cincinnati C.roMp, wilh a critical revision
of the species. By V. V. James and Joseph F. Jame.s. Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 10, pp. 118-141.

Paleoutology of the Ciuciniiati C.roufy. 157

(iROUP I. — Massive: Free, or attached at one point or by
the whole of the base ; more or less spheriodal, globose or
massive.

a. Surface smooth ; coralluiu massive 1

Corallum free, spheriodal 2

h. Surface not smooth ; massive, with monticules 3

Spheriodal, nodulated 4

I. — M. UNDULATA, Nicholson, 1S75.

Corallnni forming large, lobed or laterally indented masses,
with a maximum diameter of four inches and a height of
about two inches, the upper stirface nearly flat ; corallites
thin walled, angtilar and prismatic ; calices sub-equal, with
occasional clusters of six or more, forming small patches,
which are faintly or not at all raised above the general sur-
face; small corallites sometimes present at the angles of junc-
tion of the larger tubes ; tabulae few, complete, placed at
corresponding levels in contiguous tubes. (CtCoI. Mag., decade
2, vol. 2, 1875, p. 176.)

Locality. — Ontario.

Remarks. — This form, as far as at present known, has only
been found in the Trenton of Canada. A small hemispherical
or spheroidal form occurring in the Cincinnati Group has
been placed here b)' Dr. Nicholson, wuthotit a special name.
This is described below under a varietal name. The above
description is given so that the species may be recognized in
case it be found in our region.

var. iiKMiSPHERiCA, n. var.

Fig. \o.—MoTiticulipora undnlata, var. hemispherica, n. var. a coraHum, nat.
size ; b tangential section x 18; f longitudinal section x 18. (After Nicholson.)

158 Chicirina/i Society of Xatural History.

Corallum rounded or irregularly spheroidal, generalh- i to
xYz inches in diameter, and sometimes growing around the
stem of a crinoid ; calices not observed on the exterior ; coral-
lites resembling the type {undulata) thin walled, prismatic,
with occasional smaller cells placed at the angles ; tabulae few
and remote. (See Nicholson, Genus Montic, 1879, p. 173.)

Locality. — Hudson River group of various places in Ontario.

Remarks. — In a previous paper by the author in connection
with U. P. Janies^'- this variety was considered the same as M.
tnrhinata, James. It seems evident now that this disposition
is not a tenable one. It differs greatly externally from M.
undulata, and resembles M. tnrhinata. Internally it resembles
the former and differs from the latter. The figure is copied
from Dr. Nicholson's monograph.

2. — M. Ti'KHixATA, V . P. James, 1.S78.

Corallum free, forming globular, pear-shaped or irregularly
rounded masses, from one quarter of an inch to an inch or
more in diameter ; surface smooth ; calices polygonal or sub-
circular, sub-equal, sometimes larger at the base; macuke
consisting of groups of six or more slightly larger calices
scattered over, and only a little or not all raised above the
surface ; a few minute tubes wedged in at the angles of
junction of some of the larger tubes ; walls shown, in frac-
tured specimens, to be strongly wrinkled ; tabuke few in
number. (The Palaeontologist, No. 2, Sept. 14, 1878, p. 11.)
{Clucleles subjs^lobosa, Ulrich, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist , (Feb.,
i«8o,) vol. 2, p. 129.)

Locality. — Cincinnati and Hatavia, Ohio, and Covington,
Kentucky.

Remarks. — As noted in a previous paperi' this species was
described in 1878 as C/ieetctcs tin binatiim. Sub.sequently
(February, 1880), Mr. Ulrich's name of C. sit/>i^lo6osus was
published. It is an obvious synoym of the present .species.

3. — M. i-ii.iA^A, I)'()rl)igny, 1850.

" Corallum mainl>- fixed on shells, the surface very strongly
convex, presenting small, round monticules, sub conical, a few

^Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. m, p. i6i.
tjour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hi.st.. vol. lo, p. i6i.

Paleontology of the Ciuciumiti Group. 159

prominent, scarcely larger than 2 mm., and distant from each
other by double their diameter ; the largest calices on certain
of the monticules are scarcely ^ or Vi mm. broad." (Prod,
de Paleont., 1S50, vol. i, p. 25. Edwards and Haime, Poly.
Foss. des Ter. Palseoz. Archives du Mus. d' Hist. Xat., 1851,
vol. 5, p. 266.)

Acca///)'.— Cincinnati, Oxford, etc., Ohio; Madi.son, Indiana;
Covington, Kentucky, etc.

Remarks. — This is an illy-defined form. It was named and
described or characterized in 1850 in a single line by D'Or-
bigny. In 1851 Edwards and Haime re-described and illus-
trated it, and this description is quoted above. The corallites
are thin-walled and sub-equal, without interstitial cells. Speci-
mens are found from 4 to 5 inches in diameter attached to shells
of Ambojiychia. I have seen one of these in which the corallum
extended an inch beyond the shell upon which it grew, and
the bases of the corallites were plainly visible. The upper
surface showed numerous elevations that seemed almost like
the beginnings of branches. The tabulae of the cells are com-
plete and horizontal, and may be close or remote, according to
the point at which the section has been made.

4. — M. iRRKGUL.\Ris. Ulrich, 1880.

Corallum small, about ^ of an inch in diameter, spheroidal,
and apparently free ; surface nearl}- smooth or covered with
nodules; monticules none ; corallites of one kind only, thin-
walled, polygonal, radiating outward from one point to all
parts of the surface ; tabuke almost obsolete, although com-
plete, transverse partitions are occasionally developed, gener-
erally at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes. (Jour.
Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, (Feb., 1880,) p. 129: Nicholson,
Genus Montic, 1881, p. 177.)

Locality. — Hamilton, Morrow, etc., Ohio.

Remarks. — This species is similar to M. turbviata in shape,
but it is easily separated by the nodulated surface and smaller
corallites. In the collection of the late Mr. U. P. James is a
specimen with a conspicuous pointed base and a puff-ball like
form. Another has six conspicuous nodulations, the surface
of these being entirely smooth.

[TO BE CONTINIED.]

i6o Cincituiati Society of Natural History.

MICROSCOPICAL STUDY OF OHIO LIMESTONES.
By G. Perry Grimsley, M. A., Columbus, Ohio.

Although the general characteristics of the Ohio limestones
have been carefully investigated, both from an economical and
paleontological point of view, no extended stud}' has as yet
been made of their microscopical structure. That we may
have a complete knowledge of the history and structure of
limestones, this part of the study should by no means be
overlooked.

The application of the microscope to the examination of
rocks in thin sections is a result of experiments of men now
living, and, as a result of their labors, a new branch of science
has come into existence known as Microscopical Petrography.

For a couple of centuries men had been experimenting
along this line, but these were but the glimmering raj-s in the
darkness and perplexity of mineral study, heralding the com-
ing of a brighter light, which would reveal a new and vast
field for experiment and thought.

The year 1850 may be said to mark tlie beginning of Modern
Petrography, when Mr. H. C. Sorby, of England, applied the
microscope to the examination of thin rock sections. But it
was in Germany that the greatest progress has been made, and
now the leader in the new science is the German investigator,
Rosenbusch, whose first great work appeared in 1S73. This
.soon attracted workers from all parts of the world. American
students brought the science across the water, and now we
have the names of Williams, Iddings, Cross, Wadsworth,
Adams and other workers connected with the science. Such
is a brief account of the introduction of the microscope into
geological work.

The aim of the present paper is to note the structure, as
revealed by the microscope, of the great limestones of the
Ohio scale in Ihcir geological order, devoting especial atten-

Alicroscopical Study of Ohio Liineslones. i6i

tioii to the waterlinie group, which is regarded by some as
fossiliferous, and by others uiifossiliferous.
Our Ohio column begins with the

LOWKR SILURIAN SKRIES.

The remnants of the old Silurian or Ordovician Sea in Ohio
occupy about a dozen counties in the soutluvestern corner of
the State. The beds are highly fossiliferous, containing large
numbers of brachiopods, lamellibranchs, trilobites and crin-
oids, so that the region forms the best collecting ground in
the State for the j^aleontologist. This is the oldest formation
of the geological scale of the State, and its life and general
microscopical character have been studied with greater care
and completeness than any other group, but its microscopical
characters have never been investigated.

Selecting carefulh- a dozen slides, and examining them under
the microscope, we find revealed to the eye monticuliporoids,
with the species iiiaDiiiiuIala and raDwsa especially abundant ;
the Trenton tentaculite ; the spiny head shield of acidaspis ;
crinoid joints very numerous ; and with these fragments of
shells, with their characteristic structure, of these only one
was perfect enough for identification — the small Cyclora miiiuta.

Numerous crystals of calcite or dolomite occur, showing
the characteristic rhombohedral cleavage. It is impossible to
separate these two minerals under the microscope, but, as this
is a magnesian limestone, the crystals might be termed dolo-
mite.

A ver}- fine section of Plilodictya fcncstelliformis w^as ob-
served, which did not appear before the grinding, thus show-
ing, in a slight way at least, the utility of microscopic exami-
nation of rocks.

The predominant structure consists of shells and coral
remains, either entire or broken. These shell fragments,
though too small for identification, are yet useful to show the
minute shell structure, appearing under a low power as mere
dots, but under a high power are resolved into obscure wavy
lines and circles. These various structures found show the
diversity of life in the old seas, and prove that, while brach-
iopods and polyzoans form the greater part of the preserved

i62 Cincinuati Society of Natural History,

life, they were not the only denizens of that far-away time.
The greater part of the limestone is made from the shells and
corals, both in their original form, and secondarily as a result
of solution. The matter in solution was partly lost, partly
deposited in an amorphous form, making a cement to hold the
fragments together, and partly in a crystallized form, as cal-
cite or dolomite, although the latter is probably a result of a
replacement of the calcium molecule by the magnesian.

The limestone, then, consists of shell and coral fragments
of varying size, as.sociated with other forms of fossil life,
imbedded in a semi-crystalline matrix composed of still
finer fragments, resulting from solution and pressure, firmly
cemented together by carbonate of lime, resulting from the
solution of shells and corals.

Looking back into that far-away epoch, one can picture the
conditions and changes which aided the formation of these
limestones. The molluscan animals and polyzoans inhabited
the Ordovician Sea in great numbers, and, dying, sank to the
bottom, where they were gradually consolidated under mod-
erate pressure and by the action of the water into masses of
soft limestone, growing and undergoing changes until the
land was elevated and the sea pushed southward. This
change was very gradual, for the rocks show no effects of
metamorphism or of great disturbance. Many of these shell
masses are yet unconsolidated, and are exact counterparts of
the coquina, or shell rock, of the P'lorida coast of to-day.
Their existence was a quiet one, much like the condition of
the Mexican Gulf of the present time ; the changes were few
and slow, as if the end had been reached, and henceforth there
was to be no change, but underneath flowed the quiet current
of progressive evolution, whose work is not visible in a day
or year, but ages. And, no doubt, this remnant of the old
Silurian Gulf, which we know as the Mexican Gulf, will grow
less by new additions much like these old, destined at last to
unite completely the two continents, and add a new series to
the geological scale of the future. The changes there to-day,
slow as they seem to be, are no slower than the changes in the
old Silurian Gulf, which geological exploration and study
seem to have proven to be nothing more or less than the
ancestor o{ the Southern Gulf.

Microscopical Study of ()/iio /.inies/oiics. i6'^

Ascendint^ tlie j^coloj^ical column of tlie vState, we next find
the

CIJN ION CKOl'l',

A narrow fringe forming the l)oundary between the lower
Silurian and Niagara foundations. The formation is of small
extent, and in composition is almost a pure carbonate of lime.
The limestone is highly fossiliferous, consisting of brachi-
opods, corals, and criuoids.

This series in Ohio has been a disputed one, many contend-
ing it is only a part of the Niagara, but its invariably lighter
color, pure composition, and distinct fossils, many of which
are identical with the Clinton of other States, indicate a new
and distinct series.

Thin sections show many fragments of Clathropora, probably
the clintoncnsis, a few fragments of Favosites, with other corals
and a few shells. One layer of a light brown color, probably
colored by iron, is quite compact, semi-crystalline, and only
sparingly fossiliferous. Another form of the rock is of a light
color, crystalline, and made up almost entirely of fragments of
crinoids, being a typical crinoidal limestone. The crystals
making up the remainder of the rock are calcite. Almost all
of the sections contain some fragments of crinoids, and this
was an age of crinoids, in distinction from the lower group.
On account of the beds of iron ore found at this horizon, and
the great yield of gas in the newer fields, it would be inferred
that vegetable life was abundant at this time, but there are no
definite proofs of the fact. The diversity of life continued
into this period, but many of the old forms have passed away
and new ones have taken their place. The limestone is more
compact, harder and more cystalline, almost a marble in
texture, and is a very pure carbonate of lime. The Clinton
period in Ohio w^as a brief one, and was followed by the more
extensive

NIAGAR.V SERIES,

Consisting of shales and a magnesian limestone, with consider-
able fossil life, which is mainly preserved in the form of
internal casts. The characteiistic forms being Pcmianicnis,
Trifucrel/a, MonoDierclla, and Atrypa.
The area extends over a large portion of vSouthwestern

164 Ciiiriiinafi Socie/y of Natural Hi'-.lory.

Ohio, and a smaller area in the northern part of the State.
This marks the second great limestone formation in the scale,
and donbtless was deposited in the Niagara Sea as a pure car-
bonate of lime, but, by a slow dolomitic replacement, was
changed into a fairl}- pure dolomite, and now is used quite
extensively as a source of magnesian lime. From these facts
it will be seen that a microscopical study will not be as satis-
factory as heretofore, for but little original fossil matter is left.
The dolomite crystals are very apt to break out in the process
of grinding, thus leaving open, irregular spaces through the
section. Fossil structure is seen in very small amount, con-
sisting of a few fragments of crinoids, which seem to have
withstood the change, and a few small fragments of coral of
the form Clathropora. The shells are completely obliterated,
and a careful observation has failed to reveal the slightest
trace of such structure.

The casts indicate an abundance of life, so we would infer
that the Ohio deposit has had bad luck, probably shut off from
the ocean to form an evaporating basin, which greatly aided
the change from a limestone, like those before it, into the
compact, almost structureless, rock we now find. Doubtless
there was here a great diversit}- of life, of which even the
record has perished.

All the formations studied thus far have proven fossiliferous
to a high degree, life seemed to be abundant, but now we
come to a break, to a series which seems to be unfossiliferous,
the

LOWER HELDERBERG FORMATION,

Or waterlime group of Ohio, which consists of a magnesian
limestone, inclosing at a number of points large beds of rock
salt and gypsum. This formation covers two dozen counties
of the State, and the limestone contains a notable percentage
of bituminous matter, appearing in streaks through the rock,
which accounts for the odor of petroleum when it is struck
with the hammer.

It has long been regarded unfossiliferous, with the excep-
tion of a few casts, the most common being the small coffee
grain fossil, Leperditia alta. The explanation which has been
given is based on the existence of the beds of salt and gypsum,
r.iany regarding this portion of the geological series as the

Microscopjcal Study of Ohio /Jiiicsfotics. 165

remnant of an old isolated sea basin, which slowly evaporated.
The water, becoming salty and bitter, would destroy all life
which happened to be present, and on the bottom of this
inland sea would be deposited a dolomitic limestone, but no
true carbonate, so that all traces of life would be destroyed.

In 1880, some blocks of this limestone were polished for
the National Museum at Washington, and it was stated that
"one polished upon the .surface parallel to the plane of strati-
fication showed a fossil bryozoan, and thus proved it was
fossiliferous."

This structure does resemble somewhat a fossil, l)ut Mr.
C. D. Walcott, paleontologist of the IT. S. Survey, could see in
it no proof for calling the limestone fossiliferous. In twent)'-
five sections of this stone, taken from different parts of the
series, I could find no distinct fossil structure.

The rock is compact, containing numerous black lines of
bituminous matter, which simulate coralline structure, and all
very confusing. With a little imagination one can trace out
hydrocorallincs and even tube and radiating structure of Ca:n-
ostroma, but yet there is nothing definite — nothing that can
be regarded as fossil .structure beyond doubt. The bitumen
has a peculiar regular parallel and radial arrangement, and it
suggests that perhaps there is a replacement of the old hydro-
coralline mass by bitumen, so that we have, as it were, a
bituminous cast.

After careful study and thought, it seems to me that this sea
must have contained a considerable amount of life, but that
this basin was cut off from the main part, then, by its evapo-
ration, destroyed the life ; but the limestone was deposited as
a carbonate, soon to be replaced by the various magnesian
salts, so that the fossil shell and coral were soon replaced, and
only casts remained ; then, by consolidation through pressure,
even these casts were destroyed. This pressure is shown by
occurrence of small pressure columns in the limestone. We
are forced, then, to say that the Heldober^ liiucslonc of Ohio
is very sparingly fossiliferous, even in microscopic sections,
but we can not say the Helderberg sea in Ohio was unthoul life.

The last great limestone we find in the Ohio scale is the

i66 Citiciiina/i Society of Natural History.

DEVONIAN,

or Corniferous, extending, as a narrow strip, 8-20 miles in
width, through central portion of the State. The limestone
is quite a pure carbonate, abundantly fossiliferous, containing
brachiopods and reef building corals in great abundance. It
is here that we find the first abundant plant and fish life pre-
served.

At Columbus, probabh-, the best development is to be found.
The upper portion is shaly, with very few fossils, and these
are mainly fish remains ; below this stratum comes a brown
and white chert, which is not acted upon by acids. The fos-
sils in this chert are very finely preserved, even the delicate
markings coming distinctly to view. Below this comes the
bone bed, a comparatively thin layer made up of the teeth
and remains of fish, while below this lies the great mass of
limestone used for lime and building purposes. The micro-
scope reveals many interesting and puzzling fossil forms.

The brown chert is very compact, but contains a few frag-
ments of shells, crinoid joints, and a number of light spaces,
highly crystalline, whose origin is to be traced to the replace-
ment of organic life by crystalline matter.

The white chert is more abundantly fossiliferous. even to the
naked eye, but under the microscope it is one mass of fossil
life, crinoid stems being especially numerous. There are a
number of forms belonging to the group Porifcra, or the order
of sponges, sponge spicules being found through the rock.
This is the first time they have been reported from the Ohio
Devonian. The chert has an organic origin, and we have a
good example of a silica replacement of limestone. We can
even make a series of gradations to this end; starting with the
limestone, then raking the white chert, abundantly fo.ssilifer-
ous in many places, then the brown chert, which is only
slightly fossiliferous, and I have found several specimens of a
hard brown chert covered by a layer of perfect minute quartz
crystals, and this again covered by chert, suggesting a still
further change, due to partial solution and deposit. This
accords very closely with the observations with regard to the
carboniferous flints made by Dr. Hinde, of England,
whereby he proves their organic origin.

The limestone proper is mainly compact and semi-crystalline,

Jlficroscopica/ S/udy of Ohio Liitiestoncs. 167

consisting of broken shell fragments better preserved than
any yet seen. Coralline structure is also shown, the lace
corals especially. Crinoid stems occur in various shapes, the
five-sided form being most common.

Among all the sections there can be traced a great similarity.
The limestone, under the microscope, is seen to be quite uni-
form, and confirms the ob.servation made in the quarries that
the abundant and predominant forms are brachiopod shells.
One section showed the fossil Siylio/a, a pteropod shell, which
often forms whole masses of Devonian limestone, but is ver)'
rare in Ohio Devonian. This completes the second series,
which is characterized by an abundance of fossil life.

The Silurian and Devonian periods have preserved to us,
under favorable conditions, the great chapters of the life
history of the past.

The study of the carboniferous limestones is as yet incom-
plete, but a number of new facts are coming to light, and
certain limestones long regarded as unfossiliferous are found
to contain a variety of fossil forms, only revealed by the
microscope.

i68 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

(Abstract.

NIAGARA'S WATER POWER.

By B. M. Ricketts, Ph. B., M. D.

Read January 3, 1S93.

Niagara is in latitude 43 degrees, 16 seconds North; longi-
tude 2 degrees and 5 seconds West from Washington, or 79
degrees and 5 seconds West from Greenwich.

The word Niagara is of Indian origin, borrowed from the
language of the Iroquois, and means the " Thunder of Waters."
There are five gorges of about equal depth, width and length
within a radius of thirty miles of Niagara River (all to the
West) showing that the river's course had as many times been
changed. There is a possibility of there having been three
separate falls, one above the other, when the falls first began
to recede.

Over Niagara pour 58,000 barrels of water per second ;
3,480,000 per minute ; 208,800,000 per hour. Its sources are
Lake Erie, 290 miles long, 65 miles wide, 210 feet deep ; Lake
Superior, 355 miles long, 160 miles wide, 1,000 feet deep;
Lake Huron, 260 miles long, 100 miles wide, 1,000 feet deep;
Lake Michigan, 320 miles long, 70 miles wide, 1,000 feet deep;
Lake St. Clair, 49 miles long, 15 miles wide, 20 feet deep.

These lakes are the receptacle of all the surface water ex-
tending over 150,000 square miles, almost one-half of the con-
tinent. With such a .supply the waterfall at Niagara is never
noticeably diminished ; hence the inducements offered to
capitalists to utili/.e this immense waterfall for manufactur-
ing purposes.

The first method of utilizing the water-power at Niagara
on a large scale was by the old hydraulic canal, which com-
menced on the shore of the river above the falls, extending
about three-quarters of a mile to its discharge place on the

A'iaj^'^ara's ll'a/cr Po-wcr. 169

high bank of the gorge below the falls. Its capacity has
been overtaxed. Of the five sources of power, water occupies
the second place, steam the first, wind-mills the third, animal
power the fourth, the solar engine of Ivricsson the fifth.
Water wheels have always furnished, and still furnish, the
cheapest mode of producing power at points where power is
in great demand at places distant from any waterfall (and
demanded al.so in portable form); the engine could in no wise
compete with water-power.

By ofi'ering a ready and commercially practicable method of
transmitting power, the modern methods of electrical, pneu-
matic, hydraulic and wire-rope transmission of power have
enhanced the values of existing water-powers very much.
Especially is this true in the case of water-powers hitherto
utilized, or which were not hitherto utilized ; and it is largely
owing to this modern development of methods of power trans-
mission that a beginning has been made in the utilization of
some portion of this waterfall.

Now, that electric motors may be run at a distance of 125
miles from the seat of power, it can readily be seen what the
result will be. Niagara being in the center of a circle 250
miles in diameter, wnll surely be looked upon as the greatest
water-power the world can produce, and, with transmission of
power at Frankfort and elsewhere, gives promise of much
more work of this sort in the future.

A tunnel has been constructed, 7,600 feet long, to form the
tail race to be jointly used by all the mill sites. Large tracts
of land were purchased by the company within the city on
the river bank.

The tunnel is for 100,000 horse-power, and is 19 feet wide
and 21 feet high inside the brickwork, with which it is lined
throughout. The base of the tunnel is 205 feet below the sill
of the head-gate at the entrance of the main canal from the
river above the falls. This represents the total fall, of which
140 feet will be available, the difference being taken up b}'
the allowance for clearance from the wheel pits, incline of
the lateral tunnels leading therefrom to the main discharge
tunnel, and the incline of the latter, which is made at a grade
of 36 feet to the mile. The tunnel is lined on the invert and
sides a distance of 200 feet back from the discharge point

ijo Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

with closely fitted cast-iron plates, there being a heavy cast-
iron frame at the mouth, and the tunnel is furthermore lined
throughout with four courses (a total of i6 inches) of brick.
The excavation was made on three different benches. The
top one 9 feet high to the top of the arch, being always
extended ahead of the .second bench, S feet high, the work-
men in the latter bench being covered by a flooring, over
which the material excavated' from the top bench was con-
veyed backward on the small dump-cars.

The excavation on the bottom bench, which measured 9 feet
vertically to the bottom of the invert, was not commenced
until the work on the other two benches had been nearly
completed. After the work was well under way the rock-
cutting was effected at a rapid rate, 338 feet of tunnel,
averaging 14 yards to the running foot, having been excavated
in 26>^ days. Shaft No. i, 2,650 feet from the portal, was
sunk 206 feet, and is 10 by 20 feet in .size, while .shaft Xo. 2,
of the same size and 196 feet deep, is 5,200 feet from the
di.scharge point. One hundred and forty feet of the shafts
were through hard ba.stard limestone, which overlays the
Niagara slate or Utica .shale, met with for the remaining
di.stance, and through which the main tunnel itself was
mostly made; its base, as it reached away from the river,
being in Queenstowne limestone.

The largest turbine wheel now in existence is 500 horse-
power. Tho.se to be used by this company are to represent
5,000 horse-power each. The four polar dynamos, with drum
armatures, will be directly connected with the shafts of the
turbines, which will make 250 revolutions per minute. The
cost of water-wheels, exclu.sive of excavation and erection,
and also exclusive of pumps, compressors, and dynamos, is
given at $3.90 per horse-power. The wheels are to be
guaranteed at Ho per cent, efficiency, although the makers
expect 85 per cent.

Contracts will be made to furni.sh power on the company's
grounds at the falls for 24-hour days according to the follow-
ing approximate .scale: For 5,000 hor.se-power, $10.00 per
hor.se-power; for 4,500, $10.50; for 4,000, $1 1. 00; and $20,00
for 300 horse-power; all under this being supplied by electro-
motors.

Description of a Nc7u Phalloid. 171

DKSCRIPTION OF A NEW PHALLOID.
Bv A. P. Morgan.

The following new and very singular member of the
Phalloidese was first found b^- me nearly ten years ago.

The plate which illustrates it is a copy of one made in oil-
colors, and dated June 30, 1883. On account of my scanty
material and the abnormal structure of the plant, I did not
venture to publish it among my North American Phalloidcce.
Since that time, however, I have received specimens from
Ciranville, Ohio, sent by Prof. C. J. Herrick, and from Syra-
cuse, New York, and from West Goshen, Connecticut, sent by
Prof. L. M. Underwood.

Being well satisfied that the plant has never before been
described, and having good and sufficient evidence of its
growth and very peculiar and abnormal structure, I, there-
fore, now proceed to describe and figure it as I understand it.

PhallooAvSTER, Morgan, Gen., nov.

Mycelium fibrous, much branched. Peridium obovoid, con-
sisting of two concrete layers, an inner and an outer one,
rupturing irregularly. Gleba composed of numerous roundish
irregular masses, or lobes of a green color, attached to the
inner surface of the upper part of the peridium ; spores
minute, oblong, hyaline.

This is a remarkably abnormal member of the Phalloideae.
It does not develop an enlarged receptacle with a volva at
the base, and there is no gelatinous layer between the inner
and outer coats of the peridium. It forms a closer connec-
tion between the Phalloideae and the Lycoperdacese than has
hitherto been known.

172 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

I. — Phallogaster saccatus, Morgan, n. sp. ,

Fetid, single or caespitose, often several arising from an
abundant slender, white, fibrous, branching myceHum.
Peridium obovoid, usuallj^ tapering below, thick, tough-fleshy,
the surface smooth and glabrous, glaucous-pink or flesh-color;
rupturing b}- the gradual decay of the wall. The interior of
the peridium is at first filled above by the gleba, below by a
white floccose substance, both are transformed into mucus
upon the maturity of the spores. The gleba consists of
numerous green lobes, or masses, sometimes quite distinct
from each other, seated on the white glairy inner wall of the
peridium. Spores abundant, floating in the mucus, trans-
parent and colorless under the microscope, linear-oblong,
4-5 X 1.5 mic.

Growing singly or in clusters of three or four attached to
the same stringy mycelium, which penetrates the rotten wood
of an old stick or trunk. Peridium 1-2 inches in height and
^2-1 inch in diameter. I observed upon the fibers of the
mycelium abundant crystals of calcium oxalate, as figured by
DeBary on the mycelial strands of Phallus canimis.

The peculiar phalloid odor is not so powerful as in other
members of the family.

\()l. X\' ^ IM.itc II

\\\ a 1 1 oo as / f r 5 accafiL j, ^

ure/a]( , \] ■ Sp,

LatiraVMorjan Del.

Trit H£3«0ERS0M AcHEt?T-KREB5 Lm Co CiH

EXPLANATION OI" PLATE 111.

Fig. I. — Licea 1)iforis, Morgan, n. sp.

Figs. 2, 3, 4. — Diagrammatic representation of the structure of
Tubulina.

Fig. 5. — Lj'cogola conicum, Pers., natural size.

Fig. 6. — Lycogola exigum, Morgan, n. sp., natural size.

Fig. 7 — Lycogola epidendrnm, Buxb., natural size.

Fig. 8. — Lycogola flavofuscum, Pvhr., natural size.

Fig. 9.— Portion of tubule of Lycogola flavofuscum.

Fig. 10. — Reticularia splendens, Morgan, n. sp., natural size.

Fig. II. — Cribraria cuprea, Morgan, n. sp.

Fig. 12. — Dictydium longipes, Morgan, n. sp.

\()i.. XV

•f^e louPQal of Wie &\n. goc. /^lahupal +^1^1:0^7.

Plate III.

Index—Volume XV.

Abert, Col. J. W., remarks on Guido

and Raphael, 62.
Actinozoa, 96.
Agelacrinus pileus (?), 85.
Agelacrinus cincinnatienses, 85 ;

internal, stricture of, 86.
Alcyonaria, 96, 151.
Algal vegetation, problematical

statements regarding, 76.
Alveolites, genus defined, 147; A.

granulosus, 150, 151.
Amaurochtete atra, 138.
Anapsis rufa, 124.
Anderson, W. P., resignation as

trustee, 61.
Arcyria, 129.
Aster shortii, 55, 57; undulatus, 55,

57; sagittifolius, 55, 56, 57 ; Lind-

leyanus, 55, 56,57; cordifolius, 57.
Asters, variations and intermediate

forms of certain, 55.
Atmospheric pressure, effect of,

M. 15-
Atrypa, 163.
Aviculopecten germanus. Si ; reti-

culaterarius, 82.
Bacteria, innocuous and baneful, 20.
Bacteriological Studies, progress

of, 21.
Beatricea, genus defined, 94; re-
marks on, 94; zoological position

uncertain, 94; B. nodulosa, 93, 95;

undulata, 95.
Belleroplion bilobatus, 93.
Bigney, Dr. P. M., elected trustee, 62.
Brongniart, on position of Fu-

coides, 76.
Butler, A. W., communication

from, 61,
Byrnes, Dr. R. M., memoir of, with

portrait, 71.
Ctunostroma, 165.
Calapcecia, 147; genus defined, 150;

C. cribriformis, 150

Carson, Dr. Wm., Weather, Water
and Disease, 5.

Catlin, Capt., observations on neu-
ralgia, 25.

Cerolites, a new order proposed for
Beatricea, 94.

Chietetes, 153, 154; C. subglobosa,
158; turbinatum, 158.

Cliondrioderma, 129.

Clathropora clintonensis, 163.

Clathroptychium, 136; genus de-
fined, 138; C. rugulosum, 138.

Clinton group, fossils in, 163.

Cloudy weather, depressing effect
of, 9.

Ctenophora, 96.

Coal, origin of, 76.

Cold wave, defined, 13; notable, 13.

Collier, T. B., report as Curator
Photographic Section, 69.

Columnaria, genus defined, 97 ; C.
alveolata, 98, loo; calicina, 98;
hertzeri,99; (?) halli, 99.

Columnopora, 147, 150, 151.

Committee on treasurer's accounts
60; on A.J. Howe, report of, 62
on death of Dr. R. M. Byrnes, 62
on death of Mr. Joseph Green, 62.

Constellaria, 155, 156.

Consumption, a germ disease, 24.

Corresponding member elected,
Wm. H. Knight, 61.

Cribraria, 129, 136; genus defined,
139; C. argillaceae, 139; vulgaris,
140; dictydioides, 140, 141; ele-
gans, 140; purpurea, 141; tenella,
141 ; microcarpa, 141 ; caprea, 142.

Crinoids, roots and stems of, loi.

Cyclocystoides, 85 ; cincinnatiensis,
84; bellulus, 84; magnus, 84, 85.

Cyclones, tests of constitutional
strength, 12.

Cyclora minuta, 161.

Cincinnati Society of Xaturat History.

Deer Creek sewage, cause of epi-
demic dysentery, 29.

Dekayia, 155.

Derniodium coiiicum, 134.

Devonian, rocks of, in Ohio, 166;
chert in, 166; fossil forms of, 166.

Dictydium, 136; genus defined,
142; D. cernuum, 142; longipes,

143-
Diplotrypa, 155.
Donations, 2, 104.
Dust, promotes formation of fog,

17; instrument for counting par-
ticles of. 18.
Dust and fog, 17.
Dury, Charles, on Limax maximus,

62', 63; remarks on albino robins,

103; Mordellidse of Cincinnati, 123.
Dyciie, Dr. D. T. D., remarks on

roots and stems of crinoids, loi.
Election of officers, 60.
ICverhartia, 51 ; hymenuloides, 51.
Exchanges, domestic, 104; foreign,

107.
Eaber, Chas. L. Paper read. Age

of the Point Pleasant beds, 2.
Faber, Chas., (with :Miller, S. A.).

Some new species and structural

parts of fossils, 79.
Favistella, defined, 97 ; V . stellata,

98; calicina, 99.
Favosites, 147, 152.
Ferris, A. A., report as trustee, 65.
Fistulipora, 155.
F'og, producer! by condensation of

water upon finely divided matter,

17; produced by products of

combustion, 17; analysis of, 18;

death rate increased by, iS.
I'ogs, effect of, on plants, 19; causes

disease, 19; increases death rate,

'9-

Foreigners, predisposed to dis-
ease, 37.

Fort Ancient, observations con-
cerning, by Dr. S. S. Scoville, in;
description of ground and water
courses in, in; suggestions as to
the builders, 120, 121; analogy
with great wall of China, 121 ;
this points to common origin,
121 ; not constructed at one time,
122; high ground enclosed by
fort probably occupied before
construction of walls, 123; used
by village inhal)itants as refuge,
123; direction of streams around
and in, n2 ; small streams in, not

artificial ditches, 113; streams
deepened to strengthen works,
113; "peninsula" the true water
divide, n3 ; parallel walls, n4;
moats, 114; guarded way and
moats, purpose of, n4, ns;
mound used as observatory, n5;
guarded way a military structure,
n5 ; embankments on neck of
the peninsula, \\^\ height of
embankment, n5; highest em-
bankment, n6; even summit
range, n6; embankments not
originally higher than now, n7;
structure of embankments ob-
served, 117; wash of walls since
first built, 117; embankments re-
constructed, n7; north eastern
part an assembly ground, n8;
crescent, or semi - circle, u8 ;
part of a complete circle, 118;
gate ways, ng; use of, ng, 120.

Fucoides, assemblage of various
fossils under this genus, 76.

Fucoides, considered algit by Bron-
gniarl. 76.

Gibson, Wm., life member, death
of, 2.

(rlipodes sericans, 124.

Grimsley, G. Perry, microscopical
study of Ohio limestone, 160.

Halysites catenulata, 153.

Ilelicoma, 45; H. larvale, 45; am-
biens, 46; polysporum, 46; re-
pens, 47; limpidum, 47; Ber-
keleyi,48; ambiguum, 48.

Helicomyces, 39; H. olivaceous, 40,
41; gracillis, 40; cinereus, 41;
bellus, 42 ; scandens, 42 ; fuscus,
43; clarus, 44; elegans, 44.

Helicuon, 49; H. thysanophorum,
49; sessile, 49; auratum, 50;
ellipticum, 50.

Helicosponc, North American, 39.

Heliolites, 150, 131 ; genus defined,
I.'i2; II. shepardi, 152.

Heiiolilidie. 151.

Henshall, Dr. J. A., report of Direc-
tor of Museum, 67; report as
Secretary, 68.

Heredity, basis of life, 33; not
sufficiently considered in health
standards, 34.

Heterotrypa, 155.

Hippocrates, on effect of climate
on body, 6.

Ilolocystiles affinis, 87 ; H. elegans,
87 ; Votnndus, 87 ; turbinatus, 87 ;

Index — Volume XV.

ornatissinius, 87 ; subovaUis, .Sj.

Houghtonia, 150.

Howe, A. J., ineniorial of, 3.

Iluiiiidity, 15.

Hydrocorallines in the lower Hel-
(lerl)erf^ of Ohio, 165.

Hyphomycetoiis fiuigi, 39.

Ice, infectious, 32.

In nienioriani, A. J. Howe, 3.

Infectious diseases, prevail in Win-
ter, 24.

Influenza, microbe the cause of, 24.

Iminunit)- from disease, 34; vac-
cination, 35.

James, Davis L., treasurer's re-
port, 65.

James, Jos. F., preservation of
plants as fossils, 75 ; manual of
paleontolog}' of the Cincinnati
group, part 3, SS; part 4, 144;
paper on paleontology of Cincin-
nati group, part 2, read by title, 2.

James, U. P., letter on Beatricia
quoted, 94.

Kellerman, W. A., photographing
natural objects without a camera,

53-

Knight, W. H., resigns office of
librarian, i ; elected correspond-
ing member, 6r.

lyamproderma, 129.

Leaves, discolorations left on stone
pavements h\\ 77.

Lebechia montifera, 90.

Leperditia alta, common in lower
Helderberg, 164.

Leucocytes, 35.

Librarian elected, 60.

Licea, genus defined, 130; L. vari-
abilis, 131; Lindheimeri, 131;
biforis, 131 ; pusilla, 131.

Liceacea;, defined, 130; table of
genera, 131.

Light in relation to health, 8 ;
action of in effecting chemical
change, 9; efi"ect of, on microbes,
9, 10.

Limax maximus, Chas. Durv on,
62, 63.

Lockjaw, produced by Vjacillus, 23.

Lower Helderberg, character of
rocks of, 164; fossils in, 165;
bryozoans in, 165 ; sparingly fos-
siliferous, 165.

Lower silurian series of Ohio lime-
stones, fossils found in study of
structure, 160.

Lungs, correspondence in structure

and function, 7; action of, modi-
fies nutritive process, 8.

Lycogala, 130; genus defined, 133;
L. conicum, 134; exiguum, 134;
epidendrum, 1^4; flavofuscum,
135-

Madreporaria aporosa, 97 ; M. rugo-
sa, 97, 144; fungida,97; perforata,
97. 147- .

Madreporia rugosa, 144; M. per-
forata, 147.

Manual of paleontology of Cincin-
nati group, part 3, 88; part 4, 144.

INIembers elected, 1, 61, 103.

Microbes, digestive tract a habitat
for, 21.

Microscopical study of Ohio lime-
stones. Lower silurian series, 161,
162; Clinton group, 163; Niagara,
series, 163.

Miller, S. A., memoir Dr. R. M.
Bvrnes, 71.

Miller, S. A. (with Faber, Chas.),
some new species and structural
parts of fossils, 79.

Modiolopsis corrugata, 79; pholadi-
formis, 79; longa, 80; sulcata, 80.

Monomerella, 163.

Monticiilipora, groups of, 156;
group, 156; arrangement of, 157;
genus defined, 155; M. nndulata,
157. '58; undulata, var. hemis-
pherica, 157; turbinata, 158, 159;
filiasa, 158; irregularis, 159;
mammulata, 161 ; ramosa, 161.

Monticuliporoidea, sub class of, de-
fined, 155.

Monotrypa, 155.

Mordella, species of, near Cincin-
nati, 124.

Mordellidtt, of vicinity of Cincin
nati, by Chas. Durj-, 123; direc-
tions for collecting and mount-
ing, 123: synopsis of the family,
by John B. Smith, 123; season for
collection of, 124.

Mordellistena, species of, near Cin-
cinnati, 125, 126.

Morgan, A. P., description of a new

* phalloid, 171 ; letter transmitting
article on INIyxomycetes, 127:
North American Ilelicospone, 39;
paper on North American Fungi,
read by title, 2.

Myxomj'cetes of Miami Vallej', first
paper, 127.

Myxomycetes, defined, 127; terms
used in description of, 127, 128,

Ciiiciii/tafi Society of Natural History.

129; life history of, 127; of Miami
Valley, 127.
Nature printing on Orkney Island

rocks, 7S.

Niagara, water power of, by B. M.

Ricketts, 168; water passing

falls, 1 68; its source, 168; methods

of utilizing power, 168; applied

to generating electrical power,

169 ; power of dynamos run by,

170; prices charged for use of, 170.

Niagara series, fossils of, 163.

Neuralgia and weather, Catlin's

observations on, 25, 26.
Norton, O. D., elected member

executive board, 2.
Officers elected, 60, 61.
Ohio limestones, microscopical
study of, 160; characteristics of,
160.
Orkney Islands, nature printing on

rocks of, 78.
Orthodesma mundum, 82.
Ostracodernia spadiceum, 139.
Paleontology of the Cincinnati

group, part 4, 144.
Pakeophyllum, 144; genus defined,

146; P. divaricans, 147.
Peach, Chas., on markings on rocks
of Orkney Islands, 78; on mark-
ings in geological formations
representing algte, 78.
Pentamerus, 163.
Pentaria trifaciata, 124.
Periclucna, 133.
Peronopora, 155.
Petraria, 146.

Petrography, early studies in, 160.
Phallogaster, a new genus of fungi,
171; P. saccatus (with plate), 172.
Phalloid, a new, by A. P. Morgan,

171.
Phallus caninus, 172.
Photographing natural objects
without a camera, by W. A. Kel-
lerman, 53.
Physarum, 129.
Phytopsis cellulosum, 155.
Plants preserved as fossils, 75.
Pneumonia, an infectious disease,

23 ; caused by bacteria, 24.
Porifera, 166.
Poisons in blood, 36.
Point Pleasant beds, 2.
I'orites, 149; P. vetusta, 149; ver-

neuili, 150.
Praso])ora, 135.
Predisposition qualifies health, 36.

Preservation of plants, 75; condi-
tions governing, 76, 77 ; in coal
qra, 77; "chemical process," 77.

Proceedings, i, 59, 103.

Protariea, 147; genus defined, 149.

Protoderma, 132.

Protoscolex, remarks on charrcter
of fossils so classified, 83.

Protoscolex magnus, 83; ornatus, 83.

Ptilodyctia fenestelliforniis, 161.

Ralfsia verrucosa, marks left on
rocks by, 78.

Reports of officers for 1891-92 re-
ceived, 59.

Reports, Treasurer, 64 ; Trustees,
65 ; Director Museum, 67 ; Secre-
tary, 68 ; Curator Photographic
Section, 69.

Resignations accepted, i.

Respiration in hippopotamus, 7 ;
in rat, 7.

Reticularia, 129; genus defined,
136; R. splendens, 137; rozeana,
137; umbrina, 137, 138; atra, 138;
plumbea, 139.

Reticulariaceiu, defined, 136; table
of genera of, 136.

Ricketts, Dr. B. M., on Niagara's
water power, 168.

Rheumatism related to weather
changes, 25.

Robins, Albino, remarks on by
Chas. Dury, 103.

Scoville, Dr. S. S., paper on Texas
wild cat, 2 ; observations con-
cerning Fort Ancient, iii.

Silurian gulf, 162.

Siphoptychium Casparyi, 131.

Skinner' J. R., remarks on Dr. R.
M. Byrnes, 59.

Starbuck, Alex., resignation as
member of executive board, 2.

Streptelasnia, 144; definition of
genus, 145; S. corniculum, 146.

Stromatocerium, genus defined, 93;
S. canadense, 93.

Stromatopora, genus defined, 88;
key to species, 89; S. tubularis.
89; subcylindrica, 90; lichen-
oides, 90, 91 ; scabra, 91 ; papill-
ata, 91 ; hullowensis. 91 ; liindei,
92 ; indianiensis, 92, 93 ; tuber-
culata, 93.
Stromatojioroidea, 88; Beatricea

I)laced among the, 94.
Styliola in Devonian rocks. 167.
Syringopora, 153.
Temperature, more potential than

Index — / 'oliniic XV.

light in weather changes, lo;

uniformity of, in relation to

health, lo ; reduction of, does not

cause disease, ii ; extremes of, in

United States, 12 ; daily variation

of, 12.
Tetanus, 23.
Tetradium, 151 ; genus defined, 153;

T. fibratum, 153, 154; minus,

154 ; columnare, 154.
Tetradiidic, 151.
Tomoxia, species of, found near

Cincinnati, 124.
Trichia, 129.
Trichina spiralis, 21.
Trimerella, 163.
Troposporium album, 52.
Trustee elected, 60.
Tubulina, 129, 130; genus defined,

132; T. cylindrica, 132; Casparyi,

132; caespitosa, 133, 139.

Tunnel for utilizing Niagara's
water power described, 169, 170.

Water, relation to disease, 26, 27,
29; myths regarding, 26, 27; tests
for pure, 2S ; chemical tests of,
28; methods of examination, 30;
bacteria in, 30; "ground water,"
31 ; relation to typhoid fever
epidemics, 31 ; self purification
of, by rivers, 32.

Weather, atmospheric pressure a
component, 13.

Weather, Water and Disease, 5 ;
relations to the individval, 5 ,
factors of, 6.

Werner, W. C, variations and inter-
mediate forms of certain asters, 55.

Wind, effects on weather, 16.

Zaphrentis, 144 ; definition of
genus, 144 ; Z. ohioensis, 145, 146.

Zoantharia, 96, 97, 151 ; Z. sclero-
dermata, 97.

THE JOURNAL

OF THK

Cincinnati
Society of Natural History

Volume XVI

PUBLISHED BY

The Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

No. los Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio.

1893-94.

Publishing Committee.

Gko. \V. Harper. Chas. Durv.

W.M. HrBHKi.i. FisiiKR. Mrs. M. C. Mokehead.
Davis L. J.vmes (E)ditor).

Table of Contents.

VOLUME XVI.

Proceedings, i, 57, 125

Annual Meeting 2

Donations, 4, 58, 125

Report of Treasurer. 6

Trustees' Report, 7

Report of Curator of Photographic Section 9

Report of the Director of the Museum, 10

Myxoniycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. By A. P. Morgan.

Second Paper (Plate I), 13

Lichens of Ohio. By E. E. Bogue, 37

Leaf Variations; Its Extent and Significance. By Mrs. W. A.

Kellerman. (Plate II) 49

Remarkable Malformation in a Cat. I). S. Kellicott 54

Dr. Wni. Carson (Portrait), 60

Studies in Problematic Organisms, No. II. The Genus Fucoides.

By Jos. F.James (Plates III, IV, V), 62

Remarks on the Genus Arthrophycus, Hall. By Jos F. James, . . 82
Natural History Notes from North Carolina. By A. G. Wetherby, . 87

Fossil Fungi. By Jos. F.James 94

Remarks on a Curious Felt-like Mass of Fur from an Angora Cat.

By Chas. A. Parke 99

Histology of the Stem of Pontederia cordata L. By K. M. Wilcox

(four figures) 101

Investigations of the Burrows of the American Marmot. By Wni.

Hubbell Fisher (Plates VI, VII, VIII. IX, X), 105

Mj'xomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. By .A. P. Morgan.

Third Paper. (Plates XI, XII), 127

Mineral Synthesis. By G. Perry Grimsley, 157

New Pheenogams for the Ohio Flora. By Wni. C. W^erner, ... 170
Observations on Some Entomophthoreae. By F. M Weljster, 173

Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. By Joseph

F. James. Part V, 178

Natural History Notes from North Carolina. By A. G. Wetherby.

Number Two 209

THE JOURNAL

- OF THK -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

Vol. XVI. • Cincinnati, April, 1893 • No. i.

PROCEEDINGS.

January 3, 1893.

The regular January meeting of the Society was called to
order at 8 p. m., with President Collier in the chair.

The reading of the minutes was dispensed with.

Upon motion, the applications of W. F. Howell, W. A.
Eudaly and Charles Barnes were balloted on together. Re-
ceiving the necessary number of votes, they were declared
duly elected to active membership.

Upon recommendation of the Executive Board, Prof Wm.
C. Gurley, Director of the Observatory of Marietta College,
Marietta, Ohio, was elected to honorary membership.

The resignation of E. H. Crowell as active member was
accepted.

The following papers were read by title and referred to the
Publishing Committee, to-wit :

Manual of Palaeontology of the Cincinnati Group. Part III,
By Jos. F. James.

Observations Concerning Fort Ancient. By Selden S.
Scoville.

The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley. Fir.st Paper. By
A. P. Morgan.

Dr. B. Merrill Ricketts then read a very interesting and
instructive paper upon "The Utilization of Niagara's Water
Power." Lantern slides were used to illustrate.

Adjourned.

2 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

March 7, 1893.

The regular March meeting of the vSociety was called to
order, with President Collier in the chair.

The reading of the minutes was dispensed with.

The following applications for active membership were read
and ordered posted, to-wit : George E. Bryan and J. C.
Carpenter.

The reading of the minutes of the Executive Board was
postponed.

There being no further business, the chair called upon Mr.
Charles Dury, who presented a delightful paper, " Notes on
Preserving Natural Histor}- Subjects." He illustrated his
remarks with specimens — contrasted to show the bleaching
effects of ordinary daylight — and a new superior insect case.

Adjourned.

Annual Meeting.

April 4, 1893.

The regular annual meeting of the Society was called to
order at 8.08 p. m., with President Collier in the chair.

The minutes of the vSociety for December 6, 1892, and
January 3, 1893, were read and approved.

I'pon motion, the reading of the minutes of March 7, 1893,
was dispen.sed with.

The following applications for active membership were rea^d
and ordered posted, to-wit :

Mrs. Clara D. Klemm and Albert Lawson.

George E. Bryan and J. C. Carpenter were, upon motion,
balloted for together, and duly elected to active membership.

The reading of the minutes of the Executive Board was
dispensed with.

Upon motion, the resignations before the Society were
accepted.

The Treasurer, Mr. Davis L. James, then presented his
annual report, and made some verbal explanations.

The report of the Trustees was read by Mr. Davis L- James.
It was prepared by Trustee A. A. Ferris.

Upon motion, both of these reports were received, ordered
filed, and the chair was instructed to appoint an Auditing

Proceedintfs. 3

Coniniittee to audit same. The cliair appointed Messrs.
Kelley, Ricketts and Collier.

On behalf of the Museum Committee, Mr. Charles Dury
presented a brief report.

Mr. T. B. Collier then presented his report as Curator of
Photography, showing the share the members of this section
have taken in the work of the Society.

The Director of the Museum, Mr. Setli Hayes, then read
his report, calling attention to the work done since his connec-
tion with the Society, and outlining the work desirable and
necessary for the ensuing year.

Upon motion, the reports of the Museum Committee,
Curator of Photography and Director of the Museum were
received and ordered filed.

Upon motion, it was decided to proceed with the election of
officers for the ensuing year.

The chair was instructed to appoint two tellers. Messrs.
Davis L. James and Dr. P. M. Bigney were so appointed.

Nominations were then declared in order.

Upon request, the names of the present incumbents were
read.

Mr. T. B. Collier having been nominated for re-election as
President, it was decided, upon motion, that the nominations
be closed, and that the Secretarj' cast the unanimous ballot of
the Society for him. The ballot having been so cast and
announced, Mr. T. B. Collier was declared elected as President.

Dr. F. W. Langdon was nominated for re-election as First
Vice-President. The usual motions prevailed, and the vSecre-
tary cast the ballot of the vSociety, whereupon he was declared
duly elected as First Vice-President.

Dr. B. Merrill Ricketts was re-nominated for Second Vice-
President. The usual motions prevailing, he was duly elected.

Mr. Davis L. James was again nominated for Treasurer, and
was, after the usual motions, declared elected.

Mr. T. H. Kelley was nominated to succeed himself as
Secretary. His election was announced after the usual
motions had prevailed.

Nominations for members of the Executive Board-at-L,arge
being called for, it was decided, upon motion, to ballot for all
nominees at once.

4 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

After the following gentlemen had been nominated, the
nominations were closed by motion, to-wit: Mr. Charles
Dury, Dr. A. T. Keckler, Dr. O. D. Norton and Prof. G. W.
Harper.

Upon motion, the Secretary' was instructed to cast the
unanimous ballot of the Society for these gentlemen.

The ballot having been so cast and announced, they were
declared duly elected.

Mr. A. A. Ferris was nominated to succeed himself as
Trustee. After the usual motions, the Secretary cast the
ballot of the Society for him. Being announced, he was
declared duly elected.

Dr. M. Cassat was re-nominated as Librarian. He was duly
elected, after the usual motions.

Nominations for Curators being called for, the following
nominations were made, to-wit :

Curator of Geology, E. O. Ulrich.
Curator of Botany, Davis L. James.
Curator of Zoology, Charles Dury.
Curator of Anthropology, Dr. O. D. Norton.
Curator of Photography, H. J. Buntin.
Curator of Microscopj', Dr. B. M. Ricketts.
Curator of Physics, no nomination.
Curator of Chemistry, Dr. A. I. Carson.

The usual motions prevailing, the Secretary cast the unani-
mous ballot of the Society for these gentlemen, which was
duly announced, and the}' were declared elected.

Several donations were presented to the Society — a com-
plete list of which was read.
Adjourned.

DONATIONS.

Dr. V . \V. Langdon, Monkey's dinner-bell or sand box tree
(Hura crepitans, L.) West Indies.

Dr. O. D. Norton, Xest of Baltimore Oriole (Icterus balti-
more) ; Sword of sword fish ; Gavel made from sword ol
sword fish ; Thermometer — testing.

rat)iphlcts. 5

Geo. H. Curtis, Guinea Corn and Milo Maize, from Kansas.

P. W. Carter, Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetu.s), shot near
Stanford, Ky., Jan. 7, 1893.

Chas. Dury, Snow Owl (Nyctea nivea).

Dr. Elgar Reed, by Dr. M. Cassat, Tarantula (Tarantula
apulice) and Trap-door Spider (Cteniza californica) and Nest,
from Los Angeles, California.

Charles A. Beecher, collection from the Hawaiian Islands,
consisting of plants, shells, lavas, bread stuff, vegetables,
fiber, etc.

PAMPHLETS.

E. O. Ulrich, Newport, Ky., The Bryozoa of the Lower
Silurian in Minnesota.

J. D. Cox, Cincinnati, Ohio, Reports of Missouri Botanical
Garden for 1890, 1891 and 1892.

Geo. Frederick Kunz, New York City, Bohemian Garnets ;
Notes on Brookite, Octaliedrite, Quartz and Ruby ; The
Farmington, Kansas, Aerolite ; Meteoric Irons ; Five New
American Meteorites ; Precious Stones.

E. D. Cope, Philadelphia, Phylogeny of the Vertebrata and
on some points in Kinetogenesis of the limbs of Vertebrates ;
Crook on Saurodonti^lse from Kansas ; Riitemeyer on the
classification of Mammalia, and on American types recently
found in Switzerland; Fourth note on the Dinosauria of the
Laramie, and on a new genus of Mammalia from the Laramie
formation ; False Elbow Joints.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

REPORTS SUBMITTED AT THE ANNUAL
MEETING, APRIL 4, 1893.

REPORT OF TREASURER OF THE CINCINNATI SOCIETY

OF NATURAL HISTORY, FOR THE YEAR

ENDING APRIL 4, 1893.

Balance on, hand, April, 1892, $670 78

Receipts 3.190 05

J3.860 83

Expenditures, $3,672 70

Balance on hand, 188 13

f 3.860 83

RECEIPTS.

Balance, $670 78

Dues, 690 00

Material sold, 23 00

Journals sold 28 50

Interest, 2,448 55

Total receipts, $3,860 83

EXPENDITURES.

Salaries,

House expenses (including postages), ....

Gas,

Water — Water meter and repairs $57 00

Water rent, 16 66

Printing and stationery

Journal, 343 00

Fuel, 102 50

Interest, 108 00

Museum, 418 84

Repairs 572 42

Investment, 22 85

Lectures, 79 77

$3,672 70
Balance on hand, 188 13

The income for the past year, as compared with last, has
decreased $305.75, due largely to the smaller amount of dues
collected. The collections show a falling off of $280.22. The
income from investments during the year decreased $42.56.

1,507

17

333

20

28

09

73

66

83

20

Trustees' Report. 7

The expenditures have increased above those of the pre-
vious year over $1,400, as foHows :

Salaries, I432 17

House expenses, 125 59

Water rent 73 66

Repairs, 473 82

Museum, 351 84

$1,457 08
These expenditures were necessary to put tlie Museum in
good shape, and have been to the great advantage of the
Society, and vastly increased the usefuhiess of the Museum
to the pubhc.

The item of $22.85 for investment, was paid to the Trustees
b}^ the Treasurer, to make up a sum wanted to invest a small
balance remaining in the hands of the Trustees.

The interest on the Society's outstanding notes has been
paid, with the exception of that on one note, owing to the
absence of the holder from the country.

The Treasurer would respectfully call attention to the
necessity of making provision to meet the notes of the Society
as they mature. The first of these will be payable in two
years from next June, and all of the $2,100 outstanding by
March in the year following. A sinking fund should be pro-
vided for.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Davis L. James,

Treasurer.
TRUSTEES' REPORT.

Cincinnati, April 4, 1893.

To THE Board of Directors of the Cincinnati Soci-
ety OF Natural History:
Gentlemen — The undersigned Trustees of the Society beg
leave to submit their annual report, showing the funds of the
Society invested as follows :

MORTGAGES ON REAL ESTATE.
PROM. Date. Time. Interest. Par Value

Martin Byrnes, April 12, 1887, i yr., 6 'i, $4,000 00

W. S. Baker, May 9, 1888, 3 yrs., 7 '/^ 1,500 00

Caroline Blymyer et al, Nov. 23, 1887, 2 yrs., 6>^ % 8,000 00

8 Cincitniali Society of Natural History.

From. Date. Time. Interest. I'ar Value

Mary S. Orange, Dec. 22, 1880, 3 yrs., 6 '/^ 2,<xx) 00

John A. Bigelow, Aug. 31, 1889, 2 yrs., 6 'v 1,000 00

Joseph M. Story Nov. 30, 1889, 3 yrs., 6 '/, 1,000 00

Margaret A. Shields, Dec. 3, 1889, 3 yrs., 6 y, 4,000 00

Henrj- Snow, Dec. 12, 1891, 3 yrs., 6 fj, 2,000 00

Alvin Knop, Jan. 18, 1892, 4 yrs., 6 </r 6.000 00

Hester V. Froorae et al, Mar. 16, 1892, 5 yrs., 6 'I, 3,000 00

Harry Falquet June 14, 1892, 3 yrs., 6 </i 2,100 00

Hester V. Froome, additional, . . Sept. 16, 1892, 4^yrs.,6 '/, 500 00

John S. Dempsey, Mar. i, 1893, 2 yrs., 6 </ 2,000 00

Total INIortgages $37,100 00

BONDS AND NOTES.

Cincinnati Southern 7-30 bonds, $2,000 00

One Cincinnati deficiency bond (1901), 4 '/; 50000

One Cincinnati deficiency bond (1905). 4 '/o 100 00

One Procter & Gamble gold bond at io8>^, ($1,095.85) .... 1,000 00
Eight shares ($50 each) Cincinnati St. R. R., at 106^ ($427.00) 400 00

Total bonds, $4,000 00

RECAPITUL.^TION.

Real estate mortgages, $37,100 00

Bonds and notes, . ^ 4,000 00

Total, $41,100 00

Since the la.st annual report of the Trustees, the loans to
Anthony Costello and Richard Oliver have been paid, and also
the loan to Aaron A. Ferris. The amounts received from
these loans have all been re-invested in mortgages, or bonds,
shown by the foregoing report. It will be observed that the
par value only is given of the securities held by the Trustees.
All of the bonds held by the Trustees represent a premium,
and are readily salable in the market for at least the premium
paid. The funds have all been invested, and the Trustees, in
order to make a purchase in a round sum of the last securities
purchased, obtained from the Treasurer of the Society an
advance in the sum of twenty-two dollars and eighty-five
cents ($22.85). This la.st named sum was used in the purchase
of the eight (S) shares of the Street Railway stock. The
Trustees thought best to invest in the bonds and stock, for
the reason that it is now very difficult to obtain satisfactory

Report of Curator of F^liotographic Section. 9

loans on real estate. The loans that have been made since
our last report, on real estate mortgages, have all been made
payable in gold, as far as the princijial is concerned.

The Trustees suggest that a committee be ajipointed to
examine the securities held by the Trustees.
Respectfully submitted,

Aaron A. P'krris,

P. M. BiGNEY,

T)llStC€S.

REPORT OF Cl'RATOR OF PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION.

Cincinnati, April 4, 1893.
The Cincinnati Society of Natural History:

Gentlemen — As Curator of the Photographic Section of this
Society, I beg to submit the following report for the year just
ended : This Section now numbers 102 active members,
having added to its membership during the past year seven,
having lost by death two, by resignation seven, and by drop-
ping from membership on account of the non-payment of
dues nine.

On May 30, 1892, our Annual Outing took place, and was
attended by over one hundred members. The vSection and
its friends spent the day at the town of Batavia, and the occa-
sion was one of the most enjoyable yet participated in.

On March 17, 1S93, our Annual Exhibition was given at the
Scottish Rite Cathedral, but owing to the exceedingly in-
clement weather, was not as fully attended as it otherwise
would have been, yet the exhibition was witnessed by four
hundred and twenty-seven members and their friends. The
standard of excellence heretofore shown in the work of the
Section was fully maintained, and in some respects improved
upon, and the interest shown by the members has not in the
least diminished. And, although we have lost in membership,
from causes already stated, the Section is in a very flourishing
condition.

The suggestions submitted by the Curator at the last annual
meeting have been acquiesced in by the Executive Board of

lo Cinciituaii Society of Natural History.

the Societ}', and our members beg to return thanks to the
Board of Officers for the noticeable improvement in the condi-
tion of the Section.

Very respectfully,

T. B. COLI.IKK,
Curator P/iotoiiiap/iic Scct/ofi.

REPORT OF DIRKCTOR Ol" MUSEUM.

Cincinnati, April 4, 1893.

Officers and Members of the Cincinnati vSocietv of
Nati^rai, History :

Ladi(s and Gciitlei?icn — Not quite a year has elapsed since
your honorable Society saw fit to call the undersigned to it, as
its Director of the Museum ; almost ten months, to a day,
have gone by since the actual relationship began.

What has been accomplished during this interval of time ?
What are the plans for the ensuing year? Such are your
mental questions. In conjunction with the officers of the
Society, we shall try to satisfactorily answer them.

Before doing so, however, permit us to state that whatever
has been done, was suggested and followed out for the best
interests of the Society as we were able to see them. If mis-
takes have been made, they were due to error of judgment,
and as such, we trust you will bear with them, and in the
coming months assist us to overcome and correct them.

The cleaning and re-arranging of the several rooms were
the main objects of the Summer months. How successfully
it has been accomplished, you have been able to judge during
your visits to the Museum.

Our aim has been to unite all tlie various collections of each
class, and as rapidly as possible types will be selected to con-
stitute our displays.

In detail, we would call your attention to the changes in the
several departments, to-wit :

The mammals have been removed from the second floor to
the new large room over the lecture hall. All, save the very
larger specimens (which are to be found in the fourth story

Report of Pirector of Museum. ri

front room), have been arranged in the long case against the
north wall.

The west wall cases contain the fish exhibit, while the
entire floor space is occupied by the pala^ontological collec-
tions in flat show cases.

The front room of the fourth story contains the large
plaster casts (surrounded and protected by an iron railing),
along with the larger mammals and birds, remains of pre-
historic animals and the osteological collection.

The room formerly occupied by the ichthyological collec-
tion is now devoted to the department of botany, while the
room jointly shared by the botanical specimens and insects is
now exclusively entomological.

The departments of ethnology and mineralog}' occupy the
large room on the third floor, while the specimens pertaining
to ornithology, oology and invertebrate zoology, are to be
found in the large room on the second floor, which was
formerly occupied by the mammals and birds.

After removing the mammals to the upper story, the large
and unsightly cases, which formerly contained them, were
displaced by flat show cases.

A large sky-light was put in the roof over the large room
on the fourth floor, thus converting this dark and almost use-
less room into one of the brightest and best in the building.

The crowded condition of our rooms, even after these
changes, will soon necessitate the use of numerous drawer-
cases, for filing the bulk of our collections, so as to be of eas}'
access to actual students.

As it is, our displays are so crowded as to injure their
availability and proper labeling, while our basement contains
numerous specimens that ought to be made available to
students.

The relabeling of specimens and preparation of corrected
catalogues will be continued as time permits, as has been done
with the mammals.

New methods have been introduced into the office, b}' which
complete and accurate records will be kept of all transactions
therein. The lack of such records has already cost the
officers many hours of labor, not to mention the intrinsic loss
to the Society itself.

12 Cinciiniati Society of Xatural History.

The correction of our periodical exchange list, the comple-
tion of broken sets and re-checking of bound and unbound
publications, not already catalogued, has consumed a goodly
portion of the Winter months.

The annual free lecture course for this year (1893) consisted
of seven lectures b}' eminent scientific men. These were
well attended, the six already given averaging an attendance
of about 150 per.sons.

Twenty-six hundred and eighty per.sons have visited the
Museum since September i, 1S92 (the day the doors were
opened after the Summer's cleaning), an average of 383 per
month, thirteen per day. The largest month was March, 1893,
with 494 visitors, while Columbus day, October 21, 1892, was
the largest day, with 121 visitors.

So, if interest in the Museum and appreciation of its advan-
tages can be taken as an index, we are certainly in a healthy
condition.

One of the past features of the Society, its educational
work — we refer to the Lyceum of Natural History — ought
to be revived at the earliest possible moment, as it would be
of great and permanent advantage to the vSociety in adding
younger members to its lists. We speak thus positively,
because of the great interest shown in the work by many of
our high school pupils, who would take advantage of a prac-
tical course in natural history.

Last Sunday (April 2, 1893,) for the first time in the history
of the Society, were its doors thrown open on Sunday after-
noons. Thirty-six (36) persons took advantage of this oppor-
tunity to visit the Museum and study our collection.

How beneficial it will prove to the Society remains to be
seen. But, judging from other museums, we will be the
gainers, and further, we owe it to those among us who can not
visit us on week days.

In the future, as in the past, everything that can be done
for the Society and science will be done. But we need the
help of each one of you. Attend the meetings regularly,
visit the Museum, and l)ring in new active members.
Respectfully submitted,

Skth Haves,
Director of the Museum.

The I\Iyxoviycctcs of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 13

THK MYXOMYCETES OF THE MIAMI VALLEY,

OHIO.

By a. p. Morgan.

Second Paper.
(Read May 2, 1893.)

Order III. PERICH/ENACE^.

Sporangia sessile or plasmodiocarp ; the wall a
thin membrane, with a more or less thickened outer
layer of minute brownish scales and granules.
Capillitium of long and very slender tubules, pro-
ceeding from numerous points of the sporangial
wall, loosely branched, forming no evident network,
the surface minutely warted or spinulose. Spores
globose, oval, or somewhat irregular, yellow.

The order is distinguished by the sessile sporangia, with
thick brown walls, and the very slender threads of the capilli-
tium, with irregular and indefinite markings.

Table of Gener.\ of Perich.*;nace.'E.

1. PERiCH.^iNA. Sporangia more or less depressed, round-
ish or more commonly polygonal and irregular, dehiscent in a
circumscissile manner.

2. Ophiothpx.v. Plasmodiocarp terete and more or less
elongated, bent and flexuous, sometimes annular or reticulate,
irregularly dehiscent.

I. PERICH^ENA, Fr. Sporangia more or less depressed,
roundish or more commonly polygonal and irregular, the
edges approximate and sometimes confluent ; the wall a thin

14 Citicinnati Society of Natural History.

membrane, with a thick dense yellow-brown outer layer of
minute scales and granules, becoming darker at the surface,
dehiscent in a circumscissile manner. Capillitium of very
slender loosely-branched threads, with the surface minutely
warted. Spores globose, oval or somewhat irregular, yellow.
Distinguished from Ophiotheca by the flattened sporangium
with a regular circumscissile dehiscence.

1. Perich.^;na depressa, Lib. Sporangia very much
depressed, polygonal, irregular, crowded, the edges contig-
uous, sometimes confluent ; the wall thick, yellow-brown
within and scarcely impressed by the spores; the outer sur-
face smooth, brown-red to brown or blackish in color, dehis-
cent in a circumscissile manner. Capillitium of slender
loosely- branched threads, 1-3 mic. in thickness, the surface
merely uneven or very minutely warted. Spores globose,
yellow, 9-10 mic. in diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 13.

Growing on the inside of the bark of Juglans, Acer, etc.
vSporangia varial)le in size, 7-1.3 mm. in breadth, irregular
and angular, much flattened. It is said to include Pcrichccna
vapor aria, Schw.

2. Ferich.^iNA irregularis, B. & C. Sporangia de-
pressed, irregular, polygonal, crowded, the edges contiguous
and sometimes confluent; the wall thick, yellow inside and
faintly reticulately impressed by the spores, the outer surface
smooth, purplish-brown, dehiscent in a circumscissile manner.
Capillitium of slender-loosely branched threads, about 2 mic.
in thickness, the surface mir.utely warted or spinulose.
Spores subglobose, yellow, 9-10 mic. in diameter.

Growing on the outer bark of Acer, etc. Sporangium .5-.6
mm. in width, closely crowded and irregular. It is much
smaller than Perichccna depressa, and its threads are more
distinctly warted and spinulose.

3. Perich/En.v corticalis, Batsch. Sporangia globose,
the base depressed, gregarious: the wall thick, yellow within
and distinctly reticulately impressed by the spores, the outer
surface reddish-brown or yellow-brown in color, dehiscent in
a circumscissile manner. Capillitium of .slender loosely-
branched threads, al)out 2 mic. in thickness, the surface very
minutely warted. Spores subglobose, yellow, 10-12 mic. in
diameter.

The Myxomycctcs of the Afiaini Valley, Ohio. 15

Growing 011 the inside of the bark of lUni. vSporangia
.5-. 6 mm. in diameter, quite regular in shape, with a slightly
flattened base. M}' s})ecimens are from Prof. McHride, of Iowa.

4. Pkrich.Hna makginata, Schw. Sporangia depressed,
polygonal, approximate and sometimes confluent, the surface
cinereous-pulverulent, seated on a silvery hypothallus ; the
wall firm, thick, the outer surface yellow-brown, covered with
minute whitish scales, the inner surface yellow, deeply reticu-
lately impressed by the spores which rest against it, dehiscent
in a circumscissile manner. Capillitium consisting of a few
simple or somewhat branched threads or well-nigh obsolete.
Spores subglobose, yellow, 12-14 "lic- in diameter.

Growing on the outer surface of the bark of Acer, Fagus,
etc. Sporangia .4-. 6 mm. in width. This is plainly Pcrichcrna
cano-flavesceiis, Raunkier. I do not find an}' threads of a
capillitivim in my specimens.

II. OPHIOTHECA, Currey. Plasmodiocarp terete and
more or less elongated, bent and flexuous, sometimes annular
or reticulate, the surface not polished or shining : the wall a
thin membrane, with a thin outer layer of minute scales and
granules, irregularly dehiscent. Capillitium of very slender
loosely-branched threads, with the surface minutely warted
and spinulose. Spores globose, oval or somewhat irregular,
yellow.

Distinguished from Perichaena by the terete plasmodiocarp
and by the more spinulose capillitium. Coninvia of Rosta-
finski.

I. Ophiotheca chrysosperma, Currey. Plasmodiocarp
globose or oblong to elongated, and bent or flexuous, some-
times annular or branched and-reticulate, dull brown in color;
the wall a thin yellowish membrane, with a thin yellow-Urown
outer layer, irregularly dehiscent. Capillitium of slender
loosely-branched threads, 2-3 mic. in thickness, the surface
minutely spinulose. Spores subglobose, yellow, 8-9 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on the inner surface of old bark of Quercus, etc.
Plasmodiocarp .4-. 5 mm. in thickness, variable in length.
Cor7iuvia circtimscissa of Rostafinski's monograph.

1 6 CincitiJiati Society of Natural History.

2. Ophiotheca Wrightii, B. & C. Plasmodiocarp more
or less elongated, bent and flexuous, very commonly in small
rings, from brownish-ochre to brown or blackish in color, not
polished ; the wall a thin yellow membrane, with a thin brown
outer layer, irregularly dehiscent. Capillitium of slender
loosely-branched threads, 2-3 mic. in thickness, furnished
with numerous straight or bent long-pointed spinules. Spores
subglobose, yellow, minutely warted, 10-12 mic. in diameter.
See Plate I, Fig. 14.

Growing on the inside of bark of Acer, Carya, etc. Plas-
modiocarp about .5 mm. in thickness, variable in length, often
in small rings 1-2 mm. in diameter. The prickly threads are
quite characteristic; the spinules are 3-5 mic. in length.
Hemiarcyria melanopeziza, Speg., is evidently the same thing.

3. Ophiotheca vermicularis, vSchw. Plasmodiocarp
terete and more or less elongated, bent and flexuous, some-
times annular or reticulate, the .surface not poli.shed, brownish
in color; the wall a thin yellow membrane, covered on the
outside by a more or less thickened brown layer of scales and
granules, irregularly dehiscent. Capillitium of slender loosely
branched threads, 2-3 mic. in thickness, the surface with
minute warts and ridges. Spores subglobose, yellow, 10-12
mic. in diameter.

Growing on the inside of old bark. Plasmodiocarp abouf
.4 mm. in thickness and various in length ; in my specimens
the sporangia are mostly small rings. The species looks
exactly like Ophiotheca Wrii^htii, but the character of the
threads is quite different.

4. Ophiotheca pallida, B. & C. Plasmodiocarp terete,
oblong or elongated annular and flexuous, the surface dull,
pale ochraceous; the wall a thin pellucid membrane, minutely
granulate, with a thin pale ochraceous outer layer, irregularly
dehiscent. Capillitium of slender loo.sely-branched threads,
2-3 mic. in thickness, the surface minutely warted or spinu-
lo.se. vSpores subglobo.se, pale yellow, 10-12 mic. in diameter.

Growing on dead stems of herbaceous plants. Plasmodio-
carp .3-. 4 mm. in thickness, variable in length, .sometimes
short and roundish or oblong, sometimes much elongated and
flexuous. More delicate than Ophiotheca verniicu/aris, and
distinguished by its pallid color throughout.

The My.vomycctes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 17

Order W. ARCYRIACE.^.

Sporangia regular and stipitatc, rarely sessile ; the
wall a thin membrane, minutely granulose, colored
as the spores and capillitium, the upper part soon
torn away in a somewhat circumscissile manner, and
early disappearing. Capillitium of slender tubules,
repeatedly branching and anastomosing to form a
complicated network of evident meshes, more or less
expanded after dehiscence ; the surface of the threads
minutely warted or spinulose or with elevated ridges
in the shape of rings, half rings or reticulations.

This order is specially distinguished by the threads of the
capillitium forming a complicated network of evident meshes.

TABI.E OF Genera of Arcyriace^.

r. Lachnobolus. Capillitium of slender tubules, quite
variable in thickness, proceeding from numerous points of the
sporangial wall.

2. Arcvria. Capillitium of slender tubules, issuing from
the interior of the stipe, the network without any free ex-
tremities.

3. Heterotrichia. Capillitium issuing from the interior
of the stipe, the peripheral portion of the network bearing
numerous short acute free branches.

I. LACHNOBOLUS, Fr. Sporangia .stipitate or sessile,
the wall a thin delicate membrane, minutely granulose, rup-
turing irregularly. Stipe short or sometimes wanting. Capilli-
tium of slender tubules quite variable in thickness, proceeding
from numerous points of the sporangial wall and forming a
complicated network, the .surface minutely warted or spinu-
lose. Spores globose, yellowish or flesh-color.

i8 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

This genus differs from Arcyria in the capillitiuni springing
from numerous points of the sporangial wall.

1. Lachnobolus globosus, Schw. Sporangia globose,
stipitate, pale yellow, changing to clay-color; the wall thin
and delicate, pellucid, minutely granulose, the upper part
torn away and soon disappearing, the lower half more per-
sistent. Stipe short, tapering upward, expanding at the ba.se
into a small hypothallus. Capillitiuni arising from the lower
portion of the sporangium, forming a complicated network,
the threads 3-5 mic. in thickness, the .surface closely covered
with minute warts. Spores globose, pale yellow to clay-color
in mass, 8-9 mic. in diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 15.

Growing on the spines of Chestnut burs. vSporangia .5-. 6
mm. in diameter, the stipe shorter than the sporangium.

2. Lachnobolus incarnatus, A. & S. Sporangia globose
or ellipsoidal, substipitate, clo.sely crowded and seated on a
common hypothallus; the wall thin and delicate, pellucid,
minutely granulose, dehiscing irregularly. Stipe very short
or often obsolete. Capillitiuni proceeding from the inner sur-
face of the sporangial wall, forming a com-plicated network,
the threads extremely variable in thickness, minutely warted
and spinulose. Spores globose, flesh-color in the mass, 8-9
mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. vSporangia .5-.8 mm. in height,
sessile on a narrow base or with a very short stipe; the
threads of the capillitiuni are generallj^ 3-5 mic. in thickness,
but there are broader expansions at the nodes and elsewhere.
My specimens are from Prof McBride, of Iowa. The species
is extremely variable, and these .specimens differ much from
those described elsewhere.

II. ARCYRIA, Hill. Sporangia regular ovoid tocylindric,
stiptiate; the wall a thin delicate membrane, circumsci.ssile or
torn away near the base, the upper portion evanescent, the
lower part persistent, small and cup-shaped. Stipe more of
less elongated, the interior containing roundish vesicles which
become .smaller upward, and gradually pass into the normal
spores. Capillitiuni of slender tubules, issuing from the
interior of the stipe, forming a complicated network, without

The JSTyxotnycetes of the Miami I'allcy, Ohio. 19

any free extremities, the surface minutely warted or spinulose
or with annular ridges. Spores globose, red, brown, yellow,
cinereous.

>^i. Clatiiroidk.s, Mich. Capillitium clo.sely attached by
a few threads which issue from the interior of the stipe, and
are free from the caly cuius (except in A. pwzicea), much
elongated after dehiscence, weak and drooping or prostrate ;
the meshes open and irregular, not differing externally and
internalh', their threads similar throughout, the warts or
ridges of the surface exhibiting a spiral arrangement.

1. Arcyria punicea, Pers. Sporangium ovoid, more or
less elongated ; the calyculus small, plicate-sulcate. Stipe
long, erect, brownish-red in color, expanded at the base into
a small hypothallus, Capillitium firmly attached by numer-
ous threads which are connate with the wall of the calyculus,
much elongated after dehiscence, ovoid-oblong to cylindric,
bright red in color, fading to red-brown or brownish-ochre ;
the threads uniform in thickness, about 3 mic, the surface
with a series of prominent half-rings, which wind around the
thread in a long spiral. Spores globose, even, 6-8 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on old bark, wood, mosses, etc. The stipe 1-2
mm. in length, the capillitium elongated 2-4 mm. The com-
monest of the species, conspicvious by reason of its bright
red color.

2. Arcyria MINOR, Schw. Sporangium ovoid-oblong; the
calyculus small, sulcate and ribbed, granulose. Stipe short,
erect, brownish-red in color, standing on a thin hypothallus.
Capillitium much elongated after dehiscence, oblong to cylin-
dric, lax and prostrate, bright red to brownish in color ; the
threads uniform in thickness, 2.5-3 niic, the surface with a
series of prominent half-rings, which wind around the thread
in a long spiral. Spores globose, even, 7-9 mic. in diameter.
See Plate I, Fig. 17.

Growing on old wood, bark, Polyporus, etc. The stipe
.4-.7 mm. in length, the capillitium elongated 1.5-3 "^i^- Not
uncommon, but it is usually referred to A. adnata.

3. Arcyria adnata, Batsch. Sporangium ovoid; the caly-
culus very small, finely ribbed and granulose. Stipe very

20 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

short or entirely wanting. Capillitium much expanded after
dehiscence, globose or obovoid, pale red to brownish in color;
the threads uniform in thickness, about 4 mic, the surface
with a series of prominent half-rings with mingled warts and
spines, which wind around the thread in a long spiral. Spores
globose, even, 6-8 mic. in diameter.

Growing in small clusters on old wood. A small species,
the capillitium expanded 1-2 mm., the stipe extremely short,
or altogether absent.

4. Arcyria nutans. Bull. Sporangium cylindric ; the
calyculus small, granulose, ribbed and sulcate. Stipe very
short, arising from a common hypothallus. Capillitium
greatly elongated after dehiscence, cylindric, drooping and
pendulous, pale yellow or pale ochraceous ; the threads 3-4
mic. in thickness, the surface covered with spinules, among
which are rings and half-rings, with an indistinct spiral
arrangement. Spores globose, even, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. The capillitium elongated 4-8 mm.,
the stipe very short. A very conspicuous species h\ reason
of its long pale yellow capillitium.

i^2. Plectanella. Capillitium erect, firmly attached by
numerous threads, which issue from the interior of the stipe,
but are connate with the wall of the calyculus, after dehis-
cence not much expanded : the meshes at the surface of the
network much smaller than those within, folded back and
forth, narrow and irregular, their threads denselj' warted or
spinulose ; the meshes of the interior much larger open and
expanded, their threads with minute scattered warts or per-
fectly smooth.

5. Arcyria cinekea, Bull. Sporangium ovoid or oblong-
ovoid; the calyculus very small. Stipe long, erect, cinereous,
becoming blackish, standing on a thin hypothallus. Capilli-
tium not much expanded after dehi.scence, ovoid-oblong, erect,
pale cinereous, sometimes pale yellowish ; the external threads
densely spinulose, 2-3 mic. in thickness; the threads of the
interior thicker, 3-5 mic, and very minutely warted or quite
smooth. Spores globose, even, 6-s mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. Capillitium 1-2 mm. long, the stipe
about the same length.

The i\fyxomycctes of the Afiaini I'alley, Ohio. 21

6. Arcvkia Cookki, Mass. vSporaiigium ovoid-cylindric,
the calyculus very small. vStipe long, erect, gray to mouse-
color, darker below, arising from a thin hypothallus. Capilli-
tium not much expanded after dehiscence, ovoid-cylindric,
erect, gray to mouse-color ; the superficial threads densely
and uniformly covered with minute warts, 3-5 mic. in thick-
ness; the threads of the interior thinner, about 2 mic. and
smooth, or with very minute scattered warts. Spores globose,
even, 6-8 mic. in diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 16.

Growing on old wood, mosses, etc. Capillitium 1-2 mm.
long, the stipe about the same length. It seems as common
as Arcvria cincrea, and has heretofore been included in it.
vSee Massee's Monograph, p. 154.

7. Arcyria digitata, Schw. Sporangium cylindric, the
calyculus very small. Stipe long, ascending, brownish in
color, usually several fasiculate or to some extent connate,
the sporangia divergent at the apex. Capillitium not much
expanded after dehiscence, cylindric, pale cinereous, or pale
yellowish; the threads variable in thickness. 2-4 mic, those
at the surface densely and minutely warted, those of the
interior nearly smooth. Spores globose, even, 6-8 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on old wood. Capillitium 2-4 mm. long, the stipe
about the same length. Arcyria bicolor, B. & C.

III. HETEROTRICHIA, Ma.ssee. Sporangia regular,
oblong-ovoid, stipitate ; the wall a thin delicate membrane,
the upper part disappearing at maturit}', leaving the basal
portion as a small calyculus. Stipe filled with large thick-
walled vesicles, which are sub-angular from mutual pressure ;
these become smaller upward, and pass gradually into normal
spores. Capillitium issuing from the interior of the stipe, the
central and superficial threads dissimilar, forming a compli-
cated network, with numerous free extremities, the surface
minutely warted, or with annular ridges. Spores globose,
brownish.

Distinguished from Arcyria by the numerous free extremi-
ties of the peripheral portion of the network.

2 2 Chicinnati Society of Natural History.

I. Heterotrichia Gabriell.K, Massee. Sporangium
oblong-ovoid, stipitate ; the calyculus small, thin, smooth.
Stipe very short, erect, yellowish-brown in color. Capillitium
much elongated after dehiscence, cylindric-ovoid, sub-erect;
the threads of the central portion about 1.5 mic. thick, with
slightly elevated ridges partly encircling the tube, nearly
colorless ; threads of the peripheral portion bright yellow, 5-6
mic. thick, with numerous short acute free branches, the sur-
face densely and minutely warted. Spores in mass, yellowish-
brown, globose, even, 7-8 mic in diameter. See Plate I,
Fig. 18.

Growing on wood; S. Carolina, H. IV. Ravcm/. The
sporangia densely- crowded, becoming scattered toward the
margin of the cluster. Massee's Monograph of the Myxo-
gasters.

Order V. TRICHIACE^.

Sporangium regular and stipitate or ses.sile, rarel}-
plasmodiocarp ; tlie wall a thin membrane, usually
granular or venulose on the inner surface, colored as
the spores and capillitium, irregular!}- dehiscent.
Capillitium of slender tubules, simple or branched,
scarcely forming an evident network ; the surface of
the threads furnished with continuous ridges, which
wind around the tube in a spiral manner. Spores
globose, red, brown, 3'ellow, olivaceous.

This order is readily recognized by the spiral ridges which
wind around the tubules of the capillitium.

Tahmc of Genera oi" Trichi.vce.i-:.

I. Hi:miarcvria. Capillitium of long slender tubules,
arising from the base of the sporangium, or issuing from the
interior of the stipe; the s])iral ridges parallel and con-
picuous.

The 3fyxomyce/es of the ISHavii Valley, Ohio. 23

2. Calonidia. CapilHtiuni of slender tul)ules, arising from
the base of the sporangium ; the surface traversed by a system
of branching veins.

3. Triciiia. Capillitium consisting of numerous short
slender tubules, called elaters, which are wholly free ; the
spiral ridges parallel and conspicuous.

4. Oligoxema. Capillitium scant}', composed of elaters
habituall}' irregular and abnormal ; the surface variously
marked.

I. HEMIARCYRIA, Fr. Sporangia regular and stipitate,
rarely plasmodiocarp, the wall at maturity breaking away
from above downward, leaving more or less of the lower por-
tion persistent. Stipe more or less elongated, rarely wanting,
resting on a thin hypothallus. Capillitium of long slender
tubules, more or less branched, arising from the base of the
sporangium, or issuing from the interior of the stipe ; the
spiral ridges parallel and conspicuous, 3-5, rarely more in
number, smooth or spinulose. Spores globose, red, yellow.

The genus is related on the one hand to Arcyria by the
mode of attachment of the threads, on the other hand to
Trichia, by the parallel spiral ridges which wind around them.
By the mode of branching of the threads, the species fall
readily into two sections.

^i. Arcvrioides. Capillitium of slender threads, branch-
ing and anastomosing, thus forming a more or less evident
network.

In some of the species the large irregular meshes of the
network are scarcely to be discerned, but are rather to be
inferred from the abundant branching of the threads and the
paucit}' of the free extremities.

I. Hemiarcvria plumosa, Morgan, n. sp. Sporangium
obovoid to turbinate, olive-yellow to olive-brown in color,
stipitate; the wall densel}- granulose within, externally
smooth and shining, the upper part soon disappearing, leaving
a funnel-shaped persistent base. vStipe long, erect, reddish-
brown, arising from a thin hypothallus. Capillitium of
threads 5-7 mic. in thickness, repeatedly branched and anasto-
mosing, to form a dense network without any free extremities,

24 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

olive-yellow to olive-brown in color ; the spiral ridges five or
six, close, smooth. vSpores in mass, lemon-yellow, globose,
very minutely warted, S-g mic. in diameter. See Plate I,
Fig. 19.

Growing gregariously on old damp logs ; very common in
this region. Sporangium with the stipe 2-3 mm. in height,
the stipe usually much longer than the sporangium ; the
capillitium expands considerably after the disappearance of
the upper part of the sporangium. This species is an Arcyria
in every respect, except the spiral ridges, which wind about
the thread of the capillitium.

2. Hemiarcvri.v Varnevi, Rex. Sporangium elongated
ovoid, pale yellow, stipitate ; the upper part of the wall dis-
appearing at maturity, leaving a small cup-shaped persistent
base. Stipe very short, dull brown. Capillitium of very
slender threads 3.2-3.5 mic. in thickness, dull ochre in color,
forming a network of small meshes, with numerous short
slightly clavate free extremities, which proceed from the
peripheral meshes ; the spiral ridges seven or eight, winding
unevenly, those of the superficial threads minutely spinulose.
Spores in mass pale yellow, globose, even, 6-7 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood ; Kan.sas, May \'arney. Sporangium
with the stipe about i mm. in height, the stipe very short.
Dr. Rex, in Proceedings of the Academy of Natural vSciences,
Philadelphia, 1891.

3. Hemiarcvria ablata, Morgan n. sp. Sporangium
obovoid to turbinate, yellow or olive-yellow, stipitate ; the
wall rather firm, smooth and shining, breaking away about
the apex, leaving the greater portion persistent. Stipe short,
erect, yellow-brown to blackish in color, arising from a thin
hypothallus. Capillitium of threads, 5-7 mic. in thickness,
yellowish-ochre in color, more or less branched ; the free
extremities very scarce, obtuse or slightly swollen ; the spiral
ridges four or five, close, smooth or very minutely warted.
vSpores in mass, yellow, globose, minutely warted, S-q mic. in
diameter.

Growing on old wood of Elm, etc. Sporangium with the
stipe 1.5-2 5 mm. in height, the stipe variable in length, but
not longer than the sporangium, diameter of the sporangium

The IMyxontycclcs of the Miami I'alley, Oliio. 25

.6-. 8 mm. A half dozen threads proceed from the inner wall
of the stipe branch twenty-five or thirty times, and afford
scarcely half a dozen free ends.

4. Hemiarcvki.v stipata, vSchw. Sporangia terete, elon-
gated and fle.KUons, closely packed together and lying npon
one another, stipitaie, from bright incarnate to brick red or
bay in color, smooth and shining; the wall thin and fragile,
soon disappearing, except a small cnp-shaped portion at the
base. The stipes very short, often entirely concealed by the
dense mass of sporangia, arising from a common hypothallus.
Capillitinm of threads somewhat variable in thickness, 3-6
mic, repeatedly branched and forming a netw^ork of very
nnequal meshes, with occa.sional clavate free extremities, pale
to dark red in color ; the spiral ridges three or four, often
irregular, thickened or interrupted by minute warts and
spinules. Spores in mass incarnate to brownish-red, globose,
even, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood of Liriodendron. Sporangia usually
in small patches, each 1-2 mic. in length, the stipe very thin
and short.

>52. Hemitkichia. Capillitium of ver}' long slender threads,
simple or remotely branched, and not forming a network,
their further extremities all free.

The threads of the capillitinm in these species are usually
much coiled and entangled, but when straightened out they
are seen to be very long, but few in number, fixed at one end
and free at the other.

5. Hemiarcvria longifiIvA, Rex. Sporangium obovoid
or pyriform, yellow, stipitate ; the wall a thin pellucid mem-
brane, smooth and shining, beautifully iridescent, breaking
away above the middle, the lower cup-shaped portion per-
sistent. Stipe very short, reddish-brown to blackish, arising
from a common hypothallus. Capillitinm of slender threads,
3.5-4 mic. in thickness, golden yellow in color, simple or very
rarely branched ; the free extremities obtuse or slightly
swollen, sometimes minutely apiculate ; the spiral ridges,
three or four, rather distant, with very minute scattered
spinules or nearh' smooth. Spores in ma.ss, golden-3'ellow,
globose, minutely warted, 9-10 mic. in diameter.

26 Cincinnati Society of Natiiyal History.

Growing on old wood of Oak, etc. Sporangium with the
stipe .8-1.5 nim. in height, the stipe very short, not exceeding
the diameter of the sporangium. A small species, distin-
guished by its golden-yellow spores and capillitium.

6. Hemiarcyria funali.s, Morgan n. sp. Sporangium
obovoid to turbinate, 3'ellow or olive yellow, polished stipitate ;
the wall firm, thickened on the inner surface by an olivaceous
layer, breaking away from above downward, leaving an irreg-
ular cup-shaped base. Stipe short, reddish-brown to blackish,
arising from a thin hypothallus. Capillitium of threads 6-8
mic. in thickness, yellowish-ochre or dull ochre in color,
simple or remotely branched ; the free extremities obtuse or
swollen ; the spiral ridges four or five, minutely warted.
Spores in mass yellow, globose, minutely warted, 8-9 mic. in
diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 20.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium 1.5-2.5 mm. in height,
the stipe variable, but usually much shorter than the sporan-
gium. Scarcely to be distinguished from Hemiarcyria ablata,
except by the threads of the capillitium.

7. Hemiarcyria ruhifokmis, Pers. Sporangium obovoid
or turbinate to cylindric, usually few to many fa.sciculate upon
the united stipes, sometimes sessile, brown-red to brown or
blackish in color, smooth and often shining with a metallic
luster ; the wall much thickened by a dense brownish-red
layer of minute granules, at maturity the apex torn away,
leaving much the greater part persistent. Capillitium of
slender threads, 4-6 mic. in thickness, brownish-red in color,
very rarely branched ; the free extremities usually terminated
by a stout spine ; the spiral ridges three or four, furnished
with numerous spinules. Spores in mass, browni.sh-red,
globose, minutel}' warted, 9-1 1 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood ; one of the commonest of the
Mj'xomycetes. The fascicle 3-4 mm. in height, the individual
sporangia .5-. 6 mm. in diameter.

8. Hemiarcyri.v skkpula. Scop. Plasmodiocarp terete,
flexuous, usuall}' branching and anastomosing to form an
extensive network, from tawny to golden-yellow^ in color;
the wall thin above and yellow, breaking open irregularly and
falling away down to the brownish thicker adherent base.

The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 27

Capillitium consisting ot' a few long slender threads with
numerous scattered short branches, the threads 4-6 mic. in
thickness, golden-yellow ; the free ends of the branches ter-
minating in a slender spine; the spiral ridges three or four,
covered with numerous slender spinules. Spores in the mass
golden-yellow, globose, the surface reticulate, 10-12 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on and inside of rotten wood. Plasmodiocarp an
irregular patch, one to several centimeters in extent, the
strands of the net about .5 mm. in thickness. A single reticu-
late Plasmodium is usually converted without change of form
into an individual plasmodiocarp.

II. CALONEMA, Morgan, gen. nov. Sporangia subglobose,
irregular, sessile, without a hj^pothallus; the wall thin, marked
with branching veins, irregularly dehiscent. Capillitivim of
slender tubules, arising from the base of the sporangium,
repeatedly branched and with numerous free extremities ; the
surface traversed by a system of branching veins, ending in
minute veinlets, which appear as irregular rings and spirals.
Spores subglobose, yellow.

The habit of the single species is that of an Oligonema, and
it has spores similar to those of most species of this genus,
but the threads are long and branched, and they are fastened
below to the base of the sporangium.

I. Caloxema aureum, Morgan n. sp. Sporangia sub-
globose to turbinate, sessile, closely crowded and from mutual
pressure quite irregular ; the wall thin, marked with branch-
ing veins, golden-yellow in color, smooth and shining. Capilli-
tium of threads more or less branched, 5-6 mic. in thickness,
golden-yellow; the surface minutely venulose, and with larger
rings and spirals, and sometimes with scattered spinules ; the
free extremities obtuse. Spores subglobose, yellow, the sur-
face with elevated ridges combined into a network, 14-16 mic.
in diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 21.

Growing on and within rotten wood. Sporangia quite
irregular and variable in size, .3-. 6 mm. in diameter. The
beautiful venation of the wall of the sporangium is continued
upon the surface of the threads of the capillitium.

28 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

III. TRICHIA, Haller. Sporangia regular and stipitate or
sessile and somewhat irregular; the wall, at maturity, irreg-
ularly ruptured. The stipe more or less elongated or often
wanting, usually resting on a hypothallus. Capillitium con-
sisting of numerous short slender tubules, called elaters, inter-
mingled with the spores and wholly free; elaters simple or
rarely branched a time or two, each extremity terminating in
a smooth tapering point; the spiral ridges parallel and con-
spicuous, 2-5 in number, smooth or spinulose. Spores globose,
yellow, ochraceous, olivaceous.

The genus Trichia is unique among the Myxomycetes in
having its capillitium composed of tubules, which are entirely
free from the wall of the sporangium. The length of these
free tubes varies usually between .3 mm. and .5 mm., being
sometimes shorter, but seldom longer; they are typically
cylindric, or equally thickened from end to end, or quite
rarely they are thickened in the middle, and taper gradually to
each extremity ; the extremities terminate in a smooth taper-
ing point, straight or sometimes a little curved or flexuous,
which maintains an average length in each species. The
spiral ridges wind around the thread almost invariably to the
left, or with the hands of a watch ; the}' are always more or
less prominent and conspicuous, and usually maintain a
regular curve and uniform interval between each other in the
same species; their surface is either smooth, or sometimes it is
invested with minute w^arts or spinules.

In all the species of this genus, however, irregular and
abnormal elaters are occasionally met with among the typical
ones. As these abnormal forms always arrest attention, and
have been conceived to possess specific value, it maj' be well
to note the principal of them.

1. The elater is sometimes branched. In two or three
species the branching appears to be quite regular and not
abnormal ; still, even in these species, most of the elaters in
the sporangia are not branched. In some cases the branching
arises from confluence of two or more elaters.

2. Ellipsoidal swellings, or enlargements of the elater,
sometimes occur, at one or both extremities, or at points
intermediate between them ; these always occur irregularly,
and are essentially abnormal.

The Myxomyceles of the Miami J^alley, Ohio. 29

3. The smooth tapering point is rarely wanting, in which
case the extremity presents a blunt end, the spiral ridges
running to the end. More frequently the tapering points are
multiplied, the elaters bearing two or three spines at the
extremities; this often occurs in the species of Trichia, and
also of Heniiarcyria with spinulose elaters.

4. The spiral ridges are sometimes defective, there being
less than the typical number ; sometimes they are merely dis-
placed, there being a much wider interval between them than
usual; rarely do they habitually wind about the thread in an
irregular manner.

5. Under high magnifying power, fine ridges are sometimes
seen running lengthwise of the elaters, bridging the intervals
between the spirals. These were first observed by DeBary,
in Tyichia chrysospcrma, but they have since been seen in the
elaters of nearly every other species of Trichia, and also in
species of Heniiarcyria.

The few species with elaters, so far as yet known, habitually
irregular, defective and abnormal, are referred to the genus
Oligonema.

The normal species of Trichia arrange themselves quite
naturally into three sections.

>5i. A XACTiUM. Sporangia varying from globose to pyri-
form or turbinate, supported on a more or less elongated
stipe. Spores globo.se, the surface minutely warted.

a. Elaters zuith very loji^ taperino- extremities.

I. Trichia FR.\GiLis, Sow. Sporangia obovoid to pyriform
or clavate, often fasciculate, stipitate ; the wall a thin mem-
brane, with a thick dense outer layer of brown-red granules.
Stipes long, erect or curved, simple or usually fasciculate and
often connate, arising from a thin hypothallus. Mass of
spores and capillitium from reddish-brown to yellow and
ochraceous; elaters simple, rarely branched, 4-5 mic. thick,
with very long tapering extremities, ending in smooth points
8-12 mic. long; spirals, three or four, perfectly smooth.
Spores globose, minutely warted, 10-12 mic. in diameter.

30 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Growing on old wood. vSporangia with the stipe 2-4 mm.
in height, the sporangium .6-.8 mm. in diameter, the stipe
usually longer than the sporangium. The color quite variable,
mostly dull red-browai or blackish-brown, more rarely yellow
or coffee-brown, usually opaque, rarely shining.

2. Trichi.\ fallax, Pers. Sporangium obovoid to pyri-
form or turbinate, rarely clavate, stipitate ; the wall thin,
smooth and .shining, colored as the spores and capillitium.
Stipe more or less elongated, simple, erect, brownish below,
filled with roundish vesicles. Mass of capillitium and spores
yellowish, ochraceous or olivaceous ; elaters simple or some-
times with several branches, 4-6 mic. thick in the middle,
tapering gradually to each extremity, ending in smooth taper-
ing points, 20-40 mic. in length ; spirals, three, perfectly
smooth. Spores globose, minutely warted, 10-12 mic. in
diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 22.

(rrowing on old wood. Sporangium with the stipe 2-4
mm. in height, sporangium .6-.8 mm. in diameter, the stipe
u.sually longer than the sporangium, li nder high magnifying
power the spores are seen to be minutely reticulated.

b. Elaters cy/indrk, ending in a snioot/i tapering point.

3. Trichia suhfusca, Rex. Sporangium globo.se, rarely
globose-turbinate, stipitate; the wall thickish, dull tawny-
brown above, shading to dark brown at the base. Stipe
simple, erect, brown or blackish in color. Mass of capillitium
and spores bright yellow; elaters simple, rarely branched,
cylindric, 3.5-4 mic. in thickness, ending in smooth tajiering
points, 10-12 mic. in length; spirals, four in number, perfectly
smooth. Spores globose, minutely warted, 11. 5-12. 5 mic. in
diameter.

On old wood and bark. Adirondack Mountains, New York.
Dr. George A. Rex. Sporangium .5-.S mm. in diameter, the
stipe equal in height to the diameter of the sporangium.

4. Tkiciiia i;ki;cta, Rex. Sporangiumglobo.setoglobo.se-
turbinate, stipitate; the wall of both sporangium and stijK-
with a rough outer layer of brown scales and granules, which,
on the upper surface of the sporangium, soon breaks \\\s into

The Myxomycclcs of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 31

irregular patches. Stipes long, erect, usually simple, rarely
fasciculate and connate. Mass of capillitiuni and spores,
bright yellow ; elaters simple, c^iindric, 4 mic. in thickness,
ending in smooth points, 4-6 mic. long; spirals four, often
united by intervening branches, covered with numerous
irregular spinules. vSpores globose, minutely vvarted, 12-14
mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood and bark, Adirondack Mountains,
New York, Dr. Geo. A. Rex. vSporangium .5-. 8 mm. in
diameter, the stipe about i mm. in height. This Trichia is
conspicuous by the checkering or areolation of the upper sur-
face in the mature sporangia, affording a sharp contrast
between the brown patches and the yellow bands.

>^2. CiiRvsoPHiDiA. vSporangia globose, obovoid or some-
what irregular, sessile, rarely with a short stipe, u.sually
closely crowded. Spores globose, the surface minutely warted.

a. Elaters perfectly smootli.

5. Trichia varia, Pers. Sporangia globose, obovoid or
somewhat irregular, gregarious and scattered or crowded,
yellowish, ochraceous or olivaceous, sessile, or with a very
short brown or blackish stipe. Mass of capillitiuni and
spores yellow; elaters long, simple or sometimes branched a
time or two, 4-5 mic. in thickness, ending in a smooth taper-
ing point, 8-12 mic. long; spirals only two, smooth, very
prominent in places, causing the elater to appear notched.
Spores globose, oval or somewhat irregular, minutely warted,
10-14 mic. in diameter.

Growing in patches on old wood ; a very common species.
Sporangium .6-. 8 mm. in diameter, or when irregular some-
times elongated to i mm. or more. Extremely variable as to
the form of the sporangium, but readily recognized by its
elaters.

6. Trichia Andf:rsoni, Rex. vSporangia globose or obo-
void, sessile, gregarious, closely crowded, or sometimes scat-
tered, the wall thickened with minute scales, in color brown-
ish-ochre or olivaceous. Mass of capillitiuni and spores
yellow ; elaters long, simple, 3-4 mic. in thickness, ending in

T,2 Cinciutiaii Society of Natural History.

a verj' long flexuous point, 14-18 mic. in length; spirals
three or four, winding evenly and closely, perfectly smooth.
Spores globose, minutely warted, 10-12 mic. in diameter.

Growing on the inside of bark of Acer. Sporangium .4-. 5
mm. in diameter. The capillitium is deep orange and the
spores olivaceous, but this difference in shade of color
between spores and capillitium occurs in other species.
Trichia advetmla, Mass., is a closely related species, the
swellings in the elaters having no specific value.

7. Trichia inconspicu.v, Rost. Sporangia very small,
subglobose, sessile, collected together in clusters, or scattered,
without any hypothallus ; the wall brown, smooth and shin-
ing. Mass of capillitium and spores yellow ; elaters long,
simple, cylindric, 3-4 mic. in thickness, ending in smooth
tapering points, 6-7 mic. in length; spirals three or four,
close, not prominent, perfectly smooth. Spores globose,
minutely warted, 10-12 mic. in diameter.

Growing on bark of Platanus, etc. New York, Peck;
Iowa, McBride. The sporangia spherical or reniform and
very small.

b. Elaters spinii'osc.

8. Trichia Iowknsis, McBride. Sporangia subglobo.se,
sessile, gregarious, scattered, or sometimes close and con-
fluent ; the wall thickened with minute scales, reddish brown
in color. Mass of capillitium and spores yellow ; elaters
quite variable, usually very long, but sometimes very short,
simple, rarely branched, the thickness unequal, 3-4 mic. in
the same elater, with occasional thicker swellings, bearing
numerous scattered spines, usually about as long as the thick-
ness of the elater, but sometimes much longer, those at the
ends being similar; spirals three or four, fine and close, in
places nearly obsolete. Spores globose, or more or less irreg-
ular, minutely warted, g-ii mic. in diameter.

Growing on old bark of Populus ; Iowa, McBride. Sporan-
gia .4-. 5 mm. in diameter. This is a very curious species of
Trichia; it suggests Ophiothcca J fV/;' /////, but the elaters are
short and simple, and there is no cjucstion as to the spirals
upon them. I could fuul no branched elaters in my specimen.

The Myxomycetes of the Miavii I'allcy, Ohio. 33

9. Trichia scahra, Rost. Sporaiif^ia globose or somewhat
irregular, sessile and closely crowded on a well-developed
hypothallns ; the wall thin, gold-yellow or orange to yellow-
brown in color, smooth and shining. Mass of ca]nllitium and
spores orange or golden-yellow ; elaters long, simple, 4-5 mic.
in thickness, ending in a smooth tapering point, 5-H mic. in
length ; spirals three or four, covered with numerous short
acute spinules. Spores globose, minutely warted, 9-1 1 mic.
in diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 23.

Growing on old wood in patches, sometimes several centi-
meters in extent. Sporangia .6-1 mm. in diameter. " The
papilke, which cover the spore, show, when highly magnified,
a distinct net-like pattern," McBridc. The elaters of this
species are subject to much irregularity in the way of abnor-
mal swellings, duplicating the spines at the apex, etc.; the
spinules are sometimes quite obsolete on some or all of the
elaters of a sporangium.

5^3. GoNiosPORA, Fr. Sporangia obovoid to oblong, sessile
and closely crowded on a well-developed common hypothallus.
Spores with thick ridges upon the surface, which are com-
bined into a more or less incomplete network of polygonal
meshes.

The ridges of the epispore are 1-2 mic. in height, and do
not present to the view more than two or three perfect polj--
gons on a hemisphere of the spores ; more often the reticula-
tion is imperfect, the ridges being interrupted and defective.
When highly magnified these ridges are seen to be "per-
forated through their thickness with one, two or three rows,
or with clusters of cylindrical openings or pits, or are sculp-
tured into intricate plexuses of minute reticulations with
quadrilateral interspaces."

ID. Trichia affinis, DeB. Sporangia obovoid to oblong,
sessile and closely crowded on a common hypothallus; the
wall thin, golden-yellow to tawny or brownish-yellow, smooth
and shining. Mass of capillitium and spores golden to tawny-
yellow ; elaters long, simple, 4-5 mic. in thickness, ending in
a smooth tapering point, 6-10 mic. in length; spirals four,
usually spinulose, rarely smooth. Spores angularly or irreg-
ularly globose, 10-12 mic. in diameter.

34 Cinciuuati Society of Natural History.

Growing on old wood and bark in small patches of a few
millimeters to a centimeter or more in extent. Sporangia
.6-8 mm. in height by .4-.5 mm. in diameter. Tricliia Jackii,
Rost., is included in this species.

II. Trichi.v ciiRYSOSPERMA, Bull. Sporangia obloug-obo"
void to cylindric, sessile and closely crowded on a well-devel-
oped hypothallus ; the wall thin, pale citron to olive-yellow,
smooth and shining. Mass of capillitium and spores, golden
to ochre-3'ellow; elaters long, simple, 6-8 mic. in thickness,
ending in a smooth tapering point, 3-7 mic. in length ; spirals
four or five, usually smooth, rarely spinulose. Spores angu-
larly or irregularly globose, 12-14 '^vac. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, in small patches, one to several centi-
meters in extent. Sporangia 1-2 mm. in height and .5-. 6
mm. in diameter. This is readilj' distinguished from Triihia
affi)iis by the larger and differently colored sporangia.

IV. OIvIGONEMA, Rost. Sporangia sub-globose, more or
less irregular, sessile and closely crowded, often in heaps, one
upon another, the wall thin, smooth and shining; hypothallus
none. Capillitium scanty, composed of elaters habituall\-
irregular and abnormal, intermingled with the .spores; elaters
simple or sometimes branched, commonly very short, but
varying greatl}' in length, even in the same sporangium : the
surface marked with faint spirals, with a few annular ridges,
minutely punctulate or altogether smooth. Spores globose,
yellow.

The species of this genus are to be regarded as degenerate
Trichias. Of course, the abnormality is exhibited most
markedly by the elaters ; nevertheless, the sporangia of some
of the species have a peculiar habit of heaping themselves
upon each other.

A. Surface of the spores reticulate,
a. Elaters icith projectiui^ rings.

I. Oi-iGONiCMA N'lTKN.s, Lib. Sporangia sub-globose, irreg-
ular, sessile, closely crowded and heaped ui)on each other, the
wall thin, yellow, smooth and shining. Mass of capillitium

The Myxomycetcs of the Miami Val/ey, Ohio. 35

and spores yellow ; elaters simple or sometimes branched, 3-4
mic. in thickness, with a few distant projecting rings, the sur-
face smooth between, or with very faint spirals, the extremi-
ties obtuse, or sometimes with a minute apiculus. vSpores
angularly or irregularly globose, the surface reticulate, 11-14
mic. in diameter.

Growing in small patches on and within rotten wood.
Sporangia .4-. 5 mm. in diameter; the elaters variable, some
with as many as a dozen projecting rings, some with but a few
or nearly smooth. Tricliia iiifois, Libert.

2. Oligoxema I'L'SiLL.v, Schr. Sporangia subglobose,
irregular, sessile, .scattered or collected together in heaps ; the
wall thin, yellow, smooth and shining. Mass of capillitium
and spores yellow ; elaters simple or sometimes branched, 4
mic. in thickness, sometimes with thicker inflated portions,
the surface marked with low faint spirals or perfectly smooth;
the extremities rounded and usually terminating in a smooth
point, 3-5 mic. in length — this point either curved, bent to
one side or turned back, and twisted around the extremity as
a ring. Spores angularly or irregularly globose, the surface
reticulate, 11-14 mic. in diameter.

Growing in small clusters in rotten wood. Sporangia .3-.5
mm. in diameter; the elaters variable in length, scarcely
exceeding 100 mic. and often much shorter. Trichia pusilla,
vSchroeter.

b. Elaters ivith no projecting rings.

3. OijGONEMA FLAViDUM, Peck. Sporangia obovoid to
oblong, sessile, closely crowded and irregular from mutual
pressure; the wall thin, yellow, shining, punctuldte or minutely
granulose. Mass of spores and capillitium yellow ; elaters
simple or sometimes branched, 3-4 mic. in thickness, some-
times with thicker inflated portions ; the surface punctulate
or minutely warted, occasionally marked with very faint
spirals; the extremities usually rounded and obtuse, some-
times acute, and rarely with a minute apiculus. Spores
angularly or irregularly globose, the surface reticulate, 11-14
mic. in diameter. See Plate I, Fig. 24.

36 Cinciunati Society of Natural History.

Growing in dense patches on old wood and mosses.
Sporangia .4-.6 mm. in diameter, and reaching i mm. in
height, the elaters usually rather long, sometimes quite long
and branched.

4. Oligonem.v brevifila, Peck. Sporangia subglobose,
irregular, sessile, crowded, forming clusters or effused patches ;
the wall thin, yellow, densely granulose and venulose. Mass
of capillitium and spores ochre-yellow ; elaters simple or
sometimes branched, often very short and fusiform, when
elongated having long tapering extremities, sometimes with
irregular swollen portions ; the surface minutely granulose
and rugulose, here and there a few spinules, occasionally with
indistinct spirals. Spores angularly or irregularl}- globose,
the surface reticulate, 11-12 mic. in diameter.

(yrowing on old wood and mosses. Sporangia .4-. 5 mic. in
diameter, the elaters varying greatly in length, some not more
than 20 or 30 mic. long, others more than 100 mic. in length.

B. Spores VI in ut civ jcartcd.

5. Oligonem.v fulvum, Morgan n. sp. Sporangia rather
large, subglobose, sessile, closely crowded and more or less
irregular; the wall tawny yellow, very thin and fragile,
smooth, shining and iridescent. Mass of capillitium and
spores tawny yellow; elaters simple or sometimes branched,
mostly very short, 4 mic. in thickness, sometimes with
thicker swollen portions ; the surface marked with low smooth
spirals, in places faint and obsolete ; the extremities rounded
and obtuse, usually with a very minute apiculus, 1-3 mic. in
length. Spores globose, minutely warted, 10-13 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on an old effused Sphaeria. Sporangia .6-. 8 mm.
in diameter, the elaters mostly 40-80 mic. in length, rarely
much longer and sometimes shorter; the longer elaters and
those that are branched often arise from confluence of the
shorter ones.

Lichens of Ohio. 37

LICHENS OF OHIO.
Bv E. E. BoGUK, Columbus, Ohio.

Read by title, May 2, 1893.

Also at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science, at
Columbus, December 29-30, 1S92.

The Ohio botanists who have devoted their time and atten-
tion to this grotip of plants are few and far between. While
there has not been an Ohio man of supreme authority on the
group, the number of minor collectors may be as large as that
of any other State.

Mr. John L- Riddell, in 1835, published a list of eight (8)
Lichens in the " Western Journal of the Medical and Physical
Sciences." Six of the number were from Ohio. They were
of the most common species. He worked them out as best he
could by the use of Acharius' work on the group.

Leo Lesquereux collected a considerable number, but
never, so far as I have been able to learn, published a list.
His collection was sent to Switzerland.

W. S. Sullivaut, in 1840, published a "Catalogue of the
Plants Found in the Vicinity of Columbus," but did not
include Lichens.

Thos. G. Lea, in 1849, published a "Catalogue of the
Plants of Cincinnati," in which was recorded sixty-eight (68)
Lichens. Copies of the publication are very scarce. A com-
plete copy of the list and remarks has been secured for this
list. Nothing seems to have been done on the group during
the succeeding twenty-three years.

Dr. H. C. Beardslee collected at Painesville in 1872. He
sent material to Austin for identification. His " Catalogue of
Ohio Plants" was ptiblished in 1874, but no mention was
made of Lichens.

38 Cincitinati Society of Natural History.

Miss H. J. Biddlecome, at present of Columbus, Ohio, began
collecting them in 1874 at Cedar Swamp, near Urbana, Cham-
paign Count)-, and about Springfield. She continued the
work for the next four 3'ears.

Mrs. E. Jane Spence collected in the same localities in 1876
and a few ^-ears later. Mi.ss Biddlecome and Mrs. Spence sent
material to Drs. Beardslee and Tuckerman for identification,
and each has now a collection of sixty to seventy-five species.
These ladies have kindly permitted the use of their lists in
making out this one.

Mr. W. C. Werner, at present of the Ohio State University,
began collecting Lichens at Painesville in 1879, and has con-
tinued the work more or less since.

The author began collecting them in November, 1S91, and
has improved everj- opportunity to continue the work. Since
June, 1892, my collecting has been for the Botanical Depart-
ment of the University.

Professor W. A. Kellerman collected at several places during
the past season, so that now there is a good supply of material
at the University for use of same, and for opportunity of
carrying on the work in the Botanical Laboratory, I hereby
express my obligation.

I take pleasure in acknowledging the kindness of Miss
Clara E. Cummings for identifying the more foliaceous ones.
Thanks are especially due to Dr. John W. Eckfeldt for deter-
mining the less conspicuous and more difficult species. I
have been favored by Mr. Fredrick LeRoy Sargent with the
determination of material, and with suggestions on working
it out.

No less than twenty-six State and local floras are known to
have been published in the State, but only the two above-
mentioned listed any Lichens.

It is not expected that this list of one hundred and sixty-six
(166) Lichens includes nearly all that can be found in the
State. There are probably at least one hundred yet to be
brought to light. It is expected that many additions will be
made the coming year. With the exception of those quoted
from Riddell and Lea, and in a very few other cases, the names
given are supported by specimens, nearly all of which are
deposited in the Herbarium of Ohio State University.

Lie he us of Ohio. 39

Localities are given by counties, rather than by small towns.
It should be stated that nearly, if not quite all, the collecting
that has been done in Champaign County was in and about
a cedar swamp. Nearly all the collecting in Fairfield County
was at Sugar Grove, a village situated among the hills, on
the banks of Hocking River. Franklin County includes all
the collections made about Columbus, and an especially good
field at Georgesville, a small village on the Big Darby Creek,
at the south-western boundary of the county.

E. E. BoGUE.

EICHENES.— Lichens.

Tribe i. PARMELIACEI.

Ramalina, Ach.

1. R. CALiCARis (L.) Fr. Champaign, Biddlecome, vSpence;
Fairfield, Kellerman.

2. R. CALICARIS (L.) Fr. var. canaliculata, Fr. A.shta-
bula, Bogue.

3. R. CALICARIS (L.) Fr. var. fastigata, Fr. Lea (Cat.)
Fairfield, Kellerman, on trunks and branches; Ashtabula,
Bogue.

4. R. CALICARIS (L.) Fr. var. fraxinea, Fr. Painesville,
Werner; Fairfield, Kellerman ; Franklin, Bogue.

5. R. POLiNARiA (Ach.) Ashtabula, Bogue.

Cetraria, Ach.

6. C. ALEURITES, Tuck. On bare dead branches of Pinus
inops ; Fairfield, Bogue.

7. C. AURESCENS, Tuck. On bare dead branches of Pinus
inops ; Fairfield, Bogue.

8. C. CALICARIS (Ach.) Tuck. Champaign, Biddlecome,
Spence, Werner; on bare dead branches of Pinus inops;
Fairfield, Bogue.

40 Cincinnati Society of Nalitral History.

EVERNIA, Ach.

9. E. FURKURACE.^i (E.) Mann. On Pine bark ; Fairfield,
Bogue.

USNEA, Ach.

10. U. ANCziTL-^TA, Ach. Champaign, Biddlecome, vSpence.

11. U. BARH.VTA (L.) Fr. Morgan, Kellerman.

12. U. KARH.VTA (L.) Fr. var. Florida, Fr. Widely di.s-
tributed.

13. U. karbata (L.) Fr. var. Florida '^- '•= rubiginea,
Mx. Fairfield, Bogue.

TiiKLOSCHisTES, Norm.

14. T. concolor (Dick.) Tuck. Common on neglected
Apple trees.

15. T. pariktixus (L.) Norm. Lea (Cat.) Painesville,
Werner; Marion, Bogue.

16. T. PARiETiNUS (L.) Norm. var. POLVcARPrs, Ehrh.
Champaign, Biddlecome ; Ashtabula, Bogue.

ParmivLIA, Ach.

17. P. BoRRERi, Ach. var. rudecta, Tuck. Lea (Cat.)
Champaign, Biddlecome, Spence ; on trunks; Ashtabula,
F'ranklin, Bogue.

18. P. C.VPERATA (L.) Ach. Common on trees, fences and
rocks. In fruit, Ashtabula ; Fairfield, Bogue.

19. P. CETRATA, Ach. Champaign. Biddlecome.

20. P. COLPODES (Ach.) Nyl. On trunks throughout the
State.

21. P. ckiNiTA, Ach. On trunks in fruit, Marion; Frank-
lin, Bogue.

22. P. OLivACE.i^: (L.) Ach. A.shtabula, Bogue.

23. P. PERFORATA (Jacq.) Ach. Frequent throughout the
State.

24. P. PERLATA (E.) Ach. Franklin, Bogue.

25. P. PERTUSA, Schaer. Champaign, Biddlecome.

26. P. SAXiTALiS (L.) Vx. Champaign, Biddlecome.

27. P. TIL! ACE. E (Hoffm.) Floerk. On Walnut branches,

Luhciis of Ohio. 41

Morgan, Kellennaii ; Champaign, Hiddleconie, vSpencc ; Asli-
tabula, Bogue.

Phvscia, D. C.

28. P. ADGLUTiNATA (Floerk) Nyl. Champaign, Biddle-
conie; on trnnks and branches of Apple, Basswood, Bnckeye
and Hickory, Franklin, Marion, Bogue.

29. P. AyiAi.A (Ach.) Nyl. var. detoxsa. Tuck. At ba.se
of trees. Not abundant, but widely distributed.

30. P. ASTROiDEA (Fr.) Nyl. Champaign, Biddlecome.

31. P. COMOSA (F^schw.) Nyl. Champaign, Biddlecome.

32. P. GALACTOPHYLLA, Tuck. Champaign, vSpence.
Lea (Cat.).

33. P. Leana, Tuck. On trunks. Lea (Cat.).

34. P. LEUCOMELA (L.) Michx. Champaign, Biddle-
come. Lea (Cat.).

35. P. OB.SCURA (Ehrh.) Nyl. Common on limestone
fences, trunks and branches of many species of trees.

36. P. PULVERULENTA (Schreb.) Nyl. Common on lime-
stone fences and trunks.

37. P. SPECIOSA (Wulf.) Nyl. Champaign, Biddlecome,
Spence, Werner.

38. P. SPECIOSA (Wulf.) Nyl. var. hypoleuca (Muhl.)
Tuck. Champaign, Biddlecome, Spence.

39. P. stellaris (L.) Tuck. Common throughout the
State on trunks and branches. Abundant on Osage hedges.

40. P. TRiBACE.E (Ach.) Nyl. On Hickory bark, A.shta-
bula, Fairfield, Franklin, Bogue.

Pyxine, Fr.

41. P. SOREDIAT.V, F'r. Champaign, Biddlecome, Spence;
Ashtabula, Bogue.

Umbiijcaria, HofFm.

42. U. DiLLENii, Tuck. Fairfield, Werner, Bogue.

43. U. pustulata (L.) HofiFm. Fairfield, Werner, Bogue.

Sticta, Schreb.

44. vS. AMPLissiMA (Scop.) Mass. On trunks, common.

45. S. AUR.ATA (Sm.) Ach. Trunks, Lea (Cat.).

42 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

46. Sticta pulmoxaria (L.) Ach. At base of trees,
common.

47. S. QUERCIZANS (Mx.) Ach. On rocks, Fairfield,
Werner.

Nephroma, Ach.

4<S. N. Helvkticum, Ach. Greene, Biddlecome ; Cham-
paign, Spence. On trunks, Lea (Cat.).

Peltigera, Willd.

49. P. APTHOSA (L.) Hoffm. Champaign, Spence.

50. P. CANiNA (L.) Hoffm. Champaign, Biddlecome,
vSpence. Damp places. John L. Riddell (Synop., 1835).
Rotten trunks, Lea (Cat.) ; Ashtabula, Bogue.

51. P. CANINA (L.) Hoffm. var. .SPURIA, Ach. Champaign,
Biddlecome, Spence.

52. P. HORizoNTALis (L.) Hoffm. Greene. Biddlecome;
Lea (Cat.) ; Fairfield, Kellerman ; Painesville, Werner.

53. P. POLYDACTYLA (Neck.) Hoffm. Common on earth
and rotten wood.

54. P. ruee.scexs (Neck.) Hoffm. Champaign, Biddle-
come, Spence ; Summit, Bogue.

55. P. .sciTATA (Dicks.) Leight. Champaign, Biddle-
come. On the earth, Marion, Bogue.

SOLORINA, Ach.

56. S. Dp:spreauxii, Montag. On the earth, Lea (Cat.).

Pannari.\, Delis.

57. P. leuco.sticta. Tuck. On Oak bark, Fairfield, Bogue.

58. P. RUBiGNOSA (Thumb.) Delis. Champaign, Spence.

Collem.v, Hoffm.

59. C. CRiSPUiM, Bore. Champaign, Biddlecome.

60. C. CYRTASPis, Tuck. Champaign, Biddlecome, Spence.

61. C. FLACCiDUM, Ach. Champaign, Spence.

62. C. NiGRESCENS (Huds.) Ach. Champaign, Biddle-
come, Spence, on bark, Werner.

63. C. PYXCNocARPrM, Xyl. Springfield, Biddlecome.

Lichens of Ohio. 43

64. CoLLEMA RYSSOLHUM.Tuck. vSpriiii^ficld, Hiddleconie.

65. C. TKXAX (Svv.) Ach. Springfield, Biddlecome.

Leptogium, Fr.

66. L. LACERUM (S\v.) Fr. Springfield, P>iddlecome ;
Marion, Bogue.

67. L. MVOciiROUM (Ehrli.) Tuck. Springfield, Biddle-
come ; Ashtabula, Bogue.

68. L. MvocHouisi (Khrh.) Tuck. var. saturninum (Sm.)
Scliaer. Springfield, Spence.

69. L. PULCHELLUM (Acli.) Nyl. Common on trunks.

70. L. tremelloides (L. fik) Fr. On sandstone rocks,
Fairfield, Werner.

Placodium, D. C.

71. P. AURANTiACUM (Light) Naeg. and Hepp. On bark,
Painesville, Werner; Ashtabula, Bogue.

72. P. CAMPTiDiUM, Tuck. "Miss Biddlecome." N. A.
Synop.

73. P. CERiNUM (Hedw.) Naeg. and Hepp. Champaign,
Biddlecome, Spence; Ashtabula, Fairfield, Franklin, Marion,
Bogue.

74. P. FERRUGiNEUM (Herds.) Hepp. Frequent on old
fences and rock.

Lecanora, Ach.

75. ly. CERVixA (Pers.) Nyl. On trunks and rails. Lea (Cat.).

76. L. H.VGENi, Ach. Champaign, Biddlecome, Spence.

77. L. MACULATA, Acli. Champaign, Biddlecome.

78. L. p.VLLESCENs (L.) Schaer. Frequent on trunks,
especially Chestnut.

79. L. PALLESCEN.S (L.) Schaer. var. rosella. Tuck.
Champaign, Biddlecome; trunks, Lea (Cat.).

80. L. pallida (Schreb.) Schaer. Frequent on trunks.

81. L. PRiviGNA (Ach.) Nyl. On sandstone, P'airfield,
Kellermau, Werner; Summit, Bogue.

82. L. SUBFUSCA (L.) Ach. Frequent on trunks.

83. L. SUBFUSCA (L.) Ach. var. dlstans, Ach. On trunks,
Lea (Cat.).

44 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

84. lyKCANORA TARTAREA (L.) Ach. Champaign, Biddle-
come, Speiice; Fairfield, Werner.

85. L. VARiA (Ehrh.) Nyl. On old rails, Lea (Cat.); Fair-
field, Franklin, Licking, Summit, Bogue.

RiNODiNiA, Mass.

86. R. SOPHODES (Ach.) Nyl. var. atrocinerea, Nyl. On
trunks and rails, Lea (Cat.) ; Ashtabula, Bogue.

Pertusaria, DC.

87. P. COMMUNIS, DC. Springfield, Biddlecome ; on
rocks, Fairfield, Werner; Ashtabula, Bogue; on Blue Beech.
Franklin, Bogue.

88. P. LEIOPLACA (Ach.) Schaer. Springfield, Biddle-
come; on Maple, Painesvnlle, Werner; on Butternut bark,
Fairfield, Franklin, Bogue.

89. P. MULTIPUNCTA (Turn.) Nyl. Springfield, Biddle-
come ; on trunks, Lea (Cat.).

90. P. PERTUSA, Fr. Springfield, Spence ; on trunks. Lea
(Cat.) ; on bark, Franklin, Bogue.

91. P. PUSTULATA (Ach.) Nyl. On Blue Beech, Franklin,
Bogue.

92. P. VELATA (Turn. ) Nyl. vSpringfield, Biddlecome ;
Fairfield, Kellerman ; Champaign, Werner ; Ashtabula, Frank-
lin, Bogue.

Tribe 2. LKCIDICACKL
Cladonia, Hoff'm.

93. C. CARiosA (Ach.), vSpreng. Fairfield, Bogue.

94. C. C.ESPITICIA (Pcrs.), P'l. Summit, Lorain ; on rotten
wood, Franklin, Bogue.

95. C. coRNUCOPioiDiCS (L.), I'r. John L. Riddell (Synop..
1835); Fairfield, Bogue.

96. C. CORNUTA (L.). Fr. On rotten trunks, Lea (Cat.).

97. C. CRISTATELLA, Tuck. Common on the earth.

98. C. i)ii(".]';N'i;KANS, I'Moerk. h'airfield, Bogue.

Lichens of Oh to. 45

99. Cladonia dklicata (Ehrh.), Floerk. vSpringfield,
Biddlecome, Spence ; Fairfield, Bogue.

100. C. i'I-MMKIata (L.) Fr. Common on the earth.

loi. C. iTMBkiATA ( L.) I'r. var. ADSiMCKSA, Tuck. Cham-
paign, Spence.

10^. C. I'iMiiKiATA (L) hV. var. tuh.icformis, FV. On
rotten wood and the earth.

103. C. ruRCATA (Huds.) Fr. Cliampaign, Biddlecome,
Spence.

104. C. FUKCATA (Huds ) FV. var. crispata, Floerk.
Champaign, Biddlecome.

105. C. furcata (Huds.) Fr. var. racemosa, F1. On the
earth, very common.

106. C. FURCATA (Hud.s.) Fr. var. suhulata, F^l. On the
earth, Lea (Cat.).

107. C. CtRACilis (L.) Nyl. Champaign, Biddlecome,
Spence.

108. C. GRACILIS (L.) Nyl. var. hvbrida, vSchaer. On the
earth, Ashtabula, Bogue.

109. C. GRACILIS ',L.) Nyl. var. vERTiciLLATA, F'r. On the
earth, F^airfield, Werner, Bogue; Ashtabula, Bogvie.

no. C. MACiLENTA (Ehrh.) Hoffm. Champaign, Biddle-
come, Spence; rotten trunks. Lea (Cat.).

111. C. MiTRULA, Tuck. Springfield, Champaign, Biddle-
come ; Fairfield, Bogue.

112. C. Pappillaria (Ehrh.) Hoffm. var. molariformis,
Hoflfm. Fairfield, Bogue.

113. C. pyxidata (L.) Fr. On the earth, common.

114. C. rangiferina (L.) Hoffm. In mats on the earth,
common.

115. C. RANGIFERINA (L.) Hoffui. var. a. On the earth,
Fairfield, Bogue.

I r6. C. RANGIFERINA (L.) Hoffni. var. sylvatica, L. On
rotten trunks, Lea (Cat.).

1 17. C. SQUAMOSA, Hoffm. On the earth, rocks and rotten
wood. Common.

118. C. SQUAMOSA, Hoffm. var. ventricosa, Fr. Fair-
field, Bogue.

119. C. svMPHVCARPA, FV. var. epiphylla (Ach.) Nyl.
Fairfield, Bogue.

46 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

BiATORA, Fries.

120. B. CINNAI5ARINA (Siiif.) Fr. Oil truiiks, Lea (Cat.).

121. B. EXIGUA (Chaub.) Vx. (t. On bark, Franklin,
Werner.

122. B. FUSCORUUELLA (Hoffm.). Champaign, Biddle-
come, Spence ; on trunks, Lea (Cat.).

123. B. RUBELLA (Ehrh.) Rabenh. On Hickory bark,
Painesville, Werner; on Linden, Franklin; on Beech, Ashta-
bula, Bogue.

124. B. RusSELLii, Tuck. Springfield, Biddleconie.

125. B. RUSSULA (Ach.) Mont. Springfield, Spence.

126. B. ScHWEiNiTzii, Fr. Springfield. Biddlecome ; on
Oak bark, Fairfield, Bogue.

127. B. SUFFUSA, Fr. Springfield, Biddlecome; on trunks,
Lea (Cat.).

Heterothecium, Flot.

128. H. LEUCOXANTHUM (Spreiig.) Mass. On Acer sac-
charum, Columbus, Bogue.

Leciuea, Ach.

129. L. alboc.ERULESCEns (Wulf.) Schaer. On rocks,
Fairfield, Werner, Bogue; Ashtabula, Bogue.

130. L. concentrica, I)av. On rocks, Fairfield, Keller-
man; Madison, Werner ; Ashtabula, Bogue.

131. L. (iRANo.SA, Tuck. Ohio, Miss Biddlecome; Tuck-
erinan's, Synop.

BUELLIA, Ue Not.

132. B. COLLUDENS, Nyl. Fairfield, Kellerman.

133. B. p.VRASEMA (Ach.) Th., Fr. On trunks, common.

134. B. PETR.EA. On rocks and stones, Ashtabula, Fair-
field, Summit, Bogue.

Trihe 3. GRAPHIDACEL

Lecanactls (Kschw. Kbr.) Tuck.

135. L. I'REMNEA (Ach.) Tuck. var. ciilokocoma, Tuck.
Marion, Bogue.

Lichens of Ohio. 47

OpEOkai'HA, (Hunib.) Ach. Nyl.

136. O. ATKA, Fr. var. .mactlakis, Vx. On trunks, Lea
(Cat.).

137. O. scRii'T.v, Ach., Schaer var. limitat.v, vSchaer. On
trunks, Lea (Cat.).

138. O. SCKIPTA, Ach., Schaer var. shkpENTAkia, vSchaer.
On trunks, Lea (Cat.).

139. O. VARiA (Pers.) Fr. On Maple, Warren, H. A. Sur-
face; on old Elm bark, P'ranklin, Werner.

140. O. VARIA, Pers. F'r. var. pulicaris, Fr. On trunks,
Lea (Cat.).

141. O. VULO-VTA (Ach.) Nyl. Dayton, Biddlecome.

Graphis, Ach.

142. G. scripta, Ach. On trunks, ver}- common.

Arthonia, Ach.

143. A. a.stroidea, Ach. Champaign, Biddlecome,
Spence ; Franklin, Werner.

144. A. despersa, Nyl. Springfield, Spence.

145. A. LECiDEELLA, Nyl. vSpriugfield, Spence ; on Honey
Locust, F'ranklin, Kellerman.

146. A. polymorpha, Tuck. On trunks. Lea (Cat.) ; on
Maple, Madison, Werner.

147. A. PUNCTiFORMis. On Acer rubrum, A.shtabula,
Bogue.

14S. A. PYRRHUEA, Nyl. Springfield, Spence.
149. A. SPECTABiLis, Fl. On trunks, common.

Tribe 4. CALICIACEI.
AcoLiUM, Fee.

150. A. TiGiLLARE (Ach.) De Not. Columbus, Werner.

Caijcium, Pers.

151. C. BVSSACEUM, Fr. On old Polyporus, F'airfield,
Kellerman.

48 Ciiicinnali Society of .Valural History.

152. Calicium crysocephalum (Turn.) Ach. Atl. On
Oak bark, Fairfield, Bogue.

Tribe 5. VERRUCARIACEI.
Endocarpon, Hedw.

153. E. miniatum (L.) Schaer. Springfield, Biddlecome,
Spence; on limestone rocks, Georgesville, Franklin Count}-,
Bogue.

154. E. PUSSiLUM (Hedw.). Springfield, Biddlecome.

Trvp]-:thelium, Spreng.

155. T. viRENS, Tuck. Springfield, Spence.

Sagedia, Mass.

156. S. oxvspoKA (Nyl.), Tuck. On Beech bark, Fair-
field, Kellerman.

Verri'caria, Pers.

157. V. nigrescens (Pers.), Atl. On rocks, Lea (Cat.).

158. V. MURAijs, Ach. On limestone rocks, Madison,
Werner.

159. V. RUPESTRis. On limestone rocks, Muskingum,
Werner ; on rock, Ashtabula, Bogue.

Pyrenula, Ach.

160. P. EPiDERMiDis, Fr. On trunks. Lea (Cat.).

161. P. GEMMATA (Ach.), Naeg., Atl. On Beech, Oberlin,
Bogue.

162. P. (iLAHRATA (Ach.), Ma.ss. On old bark, Rendville,
Perry County ; Fairfield, Kellerman; Champaign, Werner.

163. P. ERiTiDA. Ach. On bark, common.

164. P. STERiiJS. On Beech bark, Morgan, Werner.

165. P. SUHELTJPTICA, Tuck. Truuks of Honey Locust,
Lea (Cat.).

166. P. THHiyAiCNA? On Acer .saccharum, Painesville,
Werner.

Leaf Variation — Its E.xteiit a>id Significance. 49

LEAF -VARIATION — ITS EXTENT AND
SIGNIFICANCE.

Mrs. W. a. Kellerman.

Read at IVIeeting of Ohio Acadetiiy of Science, Dec. 29, 1892.

The voice of Nature is, perhaps, nowhere more potently
heard than in her nnpruned gardens, her fertile meadows and
woodland hills. She speaks, however, not onl}- through the
general beauty of the landscape, but also through the leaves
of every plant that grows, affirming through them the univer-
sality of the law of evolution, by emphasizing its underlying
principle, "from the simple to the complex."

The herbs of the garden, the plants on the lawn, the shrubs
and trees on every side, all indicate, by the variation of their
leaves from typical forms, that they are not cast in a mold
from which there is no deviation. Take, for example, the
leaves of the potato, tomato, the dahlia, the elder, the black-
berry, the walnut, the Liriodendron, etc., etc. The more care-
fully the}' are studied, and the more closely they are observed,
the greater the degree of variation found existing between
the leaves of any one plant. The leaves of the Liriodendron
especially are considered as subject to slight, if indeed any,
variation. Careful study of them, however, has brought to
light some exceedingly interesting forms, many of which vary
so much from the present typical leaves, that they would
scarcely be considered as belonging to the same species. Had
they been found as fossils, no doubt paleontologists would
have coined specific names for each one of them.

In the Spring, when the sleeping forests have burst forth
into new life, and the beautiful leaves again clothe the barren
branches; when the little seedling plants have pushed their
way through the mellow soil, there is abundant opportunity
for studying leaf-variation.

50 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

The graceful leaves of the walnut ; the rich glossy leaves of
the oak ; the beautifully serrated leaves of the chestnut ; the
truncate leaves of the Liriodendron ; the conspicuously lobed
leaves of the Liquidamber, and hosts of others, sway in unison
with the breeze, exciting both interest and admiration. But,
turn from the trees to the tiny seedlings round about ; how
different are their leaves from those of the great parent trees
which tower above them. Instead of the frond-like, pinnate
leaves, the seedling walnut at first bears only simple ones.
The serratures on the first leaves of the seedling chestnut are
mostly wanting; the tiny oaks bear lobeless leaves. In the
seedling Liquidamber, the first pair of leaves above the
cotyledons (Fig. i) are very different from those of the 3'oung
tree (Fig. 2).

The first pair of leaves above the cotyledons, in the seed-
ling Liriodendron (P'ig. 3), vary quite as much from the typical
leaf (Fig. 4), the first leaves of the seedling being always
less complex than those of the adult plant.

The variation in the leaves of herbs follows this same trend.
Take, for example, Trillium grandiflorum, which, at maturity,
or in the adult form, bears three leaflets. The little seedling
we find with but a single leaf, which is borne upon a long,
slender petiole or rootstalk (Fig. 5). It climbs no higher
during the first year's growth than this stage, with the single
leaf. The second year it bears two leaflets (Fig. 6), but not
until the third year do we find the plant with the normal
three leaflets. The common mandrake or May apple, Podo-
phyllum peltatum, we may take as another example of the
same law of development. The frail seedling during the first
year bears but the cotyledons ; two simple, entire, oval leaves
(Fig. 11). The second year a pair of larger, irregularly
notched leaves are produced (Figs. 8, 9, 10), which, perhaps,
may be considered as partially foreshadowing the adult form.
It is not, however, until the plant is three years old that it
bears the common peltate leaf (P'ig. 12).

What more clearly illustrates the development of the simple
to the complex? vSpcncer says: "It is a law of heredity,
that the immature }oung resemble their remote ancestors,
while the adult reseml^k'S the immediate progenitors."

/,<■«/ Wtrialiou Us ILvtcnt and Significance. 51

The youiij,^ plant is no exception to this law. The first pair
of leaves above the cotyledons are regarded as typical of the
ancestral forms; these little seedlings bring with them repre-
sentatives of bygone ages. The past and the present clasp
hands, as it were, over the intervening years, through the
seedling and the parent tree.

The variation of every leaf is probably initiated in the
embryo bud. If the variation proves useful to the plant,
natural selection takes it in hand, and the next generation of
leaves becomes heir to each advance made ; in the course of
ages, the modification extends to the seed-germs them.selves.
The embryo seed-leaves are also advancing and represent a
higher type. The parent plant, or tree, may become modi-
fied, and in this manner the difference betw^een the ancestral
type and the present would be constantly augmented.

The leaves of plants are short-lived ; but each year gives
them a fresh start from the bud, crowned with the inheritance
of all previous time, and even though "the mills of the gods
grind slowly," the outcome is variation from ancient forms.
The adaptation of plants to changing conditions, necessitates
variation of foliage. They must be able to obtain or appro-
priate food from the air; must secure to themselves all the
sunlight po.ssible ; mu.st be able to withstand wind and storm.
Each of these three requisites is more readily attainable if
the leaves are lobed, divided, or small, as in compound or
pinnate leaves. It is plainly evident to anyone that the air
can circulate more freely about a plant which has finely
divided leaves; that it flows over and through them in such
manner as to come in contact, not only with the outer, more
exposed leaves, but with each lobe or leaflet of the entire
plant. The sun light also penetrates through the whole mass
of foliage more perfectly if the leaves are finely divided.
The common horse-radish, Nasturtium Armoracia, may be
taken as an illustration of the variation of foliage consequent
upon changing conditions. Every one is familiar with the
large, thrifty, vigorous leaves of this common plant, but, per-
haps, not every one has observed that in the late vSummer a
manifest change is initiated in the foliage. The rank growth
of the plant has produced a mass of leaves, which are crowded
so closely together that the air circulates but sluggishly

52 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

through them, and the sun light is partially excluded. This
state of affairs means starvation to the new leaves, which con-
tinue to spring from the crowded interior, unless they are able
to adapt themselves to the changed conditions resulting from this
over-population. Therefore, as the over-crowding continues
to increase, the new leaves become "cut pinnatifid." The
transition from the large crenate leaves, to the cut-pinnatifid
forms, may be observed by any one. The apex of the leaf
first becomes cut, the lower portion of the leaf remaining
normal. (?) Perhaps two months after the first appearance of
these transition forms, the entire leaf has become transformed
into a curiously cut-pinnatifid leaf. The large leaves are
killed by the early frosts, while the cut leaves, which fill the
crown, live through the Winter, and are apparently the
growth of early Spring. They are, however, the late Fall
growth instead, and are verj- soon superseded by the common
large leaves when the real Spring growth begins, passing back
through transition forms.

The variation in the leaves of the common blackberry,
Rubus villosus, furnishes another example in which the
Spring growth varies from that of the I'all. The leaves are
indiscriminately described as having from three to five leaflets.
The fruiting cane, however, never produces the quinque-
foliate leaf; the tri-foliate form (Fig. i6) is the prevailing leaf
on the lower portion of fruiting canes, while toward the
extremity but a single leaf is found at the base of the fruit
cluster (Fig. i6). The new canes produced during the Sum-
mer and Fall, for the next year's fruiting, bear leaves of from
three to five leaflets. Various transition gradations occur so
commonly (Figs. 14, 15,) on the latter as to be con.spicuous to
any one whose attention has been called to the subject. It is
interesting to note that the veins become obliterated between
these gradation forms, even when the division of the leaves is
but begun, as indicated b}- the Figs. 14 and 15, also in 2 of the
seedling. (Fig. 13.) But why should not the fruiting canes of
the past year's vigorous growth also bear the quinquefoliate
leaves and transition forms? Is it not ])ecause the force,
which was expended in the prexious h'all in the elaboration
of the fruit buds, is now consumed in the production of fruit?
Is not this a sort of natural method of pruning? Of hus-

Leaf Variation — Its Extent and Sii;?ii/icance. 53

banding force and energy in one direction that it may be more
advantageously expended in another? The Fall growth of
the plant, with its increased leafage, may be able to build up
stronger fruit-bearing canes for the succeeding season. The
quinquefoliate leaves and fertility in one and the same branch
at least, seem, at present, incompatible. It is claimed that the
fruiting branches of the Sassafras generally bear but the
entire form of leaf. In poor conditions plants retrograde.
In fruiting canes, or branches, the conditions for the produc-
tion of leaves are not favorable. Their " specialt>' " is the
elaboration of fruit, and the leaf force is diminished. The
single or retrograde leaf on the fruiting cane approaches the
single, simple leaves of the seedling plant (Fig. 13).

Leaf-variation is but a phase of the universal, onward
march of all things. We no longer say "the everlasting
mountains," for they rise and sink ; the isles of the sea are
born and disappear ; change, change is written upon all that
is, but nowhere is it more plainly inscril:)ed than upon the
foliage of herb, shrub, or tree.

Note. — The references are to Plate II. — Ed.

54 Ctncintiati Society of Natural History.

A REMARKABLE MALFORMATION IX A CAT

D. S. Kellicott, Columbus, Ohio.

Congenital malformations of an animal's bod}' always attract
the curious, and prove deeply interesting to the anatomist
and the embryologist. The case described below was one of
profound transposition of the thoracic and abdominal viscera —
a phenomenon that is at least rare. The cat was an active,
young adult, Maltese male. It was prepared for dissection in
the usual way, by washing out the vascular system and
injecting it with plaster from the femoral vessels. Miss 011a
Buckman, a student in comparative anatomy, in preparing
to trace the thoracic blood vessels, discovered that they were
in abnormal positions. In short, it proved to be a case of
malformation by transposition of visceral organs that was
almost complete. This general statement might possibly
.suffice, but a detailed statement is added in the hope that it
maj' prove more useful for future reference.

The axis of the heart made the usual angle with that of the
body, but had the apex directed toward the right side and the
base to the left ; the venous side of the heart was vcntro-
sinistrad and the arterial dorso-dextrad. The aortic arch,
slightly shortened in consequence of the heart's position,
turned to the right and passed caudad on that side of the
vertebral centra ; the order of branches from the arch were
also reversed, /. e., the right subclavian arose independently
and the left subclavian from the brachio-cephalic, as the right
usually does, just caudad of the origin of the carotids. The
brachio-cephalic was abnormally short, not exceeding half the
usual length. The postcava and ])recava were on the left
side, as a matter of course, but otherwise normal; the azygous
vein was on the left side al.so.

The lungs likewise shared in the reversal. In the cat there
are three chief lobes in each lung with a small azygous lobe on
the right; in this instance it was attached to the left lung.

A Remarkable MalfoyiKalion in a Cat. 55

The changes necessitated in the position and ])erforation of
the diaphragm, due to the shifted organs, may be readily
inferred. Among the transposed abdominal organs were the
following : the stomach and spleen were on the right, in cor-
rect relation and position otherwise; the liver on the left;
and the duodenum and the land marks of the intestines were
all reversed in position. The left kidney proved to be con-
siderably cephalad of its fellow, thus again reversing the
usual order, and the arrangement of renal arteries and veins
for each side was that of the other.

The great nerves traversing the thorax were also reversed,
as regards relation to organs and branching.''-

'■'Note. — Since the above was written, I have received, through the kindness of
Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos, a Bulletin of Johns Hopkins Hospital, Vol. IV, No. 28, contain-
ing a record of a similar peciiliarity in a dog found in the Biological I^aboratory of
the I'niversity, and reported by Theodore Hough. D. S. K.

EXPLANATION OF PLATK I.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

— Perichetna depressa, Lib.

— Ophiotheca Wrightii. B. & C.

— Lachnobolus globosus, Schw.

— Arcyria Cookii, Massee.

— Arcyria minor, Schw.

— Heterotrichia GabrielUc, Massee. (After Massee.)

— Hemiarcyria pluinosa, Morgan.

— Hemiarcyria funalis, Morgan.

— Calonema aureum, Morgan.

— Trichia fallax, Pers.

— Trichia scabra, Rost.

— Oligonema flavidum. Peck.

NoTK. — F^ach figure exhibits the sporangium as it appears magnified
about ICO diameters, and the capillitiutn and spores magnified about
500 diameters.

\\l^ loLipr2al of tl^e 6ir2. goc. yNabpal +li\"t:opy.

Vol. XVI.

Plate I.

KXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

I'ig. I. — Gcnninatinj^ plaiitlet, Liquidaniber styraciflua, L.

Fig. 2. — Leaf from Liquidamber tree five or six years old.

^^^S- 3- — Germinating plantlet, Liriodendrou Tulipifera.

Fig. 4. — Tj'pical leaf of Liriodendron Tulipifera.

Figs. 5, 6, 7. — I'Mrst, second and third year's growth of Trillium
grandiflorum.

Figs. 8-12. — Podophyllum peltatum; ir, first year's growth; 8, 9, 10,
growth of second year; 12, peltate leaf, which does not appear until
third year.

FMg. 13. — Seedling Rubus villosus, showing that the first leaves to
appear are simple.

Fig. 14. — Leaf of R. villosus, showing a transition stage preceding
the common trifoliate form.

I'Mg. 15.— Leaf of same, illustrating the development of the cjuincjue-
foliate, from the trifoliate form.

Fig. 16. — A portion of a fruiting cane, of R. villosus, with trifoliate,
and simple leaves at base of fruit clusters. (The simple leaf alone
being found toward extremity of cane.)

il^c loLiPQal of hl^e Q\n, goc. yNahiJpal +ii<;(:op^.

Vol. XVI.

Plate II.

Mrs. W.,A. Kellerman, Del. ad nat.

THE JOURNAL

OF Tin; -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Vol. XVI. Cincinnati, Jui,y-October, 1893. Nos. 2 & 3.

PROCEEDINGS.

May 2, 1893.

Tlie regular May meeting of the Society was called to
order, with President Collier in the chair, at 8.15 p. m.

The minutes of March 7 and April 4 were read and
approved, after the Secretary had been instructed to insert in
the minutes of April 4 a report of the President's remarks
made at that meeting.

The following applications for active membership were
read and ordered posted for the usual time, to-wit : Joseph
Kirkup, Thomas J. Foy, H. J. Groesbeck, I^. R. Myers and
W. F. Robertson.

The following papers were read by title and referred to the
Publishing Committee, to-wit :

The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley. Second Paper.
By Prof. A. P. Morgan.

Leaf variation, its extent and signification. By Mrs. W.
A. Kellerman.

Lichens of Ohio. By E. E. Bogue.

Notes on a Malformation of a Cat. By Prof. S. A. Kellicott.

Mr. William Hubbell Fisher then read a very interesting
and instructive paper upon " The underground homes of the
Marmot." It was profusely illustrated by lantern slides,
consisting of photographs of the surroundings and entrances
to the burrows, as well as diagramatic representation of their
form, direction and size.

Adjourned.

58 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

DONATIONS.

SPECIMENS.

Dr. O. D. Norton, Ostrich Kgg (Rhea rhea).

Dr. Arch. I. Carson, from estate Dr. William Carson, three
Mounted Bird Skins.

T. H. Kellej', case of Mounted Bird Skins, consisting of
fifty specimens of the Hamilton County, Ohio, fauna.

Dr. William L. Mussey and Trustees Miami Medical Col-
lege, for the estate of R. D. Mussey, eight cases of birds (50)
and a few mammals.

Books and pamphlets from Dr. Arch. I. Carson, for estate
of Dr. Wni. Carson.

BOUND VOLUMES.

Science, Vols. XI to XIV.

Nature, Vols. 44 and 45.

Reports Ohio Meteorological Bureau, 1882-83 ^'^^ 1883-84.

Appalachia, Vols. I to V.

American Meteorological Journal, Vols. I to IV.

Ohio Statistics, 1877 (two copies) and 1878.

Geological Survey of Ohio; Geology, Vols. I and III;
Economic Geology, Vol. V; PalcEontology, Vol. I; Maps,
1873, (two copies) ; Geological Atlas of State of Ohio.

Ohio Centennial Report.

Ohio School Report, 1879.

Ohio Agricultural Reports, 1877 and 1883.

Report of Commissioner of Labor, 1889.

Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission, Vols. II and III.

U. S. Fish Commission, Propagation of Food Fishes,
Reports 1873 to 1876 and 1881 and 1882.

Annual Reports of Cincinnati, 1872.

Water Power of Maine, Hydrographic Survey of Maine,
1869.

Smithsonian Reports, 1878, 1879 and 1888.

Marine Surveying, U. S. Naval Academy.

Topographical Survey of the Adirondack Wilderness of
New York, 1873.

Report of Chief Signal Officer, 1872.

Donations. 59

Diseases of Cattle in U. S., V. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, 1 87 1.

Daily Bulletin Signal Service. U. S., 1872.

Smithsonian Temperature Tables, 1876.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. XX.

Report on Cattle Plague, London, 1866.

Hittell's Hand-book of Pacific Coast Travel.

Pocket Atlas of U. S., Climatic Maps.

American Kphemeris and Nautical Almanac, 1881 and 1886.

Rainfall in the U. S., Dunwoody, 1883.

Explorations for railroad route from the Mississippi to the
Pacific, Vols. I, V and XL

Ninth Census of U. S.. Vital Statistics.

PAMPHLETS.

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forestry Division, Bulle-
tin No. 7.

Science, Vols. I to X, inclusive; missing, IL Nos. 39 and 40;
IV, No. 99: VIII, No. 178, and X, No. 233.

Nature, Vol. 43; No. 13 to 26, inclusive; No. 21 missing; 46
complete; 47, No. i to 9, inclusive.

Reports Ohio Meteorological Bureau, 1885 to 1892, inclusive,
mi.ssing, 1885, September; 1886, Annual Report; 1887,
Annual Report, July, October, November and December ;

1888, January, February, March, April, July and September;

1889, August; 1890, October; 1891, May and September;
1892, Annual Report, April to December.

American Meteorological Journal, Vols. II (No. 9 missing),
III (No. 9 missing), IV (No. 3 and 12 missing), VI (No. 9, 10
and II missing), VII, VIII and IX (No. i duplicated and
No. 9 missing).

Appalachia, Vols. VI and VII (Nos. 2, 3 and 4 missing).

6o Citicinnali Society of Naniial History.

DR. WILLIAM CARSON*

Dr. William Carson was born at Chillicothe, Ohio, Novem-
ber 25, 1827, and died at his home, in Cincinnati, July 9, 1893,
His natural inclinations and education as a phjsiciau led him
to develop a taste for the natural sciences, which w^as a source
of constant pleasure and relaxation to himself and his friends
during a long and arduous professional career. He became
a member of the Cincinnati vSociety of Natural History in
1873, taking especial interest in the Photographic Section
(the successor of the " Camera Club," of which he was a
founder, and president for several term.s) ; and was noted for
the quiet enthusiasm with which he successfully pursued his
favorite art. He also participated in the active work of this
Society as a lecturer, appearing on the platform as a contrib-
utor to its free courses of scientific lectures.

Of a somewhat retiring disposition, and reserved in his
intercourse with strangers, his life was characterized by a
warmth of feeling and depth of thought that strongly attached
to him a wide circle of friends. Dr. Carson was an enthusi-
astic lover of nature, and was never more happj- than when
" roughing it " on lake or mountain, far from the convention-
alities of civilized life. In his profession no man stood higher.
He was constantly in demand as a consultant. His services
to the profession and the public were attested by his election
to the presidency of the Academy of Medicine and Cincinnati
Medical vSociety, as well as by his work on the staffs of the
Cincinnati Hospital, St. John's and Good Samaritan Hospi-
tals, and the Episcopal Hospital for Children. He was also a
member of the Ohio Sons of the Revolution, by reason of the
fact that his grandfather, Captain Abraham Claypole, had
been a revolutionary soldier.

The degree of LL-D. was conferred on Dr. Carson in 1892
by his alma mater, the Miami University.

*The portr.Tit of Dr. Carson prefixed to this niitnher has been kindly furnished,
without charffe, by Mr. James Barclay.

I)K. WiM.IAM CAKSON.

[)r. William Carson. 6i

Dr. Carsoti lias lived in the house where he saw his last, 138
E. Third street, for the past thirty years, and has there reared
his family.

In 1S54 he married Miss Louisa Whiteman, daughter of
Louis Whiteman. In 1863, his former wife having died, he
was married to Miss Ksther A. Irwin, daughter of Archibald
Irwin, of this city. She, too, died June 8, 1891.

The children are Miss Jane F. Carson, Mrs. James J. Faran,
wife of Fire Commissioner Faran ; Miss Mary C. Carson and
Dr. Arch. I. Carson, who was associated with his father in
practice. One other son, Louis Whiteman Carson, died an
infant. The other relatives of Dr. Carson are two brothers
and two sisters, Mr. Erskine Carson, of Hillsboro, who was
at the bedside of his brother at his death ; Mr. David Carson,
of West Plains, Mo.; Mrs. S. F. McCoy, of Chillicothe ; Miss
Alice Carson, of Georgetown, D. C.

The death of a gentle, refined, upright and broad-minded
intelligent citizen is a shock to every community correlative
with his acquaintance in that community. Death emphasizes
worth, hence a man's worth is only fully appreciated when he
is stricken by the fell destroyer, however well his work and
attainments when living may have been known. When that
man has been identified in one place for upward of forty years
in the practice of medicine, the power of good he has wrought
is inestimable, and his loss is deplored, because of the certain
knowledge to many that in life he possessed the demonstrated
ability to help, to strengthen and to save.

By the death of Dr. Carson, the Cincinnati Society of Nat-
ural History loses one of its active and most valued members;
the medical profession of Cincinnati is bereft of one who was
an example of the highest type of the physician ; and the
community at large is deprived of the services of a broad-
minded citizen, a wise counselor and an upright man. L.

62 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

STUDIES IX PROBLEMATIC ORGANISMS.

No. II. — The Genus Fucoides."^

By Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A., F. A. A. A. S., etc.

The literature dealing with "problematic organisms" is
very extensive. From the year 1822, when the genus
F'ucoides was established, up to the present time, the num-
ber of species described is enormous. No complete biblio-
graphy on the subject has ever yet appeared, the onlj- one of
any extent being that of Nathorst, published in iSSi.f This
list gives 130 titles, but it is by no means complete, and many
papers have appeared since it was printed. It is not the
intention to give in this place a review of this vast mass of
literature, instructive though it might be, but to take up the
first genus to be proposed in any formal and scientific manner,
and to give a history of it.

The genus Fucoides was first proposed and defined by
Adolphe Brongniart in 1822.+ In a table of the classes and
genera of fossil plants we find the following description :

" Frond unsymmetrical, often disposed in an even plane,
with nerves none or badly limited. (PI. Ill, Fig. 3.)" In the
course of the article the genus is mentioned several times.
The following remarks occur on page 237 :

" None of the authors who have written on fossil plants, I
believe, speak of fossil Fuci, to which we give the name of

<'iNoTE).— No. I, " The Genus Scolithus, ' was publishtd in Hull. Geol. Soc. Am.,
vol. iii, 1891, pp. 32-44.

fOm spar af iiagra evei tebrerade djiir ni. ni. och deras paheontologiska bety-
delse; accompanied by an abridged translation in French, '■ Memoire sur quelques
traces d'animaiix sans vertebres. etc., et de leur porti'e pal>'ontologique. Kongliga
Svenska vetenskai>s-.\kadeniicns Handlingar for iSSo No. 7 .

JSiir la classification ct la distribution des wg-'taiix fossilcs en gt'Di'-ral, et sur
cetix des terrains de s<''dinient snp^rieur en particulier. Meni Mns. d'Hist. Nat.,
vol. viii, Paris, i8j2, p. 210.

SI tidies ill Problemaiic Organisms. 63

FucoiDES.* There is not, nevertheless, the least doubt of the
analogy of the greater number of these plants with those of
the family of Algce; this analogy is so evident that we have
determined to unite in one genus all the fossils that appear
to have belonged to the family of non-articulate Algae, though
the variable forms presented by the plants of this order render
the characters of the fossil genus difficult to establish. The
whole of these characters give, however, to these vegetables
a sufficiently distinct aspect to prevent them being confounded
with any other fossil plant."

The next reference is as follows :

" FucoiDEvS : — I do not enter here into details of the species
of Fiicoidcs of the upper sedimentary terrane, since I will do
this in a special work, wherein will be given the Fncoides of
various terranes; a work in which M. Agardh has kindly
offered to aid me with his council, and to which the profound
knowledge this celebrated botanist has of the plants of the
family can give a very great degree of exactness.

" I shall here content myself with saying that the small
number of species so far observed in the upper sedimentary
terrane appear to agree sufficient]}' with established genera of
the family, and that some species very closely resemble even
living species.

" It is principal]}^ at Monte Bolca, near Verona, that these
fossils have so far been discovered." (pp. 307-308.)

The last reference to the genus in the paper describes the
localities where the fossils had been found, f but as this is dis-
cussed more fully in the next paper to which we shall refer,
the matter will not be entered into here.

The joint paper alluded to, by Brongniart and Agardh,
does not seem to have ever been published, but the subject
was taken up again by Brongniart the following year. As
this second paper is of considerable importance, and is not
readily accessible to many, we shall give the preliminary
remarks in full, with a mention of the species described. The
description of the type species will also be given.

"* Fucoides strictus, Agardh, ined.. pi. Ill, fig. 3. This fossil has been found in
beds of lignite, discovered in the island of Aix near Rochelle, by M. Fleurian de
Bellevue. It forms part of a work that M. .\gardh has kindly undertaken with me
on the fossil plants of the family of Algte."

tibid., pp. 335-336.

64 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Observations on Fucoides and on Some Other Fossit
Marine Plants. — By Ad. Brongniart. Read January
31, 1823.*

Fucoides.

It i.s only within a short time that naturahsts have com-
menced to give attention to fos.sil plants of the family Algae
that are met with in different terranes ; of the few, I do not
know one old work in which they are mentioned in an exact
manner. It seems, how^ever, that these fossils, very common
in many parts of Italy, as will be shown later on in this
memoir, have attracted the attention of some Italian botan-
ists, and particularly the celebrated Micheli and Jean Targioni.

Brocchi is saidf to have found among the manuscripts of
the latter, a very excellent work on the Fuci that he found
in some calcareous rocks named in Tuscany, Galestro or
Oucrceto, about seven miles from Florence ; but this work,
accompanied by 44 plates, unfortunately remains in manu-
script, and is, in consequence, unknown to nearly all
naturalists. It appears, however, from what Brocchi has
said, that the Fuci brought together by him include some
species described by us in this memoir ; we imagine, however,
from the number of plates accompanying the work, that
Targioni had many more species than we have knowledge of.

Turner, in his superb work on the Fuci, vol. 2, p. 75, in the
article on Ficais lii^ulatus, says that Dr. Scott had told him of
the discovery of impressions of this species of Fucus in the
basalt of the Chaussee-des-Geauts ; but the information is too
vague for one to place great confidence in the observation,
because there have not been discovered, up to the present,
any organized fossil bodies, and especially vegetable, in the
basalt.

Finally, last year, M. Schlotheim, in a supplement to his
work on petrefactions,+ has made known, under the name of
Al^acites, some fossils that approach the AlgcC or marine
plants, and of which he had not spoken in his previous work.
At the same time the supplement appeared in (icrmany, I

'■'Mem. dela Soc. Hist. Nat. dc P.iri.s. vol. i. iSz^i, pp. joi-,^2t. pi. },.

tBibliotheca Italiniia, vol. x, p. 206.

tNachtrfig-e ziir petreractenkunde. voti H I-". Baron von Schlotheiin, C.othii, 1S22.

Siudit's in Problematic Organisms. 65

pointed out in a paper published in the Memoirs of the
Museum-^- this group of fossil vegetables under the name of
Fucoidcs, and I announced then the work that I publish now.

The examination that M. Agardh gave to these fossils at
the time of his stay in Paris, (in January, 1821,) and the
observations that he has been good enough to communicate
on the subject, certainly add greatly to this notice. Thus, I
have carefully indicated by the words Ag. Mss. the species I
have been able to submit to this able botanist, who has made
a special study of the family of Algae. These species have
been mentioned by him in the Species Algartun, of which
he has published the first volume; but during this period the
number of species that I know has been greatly increased,
and it is possible, that when careful search has been made in
the places where some have already been found, a much larger
number may be distinguished.

I have not spoken in this memoir of the so-called Confervae
found in crystals of quartz, not having had occasion to exam-
ine them myself; I can do no more than report what authors
have said, and I prefer in this case to refer to a memoir pub-
lished on this subject by M. J. MacCulloch in the Geological
Transactions, t where very good figures will be found. I
would remark, how^ever, that if these singular branchings are
really the remains of vegetable organisms, they should form
a special genus among fossil plants ; one in which we shall
be able to place all the fossil confervoid vegetables having
articulated filaments.

In addition to the species observed b}' myself, I am indebted
for five figures to M. Schlotheim, given under the names of
Alffacitcs crispiforviis, filicoides, graniilatiis, orobiformis and
frtimenfarius, in the work already cited ; but among these
fossils only the first species I believe may be placed among
the plants evidently belonging to the faniil}- of Algae ; the
others appear to me to differ so widely from the living Fuci,
that I have grouped them at the end with some other doubt-
ful .species that I have not cared to place positively in this
family. It is easy to see how difficult it is to fix accurately

*Sur la classifi. et la distri. des Veget. fossiles. Mem. dii Mus., vol. viii.
tOn vegetable remains preserved in Chalcedony, by J. MacCulloch, M. D.
Trans, of the Geol. Soc, vol. ii, Lond., 1814. p. 510.

66 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

the limits of a family when the living genera and species
present so many variations in their forms and aspects, even
when one is familiar with the more important characters
establishing the exact similarity, such as the internal organi-
zation and the mode of fructification, characters that we can
never observe in the fossils. In these, one is confined to
external characters, that show the appearance, the form and
the general aspect of the plant after it has passed into a fossil
state. We believe, however, that all the world is in accord
with us in placing in the family of non-articulate Algse the
species that we have placed with certainty in this family.
Among those we have put with doubt at the end of the genus
Fucoidcs, there are only two that I have seen for myself, and
their form is so singular that we have not placed them with
certainty among the marine plants ; we do not know the
four others, except from the figures of M. Schlotheim, and we
have already said of these figures that they differ so widely
from all the Algae described and figured by botanists, that we
doubt much their forming part of this family.

While there seems to us little doubt as to the position the
fossils that we describe in this memoir should occupy in the
vegetable kingdom, it is not the same with the distinction of
species ; in reality, nothing can be more embarrassing than to
tell which of these fossil bodies, generally verj- variable in
the same species, should be considered as species and which as
varieties. It becomes much more difficult when one must
often decide for himself from few specimens; we believe, there-
fore, that when a great number has been observed, we may,
perhaps, be obliged to unite many species in one. But for
the present it has appeared more convenient to separate all
that offer such distinct characters as to lead to the presump-
tion that the fossils belong to dififerent species.

In regard to the horizon of these vegetable fossils, it should
be remarked that all those known at present belong to four
dififerent formations: i. The Fucoides of Monte-Bolca, near
Verona. I shall say nothing of this celebrated locality, my
father having described it with details in the memoir he has
published on the calcareous traps of Vicentin. I repeat only
his statement, that this terrane is a sedimentary formation
above the Tertiary, and I would remark that the fossil ])lants

Sfudies in Prohlematic Orgatiisms. 67

are found not only in the same beds, but frequently on the
same slabs, as the fish ; so that all that has been said of the
one applies as a consequence equally to the other.

The species that belong to this locality apparently come
closest to, more so than any others, actually living species,
and in general to those that grow in the temperate oceans. It
is only necessary to except the two species we have placed
with doubt in the genus Fucoidcs, under the names of Fucoides
discophorus and turbinatus and Fucoides agardhianus, which,
especially, approaches Caulerpa, and, in consequence, to a
genus belonging almost entirely to the equatorial or southern
oceans.

2. The fossil Fuci discovered in the lignite of the island of
Aix, near- Rochelle, by M. Fleurian de Bellevue, and for the
knowledge of which I am indebted to that savant and to M.
d'Orbigny. The lignite in which they are found has been
indicated by my father as a type of the lower marine lignite
of the chalk.* It does not contain any other determinable
vegetables, except the leaves we describe in this memoir
under the name of Zosterites. They appear to be composed
almost entirely of these Fuci and of the stems of trees, among
which I have not seen up to the present those of Dicotylodons.
Besides the two species of Fucoides we describe in this
memoir, there were included the debris of a great many
species, too incomplete to be determined.

3. The species of Fucoides found in the limestones of
Stonesfield, near Oxford, and of which M. Buckland has
willingly given me a very correct plan. The beds here
included belong, according to this celebrated geologist, to the
calcareous oolite of the Jura. These beds contain, besides
the Fucoides, plants that we have placed with Lycopodites,!
and portions of leaves very probably belonging to ferns.
These specimens of ferns, that I did not know of on the pub-
lication of my first work on fossil vegetables, occasion some
modification of the information I have given of the fossil
vegetables of the Jurassic limestone in which I had not then
found the ferns, and proved that these vegetables are found
again in the lower formations of the Coal terrane. The only

'■■See the article " Lignite," in the Dictionnaire ties Sciences NaliireUfs.
\Lycopodtles bucklandi. Mem. du Mus., vol. viii.

68 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

two species of Fucoides that I know of from this terrane,
appear to belong to an almost entirely exotic genus, to the
genus Caulerpa of Lamouroux, that does not exist in our
seas, except one species, very different from the fossil species.

4. Fucoides furcatus, recurvtis, diffortnis, cequalis and intri-
catiis are found in a formation that is represented in many
very remote places with nearlj- similar characters, but the
position of which is not yet well fixed by geologists, and
which my father presumed might belong, like those of the
Island of Aix, to the lower lignites of the chalk.

Thus, Fucoides intricatiis is found near the chateau of
Malaspina, near Sarzana ; in the marls accompanying the
lignites quarried near Kaltenberg, to the north-east of
Vienna, in Austria; and the hill west of Genoa, betw^een St.
vStephan and St. Morizzio, near Oneille, without one being
able to establish the least difference between the Fucus forms
themselves, or in the rocks in which they are enclosed.

Fucoides cEqualis is found at Vernasque, in the Appenines ;
to the south of Fiorenzola, in the Plaisantin; and at Bidache,
near Bayonne, in exactly similar marls.

Fucoides furcatus is represented at \'ernasque ; in the
environs of Vienna, and near Sarzana.

Finally, Fucoides recurtnis has been found thus far only at
Vernasque, and Fucoides difformis only at Bidache.

But the perfect resemblance of the two other species, and
those of the rocks in which the}' are contained, seems to have
sufficiently established the analogy of these terranes. It is
curious to note that these various species seemingly belong to
one and the same section of this genus, and this renders it
more difficult to well define their limits.

Having indicated the geological position in which these
fossils are found, I shall now proceed to describe the species
that I can refer to the genus Fucoides.

FrcoiDp:s.

Frond continuous, often membranaceous and spreading in
the same plane ; the two sides generally unequal ; nerves
more or less ill-defined, never regularly divided or anasta-
niosing.

Siiidies ill /'rubhiiiatir OrganisiHS. 69

Obs. — The absence of characters deduced from the fructi-
fication or of the internal structure in these fossils, renders
the characters of this group very vague ; however, the absence
of all vascular nerves and the continuity of the frond, are two
essential characters of the Algie that one finds in all the fossil
species that we here describe ; some of these present, it is
true, a middle nerve, but this nerve is large, thick, badly
defined, and never sends out regular secondary divisions.

It is quite evident from his remarks that, while Brongniart
recognized the boundaries of the genus as vague and the
limitations of the species difficult to state, he had no hesita-
tion in placing it with the Algae ; and in many of his species
he was correct, as later investigations have shown. The
difficulty of the whole matter lies in the fact that authors,
delighted to have some place in which to place the innum-
erable forms they felt sure were not of animal origin, referred
them all to the vegetable kingdom and called them fucoids.
Hence, we find under the genus Fucoides an omnium
gatherum, which it has required the labors of many years to
sift. This one genus has contained in its time upward of 100
species and varieties. Virtually, it now contains none,
although, as we shall show later on, we believe at least one
should be placed there.. The species described by Brongniart,
in 1823, are as follows :
Fucoides orbignianus Fucoides gazolanus.

strictus.''- lamourouxii.

crispiformis. agardhianus.

furcatus. pennatula.

recurvus. elegans.

difformis. discophorus.

sequalis. turbinatus.

var. flexilis. Algacites frumentarius, Schlotheim.

intricatus. orobiformis,

obtusus. filicoides, "

flabellaris. granulatus, "

One of the laws of nomenclature requires that the first
species of a genus proposed be taken as the type of that

'•'Although placed second here, this was the form mentioned in 1822 as the type
of the genus.

-JO Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

genus. There can not be the least doubt in the present case
that slrictus was the first species described under the new
generic name. This being the case, it is well to give the
description of the species. It is as follows :

'■ FucoiDES STRiCTUS. — Frond linear, bifurcating, with
the branches erect, fastigiate and close together; midrib
broad, flattened, tuberculate and prominent, with undulate
margins. (PI. xix, Fig. 2.)

" SphcBrococcus ? stricius Ag. MSS.

" Rhodomela f dibiviana Ag. Spec. Alg. I, p. 383.

'' Fucoides slricUis Ad. Br., Class, veg. foss., p. 37, tab. 3.

fig- 3-

" Locality. — In the lignite of the Isle of Aix, near La

Rochelle. (Fleurian de Bellevue, d'Orbigny.)

" This species resembles greatly in its general form Fuciis

obtusatus Labill., N. Holl., but it diflFers in the large and flat

nerve that traverses the frond, and that fails entirely in Fucus

obtusatus. The fossil species has a more rigid and fastigiate

aspect. The arrangement of the nerve shows some analogy to

Fucus alatus, but it differs greatly by its size and more erect

and scattered branches. The generic position in the Algae is

very difficult to assign. It is probable that the tubercles

observed on the middle nerve are the organs of fructification."

Further remarks upon this and other .species of the genus
will be deferred until later on in this paper.

In 1825 appeared volume one of a memoir by Sternberg,
under the title of " Versuch einer geognostisch-botanischen
darstellung der flora der vorwelt." In this numerous species
of Fucoidcs are given, mo.st of them from Brongniart. We
find the genus broken up and the species referred to various
sub-genera. These are taken from living genera which seem
to bear the closest resemblance to the fossil forms. Among
them are Chondria, Sargassum, Caulerpa, Delesseria, etc. A
single new species seems to be described, viz: Fucoidcs
cylindricus, while F. (^ranulatus is used to replace Algacites
s;ranulattis Schloth.

The next publication bearing upon the subject was an
important one. It was Brongniart's " Histoire des vegctaux
fossiles, ou recherches botaniques et geologiques sur les

studies in Problematic Organisms. 71

vegetaiix refermes dans les diverses couches du globe." The
first volume, bearing date of 1828, treats of cr\ptogams,
Algge among them. In his introductory remarks the author
says: "We give this name [Algoe] to all the aquatic crypto-
gams without articulations that form the two families Ulvacea
and Fticacece, families that we have found in many cases diffi-
cult to distinguish in a fossil state, their characters being
essentially in the arrangement of the reproductive bodies, and
in the character of the tissue that composes their fronds,
both characters that disappear very soon in fossil plants."
He then proceeds to examine the characters of living Algae,
noting the distribution of various genera and their characters,
but, before taking up the genus Fucoides and the species
referred to it, he says : " We have not divided this family into
distinct genera, mainly because the proper characters to
exactly define them are very rarely apparent, and the classifi-
cation can not be a precise one ; but we have divided the
general group of fossil Algae, to which we have given the
name of Fucoides, into sections founded on the form of the
frond, sections that correspond quite exactly with one or
more genera of living Algae."

It is quite evident that Brongniart, while recognizing the
diverse characters of the plants, also saw the difficulties in
the way of arranging them in a satisfactory manner. The
great diversity becomes very evident when the species
described are studied in detail. The following is a list of the
species in the sections given by the author. The new species
are indicated by " n. sp. :"

I. S.\RGASSITES.

1. F. septentrionalis, (Ag.) sp.

2. F. sternbergii, n. sp. — Algacites cau/escms Stern., and
F. bohemiciis Stern.

II. FUCITES.

3. F. .strictus, Br.

III. Laminarites.

4. F. tuberculosus, n sp.

72 Cincinnati Sociely of Xatural History.

IV. EXCOELITES.
5. F. encoelioides, n. sp.

V. GiGAKTINITES.

F. targionii, n. sp.
F. difformi.s, Br.
F. aequalis, Br.
F. intricatus, Br.
F. obtusus, Br.
F. .stockii, n. .sp.
F. recurvus, Br.
F. furcatus, Br.
F. antiquus, n. sp.

8

9
10
1 1
12
13

VI. Uklesserites.

15. F. lamourouxii, Br.

16. F. spathulatus, n. sp.

17. F. bertrandi, n. sp.

18. F. gazolanus, Br.

VII. DiCTVOTITES.''

19. F. flabellaris, Br.

20. F. multifidus, n. sp.

21. F. digitatus, n. sp.

VIII. Am.vnsites.

22. F. dentatus, n. sp.

23. F. serra, n. sp.

IX. Caulerpites.

24. F. lycopodioides, n. sp.

25. F. selagiiiioides, 11. sp.
2^.bis F. hypiioides, n. sp.

26. F. frumentarius (Schloth.), sp.

*Iii the Proceedings of the U. S. Nationni Museum ;VoI. xvi, 1S93, p. 115 , Dr. I).
P. Penhallow has applied this name tea h^-j«' je^H;/.> of fossil pl.Tnts. On page 109
he mentions its use by Htongniart in 1S2S. but, considering that the name " has
lost its function," he uses it again. Such a proceeding is not in accordance with
the generally adopted rule of nomenclature, that a name once used can not he ustd
again, if applied to a new organism. We do not believe Dr. Penhallow's action
will he generally concurred in.

Sfiidies in Problematic Orj^auistns. 73

27. F. nilsoiiiaiuis, n. sp. — Caulcrpa scplentrionalis Ag.,
and F. imbricalus Stern.

28. F. l)rarclii, n. sp. — Carpolit/ics hcmlocinns (?) Schloth.

29. F. orbignianus, Br.

X. Species that do not appear to belong to any of the
preceding.

30. F. agardhianus, Br.

^Doubtful species.

31. F. pectinatus, n. sp. — Carpolithcs (f) and Algacites
orobiformis Schloth.

32. F. turbinatus, Br.

33. F. discophorus, Br.

34. F. lyngliianus, n. sp.

35. F. (?) cylindricus, Stern.

36. F. circinatus, n. sp.

It will be observed from this list that the type of the genus,
F. striciusy is placed under the second section, FuciTES, by
itself. In putting it here Brongniart .says that it resembles in
its general form Fiicus obhisatus, but differs essentially in a
large and thick nerve that traverses the frond ; furthermore,
that it is really more like a solid axis than a real nerve.
There are various other differences. A comparison is also
made with a species of Rhodomela, but it is finally stated that
the fossil differs from all living species known to the author.

(P- 53-)

This fossil is, in all probability, the remains of a plant ;* and
in view of this fact, and because the genus contains species that
have been referred to various genera, it seems best to return
to the original name, restrict the genus to the one species
and call it Fucoides strictus Brongniart. (PI. Ill, Fig. 2.)
Of the remainder of the species, there are but six which
call for any special attention here. They are :

F. targonii. F. furcatus.

difformis. antiquus.

recurvus. circinatus.

*This plant seems to be the same as Goeppert's species Haliserites dechenianus.
Certainly the figures correspond almost exactly, and specimens of Goeppert's
species would very readily pass for Brongniart's Fucoides strictus. It seems,
therefore, best to the author to reduce Goeppert's name to a synonym of F. strictus.
Should this be done, it will necessitate a change in certain new varieties and
species made by Peuhallow in the paper cited above.

74 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Of these six, five were placed by Brongniart in his sub-
genus GiGARTiNiTES. The)' have been generally referred to
the genus Chondrites, of Sternberg. There is ever^- reason
for believing that this genus, like Fucoides, contains a number
of diverse forms, and will have to be finally broken up.
Undoubtedly a great number of the species are remains of
plants, but those in the li.st above given are doubtless worm
burrows. They are, at all events, very problematic organ-
isms, and we propose that the genus Gigartinites, Brongniart's
section, be establi.shed for the first five species. The
species targionii, as the first one described by Brongniart
under his section, should be taken as the type. They would
then stand as follows :

Gigartinites targionii, (Br.) Gigartinites furc^tus, (Br.)
difformis, (Br.) antiquus, (Br.)

recurvus, (Br.)

The figures which are given illustrate these species. They
are taken from Brongniart's Histoire des Vegetaux Fossiles,
Vol. I. (PI. Ill, Fig. I ; PI. IV, PI. V.)

The last species of the list is F. circinatiis, and of this we
also give a figure (PI. Ill, Fig. 3). It differs in many w'ays
from the others, and of it Brongniart says: "This Fuais
attained nearly a foot in height; it is in general enclosed in
the freestone perpendicularly to and not parallel with the beds,
like the most of the plants transported and deposited in the
place where the rock enclosing them was formed." (p. 84.)
From this statement it seems evident that the fossil was not a
plant, and in all probability it represents the remains of a
worm burrow. It presents a great analogy to several species
described by Billings as Licrophycus. It will be referred to
at another time in more detail.

In 1831 Germar and Kaulfuss'-i" described and illu.strated
Fucoides acutus. This is, in all probability, a plant, and is now
known under the name of Aphlebia acuta (G. & K.,) Presl.
In the .same year (1831) Richard Harlan dcscribedt and illus-
trated /''ucoides alleghaniensis as a new species occurring in
one of the ridges of the Alleghany Mountains. This species
is now generally known as Arthrophycus harlani, but its

*Acta Acad. Cxs.-Leop. Carol. Nat. Cur., vol. xv, pt. 2, p. 230.
tlour Ac.nd. Xat. Sci. Phil., vol. vi, pp. 289-291, pi. i.

studies in Problematic Organisms. 75

proper designation should be A. al/c^/iiniitfisis.'-'^ In January,

1832, the same writer"!' described a second species under the
name of /''. brotigniartii {yo\\\ a sandstone beneath the "coal
formation," occurring in the western part of New York. This
is the same species as that described by him previously. In

1833, Mantell+ described Fmoidcs brongniartii, not knowing
of the previous use of the name. This is a very different
species from that described by Harlan, and seems to be part
of the frond of a fern. Its specific designation will probably
not have to be changed, as it does not belong to the genus
Fucoides. In 1835, Aug. von Gutbier|| described the following
species, most of which are of real vegetable origin :

F. filiciformis. F. crispus.

radians. crenatus.

filiformis. dentatus.

linearis.
Of these F. crenaiics is a problematical form ; F. dentatiis%
is now Rhacophyllum flabellatum. In 1835, Hitchcock^ de-
scribed Fucoides shepardi as a sea-weed which penetrated the
rocks perpendicularly. This is now known as ScoIitJms
shepardi. ^'^^^ In 1837, Messrs. Lindley and Hutton described
and illustrated Fucoides arcuatiis.^'\ This is doubtless a worm
burrow, similar in aspect to F. antiquus, and may be the same.
In the same year, Hisingert+ described a variety of F. ajitiquus
under the name of var. gracilior. This is also a problematic
organism and scarcely diflFers from F. antiquus.

In 1838 appeared the second volume of Sternberg's work,||||
the first volume of which had been printed in 1825. Here
we find Brongniart's genus broken up into various genera,

*This subject has been thoroughly investigated by the author, and the details
are given in another paper, not yet published. It was, however, read before the
.\nierican Association for the Advancement of Science, at Madison, in August, 1893.

tHarlan, R. Monthly Am. Jour. Geol. and Nat. Sci., vol. i, pp. 307-308.

JGeology of the Southeast of England. London, 1833, pp. 95-96.

IIAbdrucke und versteinerungun des zwickauer Schwarzkohlengebirges und
seiner umbebungen. Zwickau, pp. 36, pi. 11.

^Brongniart had used this name in 1S28.

HRept. on Geol. Min. Bot , and Zool. of Mass., 2d ed., p. 236.

'"■James, J. F. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. iii, 1891, p. 32.

tfPossil Flora of Great Britain, vol. iii, p. 93, pi. 185.

ItLethaea svecica. Holmiae, 1837, p. 106. Supple., 1S40, p. 2.

IlilVersuch einer geognostisch-botanischen darstelluug der flora der vorwelt.
Prag, 1S38. Folio.

76 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

the most of them being equivalent to his sections. All are
arranged under Algse, and a number of new genera are pro-
posed. For example, we find that Rhodoinelitcs is proposed
for Fiuoidcs strictus. Chondrites is proposed for the group
Gigartinites of Brongniart. Sphcsrococcitcs, Halymenitcs,
Munsteria, Haliserites, Zonarites, Cystoseirites, are among the
new names. Fucoides taxi/or jnis Sternb., 1825, is referred to
Cystoseirites; and Fucoides dichotonius Reich (in litt), is
referred to Haliserites. The species referred to Chondrites
are as follows :

C. targionii, Br. C. antiquus, Br.

dilForniis, Br. circiniiatus (!), Br.

aequalis, Br. laxus, vSternb.

intricatus, Br. obtusus, Br.

recurvus, Br. turbinatus, Br.

furcatus, Br. discophorus, Br.

Of these, the ist, 2d, 5th, 6th and 7th, we have referred
above to the genus Gi^artinites. The others are for the
present left in Chondrites, although it is not improbable that
they will be subsequently referred to other genera. Some of
them are of undoubted algal origin. In the same year (1838)
Conrad* changed Harlan's Fucoides allegJianiensis to F. har-
lani, and at the same time mentioned several other species of
Fucoides, but without descriptions. Among them was F.
demissus, which was subsequently described by Hall as Phy-
topsis tubu/osa, and is now generally recognized as a coral. In
the same report (p. iii) Fucoides cauda-galli was named.
This species was afterward referred to Spirophyton by Hall,
but it .should probably be placed in the genus Taonutiis.
This question we hope to discuss another time. In 1840, S.
S. Haldcmannt published a description of a fossil referred by
him with a ([uery to the genus Fucoides, coining for it, how-
ever, in the next paragraph, the new genus Sco/ithus. This is
evidently a worm burrow, and ever since its description has
been considered the type of Sco/ithus. It need not be further
considered.

■'id Ann. Kept. Geol. Sur. N. Y., 1S38, p. 113.

tSupplcment to No. i of " A Monograph of the I.iinniades or Fresh Water Shells
of North America."

S/udies ill Problematic Organisms. 77

In 1842, Vanuxeni* figured Fncoides biloba from the Clinton.
This is now called Cruziana bilobata. In the same volume he
described the "Cock-tail" Grit as characterized by several
peculiar forms of "fucoids," calling them "curtain" and
" retort" fucoids. These species are now placed in the genus
Spirophyton or Taomirus. Fncoides grapiiica, a very proble-
matic organism, is also described. Of it Vanuxem says, that
"as yet the real nature of these bodies is doubtful, and they
are, therefore, classed as fucoids." (p. 173.)

Several species of the genus were described by Hall in 1843.T
Of these /•". aicriformis (p. 47), and F. heterophyllns (p. 47),
from the Medina, are of inorganic origin, and should be
expunged from lists of fossils. Fncoides gracilis, later on
referred to the genus Buthotrephis, was described on page 69.
It is probably referable to Chondrites. Fncoides verticalis
(p. 242) is a worm burrow, and is now referred to the genus
Scolithus. In 1844, Emmons+ described as new /-'ncoides
flexuosa and /•". rigida. Both of these are worm burrows,
probably forms of the same. He also figured on plate five
/'". simplex, which is now recognized as a graptolite. The
following year (1845) Pomel|| described two species under the
names of Fncoides beatimontianus and dnfrenoyi, both of which
are, as far as descriptions indicate, of vegetable origin. I do
not know in what genus they are now placed. In 1847,
Prof. James HallS referred F. rigida and F.fiexnosa to a new
genus with a query, under the name of Bnthotrephis fiexuosa,
considering the former species a synonym (p. 263) ; while in
the following year (1848) McCoy* referred both the above
species of Emmons and F. antiquns Brong., from Norway, to
Chondrites. In 1851, Prof. James HalP''* figured and mentioned
luicoides duplex from the Potsdam. As there is no descrip-
tion, it is necessary to study the figure, and this would indi-
cate an approach to some species of Crnziana. It maybe this
species that is called by Chamberlinft Pakeophycns dnplex. In

■•'Geol. Sur. of New York, Rept. of the 3d Geol. Dist., 1S42, p. 79.

tGeol. Sur. of New York, Rept. of the 4th Geol. Dist., 1S43.

|The Taconic System. 1844.

IIBuU. Geol. Soc. France, 2d ser., t. ii, 1845, pp. 310-311.

^Pal. of New York, vol. i, 1847.

^Quart. Jour. Geol Soc. London, %'ol. iv, 1848, p. 224.

'-'Foster and Whitney Lake Superior Land District Kept., part 2, p. 226, pi. 23A.

ttGeol. of Wisconsin, vol. i, 1883, p. 126.

78 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

1852, Goeppert* described, under the name of Haliserites
desc/ienianus, a fossil which presents everj' appearance of
bein^ the same as Brongniart's Fucoides strictus.i In 1874,
Schimper+ placed Fucoides aniiquus as the type of the genus,
but it is difficult to understand how this can be so when this
species was not described until 1828, long after many other
forms had been described. This same refeience is made by
Roemer in i88o.||

In 1865, Oswald Heer§ mentioned the occurrence of three
species of Fucoides under the names of rigidus, procerus and
moescJiii. The last is the only one figured, and it is a very
problematical form, having something the shape of Billings's
genus Arthraria. It certainly is not congeneric with Fucoides
strictus. Finally, the last species we have found referred to
the genus is Fucoides rouaulti Lebsc. This was described in
i883,* but mentioned again in 1886.*^

In the preceding pages it has been the endeavor of the
author to present an accurate statement of the genus
Fucoides, and to give accurate bibliographic items regarding
the species referred to the genus at various times. Man}-
points have been left untouched which might have been elab-
orated ; and it is hoped that the few suggestions made may be
acceptable to the readers of the paper. In the course of the
preparation of this and the paper upon Sco/it/ius, a large
amount of material has been collected. It is the hope of the
author to present some of this to the public upon some
future occasion. He would feel greatly obliged if his readers
would call his attention to errors in the list of species given
below.

The following list gives the names of species that have
been described as Fucoides, with the authority and date and
the name which is recognized at the present time. It is very
probable that further study will materially change many of
the latter names. Some have been referred to many genera

'•'Novo. Acto. Acad. Caesar. Leopol. — Carol., vol. x.xii, supple., p. 1S5.

tSee note on a previous page,

tTraite de Pala:ontologie Vcgelale, vol. i, p. 442.

i|Leth:ca Pala-ozoici. Text. Erste Lief., vol. i, p. 132.

^Dle Urwelt der Schweiz, pp. 70, 100.

HCEuvres posthemes de Roiiault, 1883.

"■^'BuU. Geol. Soc. l-"rance. 3d scr., t. 14, 18S6, p. 794.

S/udies ill Prohleinatic Organisms.

79

and have experienced many changes. It will only be
possible to state accurately the proper name after an investi-
gation of the genera. If the principle of nomenclature,
which makes it necessary to use the first specific name be
followed, there will be many changes in this respect. The
list, therefore, as far as the second column goes, is provisional
merely. It is believed that the first column is very nearly
complete. As already stated, we have restricted the name
Fucoidcs to the single species strictus Br., 1822. The genus
Gigartinitcs is here used as a generic term for the first time,
Brongniart using it only in a sub-generic sense :

Aphlebia acuta.
Chondrites tequalis.
Delesserites agardhianus.
Arthrophycus alleghaniensis.
Gigartinites antiquus.
antiquus.
Sphterococcites arcuatus.
Inorganic.

Fucoides acutus, Germ, et Kaulf., 1831.
aequalis, Br., 1823.
agardhianus, Br., 1823.
alleghaniensis, Harlan, 1831.
antiquus, Br., 1828.

var. gracilior. His., 1837.
arcuatus, Lind., & Hut., 1837.
auriformis, Hall, 1843.
beaumontianus, Pomel, 1845.
bertrandi, Br., 1828.
biloba, Vanuxeni, 1842.
bohemicus, Sternb., 1825.
bollensis, Zilt, 1827.
brardii, Br., 1828.

var., Br., 1828.
brianteus, Villa,
brongniartii, Harlan, 1832.
brongniartii, Mantell, 1833.
cauda-galH, Conrad, 1838.
circinatus, Br., 1828.
crenatus, Gutb., 1835.
crispiforniis, Br., 1823.
crispus, Gutb., 1835.
cylindricus, Sternb., 1825.
deniissus, Conrad, 183S.
dentatus, Br., 1828.
dentatus, Gutb., 1835.
dichotonius, Reich, in litt. 1838.
difformis, Br., 1823.
digitatus, Br., 1828.
discophorus, Br., 1823.
dufrenoyi, Poniel, 1845.
duplex, Hall, 1851.

Delesserites bertrandi.
Cruziana bilobata.
Sargassites sternbergii.
Chondrites bollensis.
Caulerpites brardi.
Cupressites ullnianni.
Zoophycos villfE.
Arthrophycus alleghaniensis.
-i

Taonurus cauda-galli.
Licrophycus circinatus. ?
Aphlebia crenatiis.
Sph^erococcites crispiformis.
Aphlebia crispa.
Halymenites cylindricus.
Phytopsis tubulosa.
Diplograptus pristiniforniis.
Rhacophyllum flabellatuni.
Haliserites reichii.
Gigartinites difformis.
Zonarites digitatus.
Tympanophora discophora.
>

Cruziana duplex. ?.

8o

Cincinuali Society of Natural History.

Fuceides elegans, Rr., 1823.

eiicoelioides, Br., 182S.
filiciformis, Gutb., 1835.
filiforinis, Gutb., 1835.
filiforniis, Steing.
flabellaris, Br., 1823.
flexuosa, Emmons, 1844.
frumentarius (Sch.), Br., 1828.
furcatus, Br., 1823.

var. ? Br., 1828.
gazolanus, Br., 1823.
gracilis, Hall, 1S43.
granulatus (Schl.),Sternb., 1825.
graphica, Vanuxem, 1842.
harlani, Conrad, 1838.
hechingensis, Quenst.
heterophyllus. Hall, 1843.
hypnoides, Br., 1828.
imbricatus (Sternb ), Br., 182S.
intricatus, Br., 1823.
laiiiourouxii, Br., 1823.
linearis, Gutb., 1835.
? linearis, Hald., 1840.
lycopodioides, Br., 1828.
lyngbianus, Br., 1828.
moeschii, Heer, 1865
niultifidus, Br., 1828.
nilsonianus, Br., 1828.
obtusus, Br., 1823.
orbignianus, Br., 1823.
pectinatus, Br., 1828.
pennatulus, Br., 1823.
procerus, Heer, 1865.
radians, Gutb., 1835.
recurvus, Br., 1823.
retortus, Vanuxem, 1842.
rigidus, Elninions, 1844.
rigidus, Heer, 1865.
rouaultii, Lebsc, 1883.
selaginoides, Br., 1828.
serra, Br., 1828.

secalinus, P^aton, 1832. ? Mss.
septentrionalis, Br., 1828.
shepardi, Hitch., 1835.
sinij>lex, Ivuiinons, iS.}4.
spathulatus, Br., 1.S28.

Podocarpus sp.
Munsteri clavata.
Rhacophyllum filiciforme.
filiforme.

Zonarites flabellaris.
Chondrites flexuosa.
Caulerpites frumentarius.
Gigartinites furcatus.
Halynienites ramulosus.
Delesserites gazolanus.
Chondrites gracilis.
Phymatoderma liasicum.
>

Arthrophycus alleghaniensis.
Chondrites hechingensis.
Inorganic.

Caulerpites hypnoides.
Caulerpites nilsonianus.
Chondrites intricatus.
Delesserites lamourouxii.
Aphlebia linearis.
Scolithus linearis.
Caulerpites l3-copodioides.
Sargassites lyngbianus.

Zonarites multifidus.
Caulerpites nilsonianus.
Chondrites obtusus.
Caulerpites orbignianus.
Caulerpites pectinatus.
Pterophyllum preslanum.

Rhacophyllum adnascens.
Gigartinites recurvus.
Taonurus retortus.
Chondrites flexuosa.

Caulerpites selaginoides.
Graptolithus bryonoides.
Diplograptus secalinus.
Sargassites septentrionalis.
Scolithus shepardi.
Diplograptus secalinus.
Delesserites spathulatus.

S/i/cfics ill Problematic Oicaiiisiiis.

8i

Fucoides sternbergi, Br., 1828.
stockii, Br., 1828.
strictus, Br., 1822.
targionii, Br., 1828.
taxifonnis, Sternb., 1825.
tuberculatus, Br., 1828.
turbinatus, Br., 1823.
velum, Vanuxem, 1842.
verticalis. Hall, 1843.

Sargassites sternbergi.
Ilalymeiiites stockii.
Fucoides strictus.
Gigartinites targionii.
Cystoseirites taxiforniis.
Laminarites tuberculosus.
Tynipanophora turbinata.
Taonurus velum.
Scolithus verticalis.

82 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

REMARKS ON THE GENUS ARTHROPHYCUS, HALL.
By Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A., etc.

In studying the literature of what are designated as
" Problematic Organisms," several facts relative to nomencla-
ture have come to the attention of the writer, which seem
worthy of record. The one which will be referred to on the
present occasion, is the relation between Arthrophyctis harlani
and Harlania halli, both unquestionably applied to the same
fossil form. The position of the fossil in the zoological or
botanical scale will not be discussed here. It will be sufficient
to say that originally described as an alga, it has been gen-
erally placed in the vegetable kingdom. \^arious authors
have, however, contended that it is not a plant, but represents
the track of some animal form.

The first description of the fossil, although not accompanied
by any name, is accurate enough to enable one to recognize
it. It appears in the second edition of Amos Eaton's "Index
to the Geology of North America," (pp. 211-212), published
in 1820. In describing the red sandstone of the Niagara
River, now recognized as the Medina, he refers to some fossils
that had been considered to be the remains of plants; "but,"
says he, "on tracing several specimens to their natural ter-
minations, they appear to end like the terete posterior
extremity of the common earth-worm, or angling worm. *
^- '■■- After a very attentive review of thousands of these
petrefactions, I am convinced that their prototype was not any
species of plant with which I am acquainted ; and I am
inclined to refer them to the tribe of naked vermes, notwith-
standing they present arborescent, plant-like appearances.
I say naked, because there is not a particle of carbonate of
lime embraced in them. But they are perfect substitutions of

h'eniiD-ks oil Ihc Genus Art/irop/iycus, Hall. 83

sandstone, though much finer grained than the enclosing
rock. The)' are from one inch in diameter to the size of a
small goose quill. I have traced some of them ten or twelve
feet in a serpentine course, without finding a natural termina-
tion, and sometimes without discovering much difference in the
diameter. Their texture sometimes appears a little fibrous,
and often presents the appearance of concentric layers.
Though their natural form is terete, they are often much com-
pressed.

" They are not confined to the plane of ihe layers of the
enclosing rock, but often penetrate it obliquely. Several
branches originate from a thick stock in some specimens like
roots from the bottom of a stump."

In 1831, Richard Harlan described and illustrated'^- the
same fossil under the name of Fiicoides alleghaniensis. The
specimens came from one of the ridges of the Alleghany
Mountains, in Pennsylvania. They were very numerous, and
varied in size from two to five inches long, the largest being
y'o- inches thick. In the following year the same authort
described, from a sandstone in the western part of New York,
a second species under the name of Fiicoides brongniartii.
This is evidently the same form as that first described, but it
should not be confounded with F. brongiiiartii, of Mantell,
described from England, in 1833.+ This is without doubt a
vegetable organism, the present generic designation of which
I am unable to give.

In 1834, R. C. Taylorll reprinted Harlan's description of
Fiicoides alleghaniaisis, and discussed the graj'wacke group
of North America. He mentions the occurrence of the
species at various points in the Alleghany Mountains and
gives a figure of it. Several beds of rock contain the "plant;"
no casts of shells, " nor, indeed, any other organic body,
occur with these deposits."

^Description of an extinct species of fossil vegetable, of the family Fiicoides-
Jotir. Acad. Nat Sci., Phila., vol. vi, 1831. pp. 289-295.

tOn a new extinct fossil vegetable of the family Fiicoides. Monthlj' .'\ni. Jour.
Geol. & Nat. Sci., vol. i, Jan., 1S32, pp. 307-308.

J The Geology of the Southeast of England. London, 1833, pp. 95-96.

f A description of a fossil vegetable of the family F-ucoides, in the Transition
Rocks of North America, and some considerations of geology connected with it.
Loudon's Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. vii, 1S34. pp 27-32.

84 Citicinfiati Society of Natural History.

In 1835, Taylor published a second article,'^- in which he
described in detail the beds in which the fucoids occur. That
near Lewistown is especially noticed. The thickness of the
beds is estimated at 200 feet. He infers the existence of
numerous surfaces upon which vegetation grew, and believed
the rocks were formed in quiet water. No animal remains
had been discovered in them. A figure is given of F. brong-
niartii, together with that of an unnamed species. In 1836,
Harlan publishedt a long article, during the course of which
he referred to the two species of Fucoidcs described by him,
and pointed out the differences between them and Mantell's
species. He also noticed some remarks make by Hitchcock. t
in which a very different form was compared to /•'. bro)iffniartii.
In 1837, Conrad, II in discussing the "Organic remains of the
Red Sandstone," refers to the presence of various fucoids,
and on page i6<S records the presence of Fucoidcs brongniarlii
Harlan, and on page 171 F. alleghanicnsis. Both occur in the
red sandstone of Niagara Falls. In 1838, Conrad, in speaking
of the fucoids of the 3d Group of New^ York, says:S "The
organic remains consist chiefly of Fiicoides harlani nobis (/-".
brongniartii Harlan)." The mention here of Fucoidcs harlani
is the first instance of the use of that specific name. The
reason for the adoption of this new name does not appear.
It has ever since been known in literature as harlani.

In the following year (1839) the same writer," in discussing
the fucoids of New York, said, that while some naturalists
had paid very little regard to them, particular species were
"more absolutely limited to the respective rocks in which
they originated " than were the testacea. He referred then
to Fucoidcs harlani, as being "extremely abundant in the red

'■■On the geological position of certain beds which contain nnmerous fossil
marine plants of the I-'ainily Fucoides, discovered near Lewistown, Mifflin County,
Pennsylvania. Trans. Geol. Soc. Penn. vol. i, 1835, pp-S-iS-

tCritical notices of various organic remains hitherto discovered in North
America. Trans, (ieol. Soc. Penn., vol. i, 1S35, pp. 46-112.

{Report on the Geology, Botany and Zoology of Massachusetts. Amherst,
Mass.. 1833, p. 233.

Ilist Annual Report of the Geological survey of the ^d District of New York.
1st Ann. Kept. Geol. Sur. N. V., 1837, p. 167.

^Report of T. A. Conrad on the Palaiontological Department of the Survey.
2d Ann. Kept. Geol. Sur. N. V , 1S3H, p. 113.

liConrad, T. A. Second Annual Report of the Pakeontological Department of
the Survey. 3d Ann. Rept. Geol. Sur. N. V., iH39, pp. 60-61.

Retnarfcs on the Genus .Irthrop/iycus, Hall. 85

shales of Medina and Rochester, and in the equivalent sand-
stones and shales of Pennsylvania and \'irginia, and is more
generally known than any other species. It is absolutely
limited to this particular formation, serving to identify it in
every locality."

There are various other references to the species in the
reports of the New York survey, but they need not be men-
tioned here. The generic name, Art/irophycus, was given by
Hall in 1852.* Under the specific name, harlani, there are
given as synonyms Fiicoides alleghaiiiensis, I'\ brong7iiartii
Harlan, and F. harlatii Conrad. In this same year, 1852, H.
R. Goeppertt established a genus under the name of Harlaiiia,
giving as the specific name, halli, and as synonyms Fucoides
harlani Conrad, and h\ brongniartii, and F. alleghaniensis
Harlan.

The coincidence in date of publication of these two genera
has led to considerable diversity of opinion as to which one
should be used. Both volumes are dated 1852 on the title
page. In the introductory remarks to the Palaeontology of
New York, Prof. Hall says that the printing of the volume
was in progress in February, 1849, and about 120 pages were
printed before the work was stopped. " Except the last
fifteen pages," he says, "' the printing of this volume was com-
pleted in the early part of 1850; but the engraving had not
been finished to permit its appearance till 1852." As the
description of the genus appears on page four, and the fossil
is figured on Plate I, we seem justified in assuming the genus
was really in print before 1850, although the volume was not
published until 1852. That the volume was regarded as
printed in 1851 by Prof. Hall, is evidenced by the fact that
several references are made to it in part two of Foster and
Whitney's Report on the Lake Superior Land District, + the
d^ate of publication of which is December, 1851. On the
other hand, there is no reason for supposing that Goeppert's
paper appeared before 1852, or that any part of it was in print

"Pal. of New York, vol. ii, 1852, p. 4.

tFossile flora des Ubegangsgebirg-es. Novo. Acto. Acad. Caesar. Leopol.—
Carol., Siippl. vol. xxii, Breslau & Bonn, 1S52.
JSee pages 207, 219, 222, 223.

86 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

before that time. Roemer* states that Volume II of the
Palaeontology did not appear until 1853, and upon this ground
he gives Harlania the preference. He has been followed in
this by various authors, but, in our opinion, he is not justified
in so doing. We shall, therefore, consider Arthrophycus as
the proper generic designation.

There is also a question as to the specific name. If priority
has aught to do vi'ith the matter, as it certainly should have,
Harlan's name, alleghanicnsis, is the proper designation. It
was proposed and defined seven years previous to Conrad's
substitution of the name harlayii, and twenty-one j'ears before
Goeppert's halli. The name given by Harlan was not pre-
occupied in the genus FKCoides, and it was well defined and
illustrated. There seems absolutely no reason for the change
made by Conrad. It appears proper, therefore, to the writer
that the fossil form in question should bear the name
Arthrophycus allegh.vxiensis (Harlan), Hall.

'■'Roemer, Ferd. Lethaea palKozoica. Lief, i, Stuttgart, i.~So, p. 135. It is
rather to ungracious task to criticise, but attention should be called to several
serious errors in dates in this publication. For example, 1824 is given as the date for
DeKay's genus, Bilohites. It should be 1823. Riisophycus Hall, is given as 1825. It
should be 1852. Fucoides cauda-gaUi is given as Vanuxeni, 1842. The name was
used by Conrad in 1S38. Finally, under Harlania, we find in the synonomy
" Fucoides brongniartii Harlan, Phys. and Medic. Researches, 1827." It should be
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1831. Fucoides alleghaniensis should be 1831 instead of
1838. Fucoides har/ani, given as 1843, should be, as above pointed out, 183S. With
all these errors, we need not be surprised if there was a mistake in the date given
for the publication of volume two of the Pakeontology of New York.

Natural History Notes from North Caroliua. 87

NATURAL HISTORY NOTKS FROM NORTH
CAROLINA.

By A. G. Wetherby.

On the 28th day of April, i8cS6, the writer left Cincinnati,
and took up his residence at " Roandale Farm," Mitchell
Count}', North Carolina. The farm is located on what is
known as Big Rock Creek, a rapid mountain stream, which
drains the western slope of the great Roan, the monarch of
the Appalachians, and which lies in profile to the east for
several miles, as well as the eastern slope of the Unakas.
The plateau, from which these elevations rise, is bounded on
the north by Iron Mountain, which unites the north-western
slope of the Roan with Big Bald Mountain of the Unakas,
making a horseshoe-shaped curve in the course of the con-
nection. Thus, we live in a basin, having the Roan on the
east. Iron Mountain on the north and north-west, and the
Unakas on the west. The Roan reaches an elevation of 6,400
feet, Iron Mountain of" from 3,500 to 4,500 feet, and the
Unakas of from 4,000 to 5,500 feet. The plateau at Roandale
Farm has an average elevation of about 3,000 feet, and slopes
to the south, where the drainage is poured into Toe River.

To the geology, botany and general zoology of this highly
interesting region, I have given much of my spare time during
the last seven years, and I now propose to set out in this
paper a few of the results, which, I trust, may not be uninter-
esting to the readers of this Journal.

As might be expected from the elevation, our climate is that
of several degrees north, being at least as cool as the average
climate of Cincinnati, although our cold weather in Winter is
not so continuous, and in Summer the nights are always cool.

Indeed, no Summer climate can excel this for perfection of
rest and comfort. Grass, flowers and cultivated vegetables

88 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

remain thrifty and fresh all Summer. Noxious insects are
absolutely' unknown, and the water is perfect. No region
can excel this in either wild or cultivated fruits. We are,
however, in the very heart of the Appalachians, twenty-five
miles from a town of any size, the same distance from any
good market, ten miles from one railroad and fifteen from
another. If here are rest and quiet personified, so here is
isolation enthroned.

GEOLOGICAL FEATURKS.

The geology of this region is not well understood. In
several reports, made hy the geologists of the State and by
the General Government, the formations have been lumped
together as Laurentian and Huronian, but no thoroughly
detailed studies have been made. The rocks are granites and
syenitic granites, gneisses and gneissoid schists, talcose and
chloritic schists, with many intersections by at least two series
of dikes, some of these of enormous extent. The granitic
and syenitic rocks often carry a predominance of quartz, and
form sharp ridges. The gneisses and schists generally weather
off into rounded summits, with more gentle and fertile slopes.
Passing across the countrj', from south-east to north-west, we
should have a cross section of the region showing its general
geological structure. The Roan is made up of rocks which
have been called Laurentian, and they are much disturbed
and intersected by dikes of greenstone. They dip to the
south-east at a high angle, and the whole mountain is mono-
clinal in structure. Passing on across the plateau above
described, until we reach the foot of the eastern slope of the
Unakas, we come to an aggregation of talcose and chloritic
schists, gnei.sses and strata and .seams of quartz, which
series has been referred to the Huronian.

This group continues to occupy our section until we come
to the foot of Iron Mountain, on the north-west, where it
abuts, abruptly, and without any transition series, upon a
heavy bedded quartzyte, referred by the geologists who have
studied it, to the Potsdam. I intend in a future article to
furnish detailed sections, and to attempt to elucidate some
points in regard to the nomenclature of these rocks, which, I

Natural History Notes /ro>ii North Carolina. 89

think, needs revision. This whole region is a primitive forest,
except for the small and scattered mountain farms and the
cleared lands of the valley, and every foot of it teems with
features of interest to the geologist, botanist, ornithologist
and student of natural history generally. There are many
evidences, conclusive to my mind, of local glaciation. It
may be that this suggestion will be read with a smile by other
geological students of this region ; but they should carefully
examine my evidences before arriving at conclusions. This
region has proven to be as rich in archaeological treasures as
in those of nature herself, and we have made here a collection
of implements, embracing several thousand specimens, a large
number of which are undoubtedly palaeoltithic. This state-
ment, like the previous one, may seem to be so bold as to
destroy the merit of its originality, but we have the testi-
mony in the implements themselves. It is a fact well known
to the students of American malacology, that this region has,
within the last few years, furnished a very large number of
new forms of land shells, which have been erected into species
by the book-makers. To this series we have recently con-
tributed three others, one of which has been described by
Pilsbry in the A'aiitilus for May, 1893, ^s Triodopsis subpalliata,
and two of which, Zoniies, will be published later. We have
given some attention to the entomolog}' of this locality, and
find it of surpassing interest. The specimens collected have,
however, mostly been sent to Mr. Charles Dury, the eminent
entomologist of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History,
and whatever may be of special interest concerning them is
left in his hands.

We have recently been making some collections of the
mammals of this region, and have found them very interest-
ing, not only from the standpoint of geographical distribu-
tion, but because of the species themselves. We became
interested in them as the result of a visit to Dr. C. Hart
Merriam, Chief of the Bureau of Ornithology and Mammalogy
of the Department of Agriculture. This eminent student of
the North American Mammalia has the rare faculty of inter-
esting all who come in contact with him, by virtue of his
industry, his enthusiasm, his kind and gentle manner, and
more especially by his profound knowledge of the subject.

90 Cincinnati Society of Natunxl History.

In him the Government certainly has an energetic, critical
and thoroughly-informed specialist, whose only object is to
reach facts. Acting upon Dr. Merriam's suggestion, we have
succeeded in capturing the list of mammals which will be
enumerated further along, and have made the accompanying
notes as to their habits, etc. To the ornithology of the
country about us we have given considerable study, and
such notes as we have made will be contributed if any future
paper is written. I now propose to take up these subjects,
seriatim, and will begin with the land mollusks, for the reason
that I have .studied them more closely than any other of our
varied fauna.

And here it seems to me to be eminently fitting that some-
thing should be written in relation to the present mania for
.species-making. All careful students of our North American
shells know, whether the series examined be land, fresh water
or marine, that we have an infinite number of varietal forms,
connecting links, as it were, serving to show the processes and
progress of variation. In the case of the Unionidte, there
are certain forms, which may be taken as the types of .series,
so united by the closest relationship of external characters,
that in many instances half a score or more of described
"species" must fall into synonomy. These are not isolated
cases, but they are the rule. Should these forms be treated
as a philosophical handling of the subject demands, the so-
called "species" would be reduced more than one-half!
This is a fact, about which there is no question in the mind of
any student of these shells, who seeks truth, and not the mere
adding of species to his collection. There is no need of any
more species in cabinets than exist in nature. A shell labeled
with a specific name, under a definition that cuts off both
ends of its relationship, is nothing but an isolation. A
shell so labeled and arranged as to exhibit its relationship to
the other forms with which it is grouped, is a very difl"erent
thing; it is a land-mark, a part of a system, a guide, a revela-
tion. Why, then, should the profound uses of such forms be
wrapped up in the mantle of specific designation, on the vain
supposition that publishing and describing these forms under
titles of limitation will add anything to science or to the
reputation of the writer? The thing most nece.ssary now in

Natural History Notes from North Carolina. 91

the study of zoology is to eradicate. That is the way to
systematize. The " systematic zoologists " should understand
that the way to systematize is to weed out. What vain labor
is it to waste time in the definition of " new species," when
there is no agreement possible as to what the limit of specific
rank is. Each puts his own interpretation upon the record
of nature. As no agreement has been reached, and none
ever will be reached, why not leave this matter to adjust itself
in the orderly and comprehensive manner dictated and
designed by the life principle itself?

With hundreds of synonyms already burdening the malaco
logical literature of our land, the blind men still dabble in the
small pool at their feet, all unmindful of the vast expanse
beyond them. Worse than all, a number of foreign writers,
who know next to nothing of the subject, if we are to judge
their learning by their crude utterances, are filling in their
"new species" and "varieties," followed complacently by the
writer's name, as though any American student of our shells
did not recognize that it is all twaddle, and a part of that pro-
found conchological investigation which originated mathe-
matical formulae for the number of stripes on a Hcli.x
nemoralis !

The proper treatment of this subject is that of Mr. Chas.
T. Simpson, whose late contribution (Notes on the Unionidse
of Florida and the South-Eastern States, Proceedings U. S.
National Museum, Vol. XV.) is by far the mo.^t careful,
philosophical and useful paper ever published relating to
these protean bivalves. Basing his paper upon a private collec-
tion of over seven hundred species, with great experience as a
field naturalist, with all the recent types of new species at his
command, and with the unequaled collection of the National
Museum before him, this gentleman has given us a treatise
that should be carefully studied by all students of our
mollusks, and might, with great profit and advantage, be
studied by all the systematic zoologists of the world. The
time is coming when describing fragments of fossils as species,
and piling up endless generic definitions on casts and molds
of extinct animals, will cease to be regarded as in any way a
useful contribution to science. As the earth's races have
gone forward in development, or have passed off the stage,

92 Cinciiinaii Society of Natural Histoi y.

the victims of the inevitable fiat of progress, or have yielded
to the changing environments of the ages, their record is the
same as that of those in existence. The fore front of modern
investigation should march in this line, and those who prefer
to belittle the whole manner of the past and present working
of this grand harmony of natural law, should be left to play
at scientific study with those who prefer such methods. The
true naturalist can not afford it.

NOTES ON THE LAND SHELLS OF RO.\N MOUNTAIN AND

VICINITY.

1. Mesodon albolabris, Ssiy. This species occurs here, with
the others of this group. It has its typical form, but there
occur varieties uniting it with the following.

2. Mesodon major, Binney. I long considered this form to
be a distinct species. The late Thos. Bland, the highest
American authority on our land shells, regarded it as a variety
of the above. There are forms of a nature to puzzle the
naturalist, uniting this and the following.

3. Mesodox a>idreu'si, W. G. Binney. This form occurs at
all elevations, from the plateau to the summit of Roan, and
exhibits, as might be inferred, very great varietal differences.
Individuals from the foot of the mountain are larger, heavier
and more uniform in color, the shells being of a greenish
white. Those from the top are thinner, smaller and often
very dark smoke color — very beautiful shells.

4. Mesodon e.xoletus, Binney. This species occurs some-
what sparingly, some of the forms being typical and others
without the parietal tooth. Having collected and carefully
prepared several hundred specimens of the four species above
enumerated, I am prepared to say and to show, that while
types of each species as described may be selected, it is not
difficult to so arrange the whole series, by intergrading varie-
ties, as to leave the question of specific distinctness in doubt,
so far as the shells are concerned. The comparative anatomist
might find slight differences in the animals, but this is what
should be expected. There is no collection of individuals of
any species that does not carry with it forms stamped with
the law of variation, which is as persistent and as self-asserting

Natural ffistorv Notes fro^ti North Carolina. 93

as is life itself. Tliis subject may be discussed in detail liere-
after should the occasion demand.

5. Mesodon thyroidcs, vSay. This species is rare here. The
specimens are in every way normal, so far as I have collected
them.

6. Mesodon -a'/icaf/eyi, Bland. This rare shell has the same
distribution as number three. In the lower part of its range,
the shell is larger and heavier, but as we approach the summits
of the mountains it becomes thinner and lighter, as well as
smaller. It seems to prefer hiding away in crevices of the
rocks, and it is hard to find except during rainy weather.

7. Mesodoji profundus, Say. This species occurs here in
fair numbers, presenting the same varieties that are familiar
to Cincinnati collectors, but of rather smaller size than the
Ohio and western shells.

8. Mesodon diodonta. Say. This species occurs sparingly,
and seems to have its vertical limit with tliyroidcs and pro-
fundus, at about 4,500 feet. At least this is as high as we

have collected it. The shells differ in no respect from other
Appalachian examples of the species from the north and east.

9. Mesodon zvetherbyi, Bland. Shells, which have been
referred to this species, have been collected here by us, and
were taken by myself and students in 1881. In ray Notes on
American Land Shells, published in this Journal for that
year, I fully discussed the differences between this form and
the typical ivetherhyi, and suggested its relationship to
Triodopsis.

Recently {The Nautilus^ May, 1893,), the eminent Con-
servator of Mollusca at the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences,
H. A. Pilsbry, has, after quoting in full any remarks above
referred to, described the present form as Triodopsis suhpalliata.
Upon a careful comparison, recently, with the types of
Mesodjio wetherbyi, I am inclined to believe that if we are to
make species of these connecting links, this is as distinct as
any of them, though in a series representing all the varieties
of dentifera, appressa, palliata and the present form, it might
be very difficult to say which are " species " and which are not.

94 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

FOSSIL FUNGI.

Translated from the French of R. Ferry, with remarks.

Bv Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A., etc.

The tenth volume of Saccardo's Sylloge Fungorion Omnium
contain.s a long li.st of fos.sils that have been described as
fungi at various times. The list includes about 330 species
distributed among forty-one genera. The author, Dr. Aloysio
Meschinelli, prefaces the list with some remarks in Latin, a
transcript of which, with .some additional remarks, is pub-
lished by M. F'erry.''' As Dr. Meschinelli's work and that of
M. Ferry are in volumes, which the paleontologist is not
likely to con.sult, it has been thought that a reproduction of
.the latter's remarks would not be without its value. A few
papers, to which neither Meschinelli nor Ferry have referred,
will be mentioned at the conclusion of this translation. M.
Ferry's remarks are as follows :

" Fungi begin to appear in the Carboniferous epoch, but
they are very rare in this formation and those immediately .suc-
ceeding; it is not until the Tertiary is reached that they are
lound numerous and varied ; the species of the Tertiary alone
greatly exceed in number those of all of the preceding ages.
Tho.se of the Quaternary epoch, although not very numerous,
are of a higher rank and a more complex structure. But it is
not until our own time that they attain the height of their
development.

" The author inquires into the reason for this progressive
march. Fungi live by the destruction of other beings. All
the cau.ses, therefore, that hasten and facilitate decomposition
of these should aid in the development of fungi.

Ktvue MycoIogi<|ue, April, 1893, pp. 54-.16.

/'ossil Fungi. 95

" Amon^ these causes, we have placed in the front rank
variations of temperature and the hygronietric state of the
air. Apparently, at the time of the Carboniferous epoch, these
conditions were but little favorable ; the heat and the humid-
ity were spread alike over all the surface of the earth ; the
seasons had no existence. It was not until the beginning of
the Tertiary epoch that these became apparent and were
clearly distinguished ; it was only then that the alterations
produced in atmospheric conditions can be compared with
those that are exhibited at the present time.

"The paucity of fossil fungi relative to the other vegeta-
tion is explained by their soft, fleshy structure, which is but
little .liable to become petrified, and soon becomes destroyed
without leaving a vestige.

"Of the crowd of fleshy fungi that exist to-day, very few
are known in a fossil .state ; and yet of the former exi.stence
of many of them, we have proof in the remains of insects
that live upon fleshy fungi to the exclusion of all other
substances.

" It is for the same reason that the greater part of fossil
fungi are those known as epiphyllous species.

" Their bad state of preservation, the impossibilit)^ of sub-
mitting them to a microscopic examination, allow a doubt to
be cast upon the species and frequently on the genus. One
can only determine them by their external form. Even for
the epiphyllous species the characters that one finds are
reduced to a small number; the general form, the margin, the
number of papillae, the umbilicus, or the central monticule,
the ostiolum, the furrow, the longitudinal cleft, the surround-
ing crown, the color of the perithecia, their mutual arrange-
ment, their situation on the upper or the lower surface of the
leaves, such are the external characters that one finds for
verification, little fit to characterize the species; at the most,
suitable for the genera or the orders.

" It has thus become necessary to limit one's self by connect-
ing with the genus Sphcerites [for example], different genera
of Sph(£tiacea\ the same with the genus Xylomiies, the differ-
ent genera of the family Ustaliginca.

"For these reasons the author has added to the names of
the fossil fungi the final syllable itcs, for the purpose of dis-

96 Cincuiuali Society of Natural History.

tinguishing them from those still living, to which they are
related, but with which they do not entirely assimilate.

" In consequence of the incomplete descriptions, the imper-
fect figures, the author has not devoted himself, as he would
like to have done, to the work of revision of species ; he has
set himself to gather all that seem to him worthy of note,
thinking that such information will serve for the study and
comparison of species that may afterward be discovered.

"The genera oi Hymcnoviycetes are A^aricites, Le7izitites,
Po/yporites, Dcedaleites, Tranietites^ Hydnites, and the names
indicate the relationship to living genera ; as for the genus
Archagaricon Hancock and Atthey, it has no living analogue,
but it shows frequeut orbicular conceptacles ; it is also char-
acterized by the branches of the filaments (hyphce) terminat-
ing here and there in vesicular swellings; the existence also
of spherical bodies considered as spores. The five species
that form the genus are found in the coal schists of Northum-
berland, England. The Phycomycetes are represented by the
genera Peronosporites and Protoniycites, both these also found
in the coal ; the Hypodcrmcce by the genera Puccinites [P/ic-
lonites] ^PLcidites ; the Pyrenomycetes by the genera \^Euro-
tites] Rosellinites, Lcptosphcerites, Trematosphivritcs, Sp/iaritcs,
Polystigf)iites, Dolhidiies, Hysicritcs ; the Discomycclcs by the
genera Peziziies, Ccnangitcs, Phacidites, Stcgites, Rhytisinites :
the SpJueropsida: by the genera Depazitcs, Excipulites. The Hy-
phomycctes so fragile and so fugacious have been preserved in
the amber of the Baltic Sea and Arctic Ocean, and this has
permitted us to have a knowledge of the delicate details of
their organization ; it is thus that we have in a fossil form
the analogues of our Oidium, PcniciUiiini, Streptothrix, Brachy-
cladium, and even in the bodies of insects Botrytis tcncUa and
SporotrUhum densum. We have also found mycelia analagous
to Xyloma, Rhizomorpha, Sclerotium and the productions analo-
gous to Erineums^ and due, without doubt, as in those now
living, to stings of insects.

"To this long enumeration of fossil fungi, given by Dr.
Meschinelli, we may be permitted to add another. Bacillus
ainylobacler. M. Van Tieghem has found this bacterium, with
its special forms, in thin slices of silicified wood from the coal
terrane of St. Etienne. Thus, this species has existed with-

Fossil Fungi. 97

out variation through the long period that separates the
present epoch from that ancient time.'^

"There are likewise some species of bacteria which, he
thinks, should be admitted as existing contemporaneously
with the most ancient vegetation. They are the ones that
produce in the soil chemical changes necessary for the nutri-
tion of plants.

"Such is the bacterium of nitrification, of Schloesing and
Miintz, that transforms ammoniacal salts into nitrates, and
thus gives to vegetation nitrogen in a form that permits of its
assimilation. The importance of this has been demonstrated
by the experiments of Duclaux ; he has proved that when
seeds of plants are grown in a soil deprived of bacteria, there
are obtained slender, wretched specimens, as feeble as those
that had been grown in pure water. "t

[Several other papers describing fossil fungi, have been
overlooked by Dr. Meschinelli, besides those mentioned above
by M. Ferry. One of these was by Prof. P. Martin Duncan,
in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. t In this
paper attention is called to certain canals occurring in recent
corals, to which the name of Achlya penetrans is given. Studies
made of corals from the Silurian and Tertiary formations,
showed the presence of similar or identical canals. The
modern coral parasite is regarded as the descendant, with
little or no modification, of the early fossil form.

In 1879 a paper was read by Messrs. Cash and Hick before
the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society, and was
publishedintheirTransactions.il In this paper were described
some fungoid bodies found in the stems of ferns. Many
hyphae were present, and these were observed to be constricted

*Van Tieghera. Siir le ferment butyrique {Bacillus amylobaclen a Vepoque de la
hoiiille. I'Comp. rend, des Sci. de 1' ac. des Sci., 1879, vol. Ixx.xix, p. H02. M. Mi'iUer,
without going so far back, has found the filaments o( Lepto/hrix buccalis in the
tartar of the teeth of Egyptian mumniies. \Der einjtuss cier micro-or ganismen
ail/ die Carie dry Zahiic. Archiv. fur experim. Palhotogie, vol. xiv, 1882.

" fDuclaux. Sur la germination dans itn sol riche en matieres organique, 011
exempt des microbes. Comp. rend, de I'Acad. des Sci., vol. c, 1886, p. 68."

XOn some thallophytes parasitic within recent Madreporaiia. Proc. Roy. Soc.
London, vol. xxv, 1866, pp. 17-18, 238-257.

||Vol. vii, 1879, pp. 113-121. Also noticed in Science Gossip, vol. xvi, I^ondon,
1880, p. 67.

98 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

at certain points, giving them a moniliform appearance.
Certain round bodies found associated were supposed to be
oospores, and the fungus itself was supposed to be related to
the PeronosporciC. Other specimens, consisting mainly of large
numbers of spore-like bodies, were thought to be allied to
Myxomycetes. Their size and appearance agreed "almost
exactly" with that of existing species.

Still a third paper, of a more recent date, is by Prof. R.
Pvtheridge.* In this a new genus is established for the recep-
tion of a species of fungus found in specimens of Stenopora
crenita, under the name of Faheoperone, the specific name being
endophytica. The species is regarded as belonging to the
Saprolegniaceae T.]

Still more recently, Mr. H. Herzer has publishedr a de-
scription of what he calls a fungus from the Coal Measures of
Ohio, under the name of Incoloria sectiriformis. The specimen
was found beneath the bark of a species of Sigillaria. It is
of quite an anomalous character, and its true relations can
not be ascertained from the published figure and description.

*On the occurrence of microscopic fungi, allied to the genus Pahrachya.
Duncan, in the Permo-Carboniferous Rocks of New South Wales and Queensland.
Geol. Sur. N S. Wales, vol ii, Sydney, 1891, pp. 95-99, pi. i.

fAni. Geologist, vol. xi, June, 1893, pp. 365-366.

A Curious /■'e/f-Zifce Jl/ass of l-'ur from an .liij^rofa Cat. 99

REMARKS ON A CURIOUS FELT-LIKE MASS OF
FUR FROM AN ANGORA CAT.

By Chas. a. Parke.

A short time ago I handed Dr. Langdon a thick mat of fur,
about the size of an old-time plaster, and explained that it
had been cast by my Angora Tom Cat. At the following
meeting of the Natural History Society, I was severely cate-
chised by the members regarding the peculiarities of this
breed of cats. The principal of these are the long hair — in
some cases three or four inches long — parting down the
middle of the back and falling on either side and the bushy
tail, the animal resembling a raccoon more than a common
house cat. The mat of fur is shed by the male only, and this
occurs in the Spring. It is pushed off by the new hair grow-
ing under it, and becomes about three-quarters of an inch
thick, and if let alone would be as large as the whole exterior
surface of the animal, except the under part ; but it is cut off
to relieve him.

I was unable to give any facts of a scientific nature, but
gave a short history of this particular family of cats. In the
Winter of 1839-40, Madam Von Biirenstein, a German lady,
was traveling in this country, and visited New Harmony, it
being then a place of interest on account of having recently
been the seat of the Rappite and Owen communities. She
carried with her, as pets, a pair of these so-called African cats,
to which she must have been much attached. She carried
them about the country in those ante-railroad days, when
traveling was done principally by stage coach. She found
them too much trouble, however, and left them at New
Harmony. From this pair have sprung the present stock
that are there, and all that I have ever seen or heard of have
been traceable to these. The original pair are described by
old citizens as being jet black, and about twice* the size of

loo Ciuiinuati Society of Natural History.

ordinary cats, their long fur and meteoric tails spreading
terror among the rest of the feline species, and even putting
most of the dogs to flight. The male lived to be sixteen
years old.

They are called " African," but that is probably a misnomer,
as I learn that the long-haired cats spring from Syria, and are
called after the city of Angora. It seems that Syria and
Persia are noted for imparting the long, soft hair to many
common animals which are bred there — sheep, goats, dogs,
rabbits, etc. The fact of the pair in question being black I
can not explain, except on the supposition that they were
mixed. The long hair would tend to prove their Syrian origin.

The Histology of the Stem of Pontedetia cor data, L.

THE HISTOLOGY OF THE STEM OF PONTEDERIA
CORDATA, L.

Bv E. M. Wilcox, Columbus, O.

The histology of aquatic monocotyls has received the atten-
tion of few workers. Perhaps the most important contribu-
tion to this subject is by J. Duval-Jouve : " Diaphragmes
vasculiferes des Monocotyledones Aquatiques," in Memoires
de I'Academie de Montpellier, 1873, T. viii, pp. 157-176.
Taf. vii. This article is reviewed in Botanischer Jahresbericht,
erster Jalirg., 1873, pp. 195-7. Reference was also made to
Meyen's Phytotomie, containing a discussion of this subject,
to which, however, I have not had access.

Pontederia cordata, L., is an aquatic plant with thick root-
stocks, producing erect, long petioled sagitate heart-shaped
leaves, and a one-leafed stem bearing a dense spike of
ephemeral blue flowers. The plant is widely distributed,
extending from Canada to Florida, and west to Texas and
Mexico, not usually abundant in any one place. It is often
seen forming a beautiful blue and green covering for a slow
flowing stream.

I have recently had opportunity, in the Botanical Labora-
tory of the Ohio State University, to devote some time to an
examination of the stem of this plant. The most interesting
points in its histology are briefly given below.

The diaphragms or transverse walls (Fig. i), dividing the
continuous air cavities into many chambers, consist of polyg-
onal cells with a triangular (seldom rectangular) intercellular
cavity (Fig. i, B.) at each angle. These cells contain from
ten to twenty chlorophyll grains. These diaphragins entirely *
cover one of the air spaces in the stem, but do not, as a gen-

I02 Cincinnati Society of Natiiral History.

eral rule, reach across the larger central cavity They proba-
bly serve two purposes : first, to allow the passage of air, and
second, to act — as suggested by J. Duval Jouve — as supports
for the fibro vascular bundles. In a few of the cross sections

made, the diaphragm was for a distance composed of a single
layer of cells, and the remaining portion was divided into two
parts or layers. In this manner a cavity was formed with
convex boundaries.

There are in the transverse membranes several cells pro-
jecting upward and downward, containing raphides (Fig. i,
A). Along with these are cells, containing a secretion, having
a reddish color. The.'-e are about the same size as the sur-
rounding cells, but they are round. In the membrane or
diaphragm there are several lanced-shaped crystals that have
broken out of the cells once containing them, and appear as
long rods piercing the tissue.

The closed fibro-vascular bundles (Fig. 2), surrounded by
one or two layers of parenchymous cells, have a very definite
and similar shape. The position of the constituent cells in
regard to each other, is quite regular in the different bundles.
In cross section (Fig. 2) they are about twice as long as broad,
with the bast tissue at each end extending toward " peculiar

The J/isio/oji^Y of the Stem of I'otilederia cordata. I..

•03

Starch cells" on each side of the bundle. Within the bast is
the woody tissue, with a few rather large spiral vessels in the
center.

Fig. II.

At each side of the bundle, midway from the ends, there
are from one to three specialized cells, containing a few starch
grains {Fig. 2, A). These cells are roundish, parenchymous

Fis:. III.

I04 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

cells, in which this plant stores up its starch. In the longitu-
dinal section (Fig. 3), through the bundle, the starch cells
(Fig. 3) are seen on both sides, and along the whole length of
the bundle. Thus, here we see that starch is stored up in
specialized cells — cells with a definite position in regard to
some other fixed organ.

"Ux.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

Fig. I. — A portion of a diaphragm very highly magnified,
showing the polygonal cells, and at B the inter-cellular spaces.
A. Is a cell containing raphides.

Fig. II. — Cross section of a fibro-vascular bundle, sur-
rounded by the parenchymous tissue. A. Specialized starch
cells, containing a few grains.

Fig. III. — Longitudinal section through a fibro-vascular
bundle. A. Specialized starch cells each side of the bundle.
The bundle itself is purpo.sely omitted.

Fig. I\\ — Longitudinal section, showing attachment of
diaphragm to the other parenchj-mous tissue. The cell
marked A contained chlorophyll grains.

Biirroivs of the Aincrican Marinoi. 105

INVEvSTIGATIONS OF THE BURROWS OF THE
AMERICAN MARMOT.- (Arctomys monax.)

By William Hubbell Fisher, Cincinnati, Ohio, U. S. A.

I. NARRATIVE AND DESCRIPTION.

It was in the Summer of 1889 that I liad become interested
in the American Marmot. This animal is commonly known
as the ground hog, or woodchuck.

I suggested to the farmers that I had some intention of
unearthing a woodchuck in his hole. Some informed me that
I could not find him, if I did dig, because the animal would
dig faster than I could, and would escape. I inquired :
Where did the woodchucks die? To this question I got no
satisfactory answer. One man told me that if a woodchuck
died in his hole, no other woodchuck would ever inhabit it.

As to what the woodchuck did above ground, all were a
unit. They also agreed that he was good for food ; made a
nice dish when properly cooked and served ; should be drawn
immediately after death, and be thoroughly washed to avoid
an odor and taste which otherwise would permeate the flesh ;
that he ate vegetable food ; that he was a desperate fighter ;
that in that county, viz : Eewis County, New York, he went
into his hole about the time frost began to come in the Fall,
and stayed there until the snows had disappeared in the
Spring ; that he was very fat and plump in the Fall and thin
•when he reappeared in the Spring ; that the young born
under ground came forth in the Spring and rapidly grew to
maturity ; that the coat of hair was poor in Summer and
good in Fall.

"Copyrighted 1893.

To6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

I may here remark that the price paid for these pelts is
small.

I decided that I would investigate their burrows, and gather
as much information about their underground life as possible.

I, therefore, prepared for action. I provided myself with
memorandum paper and pencil and a pocket tape line. My
photographic apparatus stood ready. The assistance of our
gardener, Joe, was promised when needed.

I started out to make a preliminary survey. To tell you
the truth, I was very anxious to find a burrow in which a
woodchuck was known to live. Given two holes, one in
which a woodchuck was known to be and one in which it was
uncertain whether I would find him, and the instinct of curi-
osity and of the hunter so far predominated as to lead me to
decide to inve.stigate where the living plunder was to be had.

One afternoon, the farmer, while ploughing over a field,
high and level, in which corn had been raised, and from which
the plough-share threw up the nests of jumping mice,
informed me that a woodchuck had a few minutes previous
gone down into a hole by a stump, standing far out in the
field. I summoned our faithful Joe, and each of us, armed
with a shovel, proceeded to the stump. Here we began to dig,
following down the hole. The latter ran under the .stump,
ramified a little, and then ran horizontally some two feet below
the surface for about five feet, and then descended rapidly
nearly two feet more in an additional length of some three
and a half feet. Not a sign did we see of our much sought
for woodchuck.

During the excavation, we expected that every new spade-
ful thrown up would lay bare our much-sought-for treasure,
but it did not. Where that marmot had gone was an inex-
plicable mystery. We confronted the farmer and told him
that his eyes must have deceived him. He laughed and
stoutly affirmed he saw the woodchuck go into the hole, and
was satisfied he had not come out. As it was near supper
time, we gave up the unequal search, and, like a hunting dog
foiled in his trail, went slowly home, with our spades in hand,
wondering what had become of that woodchuck.

The next day, as digging marmot holes was now my busi-
ness, I repaired to the open ditch we had yesterday dug and

BurroK's of the American A/ar)iiot. 107

had not filled. Lo, to my surprise, I found at the side of the
ditch and on a level with the passage, which was about two
feet below the surface, a new hole. Aha ! Here it was the
chuck had hidden. But how was it that we saw no traces of
this hole when digging? When we left the ditch, the place
where this hole was, was a part of one continuous wall of
sand, without break or check to indicate that any hole was
here. Subsequent investigations cleared up the mystery.

Before pursuing the specific descriptions of excavations
which I have made, let us pause to keep in mind, as this
address proceeds, certain questions which have presented
themselves. First : To what extent does the marmot or
marmots, in digging out the burrow, carry the loose dirt to
the entrance on the outside of the entrance? How many
entrances has a burrow ? Do the marmots have special stop-
ping places in their burrows? Are nests or lairs there pres-
ent? Do they dig and use only those burrows in which they
finally winter, or hibernate at the close of the Summer and
the coming of frost? Do they select any special descriptions
of soil? If there be any descriptions of burrows employed
especially for hibernation, what are they?

The excavation of a given burrow is lettered, and the
letters follow in the order of time these excavations were
respectively made.

EXCAVATION A.

This burrow was located in high, level, sandy, grassy soil.
To the north of it, a few rods distant, lay a deep valley. To
the south of it a few rods lay somewhat higher land, terminat-
ing in a woodland. Each end of the runway terminated in an
opening at the surface, and each of these openings appeared
to be indiscriminately used for entrance to the runway and
exit therefrom. These openings were large and of ovular
form. The western opening was twenty-two inches long, the
eastern one seventeen inches in length. On the inner or east
edge of the western opening, sand, evidently taken from the
hole, was piled. No pile of sand was present on the west
edge. On both the east and west edges of the entrance B
piles of sand were present. Why this difference existed, I do

io8 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

not know. It may have occurred either from accident or
design. The vvoodchuck is supposed to dig with his head
toward the part he is to excavate. But, as we shall see, he is
capable, after located in his hole or runway or a part of it, of
facing toward the moulh of the hole, and forcing up the dirt
from around him and placing it in front of him. Possibly,
the marmot, in digging the east entrance, viz.: at B, dug part
of the time with his face toward the east edge of the hole,
and part of the time with his face toward the west edge
thereof. Sand thus thrown out would be then lodged at both
edges, as I found it.

As is natural with almost any class of diggers, that portion
of the runway at each entrance, which continued farther in
there served as the roof, is more perpendicular than that por-
tion which continued on as the floor or bottom of the way.
The runways rapidly narrow in both diameters, and as they
reach that portion of the way which is substantiall}- hori-
zontal, they are of a size to allow an adult marmot to readily
pass through. No arrangements appear to be made for two
marmots happening in one runway, either by accident or
design, and coming toward the center from the opposite
entrances to pass, unless the part now to be described is
utilized for such purpose.

The runway runs from entrance A, east by north, for forty-
three inches to a ; thence runs north-east by east for thirty-
one inches, and then turning at an angle runs east by south
for twenty-two inches to C, whence it resumes the general
direction of east by north. It is interesting to note how
straight the general direction of the runway is, and how the
general direction, east by north, is resumed after passing
point C, and continued in substantial alignment with the
part A to a.

The point in the way, which is deepest below the surface,
is at C, viz. : thirty- one inches. At the ])oint B. the highest
and consequently the driest point in the bottom of the run-
way, is an offset recess, probably serving the purpose of a lair
or nest in connection with the runway, the lair proper, exclu-
sive of the runway, being only six inches deep. The entire
length of the runway (exclusive of lair) is fourteen feet,
eleven inches.

/!iirro7rs of' the American Manual. 109

EXCAVATION H.

Excavation B was located not far from excavation A, in
similar soil, on the same elevation as A, but somewhat sloping
at its southern end. The burrow was provided with three
entrances, hole No. i to the north ; hole No. 2, five feet and a
half in an air line from No. i ; and hole No. 3, still farther to
the south, and distant from hole No. 2 in a direct line eight
feet. The distance between holes Nos. i and 3, in a straight
line, was thirteen feet and nine inches. Hole No. i was out
in the meadow and so was hole 3, but entrance No. 2 was
under an old stump, overshadowed by an elder bush and
surrounded b3' raspberry bushes. It will be observed from
hole No. I that the runway extends forty-five and a half
inches to A, then turns and runs south of south-east thirty-
three inches to B, and then, in an almost straight line thirty-
seven inches, proceeds to C. From hole No. 2 a runway
extends north-east in an almost straight north-east line to B,
a distance of seven feet, two inches, where it intersects the
first runway. From hole No. 3 a runway extends a little
west of north for six feet, eleven inches, and then in a north-
erly direction, but a little more to the west, for three feet and
one inch to D, where it intersects the runway from entrance
No. 2 to B. As to depth, the runway, from entrance No. i to
the point C, was a continual descent, the point C being of a
remarkable and uncommon depth, to-wit : forty-seven inches.
At B it was a not unusual depth, viz.: thirty-seven inches.
The runway from B to D continues about on the same level,
and so does the runway from D to rear entrance three, but as
the surface of the ground descends the runway gets nearer to
the surface. At N, some thirty inches from entrance No. 3,
occurs a nest or lair.

Three points of added interest, deducible from a comparison
of this excavation with excavation A, are : First. The run-
way, from entrance No. i to C, continually descends till it
reaches the depth of forty-seven inches. Second. The farther
end C of the picket or blind runway, from B to C, is such that
if moisture enters the runway, this point C would be- the
wettest. On the other hand, it would be the warmest for
hibernation. Third. The lair or nest does not occur at the

1 lo Citicinnati Society of Xatural History.

middle of the runway, nor near the intersection of two
branches, but lies near one of the entrances.

An interesting query rises : At what point did the marmot
begin his excavation of this burrow? I opine he began at the
old stump, entrance No. 2.

EXCAVATION C.

With excavation C the locality changes. We are now
transported over one-half mile distant from the burrows A
and B. The burrow C lies on the edge of a beaver meadow,
where the ground is low, and in rain}^ seasons quite wet. It
lies at the foot of a range of hills located to the east, and
from their inclined western face the water descends into this
beaver meadow.

When I began excavating here, I expected, without doubt,
to find a marmot within, but failed to do so.

This burrow had three entrances. The northern-most one
A and the southern one B were in a line running nearly due
north. A surface track, made by marmots, extended in a
straight line from entrance B to entrance A, viz.: fourteen
feet, five inches ; thence this surface track extended thirt)--
seven feet through the grass to a clover patch, whose nearest
edge was thirty-seven feet north of entrance A. This thirty-
seven foot track was not perfectly straight, but with slight
angulations or windings, right and left, reached the clover
patch at a point nearly due north of the entrance A. Below
ground the burrow gradually descended, in a direction due
east, for a distance of twenty-eight inches, to where the
vertical distance from the surface of the ground to the bottom
of the burrow was thirty inches. The burrow then turned to
the south, and at c the lowest point was reached, the runway
below a horizontal surface level of entrance A continually
descending to this point. On account of the simultaneous
rise of the surface of the ground, the vertical depth is forty
inches, but here the bottom of the burrow is ascending, and
continues to ascend to e, where a solid rock was reached at
its west wall. At this point, twenty-six and a half inches
from the surface to the bottom of the runway, the latter
enlarged and a branch way extended east, south of east, nearly

Burro-vs of the American Marmot. in

on a level to a point p, distant from e about six feet, six
inches, and then ascending terminated in the entrance or exit
C. Just south of the intersection of this branch with the
main runway, a large nest was present, twenty-four inches
across from east to west, and fourteen inches from north to
south. The peculiarity of this nest was that it was not a
mere enlargement of a semicircular description on the side
of a runway, but it constituted a distinct chamber connected
with the enlarged area at the intersection of the main runway
and the branch leading to C, by a distinct, short, narrow run-
way. Thus great privacy could be maintained in this chamber,
and at the same time the occupant or occupants could be
cognizant of any living thing which passed through the main
runway, or the branch thereof from e to C. To return to the
main runway. This extended from the enlarged intersection
in a south-westerly direction to g, and at the same time grad-
ually descending. Here its bottom was thirty-six inches
below the surface of the ground, the latter also gradually
ascending to this point. From g, the ground surface grad-
ually descended to the entrance B, and the runway gradually
ascended. The direction of the runway from point g changed '
to a direction east of south.

It will be observed that the ne.st is located on a level with
the bottom between e and f, and, therefore, is elevated so
that moisture in the main runway will seek the points C or g,
and will not reach the nest. This is not true of the branch
runway to any extent. One other interesting feature consists
of a great mound of earth cast up at and south of the entrance
B. This mound was four feet, nine inches from east to west,
and four feet from north to south. The highest point of the
mound was nine and a half inches above the general level of
the ground about it. It was covered with grass, except the
central portion, and a path from there to entrance B. This
path was below the general level of the mound. These facts
would indicate that the mound w^as formed by the earth taken
from the runway, and that its elevation was made use of as
the nearest post of observation, close at hand to the burrow.

EXCAVATION D.

Part of the clover patch hereinbefore mentioned was on the
same level as the land in which the burrow laid bare by exca-

112 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

vation C was made, and in the same character of soil, but a
northern portion of this patch rose on a slope and continued
on higher ground to a straight line of fence, and had more
gravel in the sand. Upon this high ground and on the side
of the hill, facing nearly west, occurred the burrow laid bare
by excav^ation D. The northern entrance B was about thirty-
five and a half feet south of the fence, and the entrance A
about forty-two feet south of the fence.

The northern entrance B of the burrow was distant thirteen
feet and seven inches from the southern one A. The under-
ground direction from the northern entrance is straight to b,
and the direction (from b) is north-east by north, and the dis-
tance seven feet, eleven inches. From b the runway extends
east by south-east to entrance A eight feet, two inches, making
the total length of the runway sixteen feet, one inch. The
runway descends from B to b, and at C is thirty-three and a
half inches and at b thirty-six inches below the surface.
From b to entrance A it gradually ascends, being thirty
inches below the surface. Average depth of entire runway
below surface, excepting near entrances, was about thirty-one
inches.

West and south of entrance A, and touching the latter, lay
a very large heap of sand, evidently thrown out of the run-
way. This heap measured six feet, two inches in length and
three feet, two inches across, and was eight inches high. A
measurement of the cross diameters of the runway at the
point D (b) showed it to be nine inches wide by four and a
half inches high. This indicates that the animal lies quite
flat and in a comparatively compact position when passing
through the burrow.

EXCAV.VTION K.

Another burrow near the la.st. and in ground on substantially
the same level, is shown by excavation E. The entrance lay
twenty-two feet from the north fence already mentioned. It
was fifteen feet long and nine feet wide, while entrance C,
lying nearly due ea.st and located ten feet distant in a straight
line, was sixteen inches long and eight inches wide.

The burrow ran south-east for twelve and three-quarter
inches, then east fifty-nine inches, next north-east for five feet

Bi(rro7cs of the American Marmot. 113

to b, then a little north of south-east for six feet, two inches.
The deepest point in this runway was forty-nine and one-
eighth inches, viz. : at b. The runway did not continue on a
level on any point, except from A to B, the latter being a
second entrance only twelve inches from B, an uncommon
circumstance. In the general averages hereinafter considered,
this hole will be considered as one with entrance A. From
the point b', a branch runway extended north-east for four
feet, seven inches to b'-, where it reached the uncommon
depth of four feet, seven inches. One would suppose the end
of this pocket would not be a desirable place for an extended
stay, as it would be probably moist. The average depth of
this burrow was approximately thirty-four inches.

A very large earth mound, thrown up by the marmot from
the runway, was present at the entrance A, and west thereof.
It measured four feet, nine inches from the entrance A to its
westward edge, and four feet, eleven inches in the other direc-
tion. Its greatest height was nine inches.

At the south-west edge of the entrance A were some choke
cherry bushes. These afforded a blind, by the side of which
the marmot might sit.

The entire length of the runways aggregated (260 inches)
twenty-one feet, eight inches.

EXCAVATION G.

This runway was in a broad, elevated, flat meadow plateau,
elevated about twe^aty feet above the runway (excavation) C
of the beaver meadow.

The entrance A was close by a stump, and immediately
descended under the same, and the runway continued on and
ran in a straight line about north-west, then west for twelve
inches and then north-west again for fiftj'-one inches, where
it stopped.

The runway was .substantially horizontal, and twenty-three
inches below the surface — quite an interesting fact. From B
to D a branch runway extended forty-nine and a half inches.
The entrance A was ten and one-quarter inches long and six
and one-quarter inches broad. Two heaps or mounds of sand
adjoined it. A small mound lay to the east, and a large one,

114 Cincinnali Society of Natural History.

twenty-five inches, to the south-west of the stump and of the
entrance. Observe, so far as observation can decide, how the
marmot carried the larger portion of the sand around from
the entrance to the soutluvest side of the stump. A marmot
was known to enter this burrow the day before I laid it open.

EXCAVATION H.

The most extended burrow I had occasion to excavate was
excavation H. It was on a hillside, west of a beaver meadow,
the side of the hill here facing south of east. The upper or
northerly entrance was distant from the southerly one eleven
feet in a direct line. Below, south of the upper hole, was a
sand pile three feet, six inches long, but not as wide. A sand
mound at the lower entrance B was about forty-eight inches
from north to south (down the hill) and about three feet, six
inches wide. A surface track between the holes was found,
indicated by the dotted-line-marked track. The runway,
from the northern entrance, extended west of south four feet,
six inches to a, and the runway from south entrance B
extended due north to a- and the adjacent ends a, a- of these
runways were connected by a lair or nest twenty-six inches
long.

A runway to b, distant six feet, one and a half inches from
a, in a south-easterly direction, entered at b in a smaller nest,
at a depth of forty-four and a half inches below the surface.
The runway then continued from the other end of this nest
for six feet, nine inches a little north of east to C, and then
five feet, six inches to d, where it terminated in a circular
nest forty-nine inches below the surface. Returning to point
C, from here a branch runway extends south-east forty-two
inches and terminates in a smaller pocket nest twenty-two
inches deep (below the surface). This was not all. From
the nest a, a- (first mentioned), a second branch runway
extended three feet, ten inches to a'', the center of a large nest,
twenty three inches long by seventeen across; thence north-
east to a"*, which from the point a'' is three feet, six inches.

Just beyond here a sixth nest was found, and beyond the
latter the excavation was conducted to a*. This entire
system of burrows smelled strongly of marmots. At a, their

PurroTcs of the Ameticau Marmal. 115

foeces were discovered, an uncommon find in their burrows.
At a- foeces and old straw.

In one of the nests I found the skull of a marmot, but no
other portion of the skeleton. The nest was, if I recollect
aright, the one marked a'\

This find appeared to contradict the assertion made by a
farmer, that marmots would never live in a burrow where a
marmot had died.

EXCAVATION I.

Once more the scene changes again to the meadows, where
the burrows A and B were located.

On Sept. 30, the digging began at 1130 A. m.

The burrow was a plain and simple one. The entrance at
first led rapidly down, then gradually descended to point A\
eighteen inches below the surface, and then at about the same
inclination of descent continued to B, twenty-two inches
below the surface. Down to this point the burrow was
through a sandy loam, but now descended quite rapidly
through a layer of indurated clay (hard pan), six inches
thick, for twenty-two inches to point C, here thirty-six
inches below the surface, and continued twenty and one-
quarter inches to D on the same level through a white sand.
Between points C and D, at 12 o'clock, just one-half hour
from when the digging began, we came upon a live, robust
marmot, ready to do and die in his own defense. After
reaching him, we watched him while a party was sent for a
canvas bag.

Meantime the fellow gave us a specimen of his ability b}^
filling up the hole in front of him and thus disappearing from
view. The time occupied in this operation was one minute.

Having enjoyed this spectacle to our hearts' content, we
concluded to bag the animal ; so wedging down behind the
animal, and poking him with a twig while a party held the
bag in front of the hole we had again uncovered, the marmot
went out of the hole into the bag we held, and thus we caught
the fellow.

EXCAVATION J.

The last burrow excavated, viz.: J, was opened October 10.
It was located under a large tree, and not many rods from

ii6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

burrow I. A man told me he had seen a " chuck " go into the
hole (entrance) A yesterday, and had put a barrel over the
hole. To-day we observed the chuck had dug a hole under
the north side of the barrel, and we presumed he had gone
out through it, and were positive he would be frightened by
the barrel and would not have returned. Nevertheless, we
concluded to excavate. It was 2.40 o'clock when the first
digging began. Entrance A was quite near to the tree. The
burrow descended in a vertical direction, then continued in a
gradual descent to the point C, twenty-one and a half inches
below the surface, then ascended to point d, fifteen inches
b^low the surface. The general direction from A was nearly
straight, with a short bend from b to C. The burrow at d
bent back and ran in a north-westerly direction on a descend-
ing grade, which point was ten inches lower than point d.
At the point C, heretofore mentioned, a nest nine inches deep
lay to the north east of the runway. Between the point or
elbow d and the end g of the branch burrow, the latter was
filled with sand between points d and e. This did not deceive
us. We dug on and finally became aware of the vicinit}' of
an active marmot before us in the burrow; time, 3.05 p. m.
We sent for a bag, and upon its arrival proceeded to unearth
our subterraneous friend. Meantime he had disappeared.

According to my best recollection, the marmot had dug and
passed across from e to the main burrow, and remained in a
part thereof, which I had not then opened from above. Not
finding him at e, we dug along in the main burrow from d
toward C. In the meantime he had filled the burrow imme-
diately in front of him (he faced toward d when we found
him) with sand. We spaded away his hole to within a couple
of inches of his nose, and thus made the hole open at the end
toward d. We then watched him.

The manner in which this marmot and the marmot found
in excavation I filled or stopped the hole in front of him was
as follows : He sat or crouched in his hole, his nose facing
the aperture, and its tip some two inches from the edge of the
hole. See illustrative diagram sketch No. i. As nearly as I
could make out, he appeared to bring dirt by his hind paws
from within the burrow within reach of his front paws. With
the latter he banked this dirt in front, directlv across the

/^urroTi'S of (he .liiirrican iMariiioi. 1 17

bottom of the liole. He continued a succession of these
operations, thus partly filling the hole. vSee sketch No. 2.
In half a minute more the hole was completely closed. See
sketch No. 3. After a few minutes, I cut the holes open again
by spading down. In doing this, I observed an interesting
fact, viz.: the earth filled in by the marmot was packed very
hard, and the line of juncture between the earth he filled in
and the natural earth around his burrow was almost indis-
cernible. By spading away the earth he filled in, and cutting
back the burrow a little and then resting, we had the pleasure
of witnessing him repeat the operation of closing the burrow
in front of himself and in front of us. Not only did I and
the workmen then watch him, but others, including ladies
and guests from the house, had the pleasure of observing the
industry and rapid and effective operation of the marmot in
closing the unexpected opening made in his burrow.

I am satisfied that the marmot will shut himself in a por-
tion of his burrow, when he has reason to believe that those
following him in his burrow by digging it open are likely to
reach him. This fact is proven by the history of the first
excavation cited in this paper, in the corn field, where the
marmot went into a side branch of the burrow, closed up the
entrance, and we following the main burrow, dug past it and
did not discover it, and on reaching the end of the main bur-
row, gave up the search. After we left, and before we revisited
the excavation the next day, the marmot dug out the earth
with which he had closed the mouth of the branch burrow
and came out of it and escaped, and in so doing left open the
branch hole wherein he had previously lain secure.

The following tables are composed of measurements and
averages. The measurements are matters of fact, and must
stand. The averages are tentative, and subject to change, if
required by subsequent investigation of additional burrows.

Ii8

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

o

M

<

<

W

;z;

H

o

w
>

M

<J

iz;
w
^«

Q
^;

<J

ifl
w
o
«»J
p<
w
>

en

W

W
p<
D
en

<
W

O

en

W

n
««;

V

be

•^

*j bi

s s

^

o o

•-•

n

^ —

^

•o

cBv

-

a

V

o

3

- o

."H

<;

*^ s

-;

•^

CB o

?i

s

_ JD

ze of Sa

tiounds
at B, a

V

sic

a

r

yD

X

*^ bio

""-1-

^fO

"^

^O

>^

4J

V

>\

"So o

iJ

^'

V

^

^

^

o

4;

V

5h

V

V

On

CN

<^

•rf

(0

O

-♦-»

o

O

N

Z

V

V

X

<

m"

J2;

;^

^^-'

i

1 -o «

„

! si;

u

01

D

o

J3

c8

ID

Si

II

3 O

M

O

<->

O

3

0

2

5

1 '^
On

be
4>

i5S

cT

>

<

£

22

■t—

i k-

n =

M

rO

r^

M

CS

t-t

M

HI

p-t

t^

>-H

w"

^

"^

oT

0 V

be

e9
2

On

u

s2

^

?»

rO

<

, 2;

^^

^c

^

^

^

V

^

V

V

o "

V

<

V

V

V

...

V

fO

0 >

5'5i

^^

i:^

V
V

V

:^

■NN

^

>.

V

:^

00

ON

CN

00

•^

o

x'

»_l

t^

00

.

^«,-

V

V

V

V

V

1

jo2

"*

vO

X

vO

■H

<S

V

vO

V)

^

o

N

<N

P)

•-I

■^

CO

(N

a>

oT

be

Ih

U

>

<

<

o

V

^

V

^

V

^

V

V

V

^

V

V

V

V

Ji

•^

r^

\o

lO

•^^

o

vO

lo

fO

00

H !

rO

-t

•^

rO

lO

(N

t

fO

M

^!

fO

rO

Q2

iT

to 3

On

be

CS

um

u

V

1

.

<

<

K

o

-

u:

.c

►n

-

•— >

<

.«

Ob

2"S

•So
M

Bitrrocvs of the .liiifricau Manual.

119

"

•9X

c u

V

V

V

— 0 .

V

V

V
V

V

V

V

V

10

^3N

I^

0

0

^10

8

vD

0

V

vd

rO

oO|

fO

r<0

Ul

-4-

M

5>

j

*s =

(Z3

oT

CQ

>

a

:i

X

V

V

11

V V

0

a;

^

0;

4^

^

N

iS ^ i

^

V

\-«-

V V

^

r^

t^

c

10

^rO

Tl- O^ (S

so

"lO

CO

M*! MM

0

•*

0

0

10

n

«* "^l- <N

fo

CS

i^

ON fO

"A

:i^

;?,

cs

*•
n

t^

ed

V

i"

>

0

<

•2:5

.S u

•-- 0 •

eg Oi 01

OJ

a>

01

r >.

c

^

c

c

^

^

rO

1^

^

0

0

0

CO

00 pi

^

Z

z

oT

•°^2

ON

W)

!22

cS

>

n

<

a

-

M

a

s Kndi
trance.

OJ

1)

1)

1;

1)

0^

D

_^

S

G

a

n

^

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

N

M(C-.

Z

:zi

^

Z

Z

Z

;2;

oT

•gw

a

OS

u

as

>

»

<

u

0

UI

1

■5 2
4* ^

4;

(U

lU

1;

^■3

0--

-

-

-

c
0

0

c
0

\£)

c
0

►^

0

-"

z

??;

z

Z

<u

^1

Ov

be

s "^

1)

3

>

<

ea

CJ

-

UJ

0

ffi

-

•—1

Cincinnati Society of A'alutal History.

^

1

1

s c^

1

oj a—

^fc-&

boil 3

6

OJ

<D

4;

u

OJ

i>

++

- 1; °

c

^

^

j;

c

s

rO

g

s

•>;»■

-!«■.

x" t

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

z'.

?<;

:^

;^

iz;

^

z

-5 M

CTv

£^■5

2;^

t) c 0

«> A ..

1. « <0

lute
lean
part
way.

aJ

OJ

4J

(U

(U

di

oi

; ++

J3

^

H

n

s

^

s

c

N NW

ts in
s, or 11
three
Run

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

'^

;^

:zi

2;

^

J?;

z

C3\

II 0

L^

1

•0 A M

">•«

-g2
CO 9 a

(U

4;

dJ

iJ

dj

++

^

^

.^

^

^

J3

S

n

^

Tj- ' •»»

■4-1 8**4

0

0

0

0

0

z

^

iz;

^

:z

'

« a-n

ON

«-52i

^sg

•-■2

on

0 *

tiJ u ^

« w a

nJ

(U

4;

OJ

HJ

dj

d>

dJ

++

tN

rJ M'^-

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

A

Z

y.

^

^

z

^

z

ON

«< S^

^(2

^^

M

,1 ••-

w«

1 V

0

V

V V V

V
V

10 "O

A

V

V

k

4>

ij

li

k ^^ ^t^ ^ a;

^

:i^

0-2

0
«2

CO

0

0

0

(N

% *.2

^

^

^

z

V

0

0

;zi

II)

»

V

V

V

'1^

0

V

V

N
^

oJ

ij

aJ

V

u

V

cc

V

NO

a
0

^(7»

c

•-•

0^ ti\

<N

IT)

<N

0

0
?5

-t

0

CI

\n T<

0.

in

ti

fl

<

a

U

-

U^

0

s

-

•— )

Burio-u'S of the Auierican Marmot.

.r -<~

f, a u

ii ? o

o— o

u|^

S o,ce

E-^'n

-GO

C6 r: K

5 apart,
hole to
over su

, re ii >

n T. .,

1 ^0

22-=

e b u

e of all e
im neare
ht or ai
center.

-2-3 2 SP"S o

- a 2.Sa'"

C! ro M S 0 U

01 BO«J u

<J I. U 3

.r. a ai iJ

a.Sg

SS-s 0

ao u

Mj; do

■t:a<«

sp

9a5

cS.S ca

.2 a a

a ** -
'3 IB rt

a "'•a

a u w

u 0 0

ri ^ u

a^^

i^oc

" a

^ i*a «

in a 0!
h 9^ o

V \

V

V

? ^«"2

a-^E^:

- safes

4) .*^ 11

'J5 " j: -t: 1

oils

C il u

stance
face) 1
ces, w
er to c

2 <n ^ ^

11 u ^ a

> O .0)

tn i-i u

2.2 a

•ii-w o

«J^ 4J

rtjj

tfSi

a«

C4 ^ u
.0-2

5-0

a u u

2 S 0

tj-r" S

. S u u
V 11 3 4<

s ? *-»

I- .- ii

2 I' <^

pj

V

o

° 0/ i;

a^

t^ a\ o -r o o

Tt ug"

On-

- " z " ;z ^

HI O *^ -

S iU 0

■^ ^ ^

rt n

^ L. ■*-*

« "C a-:: 1

.-. Distau
traight sui
nly two en

u; a

a; u O

^.2Ji

t:'T 01

.25

<fl o

< ff

c

Q tt 0 W ^ H-,

Citicitinati Society of Natural History.

«1

0)

"/-,

,^

o

V

V

V

V

y

.c

V

V

V

.ti

V

^-<i

V

V

^t

^ ^

^ ^

if

»— 1

Ov

tN

X

-t ON

oo -

73

&

V

V

V

V

V

V

V

N^

V

o

rl-

VC

CO

^

■—1

<N Tj-

\C

lO

1^

^

<N

<N

(N

I-. -^

n

t^

0

^

fc«

jj

X

0/

55

«

^

V

V

^

^

V

N

V

■^

^^

^

V

V

k ^

i«: ^

tn

ON

M

<-<

CO

'^

oc

c

^

•^

'-

2

V

V

V

V

y

V

V

^

^

u

in

vO

0

\D

<— I

O

vO

vC

ir>

a

t-«

PI

r^

•^

CJ

■<»■

n

0

hti

n

J

3ii

V

^o\

01 s

V

11

t^

fO

So

rO

M

O

^

V

V
N

00

fts

ri

t^

rO

cd oj

V

V

o

^

V

00

«

in w

2s

d

<:

^
'O

k

V

"2

ON

o

(M

m

""

V

N

ti

C ^

CO

rO

be

f ";

vC

0

00

— ^

•-I

<N

2

?<—

ll

11

V

<d 0

II

II

>

° a

N

o

<

f^

o

o

a bn

■*-»

S a

<

d

5*

2

^

CQ

u

a

Ui

c

~

-

>

Burrows of the American Marmot.

»23

s

s

aJ .

. u

JiS

.£ '^

'•- o

K *-"

* h

^ U

»H g

Og

"O -

a; tn

u i>

= u

X C

s

00

cd <i:

V

V

V

lU u

V

V

V

»o

t^

Sc

^

^ ^ ^

oo

d

11

00

rO 1- 0^

pi

CO

i^

^1

ON

O

(N ID

,

a-^

u

« >>

be

""a

Tf

<u

n i<

>

cd !-

^ CO

<

cJi

11 11

S-J3

0 *^

^t

- ii

5'>

!« ''.

S^

s

c u

S l-

U* *

aSi

ii

o a

&Ji

V

s"^

V

lO

u -

**

u >%

^

* ca .

rO

V

•°5a

d

r-^

:2;

(N

rt 4) O

o
*->

pa'

: c :

vO

V

00

£o|

cs

o

ON

re

o>

t: 11 c

d

M

Is"-

1- — ■ X

;^

<

01

01

■*-• aj

cS

a o 5

u.

lu* a

(U

. ■" ce

>

"Sai

<

o a

11 u

sp

Z< S-M

CO (0 -

•-^ ca a

Q S«

E2

<

P3

O

C

W 0 M -, I-,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate IIL

Fig. I. — Gigartinites antiguus Brong., sp.

Fig. 2. — Fucoides slrictus Brong; a. natural size; b. a small portion
enlarged, showing dots along each side of a central depression.
Fig. 3. — Licrophycus? circinatiis Brong., sp.

Plate IV

Fig. I. — Gigartinites reciirvus Brong., sp.
Fig. 2.— Gigartijiites furcatus Brong., sp.

Plate V.

Fig. I. — Gigartinites fiircatiis Brong., sp.
Fig. 2. — Gigartinites diffortnis Brong., sp.

Fig. 3. — Gigartinites targionii Brong , sp. (This figure also shows
a well-defined worm burrow.)

(All the figures are after Brongniart.)

if^e JocJPQal of tf^e Q'\n. goe. /^atupal "Hi'jlior^y.

Vol.. XVI.

Plate III.

if^e JoLiPoal of tl^e Qin. goe. yNab^al +li<5l:or-^.

Vol.. XVI.

Plate IV.

'\e JoLiPiQal of Wie Q\n. goc. yNahLipal +li<^I:opv-

Vol. XVI.

Plate V.

\\l^ loLJPiQal of tf^e 6io. goc. yNatur^al "fli^^or-^.

Vol.. .XVI.

Plate VI.

Sejot. 23 /88S.

■^' '_ 4 J ^ - - a.

. ^'.r:'-'^

:^.^..^^':.-.^-'-^

'.S^',"-' ' c?

w-

f

PLAN.

S7%ctivai toivs 0/ ihe £zi,rrow& Of AmertcanMarmoi
By Wm.Mubhe tt Ft sfiet-

dnctnnaii . O . iO.&.fi.

SECT/ ON.

-S

/// .•«

IS to sea le or

Sex>^ /883. .

sect lonasaio^

E:cc.<x va(tons 0/ fAe Surroivs O/ fimertcan Mdrmci

^yWmKubbeit Fisker

L O/VC/ TUO/NA L S£C T/O/V. Ct.rctnncti o

U.SA

^[^e locJi^Qal of tl^e Q\n. goc. /^lahupal +li^l:or^y.

Vol,. XVI.

Plate VII.

,i^

S5

^^'
/,^^.

.*'

/ /
/■ '

^

^
'^

^xcnoaiion 0/ He Btirrow^Of American M ai^moi

LONG/TUD/NAL S £ CT / O N .si/Mn^KuhheliJisUr

(Ltncinnait. 0. U.S.A.

PLAN.

^^cauaitons 0-f ffie 'Bzorvow^ Of Amti'tcan M urinoi
QyincinnCbti, .0 loS./l.

Crois Sectiorv -oj^ 6

SECT/ ON,

^f^e JociPQal of tf^e Q'm. goc. /^ahupal +li<^bor^^.

Vol. XVI.

Plate Vlll.

\

■■•\^4-.

>^C

(Z^bAe c^fterrjf hushes
rs'/iiyk PLAN.

EsuccLvaiions 0/^Ae JBuf-rovos 0//?nenccb?v £x C (IV CL'CCOn JE

Marmot JBuWmEuiheit Tisier

7

Ctncinw^ouii-c O to.^.fi.

rt (xi b'

LONC/TUD/NAL SECT/ON,

icon -from h-iio b'

^jc c a V a tion G

Sejoy^. 26- ^889.

•Sy-,-,

■'^f

PLAN,

:P

in%Qava/6tons Of the BicrnowB 0^ flraertcan
JMcanmoi jBu WmKuUe it MsAer
Q^-tnc-cnnoyii, .0 lo.3./l.

LONC/TUD/NAL S£:cr/ON

^f^e Joupoal of tf^e Q'm. goc. yNahur^al +li^t:or^y

Vol.. XVI.

^7-

LATH IX.

„^z

S c&lc of plan
I;; IS TO sa&lt. of

i'f\ . section as zfo3

/// ; ~ \1/

''-y„V-'~r->.^ '•//'/Imer'ican -'^"-"'-'''-^^^a

^^ ' plan:

UFlshf'
\y?\ Q,-c?tctnticiit 0

1 Section ci-h

lest *'^^^^^Z!Z^ii^^^'^^^Z-r^"'^^^}&
^^7777777^777777^'

Poc/iet

\C-ci'

>7777777777777777777777i'rr7?V77777777777777777f^j^T7777777?77777777.

X

O)

^-

V'/'

-^H

PLAN

§^

^xc cbva^t o/ts 0/ ^Ae Sic/^rou) 3 0/ /late rt can/ TyTcufmof
-By Wm Itc i i eil F'tsAe r

(1-i nci n nati 0 2^0 S /J

\\l^ loLiPQal of tf^e Cir2. goc. yNatupal iHi^hor^.

Vol. XVI.

Ttticstfaicons o/
AoM marmot dosea
ii /s hur-ro w when la t-
V ter- is cut o/ie/i, c tv
vefttcat aeciion,.

vj , J I Plate Z s^owtm
closed i)i/ marmot

^sccauai ton of the hurroujs of
A.mer'tc cbiv ma rnio i

Ti^ WmHuhheit FisAer
s. £^^ Ciacinnaii C

U.S. fl.

iiutrrou} eiiiirei

V

Y

c i os>e cf ^if inarmot

Pl.ATK X.

''^^'- ) ;/

^si^ca,vajt ioiv o-f I /ie burrow 3 of
Atnertocoa, tnarmoi-

Qytl^ctnnaii 0

US. A.

Oc£. -/O - /8dd

y,'"s).

■■::0

<A

... ^■<*" PLAN ^

•^ ^t n c-i n nait O. ll.S,/i

SECT/ON

>%

A

THE JOURNAL

- OF tAe -

Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Vol. XVI. Cincinnati, January, 1894. No. 4.

PROCEEDINGS.

December 5, 1893.

The regular December meeting of the Society was called to
order at 9.32 p. m., with President Collier in the Chair, after
the members and guests had listened to a very interesting
discourse by Prof. Eadweard Muybridge, of the University of
Pennsylvania, upon the " Human Body in Action," illustrated
by numerous lantern slides.

The minutes of May 2 were read and approved.

The following applications for membership were read and
ordered posted, to-wit : F. B. Magill, F. M. Coppock and F.
P. Goodwin.

The following persons were elected to active membership,
to-wit: T. J. Foy, Joseph Kirkup, H. L. Groesbeck, W. F.
Robertson and L. R. Myres.

Upon motion, the reading of the minutes of the Executive
Board, from May 2 to November 7, was dispensed with.

Messrs. Kelley, James and Norton were appointed a com-
mittee upon the death of Dr. Wm. Carson and Mr. J. Ralston
Skinner.

Adjourned at 9.39.

DONATIONS.

Dr. F. W. Langdon, pamphlets, as follows: A descriptive
account of the (Nottingham) Aviary and its inmates, C. L.
Rothera ; British Museum publications : Guide to Mammalia,

126 Cincinnati Society of Xatural History.

General Guide, Shell and Starfish Guide, Guide to Geology
and Palaeontology, I and II ; Guide to Mineral Gallery, Guide
to Reptiles and Fishes, Guide to Fossil Fishes, Introduction
to Study of Minerals, Guide to Gardens of Zoological Society
of London, Collections Botanique de Musei' Royal de Physique
et d'Historie Naturelle, Florence.

Mrs. Thomas Foster, Glass Covers and Globes.
/ Mrs. Murdock, Black Walnut Book Case.

E. O. Hurd, Mounted vSpecimens of Hooded Merganser
(Lophodytes cucullatus) of Raven (Corvus corax) or Rough-
IvCgged Buzzard (Archibuteo Lagopus var. Sancti-Johanni.s).

The Myxo)>iycetcs of the J\fia)ni Valley, Ohio. 127

THE MYXOMYCETES OF THE MIAMI VALLEY,

OHIO.

By a. p. Morgan.

Third Paper.
(Read February 6, 1S94.)

Order VI. STEMONITACE^.

Sporangia globose or ovoid to oblong and cylin-
drical, stipitate; the wall very thin and fragile, soon
disappearing. Stipe tapering upward and continued
within the sporangium as a more or less elongated
columella. Capillitium of slender brown threads,
arising from numerous points of the columella,
repeatedl}' branching and usually anastomosing to
form a network, persistent and rigidly preserving
the outline of the sporangium. Spores globose,
brown or violaceous.

This order is readily distinguished by the brown persistent
capillitium, arising from a lengthened columella, and rigidly
maintaining the form of the sporangium.

Table of Genera of Stemgnitace.-e.

A. Stipe and columella brazen or black.

a. The columella scarcely reachhig the center of the
sporangium.

I. Clastoderma. Threads of the capillitium forking sev-
eral times, but not combined into a network.

128 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

2. Lamproderma. Threads of the capillitium brauching
and anastomosing to form a network.

d. The columella extending beyond the ceyiter of the
sporangium.

3. CoMATRiCHA. Threads of the capillitimu forming only
an interior network, attaining the wall by numerous more or
less elongated free extremities.

4. Stemonitis. Threads of the capillitium forming an
interior network of large meshes and a superficial network of
smaller meshes.

5. Enerthenema. Threads of the capillitium pendent
from a discoid membrane at the apex of the columella.

B. Stipe and columella zchite or yelloxcish.

6. Di.\chaea. Threads of the capillitium l)ranching and
anastomosing to form a network.

I. CLASTODERMA, Blytt. Sporangium regular, globose,
stipitate ; the wall very thin and fragile. Stipe elongated,
tapering upward, entering the sporangium as a very short or
nearly obsolete columella. Capillitium arising by a few
branches from the apex of the columella, these branches fork-
ing several times at a sharp angle, but not combined into a
network, the ultimate branchlets long and free, or only con-
nected together at their tijis by persistent fragments of the
sporangial wall. Spores globose, violaceous.

The claim of this genus to be distinguished from Lampro-
derma must rest ujion the fact that the branchlets of the
capillitium do not anastomose and form a network. It is the
same as the genus Orthotricha of Wingate.

I. Clastodekm.'v Di: H.VKVAMM, Hl\ tt. Sporangium very
small, globose ; the wall early disappearing, except the minute

The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 129

fragments which persist at the extremities of the capillitium,
and a narrow collar at the base of the columella. Stipe very
long, thick and brown below, tapering upward to a pellucid
oblong swelling, thence abruptly narrowed to the apex ; the
columella extremely short, capillitium of very slender pale-
brown semi-pellucid threads, divergently forking, the ultimate
branchlets often joined 2-4 together at their tips by fragments
of the sporangial wall. Spores globose, even, violaceous, 8-9
mic. in diameter. vSee Plate XI, Fig. 25.

Growing in rather a scattered way on old rotten wood.
Sporangium .20-. 25 mm. in diameter, the stipe .7-1 -3 mm.
long. Orthotricha microcephala, Wingate. Blytt's species
was found in Norway, Wingate's in Pennsylvania; I have
met with it several times in this locality. It is possibly more
common than it appears, as by reason of the difficulty of see-
ing the minute sporangium it is passed by as some mold.
Blytt's spore measurements are 9.5-1 1 mic; in some speci-
mens I have seen a few spores of this size, but they are
abnormal.

II. LAMPRODERMA, Rost. Sporangia regular, globose,
stipitate ; the wall thin and fragile, rugulose, shining with
metallic tints, breaking up irregularly and gradually falling
away. Stipe more or less elongated, smooth, brown or black
in color, arising from a hypothallus, tapering upward and
entering the sporangium as a short columella scarcely reach-
ing the center. Capillitium of numerous threads radiating
from the columella, usually forking several times and com-
bined into a net by lateral anastomosing branchlets. Spores
globose, brown or violaceous.

Lamproderma is distinguished by the shining metallic
tints of the sporangial wall, and by the short columella
scarcely reaching half the height of the sporangium.

I. lyAMPRODERMA PH YSAROIDE.S, A. & S. Sporangium glo-
bose ; the wall with a silvery metallic luster, at length breaking
up and falling away. Stipe long, slender, brown or blackish,
arising from a small circular hypothallus; columella clavate,
obtuse, not reaching the center cf the sporangium. Cap-

130 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

illitium of brownish-violet threads, arising from the upper
part of the columella ; these branch repeatedly at a sharp
angle, form an intricate network of elongated meshes, termi-
nating at the wall in numerous short free branchlets. Spores
globose, minutely warted, bright brown, 12-14 mic. i'^ diam-
eter.

Growing on old wood, moss, etc.. New York, Chas. H.
Peck. Distinguished by the pale silvery .sporangial wall and
the clear brown spores.

2. Lamprodkrma arcvrionema, Rost. Sporangium small,
globose ; the wall dark bronze, with a silvery sheen when
loosened from the spores, soon breaking into scales and fall-
ing away. Stipe long and slender, smooth, shining and
black, rising from a thin hypothallus; the columella short
cylindric, variable in length, but not attaining the center of
the sporangium. Capillitium arising by division of the apex
of the columella into several primary branches ; these imme-
diately separate into numerous slender flexuous brown
threads, which unite and form a dense network of small
arcuate meshes, the ultimate branchlets not free. Spores
globose, even, violaceous, 6-7 mic. in diameter. See plate XI,
Fig. 26.

Growing on old wood of Juglans and Carya. Sporangium
.3-. 5 mm. in diameter, the stipe three or four times as long.
The columella is somewhat variable, it sometimes forks or
divides immediately on entering the sporangium, at other
times it is longer and cylindric, with more slender primary
branches. The meshes of the capillitium re.semble those
of Arcyria, whence the name. This is the Stemonitis physa-
roidi's, A. & S. var. siibocncus of Lea's Catalogue.

3. La:mprodkrm.\ violackum, Fr. Sporangium depressed-
globose, convex above and more or less flattened and umbili-
cate beneath ; the wall shining with steel or violet, blue and
purple tints, deciduous. Stipe short, stout, brown or black-
ish in color, arising from a thin, brown, common hypothallus;
columella cylindric, or tapering slightly to an obtu.se apex,
attaining the center of the sporangium. Capillitium of
numerous slender threads, radiating from the upper part of
the columella ; these threads are brown below, with a vari-

The Myxomycetcs of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 131

able outer portion colorless ; they branch a few times and
form an interior network of elongated meshes, outwardly
arching and freely anastomosing they give rise to an external
network of small irregular meshes, they then attain the wall
by innumerable short, simple, or forked free branchlets.
Spores globose, minutely spinulose, violaceous, 9-1 1 mic. in
diameter. See plate XI, Fig 27.

Growing on old wood, mosses, etc., late in Autumn. Spo-
rangium .5-. 8 mm. in diameter, the stipe about the same
length. The capillitiuni is sometimes most of it colorless
and flaccid ; sometimes it is all brown and rigid except the
minute free extremities.

4. Lamproderm.v arcyrioides, Somm. Sporangium
globose or ellipsoid, and somewhat elongated ; the wall with
tints of violet, purple, and blue, deciduous. Stipe usually
short, or sometimes nearly obsolete, brown or blackish in
color, arising from a strongly - developed hypothallus ; the
columella cylindric or slightly tapering upward, and obtuse,
reaching nearly to the center of the sporangium. Capillitiuni
of numerous pale-brown threads, radiating from the apex of
the columella ; these fork directly from the base, are bent
and flexuous, and are combined into a dense, intricate net,
with abundant free extremities. Spores globose, spinulose,
violaceous, 13-16 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, wood, etc. Sporangium .5-. 8 mm.
in diameter, the stipe variable in length from very short to
I mm. long or beyond. Lamproderma columbinum , Pers. is
a doubtful species, the forms of that name being easil}- dis-
tributed between the present species and L. physaroidcs.

5. lyAMPRODERMA sciNTiLLANS, B. & Br. Sporangium
globose ; the wall shining with colors of blue, purple, and
bronze, deciduous. Stipe long, slender, smooth, and shining,
brown or blackish, rising from a thin, brown, common hypoth-
allus ; columella cylindric or slightly tapering to the obtuse
apex, not reaching the center of the sporangium. Capillitium
of numerous brown threads, originating about the apex of
the columella ; these fork several times, with few anastomos-
ing branchlets, and terminate at the wall in long, free extrem-
ities. Spores globose, minutely warted, violaceous, 7-9 mic.
in diameter. See Plate XI, Fig. 28.

132 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Growing on old leaves, moss, etc., in early Spring. Sporan-
gium .3-. 5 mm. in diameter, the stipe from once to twice as
long. This is Lamproderma irideurji of Massee's Monograph.
I am indebted to Arthur Lister, Esq., of London, for the
identification of my specimens with Stermonitis sdntillans,
B. & Br., and with Laviproacnna irideum, Cke.

in. COMATRICHA, Preuss. Sporangia various in shape,
from globose or ovoid to oblong and cylindric, stipitate ; the
wall very thin and fugacious. Stipe more or less elongated,
smooth and black, arising from a common hypothallus, taper-
ing upward, entering the sporangium and prolonged nearly
or quite to the apex as a columella. Capillitium arising from
numerous points of the columella throughout * its entire
length; the threads immediately branching and anastomosing
to form an interior network, attaining the wall by numerous
more or less elongated free extremities. Spores globose,
brown or violaceous.

This genus is not sharply limited from Stemonitis. The
species with very short free ends, and consequently with
superficial meshes approximate to the wall, are near the form
of vStemonitis. But it may be observed that in these species,
the meshes of the capillitium become smaller gradually out-
ward, the sides of the superficial meshes are arched away
from the wall, and they are in contact with it only by the free
extremities.

§1. TvPHOiDES. Threads of the capillitium repeatedly
branching and anastomosing, to form a dense network of
small meshes, with innumerable short, free extremities.

I. CoM.\TRiCHA TVPiiiN.v, Roth. Sporangia .short, erect or
a little curved, cylindric or usually narrowing slightly
upward, the base quite blunt, the apex more rounded, grow-
ing together on a thin hypothallus. vStipe and columella
brown or blackish, tapering upward and vanishing near the
apex of the sporangium, the stipe much shorter than the
columella. Capillitium of slender flexuous tawnj'-brown
threads; these branch repeatedly, forming an intricate net-
work of small irregular meshes, ending in very short free

The Myxomycetcs of the Miami ]'alley\ Ohio. 1^3

extremities. Spores globose, violaceous, very minutelv
warted, 6-S niic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, mosses, etc. Sporangium with the
stipe 2-4 mm. in height, the stipe much the shorter, the
sporangium .35-.40 mm. in thickness. Stemonitis typhoidcs.
Fries, S. M.

2. Co.MATRiCHA .KQUALis, Pk. Sporangia usually more or
less inclined or curved and nodding, cylindric, obtu.se at each
end, growing together on a thin hypothallus. Stipe and
columella slender, smooth, black, extending nearly or quite
to the apex of the sporangium, the stipe longer than the
columella. Capillitium of very slender fiexuous tawny-brown
threads ; these branch repeatedly, forming an intricate net-
work of small irregular meshes, ending in very short free
extremities. Spores globose, minutely warted, dark viola-
ceous, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium 1.5-3 wi"i- i" height
by .35-40 mm. in thickness, the stipe usually about the same
length as the sporangium, but sometimes nearly twice as
long. The capillitium is rather looser than in C. typhina,
whence the drooping habit. Peck, Thirty- first Report, p. 42.

3. CoMATRiCHA NIGRA, Pers. Sporangia globose or ovoid
to ellipsoid or oblong, erect or sometimes inclined or even
nodding. The stipe very long, smooth and black, tapering
upward, expanding at the base into a small circular hypoth-
allus; the columella short, reaching from one-half to three-
fourths the height of the sporangium. Capillitium of slender
fiexuous brown threads, which branch repeatedly, forming a
dense intricate network of small meshes, ending in very short
free extremities. Spores globose, even, dark violaceous, 8-10
mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, leaves, etc. Sporangium .5-1.5 mm.
in height, .5-. 8 mm. in diameter, the stipe 1.5-3 nim. long or
sometimes considerably longer. This species seems to be
rare in this country. I have preferred the name adopted by
Schroeter to Rostafinski's Comatricha Friesiana.

4. Comatricha Ellisii, Morgan, n. sp. Sporangia short,
erect, oval or ovoid to oblong. Stipe and columella erect,
brown and smooth, rising from a thin pallid hypothallus,

134 Cinciunati Society of Natural History.

tapering upward and vanishing into the capillitiuni toward
the apex of the sporangium, the stipe usually longer than the
columella. Capillitiuni of slender pale brown threads; these
branch several times with lateral anastomosing branchlets,
forming a rather open network of small meshes, ending with
very short free extremities. Spores globose, even, pale
ochraceous, 6-7 mic. in diameter. See Plate XI, Fig. 29.

Growing on old pine wood. Sporangium .3-. 6 mm. in
height by .3-. 5 mm. in width, the stipe usuall}- a little longer
than the sporangium. This elegant little species I have from
Mr. J. B. Ellis, of Newfield, N. J. It is said to be mingled in
some of the specimens with Lamproderma Ellisiana, Cke.

§2. Larvella. Threads of the capillitiuni branching a
few times and anastomosing to form a network of large
meshes, attaining the wall by numerous long, free extremities.

5. CoMATRiCHA CRYPTA, Schw. Sporangia cylindric, bent
or flexuous and more or less inclined, growing close together
on a conspicuous purplish-brown hypothallus. Stipe and
columella smooth and black, tapering upward and reaching
the apex of the sporangium, the columella bent and flexuous
or spirally twisted, about as long as the stipe. Capillitiuni
composed of irregular, bent and uneven threads, which are
brown below, becoming colorless outwardly ; the threads
branch a few times, forming a network of large irregular
meshes, sometimes much defective ; the free extremities
irregular and unequal, simple or branched. Spores globose,
brown, minutely warted, 7-9 mic. in diameter. See Plate XI,

Fig- so-
Growing out of fissures of the bark and wood of Hickory,
Acer, etc. Sporangium with the stipe 4-7 mm. in height, the
stipe a little shorter, or sometimes much longer than the
sporangium, the latter .25-. 30 mm. in thickness. The exterior
colorless portion of the capillitiuni is exceedingly delicate,
easily breaking away and leaving the capillitiuni quite irreg-
ular and defective. Stcmonitis crypta, Schweinitz's N. A.
Fungi, 2351. Comatricha irregularis, Rex, is the same thing.

6. Comatricha c^:spitosa, Sturgis. Sporangia short,
clavate, densely crowded orcaespitose upon a delicate hypoth-
allus : the wall subpersistent, silvery, shining with tints of

The Myxomyci'lcs of the Miauii Valley, Ohio. 135

purple and blue. vStipe very short or nearly obsolete, the
columella rising to two-thirds or three-fourths the height of
the sporangium. Capillitium of slender dark-brown threads,
which branch and anastomose quite irregularly, forming a
network of intermingled large and small meshes, ending in
long, tapering, free extremities. Spores globose, minutely
spinulose, dark violaceous, 10-12 mic. in diameter.

Growing on moss and lichens, at Wood's Holl, Massachu-
setts. Sporangium 1-1.5 mm. in height, the stipe very short
or sometimes apparently wanting. I am indebted to Dr.
W. C. Sturgis, of New Haven, Conn., for a specimen of this
unique species.

7. CoMATRiCHA LONGA, Peck. Sporangia Very sleudcr and
much elongated, tapering gradually upward, weak and pros-
trate or pendulous, growing close together on a well-developed
purplish-black hypothallus. Stipe and columella capillary,
smooth and black, reaching to the apex of the sporangium or
often vanishing in the network far below it, the stipe very
short, the columella long and flexible. Capillitium of long,
slender, dark-brown threads; these are reticulately connected
near the base, forming a network of large irregular meshes
in a series along the columella ; outwardly they are termi-
nated by verj' long free branchlets, which vary from simple
to two or three times forked or branched. Spores globose,
minutely warted, dark brown, 8-10 mic. in diameter. See
Plate XI, Fig. 31.

Growing on old wood and bark of Elm, Willow, etc., in
Autumn. Sporangium wuth the stipe 15-40 mm. in length,
the stipe 3-8 mm. long, the sporangium .25-.40 mm. in thick-
ness. This is the most characteristic species of the genus,
being farthest removed from Stemonitis.

8. CoMATRiCHA FLACCiDA, Lister. Sporangia growing
closely crowded together and more or less confluent, on a
purplish-brown hypothallus, the walls fugacious. Columellas
rising simply from the common hypothallus, or sometimes
grown together below and then apparently branching, run-
ning through to the apex, and there often confluent with each
other, or joined together by portions of membrane. Capil-
litium of slender brown threads, which branch and anasto-

1^6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

mose very irregularly, forming a ragged network with large
irregular meshes, and long free extremities ; the capillitium
of adjoining columellas being much entangled, and often con-
fluent or grown together. Spores globose, very minutely
warted, brown, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood and bark of Oak, Willow, etc. The
component sporangia 5-10 mm. in length. The early appear-
ance is much like that of species of Stemonitis, but the
mature stage is a great mass of spores with scanty capillitium,
as in Reticularia ; the columellas, however, are genuine and
not adjacent portions of wall grown together. Arthur Lister
calls this Sirmonitis sploidetis, var. flaccida.

IV. STEMONITIS, Gled. Sporangia subcylindric, elon-
gated, stipitate, standing close together on a well-developed
common hypothallus, the wall very thin and evanescent.
Stipe brown or black, smooth and shining, tapering upward,
entering the sporangium and prolonged nearly to the apex as
a slender columella, the stipe shorter than the columella.
Capillitium arising from numerous points of the columella
throughout its entire length ; the threads immediately branch
and anastomose to form an interior network of large meshes,
they then spread out next the wall of the sporangium into a
superficial network of smaller meshes. vSpores globo.se,
brown or violaceous.

In this genus there are two distinctly differentiated series
in the capillitium, the one an interior supporting network of
large meshes, the other a superficial network of smaller
meshes; sometimes the superficial network disappears or is
wanting toward the upper ]iart of the capillitium, there is
then an approach to Comatricha. \'ery minute scattered
branchlets usually connect the superficial network with the
wall of the sporangium.

>^i. DicTVNNA. Threads of the capillitium arising from
numerous points of the columella, immediately branching
several times and anastomosing to form the interior network
of large meshes ; the superficial network consisting of small
irregular and unequal meshes, varying from smaller than the
spores to two or three times their diameter.

The Myxoniycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 137

1. Stkmonitis pusca, Roth. Sporangia elongated, siib-
cylindric, tapering and obtuse at the apex, tapering gradually
downward, growing closely crowded together on a strongly-
developed brown hypothallus. vStipe and columella smooth
and black, tapering grailually upward and disappearing near
the apex of the sporangium, the stipe shorter than the
columella. Capillitium of slender brown or blackish threads,
which immediately branch and anastomose, forming a dense
interior network of large irregular meshes, the ultimate
branchlets of which support a superficial network of small
polygonal meshes. Spores globose, dark violaceous, the sur-
face minutely warted, the warts with a reticulate arrangement,
7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, bark, leaves, etc.; common every-
where. Sporangium with the stipe 6-15 mm. in height, the
sporangium .3-. 4 mm. in thickness, the stipe variable in
length, but always shorter than the sporangium. The meshes
of the superficial net vary in size in the same sporangium,
being usually 5-25 mic. in width, but sometimes they are
larger, ranging from 10-40 mic. in extent. The name Stc-
monitis maxima was given by Schweinitz to some unusually
large specimens which grew on a Polyporus. Steynoiiitis
dictyospora of Ro.stafinski's monograph, with spores 12 mic.
in diameter, is said to occur in South Carolina; I have seen
no specimens.

2. Stemonitis tenerrima, B. & C. Sporangia small, sub-
cylindric, tapering and obtuse at the apex, tapering gradually
downward, growing close together on a thin brown hypoth-
allus. Stipe and columella black and smooth, tapering
gradually upward and vanishing toward the apex of the
sporangium, the stipe shorter than the columella. Capilli-
tium of very slender pale violet threads, which branch and
anastomose to form a dense interior network of large irregular
meshes, and then spread out into a superficial network of
small pol5'gonal meshes. Spores globose, even, pale brown-
ish-violet, 6-8 mic. in diameter. See Plate XI, Fig. 32.

Growing on old wood mosses, etc. Sporangium with the
stipe 5-9 mm. in height, the sporangium .2-. 3 mm. in thick-
ness, the stipe' variable m length, but always shorter than the
sporangium. The meshes of the superficial network varying

i^'*^ Cincinnati Society of A'atural History.

usually from 3-15 mic. in width, but sometimes larger from
8-25 mic. The species grows scantily in this region, but I
have elegant specimens from Alabama, sent me by Prof. Geo.
F. Atkinson.

3. Stemonitis microspora, Lister. Plasmodium white
Sporangia elongated, subcylindric, tapering and obtuse at the
apex, tapering gradually downward, growing closely crowded
together on a strongly-developed brown hypothallus. Stipe
and columella brown and smooth, tapering gradually upward
and reaching nearly to the apex of the sporangium, the stipe
shorter than the columella. Capillitiuni of slender tawny-
brown threads; the primary l)ranches simple or only branched
above, or with a few lateral anastomosing branchlets, forming
a rather loose network of large irregular meshes ; these sup-
port a superficial network of very small polygonal meshes.
Spores globose, even, tawny-brown, 5-6 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, bark, leaves, etc. ; very common in
this region. Sporangium with the stipe 7-15 mm. in height,
the sporangium .3-. 4 mm. in thickness, the stipe shorter than
the sporangium. Meshes of the superficial network 4-20 mic.
in width. I am indebted to Arthur Lister, Esq., of London,
for pointing out to me the difference between this species and
the Stemonitis femiginea of Fries and Rostafinski.

4. Stemonitis ferruginea, Ehr. Plasmodium lemon-
yellow. Sporangia subcylindric, the apex obtuse, growing
closely crowded together on a thin, brown hypothallus.
Stipe and columella brown and smooth, tapering gradually
upward and vanishing beneath the apex of the sporangium, the
stipe much shorter than the columella. Capillitiuni of slender,
tawny-brown threads, which immediately branch and anasto-
mose, forming a dense interior network of large irregular
meshes, supporting a superficial network of small polygonal
meshes. Spores globose, very minutely warted, tawny-brown
in color, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, leaves, grasses, etc. vSporangium
with the stipe 4-10 mm. in height, the sporangium .3-. 4 mm.
in thickness, the stipe much shorter than the sporangium.
The meshes of the superficial network varying from 6-30
mic. or sometimes from ia-40 mic. in width, according to the

The Afyxoinycfles of t/ic Miami Valley, Ohio. 139

specimen. The species is certainly rare in this country, and
my description is drawn up from British specimens. But I
am unable to distinguish authentic specimens of Stemonitis
hcrhatica. Peck, from these British specimens.

>^ 2. Mk("..\i-ODICTvs. Threads of the capillitium arising
from rather distant points of the columella, branching and
anastomosing but a few times, thus forming an interior net-
work of very large meshes ; the superficial network consist-
ing of large irregular meshes, varying from three or four to
many times the diameter of the spores.

5. Stemonitis Webberi, Rex. Sporangia subcylindric,
the apex obtuse, tapering gradually downward, growing close
together on a common hypothallus. Stipe and columella
black and smooth, the stipe very short, the columella extend-
ing nearly or quite to the apex of the sporangium, the upper
part usually flexuous. Capillitium composed of slender, flex-
uous brown threads ; these immediately branch and anasto-
mose several times, forming an interior network of very large
meshes ; the superficial network consisting of large irregular
meshes, sometimes much elongated. Spores globose, very
minutely warted, brown, 7-9 mic. in diameter. See Plate XI,

Fig- 34-

Growing on old wood, bark, etc. Sporangium with the
stipe 5-10 mm. in height, the stipe 1-2 mm. in length, the spo-
rangium .3-. 4 mm. in thickness ; meshes of the superficial
net of the capillitium 40-100-150 mic. in extent. This is a
much smaller species than Stcmoiiitis splendens, and the
structure of the interior network of the capillitium is entirely
different.

6. Stemonitis splendens, Rost. Sporangia linear-cylin-
dric, obtuse at the apex, growing close together on a conspic-
uous hypothallus. Stipe and columella black and shining,
the stipe very short, the columella reaching nearly or quite to
the apex of the sporangium, often flexuous above. Capil-
litium composed of brown threads, variable in thickness,
often with membranaceous expansions ; the primary branches
some of them simple or only branched above, others with a
few anastomosing branchlets, forming an interior network of
extremely large meshes ; the superficial network consisting

140 Cincinnati Society of Naturat History.

of large, irregular, roundish or polygonal meshes. Spores
globose, very minutely warted, brown, 7-9 mic. in diameter.
See Plate XI, Fig. 33.

Growing on old wood. Sporangium with the stipe 15-25
mm. in height, the stipe 4-6 mm. in length, the sporangium
about .4 mm. in thickness ; the meshes of the superficial net-
work of the capillitium 25-50-80 mic. or sometimes as much
as 100 mic. in extent. This is Stevwnitis Mori^ani, Peck.

V. ENERTHENEMA, Bowm. Sporangium regular, glo-
bose, stipitate; the w^all thin and fragile, fugacious. Stipe
stout, thick, tapering upward, entering the sporangium and
prolonged to its apex, there expanding into a discoid mem-
brane. Capillitium originating from the lower surface of the
apical disk of the columella ; the threads branched a few
times and hanging downward, their extremities free. Spores
globose, violaceous.

A well-marked genus, by reason of the peculiar origin of
the capillitium.

I. Enkrthenema PAPiix.\TUM, Pers. Sporangium globose,
stipitate ; the wall brown or blackish, soon disappearing.
Stipe black, rugulose, thick below, tapering above into the
slender columella, which, at its apex, expands into a thin
membranaceous disk. Capillitium of long brown threads
suspended from the apical disk, the threads branched a few
times, occasionally anastomosing by a short, transverse
])ranchlet, the free ends often forked. Spores globose, very
minutely warted, violaceous, 10-12 mic. in diameter. See
Plate XI, Fig. 35.

Growing on old wood. Stipe and columella .8-1.2 mm. in
height. The species seems to be rare in this country, as I
have met with it but once myself, and have received only a
few specimens from elsewhere.

VI. DIACH.l'vA, Vx. wSporangia globose to t)bU)ng, stipitate,
arising from a common hypothallus; the wall thin, rugulose,
iridescent with metallic tints, breaking up irregularly and

Tlic IMy.voinycclcs of the Miami Va//t'y, Ohio. 141

gradually falling away. Stipe and columella thick, erect,
rigid, tapering upward, filled with minute, roundish granules
of lime, white or yellowish in color. Capillitium arising from
numerous points of the columella, the threads repeatedly
branching and anastomosing to form an intricate network,
attaining the wall by numerous short free extremities. Spores
globose, violaceous.

This genus is scarcely to be distinguished from Lampro-
derma, except by the white mass of lime which fills the tube
of the stipe and columella.

1. Di.'VCH.KA LEUCOPOD.V, Bull. Sporangia ovoid-oblong to
short cylindric, the base obtuse or slightly umbilicate, the
apex more rounded ; the wall with bronze, blue, purple, and
violet tints., gradually falling away. Stipe short, thick, white,
arising from a white, venulose, hypothallus, tapering upward ;
the columella cylindric or slightly tapering, obtuse, termina-
ting below the apex of the sporangium. Capillitium of slen-
der, flexuous brown threads forming a dense network of
rather small meshes. Spores globose, very minutely warted,
violaceous, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, sticks, etc., and sometimes running
over living plants. Sporangium with the stipe 1-2 mm. in
height, the stipe usually much shorter than the sporangium,
the latter .4-. 5 mm. in thickness. Diacha^a elegaus, Fr.

2. Ui.\CH.KA SPLENDENS, Peck. vSporangia globose, some-
times a little depressed, with the base umbilicate ; the wall
steel-blue with tints of purple and violet, quite persistent,
rupturing irregularly. Stipe short, thick, white, arising from
a white, reticulate hypothallus, tapering upward ; the colu-
mella oblong or short cylindric, extending beyond the center
of the sporangium. Capillitium of slender, brown threads,
which branch several times and form a loose network of
rather large meshes. Spores subglobose, with very large
warts, dark violet, 8-10 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves and twigs. Sporangium .4-.6 mm.
in diameter, the stipe about the same length. This is a beau-
tiful species.

3. DiACH.EA. Thomasii, Rex. Sporangia globose, or some-
times a little depressed ; the wall gold-bronze, with tints of

142 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

purple and blue, subpersistent, rupturing irregularly. Stipe
thick, dull ochre-yellow in color, variable in length, usually
very short and sometimes quite obsolete, arising from an ochre-
yellow hypothallus ; the columella varying from bluntly-coni-
cal to cylindric-clavate, attaining the center of the sporangium.
Capillitium of slender, brown threads, radiating from all
points of the columella, branching several times and forming
a loose network of elongated meshes. Spores globose,
minutely warted, violaceous, 11-12 mic. in diameter. See
Plate XI, Fig. 36.

Growing on sticks, leaves, etc. Sporangium .5-. 7 mm. in
diameter, the stipe usually shorter or sometimes wanting.
This species has been found only in the mountains of North
Carolina. I am indebted to Dr. George A. Rex for my
example. In its structure the species is essentially a Lam-
proderma, but the stipe and columella are stuffed with gran-
ules of lime.

Order VII.— DIDYMIACE.^.

Sporangia simple and subglobose, or plasmodio-
carp, rarely combined into an aethaliiim. Wall of
the sporangium a thin membrane with an outer
layer composed of minute stellate cr^-stals, or of
minute roundish granules of lime ; these either lie
singly upon the surface, or are compacted into a
crustaceons coat. Stipe present or often wanting;
the columella usually conspicuotis and well-devel-
oped. Capillitium consisting of very slender, often
sinuous threads, which extend from the base of the
sporangium or from the columella to the walls,
either simple or outwardly branching a few times at
a sharp angle, combined into a loose irregular net
by a few transverse ])ranchlets, wliich are situated
chieflv at the extremities. Spores globose, viola-
.ceotis.

The Myxomyceles of the Miami I'alley, Ohio. 143

This order is readily distinguished from the Physaracese
by the absence of lime from the threads of the capillitium.

Table of Gknera of Didymiace^.

a. The lime on the wall of the spora?igiion in the form

of minute stellate crystals.

1. DiDYMiUM. vSporaiigiuni simple, subglobose and stipi-
tate, the base commonly umbilicate, or sometimes sessile and
plasmodiocarp.

2. Spumaria. /Ethalium composed of numerous elongated
irregularly-branched sporangia, closely compacted together
and confluent.

b. The lime on the ivall of the sporangium consisting of

miyiute roundish granules.

3. Diderma. Wall of the sporangium with the outer cal-
careous layer usually compacted into a smooth continuous
crust.

4. Lepidoderma. Wall of the sporangium with an outer
layer of large scales, consisting of bicarbonate of lime.

I. DIDYMIUM, Schrad. Sporangium simple, subglobose
and stipitate, the base commonly umbilicate, or sometimes
sessile and plasmodiocarp ; the wall a thin membrane with an
outer layer of minute stellate crystals of lime. Stipe present
or sometimes wanting ; the columella mostly conspicuous,
sometimes thin or obsolete. Capillitium of very slender
threads, straight or often sinuous, stretching from the colu-
mella to the wall of the sporangium, simple or outwardly
sparingly branched at a sharp angle. Spores globose, viola-
ceous.

Didymium, together with Spumaria, is to be distinguished
from all other genera of the Myxomycetes by the covering
of stellate crystals, like hoar-frost, upon the outer surface of
the sporangium.

144 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

%i. CioxiUM. Columella prominent, subcentral, globose.
obovoid, or turbinate ; the threads of the capillitium radi-
ating in all directions to the wall of the sporangium.

A. Sporayi^ium stipitate.

1. DiDYMiUM SQUAMULOSUM, A. & S. Sporangium vari-
able in form and size, small and globose, or large and much
depressed, the base usually umbilicate, stipitate, or sometimes
sessile, and even plasmodiocarp ; the wall very thin and
pellucid, with a thin, gray-white layer of stellate crystals of
lime, breaking up into subpersistent scales. Stipe short,
erect, snow-white, longitudinally furrowed or plicate ; the
columella central, snow-white, various in shape, globose,
obovoid, turbinate, and stipitate or sessile. Capillitium of
numerous colorless threads, radiating from the columella and
separating outwardly into several branches. Spores globose,
very minutely warted, dark violaceous, 8-10 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old wood, leaves, herbaceous stems, etc. Spo-
rangium .4-. 6-. 8 mm. in diameter, the stipe scarcely longer
than the diameter, often much shorter or nearly wanting.

2. DiDVMiUM PROXiMUM, B. & C. Sporangium globose or
depressed-globose, the base more or less umbilicate, stipitate;
the wall very thin and pellucid, with a loose white covering of
stellate crystals of lime, the upper part breaking up and falling
away. Stipe long, erect, tapering upward, yellow-brown to
reddish-brown, expanding at the base into a small hypothal-
lus ; the columella central, white, turbinate, or discoid turbi-
nate. Capillitium of slender, colorless threads, radiating
from the columella, branching and often anastomosing.
Spores globose, even, pale violaceous, 8-10 mic. in diameter.
Plate XII, Fig. 37.

Growing on old leaves, sticks, culms, etc. Sporangium
.4-.6 mm. in diameter, the stipe two or three times the
diameter.

3. DiDYMii'M KxiMii'M, Peck. Sporaugium depressed-glo-
bose, the base umbilicate, sometimes very much depressed
and also umbilicate above, stipitate; the wall pale ocher or
pale yellow, with a thin layer of minute white crystals of

The l\fyxoniycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 145

lime, the upper part gradually breaking away. Stipe long,
erect, tapering upward, pale yellow-brown, darker below,
expanding into a small brown hypothallus ; the columella
central, large, discoid, or sometimes rough and irregular, pale
ochre or yellowish. Capillitium of much-branched colorless
threads, radiating upward and downward from the columella.
Spores globose, very minutely warted, dark violaceous, g-ii
mic. in diameter. Plate VII, Fig. 38.

Growing on old leaves, sticks, etc. Sporangium .5-. 6 mm.
in diameter, the stipe about twice the diameter.

4. DiDVMiuM MiCROCARPUM, Fr. Sporangium small,
globose, the base slightly umbilicate, stipitate ; the wall a
dark-colored membrane, covered with abundant snow-white
crystals of lime. Stipe long, slender, erect, delicately striate,
yellow-brown to blackish in color, expanded at the base into
a small hypothallus; the columella small, globose, sessile or
substipitate, pale yellow-brown. Capillitium of pale brown
threads, somewhat branched and forming a loose net. Spores
globose, very minutely warted, violaceous, 6-7 mic. in
diameter.

Growing on old wood, leaves, mosses, etc. Sporangium
.4-.5 mm. in diameter, the stipe two or three times as long.
The species is more particularly distinguished by its small
spores.

5. DiDVMiUM :minus. Lister. Sporangium depressed-glo-
bose, the base umbilicate, stipitate, rarely sessile and pla.'-mo-
diocarp ; the wall a dark-colored membrane with a thin
layer of stellate crj-stals of lime, breaking up gradually
and falling away. Stipe erect or sometimes bent at the
apex, variable in length, rarely wanting, from pale brown
to blackish in color, rising from a small h^-pothallus ; the
columella reaching the center, brown or blackish, rough,
convex, subglobose or pulvinate, substipitate. Capillitium
of slender colorless threads, radiating from the columella and
more or less branched outwardly. Spores globose, very
minutely warted, violaceous, 8-10 mic. in diameter. Plate
VII, Fig. 39.

Growing in vast abundance in Spring on old leaves, bark,
wood, etc. Sporangium .4-. 6 mm. in diameter, the stipe
scarcely longer but usually shorter than the diameter of the

146 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

sporangium rarely absent. It is considered by Lister to be a
variety of D. farinaceian ; it differs from this species in its
smaller and less-depressed sporangium and in its smaller
nearly smooth spores.

B. Sporangia sessile.

6. DiDYMiUM EFFUSUM, Link. Sporangia gregarious or
scattered, sessile on a flattened base, convex above, various in
shape, subrotund or by confluence effused and venosely creep-
ing; the wall very thin and pellucid, invested with a thin
flocculose layer of minute crystals of lime. The columella
hemispheric, rugulose, usually snow-white. Capillitium of
very slender colorless threads, furnished with numerous
minute protuberances, much branched and combined into a
dense net. Spores globose, very minutely warted, dark viola-
ceous, lo-ii mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, wood, etc. Sporangium about .5
mm. in diameter or thickness, sometimes confluent and more
or less elongated as a plasmodiocarp. This species is reported
from the United States, but I have seen no specimens.

7. DiDVMiUM PHYS.\ROiDEvS, Pers. Sporangia roundish or
hemispheric, more or less irregular and deformed, sessile or
with a very short stipe, and closely crowded together upon a
strongly-developed common hypothallus ; the wall a dark
colored membrane, with a thin layer of stellate crystals of
lime. The columella large and thick, divided into cells which
are filled with irregular lumps of lime, common to all the
sporangia. Capillitium of stout threads, usually simple, only
rarely branched, furnished with numerous fusiform swellings.
Spores globose, minutely warted, dark violaceous, 12-14 mic.
in diameter.

Growing on old wood, bark, moss, etc. Reported from
Carolina by Curtis. It is said superficially to resemble some-
what Physarum didermoides.

*^2. Pl.vcenti.v. Columella basal, much depressed, very
thin or quite obsolete, connate with the base of the sporan-
gium; the threads of the capillitium ascending to the wall of
the sporangium.

The !\fyxomycefes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. 147

A. Spora>i^ini!i stipitate.

iS. DinvMirM FARiNACivUM, Schrad. vSporangiuin hemis-
pherical, more or less depressed, the base profoundly umbili-
cate; the wall firm, rugulose, dark-colored and nearl}' opaque,
with a mealy coat of stellate crystals of lime, rupturing irreg-
ularly. Stipe variable in length, rigid, erect, black or some-
times rusty-brown, arising from a small hypothallus; the
columella broad, hemispherical or pulvinate, black, the lower
side connate with the wall of the sporangium. Capillitium of
dark-colored sinuous threads, simple or scarcely branched.
Spores globose, dark violaceous, minutely warted, 10-13 rnic.
in diameter. Plate XII, Fig. 40.

Growing on old wood, leaves, mosses, etc. Sporangium
.6-.9 mm. in diameter, the stipe about as long as the diameter
of the sporangium or sometimes much longer, usually, how-
ever, much shorter than the diameter and almost concealed
within the umbilicus. My specimens are from Pennsylvania
and Alabama. It is readily distinguished from Didymium
minus by the much larger and more distinctly warted spores.

9. Didymium clavus, A. & S. Sporangium pileate, very
much depressed, convex above and concave below, stipitate ;
the wall a dark-colored membrane, thickly covered with
minute white crystals of lime, except the brown concavity
underneath, the upper part breaking away, the lower persistent.
Stipe short, erect, rugulose, brown or blackish, expanding at
the base into a small hypothallus ; the columella reduced to a
thin layer of minute brown scales upon the base of the
sporangium. Capillitium of simple or sparingly-branched
threads, colorless at the extremities and dark-colored between.
Spores globose, even, violaceous, 6-8 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, sticks, herbaceous stems, etc. The
sporangium .6-.8 mm. in diameter, the stipe about the same
length. Fries considered this to be a mere variety of D.
farinaceimi, but it is readily distinguished by its very small
spores.

B. Sporangia sessile.

10. Didymium vSERpula, Fr. Plasmodium yellow. Plas-
modiocarp much depressed, subrotund or usually more or less

148 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

elongated, bent, flexuous and reticulate ; the wall dark-col-
ored, with a thin layer of stellate crystals of lime. Columella
entirely wanting. Capillitium of very slender threads, extend-
ing from base to upper surface, much branched, the branches
combined into a dense network ; to these threads adhere
numerous roundish vesicles, composed of a brownish mem-
brane, inclosing a yellow coloring matter, the vesicles 30-50
mic. in diameter. Spores globose, very minutely warted, vio-
laceous, 7-8 mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, bark, etc. The plasmodiocarp .6^.8
mm. in thickness and extending from one to several milli-
meters in length. This species is reported from the I'nited
States by Massee. It ought to be readily recognized by its
yellow Plasmodium and the peculiar vesicles adherent to the
capillitium.

II. DiDVMiUM ANELLUS, Morgan, n. sp. Plasmodiocarp in
small rings or links, then confluent and elongated, irregularly
connected together, bent and flexuous, resting on a thin
venulose hypothallus; the wall firm, dark-colored, with a thin
layer of stellate crystals of lime, irregularly ruptured. Colu-
mella merely a thin layer of brown scales. Capillitium of
slender dark-colored threads, which extend from base to wall,
more or less branched, and combined into a loose net. Spores
globose, very minutely warted, violaceous, 8-g mic. in
diameter. Plate XII, Fig. 41.

Growing on old leaves in woods in Spring. Plasmodiocarp
in rings .3-. 5 mm. in diameter, or often more or less elongated
into links and chains, which are bent and flexed in quite an
irregular manner, the thread or vein composing them about
.2 mm. in thickness. A more minute species than Didyviium
serpula, without characteristic thickenings upon the threads
of the capillitium, and wanting the peculiar large cells of this
species.

II. SPUMARIA, Pers. i^thalium composed of numerous
elongated, irregularly -branched sporangia, more or le.ss
closely compacted together and confluent, seated upon a well-
developed common hypothallus ; the walls of the sporangia

The My.xomycctes of the Miami \'alle\\ Ohio. 149

a thin membrane with an outer layer of minute, stellate
crystals of lime. Each sporangium traversed by a central
subcylindric hollow columella, which extends also to the
branches, but does not reach to their apices. Capillitium of
slender threads, more or less branched, and combined into a
network. Spores globose, violaceous.

Spumaria is essentially related to Didymium by the crystals
of lime upon the walls of the sporangia. Rostafinski's figure
158 can only be regarded as ideal or diagrammatic. I am dis-
posed to question the existence of the central columella alto-
gether; if it does exist, it must be extremely defective.

I. Spumaria alha. Bull. Plasmodium white, amplectant.
^thalium variable in form and size, resting upon a white,
membranaceous hypothallus, and usually covered by a white,
friable, common cortex composed of minute crystals of lime.
The component sporangia elongated, irregular, more or less
branched, the branches rude, deformed, compressed, laterally
confluent, obtuse or pointed at the apex ; the walls of the
sporangia thin and delicate, rugulose, pellucid, with a tinge of
violet, iridescent when divested of the crystals of lime. Cap-
illitium of slender threads, more or less branched and com-
bined into a net; the threads dark colored, with pellucid
extremities, and furnished with occasional, rings or roundish
swellings throughout their length. Spores globose, densely
spinulose, dark violaceous, 10-14 mic. in diameter. Plate
XII, Fig. 43.

Climbing up and surrounding the stems of small shrubs,
herbaceous plants, culms of grasses, etc., especially those of
living plants, rarel)'' effused upon old wood, bark, leaves, etc.
The sethalium from two or three to several centimeters in
length, and with a radial thickness of two or three to several
millimeters. The following forms or varieties have been dis-
tinguished as species at different times :

Var. I. DIDYMIUM. Sporangia irregular, simple or lobed
and branched, lifted up on narrow, flat extensions of the
hypothallus, as if furnished with short white stipes ; the com-
mon cortex wanting. This '\s Didymiiun spicinarioides, Fr.; it is
probably a dwarf form of the next variety. Plate XII, Fig. 42.

Var. 2. cornuta. ^5^thalium large and rugged in outline,
cinerous from the scanty cortex; the sporangia loosely ccm-

I, so Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

pacted, the branches running out into numerous free-pointed
extremities. Capillitium of rather thick threads, forming a
dense net, with Inroad expansions at the angles. Spores 11-14
mic. in diameter. This is Spumaria cornuta, Schum. It is
evidently the form so elaborately figured by Rostafinski, and
which Fries says abounds in Northern Europe.

Var. 3. MUCiLAGO. .-Ethalium large, even and uniform in
outline, covered by a thick, white, common cortex ; the spo-
rangia laterally confluent and densely compacted together
throughout. Capillitium of rather slender threads, forming a
loose net, scarcely expanded at the angles. Spores 10-13
mic. in diameter. This is Spumaria inncilago, Nees, as figured
by Greville in the Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. The capil-
litium is figured by McBride in The Myxomycetes of Iowa.
This is the only form I have metwith in this country.

III. DIDERMA, Pers. Sporangia subglobose and stipitate
or more often sessile, sometimes plasmodiocarp ; the wall a
thin membrane, with an outer layer composed of minute
roundish granules of lime, which are usually compacted into
a smooth continuous crust. Stipe present or mostly absent ;
the columella usually well developed. Capillitium of very
slender threads, stretching from the columella to the wall of
the sporangium, more or less branched, and combined into a
loose net by short lateral branchlets. Spores globose, viola-
ceous.

This genus is easily recognized by the smooth crustaceous
layer of lime on the outer surface of the sporangium : in
many cases this easily shells off" or breaks away. Such a
coating occurs in a few species of Physarum, but here the
vesicles of lime attached to the threads distinguish them.
This is Chondrioderma of Rostafinski's monograph; the
reason for coining a new name and entirely discarding the old
one is not apparent.

§1. Leangium. Sporangium usually stipitate ; the wall at
maturity separating from the inner mass of spores and capilli-
tium and splitting iu a stellate manner, the segments becom-
ing reflexed.

The flfyxotnycetes of the Miami ] 'a I ley, Ohio. 151

1. DiDKRMA RADiATUM, Linn. Sporangium depressed-
globose, the base flattened or umbilicate, stipitate or nearly
sessile; the wall smooth, whitish or pale brown, splitting
from the apex downward into a few reflexed irregular seg-
ments. Stipe short, thick, erect, tapering downward, stand-
ing on a thin membranaceous hypothallus ; the columella
large, convex, globose or obovoid, roughened. Capillitium of
slender dark-colored threads, radiating from the columella,
simple or branching outwardly. Spores globose, minutely
warted, dark violaceous, <S-io mic. in diameter.

Growing on old bark and wood. Sporangium .8-1.2 mm.
in diameter, the stipe shorter than the diameter, sometimes
nearly obsolete. Apparently rare in this country.

2. DiDERM.v FLORiFORME, Bull. Sporangium globose or
obovoid, stipitate, growing closely crowded together on a thin
brown membranaceous hypothallus ; the wall smooth, varying
in color from whitish or yellowish to bright brown, splitting
into irregular segments, which become reflexed and revolute.
Stipe long, erect, white or j-ellowish to brown ; the columella
elongated, obovoid to clavate, roughened, colored as the stipe.
Capillitium of dark-colored threads, radiating from the colu-
mella and sparingly branched. Spores globose, with minute
scattered w^arts, dark violaceous, 9-1 1 mic. in diameter.
Plate XII, Fig. 44.

Growing on old wood of oak, hickory, etc., late in Autumn.
Sporangium .7-1.0 mm. in diameter before dehiscence, the
stipe usually longer than the sporangium. The color of stipe,
columella and sporangium varies from white through yellow-
ish to brown ; the spores are quite peculiar by reason of their
prominent scattered warts. I do not think Chondrioderma
Lyallii, Massee, can be maintained as a separate species.

§2. Stromnidium. Sporangia growing closely crowded
together upon a thick highly-developed calcareous common
hypothallus, either seated upon it or partially imbedded in its
substance; the wall rupturing irregularly.

3. DiDERMA SPUMARIOIDES, Fr. Sporangia rather small,
irregularly subglobose, sessile, seated close together on a
strongly-developed whitish or yellowish common hypothallus ;
the wall white, rugulose, covered by a dense farinaceous layer

t52 Cincinnati Society of .\atural History.

of lime. Columella convex, roughened, white or yellowish,
sometimes scarcely developed. Capillitium rather scanty, of
slender colorless threads, sparingly branched, a.^cending from
the columella. Spores globose, minutely warted, violaceous,
8-IO mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, bark, moss, etc. Sporangia .4-.6
mm. in diameter, irregular and rugulose. On account of the
pulverulent coat of lime on the sporangium, Massee refers
the species back to Didymium, where it was placed by Fries.

4. Dir)ERM.\ STROMATKUM, Link. Sporangia large, sub-
globose, depressed, irregular and angular from mutual pres-
sure, closely crowded together on a thick yellowish or pinkish
common hypothallus ; the wall smooth and even, grayish-
white or cinereous, with a thin closely connate outer layer of
minute granules of lime. Columella considerably elevated or
much depressed, convex, subglobose or quite irregular, white
or colored, as the hypothallus, especially at the base. Capilli-
tium of abundant colored threads, more or less branched and
combined into a loose net. Spores globose, minutely warted,
violaceous, 8-10 mic. in diameter.

Growing on Hickorj' bark. The .sporangia .5-.8 mm. in
diameter, the suface smooth. Rostafinski, in his Monograph,
places this species as a variety of D. spumarioides, but in the
Appendix it is separated as a species. The sporangia are
quite different from those of D. spumarioides, but I can see no
difference in the spores.

5. DiDERMA GLOBOSUM, Pers. Sporangia subglobose, more
or less irregular from mutual pressure, closely crowded to-
gether on a thick, white hypothallus, seated upon it or
usually sunk into its substance at the base ; the wall with a
white, smooth, and polished crustaceous outer layer of lime,
distinct and sei)arable from the inner membrane, easily
breaking into fragments, and falling away : the inner mem-
brane very thin, rugulose, cinereous with granules of lime or
free from them and iridescent. Columella white, small, irreg-
ular, subglobo.se or ellipsoidal, rarely wanting. Capillitium
of slender, dark colored threads, more or less branched and
combined into a loose net. Spores globose, very minutely
warted, violaceous, 8-10 mic. in diameter.

7 he Myxomycetcs of the Miavii Valley, Ohio. 153

Growing on old leaves. Sporangia .5-. 8 mm. in diameter,
the surface smooth and polished.

6. DiDERMA CRUSTACEUM, Peck. Sporangia subglobose,
irregular from mutual pressure, closely crowded together on
a thick, vellowish-while common hypothallus, and at the
base confluent with its substance ; the wall with a creamy
white, smooth, crustaceous outer layer of lime, distinct and
separable from the inner membrane, and easily breaking up
and falling away; the inner membrane very thin, rugu-
lose, cinereous and iridescent. Columella whitish or cream
colored, small, irregular, subglobose or ellipsoidal, often
wanting. Capillitium of slender, uneven, dark colored
threads, branched and combined into a loose net. Spores
globose, minutely warted, violet-black, opaque, 12-15 ^ic. in
diameter. Plate XII, Fig. 45.

Growing on old leaves, sticks, etc. A common species in
this country. Sporangia .7-1.0 mm. in diameter, the surface
even but finely pulverulent rather than polished. CJiondrio-
dernia affine, Rost., is said to be the same species. It is
readily distinguished from D. globosion by the much larger
spores.

^3. AsTROTiUM. Sporangia gregarious, scattered, or some-
times crowded and confluent, often much depressed, sessile,
rarely stipitate ; the hypothallus none or very scanty.

7. DinERMA MiCHELii, Lib. Sporangia orbicular, very
much depressed, often umbilicate above and concave under-
neath, stipitate or sessile, gregarious, with the margins of the
sporangia sometimes confluent. The wall with a white crus-
taceous layer of lime, which soon ruptures around the edges,
allowing the upper part to break in pieces and fall away ; the
inner membrane cinereous, rupturing irregularly. Stipe
short, stout, erect, arising from a small, circular hypothallus,
whitish or alutaceous, longitudinally rugulose, expanding at
the apex, the wrinkles running out as veins on the under side
of the sporangium ; the columella much flattened, lenticular
or discoid, alutaceous or pinkish. Capillitium of very slender,
colorless threads, simple or forking a time or two, and con-
nected by short branchlets at the extremities. Spores glo-
bose, even, violaceous, 7-9 mic. in diameter.

154 Ciiicijinati Society of Natural History.

Growing on sticks, leaves, herbaceous stems, etc. Sporan-
gium .8-1.2 mm. in diameter, the stipe shorter than the
diameter, sometimes very sliort or quite obsolete.

8. DiDERM.v tp:st.\ceum, Schr. Sporangia circular or oval,
much depressed, sessile, without an}- hypothallus, gregarious
irregularly scattered, sometimes close and even confluent.
The outer calcareous layer of the wall thick, smooth, crusta-
ceous, separate and distinct from the inner membrane, white
or pinkish-white to rose-red in color, gradually breaking up
in pieces and falling away ; the inner membrane thin, pellu-
cid, cinereous from the adherent granules of lime, irregularly
dehiscent from the apex downward. Columella hemispheric
or depressed, granulose roughened, white, pinkish, or fle.shy-
red. Capillitium of very slender, nearly colorless threads,
more or less branched. Spores globose, very minutely
warted, 8-io mic. in diameter.

Growing on old leaves, wood, mosses, etc. \'ery common
in this country. vSporangium .6-r.o mm. in diameter, some-
times a little irregular, especially the form growing on
mosses, and occasionally confluent.

9. DiDERMA ciNEREUM, Morgan, n. sp. Sporangia subglo-
bose, more or less irregular, somewhat depressed, sessile, usu-
ally close or crowded, sometimes confluent ; the hypothallus a
thin membrane, pellucid or with occasional patches of lime
granules, sometimes not apparent. The wall very thin, even
or rugulose, cinereous, the thin membrane covered by a single
layer of closely-adherent granules of lime, rupturing irregu-
larly. Columella white, hemispheric or depressed and irreg-
ular, the surface granulose. Capillitium of very slender,
colored threads, the extremities pellucid, more or less branched.
Spores globose, minutely warted, violaceous, 9-1 1 mic. in
diameter. Plate XII, Fig. 46.

Growing on old wood, leaves, etc. The sporangium .3-. 5
mm. in diameter, thin and smooth or rugulose. The species
superficially greatly resembles Physarum ciuo chvi.

10. DiDERMA DiFFORME, Pers. Plasmodiocarp roundi.'^h,
oblong, or more or less elongated and flexuous, scattered or
seriatcly disposed; the hyjiothallus a thin brownish mem-
brane, or commonly not apparent. The outer calcareous

The Myxo)nycetes of the Miajni Valley, Ohio. 155

layer of the wall snow-white, thin, smooth, distinct from the
inner membrane, breaking into pieces and falling away ; the
inner membrane thin, opaque and bluish or pellucid and
iridescent. Columella reduced to a^ thin layer of scales and
granules upon the brownish basal membrane. Capillitium
scanty, consisting of short nearly colorless threads, which are
simple, or fork a time or two. Spores globose, even, dark
violaceous, 10-13 niic. in diameter.

Growing on bark, leaves, twigs, herbaceous stems, etc.
Plasmodiocarp .3-. 5 mm. in thickness and variable in length,
sometimes elongated several millimeters.

11. DiDERMA RETicuLATUM, Ro.st. Plasmodiocarp very
much depressed, roundish, oblong, much elongated and flex-
uous, closel}' crowded together and confluent ; the hypoth-
allus a thin white granulose layer of lime, scarcely broader
than the plasmodiocarp. The outer calcareous layer of the
wall white, distinct, very fragile and easily shelling off; the
inner membrane much shrunken and withdrawn from the
outer coat, rugulose, cinereous, with a dense closely-adherent
layer of granules of lime. The columella a thin alutaceous,
granulose-roughened layer, extending along the base of the
plasmodiocarp. Capillitium of threads short and very slender,
colorless, somewhat branched. Spores globose, even, pale
violaceous, 6-8 mic. in diameter. Plate XII, Fig. 47.

Growing on old wood, leaves, twigs, etc. Plasmodiocarp
.5-. 8 mm. in width, much flattened and usually closely
crowded. The rough calcareous base of the plasmodiocarp
might be considered as either all columella or all hypothallus,
with the upper surface leather-colored. I am indebted to
Arthur Lister, of London, for the determination of my speci-
mens.

12. DiDERMA EFFUvSUM, Schw. Plasmodiocarp very much
flattened, longitudinally creeping and reticulate or altogether
widely eff"used ; hypothallus none. The wall very thin,
smooth, white or cinereous, the thin membrane covered by a
single layer of closely-adherent granules of lime, rupturing
irregularly. The columella reduced to a thin alutaceous layer
of granules of lime, forming the base of the plasmodiocarp.
Capillitium of short colorless threads, extending from base to

156 Ciucitmati Society of Natural History.

wall, the extremities branched and connected together. Spores
globose, even, pale violaceous, 8-10 mic. in diameter. Plate
XII, Fig. 48.

Growing on old leaves. The plasmodiocarp forms very
much flattened irregular patches from a few to several milli-
meters in length or extent. I am indebted to Dr. Geo. A.
Rex, of Philadelphia, for the identification of my specimens,
with those in the herbarium of vSchweinitz, under the name of
P/iysarjim effiisiim.

IV. LEPIDODERMA, DeB. Sporangium stipitate or ses-
sile, sometimes plasmodiocarp; the wall a thin, firm, color-
less membrane, with an outer layer of large scales consisting
of bicarbonate of lime, the scales either lying upon the wall
or inclosed in lenticular cavities of the membrane. Stipe
pre.sent or ab.sent ; the columella usually conspicuous. Cap-
illitium of very slender threads, simple or outwardly branch-
ing at a sharp angle, connected at the extremities. Spores
globose, violaceous.

".In the present genus the carbonate of lime is present in
the form of very minute amorphous lumps until near to
maturity, when it is dis.solved and reappears as bicarbonate
of lime deposited in comparatively large flakes." — Massee.

I. Lepidodkkm.v tigrinum, Schr. Sporangium large, much
depressed, hemispheric or lenticular, the base umbilicate,
stipitate ; the wall a firm, dark colored membrane, variegated
with large and small irregular shining scales, greenish-yellow
or straw color, rupturing irregularly. Stipe stout, thick,
erect, rugulose, ochraceous or ferruginous, variable in length,
expanding at the base into a thin hypothallus; the columella
brown, convex or hemispheric. Capillitium of slender, dark
colored threads, simple or sparingly branched, radiating from
the columella to the wall. Spores globose, minutely warted,
dark violaceous, 10-13 '"'C- '" diameter.

Growing on old wood, moss, etc. Sporangium 1-1.5 mm.
in diameter, the stipe i mm. or le.ss in length. This appears
to be the only species of the genus thus far discovered in this
country.

Mitieral Synthesis. 157

MINERAL SYNTHEvSIvS/f^
By G. Perky Gkimsley, M. A., Baltimore, Md.

I. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT.

The artificial reproduction of minerals dates far back among
the ancients, though their work is better termed an imitation
of minerals, for they considered reproduction as we under-
stood the word, to be impossible. Some of these ancient
people became expert in the imitation of gems bj' colored
glass; they even took certain white stones, as quartz, topaz,
and colored them red to imitate rubies, their incentive being
pecuniary rather than scientific.

Little or no progress was made in the work until the eigh-
teenth century, when the philosophers began to peer into the
book of nature, to see what was written therein, instead of
trying to write the book themselves. Fanciful theorizing
gave way to observation.

Leibnitz noted the efi"ects of sublimation in the furnaces of
Lange.sheim, near Goslar, where a number of minerals like
lead and copper were melted ; from this was formed zinc
and calamine, while the copper changed color and became
chrysocolla. He then ventured a suggestion, that if the ele-
ments of cinnabar were treated in a similar manner, this
mineral would be formed. Then followed Bacon, who fur-
nished many arguments to prove that minerals could be pro-
duced artificially. Henckel, in 1725, expressed an ardent
desire to realize mineral synthesis, as did Blegny, Boyle and
others.

Thus, the dark curtains of superstition and ignorance were
pulled aside, revealing a new field for work and conquest.
The first attempts were crude and unsuccessful. Bromel, in
1727, tried to reproduce petrefactions of wood and bone and
incrustations as of lime, but without success.

*Based on the works of >reunier, l''oque and M. Levy.

158 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Foremost in the development of experimental geology
stands James Hall, a pupil of Hutton, who, early in the
present century, formed carbonate of lime in a closed tube,
by pure igneous fusion, from the dissociated vapor of its ele-
ments. Through this result and the description of artificial
accidental syntheses given by Haussman, Mitscherlich and
others, Berthier was led, in 1823, to form minerals by mixing
their elements in chemical proportion. St. Claire Deville,
Caron, Debray and other students advanced the work by addi-
tion of fluxes and mineralizers. Manross employed the means
of double igneous decomposition with success. Ebelman
achieved success by aid of igneous evaporation and dissolu-
tion by boric acid. Gaj' Lussac, Durocher, used gaseous in
place of liquid means. Senarmont and Friedel made the
great successful innovation of introducing the action of water
under very high temperatures. Then came the work of
Daubree, which was epoch-making. He obtained very high
temperatures, and what were up to this time unattainable
pressures.

The cause of the long delay in the progress of mineral
synthesis was the idea so firmly fixed in the minds of the old
chemists, that nature worked by mysterious means, and had
at her disposal indefinite time, enormous masses, and sup-
posed forces out of all proportion to those used in the labora-
tory. Then, how was it possible in a crucible, with certain
number of grammes of matter, to reproduce a crystal of same
kind, and association, as those which the volcano ejected, a
crucible million times larger and under enormous pressure
and temperature? The answer seemed too clear to admit any
such vain attempt. The underlying law of proportion was
unseen, but it only needed mure careful observers to dis-
cover it.

With the crude means and limited experience at hand, pro-
gress was very slow down to the middle of the present cen-
tury. At the beginning of the cycle, there existed the two
opposing geological camps — the one attributing everything
to fire, the other all to water. After long years of bitter dis-
cussion, the union was accomplished through the efforts of
Lyell and his followers; at the same time the accunuilating
observations overthrew another old idea, and proved that a

Mineral Synthesis. 159

mineral is not necessarily of one mctliod of origin, but may
be of very different methods, which can be determined. It
was not considered possible that a homogeneous magma could
at the same time give rise to different minerals.

An envelope of mystery was thrown around the origin of
minerals, and they were regarded, even by Zirkel, as the
work of a kind of vital force.

Many causes contributed to the rapid progress of the
science in the last twenty years; the strong prejudices of the
ancients are disappearing, observations and processes of in-
vestigation have acquired a remarkable precision, materials
and apparatus in the laboratories have been greatly improved.
When the new crystals were formed, they were found to be
small and often imperfect, not to be compared in beauty to
cabinet specimens, but far surpassing these in value in settling
questions of origin. They could not be properly studied
without the use of the microscope. Then it was found that
the minerals possessed inclusions, which threw much light
on the origin of the mineral. If these were vitreous, the
origin was vitreous, and excluded the action of volatile
agents ; when these are aqueous, the intervention of water is
ndisputable. Liquid carbonic acid, when found in minerals
like quartz, topaz, and beryl, give evidence of their formation
under great pressures. As mineralogical micrography was
developed, the varied order of consolidation of the different
minerals of rocks was discovered. The state of repose or
movement of the minerals during or after their consolidation
is manifested in the diversity of structure; such as zones of
growth, corrosions, flow structure and others.

For example, micro-pegmatite on observation is found to
be an intimate mixture of quartz and orthoclase, thus proving
that two minerals can crystallize from the same magma at the
same time.

In rocks, the mineral lencite is always formed before the
feldspar and pyroxene. As such rocks have an igneous
origin, it was regarded probable that lencite crystallized at a
temperature higher than that of the other silicate minerals.
This notion served as a guide in the reproduction of lencite
with its associated minerals. Then the observation of the
artificial product proved the assumption which served as the
point of departure.

i6o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Another factor which has contributed largely to the
onward progress of this new work is the perfecting of ap-
paratus for laboratory work. This enables the workers to
obtain very high temperatures and strong pressures under
conditions of almost perfect securit3\

For high temperatures, prolonged for a considerable time,
it was necessary to have recourse to the furnaces of industry,
which are manifestly inconvenient. The employment of the
vSchloesing furnace permitted to obtain in the laboratory very
high temperatures, using illuminating gas as the combustible.
The combination furnaces of Leclerc and Forquignon (1875),
and three years later the tube of Damorseau, furnishing a
draft by a current of gas, secured very high temperatures in
a small space, and maintained these without variation.

The strong pressures are obtained in tubes of glass, sealed
by a lamp, and heated to 200 degrees. A first improvement
consisted in inclosing them in metallic coverings hermetically
sealed and containing a small quantit}' of water. Daubree
attained thus a temperature of 350 to 500 degrees. The iron
and brass first used were altered by the water, so Friedel and
Sarasin doubled the tube and lined the interior with platinum.
The hermetical closure of the tube caused great difficulty for.
a long time. Friedel and »Sarasin overcame this by using a
platinum band fastened around the circumference of the
mouth of the tube as a loop, and fastened by bolts on the
sides. Foque and Levy have modified this by changing the
disc and obtaining the pressure by a stirrup which rests upon
the loop and presses firmly to its place the steel plate at the
top of the tube. This method of closing they find perfectly
safe, and it resists pressures which rend the tube, whose
walls are one centimeter thick, with interior diameter of the
same size. Friedel and Sarasin improved this by applying
the closure to both ends, so facilitating the cleaning of the
interior. The next improvement was made by Wiesnegg,
who, in i<S79, designed a stove, in which, with coal gas as fuel,
many such tubes could be heated at the same time to a tem-
perature near 500 degrees. Automatic valves were con-
structed, regulating supply of gas so as preserve a uniform
temperature.

It is seen by this review of growth that the first workers
in the field were chemists, and tlie difference between a chem-

Mineral Synthesis. i6i

ical and miiieralogical synthesis was long overlooked. In
the chemical sense, if the artificial product has the definite
chemical composition, reaction, and physical properties,
as density, boiling point, etc., the synthesis is complete. But
in mineralogical synthesis, in addition to this, there must be
entire agreement of the resulting product with the natural
one morphologically. It must have the crystal form and also
the characteristic type as in nature, with the optical and physi-
cal properties to be perfect. As an illustration, the elements of
orthoclase might be fused, and the resulting product have the
physical properties and composition of the mineral, but this
could not be termed a mineralogical synthesis unless the
crystal form be produced.

In order to make a perfect synthesis, certain conditions
must be fulfilled:

1. The artificial mineral must possess the chemical compo-
sition of the natural one.

2. The new mineral must belong to the same crystal sys-
tem, \\\\.\\ like forms and crystallographic parameters. The
analogy should even be followed in the twins and the devel-
opment of certain common faces.

3. The identity must be continued in the internal structure,
as revealed by the microscope — in optical properties, cleav-
ages, inclusions, and mode of alteration.

4. The mineral should also show the associated minerals
occurring in the rock and in the same mode of association.

5. There must, through the whole process, be a perfect
agreement of the conditions of the experiment with those
supposed to exist in the natural origin.

6. When all these conditions are fulfilled, it is very probable
that we have employed the exact means which held in the
natural process. As a final control comes the geological
examination as to association, etc.

Under the head of artificial minerals we must exclude those
accidentally formed in the industrial works ; as, graphite on
the walls of iron furnaces, for such do not answer the question
of the origin of such minerals, for the reagents and conditions
remain unknown. Nevertheless, the recorded observations of
such products have aided reproduction in the laboratory.
Such observations have been noted especially by German

i62 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

workers, while the home of actual laboratory investigation is
in France, French writers give as explanation for this fact,
that they did not believe in collecting facts without co-ordina-
tion ; and their progressive genius led them to make hypoth-
eses and then to make experiments to prove these. Early in
the century Berthier and Ebelmen united their studies in
mineralogy and chemistry, and it is on this union that min-
eral synthesis as a science rests.

The forces at work in the formation of minerals escaped
the observation of mineralogists, and were considered outside
the domain of chemistry. While this union is necessary for
a perfect synthesis, the two are essentially distinct, both in
methods and results. The chemist aims at a production of
the mineral as found in nature, while the mineralogist, in
addition, aims at an analogy with natural processes. Thus,
the chemist deposits copper by electrolysis, but this does not
show the origin of copper as found in nature. His task is
the easier, for he uses his reagents at pleasure, aiming only at
the final product.

UTILITY.

Having sketched the history and development of this work,
we may now consider the practical side, and see its aim and
what it has accomplished.

1. Synthesis throws light on the mode of the natural forma-
tion of minerals and rocks. Thus, even down to late times,
water was considered to play an important part in the forma-
tion of a great number of volcanic rocks, and to be indispen-
sable in formation of basalt. Yet basalt and all the modern
volcanic rocks have been formed by purely igneous fusion.

2. vSynthesis permits the determination of the exact compo-
sition of certain minerals impure in nature, notably, chiasto-
lite, garnet, staurolite, and a large number of metamorphic
minerals. Leucitc always shows in nature potash, lime, and
soda; yet the artificial mineral is made with no other base
than potash. Likewise, in case of oligoclase, labradorite, and
anorthite.

3. The majority of the natural minerals are complex com-
binations, in which nian\- bodies are introduced by isomor-

Mineral Syn/ficsis. 163.

phous agenc^^ In the pyroxenes, for example, magnesian
protoxide of lime and iron figured, and mineralogists gave
special names to these types ; as, diopside, augite, which
were characterized by a certain base united with silica. The
v^arieties furnished by nature differed from the theoretical
ones in chemical composition, values of the dihedral angles,
position and value of axes of optical elasticity. Synthesis
alone furnished the theoretical types and gave the exact phys-
ical measurements.

4 Mineral synthesis determines the individuals belonging
to a family, and discovers the true isomorphism of the
series in question. The family of the spinels is composed
of many members, which pass from one to the other by
isomorphous means, as demonstrated chemically by Ebelmen.
Inversely the artificial reproduction of the feldspar series
proved the individuality of oligoclase and labradorite, and the
isomorphism of albite and anorthite, with a possibility of a
mixture of the two in all proportions. One was formed with
a composition between oligoclase and labradorite, showing
two series of microlites, one showing longitudinally as nat-
ural oligoclase, the other, with a maximum angle near thirty
degrees, as natural labradorite. If the formula of the oligo-
clase be varied in a basic sense, immediately appear microlites
of labradorite to the exclusion of anorthite.

5. Certain mineralogical types absent in, yet suggested by,
nature, have frequently been made artificially. Thus have
been obtained a pure soda oligoclase, a potash nepheline,
showing the relative isomorphism of potash and soda.

6. On the other hand, certain forms unknown in nature
have been obtained artificially, as in the crytallized phosphates
of Debray, the sharp-pointed quartz of Hautefeuille, and
chalcedonic nepheline of Foque and Levy.

7. A very considerable service is rendered by mineralogical
synthesis by the production of a series more complete than
the similar natural one, so the limits of isomorphism are
shown with clearness. Thus, Ebelmen completed the spinel
series and showed the relation of the ferrites, chromites, and
aluminates. The experiments of Hautefeuille, Foque, and
Levy, showed the extension of the feldspar family, forming
feldspars with bases of lithia, barytes, strontium and lead.

164 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

8. Geology is encumbered with hypotheses, and observa-
tion in many cases is insufficient to settle definitely the
doubts. It then is left to synthesis to enlarge the field of
observation and to furnish definite solutions. Thus, the
origin of granite was one of the great problems confronting
geologists. The opinion that it was purely igneous prevailed
in the science for the first part of our cycle, replacing the
neptunist theor}^ of Werner ; but the difficulties were in-
creased a little later when, by means of the microscope, it
was found that the quartz was consolidated after the other
minerals, which was against the idea of a purely igneous
fusion of the granite. Elie de Beaumont ( 1S49) accepted the
intervention of water, and insisted, for proof, on the number
and frequency of the minerals sublimed on the periphery of
the massive granites. He supposed the water to be contained
in the form of inclusions in the quartz, a supposition which
was proved ten years later by Sorby, and gave thus a decisive
argument for the mixed origin of granite. When synthesis
was called in to answer the question, it proved conclusively
the impossibility of obtaining granite by purely igneous
fusion.

II. METHODS OF SYNTHESIS.

These methods will, of necessity, vary with the aim in
the mind of the investigator, but he must at all times bear in
mind the conditions outlined in the previous paper. The aim
is to imitate and form the minerals as in nature, under like
processes, using only such agents as can be positively affirmed
to exist in nature. While in very man}- cases high tempera-
ture, high pressure, and long time are required to form the
mineral, yet there is a large series of minerals formed under
ordinary conditions of pressure and temperature. In this
last group are found the sulphates, carbonates, phosphates,
zeolites, ores, and certain water-containing silicates.

The influence of time is well illustrated in the case of cer-
tainly apparently amorphous precipitates, which, in a few
months, show small crystals, and in the course of a few years
form crystals of considerable size.

For the purpose of description, the synthetical methods
will be divided into two general groups : i. The crystalliza-

Mineral Syiil/iesis. 165

tion of a substance already formed, but existing in an amor-
phous state. 2. The formation of a mineral substance and
crystallization at the same time.

Under the first group, crystals are formed ; by passage of
gaseous condition to solid by sublimation ; by a change from
fluid condition to solid, and this either from solution ox fusion ;
by a change from amorphous body to crystalline by the pro-
cess known as devitrification.

Under the division of sublimation would be included those
processes by which a body, in a gaseous state, is changed by
rapid cooling to a solid. This is a process easily used in the
laboratory, as is seen in heating amorphous arsenic in a glass
tube when crystals are formed on the colder portions.

It is found in many cases that the intervention of certain
gases, as hydrogen, nitrogen, fluorine, water, greatly facili-
tates the crystallization. These gases are called by the
French, '' miner alizersT When amorphous sulphate of cad-
mium is heated in a current of hydrogen, greenockite crystals
were formed. The action is often obscure and not easily
understood, as when crystalline zinc is formed by passing a
current of nitrogen over the amorphous sulphate.

Deville converted amorphous tin oxide into beautiful
cassiterite crystals by aid of hydrochloric acid. Freniy, by
aid of fluorine, formed sapphires and rubies weighing .075
grams, from the amorphous alumina.

Boric acid was so successfully used by Ebelmen, in the
formation of the spinels, that he concluded it must be uni-
versally present through the earth's crust. »

Another method mentioned above was the formation out of
solution. This may take place by evaporation, as in all the
easily soluble bodies, at ordinary temperatures, seen best in
rock salt, sylvine, alum. Or it may take place through con-
centration, by lowering the temperature, best illustrated by
the precipitation of gypsum from sea water. Finally, it may
take place by a variation or change in the character of the
solution, as the removal of gases Thus, if an aqueous solu-
tion of carbonate of lime loses its carbonic acid, calcite is
precipitated.

A third category named above was the formation of
minerals from the fusion of amorphous substances. Many

i66 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

substances when fused and slowly cooled, form crystals; as,
gold, silver, copper, antimony, and sulphur. It was found
when gypsum was fused and cooled, anhydride was the re-
sult. The temperatures required for the fusion are often so
great that certain gases, as fluorine, nitrogen, and others, are
used to aid in lowering the temperature, as in the case of
scheelite and zinc-blende.

By the use of certain known solids, as fluxes, great assist-
ance was given. Ebelmen, by use of borax, formed crystals
of corundum. G. Rose, by means of certain salts of phos-
phorus, united with the oxides of silica, titanium, and iron,
formed tridymite, anatase, hematite. Bourgeois, likewise,
formed calcite, witherite, and strontianite, through a fusion
of the carbonates of the bases, with sodium and potassium
chlorides. Berthier formed, by same process, olivine and
some of the pyroxenes. In this connection may be men-
tioned the experiment of Sir James Hall, in which he fused a
crystalline rock (ophite) to a glass ; after this had cooled he
re-fused the glass, and by slow cooling formed again the
crystalline rock. By this means he proved that very high
temperatures were acting in the formation of the volcanic
rocks.

The next division of the changes is that by divitiificaiiov.
It was early observed that certain glasses, long exposed,
showed a tendenc}' to crystallization. This was first observed
by Reaumer in 1727, and was further iiive.^tigattd h\ Hall in
1790. Leibnitz, finding that vitreous rocks were as.'^ociattd
with crystalline ones of same composition, as obsidian and
trachyte, concluded that the latter was derived frc m the
former by this peculiar property called devitrification, so he
concluded that "glass was the base of rocks."

The most complete studies on this subject were made by
Fremy in his experiments on basalt. He heated a number of
specimens for eight days and found a change of color and the
formation of white feldspar crystals in a crystalline ground
mass. Four of these specimens were subjected to less and
less heat, and as a result it was found that the higher the
temperature the smaller were the bubbles. By similar means,
refractory clay, heated, showed crystals of sillimanite. Appert,
in 1890, observed that in soda and calcium glasses, quartz in

Miurral Synthesis. 167

thin plates, wollastonite and diopside, were common products,
while in magnesian iron glass diopside was formed.

Having passed in review the methods of crystallizing
amorphous substances, we will now consider that group of
methods in which the chemical reaction or formation takes
place at the same time as the crystallization.

Again, under the head of sublimation, minerals may be
formed by the action of one gas upon another, as in the
mixing of oxygen and hydrogen sulphide to form sulphur.
Or there may be an action of a gas or gases on molten or
solid bodies. In this case the temperature used may be much
reduced. Deville formed corundum by action of water vapor
on the chloride of alumina. Margottet, through the influence
of sulphur vapor on native silver, in presence of a stream
of nitrogen, formed argentite.

The temperatures in these experiments were high, being
above the fusing point of the substance. The sulphides and
sulpho-salts were formed through action, hydrogen sulphide
on the chloride, oxide, or carbonate, of the mineral sought ;
for example, pyrite was formed by action of hydrogen sulphide
on iron oxide, at a temperature not far above the ordinary.
At a temperature of 400 degrees, millerite, covelline, cup-
ferite, were formed. Minerals ma} be formed ar.d crystallized
from a fused state, by melting together the constitut nts. By
mixing silicic acid, iron oxide, alumina and carbonates of
alkaline earths, then fusing and cooling, are formed leucite,
augite, nepheline, anorthite, cordierite, at temperatures of
1,200 to 1,500 degrees.

These high temperatures are troublesome, so means are
sought to avoid them. Certain fluxes are thus found useful ;
these are of two kinds : one in which the flux exerts no
chemical influence on the mixture, as in case of garnet,
formed by adding to the constituents some easily -fused
chlorine metal, as manganese or calcium chloride. This
method was used by Hautefeuille to form leucite. Or, again,
the flux may exert some chemical action, as in the experi-
ments of Gorgeu, who fused calcium fluoride and chloride
with silica, obtaining augite and wollastonite. Micas, also,
were formed by melting together silicic acid, alumina, and
fluorides of sodium, calcium, and magnesium.

i68 Cinciruiali Society of Natural History.

Another method of mineral formation is through a chem-
ical reaction in the wet way or by solution agencies. The
action of hydrogen sulphide on metallic chlorides and
oxides in solution forms sulphides. vSo lead, iron, or silver
chlorides, in solution of sodium carbonate, in an atmosphere
of hydrogen sulphide, yield crystals of the sulphides. This
method was used very successfully Vjy Weinschenck. These
minerals were formed by the action of gases on solutions.
Other minerals have been formed by the influence of a solu-
tion on a solid body.

If sodium sulphide is brought in contact with an oxide of
some metal under ordinary pressure and .slightly-raised tem-
perature, good sulphide crystals of that metal are formed.
Doelter and Bischoff used this method to form hematite,
pyrite and galena. This action of one solution on another at
ordinary temperature is a fruitful source of new minerals. If
sodium sulphate and lead chloride be brought together in
solution, fine crystals of anglesite are formed. This method
was used by Drevermann and Becquerel. Using the last
method with high temperatures and pressures malachite was
formed by influence of sodium carbonate on copper sulphate.

A few minerals form amorphous precipitates at ordinary
temperature, but when this is raised, the substance crystal-
lizes: as, magnetite in mixture of carbonate of sodium and
chlorides of iron. Friedel and Sarasin formed orthoclase at
550 degrees by action of alumina silicate on the calcium sili-
cate. Other minerals thus formed were, albite, quartz, tri-
dymite, pyroxene, and wollastonite.

Pressure alone has been found effective in formation of a
limited number of minerals. vSpring formed chalcocite from
copper filings and powdered sulphur under a pressure of 5,000
atmospheres.

Electrolysis has been successfully used, and copper, gold,
lead, and the like, have been produced. One mineral, which
has long withstood attempts at its formation, has been artifi-
cially reproduced within the last few years.

A description of this experiment will illustrate, in a general
way, the manner of conducting a synthetical mineral repro-
duction.

Mineral Synthesis. 169

Hornblende and tourmaline were regarded as outside the
field of artificial formation, because all attempts at their pro-
duction were fruitless.

Von Chrustschoff, of St. Petersburg, who had already won
a reputation in this work, attempted the formation of horn-
blende. He found the weak points in the glass tubes were the
terminations, so he improved this by prolonging the tube into
a long neck and funnel, so that its thickness was equal
throughout. The tube held about twenty-five cubic centi-
meters of liquid. He next constructed an oven which would
hold a number of these. P^ach tube was inclo.sed in an iron
capsule, and these placed in an iron retort, surrounded by a
second iron cylinder. The space between the two was filled
with sand. The whole apparatus was covered within and
without with asbestos, and heated by two to six Bunsen gas
burners. In the tubes was placed a stiff gelatinous mass
made by mixing a three per cent solution of coloid silica,
an aqueous solution of alumina, iron oxyhydrate, lime w'ater,
fresh magnesia hydrate, a drop of soda lime alkali. Out of
the five tubes, three remained unbroken at the end of three
months. The heat w^as turned off" at night, and so was inter-
rupted; the temperature maintained was 550 degrees centi-
grade.

At the end of the period, examination of the contents
revealed a number of hard grains of dark color. These were
found to be prismatic crystals, one millimeter in length and a
quarter millimeter thick, perfect enough to be measured. All
the chemical, physical and optical properties were identical
with those of hornblende. The crystals were of greenish-color
pleochroic, and showed beautiful zonal structure.

Associated with these were a number of crystals determined
as pyroxene, probably diopside ; colorless grains, possibly anal-
cite ; quartz crystals, two millimeters in size, with fluid inclu-
sions; thin rhombic tables of orthoclase of the adularia t>pe.
This is the association one would expect to find in a natural
rock, and so makes a mineralogically and geologically perfect
synthesis.

[to be continued.]

Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

NEW PH^NOGAMS FOR THE OHIO FLORA.
By \Vm. C. Werner,

ASSISTANT IN BOTANY, OHIO STATE UNIYERSITY.

Read at the meeting of the Ohio Academy of Science, held in Colum-
bus, December 2S and 29, 1893.

Last Spring I published a list of new plants for Ohio."'^" It
is the interest botanists took in this list that prompts the pub-
lication of another of similar character.

It will be noticed that a few species here giYen are far out
of their range, as given in Gray's Manual. I feel confident
that a sj'stematic survey of the State \vould add many more
such plants to our lists. A considerable portion of my spare
time the past Summer was spent in reducing to order the
undetermined material here at the University. I take
pleasure in acknowledging my obligations to the following
persons, for aid rendered in identifying plants, and verifying
my own determiiialions in this work: Prof. V. L. Scribner,
Dr. N. L. Britton, Prof L. H. Bailey, Prof. J. M. Coulter. Mr.
M. S. Bebb. I am especially indebted to Mr. M. L. Fernald
for the painstaking manner in which he compared a large
number of specimens for me at the Harvard University
herbarium.

Most of the specimens here cited were collected previous
to the publication of the former article, but were still unde-
termined. This accounts for their appearance at this late day.

Lychnis coron.\ri.\ Desv. Apparently wild at " Chri.st-
nias Rock," Fairfield Co., W. A. Kellerman.

Sagin.v apetala L. Borders of streets and sidewalks,
Ironton, Lawrence Co., Wm. C. Werner.

* Bulletin of the Oliio .■\gricuUiiral Kxperiiueiital Station, Technical Scries,
Vol. I, No. 3. April, 1.S93. Article XXI, pp. 235, 240.

Ncic Plucuoi^a))is for ilic Ohio I'lora. 171

Thaspium harhinode angustifolium Coult & Rose.
Toledo, J. A. Sanford ; near Cleveland, Wni. Krebs.

Astp:r Drommondii Lindl. Georgesville, I'Vanklin Co.,
Wm. C. Werner.

Aster lateriflorus bifroxs Gray, {A. diffusus bifrons
Gray). Paine.sville, Lake Co., Wm. C. Werner.

Aster lateriflorus thyrsoideus Gray. {A. diffusus
thyrsoideiis Gray.) Paine.sville, W^ni. C. Werner.

Aster Novi - Belgii L/Evigatus Gray. Ironton, Law-
rence Co., Wm. C. Werner.

BiDENS CONNAT.Y COMOSA Gray. Paine-sville and Colum-
bus, Wm. C. Werner.

Coreopsis senifolia Michx. Hillsides, near Ironton,
Lawrence Co., Wm. C. Werner.

" Coreopsis verticillata Willd. Grows on the rocky
heights across the river from Portsmouth. Flowers yellow ;
in June, two to three feet high. The leaves are lanceolate,
like those of C. senifolia, and mostly glabrous like those of
C. verticillata. This may be the C. senifolia, Michx. I can
not perceive anj- essential differences in Elliott's descriptions
of the two species, at least, in those parts which the imma-
turity of my specimens permit me to inspect * -'■ * ''^ '•- "
Dr. John L. Riddell in Supplementary Catalogue of Ohio
Plants. Western Journal of the Medical and Physical
Sciences, April, 1836, p. 577.

The coreopsis here referred to is undoubtedly the same as
my plant from near Ironton, which, in this case, can hardly
be called new to our Ohio lists. I insert C. senifolia,
however, that the attention of Southern Ohio collectors may
be called to it.

Lactuca pulciiella (Pursh) D. C. Columbus, Wm. C.
Werner.

Senecio viscosus L. Admitted into the former article,
proves to be a large pubescent form of S. vulgaris.

Vernonia Drummondii Shutlew. {V. altissivia grandi-
flora Nutt.) Geneva, Ashtabula Co., Miss Sara F. Goodrich.

Vaccinium Canadense Kalm. Near Toledo, J. A. Sanford.

Chiogenes hispidula (L.) Torr. & Gray. Tamarack
Swamp, near Myer's Lake, Canton, Stark Co., E. W. Vickers.

CUSCUTA CEPHELANTHI Engelm. {C. tenniflora Engclm.)
Ashtabula Co., Miss vSara F. Goodrich.

172 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Salix Cordata angustifolia Anders. This form is
quite frequent in the vicinity of Columbus. It has also been
collected at Lima, Allen Co., by Prof. Kellerman.

Salix intermediate in character between S. cordata and
S. ADKNOPiiVLLA. Cedar Point, Ottawa Co., Aug. D. Selby.
The finding of S. cordata with adenophylla characters in this
region is as yet unexplained, since the latter has not yet been
found within our limits.

PoTAMOGKTOX AMPLiFOLiu.s Tuckerm. Congress Lake,
Stark Co., \V. L. Crubaugh.

Carex Asa-Grayi hispidula (Gray) Bailey. (C Grayi
hispidula Gray. Ashtabula Co., Miss Sara F. Goodrich.

Carex eburnea Boott. Cuyahoga Falls, Summit Co.,
Wm. C. Werner.

Carex glaucodea Tuckerm. Central College, Franklin
Co., Aug. D. Selby.

Carex granularis haleana Porter. Painesville, Wm.
C. Werner.

Carex interior capillacea Bailey. Licking reservoir,
Licking Co., Wm. C. Werner. For description, see notes on
Carex, by Prof. L. H. Bailey, Torr. Bull., Nov. 15, 1893,
p. 426.

Agrostis altissima (Walt) Tuckerm. {A. elata Trin.)
Cleveland, E. Claassen ; Painesville, Franklin Co., Fairfield
Co., Wm. C. Werner. These are all slender forms and do
not correspond exactly with New Jersey specimens. They
are, however, more closely allied to A. elata than to A.
perennans.

Ammophila aruxdinacea Host. Cedar Point, Ottawa
Co., Aug. D. Selby, H. Claassen.

Paxicum capillare flexile Gattinger. Columbus, Wm.
C. Werner. See description in Contributions from the U. S.
National Herbarium, \'ol. Ill, No. i, February 25, 1892.

Panicum commutatim Schultes. vSugar Grove, Fairfield
Co., Ironton, Lawrence Co., Wm. C. Werner.

Sporobolus brevifolius (Nutt.) Scribv. (5. cuspidatus
.Scribn.) (ieorgesville, Franklin Co., Wm. C. Werner.

Observations on Sonic Entonioplilliorece. 173

OBSERVATIONS ON SOME ENTOMOPHTHORE^..
By F. M. Webstkr, M. Sc.

Read before the Ohio Acadenn- of Science, December 28, 1893.

It is certainly to be regretted that there are not more field
workers in this most interesting line of research. Scarcely a
season passes that does not witness one or more emphasized
attacks from these wonderful plant growths, and I do not
believe we at all understand the magnitude of their influence
in the interaction of organisms that is continually going on
about us. True, they are, as a rule, conspicuously abundant
only during seasons when their respective hosts are present
in excessive numbers. But, as this sooner or later occurs
with most of our common insects, there is usuall}^ no lack of
opportunity to enlarge our knowledge of their habits and
interpositions. For my own part, I am usually too over-
whelmed with strictly entomological work to give them more
than casual attention, and, besides, have neither the knowl-
edge or literature requisite to a study of them that would be
of any value. In Ohio, the Summer of 1893 developed
out-of-door attacks of what I supposed, at the time,
to be Empusa muscce Cohn. Unfortunately, not being
aware of the importance of this exceptional phenomenon,
no specimens were secured. On the outskirts of the city
of A.shtabula, 'on June 22, I saw a considerable number
of affected flies attached to the leaves of some fruit trees that
were standing in a small enclosure in which a number of
swine were confined. The flies were evidently attracted to
the locality by the droppings and refuse feed, and found a
resting place on the leaves, where they were overcome by the
disease, which might have originated in the Syrphidce in
attendance upon Aphides. On two other occasions, in other
localities, but under similar environments, the same observa-
tion was repeated, and seemingly on the same species of

174 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

Aluscidic. Only once before had I observed this out-of-dooi:
attack, and that was on September 5, 1884, in a field of wheat
stubble, the host this time being a species of Oscinis, which I
afterward reared from larvae infesting the stems of the young
wheat plants.

Ill the same locality, near Ashtabula, the larvae of Phyio-
nouius punctatus, a recent acquisition to the coleopterous fauna
of the State, were being almost exterminated by Emptisa
sphcerospcrma (Fres.), not one per cent of these larvae, on an
average, reaching maturity, and all efforts to transport them
home by mail proved fruitless. It is a matter of surprise to
me that, if, as Dr. Thaxter believes, this species is correctly
determined, and is also, with its American host, an inhabitant
of Europe, we hear no reports of their sustaining similar
relations, the Phytonomus having been destructively abundant
in the clover fields of Italy for many years, and, apparently,
at rather irregular and widely-separated intervals, thereby
indicating the presence of some restraining element. My
fruitless attempts to transport the larvae, in a healthy condi-
tion, in this case, though the distance was not over 125 miles,
was almost paralleled by a similar attempt some years ago to
transport some larvae of a species of Pac/iyrr/ima, one of the
Tipididce, even a shorter distance. In this case the larvae were
destroying young wheat in a field in Western Indiana, in
April, 1890, and though large numbers were obtained for
study, being apparently in good health when secured, nearly
all died within three days. In one case a larva constructed
its vertical cell in the earth in the breeding cage, and during
the following night pupated, but in the morning was found on
the surface several inches distant, with the side of the body
next to the soil covered with white spores. The species was
not clearly referable to any described, and was named provis-
ionally Empusa pachyrrhincB by Ur. J. C. Arthur.

Throughout many portions of the country the rapidity with
which the barbed wire, as a fencing material, has come into
almost universal use is well-nigh phenomenal. But very soon
after its adoption for this economic purpose, the discovery
was made that domestic animals were more or less liable to
sustain injury from contact with the barbs. This led to a modi-
fication, to the extent of placing one board horizontally above

Observations on Some Entomoplitliorecc. 175

the wires, and, while done expressly for the protection of the
animals, it also took on an entomophthological aspect wholly
unexpected by the naturalist. The fall brood of the larvre of
Spilosoma virgi7iica P'abr., familiarly known as the Common
Yellow Bear, reaches maturity in September and early Octo-
ber, and appears to then acquire a somewhat nomadic habit of
life, possibly being in search of a suitable place for cocooning.
In their travels they seem to take advantage of fences, and
convert them into highways, over which they travel in great
numbers. Now, with a fence of rails or boards, the travel is
distributed over all of these, though the uppermost seems to
be preferred. A barbed wire fence is well-nigh impassable
for these caterpillars, on account of the difficulty of crawling
along the wires and over an occasional barb which stands in
the way. The addition of the top board to a fence of barbed
wire settles the transportation problem with these larvae, and
they crawl along upon the upper edge in great numbers ; but,
as with mankind, disaster overtakes them in the midst of
prosperit}'. This fall brood of larvae seems especially liable
to attack from a fungous disease, Einpusa aidicce Reich., as
determined for me by Dr. Thaxter, of Harvard University.
A caterpillar, when aflfected by this Empiisa becomes first
paralyzed and limp, but later it is rigid and attached so tena-
ciously to the board that it only disappears by becoming dis-
integrated and washed off by rains. Now, when a caterpillar
dies from this cause, it usually becomes firmly affixed right in
the way of the migrating larvae, so that one of these can
scarce pass in either direction without rubbing against the
corpse, as the way is only an inch in width. In thus coming
in contact with the dead body of its fellow, in all probability
some of the spores of Empusa become attached to its own
body and soon do their work, the dead, as before, lying in the
narrow path and adding to the danger of other travelers.
Now, one can very readily see that in a short time the narrow
way will become so filled with dead that to travel for any
distance along this highway without contracting this fungoid
disease is almost an impossibility. In proof of this, the upper
edge of this board, where it is used, becomes literally strewn
with corpses. In a distance of forty-eight feet, on a fence of
this description, near Wooster, Ohio, in October, 1892, I

176 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

counted at one time the dead bodies of seventeen of these
caterpillars, and clustered on the top of a post, within an area
of twelve square inches, were six additional ones, all rigidly
attached to the wood, some of these bodies remaining in place
until the following June.

As indicating the probable effect of this scourge, I will say
that at a corresponding season of the present year, 1893, there
is in this same locality scarcely a larva of this species to be
found. As the caterpillars are not gregarious, and scatter
soon after hatching from the ^^^, the chances of their being
reached by the spores of the Empiisa are • very few, unless
they rub against a diseased larva, or come within a certain
radius of such a one when the spores are thrown off, or
" shot," as it is termed. Hence, as now appears, this mor-
tality is largely due to the cause indicated, and which seems
to be a powerful agent in holding the species in check.

From the fact that the victims of Empusa-^XX.'a.QV seek the
very highest points within their reach before they become
helpless, it may be suggested that they were contaminated
before reaching the fence, and only took to it as the highest
object within their reach. This appears to me to be hardly
possible, except to a liinited degree. The chances of infec-
tion elsewhere were comparatively small at most, and I have
observed the caterpillars, in other years, and in widely-distant
localities, crawling along the top board of fences in precisely
the same manner, with no indication whatever of the presence
of Empusa. So far as I have been able to observe, the victims
become helpless soon after contagion, though it may be that
much depends on the weather at the time. However, there
seems to be no good reason why, even under circumstances
most likely to delay the effects of the contagion, dead larvae
should not have been found on the weeds and other herbage
along the fences, which was but rarely the case. There
appears every indication that infection took place after the
victims reached the fence, though, of course, this is by no
means proven.

It seems possible that a larva might occasionally become
infected by eating of a leaf that had been partly devoured by
another in which the disease had reached an advanced stage ;
or spores, in being thrown forth from a defunct larva, might

Observations on Some Entomophihorecz. 177

have fallen on such leaf and been devoured, or brought in
contact with the body of a healthy caterpillar by the latter
crawling over and among them. As it is quite improbable
that the spores would winter over, and remain for a year on
the fences, the disease must have been first conveyed to the
fences by affected larvae from the adjoining vegetation.

That the hypha of 'germination, after it has entered the
body of the host, develops with some rapidity is admitted by
all, and I had what appeared to be a good illustration in
August, 1 891, at Columbus, Ohio. This time the host was
Diedrocephabis mollipes, and the Empiisa possibly E. jassi
Cohn. A very small plat of wheat plants were grown in the
orchard of the Agricultural Experiment Station, which plat
being fully one hundred feet from any grass or similar
herbage. For a considerable time I found regularly every
day or two, one, and rarely two victims rigidly fixed to the
leaves of the plants, with wings outstretched in all cases.
The plat covered little more than a couple of square feet area,
and it was easy to watch the number of visitants, which
seldom numbered more than two or three at the same time.
In fact, it had the look of a veritable death-trap, to which one
victim after another was allured, became infected and died.
This fatality was doubtless aggravated by the drouth, which
was very severe at the time, while the wheat plants were
kept fresh and vigorous by frequent watering. No amount
of search in the vicinity indicated any such ravages else-
where.

In the foregoing I have used the generic name Evipusa, but
not without serious doubts as to its' validity. This name is
also used for a genus in Orthop/era, a large pale-green mantis,
common in the countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea, be-
ing known as Empusa paiiperata Fabr. The use of this name
generically, in entomology, has priority over its use in desig-
nating a genus of Eutomophthorese; besides, to continue to
use it in the latter connection might precipitate a complica-
tion, as in this country, at least, Empusa is known to affect
several Orthoptcra.

I7<S Cincinnali Society of Natural History.

MANUAL OF THE PALEONTOLOGY OF THE CIN-
CINNATI GROUP.

By Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A., etc.

Part V.

(Continued from Vol. XV, p. 159.)

Group II. Discoid : Free, plano-convex, concavo-convex,
or conical ; upper surface bearing apertures, the lower cov-
ered with an epitheca.

a. Corallum concavo-convex.

epitheca concentrically wrinkled.

t calices generally similar 5

tt clusters of larger calices.

+ calices polygonal 6, 7

XX calices circular or sub-circular 8, 9

* epitheca with radiating striae; calices circular, 10, 11

* epitheca with striiu extending from a point at

one side 12

* epitheca with a groove 13

b. Corallum conical.

* edges thin.

t epitheca with a grove 13

tt epitheca concentrically wrinkled.

X monticules small M. '5

++ monticules prominent 16

5. — M. DiscoiDEA (James) Nicholson, 1871.

Corallum free, discoid, concavo, or plano-covex, sharp-
edged, from five to eight lines in diameter, and about one
line in thickness in the center; under surface generally con-
cave, covered with a thin, smooth and irregularly striated
epitheca, usually with two or three marked, concentric

Palcoutology of the Cincinnati Group. 179

wrinkles; upper surface, carrying the calices, gently convex,
and without any monticules; calices polygonal, sub-equal,
occasionally collected into maculoe ; no interstitial cells ;
spiniform corallites situated at the angles of junction of the
cells ; corallites directed at right angles to the base, thin
walled at first, but becoming thickened ; tubes crossed by a
moderate number of complete, horizontal tabulae, frequently
placed at corresponding levels in contiguous tubes. (Cat.
Foss. Cin. Gr. (name only). Nicholson, Quart. Jour. Geol.
Soc, Lond., vol. 30, 1874, p. 511, as Chcctetcs discoideus ;
Genus Montic, 1881, p. 193).

Locality. — Cincinnati, O., near Toronto, Canada ; in Wiscon-
sin, etc.

Remarks. — This species is readily recognized by the disc-
like form of the corallum, with the under surface concen-
trically striated, and the upper one w'ith tubes of a uniform
size and without monticules.

6. — M. NEWBERRVi Nicholson, 1875.

Corallum in the form of a thin, sub-circular or semi-circular
expansion, 10 lines to one inch or more in diameter, and ^'^ of
an inch thick ; generally free, but perhaps occasionally para-
sitic, and with a basal epithecal membrane; surface smooth,
but with groups of corallites larger than the average, and
forming low, inconspicuous elevations; calices polygonal,
thin-walled, and interstitial cells observable in well-preserved
specimens ; in cross section the corallites are oval, touching
each other at some points, the interstices filled^with numerous
small and variously -shaped corallites; tabulae of the large
corallites imperfect, forming a series of vesicles on one side
of the tube, the other being open and without them ; small
corallites with closely set, straight tabulae. (Pal. of Ohio,
vol. 2, 1875, p. 212, as Chcctetcs newberryi ; Genus Montic,
1881, p. 212). {Aspidopora parasitica Ulrich, 14th Ann. Rept.
Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survej', 1886, p. 90. Prasopora
contigua Ulrich. Ibid, p. 87).

Locality. — Cincinnati, O., and in Minnesota.

Remarks. — This species, while similar to the preceding, can
be readily separated from it by the well-marked groups of

i8o Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

large corallites. In the form described as Aspidopora parasitica
the species is occasionally parasitic, although even in this
when the object to which the specimen is attached is small,
the edges show a well-marked epitheca. We give below the
main features of the two species given as synonyms. In the
absence of illustrations reliance must be placed upon the
descriptions.

Aspidopora parasitica Ulrich. Corallum adherent to foreign
bodies, but showing when over-growing the foreign sub-
stance a wrinkled basal epitheca ; corallites oval or circular,
moderately thin-walled, and arranged more or less circularly
about groups of cells larger than usual ; interstitial cells
numerous, but easily overlooked, on the surface; spiniform
tubuli numerous and recognizable in well-preserved speci-
mens; cystoid diaphragms in the larger cells, but horizontal,
closely-set ones in the interstitial corallites; in tangential
sections corallites sub-circular or oval, in contact at two,
three or four points, interstitial cells occupying the interme-
diate spaces; spiniform tubuli at nearly all points of contact
between the corallites.

Prasopora contigua Ulrich. Corallum hemispheric, base
flat or concave, one-half to three-quarters, rarely one inch in
diameter; cells polygonal and thin-walled, with groups of
cells slightly larger than the average at intervals ; interstitial
cells hardly discernable at the surface, but observable in
tangential sections, where they are wedged in between the
larger cells ; these last mostly in contact at their edges ; spini-
form tubuli also developed ; diaphragms cystoid, more fre-
quently excentric than central.

It is scarcely necessary to make any further remarks as to
the relationship of these two "species" with M. ncwberryi.

7. — M. ELEGANS Ulrich, 1880.

Corallum free, thin, circular, from two lines to one and one-
half inches in diameter, and about one-fourth of a line thick ;
upper side convex, lower concave, but specimens generally
flattened by compression ; under surface smooth, or with an
epitheca having concentric or sometimes radiating striae;
upper surface with numerous, rather low, rounded tuberosi-

Pa/con to f(\q-y of Ihc Cinctnuaii Group. i8i

ties, the bases nearly or quite in contact; monticules arranged
in diagonal, intersecting rows, and with an average diameter
of two and one-half lines ; calices diamond-shaped or hexa-
gonal, graduall)' decreasing in size from -^-^ inch in diameter
at the summits, to yyo inch in diameter in the interspaces;
interstitial cells and spiniform tubuli absent ; cell walls mod-
eratel}' thick, the cells arranged diagonally, but the regularity
being slightly disturbed by the increasing size of the cells on
the monticules ; longitudinal sections show the cells proceed-
ing to the surface with a slight inclination ; walls of medium
thickness ; two or three diaphragms in each tube, on lines
parallel with the upper surface ; tangential sections show the
cell walls are not fused. (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2,
1880, p. 130, as Chcptetcs clegaiis ; Ibid., as Discotrypa elegans,
vol. 6, 1883, p. 164). {Lcptotrypa semipilaris Ulrich, Geol.
Sur. Illinois, vol. 8, 1890, p. 457).

Locality. — Cincinnati, O., and Covington, Ky.

Rcjuarks. — This species is similar in many respects to the
preceding, but differs in the low, broad monticules, and the
variability in size and shape of the cells. It should also be
compared with M. arco/aia, to which it bears a great resem-
blance. The species described by Mr. Ulrich as Leptotrypa
semipilaris does not present enough points of difference to
justify a separation from the present form, but in order to
permit of comparison, the essential features of the species
are given below.

Leptotrypa semipilaris Ulrich. Corallum small, discoid,
lenticular or globose, usually hemispherical ; surface smooth,
or with low elevations with clusters of larger cells at the
apices; corallites direct, thin-walled; calices subpolygonal,
eight in two mm.; tabulae usually wanting, but a few occa-
sionally developed near the surface; spiniform corallites
moderate in number and size, placed at angles of corallites.

8. — M. LENS McCoy, 1850.

Corallum discoidal, concavo-convex, the concavity of the
base corresponding to the convexity of the upper surface ;
varying in size from less than one-fourth of an inch to one
inch in diameter, and from one-half to about one line in

i82 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

thickness ; upper surface smooth and destitute of monticules,
but occasional specimens with groups of calices slightly
larger than the average; under surface, when unworn, cov-
ered with a delicate epitheca showing fine concentric lines
and radiating, striae ; cell apertures sub-circular, with thin
walls when well preserved, but frequently appearing thick if
worn, sometimes arranged in regular, slightly-curved rows,
of from four to twelve or more, and seven or eight in one
line ; corallites somewhat bent or tortuous, tabulate, the
smaller more closely than the larger ones; tabulae mostly
horizontal ; in cross sections there are shown two kinds of
tubes, the larger mostly circular, the smaller more numerous
and varying in shape. {Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser., vol.
6, Oct., 1850, p. 2S3, as Ncbulipora lens). {Fisinlipora lens
Whitfield, Ann. Rept. Geol. Wise, for 1877, p. 69; Mont, cir-
cularis James, Paleontologist, No. 6, Sept. 12, 1882, p. 46;
Calloporella harrisi Ulrich, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hi.st., vol 6,
1883, p. 91.)

Locality. — Oxford, Blanchester, Westboro, and other places
in Clinton, Warren and Butler counties, Ohio; Wisconsin;
Wales.

Remarks. — This species is well characterized by its circu-
lar form and the regular arrangement of the cells in curved
lines. The form has a wide distribution, for there can be
scarcely a doubt but that the forms from Ohio are the same
as those from Wales and Wisconsin. Ulrich's species does
not differ in any essential character from ciycularis as defined
by Mr. James, and that species is certainly the same as lens of
McCoy, and F. lens of Whitfield.

9. — M. DUBi.v Ulrich (.sp.) 1890.

Corallum discoid; "upper surface with the usual style of
cell aperture;" lower surface with an epitheca; corallites
direct, circular, with slightly wavy walls; interstitial cells
comparatively few and small, situated at the angles between
the corallites ; tabulae horizontal and complete in both kinds
of corallites, but more clo.sely set in the small than in the
large ones; spiniform tubuli wanting. (Geol. Sur. of Ills.,
vol. 8, 1890, p. 459, as Diplotrypa :' dubia)

Locality. — Wilmington, Illinois.

Paleontology of the Citiciinmti Group. 183

Remarks. — This is an unsatisfactorily-defined and poorly-
illustrated species, and mainly for this reason it is placed here
as a separate species. It occurs at Wilmington, Illinois, in
connection with species known from Cincinnati, and for
this reason and in the expectation of its occurrence in Ohio
and Indiana, it is included in this Manual. It would, how-
ever, be difficult to recognize from the meager description
given by its author.

10. — M. ARCOLATA Ulnch, 1883.

Coralluni free, very thin, convex, three lines to one inch in
diameter and two and a half lines thick, under surface wath
radiating striae, or a few obscure concentric wrinkles ; upper
surface celluliferous and with a number of convex or irregu-
larly angular spaces, .15 inches in average diameter; at the
margin of these spaces the cell apertures are circular, yJtt of
an inch in diameter and at the center they are ^V inch in
diameter; calices frequently closed by opercula; interstitial
spaces with interstitial cells and numerous spiniform tubuli ;
in longitudinal sections the tubes are seen to be prostrate for
about one half their length and then proceed direct to the
surface; walls thin, more or less flexuous; interstitial tubes
enlarge rapidly and attain their full diameter at the second
diaphragm ; in the proper tubes there are only two or three
tabulae and these in the lower part; in the interstitial tubes,
however, the tabulae are crowded ; tangential sections show
cells to have thin walls ; interstitial spaces have large, usually
hour-glass shaped cells, occasionally divided in halves by a
faintly-defined wall; comparatively large spiniform tubuli
developed in all parts w^here the true cells come into contact.
(Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, 1883, p. 164, as Aspidopora
arcolata) {Diplotrypa patella Ulrich, Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol.
8, 1890, p. 458.)

Locality. — Cincinnati and Oxford, Ohio.

Remarks. — This species is a very close ally of M. elegans,
and in a previous paper by Mr. U. P. James and the author,*
it was placed as a synonym of it. It seems best, however, in

*Jour. cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, 1SS8, p. 165.

184 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

view of the presence here of interstitial tubes and spiniform
tubuli, both of which are absent from M. elcgans, to consider
it as a distinct species. It might, perhaps, be more correctly
referred to it as a variety. A new species, called by Mr.
Ulrich Diplotrypa patella, does not seem separable. Its char-
acters are as follows :

Diplotrypa patella; Corallum lenticular, 25 to 38 mm. in
diameter and 2 to 4 mm. thick at the center; surface smooth,
the spiniform corallites projecting above the edges of the
calices; clusters of cells slightly larger than the average, but
not elevated above the general level ; under surface with a
thin and concentrically wrinkled epitheca ; corallites thin-
walled, eight in two mm., calices circular or polygonal, normal
ones .18 mm., but larger ones .25 mm. in diameter, arranged in
diagonally intersecting series; interspaces occupied by spini-
form corallites; tabulae moderately abundant, straight or
curved, especially in the lower part of the tube ; tabulae more
numerous in the small than in the large corallites.

II. — M. CALYCULA (James) Nicholson, 1871.

Corallum free, forming a thin, circular, concavo-convex
leaf-like expansion, ^V inch thick, one-half to two inches in
diameter ; under surface generally deeply concave, covered
with a thin epitheca, with fine radiating striae and a few con-
centric wrinkles; upper surface with oval or circular calices,
without monticules ; corallites of two kinds, larger oval, rarely
in contact, the smaller variable in size and shape, more or less
angular and wedged in between the larger ones; spiniform
corallites num-erous, thick-walled, mostly situated at points
where the larger calices should come into contact ; tabulae
wanting or incomplete (?) in the large, but numerous, closely
set, horizontal and complete in the smaller ones. (Cat. Foss.
Cin. Gr., 1871 (named). Ibid, 1875, p. i, as Chcetetesf calycula ;
Nicholson, Genus Montic, 1881, p. 165.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — This species is somewhat similar to the preced-
ing, but differs from it in having the edge of the corallum
thin, and sharp and often irregular instead of being regular
and thickened. Many specimens, are found with the cell-

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 185

bearing surface buried and the basal surface exposed. The
description above given is that of Nicholson.

12. — M. ECCENTKic.v James, 1882.

Corallum piano- or slightly concavo-convex, sub-circular,
small, from one to two lines in diameter, and one-half a line,
or less, thick ; under surface often exposed in specimens
imbedded in the rock, flat or slightly concave ; epitheca thin,
with fine concentric lines, having a starting point near one
margin ; fine lines also radiate from the eccentric starting
point to the margin ; bases of corallites easily seen through
the epitheca ; upper surface gently convex, smooth ; calices
circular, similar in size, with a few of the central ones
slightly larger than the others ; walls thin ; interstitial coral-
lites few or numerous ; cross section shows oval tubes with
somewhat thickened walls, distinctly separated, the inter-
spaces occupied by curved or angular lines; corallites curv-
ing slightly at the base, then taking an oblique course to the
surface ; tabuloe horizontal in the small, but mostly oblique
in the larger tubes. (The Paleontologist, No. 6, Sept. 12,
1882, p. 48.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — This species can be readily recognized by its
small size, and by the eccentric radiation of the striae on the
epithecal membrane. It is possible that these, peculiarly-
arranged striae are due to the growth of the coral upon the
shell of Schizocrania filosa. Should this actually prove to be
the case, the species would better be considered the same
as M. lens, or possibly be placed as a variet}- of that species.

13. — M. FALESi James, 1884.

Corallum free, oval or round ; the upper surface low and
convex in the oval specimens, and steep and conical, with a
small apex in the round ones ; varying in size from about
one-half to three-quarters of an inch in diameter, and from
one-quarter to three-quarters of an inch high ; margins thin
and sharp ; under surface peculiar in possessing a regularly-
outlined conical groove, extending nearly across the middle

i86 Cincinnati Socicly of Natural History.

of the longest diameter, and with a pointed end, the concave
surface of the groove covered with fine transverse striae;
calices circular and polygonal ; stellate maculae distributed
irregularly over the surface, little or not at all elevated, and
sub-solid, or with a larger cell in the center; walls of cells
thin ; interstitial cells and spiniform corallites few ; seven
or eight calices to one-tenth inch between the maculae, but
fewer in number on the maculae ; corallites thin-walled,
with a direct course from the base to the upper surface ;
tabulae closely set with, in some cases, a series of vesicles
attached to one side of the tube, and extending half way
across, being met by horizontal tabuke from the other side ;
corallites circular, with a curved line from side to side, giving
a crescentric appearance. (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7,
1884, p. 138.)

Locality. — Danville and Frankfort, Ky.

Remarks. — This species, characterized mainly upon the
presence of the conical groove on the under surface, is abun-
dant in beds of Trenton age at Frankfort, Ky., and in upper
beds of the Cincinnati Group at Danville, Ky. It is possible
that it may prove to be the form described by Nicholson as
selwynii var. hospitalis. This is stated to occur at Waynes-
ville, and to be parasitic upon shells of brachiopods. The
internal structure, especially the vesicles on one side and
straight tabuke on the opposite, is the same in both forms.
That described as falesi, however, seems to be made up of
tubes of one size only ; the other has both large and small
corallites. The conical groove is probably produced by the
growth of the coral upon a species of Hyolithrs, although
some have considered it to be the small end of an Orihoccras
or Endoceras.

14. — M. PKT.vsiPORMis Nicholson. 18S1.

Corallum free, conical or discoidal, varying in size from one-
half inch to nearly two inches in diameter, and also variable
in shape; under surface flat or concave, covered with a con-
centrically striated epitheca; corallites springing upward, at
right angles to the base, and giving rise to an exj^ansion thin
at the edges, and elevated in the center from one-half an inch

Paleoulology of the Cincinnati Group. 187

to ail inch above the base ; sometimes two elevations are
present: calices thin-walled, polygonal, nearly equal in size;
scattered over the surface are clusters of slightly larger cells,
either even with the surface or raised slightly above it ; inter-
stitial cells none ; tabulae numerous, complete, well developed
throughout the entire length of the corallum. (Genus Montic,
1S81, p. 190.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — This is one of the numerous perplexing forms
which, while externally similar to others, differs materially in
internal structure. It is one of the forms that has been called
petropolitaniis.

var. wELCHi James, 1882.

This variety has the same general mode of growth as the
typical form ; the monticules are much more pronounced, and
the central portions are occupied by from four to ten or more
small pores, the larger calices surrounding or being mingled
with these ; maculae sometimes form conspicuous monti-
cules, irregularly arranged and from one to two lines apart ;
interstitial cells rarely found scattered among the calices cover-
ing the general surface; one peculiar feature is to be found in
certain projections, either straight or branching, which spring
from the upper surface of the corallum ; internal structure
similar to type form. (Af. zcr/r/// James. The Paleontologist,
No. 6, Sept. 12, 1882, p. 50.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — In the original description it is stated that this
may be only a variet}', as it is here considered. Two points
of difference are noticed, one in the presence of a few inter-
stitial corallites and the other in the monticules. These are
scarcely sufficient to warrant specific rank. The largest
example observed was three inches in diameter. Broken off
projections present various forms, being cylindrical, lobate,
flattened or irregular in outline.

15. — M. WHiTEAVEsri Nicholson, i88r.

Corallum discoid when }oung, liemispheric when adult,
often with wide margins; varying in size from one-half inch

i88 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

to one and one-quarter inches in diameter, and from two to
six lines or more high ; under surface with a concentrically
wrinkled epitheca, generally deeply concave, but sometimes
flat ; upper surface with scattered and very slightly raised
monticules, composed of corallites slightly above the average
size ; corallites directed at nearly right angles to the entire
basal plate, to the upper surface, and of two kinds, large and
small, and both intermingled ; large tubes more or less thin-
walled, angular, sub-angular, or hexagonal, sometimes in
groups of four or five each ; small corallites very numerous
and variable in size and form, always thin-walled and angular,
filling the spaces between the larger tubes ; spiniform coral-
lites at the angles of junction of the cells ; in internal sections
all the tubes except the spiniform corallites equally thin-
walled, the large corallites crossed b}- remote, horizontal and
complete tabulae, the smaller ones by similar but more closely
set tabulae. (Pal. Tab. Corals, 1879, pi. XIII, fig. 4,4 b;
Genus Montic, 1881, p. 160.)

Locality. — Warren and Clinton Counties, Ohio.

Remarks. — This is one of the numerous forms that have
been referred to petropolilanus Pander, and it is puzzling
because of the similarity in external form to several other
species. In an article published in 1888,* by U. P. and J. F.
James, the species described by Nicholson as M. sehcyuii was
placed as a synonym of the present form. The internal struc-
ture of the two is different, so that it seems best to separate
them. AI. sehcy^iii \\.sq\{ does not seem to occur at Cincinnati,
but a variety of it does. This will be referred to later on.

16. — M. ciNCiNNATiENSis James, 1875.

Corallum either free or attached, forming a layer a line or
less thick ; under surface with a strongly-wrinkled epitheca,
not often seen ; upper surface covered with numerous conical
and very prominent monticules, the bases of which are close
together; calices sub-polygonal, moderately thick walled,
with a number of interstitial cells; corallites of two kinds;
the larger generally oval or circular, the smaller variable in
shape, but more or less angular ; vertical sections show the

■^'Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. Ui, Jan., 1.^88, p. 10'.).

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 189

larger corallites to have horizontal and complete tabulae and
also a series of incomplete tabulae forming a series of vesicles
along one side of the tube ; small corallites with numeroiis
complete and horizontal tabukc. (Cat. Low. Sil. Fossils,
1875, p. 2, as Clurlctcs cincinnatiensis ; Nicholson, Genus
Montic, 1881, p. 226). {M. consimilis Ulrich, Jour. Cin. Soc.
Nat. Hist., vol. 5, Dec, 1882, p. 238. Prasopora nodosa
Ulrich. Ibid, p. 245).

Locality. — Cincinnati and Oxford, O.; also, Trenton group
at Nashville, Tenn.

Remarks. — This is a well-marked species, especially dis-
tinguished by the prominent, conical monticules. Of the two
species placed as synonyms only a single fragment was found
of the first ; and although the second was from a lower
horizon (upper Trenton, of Tennessee), there does not seem
any reason for separating it as a distinct species. The two
species are described below for comparison.

M. consimilis. Corallum attached to shell of a Strophomena,
the upper surface with unequally distributed, compres.sed
and prominent monticules, the summits occupied by apertures
of small cells and the slopes by cells larger than the average ;
ordinary cells thin-walled, polygonal, y^-o to j\-^ inch in
diameter ; longitudinal sections show in the immature portion,
thin-walled cells, crossed by straight or oblique tabulae, with
a few vesicles in the larger cells ; in the mature portions the
walls are thicker, and both straight tabulae and vesicles are
more numerous ; transverse sections show polygonal and
thin-walled cells, the visceral chamber being crossed by
delicate laminae excavated on one side in a crescentric or
triangular manner, exactly as in cincinnatiensis.

Prasopora nodosa Ulrich. Corallum small, irregular or
hemispherical, one to one and one-half inches in diameter;
lower surface lined with a wrinkled epitheca ; upper convex,
covered by prominent, closely-arranged but usually unequal
monticules; calices sub-circular, walls thin, varying from
tIu to y|^ inch in diameter ; angular, interstitial cells fre-
quently present; internally made up of two kinds of coral-
lites, the larger with thin, di-stinct w^alls, oval or sub-circular,
J- .}^ inch in diameter and only in contact at certain points;
tabulae straight and forming vesicles along one side of the

igo Citiciiiiiati Society of Natural History.

tubes; interstitial cells numerous, having many closely set,
horizontal tabuke ; a few si)iniform corallites may be observed
in tangential sections.

Group III. Dendroid or Ramose ; Branching more or less ;
stems cylindrical or sub-cylindrical; base free or attached;
calices covering the branches, varying in form ; monticules
present or absent.

I. Surface smooth.

a. calices oval or circular; all similar.

'•■■ apertures of calices thick 17

* apertures oblique ; lips thin 18

b. calices oval or circular; interstitial cells present.

•■ apertures oblique ; lips thick 19

•■ maculae present, with larger cells than average, 20 .
•• larger cells separated by number of small ones, 21
■ macuku present ; made of larger cells, and oc-
cupied also by minute cells 22, 23, 24

* calices surrounded by ring-like wall 25

c. calices rhomboidal ; arranged in lines 26

d. calices irregular in form 27, 28

II. Surface with macuke or low monticules.

a. calices polygonal or sub-polygonal.

® clusters of cells larger than average; intersti-
tial cells few 29

* cluster of cells smaller than average ; intersti-

tial cells numerous 30

* low monticules present; interstitial cells pres-

ent 31

t no interstitial cells 32, 33

/). calices oval or circular.

^ niacuhu or monticules formed of smaller cells. 34

III. Surface with conspicuous monticules.

a. calices of two kinds; monticules elongated or conical.

* calices large, sub-polygonal 35

* calices large, oval 36

* calices ovate or sub-circular 37

b. calices of two kinds; monticules conspicuous, ar-

ranged in alternate manner 38

c. calices sub-equal; monticules small, arrangi.il in

alternate manner 39. 40

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 191

17. — M. BRiAREA Nicholson, 1875.

Corallum free, dendroid, beginninj^: with a pointed base and
expanding above ; branches variable in number, two and one-
half to four lines in diameter, cylindrical, possibly branching
more than once ; surface smooth ; calices of one kind only,
oval or circular; walls of corallites thick at the surface;
interstitial tubes and spiniform corallites wanting ; in the
axial region the corallites are thin-walled and polygonal ;
tabulae complete and horizontal in both axial and peripheral
regions, but most numerous at the point where the corallites
bend outward toward the surface ; tangential sections show
corallites to be uniform in size and of one kind only ; axial
sections show thin-walled and polygonal corallites, the walls
beginning to thicken when curving outward. (Pal. of Ohio,
vol. 2, 1875, p. 202; Nich., Genus Montic, 1881, p. 198.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O., and Frankfort, Ky.

Remarks. — This is one of the best marked species of the
genus. It has an apparently free, pointed base, and branches
in a digitate manner. The ordinary specimens are from one
and one-half to two inches long, but specimens may attain a
length of six inches. Specimens from near Frankfort, Ky.,
present all the characters of the Ohio form, and occur either
in the lowest beds of the Cincinnati rocks or in the topmost
layer of the Trenton.

18. — M. GRACILIS (James) Nicholson, 1874.

Corallum dendroid, branches cylindrical or sub-cylindrical,
from less than one line to three lines or more in diameter,
branching at intervals ; surface smooth ; calices oval, their
long axes corresponding with the long axis of the branch,
opening obliquely ; cell mouths greatly thickened ; intersti-
tial tubes moderate in number ; spiniform corallites present,
but mainly to be detected by microscopic sections ; in the
axial region corallites vertical, thin - walled and polygonal
with few or no tabulae ; as they bend outward toward the
surface the walls become greatly thickened, and the tabulae
are more numerous, in all cases being horizontal and com-
plete ; three distinct types of corallites are to be recognized ;

192 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

the normal ones with a diameter of 74- of an inch or less,
with a moderate number of horizontal tabulae ; smaller coral-
lites intercalated with the normal ones and with more numer-
ous and more closely set tabulae ; and a small number of
spiniform corallites situated in the thick walls separating the
normal corallites. (Cat. Fos. Cin. Gr., 1871 (name onl}').
Nicholson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, 1874, p. 504,
as Chatetes. Genus Montic, 1881, p. 125.)

I^ocality. — Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — Dr. Nicholson considers this, and the one follow-
ing, to be the same. Although closely allied, the smaller
form, the oblique openings of the calices, and the absence of
maculae, serve to distinguish the two.

17. — M. MEEKi James, 1878.

Corallum dendroid, free (?), generall)- branching irregu-
larly, often but once, and having in these specimens a Y-like
form ; the branches from less than two lines to over six lines
in diameter, often hollow, compressed, and filled with clay ;
surface smooth, with stellate maculae, ver}' slightly or not at
all raised above the surface ; calices sub-equal, polygonal, or
sub-circular, slightly larger in the maculae ; walls thick, not
spinous; corallites in the axial region thin-walled and polyg-
onal, with few tabulae ; as they bend outward toward the sur-
face the walls become thickened, and the tabulae are more
numerous ; in all cases complete and horizontal ; smaller coral-
lites intercalated between the large ones, and having more
numerous and more closely-set tabulae. (The Paleontologist,
No. I, July 2, 1878, p. I, as Chcetetes; Ibid., No. 5, June 10, 1881,
p. 35.) {Amplexopora cingulata Ulrich, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. 5, Dec, 1882, p. 254; A. robusta Ulr., Ibid., vol. 6,
1883, p. 82.)

Locality. — Oxford, Clinton and Warren counties, O.; Am-
plexopora cini^iilata at McKinney's Station, C. S. R. R., Ky.

Remarks. — This form is distinguished from Af. {gracilis by
its more robust habit, and the presence of maculae of larger
cells than the average. Dr. Nicholson, basing his opinion
upon the internal structure, which he says is exactly like A/.
i^racilis, considers it to be only a variety of that species. The

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 193

two forms described b)- Ulrich as Amplexopora cingulata and
A. robiistata seem to be only this species. The following
notes enable the student to judge :

Aiuplcxopora cingit/ata Ulrich. Corallum ramose, dividing
dichotomously at irregular intervals ; branches cylindrical or
sub-cylindrical; varying from three to seven lines in diam-
eter ; surface smooth and destitute of monticules, but with
groups of from seven to fifteen cells, slightly larger than the
average, varying from «V to ^V inch in diameter, the ordinary
cells being t,V inch in diameter; calices, when well preserved,
sub-polygonal, with moderately thin walls and with small
granules ; but, as usually found, calices rounded and walls
comparatively thick and smooth; in tangential section cells
of one kind only ; original polj^gonal walls readily recog-
nized, but the internal cavities more or less rounded by sec-
ondary deposits of sclerenchyma ; line of junction between
walls occupied by numerous small spiniform tubuli ; longitu-
dinal sections show corallites with remote horizontal tabulae,
and thin walls in the axial region, but as they approach the
surface, the walls become thickened and the tabulae are more
numerous; a few funnel-shaped tabulae occur in some of the
tubes. Beyond having more numerous funnel-shaped tabulae,
more conspicuous spiniform tubuli, and slightly thicker walls
A. robusta is identical with A. cingulata. It would be a diffi-
cult matter indeed to separate a large suite of specimens upon
these characters; and while, perhaps, they might merit
varietal rank, they should not, according to our views, be
regarded as sufficient to constitute distinct species.

20. — M. AFFiNis Ulrich (sp.), 1890.

Corallum irregularly dendroid, seldom branching, fifteen
mm. thick ; surface smooth, with hardly-appreciable clusters
of cells slightly larger than the average ; apertures sub-
polygonal ; corallites polygonal, thin-walled; tabulae com-
plete and horizontal, twice as numerous in the small as in the
large cells and with a few infundibular tabuhe scattered pro-
miscuously; spiniform tubuli conspicuous, usually between
the corallites, occasionally situated at the angles. (Geol.
Sur. Illinois, vol. 8, 1890, p. 450, as Amplexopora ajffiyiis.)

Locality. — Wilmington, Illinois.

194 Citicinuati Society of Natural History.

Remarks. — The species is described as occurring in Illinois
in beds of the same age as those at Cincinnati, and it is
inserted here on that account. It presents many features of
resemblance to both the preceding and the following species,
but in the present state of knowledge it is considered best to
regard it as distinct.

2 1. — M. o'nealli James, 1875.

Corallum dendroid, branching dichotomously, branches vary-
ing from less than one line to two lines in diameter; surface
smooth, calices generally oval, long axes corresponding to the
long axes of the branches ; of two kinds, the larger separated
by a considerable number of interstitial tubes ; walls thick-
ened at cell mouths ; operculae often closing apertures of
cells ; corallites in the axial region polygonal and thin-walled,
bending outward with an exceptionally gradual inclination ;
complete, horizontal tabuke either absent or veiy sparingly
developed in the central region, but present in moderate
numbers in the outer thickened-walled region ; small inter-
stitial corallites more closely tabulate than the large ones ;
"in some cases a few of the tabulae in the throat of the large
tubes may become so bent as to unite with one another, and
to form a small number of lenticular vesicles in this region."
(Nicholson, Genus Montic, p. 120.) (Cat. Foss. Cin. Group,
1875, p. 2, as C/iatetes? o'nealli.) {C/icstetes sigillaroides,
Nicholson. Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2, 1875, p. 203; Genus Montic,
1881, p. 120.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — This species has a peculiar habit of growth,
branching at almost every possible angle, and anastomosing
so as to form various figures. It also has a considerable
number of interstitial corallites among the normal ones.
Chwtetes sigillaroides is undoubtedly a .synonym, although it
is retained as a species by some authors.

22. — M. siMUL.VTKix llrich (sp.), 1890.

Corallum dendroid, with cylindrical branches 2 to 3 mm.
in diameter; surface smooth, with clusters of cells not at all

Pa/eonto/ogy of the Cincinnati Group. 195

or but slightl}' elevated; apertures wider and the interstitial
cells more numerous in the spaces than elsewhere ; apertures
oval, 0.2 mm. long and about eight iii the space of 2 mm.;
corallites somewhat irregular in their course in the axial
region, where the walls are considerably thickened; tabuke
complete and horizontal, few in number, but more numerous
in the small than in the large cells; spiniform tubuli verj'
small. (Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. 8, i8go, p. 432, as Batosto-
mclla simulatrix)

Locality. — Various points in Ohio and Indiana. Illinois.

23. — M. COMMUNIS U. P. and J. F. James, 1888.

Corallum dendroid, but as generall}' found, much broken,
the cylindrical or sub-cylindrical stems from one to three
lines in diameter, branching at variable distances at acute
angles, but masses of considerable size — from one inch to six
or eight inches or more in diameter — sometimes found, in
which the stems anastomose in a verj" irregular manner ; the
surface of most specimens with maculae or monticules, raised
little or not at all above the surface, occupied by calices much
larger than the average, anfl sometimes clusters of smaller
tubules ; calices oval or sub-circular, occasionally somewhat
angular ; interstitial corallites numerous, occasionally nearly
or quite surrounding the larger cells, and of various shapes ;
about six calices in the space of one line in the longitudinal
direction of the stem, and seven or eight transversely ; cell
walls thin at the surface of unworn specimens, but thickened
immediately below ; longitudinal sections show the walls of
corallites in the axial region to be thin, becoming thicker at
the surface and opening obliquely ; tabulae remote in the
axial region, but more numerous near the surface, depressed
or bent in the middle or oblique ; the smaller tubes more
closely tabulate; transverse sections show corallites to be
circular or angular and with cruciform dissepiments; inter-
stitial pores variable in shape; in tangential section corallites
oval or sub-circular, walls much thickened and " distinctly
defined by a dividing space." (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 10, 1888, p. 175). (yl/. oncallif var. conrmioiis James.
The Paleontologist, No. 6, Sept. 12, 1882, p. 47; Callopora

igS Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

S2ibpla7ia, Ulrich. Jour. Cit\. Soc. Xat. Hist., vol. 5, 1883,

P- 253)-

Locality. — Cincinnati, O., Covington, Ky., etc.

Remarks. — As noted above this species was originally con-
sidered a variety of M. onealli, but it was afterward raised to
the rank of a species. Some of the distinguishing features
are the larger calices in the macula:, the greater number of
interstitial corallites and the much more robust mode of
growth. Mr. Ulrich's species, subplana, seems to be the same
as commicnis, and for comparison the main features of his
description are given below.

Callopora subplana Ulrich. Corallum ramose, branches
cylindrical, from two to five lines in diameter and dividing
dichotomously at intervals of six lines to one inch ; surface
showing clusters of from four to eight cells larger than the
rest and often raised above the general surface ; calices polyg-
onal when unworn; but sub-polygonal or rounded when
worn ; interstitial cells few, most numerous between the
large cells of the maculae ; longitudinal sections show the
corallites in the axial region to have very thin, crimped
and flexuous walls ; tabulae here are few but become more
numerous toward the surface, where also the walls are
thickened and interstitial tubes make their appearance;
tabulae in these last always complete and crowded ; in
tangential sections corallites rounded or oval with thick-
ened walls ; walls fused so the boundary can not be de-
tected, but the cavity of the tubes surrounded by a sec-
ondary deposit of concentrically laminated sclerenchyma,
the original wall represented by sclerenchyma of a lighter
color; interstitial cells variable in size and shape, less numer-
ous than the proper corallites.

24. — M. IMPERFECTUM Ulrich (sp.), i8go.

Corallum dendroid, branches sub-cylindrical, robust, 20
mm. or more in thickness, dividing at short intervals; surface
marked with very slightly elevated aggregations of larger
cells surrounding a cluster of smaller cells; calices sub-
circular; corallites with thin walls, very little thickened in
the peripheral region ; sub-polygonal ; interstitial cells few,

Paleontology of the Cinciiniafi Croup. 197

usually m clusters iu the center of a group of larger-sized
corallites; tabulae occurring throughout the corallitcs, incom-
plete or complete ; the former in the mature portion of the
corallum, the latter in the axial region ; the incomplete
tabuke rarely extending more than one-half way across the
tube; spiniforni tubuli (?) very small. (Geol. Sur. Illinois,
vol. 8, 1890, p. 460, as Batostoma inipcrfcctum)

Locality. — Wilmington, Ills.

Remarks — Externally this species is like the previous
form, but it is one of those that externally alike is internally
different, this difference consisting principally in the imper-
fect tabulae.

25. — M. jAMESi Nicholson, 1874.

Corallum dendroid, branching irregularly or dichotomously,
sometimes terminating in rounded ends, branches varying
from two to five lines in diameter ; surface smooth or nearl}'
so; calices oval or rounded, sometimes indented on one or
more sides, thick-walled, surrounded by a ring-like wall ;
intercellular spaces solid, or with a variable number of small
tubes, or with blunt spines, apparently the solid apices of the
interstitial cells; large corallites angular, polygonal and thin-
walled in the center of the branches; becoming thickened as
they approach the surface, each one in the outer portion of
the branches surrounded by a distinct, ring-like wall; small
interstitial corallites variable in size and shape, occupying the
entire interval between the large ones; numerous spiniform
tubuli also developed ; tabulae wanting or very sparsely devel-
oped in the axes of the branches; remote in the larger
corallites but numerous and closely set in the smaller ones,
always complete and horizontal or slightly bent. (Quart.
Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, 1874, p. ^o6,2isChcstetes jainesi ;
Genus Montic, 1881, p. 143.) {M. implicata (Ulrich) Nichol-
son, Genus Montic, 1881, p. 147.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — The peculiarly -indented walls and the rings
surrounding the apertures are marks of this species. M.
im-plicata does not seem to differ in any essential characters,
and it is therefore regarded as a synonym. Its main features
are given below :

19'*^ Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

M. impiicaia (Ulrich) Nicholson. Corallum dendroid, stems
flattened, three lines wide and one and a half to two lines
thick, branching at intervals ; calices 7^ to ^V inch in diameter,
irregularly oval, often indented on one or both sides, thick-
walled with numerous blunt spines ; between the ordinary
calices are occasional smaller apertures ; average corallites
thin-walled in the central region, but becoming greatly thick-
ened as they approach the surface, the original lines of
demarkation between the tubes never being entirely obscured ;
small corallites developed in variable numbers ; numerous
circular, hollow tubes interspersed in the thickness of the
walls and at the angles of junction of the cells ; remote, com-
plete and approximately horizontal tabuk^, somewhat more
numerous in the small than in the large corallites.

26. — M. QUADRAT.\ Rominger, 1866.

Corallum dendroid, occasionally sub-massive, branches
cylindrical, varying from two to five lines in diameter, often
ending in bulbous extremities ; surface smooth or nearly so ;
corallites thin-walled below, slightly thickened toward the
mouths, all similar; calices in places obliquely rhomboidal,
sometimes polygonal, arranged in regular diagonal rows, the
direction changing at short intervals ; lips very thin ; no inter-
stitial tubes; tabulse nearly wanting or very sparingly devel-
oped in the axial region, but a moderate number present in
the outer portions of the corallites ; tabulation in all the tubes
alike horizontal and complete. {C/ialetes qiiadratus Rom.,
Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci.. 1866, p. 115.) {Chcetetes rhom-
bictis Nicholson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, 1874,
p. 507.) (Nicholson, Genus Montic, 18S1, p. 179.)

Locality. — Warren and Clinton counties, Ohio.

Remarks. — This is one of the best marked species of the
genus, the peculiar rhombic form of the cells serving to dis-
tinguish even a small fragment of it. Even when weathered,
especially at the ends of the branches, it is immediately rec-
ognized. The diagonally-curved arrangement of the calices
is another well-marked feature.

Paleontology of Ihe Cinciiniali Group. 199

Var. SUBQUADRATA I'lricli, 1882.

Differs from the type niainl}- in its smaller size, the
branches being from one to two lines in diameter. There are
also a small number of interstitial corallites occasionally
found. Otherwise as in the type. {Mo7ioiry pel/a snbquadrala
Ulrich, Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol 5, 1882, p. 249.)

Locality. — Osgood, Ind.; Blanchester, Westboro, Jackson,
etc., Ohio.

Remarks. — This form we have previously regarded as the
same as AI. quaarata;'^ but in view of the presence of inter-
stitial corallites and the smaller size, it has been thought best
to regard it as a variety. It is, of course, possible that it may
represent the smaller branches of the typical M. quadrata.

27. — M. VARiANS James, 1878.

Corallum variable in form, ramose, incrusting or massive ;
in the ramose forms, branches irregular, rounded or sub-cylin-
drical, digitate ; the massive forms irregular, contorted, flat-
tened or lobate, four or five inches in diameter, throwing out
shoots in various directions; frondose and celluliferous on
both sides; surface smooth; calices sub-circular, oval, or
polygonal; walls thick; interstitial cells few to numerous;
longitudinal sections show the corallites to be thin-walled in
the axial region, but becoming thickened at the surface ; tab-
ulae remote, horizontal and complete, those in the interstitial
cells not more numerous than in the normal corallites ; tan-
gential sections show thin-walled polygonal cells, with an
'occasional interstitial cell at the junction of two or more
larger ones. (The Paleontologist, No. i, July 2, 1878, p. 2. as
ChcBtetes; Ibid., No. 5, June 10, 1881, p. 36.) {Batostoma
variable Ulrich, Geol. Sur. 111., vol. 8, i8go, p. 460.)

Locality. — Blanchester and Clarksvllle, Ohio; Illinois, and
Wisconsin.

Remarks. — This is a variable species, as far as its mode of
growth is concerned. The incrusting forms may be young
corallums. The species described under the name of Bastos-
toma variabilc is undoubtedly the same as J/, varians James.

'Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, 188S, p. 177.

200 Cincinnati Society o/ Natural History.

Both figures and description show this. The description is
as follows:

Batosloma variabile Ulrich. Corallum variable, encrusting,
lobate, digitate, ramose and sub-frondescent ; surface smooth,
showing slightly elevated clusters of larger shells; calices
angular; walls of corallites in axial region thin, faintly and
irregularly flexuous; corallites polygonal, approaching the
surface in a gradual curve and mainly in contact, the divis-
ional lines between those adjoining sharply marked; inter-
stitial cells angular, varying in number; tabula few in the
axial region, three or four in the cortical region, one or two
nearest the surface concave ; more numerous in the intersti-
tial cells and in all cases complete ; spiniform tubuli fairly
numerous, usually situated at the angles between the coral-
lites.

28. — M. WHiTFiELDi James, 1881.

Corallum dendroid, variable, very irregularly branched, the
branches either close together or some distance apart ; often
rounded at the ends, sometimes swollen or flattened as if
hollow ; varying from ]/% to ^ of an inch in diameter ; sur-
face smooth; calices variable in size and form, polygonal,
oval, circular, pentagonal, etc.; five to eight in the space of
one line ; sometimes groups of calices larger than the average
scattered irregularly over the surface ; also groups of from
six to ten small interstitial tubes ; walls of corallites thin ;
longitudinal sections show walls to be transversely wrinkled,
and more or less sinuous horizontally ; tabulae few and at
variable distances apart; corallites growing in a longitudinal
direction, then bending and opening obliquely at the surface.
(The Paleontologist, No. 5, June 10, 1881, p. 34.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

29. — M. ANDREWSii Nicholson, 1881.

Corallum variable, but generally dendroid, branches sub-
cylindrical, two to six lines in diameter, flattened, expanded
or inosculating; surface with clusters of from five to seven
cells slightly larger than the average, and though elevated,
yet not enough to form monticules ; calices polygonal or sub-

Paleontology of (he Cincinnati Group. 201

polygonal, separated by a moderate number of smaller inter-
stitial tubes, developed principally at the angles of junction
of corallites ; corallites in the center of the branches thin-
walled and polygonal, the walls becoming much thickened
as the tubes bend outward, and becoming amalgamated
with one another ; no spin i form tubuli ; tabulae always com-
plete and horizontal, well developed in all the corallites, and
throughout their whole extent ; small corallites much more
closely tabulate than the large ones. (Genus Montic, 1881,
p. 128.) {C/icctetes pulchelhis Nich., noii Edw. & Haime,
Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, 1874, p. 503; Mono-
trypella csqualis Ulrich, Jour. Cin. vSoc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, 1882,
p. 247.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — As noted above, this species was originally
referred to as Chcctetcs pidchellus, although afterward described
as distinct. Monotrypella crqualis, placed here as a synonj'm,
seems to have but one character in which it differs from
ayidrewsi. This is in the absence of tabulae from the central
region of the branches. In order to compare the two forms
the following description is given :

Monotrypella crqicalis Ulrich. Corallum irregularly ramose,
the branches cylindrical or compressed, two to five lines in
diameter ; surface often smooth, but sometimes with low,
rounded monticules, occupied by clusters of large cells g^- of
an inch in diameter; ordinary cells thin-walled, polygonal,
about ^X) inch in diameter ; a few cells slightly larger than
the average occasionally observed among the cells of the
monticules ; tangential sections show tubes to be regularly
polygonal, moderateh- thick-walled, and in contact with each
other on all sides ; the line of demarkation between the
tubes may be distinct or nearly wanting; walls thickened at
the angles, appearing like spiniform tubuli ; tabulae in the
axial region wanting or remote, but in the peripheral region
closely set or crowded, all straight or horizontal.

30. — M. ULRiCHii Nicholson, 1881.

Gorallum ramose, of cylindrical or sub-cylindrical branches,
dividing at irregular intervals, and from less than two lines

202 Ciucinnati Society of Natural History.

to about four lines in diameter ; surface smooth ; calices sub-
polygonal or rounded ; walls of corallites thickened ; inter-
stitial corallites numerous, angular, interspersed with the
ordinary corallites; corallites at first with thin walls, but
these becoming thickened in the outer part of their course,
the walls also seeminglj' becoming fused together ; spaces
between the corallites occupied by interstitial corallites, and
spiniform tubuli developed at the angles of junction of the
normal cells ; tabulse wanting or very sparingly developed in
the axial region, but more abundant in the outer zone; more
closely set in the small than in the large corallites, and com-
plete and horizontal in all cases. (Genus Montic, 1881, p.
131.) i^Chc^letes flctcheri Nicholson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc.
Ivond., vol. 30, 1874, p. 504; Dekayella obscura Ulrich, Jour.
Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, 1883, p. 89.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

Re?narks. — Externally this species is similar to M. andreivsii,
but that is generallj' more robust and has fewer interstitial
corallites. That form also shows maculae of corallites larger
than the average, while in the present species maculae, if
developed, are made up of smaller corallites than the average.
Mr. Ulrich's species, Dekayella obscura, presents too few
points of difference to be separated, and it is not necessary to
give them here.

31. — M. GELASiNOSA Ulrich (sp.), 1890.

Corallum dendroid, branches about 4 mm. in thickness ;
surface marked with conspicuous, elongated, parallel, dimple-
like macuke, arranged in tran.sverse rows ; calices sub-
angular, about ten in 2 min., those on the borders of the
maculce about one-half larger ; interstitial tubes angular,
comparatively large and shallow, occurring only in the
maculae ; walls of corallites thin, flexuous or wavy in the
axial region, moderately thickened near the surface; hori-
zontal and complete tabuUic occasionally present in the axial
region, but these changing to vesicles in the peripheral re-
gion ; spiniform tubuli at the angles of the corallites ; tubulae
in the small corallites horizontal and complete. (Geol. Sur.
Illinois, vol. 8, 1890, p. 410, as Homotrypa f^^elasiuosa.)

Locality. — Wilmington, Ills.

Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. 203

Remarks. — This is another one of the species found in
rocks of the Cincinnati Group in Illinois, which has so far
not been recorded from our region. The peculiarly-arranged
and conspicuous maculae form a readily distinguishing mark,
and this feature, in connection with the peculiar tabulation of
the corallites, would seem to make the species easily recog-
nizable.

32. — M. SEPTOSA Ulrich, 1879.

Corallum ramose ; branches cylindrical or sub-cylindrical ;
surface with broad, low monticules, about one line apart and
occupied by groups of cells larger than the average ; calices
polygonal, rather regularly arranged ; walls of corallites thin ;
no interstitial corallites; worn specimens show peculiar pro-
jections from the cell walls into the cell cavity ; longitudinal
sections show the corallites to be nearly vertical in the center
of the branch, where they have very thin walls and are
crossed by very thin and remote tabulae; they then bend out-
ward, and as the surface is reached the walls are thicker and
the tabulae more numerous; pseudo-septa are conspicuous in
tangential sections, three or four in each corallite. (Jour.
Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, p. 125, as Atactopora scpiosa ; Ibid.,
vol.^5, 1882, p. 255, as Arnplexopora scptosa.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

33. — M. KENTUCKENSiS James, 1883.

Corallum dendroid; branches cylindrical; about one line,
more or less, in diameter, branching dichotomously or anas-
tomosing ; surface with low monticules irregularly dis-
tributed; calices polygonal, of various forms and sizes; walls
comparatively thick at apertures; no interstitial pores; longi-
tudinal sections show corallites in the center of the branch
diverging slightly from a longitudinal direction, the inclina-
tion increasing toward the surface, some corallites opening
obliquely, some at right angles to their course; in some cases
the walls bifurcate, forming tubes with pointed bases and
with apertures of the normal size; walls comparatively thick
throughout; tabuke numerous in all parts of the corallites ;

204 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

tangential sections show thick-walled, angular cells, variable
in size, and with an occasional spiniform corallite. (The
Paleontologist, No. 7, April 16, 1883, p. 57.)
Locality. — Paris, K)-.

34. — M. SUBPULCHELLA Nicholson, 1875.

Coralluni dendroid; branches compressed or flattened,
sometimes partially hollow; surface nearlj- smooth, having
somewhat stellate maculse, scarcely elevated, and about a line
apart, made up of smaller corallites than the average ; calices
large and small, all with moderately thick walls, the larger
surrounding the niacuke of smaller cells ; larger calices cir-
cular or polygonal ; small ones sub-angular ; spiniform coral-
lites few ; corallites thin-walled in the central region, becom-
ing thicker toward the surface and the walls seemingly fused
together ; complete horizontal tabulae developed in all parts
of the coralluni, but much more numerous in the thickened
peripheral portion than elsewhere; interstitial tubes more
closely tabulate than the large ones. {Chcrtetes subpulchella
Nicholson, Pal. of Ohio, vol. 2, 1875, p. 196; Genus Montic,
1881, p. 134.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Ohio.

Remarks. — This species is to be mainly distinguished from
other dendroid forms by the star-shaped maculae, made up of
smaller cells than the average, and thickly scattered over the
surface of the flattened, sub-frondose branches.

35. — M. R.VMOSA D'Orbigny, 1850.

Coralluni dendroid, branches cylindrical or elliptical, divid-
ing dichotomousl)', varying from one to three or four lines in
diameter; surface with numerous conical or slightly-elonga-
ted monticules, at intervals of one-half a line to one line
apart, not occupied by specially large or small corallites;
calices sub-polygonal, the walls thickened at the mouths, the
larger calices completely surrounded by smaller ones in a
single row and often isolating the large ones; variable in size
and shape ; both sets of corallites with complete, horizontal

Paleontology of the Ciiiciiiiiati (,'toiip. 205

tabulx, more numerous in the smaller than in the larger
ones ; walls thickened toward the mouths and apparently
fused with one another; larger corallites shown in cross
sections to be oval or circular, and moderatel)' thick-walled.
(Prodr. de Palaeont., 1850, p. 25 ; Nicholson, Genus Montic,
1881, p. 1 10.)

Locality. — Cincinnati and vicinity.

Remarks. — A common and variable species, easily distin-
guished by the conspicuous monticules and the great num-
bers of smaller tubes surrounding the larger ones. Two
forms have been given varietal names as below :

Var. RUGOSA (Edwaids & Haime), Nicholson, 1881.

Differs from the type in the surface having transverely
elongated monticules, forming, in many cases, transverse
ridges, these varying in length, sometimes extending round
the stem, usually with sharp edges, and about one-half a line
apart ; calices and interstitial tubes as in the type ; internal
features the same as in the type form. (Brit. Foss. Cor., 1854,
note on p. 265; Nicholson, Genus Montic, 1881, p. 113.)

Locality. — Cincinnati and vicinity.

Var. DALii (Edwards & Haime), Nicholson, 1881.

Differs from the type in the smaller-sized monticules, and
smaller number of interstitial tubes ; the monticules are
gently rounded, or somewhat transversely elongated ; internal
structure is the same as in the type form. (Brit. Foss. Cor.,
1854, p. 265; Nicholson, Genus Montic, 1881, p. 115.)
{Chcetetes approximatiis Nicholson, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc
Lond., vol. 30, 1874, p. 502. Callopora siibnodosa Ulrich, Geol.
Sur., Illinois, vol. 8, 1890, p. 417.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, Blanchester, etc., O.; Illinois.

Renixrks. — Prof. Nicholson has recognized that his Chcrtetes
approximatiis is a synonym for this form. There can scarcely
be a doubt but that Callopora siibnodosa is also a synonym.
The points of difference between the two are not sufficient to
separate them.

2o6 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

36. — M. NODULOSA Nicholson, 1874.

Corallnni minute, dendroid ; stems varying from two-thirds
of a line to one line in diameter, branching at intervals of two
lines ; surface with numerous conical or transversely elongated
monticules ; calices oval, the long axes corresponding with
the long axis of the corallum, opening obliquely ; walls thick-
ened at the surface ; interstitial corallites numerous, nearly
enclosing the larger cells, angular or sub-angular ; tabulae
comparatively few, but increasing in numbers toward the
surface, always complete and approximately horizontal ; more
numerous and more closely set in the small than in the large
corallites ; in transverse sections the cells of the central
region have thin walls and are angular in shape ; in the other
portions oval and with thicker walls; each corallite is sur-
rounded by a distinct wall, the interspaces being occupied by
a well-developed series of small, more or less angular, inter-
stitial cells, variable in size ; corallites nearly straight in the
axial region. (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., vol. 30, 1874,
p. 506; Genus Montic, 1881, p. 116.)

Locality. — Loveland, Ohio.

Re))iar/cs. — This species is distinguished by the small
corallum, the sharply-pointed and closely-set monticules and
the elongated calices.

37. — M. NKWPORTENSis Ulrich, 1883.

Corallum sub-ramose, lobate, robust ; surface covered with
more or less prominent, rounded, often elongated monticules,
the summits and slopes of these occupied by cells larger than
the average ; calices sub-circular or ovate, rather regularly
arranged in intersecting series, sometimes surrounded by an
elevated rim often inflected at the points occupied by the
minute spiniform corallites; interstitial cells present, but not
readily seen externally ; longitudinal sections show two kinds
of corallites, the larger with tliin walls and a series of vesicles
on one side, with straight tabukc from the convex side to the
opposite wall ; the smaller corallites have crowded, horizontal
talnihc ; tangential sections show thin-walled tubes with
obscure indentations in the walls; interstitial tubes surround

Paleontology of the Cinrinna/i Grouf>. 207

the larp^er ones in one or two rows, and these are about one-
half their size. (Jour. Cin. vSoc. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, 1S83, p.
250, as Atactoporella neivporlcusis.)
Locality. — Newport, Ky.

38. — M. OHiOENSis James, 1S84.

Coralliim dendroid, stem and branches mostly cylindrical
or sub-cylindrical, sometimes flattened, sometimes tumid ;
branches irregular, generally dichotomous, varying in size
from one and one-half lines to six lines wide, sometimes one
and one-quarter inches across branches; surface with numer-
ous conspicuous elevated monticules, arranged in alternate
manner, one-half line in diameter at base and about the same
distance apart ; larger calices circular or sub-polygonal ; the
smaller round or angular, numerous ; walls thicked at the
mouths; corallites in the axial region with thin walls,
polygonal and curving abruptly toward the surface ; walls
thickened and apparently' fused together just outside the
sharp curve ; tabulae in the axial region few or wanting, but
toward the surface more numerous, complete and horizontal ;
interstitial tubes no more closely tabulate than the larger
ones ; in tangential section corallites rounded, the interstitial
tubes varying in shape. (Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7,
1884. p. 137.)

Locality. — Cincinnati, O.

Remarks. — This species is well characterized by its robust
form and the conspicuous monticules.

39. — M. woRTHEXi James, 18S2.

Corallum dendroid, of cylindrical or flattened stems,
branching irregularly, from one to two lines in diameter ;
surface with small, prominent monticules, arranged in alter-
nating, longitudinal rows about one line apart; apices appar-
ently solid, the slopes occupied b}' cells of ordinary size or
larger ; calices sub-circular or angular, margins thick ; no
interstitial corallites ; longitudinal sections show corallites
with thin, simple, wavy or tortuous walls, thickening toward
the surface and opening obliquely; no tabulae in the axial

2o8 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

region, and but few in the outer zone; tangential sections
show cells sub-oval or sub-circular, thick-walled, surrounded
by an open space ; there is some indication of spiniform
corallites at the angles of some of the larger tubes. (The
Paleontologist, No. 6, Sept. 12, 1882, p. 50.)

Locality. — Lynchburg, Highland County, etc., Ohio.

Remarks. — This species somewhat resembles M. ramosa var.
dalii, but the interstitial tubes are absent.

40. — M. CRASSiMURALis Ulrich (sp.;, 1890.

Corallum dendroid, dividing at intervals of 10 to 18 mm.;
branches with low, rounded monticules ; apertures circular,
arranged in regular curved series, about eight in 2 mm.;
interspaces thick, flattened centrally, sloping down to the
apertures and thickest on the monticules where a few illy-
defined interstitial tubes are found ; tangential sections vary-
ing, the interspaces sometimes with openings of varyinj^ form
and size, or again filled by a deposit of a light color ; walls in
the axial region very thin ; corallites regularly rhomboidal or
pentagonal ; tabuke complete and horizontal, wanting in the
axial and very few in the peripheral region ; numerous and
thick in the interspaces. (Geol. Sur. Illinois, vol. 8, 1890. p.
452, as Mojiotrypella crassimiiralis.)

Locality. — Wilmington, Ills.

Remarks. — This species presents many points of resem-
blance to M. ivortheni, but it seems best to arrange it pro-
visionally as a distinct species. It has not been recorded
from Ohio as yet.

I TO BE CONTI.NL'ED. J

Na(uial History Notes frotn North Carolina. 209

NATURAL HISTORY NOTES FROM NORTH
CAROLINA.

Bv A. G. \Vi:thekby.

Number Two.

TIIK L.\ND SHKLLS OF ROAN MOUNTAIN AND VICINITY,
CONTINUED.

The foregoing nine species have been grouped, with others,
under Mesodon (Rafinesque, 1831), but whether the group is
to be regarded as a genus, subgenus, or section, the system-
atists have left us in doubt. " Binney (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
No. 28, p. 295), calls it "a genus strictly North American,"
but on the same page, a little farther on, says, " Nothing has
been published regarding the jaw and lingual dentition of the
subgenus^ etc., thus making the group both generic and sub-
generic on the same page ! In the farther discussion of this,
division, he again uses the term genus. This section has
affinities with Triodopsis (Rafinesque, 1819,) on the one hand
and with Steiioirema (Rafinesque, 181 9,) on the other. As it
is difficult to draw the lines which wnll separate man}- of the
so-called species in these groups, so is it difiicult to make any
complete generic or subgeneric separation. The passage
from Triodopsis into Mesodon on the one hand, through
such forms as subpalliata and appressa into dentifej'tis and
roemeri, and on the other through monodon and geriiiana into
M. lawi, mobiliana 2inA Jejuna, is so gradual and complete as
to obliterate generic or subgeneric division predicated upon
the shell alone.

Still less dependence can be placed on the characters of the
jaw and lingual ribbon. So great is the difference of these
organs, even in individuals of the same species, that the true
wonder is how so much "systematic" work has been based
upon them. The most hurried analysis of authors' results, as

2IO Cincintiali Society of Natural Histoj-y.

published, when grouped and tabulated, must, it seems to me,
even astonish the authors themselves.

Besides this, there is little written recognition of the fact
that animals, of the same species, may vary as well as their
shells. Indeed, variation in the form of the shell indicates
and presupposes variation in that of the animal. This is not
a statement needing proof, nor any open question for debate.
The relations of the shell and the contained animal are such
that this observation needs no demonstration. For instance,
the writer has found three reversed shells, of as many species,
in the course of his collecting. In every species the animal
was reversed, as well as the shell. Variation in size is the
most common case. This is always accompanied by like
increase or diminution of the contained animal, and snails are
no exception to the general law of nature. The thrifty and
free-growing examples differ as much from the dwarfed and
stunted ones of the same species as do shrubs and trees.
This statement needs no elaboration, and this case is typical
of all others under varietal laws, and every student ought to
know and to appreciate the argument that goes with it. The
animal makes the shell. Every variatioii of the latter indi-
cates some variation of the former. Hence, the finding of
small differences in the animals is no basis upon which to
predicate species, and is no more an argument in favor of
certain forms being "new species" than are slight differences
in the shells themselves. Here, again, tabulated results,
from late "Manuals" and "Monographs" will astonish
nobody, I am confident, more than the authors themselves.

Again, in nearly-allied individuals, differences may arise
from the dissection of alcoholics taken during the procreative
season and out of it. I call the attention of the systematists
\Vlio lay so much stress upon genital warts and bunions to
this fact. If they will drop a siibpalliata taken in coitu into
alcohol, and another taken under ordinary conditions, they
will find the genitalia of the two examples, examined after a
lapse of time, to differ more than has been regarded as of
systematic value by some of the ablest writers we have.

In man"y, perhaps in most cases, the systematic student
knows little of the exact conditions under which his material
was captured. It comes to the great museums from the four

Natural History Notes frotn North Carolina. 211

quarters of the earth. Even let the collector be as reliable as
he ma}-, the bulk of his material has to be taken as he can get
it. It reaches the student by mail and hy freight, from near
and from far, reliable and unreliable, and he must take it as
it is or do without. The numerous figures of worn and
imperfect types of "new species" abundantly attest the truth
of these statements. In cases like that of suhpalliata above
cited, the systematist must be saved by the shell, and I believe
that the shell characters are just as reliable, and even far
more so than any others for classification work.

Now the shells, in great groups, grade together. There is
no need of hair-splitting, defining and redefining. Too much
systematizing is just as bad as none at all. It is an attempt
to draw hard and fast lines where none exist; to place
boundaries where there is no room for them, and to drive the
free lance of nature into the artificial tournament of the
systematist. These statements may have little value or much,
according to the care with which the student of our shells
seeks to verify them. Further along we niaj' have occasion
to revert to this subject, and to publish some of the tabulated
results above referred to.

Triodopsis (Rafinesque, 1819).

10. T. J'allax Say. This shell occurs here somewhat spar-
ingly, of very large size, and differing from the Cincinnati
specimens, which are normal, in the following particulars.
They average larger, the shell is less solid, the coloring is
deeper, and they are more rugosely sculptured ; the parts
about the aperture are more contracted and incurved. They
are very fine examples of the species.

11. T. tridentata Say. Specimens of this species from this
locality are always small, not having half the cubic capacity
of the types. They are very dark colored, with rose-tinted
lip, and are very attractive specimens. The attention of
Cincinnati collectors, now in the field, should be called to the
differences between the typical specimens common in the for-
ests about that city, and a very distinct variety found under
the limestone shingle and debris on the hill-sides above
Fulton and elsewhere. The latter form is lighter in color.

212 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

more depressed, and much smoother, having a polished
appearance. There are also differences in the parts about the
aperture. Many years ago the now eminent explorer and
naturalist, Mr. Wm. Doherty, insisted upon having these dif-
ferences recognized by at least a varietal name. The same
treatment that has been accorded to many others of our land
shells would make a distinct species of this form, and lately
two or three of my correspondents have revived the sugges-
tion of varietal designation for it. I leave this with the book
makers.

I will add, also, that I have taken, at Braden Mt., in Camp-
bell Co., Tenn., a still more aberrant variety. The shells are
very large, very much depressed, deeply sculptured, with the
denticles about the aperture little developed and remote. It
occurs in this locality with P. mordax Shutt., M. chilJunve^isis
Lewis, M. wetherbyi Bid. typus, a very small, deeply-sculp-
tured, and much-flattened variety of T. appressa, and fine
examples of very large specimens of Z. scjilpti/is Bid. The
variations in form, size, sculpture and coloring of this com-
mon species are, it seems to me, very suggestive.

12. T. rugeli Shuttleworth. Two forms occur here. One
is found in the damper portions of the forest and is smaller
and less typically-developed about the aperture. The other,
found sparingly on the drier granite ridges, is two or more
times the cubic capacity of the first, and has the mouth parts
normal to the species as described. This variety is rare, and
the two grade into the following.

13. T. iiiflecta Say. This species is abundant here with no
special variation from the type. In size it agrees with the
smaller variety of the preceding.

The above four species are all that we have yet found here
belonging to Triodopsis.

T. introfcrcns Bid. has been found in neighboring coun-
ties South of us, and may yet turn up here.

Stenotr1':ma (Rafincsque, i8ig).

14. ^. hirsutnm Say. This shell occurs here somewhat
abundantly, in two forms; one is typical, much like the speci-
mens found about Cincinnati. The other variety {aitispira

Natural /fis/ary Notes from North Carolina. 213

Pils.) is confined, so far as our observations extend at present,
to the more rocky portions of the forest, where it lives among
the moss covering the huge granite bowlders, and among the
debris collected in their crevices.

I sent this variety to the late Thomas Bland, in 1881, and
he remarked upon certain differences in the aperture, and
especially in the notch of the lip. The spire of this form is
very much elevated, so that many specimens are quite entirely
conical. They also vary somewhat in size, those from certain
stations being nearly or quite as large in major diameter as
the largest specimens of the following species.

15. 6". stenotromun Ferussac. This species is locally dis-
tributed here at various stations, but is not of general dis-
tribution like the preceding. It is of the normal type, the
main variations being those of size only.

The above are all the species of Stcnotrcma that we have
yet found here. S. ba) bigermn Redfield, found in counties
below us, has not been found here. It may be found hereafter,
as it belongs to our land-shell fauna.

Selenites (Fischer, 1878).

16. .S. cojicava. Say. This species occurs here, and is of
general distribution, being found, though sparingly, in all
stations and at all altitudes, to the very highest summits of
the mountains. The specimens from the middle elevations
and damper parts of the forest are the larger, and are by far
the finest examples of this species that I have ever seen.
The great distinctness of this shell from all others associated
with it is in striking contrast with the inter-relations of the
groups above enumerated. The animal has the carnivorous
habits of many Zoniies, the shells of which immature speci-
mens of this species resemble in texture. It is the sole
representative of the group in the Eastern United States.

lyiMAX (Linn).

17. Limax campcstris, Binney. Common about fields,
and exhibiting no varietal characters worthy of note. The
only Limax found here.

214 Cincinnati Society of Natural History.

ViTRizoNiTES (W. G. Binney, 1879).

18. V. latissitnus, Lewis. This fine mollusk, one of the
most interesting yet found in North America, is of general
distribution throughout this region, occurring at all heights,
and in all kinds of stations. In dry weather it rests on the
ground, under leaves, with the foot expanded. It is an active
species, moving even during sunny days in midwinter. The
shell is corneous, flexible, tough, not easily broken, but easih-
indented when fresh. During the procreative period the
anterior portion of the body becomes very much swollen, as
do all the organs of the genitalia. Though I have closely
observed this singular animal for several years, I have never
detected it feeding, nor have I been able to get any clue to
the character of its food. So far as I know no species of

Vitrhia proper has been found here, though my friend, Mr.
W. G. Binney, has repeatedly urged that search be made for
them. The species under consideration is easily reared in
" snaileries " or Wardian cases, and is a beautiful and graceful
addition to their families.

ZoNiTES (Montfort, 1810).

This group, with its divisions Mesompliix (Raf, 1819),
Hyalina (Ferussac, 1819), Coyiulus (Fitzinger, 1833), and Gas-
trodonta (Albers, 1850), is represented by some of the most
interesting and beautiful shells that we have here.

Very much attention has been given the species of Zonitcs,
both in this country and elsewhere, and much time and labor,
and much study, and many published results ; yet this sec-
tion of North American snails is to-day in a far from satis-
factory condition of classification. It is not our purpose to
add to this literature. That is for those whose mission, it
seems, is rather to endeavor to improve nature than to inter-
pret her.

19. Z. capnodes, W. G. Biun. Shells taken here by us,
and also in Union County, Tennessee, were referred by Mr.
Bland to this species. A careful dissection of the animals,
and the closest study that we have been able to give them,
show none of the differences pointed out by Mr. Binney.
We therefore believe that all the shells so referred belong to

Xatura/ Hisloiy \oics from XdiI/i Carolina. 215

the next species, and that, so far as our local list is concerned,
this species must be eliminated. Knowing the care and
accuracy of Mr. Binney's work, we feel justified in setting
this shell aside as one not found here.

20. Z. fidigbiosus, Griffith. This fine species is obtained
here, though somewhat sparingly'. It occurs at various
elevations, up to 4000 feet or a little more. Its habit is the
same as that of No. 18, preferring a thin covering of leaves,
with the foot spread upon the ground in dry weather. The
Zonitcs are far more active than the other shells in cold
weather, and this species is no exception to the rule. The
eggs are deposited in agglutinated masses among the leaves,
and many of them are devoured by the multitude of ^ularis
and cuspidatiis found with them. This accounts, without a
doubt, for the comparative rarity of the larger species of
Zonites here. The eggs and the young are devoured by these
highly carnivorous and rapacious smaller species, whose
peculiar shells protect them in a large measure from others
of like habit, and from themselves as well.

21. Z. Iccvigatiis Pfr. Same stations and same distribution
as the last. This is a very variable species in color, texture,
and sculpture. I have collected it in Ohio, Kentucky, Ten-
nessee, North Carolina, Texas, Georgia, Alabama, Missis-
sippi, and Florida. The most aberrant forms were in Ruth-
erford Co., Tenn., and at Ellijay, Ga. The former was as thin
and pellucid as Vitrina Ihnpida, the shells being extremely
fragile and delicate. They were much flattened and the
umbilical opening was much larger than in typical Icevigatus.
Not thinking at the time that this shell could be the species
in question, I gave it the manuscript name Z. perfragilis
Nov. Sp. Unfortunately these shells were lost or misplaced
and I have not been able to find them. The other variety
from Ellijay, I was for a long time disposed to refer to Z.
caducus Pfr., but I am now satisfied that they are, as deter-
mined by Mr. Bland, a rare form of this species. Very large
and fine specimens, of the tj-pical color and sculpture, were
taken at High Bridge, on the Cincinnati Southern Railroad,
in Mercer Co., Ky. A full set of the varieties of this species,
from the various States in which it occurs, makes a beautiful,
interesting, and highly suggestive addition to any cabinet of
our land shells.

2i6 Ciiicinnali Society of Natural History.

22. Z. dcmissus Binney. The true deinissus is not uncom-
mon here. Mr. W. G. Binney, in Bulletin 28, before cited,
gives a very careful enumeration of the characters common
to'this species and Z. /ijrcrus. The student who reads the
technical descriptions prefacing his general remarks on these
species, will find them practically alike, save in the number of
whorls. The group of shells composed of dei)iissus, ligenis,
acerrus, and one or two forms that I have so far been unable
to refer to either, is a very closely-allied one, and if the
view of Mr. Binney is correct, and acerrus is but a large
variety of demissus, it leaves the alliance still more pro-
nounced. I have collected the typical deinissus in Ohio, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, North Carolina, Texas, and Florida. It is
rare in Ohio and the latter State. The most constant dififer-
ence between this shell and ligertis is its more solid texture,
and the thickening on the last half or one-third of the base of
the body whorl. This is often (juite entirely wanting in
ligerus. The second difference is in the greater average
depression of the spire in demisstis.

An infallible test by which the collector who gathers and
cleans his own specimens may be guided, is the peculiar
aroma of ligcrus when dropped into hot water. I have never
cleaned a living shell of this species, from any locality, that
failed to thus personate itself. It is so pronounced and so
constant that it is curious this characteristic has not been
noticed by writers.

As the writer of this article is making a special study of
the variations of the Zonites group, he will be most happy to
correspond with other collectors of them in any part of the
United States, and to exchange notes and specimens. This
genus, if such it is, presents the problem of variation in its
best form, and furnishes" abundant material. As the true
object of the collector should be to make his cabinet as in-
structive as possible, the readiest method of attaining this
end is to accumulate authentically located varieties of recog-
nized species, and large series of the same species, for thus
only can this object be accomplished. A collection of finely-
prepared specimens, so arranged, is now as rare as it is valuable.
Tlie collector has been too often like the book-maker, led on
by the fine rage for " species." It is time the more philo-
sophical and reasonable method should predominate.

KXI'LANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fij(. 25. — Sectional view of the capillitiuui and stipe of Clastoderma
De Baryanuni, Blylt.

Fig. 26. — Section through the capillitiuni, columella and stipe of
Lamprodernia arcyrionema, Rost.

Fig. 27. — Perpendicular section through Lamproderma viola-
ceum, F'r.

Fig. 28. — Perpendicular section through Lamproderma scintillans,
Berk.

Fig. 29. — Section through the capillitiuni, columella and stipe of
Comatricha Ellisii, Morgan.

Fig. 30. — Sectional view through the capillitiuni and columella of a
portion of Comatricha crypta, Schw.

FJK 3'- — Sectional view through the columella and capillitiuni of a
portion of Comatricha longa, Peck.

Fig. 32:. — A portion of the capillitiuni of Stemouitis tenerrima, B.
& C. — A sectional view through the columella above and below a view
ol the superficial network.

Fig. 33. — A portion of the capillitiuni of Stemonitis splendens,
Rost. — A sectional view through the columella above and below a
view of the superficial network.

Fig. 34. — The capillitiuni of a very short sporangium of Stemonitis
Webberi, Rex; the breadtli, however, somewhat exaggerated.

p'ig. 35. — Showing the stipe, columella, apical disk and pendent
capillitium of Fnerthenema papillatum, Pers.

Fig. 36.— Perpendicular section through the capillitium, columella,
and stipe of Diacluca Thomasii, Rex.

Note. The figures of the objccls are drawn as they appear under a
magiufylng power of about hxj diameters-

^f^e loupi^al of hf^e &n. goc. r^atLipal +li^l:opy-

Vol.. XVI.

Pl.ATK XI.

EXPLANATION OF I'LATK XII.

37. — Diclyniiuni proxiiiiuni, B. & C. a. Sporangium and slipe > 33.
b. Section through the columella.

38. — Didyniiuni exiuiiuui, Peck. a. Showing the rough columella
of one form. b. Section through the discoid columella of the very
much depressed form. Magnified by 33.

39. — Didymium minus, Lister, o. Sporangium and stipe > 33.
b. c. d. Sections through the columella showing differt-nt forms.

40. — Didymium farinaceum, Schr. Section through the columella.
After Rostafinski.

41. — Didymium anellus, Morgan, a. Growing upon a leaf X 3. b.
Plasmodiocarp X I7-

42. — Spumaria alba, Bull. Var. i. didymium, sporangia ■ 3. Drawn
from a foreign specimen.

43. — Spumaria alba, Bull. a. .4i;thalium natural size. b. Capillitium
and spores as seen by a magnifying power of 500 diameters.

44. — Diderma flori forme, Bull. Slipe and columella X 20.

45. - Diderma crustaceum, Peck. a. Sporangia crowded on the
thick hypothallus, natural size. b. Sporangia X 'i- '"■ Section through
outer coat, inner membrane, and columella.

46. — Diderma cinereum, Morgan, a. Sporangia growing oti a leaf
X 3- b. Sporangia X 23. c. Section through the wall and columella.

47. — Diderma reliculatum, Rost. Plasmodiocarp growing on
leaf X 3-

48. — Diderma effusum, Schw. Plasmodiocarp effused on a leaf > 3.

'\ie locjr^iQal of hl^e Q'\n. goe. 19atLir-al +li<^l:opy.

Vol.. XVI.

Plate XII.

^^iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iMliii|iii|iii|iM|iii|iii|iii|iii(iii|iii|iM|iii|iii|iii|rn
1 \()r<. XIV. No. I. 11

ll^f

THE JOURNAL

/.-I

OF THE

I Cincinnati Society

Natural History |

Publishing Committee.
Geo. W. Harper. J. R. Skinner.

A. Denniston Smith. J. A. Henshall.

Dav^s L. James.

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT $2 PER ANNUM.

ARRIL, 1891

.... PUBLISHED BY ... .

The Cincinnati Society of Naturai, History,

No. io8 Broadway.

[iiijiii|iii|f|jii|g|i[i|iii|ni|iii|rii|iii|iiiriii|iii|iii||iii|iM

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Proceedings. ........ i

North American Fungi, ...... 5

Notes on the Batrachians and Reptiles of Vigo Co., Ind. 22
"A Cincinnati Boy in the Tropics," . . . -36
Notes on Birds, ........ 43

Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. . 45

Officers of the Society.

President, .... Col. James W. Abert.
First Vice-President, . . A. Denniston Smith.
.Second Vice-President, . . Dr. F. \V. L-a.ngdon.
Secret.vry, .... Dr. James A. Henshall.
Treasurer Davis L. James.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

T. H. Kelley, W. H. Knight,

T. B. CoELiiCK, Alexander vStarhuck.

Librarian'
Wm. H. Knight.

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the vSociety,

I'^irst Tuesday of each month, S p. m.

Ivxeculive Hoard Meeting,

Third Tuesday of each month, 3 r. m.

Photographic vScction meets

vSecond and Fourth Monday's. S r. m.

Date of publication of this number. Jul>' ;,, 1S91

[S^iri|iii|iii|rii|tiitiii|ni|iiiiiifiiitiii|inpii|iii|iii|iii(iii|iM|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|^
1 Vor,. XIV. No. 2.

THE JOURNAL

OF THIC

j Cincinnati Societg

=j

^ — — - — ^

... OF

Natural History |

/"

Publishing Committee.
Geo. W. Harper. J. R. Skinner.

A. Denniston Smith. J. A. Henshall.

Davis L. James.

i PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT 82 PER ANNUM.

JULY, 1S91

.... PUni,:SHED BY ... .

The Cincinnati Society ok Natural History,

No. loS Broadway.

|^iii|lll|iilllil|iiljli1|lir|llifin|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iiitiii|iii|iii|iii|iii|ij^

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Proceedings, . . . -:^

Report xjf Treasurer, ....... sd

Report of Secretary, . . >j

Report of Librarian, ....... S4

Report of Director of Museum, . n(>

Report of Curator of Photograph)-, s;

Trustees" Report, . . . , .
On the Age of the Pt. Pleasant, Ohio, lieds.

By Prof. Joseph F. James, M. wSc. K. (;. S. A. ^r.
A List of the Birds of Warren Count\-, Ohio.

By Raymond W. vSmitli. i^

Officers of the Society.

Pkesidknt Col. J.-vmes W. Abhrt.

First Vicp:-President, A. Dexnistox Smith.
vSecoxd Vice-President, Dr. F. W. Langdox.
vSecretary, . . " . Dr. J.vmes A. Hexshai.i,.
TRE.'\SrRER D.wis L. Ja.mes.

Members at Large of the ExecutiDe Board.

T. H. Kelley, \V. K. Knight.

T. B. Collier, Alexander Stakimck

Librarian..

\\■.^L II. KXKIIIT.

Meetings,

Regular .Meeting of the vSociet}',

First Tuesday of each month, .s i>. m.

iCxecutive Board Meeting,

Third Tuesday of each montli, ;^ v. m.

Photograjthic Section meets

Second and Fourtli Monda\s, S p. m.

Dale of publication of this number, September 2. i^ui

|PMi|iii|iiiniiM|(iijiiiiiiiJM

1 1'

s Vol.. XIV. Nos. 3 & 4. 1 ;

THE JOURNAL

OF THE

j Cincinnati Society

OF

Natural Historg i

Publishing Committee.
Geo. W. Harper. J. R. Skinner.

A. Denniston Smith. J. A. Henshall.

Davis L. James.

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT $2 PER ANNUM.

OCT., 1S91-JArsJ., 1892.

.... PUBLISHED BY ... .

The Cincinnati Society of Natl-r.\i. History,

No. 108 Broadway.

|iil|iii|iii|iii|iii|iM|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|¥|iii|iii|iii|iii|in^

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Pa<;k.

Proceedings. 135

Donations. ..:...... 136

Accessions to the Library. 1^7

North American Fungi, By A. P. Morgan. . 141

Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group. • .

By Jo.seph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A. 149
Description of Some Subcarboniferous and Carboniferous

Cephalopoda. By S. A. Miller and Charles Faber. 164
Contributions to Indiana Herpetology.

By Amos W. Butler. 169
Remarks Concerning the' Texas Wild Cat Lately Pre-

.sented to the Society. By S. S. Scoville, M. D. iSo

Zoological Notes. By Charles Dury 1.S3

Offticers of the Society.

President, .... Col. James W. Abert.
First Vice-President, A. Denniston Smith.
Second Vice-President, Dr. F. W. Langdon.
Secretary, Dr. James A. Hensiiall.
Treasurer Davis L. James.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

T. H. Kellev, Dr. O. D. Norton,

T. B. CoT.i.ii'K, Alexander v'^takhick.

Librarian.

(\'acancy.)

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the vSociety,

First Tuesday of each month, s i>. m.

Jvxecutive Board Meeting,

Third Tuesday of each month, 3 r. m.

Photographic Section meets

vSecond and I'Durth MondaN-^, ^ w m.

Date of publication of this number, March 5, 1S9.:.
An Index to Vol. XIV will be furni.shed with a future number.

!iii|iii|iii|iir|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii(iii|iii|iii|iii|in|iii|iii|iii|Mi|iii|iii|iii|ni^^

Vol. XV. No I.

THE JOURNAL

OF THE

Cincinnati Society

OF

Natural History

Publishing Committee.

Geo. W. Harper. H. J. Buntin.

Wm. Hubbell Fisher. Mrs. H. C. Morehead,
Davis L. Ja.mes (Editor).

f PUBLISHED QUARTERLY RT $2 PER ANNUM.

ARRIL, 1Sd2. 1

.... PUBLISHED BY ... .

The Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

No. io8 Broadway.

[ggJiii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iiiliii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|in^ii|Hi|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|^^

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Proceedings, ......... i

Donations, ......... 2

In Memoriara — Dr. Andrew Jackson Howe, • ■ • 3

Weather, Water and Disease. By Dr. William Carson, 5

North American Helicosporae. By A. P. Morgan, 39
Photographing Certain Natural Objects Without a

Camera. By W. A. Kellerman, Ph. D., . • • 53
Variations and Intermediate Forms of Certain Asters,

By W. C. Werner, 55

Officers of the Society.

President, T. B. Collier.

First Vice-President, . . Dr. F. W. Langdon.
Second Vice-President, . . Dr. B. M. Ricketts.

Secretary, T. H. Kelley.

Treasurer, Davis. L. James.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

Geo. W. Harper, Dr. O. D. Norton,

R. A. Holden, Jr., Charles Dury.

Librarian.
Dr. M. Cassatt.

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the Society.

First Tuesday of each month, S p. m.

Executive Board Meeting,

First Tuesday of each month, 7 p. m.

Photographic Section meets

Second and Fourth Mondax-s, s p. m.

Date of publication of this number, June 18, 1.S92.

|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|in|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii^^

Vol. XV. No. 2.

THE JOURNAL

OK THK

I Cincinnati Society

OF

Natural History

Publishing Committee.

Geo. W. Harper. H. J. Buntin.

Wm. Hubbeli. Fisher. Mrs. M. C. Morehead.
Davis L. James (Editor).

1

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT $2 PER ANNUM.

JULY, 1S92.

.... PUBLISHED BY ... .

The Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

No. io8 Broadway.

&i|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|)ii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|ni^^

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Paok.

Proceedings, ■ • • 59

Report of Treasurer, 64

Trustees' Report, 65

Report of Director of Museum, ..... 67

Report of vSecretarj-. ....... 68

Report of Curator of Photography, .... 69

Memoir of Dr. Richard M. Byrnes 71

The Preservation of Plants as Fossils. By Prof. Joseph

F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A 75

Some New Species and New Structural Parts of Fossils.

By S. A. Miller and Charles Faber, .... 79
Manual of the Paleontblogy of the Cincinnati Group.

Part III. ByProf.Jo.sephF.James, M.ScF.G.S.A., 88
Remarks on the Stems and Roots of Crinoids from near

Lebanon, Ohio. By Dr. D. T. D. Dyche, . loi

Index Vol. XIV,

Officers of the Society.

President, T. B. Collier.

First Vice-President, Dr. F. \V. L-angdon.

vSecoxd Vice-President, Dr. B. M. Ricketts.

Secret.vrv, T. H. Kelley.

Treasurer, D.wis L. J.\mes.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

Geo. W. Harper, Dr. O. D. Norton,
R. A. Holden, Jr., Charles Dury.

Librarian.

Dr. M. Cassatt.

Director of Museum.
Seth Haves.

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the Society,

First Tuesday of each month. S p. m.

Executive Board Meeting,

•First Tuesday of each month, 7 p. m.

Photographic Section meets

Second and Fourth Mondays, 8 p. m.

Dale of ])ublicati(ni ot lliis number, .\ngust 27. 1802.

PPiii|iii|iii|Mi||Mi|iii|ni|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|ni|iii|iii|iii|iii|ii^
% Voi,. XV. Nos. 3 & 4.

THE JOURNAL

OF THK

1 Cincinnati Society

Natural History j

' 9 ' I'i'

Publishing Committee. ^

Geo. W. Harper. H. J. Buntin. ifj

Wm. Hubbell Fisher. Mrs. M. C. Morehead. ifj

Davis L. James (Editor). jE

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT $2 PER ANNUM. !#

OCT., 1S92-JAINI., 1S93.

A .... PUBLISHED BV . . . . ' .=.

Il Thh Cincinnati Society of N.aturat. History, %

! = ■ =

M' Xo. 108 Broai:<\va% ^

^(iiiiriiiiriiTiiiriwiiniiiiriiiiiiiiiii|iiiiiiijiiT[nf

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Secontl-Cla.ss Matter.

Tabic of Contents.

Pa(.k.

Proceedings, ....... 103

Donation.s, 104

Observ-ations Concerning Fort Ancient. By Selden S.

Scoville, M. D., Lebanon, O., .111

Mordellidae in the Vicinity of Cincinnati, Ohio. H\

Charle.s Dury, 123

The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. First

Paper. By A. P. Morgan, . : 127

Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group.

Part IV. ByProf.JosephF.James, M.ScF. G.S. A.. 144
Microscopical Study of Ohio Limestones. By G. Perry

Grim.sley, M. A., Columbus, O.. .... i(k)

Niagara's Water Power. By B. M. Ricketts, Ph. B., M. D. 16S
Description of a New Phalloid By A. P. Morgan, 171

Title Page and Contents, Vol. XV,

Officers of the Society.

President, T. B. Collikk.

First Vice-President, Dr. F. W. L-vngdox.

vSecond Vice-President, Dr. B. M. Ricketts.

Secretary, T. H. Kellev.

Treasurer Davis L. Jamics.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

Geo. W. Harper, Dr. O. D. Norton.,

R. A. Holden, Jr., Charles Dury.

Librarian.
Dr. M. Cassatt.

Director of Museum.
Seth Hayes.

Meetings.

Rc.milar Mi^eting of tlie Society,

I^rst Tuesday of each month, n r m
P^xecnlive Board .Meeting,

First Tuesday of each month, 7 r. m.
Photographic Section meets

Second and Iw)urth M()nda\s, .s iv m.

Date of pui)licati()n of llii.s number, P'ebruary 24, 1S93.
.\n Index to \'ol. X\' will be furnished with a future number.

|^|iii|iii|iii|iii||ni|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|ni|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|Mi|iii|iii|iii|iii|n

ill Vol.. XVI. .\(,. I. t

' THE JOURNAL

OF THK

I Cincinnati Society

OF

Natural History I

Publishing Committee.

Geo. W. Harper. Charles Dury.

Wm. Hubbell Fisher. Mrs. M. C. Morehead.
Davis L. James (Editor).

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT $2 PER ANNUM. [f

i#t

ARRIL, 1893.

... PUBLISHED BY .

Thk Cincinnati Society ok N.\tural Historv,

No. io8 Bro/vdway.

^Illj|in|lll|lll|lll|lll|lll|lll>lll|lll|ll1lll|lll|ll1lll|lllllll|lll|iii|ltl|lil|ill|ili|lll|l^

; Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Proceedings, ......... i

Annual Meeting. . ^ . 2

donations, .......... 4

Report of Treasurer, ....... 6

Trustees' Report, .........

Report of Curator of Photographic Section, i^
Report of Director of Museum, . .10
The Myxomycetes of the Miami Valley, Ohio. Second

Paper. By A. P. Morgan 13

Lichens of Ohio. By E. E. Bogue, Columbus, Ohio, ;,;
Leaf Variation — Its Extent and Significance. Mrs. \V.

A. Kellerman, ........ 49

A Remarkable Malformation in a Cat. D. S. Kellicott,

Columbus, Ohio, . 54

Index to Vol. XV,

Officers of the Society.

President, T. B. Collier.

First Vice-President, . Dr. F. W. L.vngdon.

Second Vice-President, . . Dr. B. M. ^icketts.

Secretary, T. H. Kellev.

Treasurer, . . Davis L. James.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

Geo. W. Harper, Dr. O. D. Norton,

Dr. a. T. Keckeler, Charles Dury.

Librarian.

Dr. M. Cass ATT.

Director of Museum.
Seth Hayes.

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the Society,

First Tuesda>- of each uiduIIi, n i'. y\ .
I'^xecutive Board Meeting,

First Tuesday of each month, 7 r m.
Pliotographic Section meets

Second and Fourth Monday.s, 8 !• m.

Dale of publication of this nutnl)cr, May 27, iNy^.

^|^iii|in|iii|iir|iii|iii|iiiiiiirii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii(ni|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|Mi|iiJ^
1 \'i)i<. XVI. Xo.s. 2 i •;.

THE JOURNAL

1 Cincinnati Society

OF

Natural History }

' iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii •

Publishing Committee.

Gko. \V. Harper. Charles Durv.

\Vm. HiHHEix Fisher. Mrs. M. C. Moki-.in.A]).
Davis Li James (Editor).

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT S2 PER ANNUM.

JULY-OCTOBER, 1S93.

... rt^LlSIlKD BV .

Thk Cincinnati Society of Natural History,

No. io8 Broadw.^y

|j~|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iiitni|i»|ni|iiiliii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|jii|in

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as .Second-Cla.ss Matter.

.■>/

Table of Contents.

\'\<.t

Proceedini^s, ........

Donations,

Dr. William Carson

Studies in Problenialic Organisms. No. II — The Genus

Fucoides. By Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A.,

F. A. A. A. S., etc. 62

Remarks on the Genus Arthrophvcns, Hall. I^y Joseph

F. James. M. So., F. G. vS. A.' etc., .... Sj
-Xatural Hi.story Notes from North Carolina. By A. G.

Wetherby, ' . .S;

Fossil Fungi. By Joseph F. James, M. Sc, F. G. S. A., etc., 94
Remarks on a Curious F"elt-like Mass of Fur from an

Angora Cat. By Chas. A. Parke, .... gw
The Histology of the vStem of Pontederia cordata, L. By

F). M. Wilcox, Columbus, Ohio, . . loi

Investigations of the Burrows of the American Marmot.

(Arctomys nionax.) B^ William Hubbell P'isher,

Cincinnati. Ohio, U. Si -A., . . • i"^

Officers of the Society.
I'KICSIDKXT, . . . T. B. Coi.i.iKk.
First 'Vice-President, Dk. F. W. L.\x(;i)u.\.
Second Vick-Pkesidhnt, .Dr. 1'.. M. Rickktts.
Secretary, T. H. Kellev.

TrKASUKEK, D.WIS L. J.1MES.

Members at Large of the Executice Board.

Geo. W. Harper, Dk. O. D. Norton,

Dr. a. T. Ke.ckeler. Chaki.ks Dirv.

Librarian.

Dk. M. C.\.'^s.\tt.

Director of Museum.

.Si:Tn n\\i>

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the Society,

First Tuesday of each niontli. "^ p. m.

ICxecutive Board Meeting,

First Tuesday of each month, 7 r. M.

Photographic vSection meets

Second and T'"onrth MMtulaxs. s r. m .

Date of publication of this number, October 17. 1S93.

^J||iii|iM|iiJniliii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|iii|ii1iiiiiii^ii|iii|iii|iii|Mi|iiJiii|iii|iii|iii|iH|m
1 Voi,. X\I. No. 4.

THE JOURNAL

j Cincinnati Society

OF

Natural History }

' iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii '

Publishing Committee.

Gico. W. Harper. Charles Durv.

Wm. Hubbell Fisher. Mrs. M. C. Morehead.
Davis L. James (Editor).

PUBLISHED QUARTERLY AT $2 PER ANNUM. #

JANUARY, 1894.

.... PUBLISH KP BY ... .

The Cincinnati Society of Natur.\i, History,

No. loS Broadway.

llslTl'

|lll|lll|lll|lli;ill|lll|lll|Jll|lllM^

Entered at the Post Office at Cincinnati as Second-Class Matter.

Table of Contents.

Proceedings, . . . . . . 125

Donations, ......... 125

The Myxoniycetes of the Miami \'alley, Ohio. By A. P.

Morgan. Third Paper, . . .127

Mineral Synthesis. By G. Perry Grinisley. M. A.,

Baltimore, Md., . . . . 157

New Phaenogams for the Ohio Flora. By \Vm. C.

Werner, . . . . . . 1 70

Observations on Some Kntoniophthore£e. By F. M.

Webster, M. Sc, . . . ... . . 173

Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati Group.

By Joseph F. James, M. Sc. F. G. S. A., etc. Part V, 1 78
Natural History Notes from North Carolina. A. G.

Wetherby. Number Two, . . . - . 209

Officers of the Society.

President, T. B. Colijkk.

First Vice-President, Uk. F. W. Langdon.

Second Vice-President, . . Dr. B. M. Ricketts.

Secretary, T. H. Keluey.

Treasurer Davis L. Ja^fes.

Members at Large of the Executioe Board.

Geo. W. Harper, Dr. O. D. Norton,

Dr. a. T. Keckeler, Charles Dury.

Librarian.

Dr. M. Cassatt.

Director of Museum.

Sktii Hayjcs.

Meetings.

Regular Meeting of the Society,

Fir.st Tuesday of each niontli, s i-. m.

I^xecutive iioard .Meeting.

I'Mrst Tuesday of each month, 7 r. m.
Photographic Section meets

vSecond and Fourth Mondavs, S i-. m.

Date of publication of this number. March 10. 1894.
Index of \'i>l. i'' will appear in a future number.

iMi1t?'i„lfP'''' Botanical Garden Llbrar

3 5185 00263 1842

gt\*ii^^>>>^Ny^vov.v-